Awisco Catalog

C OMPRESSED G AS 1
Awisco is a Full Service Industrial Gas Supplier

We have the resources to supply all of your compressed gas requirements; from a 1 lb. disposable cylinder to a 50,000 cu. foot
Tube Trailer. We also stock all of the cylinders carts and storage cages that are needed to store any type of cylinder. Awisco has
all of the components necessary and the expertise to manifold your gases whether it be in your shop or on your jobsite...
Give us a call for any of your Compressed Gas Requirements...
LOW PRESSURE GASES

COMPARISON OF FUEL GASES
Temperatures in Oxygen Burning Velocity in MAPP GAS (Methylacetylene-propadiene) Is an all purpose industrial
Gas Type
Degrees in Fahrenheit Oxygen, ft. / sec fuel having the high flame temperature of acetylene but has the han-
Acetylene 5875 22.7 dling characteristics of propane. Being a liquid, MAPP is sold by the
Mapp 5301 15.4 pound, rather than by the cubic foot as with acetylene. One cylinder
Propane 4579 12.2 containing 70 pounds of MAPP gas can accomplish the work of more
than six and one half 225 cubic foot acetylene cylinders; therefore 70
pounds of MAPP gas is equal to 1,500 cubic feet of acetylene. There is
Acetylene (C2H2) no cylinder packing or acetone to impair fuel withdrawal; therefore, the
entire contents of a MAPP cylinder can be used. Because of its superior
heat transfer characteristics, MAPP produces a flame temperature of
5300 degrees F when burned with oxygen. MAPP equals, or exceeds,
the performance of acetylene for cutting, heating and brazing.
MAPP is not sensitive to shock and is nonflammable in the absence of
oxygen. There is no chance of an explosion if a cylinder is bumped,
jarred or dropped. The characteristic odor, while harmless, give warn-
ings of fuel leaks in the equipment long before a dangerous condition
can occur. MAPP gas is not restricted to a maximum working pressure
of 15 psig as is acetylene. In jobs requiring higher pressure and gas
flows, MAPP can be used safely at the full cylinder pressure of 95 psig at
10 (MC) 40 (B)** 75 125 200 300 70 degrees F.
Acetylene is a flammable, colorless gas having a disagreeable odor Sizes (lbs.) 15 lbs. 30 lbs. 70 lbs. 115 lbs.
that is readily detected even when the gas is highly diluted with air. CGA Fitting 510 510 510 510
Acetylene is slightly lighter than air. When burned with Oxygen, Acety- Empty Weight 8 lbs. 21 lbs. 48 lbs. 72 lbs.
lene produces a hot flame, having a temperature between 5700 and Height 22” 35” 44” 48.5”
(excluding Cap)
6300 degrees Fahrenheit. In its free state, Acetylene may violently
Diameter 6” 9” 12” 14.75”
decompose if the pressure of the gas exceeds 15 psig. The maxi-
1 lb. disposable, no CGA Fitting, direct hook up to a turbo Torch.
mum free Acetylene pressure permitted by safety codes is 15 psig.
Be sure to only use regulators and fittings that are designed for
Acetylene Gas use. There are adaptors available which will allow
you to use various fuel gas regulators with different size cylinders. Propane Gas (C3H8)
These fittings are listed in our catalog under adaptors. The following
is a chart of the various size Acetylene cylinders that are available.
You must have proper DOT placards to transport Acetylene. Awisco
has these placards and they are listed in this section.
Sizes (cubic ft.) 10 (MC)* 40 (B)** 75 125 200 300
CGA Fitting CGA 200 CGA 520 CGA 300 CGA 300 CGA 300 CGA 300
Empty Weight 5 lbs. 17 lbs. 30 lbs. 55 lbs. 78 lbs. 96 lbs.
Height 13” 25” 33” 38” 38” 46”
(Excluding Cap)
Diameter 4” 6” 7” 8” 10” 12”
* This size is normally used with Porta-Torch... carry type Oxy/Acet outfits.
** This size is the size that most plumbers use when sweating or fitting 1 lb.* 20 lbs. 33 lbs. 40 lbs. 43 lbs. 100 lbs.
pipes with a turbo torch. Propane also known as liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gas). Propane
is clean burning and efficient because of its molecular structure. It is
colorless, odorless and above all non toxic. It has a flame tempera-
Mapp Gas (C3H4) ture of approximately 4600 degrees F when burned with Oxygen.
Awisco carries Propane cylinders for use in Welding & Cutting appli-
cations, temporary heating, fuel propellant for fork lift trucks, roofing
applications and Barbecue size cylinders. All Propane cylinders with
the exception of the 1 lb. size have a 510 CGA fitting.
Sizes (lbs.) 20 lbs. 33 lbs. 40 lbs. 43 lbs. 100 lbs.
CGA Fitting 510 direct hook 510 510 510
to a fork lift
Empty Weight 7.7 lbs. 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. 72 lbs.
Height 17” 23” 29” 32.5” 42”
(excluding Cap)
Diameter 12” 12” 12” 12” 12”
1 lb.* 15 lbs. 30 lbs. 70 lbs. 115 lbs.
* 1 lb. disposable, no CGA Fitting, direct hook up to a turbo Torch.
Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

2 C OMPRESSED G AS
HIGH PRESSURE GASES

Oxygen (O2) Nitrogen N2 At room temperature and atmospheric pressure, nitrogen is a
colorless, odorless, non toxic, nonflammable gas. Used as an inert gas in
electrical systems, chemical and the food packaging industry. Nitrogen is
used in purging pipelines, treating tanks, ship and barge holds and furnaces.
It is also used as a drying gas in pipelines, chemical treating units, tankage,
plant piping and boilers. Nitrogen will not support combustion. It renders the
atmosphere inside lines and storage tanks inert, reducing the oxygen con-
tent to prevent oxidation. It will completely displace oxygen, flammable liquid
products and flammable gases from lines and storage tanks.
Liquid Cyl. Perma Cyl. Perma Cyl.
Sizes (cubic ft.) 20* 80 138 251 3640 cu ft. 450 Litre 1000 Litre
CGA Fitting 580 580 540 580 580 580 580
Empty Weight 7.7 lbs. 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. 280 lbs. 688 lbs. 1,750 lbs.
Liquid Mega Height 17” 23” 29” 32.5” 59.6” 68” 81”
20 80 138 277 Cylinder Liquid
(excluding Cap)
Oxygen is a colorless, tasteless, odor-less gas that is slightly heavier
Diameter 12” 12” 12” 12” 20” 30” 42”
than air. Oxygen is nonflammable, but it will support combustion when
combined with other gases. This means that it aids inburning, and
this burning gives off considerable heat and light. A typical Oxygen
cylinder is made of steel and the most common size has a capacity The Perma Cyl 450 and 1000 Litre are placed
at your facility and are refilled by the Awisco
of 270 cubic feet at a pressure of 2000 psi and a temperature of 70 Express Delivery Truck.
degrees F. Oxygen should never be brought in contact with oil or
grease. In the presence of pure Oxygen, these substances become
highly combustible. Oxygen hose and valve fittings should never be
oiled or greased or handled with oily or greasy hands. Oxygen cylin-
ders in storage must be separated from fuel-gas cylinders or com- Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
bustible materials, a minimum of 20 feet or by a noncombustible bar-
rier at least 5 feet high having a fire-resistance rating of at least one-
half hour. Awisco carries cylinder cages that have a fire wall in place.
Liquid Oxygen Cylinders….. A typical liquid Oxygen cylinder is about
the same height as a standard compressed Oxygen cylinder, but has
twice the diameter. Full, it weighs about three times as much as a
standard gas cylinder. However, it holds 12 times as much Oxygen.
The liquid cylinder is much more complex than the gas cylinder. It
has an inner container of stainless steel with an outer shell of carbon 20 lbs. 50 lbs. Liquid Cyl.
steel. Between the two is super-insulation under extremely high
Carbon Dioxide is a non-flammable, colorless gas which exhibits an
vacuum. Just inside the surface of the outer shell, and attached to it,
acidic taste. Although not truly inert, carbon dioxide is non-reactive with
is a vaporizing coil. In operation, gas pressure above the liquid inner many materials and is often used for inert purposes, such as blanketing
container drives liquid out into the vaporizing coil, where it picks up and purging of tanks and reactors. Mixed with argon at various levels,
heat from the atmosphere by conductivity through the outer shell and carbon dioxide is valuable as a shielding gas in the arc welding pro-
changes to gas. cess.. (See Awisco Shielding Gas Section). In the shielding gas applica-
4000 18,000 50,000 tion, carbon dioxide is the best shielding gas because of its high heat
Sizes (cubic ft.) Liquid** Mega*** Tube**** conductivity and its ability to oxidize ferrous metals. Argon mixed with
20* 80 138 277 Cylinder Liquid Trailer
Manifold carbon dioxide usually increases penetration of the weld in most metals.
CGA Fitting 540 542 540 540 540 540 Outlet
Carbon dioxide is also used as the source of bubbles in soft drinks and
Empty Weight 7.7 lbs. 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. 280 lbs. 2500 lbs. 72 lbs.
other carbonated beverages. Carbon dioxide is also used as the propel-
Height 17” 23” 29” 32.5” 59.6” 67” 42” lant in the Paint Ball canisters. Awisco can refill these CO2 canisters.
(excluding Cap) Awisco carries both the Siphon and Non- Siphon style cylinders. The
Diameter 12” 12” 12” 12” 20” 42” 12” siphon style has a siphon tube and is most commonly used in freezing
* This size is normally used with Porta-Torch... carry type Oxy/Acet outfits. applications.
** Description explained above. Sizes (lbs. / cu ft) 20 lbs. 50 lbs. Liquid Cyl. 3352 cu ft.
*** Same Principle as a Liquid Cylinder, except more capacity and it is skid CGA Fitting 320 320 320
mounted with a protective cage around it. Weight 280 lbs.
45 lbs. 160 lbs.
**** This is dropped off at jobsite.
Length 24 ft width 8 ft height 8-1/2 ft. Height 27” 56” 59.6”
(excluding Cap)
Diameter 8” 9” 20”
Nitrogen (N2) STORAGE AND SAFE HANDLING OF COMPRESSED GASES

Compressed Gas Cylinders must not be exposed to temperatures
above 125 degrees F. Temperatures in this range can be met by
exposing containers to direct heat, flame or temperatures extremes.
Temperatures above 125 degrees could result in excessive cylin-
der pressure and damage to the containers physical integrity re-
sulting in a serious accident. Storage areas must be well drained
with good ventilation and preferably constructed of fire resistive
material. Storage area temperatures must not allow container tem-
peratures to exceed 125 degrees F. Store cylinders in an area spe-
cifically designated for that purpose. This area must protect the
cylinders from being struck by another object. The area must be
well ventilated and away from sources of heat. It must be at least
Liquid Perma Cyl. Perma Cyl. 20 feet away from highly combustible materials. Oxidizers must
20 80 138 251 Cylinder 450 Litre 1000 Litre be stored at least 20 feet away from flammable gases.

C OMPRESSED G AS 3
Compressed Air Shielding Gas Mixtures

Name Composition Main Application
GTAW
Argon 100% Argon Steel, Stainless, Non-Ferrous
GMAW
Non-Ferrous Short Circuit, Spray, Pulse
FCAW & MCAW
ARM 75% Argon Steel, Stainless Steel
125 cu ft. 251 cu ft. 7525-356 25% CO 2 GMAW
Steel / Short Circuit
Compressed Air, commonly called Industry’s fourth utility, is air that is GTAW
condensed and contained at a pressure that is greater than the atmo- Awisco 75% Argon Steel, Stainless, Non-Ferrous
sphere. The pressure that is generated when the cylinder is opened is AW1 25% Helium GMAW
Non-Ferrous / Short Circuit, Spray, Pulse
created by the air trying to return to its original volume. Compressed Air
supplies power for many different manufacturing operations. It is used Awisco 90% Argon GMAW & MCAW
AW6 10% CO 2 Steel / Short Circuit,Spray, Pulse
to power air tools in both Plant Maintenance and also on Jobsites. Com- 90% Hellium GMAW
pressed Air can be used in the absence of shop air. Awisco
7.5% Argon Stainless Steel /
AW9 2.5% CO2 Short Circuit
Sizes (cu ft.) 125 251
CGA Fitting 346 346 Awisco 95% Argon GTAW
Stainless Steel
Weight 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. AW12 5% Hydrogen (300 Series only)
Height (excluding Cap) 29” 32.5”
Awisco 81% Argon GMAW
Diameter 12” 12” 18% Hellium Stainless Steel
AW20 1% CO2 Short Circuit, Spray, Pulse
91% Argon GMAW
Awisco
Helium (He) AW23
5% CO2
4% Oxygen
Steel
Short Circuit, Spray, Pulse
Food Processing Gases

These gases meet standards for approved food packaging uses and
come in a range of specially blended atmospheres appropiate to spe-
cific foods and beverages. These gases are used in modified atmo-
sphere packaging (MAP) of food products and dispensing of beverages.
80 cu ft. 150 cu ft. 260 cu ft.
• Since chemicals and food cannot be processed in the same way, Awisco
Helium is the second lightest element (Hydrogen being the lightest)
with a gaseous specific gravity of 0.138. It is a colorless, odorless, taste- has an extensive line of food and beverage Gases to match the special
less inert gas at room temperature and atmospheric pressure. Helium is quality requirements of the food industry. Awisco will help you in making
widely used as an inert gas in the arc welding process (See Awisco the right choice for Modified Atmosphere Packaging (MAP).
Shielding Gases). Helium is also used as a carrier gas for gas chroma- • These gases comply with procedure controls and quality assurance
tography. Also, its low specific gravity and nonflammability allow its use throughout the production process.
in lighter-than-air applications such as the filling of balloons and blimps.
• There are many pure gases and mixtures available. Contact Awisco
Sizes (cubic ft.) 80 150 260
CGA Fitting
for additional information. The following is a brief description of the
540 540 540
Empty Weight 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs.
gases that are available for MAP (Modified Atmospheric Packaging)
Height (excluding Cap) 23” 29” 32.5” • Nitrogen (N2):
Diameter 12” 12” 12” Nitrogen is mainly used to “displace and replace oxygen” in the
package before it is closed. It prevents the oxidation of pigments,
flavorings and / or fatty acids. Nitrogen is inert, odorless, and
Shielding Gases sparingly soluble in water and fats. It has no direct bacteriostatic
or fungistatic properties.
• Carbon Dioxide (CO2):
Carbon Dioxide is a bacteriostatic and fungistatic agent - it slows
down and reduces the proliferation of aerobic bacteria and molds,
especially in the absence of oxygen. It is effective at concentra-
tions above 20% in atmosphere. It has no stimulating effect on
80 140 330 4310 Liquid Cyl. pathogenic organisms.
Awisco carries a full range of shielding gas mixes for GMAW, GTAW and CO2 is very soluble in water and fats. This property may develop a
FCAW. Awisco blended shielding gases have a consistent and homogeneous slightly acidic taste if CO2 use is not properly controlled. It can
mix. This custom mixing process will give you low fume and emissions, low also cause film on packaged products to collapse. This may be
spattering and excellent arc control as well as easy parameter set up. either a drawback or a targeted effect.
The use of gas shielding is to prevent contact of the surrounding atmosphere • Oxygen (O2):
and the molten metal during welding. Awisco carries shielding gases in various
mixes to meet your needs. All of the shielding gases have a 580 CGA fitting. In most cases, oxygen is not a desirable gas to have in contact
These cylinders are available in 140 cu. ft and 330 cu. ft.. Pure Argon and 75% with food. In some situations, however, it is used as a constituent
Argon/25% CO2 are also available in 80 cu. ft size cylinders. The following is a in a gaseous mixture, for example, for maintaining the color of
chart describing the applications for Awisco Shielding Gases. packaged fresh red meat.
80 140 330 4310 Liquid Cylinder
Sizes (cubic ft.)
CGA Fitting
Argon / Ar. Mix Argon / Ar. Mix All Shielding Gases
580 580 580
Argon
580
Laser Gas Mixtures
Empty Weight 7.5 lbs. 25.5 lbs. 56 lbs. 280 lbs. Awisco can supply a broad line of lasing gases - nitrogen, helium,
Height 23” 29” 32.5” 59.6” oxygen, carbon dioxide, argon, carbon monoxide - in any grade needed
(excluding Cap) to meet your requirements, including high-purity. Cylinder gas mix-
Diameter 12” 12” 12” 20”

4 C OMPRESSED G AS
tures can be preblended in any composition desired, eliminating the Defining The Process - Ensuring The Solution
need to mix gases in - house. Medium to high power gas lasers today recirculate the laser blend
Awisco offers gas mixtures and mixing components for use in both gases through the resonator cavity. In a typical CO2 laser, Carbon
flow-through and sealed cavity lasers. Dioxide gas is used to generate the laser beam, Nitrogen gas is used
to excite Carbon Dioxide molecules, and Helium gas absorbs the
heat created in the laser cavity.
Flow through Carbon Dioxide Lasershield mixtures • Cooling gas is required to remove the heat generated in the high
Flow-through carbon dioxide lasers use three or four component mix- speed discharge area. Normally an air or closed loop liquid Nitrogen
tures with varying concentrations of carbon dioxide, nitrogen, helium system is used to cool the optical mirrors.
and sometimes, carbon monoxide and hydrogen. These lasers are • Assist gases such as Oxygen, Argon, Helium and Nitrogen are used
used in such diverse applications as laser surgery, welding, cutting, as shielding or cutting gases, just as with other forms of welding and
drilling, bar code generation, and filter perforation. cutting. Combining assist gases with today’s multikilowatt CO2 laser
allows you to gain increased cutting speeds of thicker materials and
Maximizing Laser Performance allow faster, deeper penetration welds.
In today’s competitive environment, where laser processing is a rapid • Awisco supplies a complete range of laser gases and mixtures cov-
ering virtually every type of industrial laser cutting and welding op-
growth facet of manufacturing, keeping costs under control is critical.
eration. Gases are available in high pressure cylinders, tube trailers,
Laser production operations must maintain high efficiency, precision
high pressure liquid cylinders, and bulk liquid vessels.
and consistency.
If you need any assistance please call Awisco and we will assist you in your Laser Gas Applications.
CYLINDER PRESSURE TESTING

GAUGES 2” BRASS
Stock No. Description PSIG Scale
WES G-304H Commercial Acetylene with Hand-Tight Nut 400
WES G-544H Oxygen with Hand-Tight Nut 3000
WES G584H Nitrogen, Argon, Helium, Hand-Tight Nut 4000
WES G-304H WES G-544H WES G-584H
CYLINDER ADAPTORS
Commonly Asked for Cylinder Adaptors
CGA - 200 to CGA - 300 CGA - 520 TO CGA - 510

Stock No. WEE 322 Stock No. WEE 318
“MC” acetylene Cylinder to “B” tank cylinder to POL acetylene
commercial acetylene regulator. regulator at 90°.
CGA - 200 to CGA - 510 CGA - 520 to CGA - 200

“MC” acetylene cylinder to POL “B” tank cylinder to “MC” acetylene regulator.
acetylene regulator.

Adapts “MC” acetylene cylinder to Commercial acetylene cylinder to
“B” tank regulator at 90°. “MC” acetylene regulator.

“MC” acetylene cylinder to “B” tank regulator. Commercial acetylene cylinder to
“B” tank regulator.

“B” tank regulator to commercial POL acetylene cylinder to “MC”
acetylene regulator. acetylene regulator.

“B” tank cylinder to POL POL acetylene cylinder to
acetylene regulator. “B” tank regulator.

C OMPRESSED G AS 5

Stock No. WEE 16 This is a Swivel type Stock No. WEE 827
Commercial acetylene cylinder
CGA-346
to POL acetylene regulator.
Air cylinder to oxygen regulator.
CGA - 300 to CGA - 510

Stock No. WEE 61
CGA - 540 to CGA - 346
This is a One Piece non swivel Type Stock No. WEE 832
Commercial acetylene cylinder
to POL acetylene regulator. Oxygen cylinder to air regulator.

stock No. WEE 1690
Stock No. WEE 416
Commercial acetylene cylinder to Oxygen cylinder to nitrogen,
POL acetylene regulator at 90°. argon, W.P. regulator.

This is a swivel Type
POL acetylene cylinder to Nitrogen W.P. cylinder to

commercial acetylene regulator. carbon dioxide regulator.

This is a One Piece Non Swivel type
Nitrogen W.P. cylinder to
POL acetylene cylinder to commercial air regulator.
acetylene regulator (1piece).
CGA - 580 to CGA - 540
CGA - 510 to CGA - 510 Stock No. WEE 415
Stock No. WEE 820
Nitrogen W.P. cylinder to
POL acetylene cylinder to “POL” oxygen regulator.
acetylene regulator at 90 degrees.
CGA - 580 to CGA - 590
CGA - 320 to CGA - 580 Stock No. WEE 813
Stock No. WEE 806
Carbon dioxide cylinder to Nitrogen W.P. cylinder to
nitrogen, W.P. regulator. industrial air regulator.
Awisco Has a Complete Delivery Package to Service All of Your Needs

FF

6 C OMPRESSED G AS
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS

Here’s what OSHA says about Welding Cylinder Storage… Oxygen – Fuel gas welding and cutting cylinders shall be stored in a well protected,
well ventilated, dry location, where containers will not be knocked over or damaged by passing or falling objects, or subject to tampering by
unauthorized persons. “ Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel gas cylinders or combustible materials a minimum of 20 feet or
by a non combustible barrier at least 5 feet high having a fire resistance rating of at least 1/2 hour.”
All of the Cylinder Carts and Storage Cabinets that Awisco carries meet both OSHA and NFPA requirements for both cylinder
handling and cylinder storage.
CYLINDER WALL BRACKET & BENCH / TRUCK MOUNTS

ANT WB-100 ANT WB-200C
NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEM NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEM
Holds: Holds:
7” to 9-1/2” diameter cylinders 7” to 9-1/2” diameter cylinders
Width: 11” Width: 22”
Depth: 6” Depth: 7”
ANT WB-100-15 ANT WB-200-15 ANT WB-200-15C

NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEM Comes complete with Rubber Comes complete with a
Strap to secure cylinders Chain to secure cylinders
Rubber Strap Model Pictured
Holds: 10” to 16”
diameter cylinders
Holds: 10” to 16”
Width: 31”
diameter cylinders
Depth: 12”
Width: 16”
Depth: 12”
NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS
10 CU. FT. *MC* ACETYLENE 75 CU FT. SMALL

& 20 CU. FT. OXYGEN ACETYLENE & 80 TO
ANT PHC-10-20 138 CU FT. OXYGEN CART
NON-STOCK SPECIAL ORDER ITEM SAF 900-55-10
Height: 42” Width: 22” (O.D.)
Height: 25” Weight: 34 lbs.
Width: 12” Depth: 9”
This model will accept a 80 to 138 cu ft. Oxygen
Weight: 4 lbs. and a #2 small Acetylene or a 30 lb. Mapp.
Carries: a 10 cu. ft. *MC* Acetylene Features include “user friendly” heavy gauge wrap
and a 20 cu. ft. Oxygen. around handle, high side rail design providing
Designed for hand carrying applications. more positive cylinder containment, large tool tray
Features include an ergonomically designed and our exclusive fast action cylinder placement
carry handle, double hose reel hooks, band with large tightening knob.
bottom pan and a continuous ring design for
Cylinders not included
positive cylinder containment.
200 TO 300 CU. FT.

40 CU FT. (B) ACETYLENE & LARGE ACETYLENE &
80 CU FT. OXYGEN CART 277 CU. FT. OXYGEN LARGE CART
SAF - E20-6ST SAF E70-14PC
Height: 47” Width: 29”
Equipped
with a handy Weight: 53 lbs.
This very popular model is designed to tool tray. Wheel Type: 14” x 1.75” Solid Rubber (BB)
handle 50 to 80 cubic ft. Oxygen and 40 This model is designed for 1 large
cubic ft. Acetylene or (1 cylinder up to 8” Oxygen and 1 Acetylene Cylinder. Fea-
in dia.) and (1 cylinder up to 7” in dia.) This tures include “user friendly” heavy gauge
truck is ideal for use in repair shops, garages wrap around handle, high side rail design
or where casual welding requirements may ap- providing more positive cylinder contain-
ply. Features include a reinforced frame, weldment, large tool tray and an exclusive fast
ing rod holders, zinc plated safety chain and action Cylinder placement band with large
large 7” solid rubber wheels. tightening knob. High Rail Design

C OMPRESSED G AS 7
SAF E70-14 Low Rail Design LARGE LIQUID

CYLINDER CARTS
Height: 47”
Width: 31” (O.D.)
Weight: 53 lbs.
Wheel Type:
SAF LCT-12-6
14” x 1.75” Solid Rubber (BB)
Designed for (1) large Oxygen and Height: 46”
(1) large Acetylene or (1) large Pro- Width: 26” (O.D.)
pane Cylinder side by side. Features Weight: 85 lbs.
include “user Friendly” heavy gauge Wheel Type: 10” x 2.75” Solid
wrap around handle, large tool tray and Rubber (BB) 6” x 2” Swivel
zinc plated safety chain. Casters w / locks.
This unique modern design pro-
vides for safe and easy handling of
SAF E70-16 large liquid Cylinders. This truck has
a fast adjusting lifting hook designed to fit a
Low Rail Design
large variety of liquid Cylinders on the market
Steel Wheel Model
today. Features include a 3 point tilt design, heavy-duty reinforced
Height: 47”
light weight tubing frame, top ring safety chain, fast adjusting nylon
Width: 36” (O.D.)
bellyband and large 6” heavy duty rear locking casters that can be
Weight: 56 lbs.
easily removed and replaced for repair and maintenance.
Wheel Type:
16” x 4.00 PNEU. (BB)
Designed for (1) large Oxygen and
(1) large Acetylene or (1) large Pro- LARGE HIGH PRESSURE
pane Cylinder side by side. Features
include “user Friendly” heavy gauge
SINGLE CYLINDER CART
wrap around handle, large tool tray and
zinc plated safety chain. SAF 250-0
Height: 50”
SAF E70-24 Width: 17-1/2”” (O.D.)
Depth: 15” (O.D.)
Height: 47” Weight: 23 lbs.
Width: 34” (O.D.) Wheel Type: 8” x 1.75”
Weight: 63 lbs. Semi PNEU
Wheel Type:
24” x 2.00 Steel (BB) This car is designed to transport 1 each large
277 cu. ft. or 330 cu. ft High Pressure Cylinder.
Designed for (1) large Oxygen and
(1) large Acetylene or (1) large Pro-
pane Cylinder side by side. Features
include “user Friendly” heavy gauge PAINT BALL SUPPLIES
wrap around handle, large tool tray and
zinc plated safety chain.
CO2 CYLINDER
Stock No. NPS-17-1-TNK12OZ
200 TO 300 CU. FT. LARGE 12 oz Aluminum Cylinder
ACETYLENE AND 277 CU. FT. SINGLE LEVER DELUXE

LARGE OXYGEN CYLINDER FILL STATION
CARTS WITH LIFTING EYE Stock No. NPS 38-1-AFMS/SS
Fill Station Single CO2 for Paint Ball Tanks.
SAF 552-16
Height: 64”
Width: 37” (O.D.)
DUAL VALVE FILL STATION
Weight: 79 lbs. Stock No. NPS FLLSTDXD
Wheel Type: 16” x 4.00” PNEU. (BB)
This model is engineered and de-
• 32 Degree Dual Valve Fill Station
signed for the transporting and lift-
ing of Cylinders. Features include a for 12 oz Aluminum Cylinder.
5 to 1 lifting safety ratio, heavy-duty • Meets AISI Specs.
steel frame construction, large slotted
locking tool box, the exclusive fast Awisco can also supply many other Paint Ball Supplies.
action cylinder placement bands and Give us a Call for any of your needs.
a heavy gauge reinforced toeplate.

8 C OMPRESSED G AS
ASM CP4FL6HP ASM HP16222SFW

Double Door designed to hold 16
Cylinders with a combined dimension of
Holds 6 each 9” diameter High Pres-
62” x 29” Dimensions of Cage 62” width x
sure Cylinders. This can be used with
or without a forklift to reduce the risk of 29” depth x 82” height.
costly back injuries. safely handle
heavy cylinders with this super-low pro- This Model comes complete with the Fire Wall.
file cylinder transport pallet. This Stock No. is for knocked down model, if you
want it assembled please advise Awisco.
ASM CPHRKIT ASM HP23403D
Double Door American Standard Magnum

Series. Double Door designed to hold 23
cylinders with a combined dimension of 58”
width x 38” depth. Dimensions of Cage 58”
Caster Kit for Model CP4FL6HP Transport width x 38” depth x 82” height.
Pallet, Includes Handle Assembly.
The Above Cages Come With Flammable Gas and No Smoking Signs
ASM FH08202LS ASM FIREWALL

This is used on the Standard
Series Double Compartment
Designed to Hold 8 each 33-1/3 lb. Motor Oxy/Fuel Gas Cages. Size of
this Firewall is 60” x 29”.
Fuel Propane Fork Lift Cylinders.
Dimensions 30” width x 30” Depth x 68”
height. This is shipped un-assembled.
Assembly is available. Check with Awisco. ASM FIREWALLXD
This is used on the Magnum
Series Double Compartment
Oxy/Fuel Gas Cages. Size of
this Firewall is 60” x 38”.
ASM HP08202S
ASM HP23403D
Single Door designed to hold 8 Cylin-
ders with a combined dimension of Double Door American Standard Magnum
30” x 29” Dimensions of cage 30” width Series. Double Door designed to hold 23
x 29” depth x 82” height. This cage is cylinders with a combined dimension of
not designed to store both Oxygen 58” width x 38” depth. Dimensions of Cage
and Fuel Gas together. 58” width x 38” depth x 82” height.
The above Stock No. is for the cage un-as-

sembled. If you want Awisco to assemble it
please order; ASM HP08202SAW.
American Standard
The Above Cages Come With Propane, No Smoking Signs
offers many other models...
ASM HP12302D For additional information please contact
Awisco or visit American Standard Website at
www.amrstd.com

Double Door designed to hold 12 The Firewall divider manufactured by American
Cylinders with a combined dimension Standard meets OSHA 1910.253 standard.
of 44” x 29” Dimensions of cage 44”
width x 29” depth x 82” height. Constructed of 5/8” Fire rated sheet rock which is
than encapsulated in galvanized Sheet Steel.

C OMPRESSED G AS 9
Designed For The Construction Trade SAFETY RULES FOR HANDLING OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
To open and close acetylene cylinder valves not provided with hand
THE “HIGH RISER” wheels, always use the special wrench or key …Do not use an ad-
justable wrench…. Leave the wrench or key in position, ready for
Is the perfect choice for your on-site cylinder transport and storage immediate use should it be necessary to close the valve promptly.
needs. Designed to be handled by either fork truck or crane, the When several cylinders are manifolded together, a wrench on every
“High Riser” secures and protects the Cylinders while in transit, and cylinder is not required… Never use the top of any fuel gas as a place
acts as an OSHA spec. cabinet on the job site. for tools. It is best to keep acetylene cylinders upright at all times. Do
not store them in the horizontal position. Never use any cylinder, full
Stock No. ASM HRCT30X30 Stock No. ASM HRCT30x48 or empty as a roller or support. Never use Oxygen as though it were
compressed air. Oxygen must never be used in pneumatic tools or to
blow out pipelines or to dust clothing or work, or for any kind of pres-
sure testing. Unless they are secured on a suitable cylinder truck, do
Dimensions Dimensions not move cylinders without first removing regulators and replacing
width: 34” Width: 30” protective caps. Never use slings or electromagnets for lifting cylin-
depth: 34” Depth: 52” ders. Do not lift cylinders by the protective cap alone.
height: 84” Height: 84”
Certified payload Certified payload
COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDER ACCESSORIES
capacity 2480 lbs. capacity 2340 lbs.
CYLINDER VALVE PROTECTION CAPS
The Standard features on both the above... Stock No. AMC 2FRMP
z Completely Welded. Cylinder Cap for Low Pressure Cylin-
z Hot Dipped Galvanized for Corrosion resistance. ders. This cap will fit Acetylene Cylin-
z Large Sign Board for duty to Warn Notices. ders, Mapp Cylinders and Large Pro-
z Rachet Strap to Secure Cylinders. pane Cylinders that accept a cap.
z Dual Lockable Latches for Security.
z Drop Down Ramp for easy Cylinder Loading. Stock No. AMC 8FRMP
Cylinder Cap for High Pressure Cylinders.
12 CYLINDER
This cap will fit all High Pressure Cylinders.
These Caps Meet or Exceed all Pertinent DOT Regulations
OXYGEN CRADLE Osha Standards re Cylinder Caps. All cylinders with a capacity of
over 30 pounds shall be equipped with means of connecting a valve
Stock No. OX CRADLE protection cap or with a collar or recess to protect the valve. Valve
The Most Durable and versatile cylinder cart in the industry! protection caps, where cylinder is designed to accept a cap, shall
The safe transportation of cylinders is a serious matter. The Low always be in place, hand-tight, except when cylinders are in use or
Pro. Weldcoa’s Low Pro is by far the strongest, most durable connected for use. Valve protection caps shall not be used for lifting
cylinder cart in the industry. cylinder from one vertical position to another. Bars shall not be used
under valves or valve protection caps to pry cylinders loose when
• 8” C-Channel floor and tubular frozen to the ground or otherwise fixed; the use of warm (not boiling)
steel uprights water is recommended. Valve protection caps are designed to pro-
• 1,400 lbs. capacity cast iron tect cylinder valves from damage. Unless cylinders are secured on a
casters are standard approved cylinder cart, regulators shall be removed and valve pro-
• Adjustable manifolds brackets tection caps, when provided for, shall be put in place before cylinders
and cover are moved.
• Can be unassembled for ease of
storage and transportation
• Bolt-together design facilities
SAFETY SNAP CAPS
replacement of parts Stock No. Stock No.
• Can be moved with a forklift or AMC SC8FNNP-12 AMC SC2FNNP-12
crane
• Manifolds available in brass,
stainless steel or Monel 400 with
rigid or flexible leads
For use with For use with
High Pressure Low Pressure
BOAGRIP™ Stock No. SST BG400 Cylinders

The Standard features on both the above...
Cylinders
BOAGRIP™ The safest, fastest and easiest way to • Fully Enclosed or With Regulator Slot.
lift, carry and suspend compressed gas cylinders. • Meets DOT Requirements.
• Tested and Proven. • Surpasses Drop Test Standards.
• Enables Easy Lifting. • Anti-theft for maximum Cap Security - Lock included.
• Locking Feature Provides Controlled Access.
• Holds securely for hoisting.
• Cap and Mounting are designed for strength and rough, in field usage.
• Adjusts to Cylinders 4 to 15 Inches Diameter. • Standard Color is Safety Yellow.
Easy Steps to Lift, Carry and Suspend Compressed Gas Cylinders
These caps have the regulator slot which allows you to have the added
valve protection while still using the cylinder. Anti-theft. Security lock
included.. Cap and mounting are designed for strength and rough, in
field usage... These caps meet DOT Requirements.
Awisco does not recommend transporting cylinders with
the Regulators in place.

10 C OMPRESSED G AS
WRENCHES VISIBILITY AND DISPLAY OF PLACARDS.

Each placard on a motor vehicle must be clearly visible from the
direction it faces. Each placard must be securely attached or affixed
or placed in a holder. These placards cannot be located near any
advertising that could substantially reduce its effectiveness, and in
any case at least 3 inches away from such marking.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLACARDS.

WES WT3/8 A placard may be made of any plastic, metal or other material ca-
WES WB-MC WES W 10 pable of withstanding, without deterioration or a substantial reduction
in effectiveness, a 30 day exposure to open weather conditions. Each
Stock No. Description placard must measure at least 10.8 inches on each side. The hazard
WES W10 10 Way Combination Wrench class or division number, as appropriate, must be shown in numerals
WES WB-MC ‘B’ and ‘MC’ Acetylene Tank Wrench measuring at least 1.6 inches in height.
WES WT3/8 3/8” T Handle Wrench for Commercial Acetylene Cylinders
WES WT9/32 9/32” T Handle Wrench for Linde Style Acetylene Cylinders. LABELS
ALT 1027 Used to remove cylinder caps and install regulators. Made of
hard aluminum for flammable gases.
WELDING SIGNS
E-Z REMOVABLE
VINYL SIGNS
Special adhesive backing adheres quickly
MAPP GAS to most clean, smooth surfaces; leaves
EMPTY FULL FLAMMABLE little or no residue when removed.
CYLINDERS CYLINDERS NO SMOKING
NO OPEN FLAME Stock No. Description
AML Z-EZ-3 Non-Flammable
LEG X176 A LEG X233A LEG D778
AML Z-EZ-8 Flammable
ACETYLENE DANGER PROPANE

FLAMMABLE
PERMANENT
FLAMMABLE GAS CYLINDERS MUST NO SMOKING
NO SMOKING BE SECURED
NO OPEN FLAME
VINYL SIGNS
NO OPEN FLAME
LEG X230 LEG N390 A LEG X779
DANGER NO SMOKING DANGER

NITROGEN Tough, exterior grade vinyl placards
OXYGEN STORAGE IN THIS STORAGE
NO SMOKING
have permanent adhesive backing
NO SMOKING for use on dedicated equipment.
NO OPEN FLAME AREA OR OPEN FLAME
LEG D777 Stock No. Description
LEG D217 A LEG 108 AML Z-PSR9 Combustible
DANGER DANGER DANGER AML Z-PVN Non-Flammable
ARGON
AML Z-PVS Flammable
NO SMOKING EXPLOSIVE GAS AML Z-RVW3 Non-Flammable
STORAGE
OR OPEN FLAME AML
NO SMOKING NO SMOKING Flammable
OR OPEN FLAME IN THIS AREA
LEG D776 LEG 292 LEG D256 PLACARDS
COMPRESSED DANGER DANGER
GAS DO NOT WATCH ARC EYE PROTECTION
OF WELDER WITHOUT
MUST BE WORN
SPACEMASTER®
NO SMOKING PROPER EYE
NO OPEN FLAME PROTECTION IN THIS AREA
LEG X228 LEG D119 LEG MPPEC70PTH
Stock No. AML 81-CGOXY
DANGER Note: All Stock No.’s are under each sign. The AML 81-CGOXY includes D.O.T. placards
HARD HAT All of these welding signs are 10” x 12”. for Flammable Gas 2, Oxygen 2, Non
AREA Other types of signs are available. Call for
Flammable Gas 2 and a blank placard. This
additional information on any of these items.
makes changing to a different commodity as
LEG MPPED37PTH
easy as flipping a panel.
• Frames are constructed of corrosion-
THE FOLLOWING IS FROM THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS resistant, fully formed rigid aluminum, and are available in bright mil or
REGARDING PLACARDING REQUIREMENTS. baked white polyester finish
All transport vehicles containing any quantity of hazardous material must be • Legends are silkscreened with UV inks to retard fading, chipping or peeling
placarded on each side and each end with the type of placards as listed • Placard panels are constructed of aluminum alloy and mill rollercoated
below Compressed Gases. Flammable Gas and Non-Flammable Gas. A with white acrylic paint baked at 400°F. Panels lock in place with 4 double-
Non-Flammable Gas Placard is not required on a transport vehicle which riveted pressure fasteners.
contains non-flammable gas if the transport vehicle also contains flammable • These easy to use placards holders are available in many other
gas or oxygen and it Is placarded with Flammable Gas or Oxygen placards. commodities. Contact us if you need additional information.

C OMPRESSED G AS 11
Gas Manifold System and Accessories

Awisco has the expertise to help you select the correct manifold for any of your needs. We can customize any
configuration that you might need. All of the manifolds that we are showing conform to OSHA standards.
THE FOLLOWING ARE SOME OF THE OSHA STANDARDS REGARDING MANIFOLDS
All manifolds and parts used in methods of manifolding shall be used only for the gas or gases for which they are approved. High pressure
oxygen manifolds shall be provided with approved pressure regulating devices. Manifolds shall be of substantial construction suitable for
use with oxygen at a pressure of 250 psig.
STATION DROPS STAINLESS STEEL

SINGLE, DOUBLE & QUAD
FLEXIBLE PIGTAILS
Pressures to 3000 PSIG
(20,700 kPa)
For heavy-duty applications to resist
flexing and kinking. Special length
available. All models date-stamped
to monitor length of service.
• Brass end connections stamped • Coil grooves secure optional
for gas identification. spring guard.
• Galvanized Carbon Steel optional • Optional 360° swivel adaptor
spring-guard, factory installed. resists kinking.
Complete assemblies, 100% tested and Oxygen cleaned. Pressure
to 500 PSI (3400KPA), 3000 PSI (20,700KPA)
Single Double Quadruple
Some of the more popular models are:
SINGLE STATION DROPS Stock No. Description
Stock No. Description PF 63-24 CGA 540 Oxygen RH Female No Check Valve 24” Length.
VIC 1126-0018 Oxygen Service Single Station Drop with 9/16” 18 RH outlet. PF 63CV-24 CGA 540 Oxygen, RH Female with Check Valve Inlet Side 24” Length.
VIC 1126-0019 Mapp Service Single Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet. PF-15CV-24 CGA 510 POL Acetylene, LH Male with Check Valve Inlet Side 24” Length.
CGA 300 Commercial Acetylene, RH Female with Check Valve Inlet
VIC 1126-0004 Acetylene Service Single Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet. PF-16CV-24
Side 24” Length.
These models are designed for 1 operator. CGA 580 Nitrogen, Argon, RH Male with Check Valve Inlet Side 24”
PF 92-CV-24 Length.
DOUBLE STATION DROPS
CUSTOMIZED PIGTAILS
Stock No. Description
VIC 1126-0020 Oxygen Service Double Station Drop with 9/16” 18 RH outlet.
& STATION DROPS

VIC 1126-0021 Mapp Service Double Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet.
VIC 1126-0008 Acetylene Service Double Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet.
These models are designed for two operators.
QUADRUPLE STATION DROPS

VIC 1126-0015 Oxygen Service Quadruple Station Drop with 9/16” 18 RH outlet.
VIC 1126-0017 Mapp Service Quadruple Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet.
VIC 1126-0016 Acetylene Service Quadruple Station Drop with 9/16” 18 LH outlet.
These models are designed for four operators.
The Most Popular of the Station Drops are the Quadruple Style.
MANIFOLDS FOR USE

ON TUBE TRAILERS
Awisco has the resources to assemble Pigtails and Station Drops for
ANY MANIFOLD any gas service that you would require. We can customize for 2, 3 and 4
This is a complete manifold assembly person use. We are showing some of the common components used in
that is connected to an Oxygen Tube this assembly process.
Trailer. It comes complete with two
CGA 540 Oxygen Valves to allow two
operators to work at the same time.
We are only Showing the most popular models.
Shown: There are many different types and configurations.
ANY MANIFOLD3 Two Operators Model. For additional info contact Awisco or visit
This is a complete manifold assembly that is connected to an Oxygen Tube the Western Enterprise Website at
Trailer. It comes complete with three CGA 540 Oxygen Valves to allow three www. westernenterprise.com
operators to work at the same time.

12 W ELDING & C UTTING
REGULATORS Awisco has every brand of Oxy / Acetylene

The Most Popular Are The Following Cutting Equipment that is on the market. We are
only showing our most popular brands and styles.
APPLICATIONS & USES If you do not see what you want give us a call
• Extra heavy duty. and we will be able to help you.
• High flow rate - Up to 11,800
SCFH. LITTLE TORCH
PRECISION WELDING INSTRUMENT
DESIGN / CONSTRUCTION Stock No. SMI 23-1001C
• Sintered inlet filter. Includes Torch, 5 Tips, sizes 2 thru 6, 6’
• 2-1/2” Gauges Brass. hoses and instruction manual. This Kit is
• Stem type seat mechanism designed for Jewelry Repair, Hobby & Crafts,
• 3-1/4” diaphragm (Stainless Steel) Metal Sculpture and Electronics Style Work.
• Forged brass body and housing cap.
• Delrin® cap bushing for smooth adjustments
• External self reseating relief valve not designed to protect
downstream apparatus (No relief valve is needed on SR 710 and
PORTABLE TORCH
Stock No. VIC MK-3
SR 711 series regulators)
• CSR 150 Series Regulators
MODEL SPECIFICATIONS • 100FC Torch Handle
• Maximum Inlet 3000 PSIG • CA 1350 Cutting Attachment
• 1-W-1 Welding Nozzles
• Delivery Range See Chart
• 0-3-101 Cutting Tip
• Dimensions 6-1/2” W x 7-7/8” H x 7” D • Portable torch kitys include 10’ (3m) x
(16.5 cm) x 20.3cm x 18 cm) 3/16” (5mm) hose, goggles and lighter.
• Weight 7 lb. 10 oz. For Repair and Maintenance. The Portable Torch contains all the equip-
ment needed for welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. The outfit is
(3.79 kg)
equipped with compact rear entry regulators, 100C torch handle, CA
1350 cutting attachment, hose, goggles and lighter, all in a rugged,
Stock No. Description Delivery Range (PSIG)
molded plastic carrying case. Portable Torch components are de-
VIC SR700D-540 5-125
signed to weld up to 3/32” and cut up to 1¼” and cut up to 6”.
Air, Oxygen, Inert Gas
VIC SR700E-540 10-200
Acetylene The Portable Torch case is designed to carry one MC acetylene
VIC SR710A-510 2-15
VIC SR711D-510 L.P. Gas 5-125 cylinder, one 20 cu. ft. oxygen cylinder and accessories. Cylinders
are not included in the outfit but may be ordered separately.20 Cu.
Ft. Oxygen OXY 20CF/MC 10 cu. ft. Acetylene AC-MC
Torch Welding Cutting Cutting Heating Oxy. Acet.
APPLICATIONS & USES Handle Nozzles Attachment Tip Nozzle Regltr. Regltr.
• Ideally suited for full range of control of Portable 100C W-1(1) CA 1350 0-3-101 None SR 150CR SR 160AR
Torch
vaporized gas.
• Vapor side of liquid vessel.
• Ideally suited to replace cylinder regulator PERFORMER DELUXE
often used on liquid vessel. Stock No. VIC 0384 0867
• High flow rates with proper sizing of supply. • CSR 250 Series Regulators
• 100FC Torch Handle
• CA 1350 Cutting Attachment
DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION
• 0-W-1 Welding Nozzle
• Stem type seat mechanism.
• 0-3-101 Cutting Tip
• 2-3/4” stainless steel diaphragm.
• Forged brass body and housing cap. This Outfit Comes Complete with 10-1/2 ft
3/16” Twin Hose, Goggles & Ligthter.
• Delrin® cap bushing for smooth adjustment.
TOUGHCUT™
• 2-1/2” diameter brass gauge for easy readability.
• Designed for vapor side application on liquid vessel.
• External pressure relief valve on High pressure side (500 PSI) Stock No. SMI MB-51-300
Stock No. SMI MB-54-300L
MODEL SPECIFICATIONS
Versatile, economical Toughcut™ cutting
• Maximum Inlet 500 PSIG
and welding outfits include many features
• Delivery Range 5-352 PSIG found on more expensive outfits. With a
wide range of outfit configurations avail-
Stock No. Description Delivery Range (PSIG) able, the Toughcut™ series is perfect for a
VIC LC350DR-540 Oxygen multitude of applications. Torch Handle and
5-125
VIC LC350DR-580 Nitrogen cutting attachment feature corrosion resis-
Delivery Range Key: D 5-125 PSIG tant nickel finish.

W ELDING & C UTTING 13
Stock No. SMI MB-51-300

Includes the following: Model CW5A Torch Handle, Model CC509P CONTRACTOR PLUS
Cutting Attachment, MC12 #0 Cutting Tip, MW205 Welding Tip, Stock No. VIC 0384-2021
H1910F540 Oxygen Regulator & H1945E-300 Acetylene Regulator.
Customers who require maximum perfor-
Stock No. SMI MB-54-300L mance with a minimum of accessories will
Includes the same as above, except it has the Model H1710C-540
find the contractor Plus™ an ideal package.
Oxygen Regulator and the H1721C-300 Acetylene Regulator plus. It
includes 20 ft. of 3/16” twin hose, Goggles & Lighter. • Welds up to 1/8” / 4mm and to 3” / 76mm
with larger nozzles.
SUPER RANGE DELUXE

• Cuts up to 3/4” / 19mm and to 8” / 202mm
with larger tips.
Stock No. VIC 0384-0836 Torch Welding Cutting Cutting Oxygen Fuel Gas
Accessories
handle Nozzle Attach. Tip Regulator Regulator
Features a full selection of medium-duty
“T” Grade 25’ x 1/4”
apparatus, performance matched to cover 315FC (W) 2 CA2460 1-1-101 CSR450D-540 CSR460A-300 Hose Goggles &
a full range of uses. Lighter
• Welds up to 1/4” / 6mm; and up to
1 1/4” / 31mm with optional nozzles.
• Cuts up to 1/2” / 12mm; and up to
6” / 150mm with optional tips. MEDIUM DUTY
Stock No. MD 300A
Torch Welding Cutting Cutting Oxygen Fuel Gas
Accessories
handle Nozzle Attach. Tip Regulator Regulator
“T” Grade 25’ x 1/4”
100FC (W-1) 2 CA1350 0-3-101 CSR350D-540 CSR360A-300 Hose Goggles &
Lighter
These premium outfits feature quality construction throughout and

are built to provide reliability and extended service. Outfits feature
COMPLETE VICTOR WELDING AND Smith’s revolutionary Dual Guard system which combines a flash-
back arrestor built into the torch head with our proven in-tips gas
CUTTING OUTFIT mixing technology .This combination greatly improves operator safety
and increases torch life. Dual Guard Torches are covered by Smith’s
Stock No. VIC OUTFIT “Lifetime” warranty, the longest and strongest in the industry. The
Includes: outfits feature rugged, highly accurate brass regulators with polished
• Victor Welding Torch brass gauges for corrosion resistance and are backed by a 3 year
• Victor Welding Tip limited warranty. Outfits are complete with safety and operations
• Victor Cutting Attachment Ansco l manual. Includes 2 cutting tips, welding tip, heating tip and reverse
i a
A peci
w
• Victor Cutting Tip flow check valves.
• Victor Acetylene Regulator S Torch Cutting Cutting Welding Heating
Regulator Accessories
• Victor Oxygen Regulator handle Attach. Tip Tip Tip
• Striker MC12-0 1700 Series, 25 ft. hose,
WH100 DG109 SC12-1 MW205 MT603
• Cutting Goggles MD Striker, Goggles
• 25ft., ¼” Twin Hose
• 75 cu. ft. Acetylene Cylinder
• 80 cu. ft. Oxygen Cylinder
• Cylinder Cart
HEAVY DUTY
Stock No. HD-H300
HEAVY DUTY CUTTING OUTFIT

Stock No. SMI HTM300
These premium heavy duty outfits feature Smith’s revolutionary Dual

Guard™ system which combines a flashback arrestor built into the
torch head with our proven in-tip gas mixing technology. This combi-
nation greatly improves operator safety and increases torch life. Dual
Guard torches are covered by Smith’s “Lifetime” warranty, the long-
est and strongest in the industry. Smith regulators are covered by a 3
year limited warranty. The outfits feature rugged, highly accurate brass
regulators with polished brass gauges for corrosion resistance and
shatter resistance polycarbonate lenses. Outfits are complete with
This Heavy duty Cutting Outfit is built for tough jobs. It features the safety and operations manual. All outfits include 3 cutting tips, weld-
SC229 Cutting Torch, SC12-1 Cutting Tip, Model HB1510A-540S ing tip, heating tip, tip cleaner.
Oxygen Regulator With hard Hat, Model HB1521B-300S Acetylene
Regulator With hard Hat, Complete Instruction manual included. Each Torch Cutting Cutting Welding Heating
Regulator
handle Attach. Tip Tip Tip
kit comes with Reverse Flow Check Valves for added safety. Capac-
SC12-00 1500 Series,
ity with tips supplied: Cuts up to 5/8”. Capable of cutting up to 12” with WH200 DG209 SC12-1 SW205 ST603
Optional larger tips. SC12-2 HD

Victor Welding Torches and Components

Awisco is showing the most popular of the Victor Welding Torches and components. If you do not see what you want, give
us a call and we will send you a complete Victor Catalog or go to to the Awisco Website at www.awisco.com and link on
to the Victor website or visit the Victor website directly at www.thermadyne.com/vec
Light Duty Apparatus User Guide

Torch Handle Welding Nozzles Fuel Gas Cutting Attachment Head Angle Fuel Gas Tip Series Special Attachments
DFE-J
UN-J
J-28 W-J ALL CA1260 90° ALL 3 UNN-J
UM-J
FE-J
Medium Duty Apparatus User Guide

Torch Welding Fuel Heating Fuel Cutting Head Fuel Tip Special
Handle Nozzles Gas Nozzles Gas Attachment Angle Gas Series Attachments
DFE-1
MFA-1 Acetylene UN-1
WH26FC W-1 ALL CA25 90° ALL 3
MFN-1 Propane FE-1
UM-1
Torch Welding Fuel Heating Fuel Cutting Head Fuel Tip Special
Handle Nozzles Gas Nozzles Gas Attachment Angle Gas Series Attachments
CA1350 90° 3 DFE-1
MFA-1 Acetylene UN-1
100FC W-1 ALL CA1351 75° ALL 3
FE-1
MFN-1 Propane
CA1352 180° 3 UM-1
Heavy Duty Apparatus User Guide

Torch Welding Fuel Multi-Flame Fuel Cutting Head Fuel Tip Special
Handle Nozzles Gas Heating Nozzles Gas Attachment Angle Gas Series Attachments
MFA Acetylene DFE
UN
WH36FC W ALL MFN Propane CA35 90° ALL 1
FE
Type 55** Propane UM
MFA Acetylene CA2460 90° DFE
UN
315FC W ALL MFN Propane CA2461 75° ALL 1
FE
Type 55** Propane CA2462 180° UM
MFA Acetylene CA2460 90° DFE
UN
HD310C W ALL MFN Propane CA2461 75° ALL 1
FE
Type 55** Propane CA2462 180° UM
** Type 55 Heating Nozzle - All Fuel Gases Except Acetylene. Type W is the most common style welding nozzle. Style RTE (Acetylene use) and style
RTEN (Propane Use) are available. Both of these styles have replaceable tip ends, but most users prefer to use the ‘FE’ flexible extension for this
application. Flexible extensions and tip ends are shown later in this section.
LIGHT DUTY J SERIES TORCH HANDLES MEDIUM DUTY

FOR USE WITH ALL FUEL GASES WH SERIES TORCH HANDLES
Stock No. J-28 Stock No. WH26FC
• Medium duty apparatus.
This is the Lightest Victor Torch
• 9/16” - 18 connection.
for use with all fuel gases. This
• Tube within a tube design.
Torch has ‘A’ size fittings. It
• Made in the U.S.A.
uses W-J Series Welding Tips
• Two year warranty.
and has a 1/4” Welding capacity
• Cutting Attachment CA35.
with the correct size tip.Cutting
• Built-in check valves & flash arrestors.
Attachment CA1260. • Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with threaded connections.
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length • Capacity: welds to 1-1/4” with proper Size Style W-1 Tip.
Standard Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length
J-28 Light Duty A-Size 3/8” - 24 UNF ALL 8 1/2 oz. 6”
WH26FC Medium Duty 9/16” - 18 ALL 1 LB. 1 oz. 9”
J-28 Torch includes accessory reverse flow check valves for regulator use.

W ELDING & C UTTING 15
Stock No. 100FC

• Medium duty apparatus. WELDING TIPS
• 9/16” - 18 connection. WELDING NOZZLE
OPERATIONAL DATA / ACETYLENE COVERS SERIES W
• Two year warranty. Light Duty Style W-J
• Cutting Attachment CA1350. Medium Duty Style W-1
• Built-in check valves & flash arrestors. Heavy Duty Style W
• Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with threaded connections.
• Capacity: welds to 1-1/4” with proper Size Style W-1 Tip.
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length
“VanGuard”™
100FC Medium Duty 9/16” - 18 ALL 14 oz. 8 1/2”
Metal Thickness Tip Drill Oxygen Acetylene Acetylene

IN MM Size Size (PSIG) (PSIG) (SCFH)
HEAVY DUTY WH SERIES TORCH HANDLES 1/32”
3/64”
.8
1.2
000
00
75 (.022)
70 (.028)
3/5
3/5
3/5
3/5
1/2
1 - 1/2 / 3
Stock No. WH36FC 5/64” 1.9 0 65 (.035) 3/5 3/5 2/4
3/32” 2.4 1 60 (.040) 3/5 3/5 3/6
1/8” 3.2 2 56 (.046) 3/5 3/5 5/10
• Heavy duty apparatus.
3/16” 4.8 3 53 (.060) 4/7 3/6 8/18
• 9/16” - 18 connection. 1/4” 6.4 4 49 (.073) 5/10 4/7 10/25
• Built-in check valves & flash arrestors. 1/2” 12.7 5 43 (.089) 6/12 5/8 15/35
• Tube within a tube design. 3/4” 19.0 6 36 (.106) 7/14 6/9 25/45
1 1/4” 32.0 7 30 (.128) 8/16 8/10 30/60
2” 51.0 8 29 (.136) 10/19 9/12 35/75
• Two year warranty. 3” 76.2 10 27 (.144) 12/24 12/15 50/100
• Cutting Attachment CA35. 4” 102.0 12 25 (.149) 18/28 12/15 80/160
• Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with threaded connections.
• Capacity: welds to 3” with proper Size Style W Welding Tip.
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length LIGHT DUTY WELDING NOZZLES
WH36FC Heavy Duty 9/16” - 18 ALL 1 LB. 9 oz. 9 - 1/2” For use with Model J28 Torch Handle
Stock No. 315FC

• General purpose welding & pre-heating.
• One piece copper elbow tip long cone flame.
• Built-in check valves & flash
arrestors. • 65° angle.
• Tube within a tube design. • Sizes 000 - 4 (Length 14 - 1/2”)
• Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with • Fuel gas usage - Acetylene.
threaded connections.
• Capacity: welds to 3” with proper
Size Style W Welding Tip.
• Made in the U.S.A. MEDIUM DUTY WELDING NOZZLES
• Cutting Attachment CA2460. For use with Model WH26FC &
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length
J100FC Torch Handle
“VanGuard”™
315FC 9/16” - 18 ALL 18 oz. 9”
Heavy Duty
• General purpose welding & pre-heating.

• One piece copper elbow tip long cone flame.
Stock No. HD310C • 65° angle.
• Sizes 000 - 7 (Length 4 - 1/2”)
• Fuel gas usage - Acetylene.
• Built-in check valves & flash arrestors.
• Three (3) piece “Y” assembly with threaded
connections. HEAVY DUTY WELDING NOZZLES
• Capacity: welds to 3” with proper Size Style W For use with Model WH36FC ,
Welding Tip. 315FC & HD310C Torch Handle
• Cutting Attachment CA2460.
• Extra Volume Capacity When Using 3/8” hose. • 65° angle.
Stock No. Description Hose Connection Gas Weight Length • General purpose welding & pre-heating.
“VanGuard”™ • One piece copper elbow tip long cone flame.
HD310C 9/16” - 18 ALL 28 oz. 11”
Heavy Duty • Fuel gas usage - Acetylene.

MULTI-FLAME Style MFN-1 Propane

HEATING NOZZLES
MFA-1 & MFN-1 are for use with Medium Duty Victor Weld-
ing Torches. MFA & MFN are for use with Heavy Duty
Victor Welding Torches.
There are no recommended heating nozzles for use with the Vic-
tor Light Duty Welding Torches.
Multi-Flame Heating Nozzles Type MFN-1
TYPE MFA, MFA-1, For Use with Acetylene Size Fuel Gas Usage Description
Tip Oxygen Acetylene Oxygen Acetylene 6 Propane Multi-flame heating head pre-heating,
Size Pressure Pressure Consumption Consumption priming, straightening, etc.
(PSIG) (PSIG) (SCFH) (SCFH)
2 4/8 4/8 3/10 3/9
4 8/12 6/10 7/22 6/20
6 10/15 8/12 15/44 14/40 HEAVY DUTY
8 20/30 10/15 33/88 30/80
10 30/40 12/15 44/110 40/100 MULTI-FLAME HEATING NOZZLES
12* 50/60 12/15 66/165 60/150
15* 50/60 12/15 99/244 90/220 For Use with WH36FC, VIC 315FC
and HD310C Torch Handles
TYPE MFN, MFN-1, For Use with Propane
& Natural Gas Style MFA Acetylene
Tip Oxygen Fuel Oxygen Fuel
Size Pressure Pressure Consumption Consumption
6 8/20 2/10 20/80 5.5/20
8 10/20 10/15 10/140 10/35 Multi-Flame Heating Nozzles Type MFA
10 10/30 12/20 80/320 20/80 Size Fuel Gas Usage Description
12* 30/125 15/25 120/640 30/160
4 Multi-flame heating head for
15* 30/125 15/25 200/800 50/200
8 Acetylene heat treating, straightening
20* 40/135 15/25 300/1000 75/250
10 and priming.
TYPE T-55, For use with Propylene Based Fuel Gases, 15
Methane, Propane, Butane, Mapp®, Liquid Air Fuel
Gases, Pressurized Natural Gas
Tip Oxygen Fuel Oxygen Fuel Style MFN Propane
Size Pressure Pressure Consumption Consumption
6 70/80 15/20 160 65
8 70/85 15/25 220 85
10 70/100 15/25 350/460 150/200
15* 90/120 20/35 600/800 250/350
20* 100/150 30/50 900/1150 400/500
* Use with Model HD310C Torch Handle and 3/8” Hose.
Approximate Gross BTU Content Per Cubic Foot.
Gas Type Acetylene Propane Methane Natural Butane Mapp® Propylene
Multi-Flame Heating Nozzles Type MFN
Gas
BTU Content Size Fuel Gas Usage Description
per Cubic 1470 2498 1000 1000 3374 2406 2371 8
Foot 10
Multi-flame heating head for heat
12 Propane
treating, priming and straightening.
Type 55 nozzles NOT for use with ACETYLENE 15
20
Warning: At no time should the withdrawal rate of an individual Acetylene
cylinder exceed 1/7 of the cylinder contents per hour. If additional flow
capacity is required use an Acetylene manifold system of sufficient size to Special Application Accessories
supply the necessary volume.
Light Duty
MEDIUM DUTY Model J-28 Welding Torch
MULTI-FLAME HEATING NOZZLES
For Use with WH26FC and 100FC Torch Handles
Style MFA-1 Acetylene
The MFA uses heat resistant, replaceable Dual flexible elbows 5/16” - 27” Thread.
swaged copper tip. For use with Acetylene. MFA Multi-Gas Nozzle
12 and 15 works with MAPP® and Propylene. Type Fuel Gas Usage Description
Multi-Flame Heating Nozzles Type MFA-1 DFE-J
Dual flexible elbow nozzle assembly for special weld-
ing, heating, brazing needs, uses replaceable tip ends.
Size Fuel Gas Usage Description Standard bend nozzle for welding, brazing & heating.
2 UN-J Multi-Gas Fuel Service uses replaceable tip ends.
Multi-flame heating head for
4 heat treating, straightening For silver brazing, soldering, heating with low pres-
Acetylene UNN-J
6 and priming. sure natural gas (2PSIG and under). Uses replace-
8 able tip ends.

W ELDING AND C UTTING 17
Medium Duty FLEXIBLE ELBOW

Model WH26FC & J100FC
Welding Torch
FOR SPECIAL WELDING,
BRAZING & HEATING NEEDS
• Multi Fuel Gas Service.
Dual flexible elbows 5/16” - 27” Thread. • Uses replaceable Tip Ends.
Multi-Gas Nozzle • 11 - 1/2” Length 5/16” - 27” Thread Size.
Fuel Gas • Flexible elbow nozzle assembly for special welding, heating,
Type Description
Usage brazing needs.
Dual flexible elbow nozzle assembly for special welding, Stock No. Model Type
DFE-1 Multi-Gas heating, brazing needs, uses replaceable tip ends. FE-J J-28 Light Duty
Fuel Service Standard bend nozzle for welding, brazing & heating. uses FE-1 WH26FC & J100FC Medium Duty
UN-1 FE WH36FC, 315FC & HD310C Heavy Duty
replaceable tip ends.
Use with WH26FC & J100FC Torch Handles.
REPLACEABLE TIP ENDS

Heavy Duty
Model WH36FC & 315FC These Tip Ends will fit any of the
HD310C Welding Torch Above Flexible elbows. Type TE
sizes 6, 8 & 10 will only fit the RTE
style Welding Nozzle.
Type Application / Description Fuel Gas Size Length
000 1-1/2”
Welding, Brazing & Silver Brazing. 00 1-1/2”
Flame characteristic - Long Cone. 0 1-1/2”
TE 1 1-1/2”
2 1-1/2”
Acetylene 3 1-5/8”
4 1-7/8”
Brazing & Silver Brazing 5 2”
TEN 6 2-1/4”
8 2-3/4”
10 3”
Type Application / Description Fuel Gas Size Length
Dual flexible elbows 5/16” - 27” Thread. 1 1-1/2”
** 2 1-1/2”
Multi-Gas Nozzle TEMFA Brazing, Soldering, Heating Flame Acetylene 3 1-1/2”
characteristic - Multi-flame 4 1-1/2”
Fuel Gas 5 1-1/2”
Type Description
Usage
** This is the most popular Multiflame Brazing Tip End.
Dual flexible elbow nozzle assembly for special welding,
DFE Type Application / Description Fuel Gas Size Length
Multi-Gas heating, brazing needs, uses replaceable tip ends. 6 1-1/2”
UN Fuel Service Standard bend nozzle for welding, brazing & heating. uses Brazing, Soldering, Heating All Fuel Gases 7 1-1/2”
replaceable tip ends. TEMF 8 1-1/2”
Flame characteristic - Multi-flame Except Acetylene 9 1-1/2”
Use with WH36FC, 315FC & HD310C Torch Handles. 10 1-1/2”
Smith Welding Torches and Components

Awisco is showing the most popular of the Smith Welding Torches and components. If you do not see what you want, give us
a call and we will send you a complete Smith Catalog or go to to the Awisco Website at www.awisco.com and link on to the
Smith website or visit the Smith website directly at www.smithequipment.com

Stock No. Welding Nozzles Fuel Gas Cutting Attachment Head Angle Fuel Gas Tip Series Length Weight
SMI AW1A AW200 Series ALL AC309 90° ALL MC-12 5 3/4” 6 1/8 oz.

DG209 90°
SMI WH100 MW200 Series ALL ALL MC-12 7” 14 oz.
DG205 75°

DG209 90°
SMI WH200 SW200 Series ALL DG205 75° ALL SC Series 7 1/2” 17 3/8 oz.
DG200 180°

18 W ELDING AND C UTTING
WELDING TIPS
SMITH “SOFT FLAME”
“Soft Flame” Makes Welding Easier
Smith “Soft Flame” welding tips provide concentrated heat for better 100% Testing - Assured Performance
“puddle” control - the turbulent-free flame eliminates puddle chasing. Each tip is individually tested on Smith designed automatic testing
Soft flame provides deep, even penetration without burning through machines and must pass stringent requirements for flame character-
base metal for strong, dependable welds. Molten metal is protected istics, gas flow and resistance to flashback.
from atmospheric oxidation by smooth, even flame envelope.
Manifold Cylinders
Slip-In Tips - permit 360° Turn For Convenient Positioning. When required flows (cubic feet per hour - SCFH) exceed the recom-
“Slip-In” Tips can be changed in just seconds. Hand tighten... no
mended withdrawal rate from one cylinder then additional cylinders
wrench needed. Extra thick tip nut threads hold tip securely in torch.
must be manifolded to provide safe and efficient operation. Acety-
“O” Ring Seals - Highly Reliable Sealing lene must not be withdrawn at more than 1/7 of the cylinder capacity
“O” rings provide gas tight seals with no metal seating surface to (47 SCFH for a 330 cu. ft. cylinder). Consult Awisco for any assis-
damage if dropped. “O” rings keep gases separate until they enter tance that you might need in setting up a manifold system.
the mixing chamber.
SW Heavy Duty Welding & Brazing Tips
Heavy Wall Copper - Provides longer life MW Medium Duty Welding & Brazing Tips
The heavy wall copper gives greater resistance to reflected heat, AW Light Duty Welding & Brazing Tips
permits cooler operation, dissipates more heat than thin wall copper. ST Heavy Duty Heating Tips
Heat absorbing tips provide longer life, and the long straight-away MT Medium Duty Heating Tips
design permits tip refacing after excessive wear or abuse. Original
AT Light Duty Heating Tips
copper can be replaced.
WELDING NOZZLES Consumption (SCFH: cubic feet per hour) figures shown, represent the aver-
age volumes of gases consumed when the sooty smoke just disappears from
the acetylene flame prior to opening the Oxygen valve and adjusting to a
LIGHT DUTY WELDING NOZZLES neutral flame.
AW200 Series Oxy-Acetylene
MW400 Series Propane
General purpose light duty welding tips. Shorter, lighter and easier to handle.
USE IN: Torch Handles - AW1A
FUEL GASES: These tips may also be used for brazing with MAPP®, Liquid Air General Purpose medium duty brazing tips designed specially for
Fuel-Gas or brazing with propylene base fuel gases. When using these gases, use with Propane or Propane base mixture fuel gases with Oxygen.
select a tip two sizes larger than recommended for the same work as Acetylene. Tips bent to 63 1/2° angle.
Welding Drill Pressure Comsumption USE IN: Torch Handle - WH100
Tip Number Range Size Each Gas Each Gas
(PSIG) at reg. (SCFH)
SMI AW200 Light Metal 76 10 1.3 Tip Number Welding Pressure (PSIG) Consumption Each Gas (SCFH)
SMI AW201 up to 1/32” 71 10 2.3 Range Oxygen Propane Oxygen Propane
SMI AW202 1/16” 69 10 3.0 SMI SW403 Up to 1/16” 10 10 3.1 .5
SMI AW203 5/64” 67 10 3.2 SMI SW405 3/32” - 1/8” 10 10 8.4 2.1
SMI AW204 3/32” 63 10 4.3
SMI AW205 1/8” 57 10 6 SMI SW407 5/32” - 3/16” 10 10 16.0 4.1
SMI AW206 5/32” 56 10 9 SMI SW409 1/4” - 3/8” 10 10 30.0 7.8
SMI AW207 3/16” 54 10 12 SMI SW411 1/2” - 5/8” 11 11 51.9 13
SMI AW208 1/4” 52 10 17
SMI AW209 3/8” 49 10 23
SMI AW210 1/2” 44 11 36
Consumption (SCFH: cubic feet per hour) figures shown, represent the average HEAVY DUTY WELDING NOZZLES
volumes of gases consumed when the sooty smoke just disappears from the acety-
lene flame prior to opening the Oxygen valve and adjusting to a neutral flame. SW 200 Series Acetylene / Mapp
The SW 200 Series is for general and heavy welding and brazing. Swaged
construction provides greater heat concentration for improved “puddle”
MEDIUM DUTY WELDING NOZZLES control. Tips bent to 63 1/2 ° angle.
MW200 Series Acetylene / Mapp USE IN: Torch Handles - WH200
MW200 Series si for general purpose medium duty welding whch features Smith FUEL GASES: These tips may also be used for brazing with MAPP®,
“soft-flame” for easier puddle control and better penetration. Tips are bent to 63 1/ Liquid Air Fuel-Gas or brazing with propylene base fuel gases. When
2° angle. using these gases, select a tip two sizes larger than recommended for
USE IN: Torch Handles -WH100
FUEL GASES: These tips may also be used for brazing with MAPP®, Liquid Air the same work as Acetylene.
Fuel-Gas or brazing with propylene base fuel gases. When using these gases, Welding Drill Pressure Comsumption
select a tip two sizes larger than recommended for the same work as Acetylene. Tip Number Each Gas Each Gas
Range Size (PSIG) at reg. (SCFH)
Welding Drill Pressure Comsumption SMI AW201 1/32” 71 10 2.3
Tip Number Range Size Each Gas Each Gas SMI AW202 1/16” 69 10 3.0
(PSIG) at reg. (SCFH) SMI AW203 5/64” 67 10 3.2
SMI AW200 Light Metal 76 10 1.3 SMI AW204 3/32” 63 10 4.3
SMI AW201 up to 1/32” 71 10 2.3 SMI AW205 1/8” 57 10 6
SMI AW202 1/16” 69 10 3.0 SMI AW206 5/32” 56 10 9
SMI AW203 5/64” 67 10 3.2 SMI AW207 3/16” 54 10 12
SMI AW204 3/32” 63 10 4.3 SMI AW208 1/4” 52 10 17
SMI AW205 1/8” 57 10 6 SMI AW209 3/8” 49 10 23
SMI AW206 5/32” 56 10 9 SMI AW210 1/2” 44 11 36
SMI AW207 3/16” 54 10 12 SMI AW211 5/8” 40 11 49*
SMI AW208 1/4” 52 10 17 SMI AW212 7/8” 34 11 66*
SMI AW209 3/8” 49 10 23 SMI AW213 1” and 30 11 90**
SMI AW210 1/2” 44 11 36 SMI AW214 over 26 11 121**

SW 400 Series Propane MT603, MT605A & MT610 Styles are used with Acetylene Gas.
MT615 Style is used with Propane Gas.
The SW 400 Series is for general heavy welding and brazing. Tips are MT603, MT810 & MT815 Styles are used with Mapp Gas.
designed for use with Propane and Propane base fuel gases with Oxygen. Stock No. SMI SMI SMI SMI SMI SMI
USE IN: Torch Handles - WH200 MT603 MT605A MT610 MT615 MT810 MT815
No. of Flames 6 6 12 Fluted 12 Fluted
Tip Number Welding Pressure (PSIG) Consumption Each Gas (SCFH)
Range Oxygen Propane Oxygen Propane Drill Size # 64 # 56 #57
Pressures Oxygen 10 10 10 14 40-70 40-70
SMI SW403 Up to 1/16” 10 10 3.1 .5
(PSIG) Fuel Gas 10 10 10 10 10-17 15-35
SMI SW405 3/32” - 1/8” 10 10 8.4 2.1
SMI SW409 1/4” - 3/8” 10 10 30.0 7.8 Consumption Oxygen 31 57 100 78 125-155 395-650
SCFH Fuel Gas 28 51 90 16 46-55 125-230
Consumption (SCFH: cubic feet per hour) figures shown, represent the average Average BTU 40,125 73,085 128,970 37,100 21,500 421,000
volumes of gases consumed when the sooty smoke just disappears from the Fuel Cylinders required 1 2 2 2 1 1-2
acetylene flame prior to opening the Oxygen valve and adjusting to a Overall Length 10” 16” 18” 10 1/2” 18” 19”
neutral flame.
HEATING TIPS HEAVY DUTY HEATING TIPS

Torch Handle WH200
Acetylene multi-flame heating tips are designed to provide large
volumes of concentrated heat for bending, straightening, shrinking,
forming and many other applications. Smaller sizes are often used
for bronze welding or for applying hard facing metal to large areas.
Smith multi-flame and single flame heating tips are designed to pro-
vide large volumes of heat for applications such as: bending, straight- Styles are used with Acetylene Gas.
ening, pre-heating, brazing, shrinking, forming and many others. Stock No. SMI ST602 SMI ST603 SMI ST605 SMI ST610
Heating tips provide significant cost saving in many applications. By No. of Flames 6 6 12 Fluted
providing great amounts of quick, concentrated heat, heating tips do Drill Size # 64 # 56 #57
the job faster and cut labor time to a minimum. Pre. 10 10 10 14
(PSIG) Oxygen 10 10 10 10
For proper performance, use the recommended pressures for each
Cons. Fuel Gas 31 57 100 78
tip and with an adequate gas supply. Manifolding of cylinders is es- SCFH Oxygen 28 51 90 16
sential for safe and efficient operation of large size heating tips. Average BTU Fuel Gas 40,125 73,085 128,970 37,100
Acetylene multi-flame heating tips are designed to provide large vol- Fuel Cylinders required 1 2 2 2
umes of concentrated heat for bending, straightening, shrinking, form- Overall Length 10” 16” 18” 10 1/2”
ing and many other applications. Smaller sizes are often used for
bronzed welding or for applying hard facing metal to large areas. Medium pressure Oxy-Propane or propane based heating tips
Warning! provide high heating performance with low cost fuel gases
Manifolding Cylinders: When required flows (cubic feet per hour - SCFH) including natural gas and Propane base gases.
exceed the recommended withdrawal rate from one cylinder then addi- ST615 & ST625 Styles are used with Propane Gas.
tional cylinders must be manifolded to provide safe and efficient opera- ST635 Style is used with Propane Gas / Requires a 3/8” I.D. Hose.
tion. Acetylene must not be withdrawn at more than 1/7 of the cylinder
Stock No. SMI ST615 SMI ST625 SMI ST635
capacity (47 SCFH for a 330 cu. ft. cylinder). Consult Awisco for any No. of Flames 12 Fluted Fluted
assistance that you might need in setting up a manifold system. Drill Size
Pre. 40-70 40-70 40-70
(PSIG) Oxygen 10-17 15-35 15-35
Cons. Fuel Gas 125-155 395-650 395-650
LIGHT DUTY HEATING TIPS SCFH Oxygen 46-55 125-230 125-230
Average BTU Fuel Gas 21,500 421,000 421,000
Torch Handle AW1A Fuel Cylinders required 1 1-2 1-2
Handy light duty multi-flame tip for heating, brazing and applying hard facing Overall Length 18” 19” 19”
metals. Uses medium pressure Acetylene and Oxygen.
USE IN: Torch Handle - AW1A. Warning!
AT603 & AT605 Styles are used with Acetylene Gas. Manifolding cylinders for continuous operation: recommend the
AT615 Style is used with Propane Gas. manifolding of 4 LP-Gas cylinders for the ST625 and 7 for the
Stock No. SMI AT603 SMI AT605 SMI AT615 ST635 tip or one 500 lb. cylinder; also, 2 xygen cylinders. Recom-
No. of Flames 4 6 Fluted mendation is based on maximum withdrawal rate of 46 CFH from
Drill Size # 65 # 64 a 100 lb. Propane tank (1/3 full) at 60° F. If you need assistance
Pressures Oxygen 14 10 14 with any manifold questions, call Awisco.
(PSIG) Fuel Gas 6 10 10
Consumption Oxygen 17 32 78
SCFH Fuel Gas 17 29 16 ST815 Style is used with Mapp Gas.
Average BTU 24,500 41,550 37,100 ST825 Style is used with Mapp Gas / Requires a 3/8” I.D. Hose.
Fuel Cylinders required 1 1 2
Overall Length 10” 10” 10 1/2” Stock No. SMI ST815 SMI ST825
No. of Flames Fluted Fluted
Drill Size
Pre.
MEDIUM DUTY HEATING TIPS
40-70 60-110
(PSIG) Oxygen 15-35 22-35
Torch Handle WH100 Cons. Fuel Gas 395-650 590-1500
SCFH Oxygen 125-230 200-528
Versatile multi-flame heating tips for the popular medium duty Pipeliner torch Average BTU Fuel Gas 421,000 865,000
bodies. Used for general heating of metals, brazing, hard surfacing, etc.
Fuel Cylinders required 1-2 2-5
Heads are manufactured from solid copper.
USE IN: Torch Handle - WH100 Overall Length 20 1/2” 31”

Victor Cutting Attachments and Cutting Torches

Awisco is showing the most popular of the Victor Cutting attachments and Cutting Torches. If you do not see what you want,
give us a call and we will send you a complete Victor Catalog or go to to the Awisco Website at www.awisco.com and link
on to the Victor website or visit the Victor website directly at www.thermadyne.com/vec
Cutting Attachment Tip Series Cutting Range Head Angle Fuel Gas Weight Length Welding Torch
CA1260 3 3” 90° All 13 oz. 8” J-28

CA25 3 5” 90° All 14.1 oz. 10” WH-26FC
CA1350 3 6” 90° All 13 oz. 8” 100FC
CA1351 3 6” 75° All 13 oz. 8” 100FC
CA1352 3 6” 180° All 13 oz. 8” 100FC

CA35 1 6” 90° All 1 lb. 14 oz. 13-1/2” WH-36FC
CA2460 1 6” 90° All 2 lbs. 10-1/2” 315FC & HD310C
CA2461 1 6” 75° All 2 lbs. 10-1/2” 315FC & HD310C
CA2462 1 6” 180° All 2 lbs. 10-1/2” 315FC & HD310C
LIGHT DUTY CUTTING ATTACHMENTS HEAVY DUTY CUTTING ATTACHMENTS

FOR USE WITH ALL FUEL GASES FOR USE WITH ALL FUEL GASES
For Use with J Series Torch Handles
• Die-forged brass head For Use with WH36FC Torch Handle
• Spiral mixer blends Oxygen & Fuel Heavy and medium duty cutting attachments
• Smooth cutting valve (pull type) for use with Acetylene, Propane, Butane, Liq-
• Stainless Steel tubes uid Air fuel gases, Mapp®, Natural gas (2 PSIG
• Brass coupling nut & Double “O”
Ring seal gives quick gas-tight seal or more), Propylene & Hydrogen.
tight seal tightrning without wrench
• Length 8” - Weight 13 oz. • Cut to 6” with proper tip,
Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle
CA1260 3” 3 90°
series 1.
• 90° Head
MEDIUM DUTY CUTTING ATTACHMENTS • Universal mixer
FOR USE WITH ALL FUEL GASES • Easy on cutting Oxygen
For Use with WH26FC Torch Handle • Made in the USA
Medium duty cutting attachments for use with Acety- • Two year warranty
lene, Propane, Butane, Liquid Air fuel gases, Mapp®, Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle
Natural gas (2 PSIG or more), Propylene & Hydrogen. CA35 6” 1 90°
• Cut to 6” with proper tip, series 3

• Universal mixer For Use with
• Easy on cutting Oxygen 300 Series Torch Handles
• Made in the USA
• Two year warranty
Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle
CA25 6” 3 90° • Cuts 8” with proper tip series 1
• Die-forged brass head
For Use with • Spiral mixer blends Oxygen & Fuel
100FC Series Torch Handles • Smooth cutting valve (push type)
• Die-forged brass head • Stainless Steel tubes
• Spiral mixer blends Oxygen & Fuel Brass coupling nut & Double “O” Ring seal
• Smooth cutting valve (pull type) •
• Stainless Steel tubes gives quick gas-tight seal tight seal tighten-
• Length 8” - Weight 13 oz. ing wrench
• Brass coupling nut & Double “O” Ring seal gives quick • Length 10-1/2” - Weight 32 oz.
gas-tight seal tight seal tightrning without wrench.
• These 3 models use the 3 series Cutting Tip
Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle Stock No. Cutting Range Tip Series Head Angle
CA1350 6” 3 90° CA2460 8” 1 90°
CA1351 6” 3 75° CA2461 8” 1 75°
CA1352 6” 3 180° CA2462 8” 1 180°

Victor Cutting Torches

HAND CUTTING TORCHES
Victor® “Universal Torches”
Combine the Spiral and injector principles. The result is a high perfor-
mance torch that Operates on any fuel gas. Universal Torch cutting
capacity from 1/8” to 12”.
• Stainless Steel Tubes for greater strength and durability.
• Stainless Steel Cutting Oxygen Lever for extra durability and opera-
tor comfort.
• Built-in FlashBack Arrestors for added safety (U.S. Patent # 5407348).
• Die-Forged Brass Head for maximum durability.
• Universal Gas Mixer Gives top performance with any fuel gas.
• Ribbed Brass Handle for sure grip and operator comfort.
• Built-in Reverse Flow Check Valve for added operator safety
(U.S. Patent # 4286620).
• Smooth Cutting Oxygen Valve Provides precise low-to-full flow All Victor® Hand Cutting Torches are equipped with built-in
oxygen control. reverse flow check valves.
ST900FC “VANGUARD™” SERIES ST2600FC “VANGUARD™” SERIES

STRAIGHT CUTTING TORCHES STRAIGHT CUTTING TORCHES
• For use with any fuel gas.
• For use with any fuel gas, 5 PSIG and above. • Uses Series 1 Cutting Tips.
• Use with Series 1 Cutting Tips. • Cutting capacity 1/8” to 12”.
• Cutting capacity 1/8” to 6”. • Hose connections are 9/16”-18 unless noted.
• Hose connections are 9/16”-18 unless noted. • Includes built-in patented flashback arrestors and reverse flow check
• Includes built-in patented flashback arrestors and reverse flow check valves for added safety.
valves for added safety. Stock No. Lever Position Tip Series Head Angle Length
Stock Lever Tip Head ST2600FC 90° 21”
Length ST2601FC Top Rear 1 75° 21”
No. Posi- Series Angle
ST2602FC 180° 21”
ST900FC tion 21”
Top Rear 1 90°
ST930FC 36” Stock No. Lever Position Tip Series Head Angle Length
3 Foot Standard Demolition Torch ST2630FC Top Rear 1 90° 36”
Stock Lever Tip Head 3 Foot Standard Demolition Torch
Length
No. Position Series Angle Stock No. Lever Position Tip Series Head Angle Length
ST972FC Top Rear 1 90° 72” ST2650FC Top Rear 1 90° 48”
6 Foot Demolition Torch. 4 Foot Demolition Torch
Awisco is only showing the most popular of the Victor Torches. If you have a special application give us a call... We can help you..
MACHINE CUTTING TORCHES

Victor® Machine Torches are available in two and three hose versions.
Two hose torches are available in 4 1/2”, 10” and 18” models, and
three hose torches are available in 10” and 18” models.
MT200 Series MT300 Series

Two Hose Model Three Hose Model
• Pre-Drilled 1-3/8” Diameter Barrels for
three position mounting flexibility.
• Straight Through Design Minimizes
turbulence, improves cutting performance.
• High Performance Mixer Design Provide
optimum performance.
• Rugged Brass Torch Head and Body for
maximum strength.
• Accessory Reverse Flow Check Valves
Supplied with all machine torches for added
operator safety.

Victor® Machine Cutting Torches are available in two and three hose Three Hose Models
models. Three hose torches are high performance “straight through” Stock Total Barrel Racking Cutting
Gas
design that minimizes turbulence and improves cut quality. Acces- No. Length Length Length Capacity
sory reverse flow check valves are supplied for use at the torches MT310A* 14” 10” 7” ACET* 12”
inlet connection. All machine torches use Series 1 cutting tips. * May also be used on other pressurized fuel gases.
Two Hose Models These are the most popular of the Machine Cutting
Stock Total Barrel Racking Cutting Torches. Call Awisco for additional information.
Gas
No. Length Length Length Capacity On Models that require a geared rack these must be ordered
MT204A* 8 1/2” 4 1/2” N/A ACET* 7” separately. the following is the information.
MT210A 4” 10” 7” ACET* 7” Gear Racks
* This Torch does not use a rack. It is designed to fit into a torch Stock No. Length Pitch Cutting Machine
barrel holder. 0319-0054 10” Rack Kit 32 Pitch MT210 & MT310
TORCHES USING SERIES 1 CUTTING TIPS TORCHES USING SERIES 3 CUTTING TIPS
Cutting Attachment
Cutting Attachment VIC CA1260
VIC CA36 VIC CA25
VIC CA2460 VIC CA1350
Operational and Performance Data

Cutting Cutting Pre-Heat Pre-Heat
Metal Tip Acetylene Acetylene Kerf
Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Oxygen Speed I.P.M.
Thickness Size (PSIG) (SCFH) Width
(PSIG)*** (SCFH) (PSIG)* (SCFH)
****
1/8” 000 20 / 25 20 / 25 3/5 3/5 3/5 3/5 28/32 .04
1/4” 00 20 / 25 20 / 35 3/5 4/6 3/5 4/6 27/30 .05
3/8” 0 25 / 30 55 / 60 3/5 5/9 3/5 5/8 24/28 .06
1/2” 0 30 / 35 60 / 65 3/6 7/11 3/5 6/10 20/24 .06
3/4” 1 30 / 35 80 / 85 4/7 9/14 3/5 8/13 17/21 .07
1” 2 35 / 40 140 / 150 4/9 11/18 3/6 10/16 15/19 .09
1 1/2” 2 40 / 45 150 / 160 4/12 13/20 3/7 12/18 13/17 .09
2” 3 40 / 45 210 / 225 5/14 15/24 4/9 14/22 12/15 .11
2 1/2” 3 45 / 50 225 / 240 5/16 18/29 4/10 16/26 10/13 .11
3” 4 40 / 50 270 / 320 6/17 20/33 5/10 18/30 9/12 .12
4” 5 45 / 55 390 / 425 7/18 24/37 5/12 22/34 8/11 .15
5” 5 50 / 55 425 / 450 7/20 29/41 5/13 26/38 7/9 .15
6” 6** 45 / 55 500 / 600 10/22 33/48 7/13 30/44 6/8 .18
8” 6** 45 / 55 500 / 600 10/25 37/55 7/14 34/50 5/6 .19
10” 7** 45 / 55 700 / 850 15/30 44/62 10/15 40/56 4/5 .34
12” 8** 45 / 55 900 / 100 20/35 53/68 10/15 48/62 3/5 .41
Data compiled using mid steel as test material.
HEATING TIPS
MFTA SERIES 1 MFTN SERIES 1
Acetylene Gas Propane Gas
For preheating before welding,
descaling paint burning, etc.
For preheating before welding,
* These size tips must be used with 3/8” hose. Sizes 10 & 12 can descaling paint burning, etc.
only be used with Cutting Torches.
Stock No. Model Tip Series Size
Size 12 must be used with with 3/8” hose.
0330-0527 6
0330-0528 8 Stock No. Model Tip Series Size
MFTA 1
0330-0523 10* 0330-0521 10
MFTN 1
0330-0524 12* 0330-0522 12
The above can only be used with Cutting Attachments and Cutting Torches that accept a Series 1 Style Tip.
The Following are For Acetylene Gas Use
1 - 101 Series 1 3 - 101 Series 3
General Purpose hand and

machine torch cutting. Available in
sizes 000 thru 8.
Sizes 0, 1, 2 & 3 are available with a 30 degree bend. Check

with Awisco Sizes 4 & 6 are available in extra length. 10” General Purpose hand and machine torch cutting. Available in sizes
overall. Check with Awisco 000 thru 6.

1 - 108 Series 1 The Following are all For Mapp Gas Use
3 - 108 Series 3 1 - 303 Series 1
General Purpose hand and machine cutting. Available in sizes 0 thru

6.
Boiler tube removal. Tip is short to insert head & tip inside tube. Se-
ries 1 available in sizes 0 thru 4. Series 3 available in size 2. GPM Series 1
1 - 112 Series 1
General Purpose hand and machine cutting torches. Available in sizes
000 thru 4.
GPP Series 1
Cutting close to bulkheads, hand cutting of river heads. Machine cut- 3-GPP Series 3
ting 45° with torch perpendicular. Available in size 2.
1 - 116 Series 1
General Purpose hand and machine cutting torches. Series 1 avail-
able in sizes 000 thru 6. Series 3 available in sizes 000 and 0.
The Following are all For Propane Gas Use
GPN Series 1
Deseaming, gouging, removing defective welds, seams or excess

metal, rivet washing and scarfing. Available in sizes 2 and 4.
General Purpose hand and machine cutting torch. Available in sizes

1 - 118 Series 1 000 thru 8.
1 - 118 Series 3
3-GPN Series 3
Deseaming, scarfing, gouging, weld preparation, removing defective

welds, washing rivets. Series 1 available in sizes 0 thru 12. Series 3 General Purpose hand and machine cutting torches. Available in sizes
available in size 2. 00 thru 3.
Smith Cutting Attachments and Cutting Torches

Awisco is showing the most popular of the Smith Cutting attachments and Cutting Torches. If you do not see what you
want, give us a call and we will send you a complete Smith Catalog or go to to the Awisco Website at www.awisco.com
and link on to the Smith website or visit the Smith website directly at www.smithequipment.com
SMI AC309 MC12 3” 90° Oxygen / Acetylene 1 lb. 8 1/2” AW1A

SMI MC509 90° 1 lb. 2 oz. 11 1/4”
MC12 6” Oxygen / Acetylene MW5A
SMI MC505 75° 1 lb. 2 oz. 11 1/2”

SMI SC209 90°
SMI SC205 SC 8” 75° Oxygen / Acetylene 1 lb. 14 oz. 12-1/2” SW1B
SMI SC200 180°

HEAVY DUTY CUTTING TORCHES EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

Silver star cutting torches feature solid construction and top handling CUTTING TORCHES
ease for hundreds of jobs in metal working, fabricating, shipyards, • Integral “Dual Guard” flashback arrestor system provides un-
salvage and other related industries. Silver brazed joints throughout. paralleled flashback protection at the head of the torch
(away from the operator)
Head and butt are machined from dense brass forgings. Ball style • In-Tip Mix Design provides added resistance to flashback,
control valves provide positive gas shut-off. Covered by the helps to isolate the torch and operator from volatile mixed
LIFETIME warranty and service agreement. gases.
• Rugged, Heavy Wall Manganese Bronze Head.
• Slip-In Tip design requires no tools for tip changes.
• 3 tube “in-tip” mix design keeps gases separated • Ergonomic Handle provides comfort, durability, improved grip
until reaching the tip / control
• Convenient, side valve configuration for easy access and im-
• 12” cutting capacity proved clearance.
• Reversible lever, “over” or “under” position • Reversible “Ease On” Cutting Lever can be easily repositioned
• Uses “Soft Seat” Graf-Tite™ cutting tips for optional lower lever configuration.
• Extra Heavy Duty, triple (Stainless Steel) tube construction.
• Replaceable hose connections • Stainless Steel Ball valves with adjustable drag provide posi-
• Wide array of cutting, gouging and specialty tips tive shutoff and long life
• Versatile - for use with Acetylene, Propane, • Filtered Check valves at torch inlet guard against debris and
reverse flow of gases.
Propylene, Mapp® and many other gases • Rugged Brass Construction.
• Easy on cutting jet action reduces tip-clogging • High Polish Nickel plate finish.
slag blow-back in piercing operations • Maximum Cutting Capacity (24”)
• 100% tested and inspected • O.A. Length - (21”) (optional lengths, 17”, 36”.
Stock No. Tip Series Head Angle Weight Torch Length
SC949 90° 8 lb. 48”
DG929 90° 3 lb. 21”
Stock No. Tip Series Head Angle Weight Length DG925 75° 3 lb. 21”
SC225 75° 2 1/2 lb. 20 1/2” DG930 SC12 180° 3 lb. 36”
SC229S* SC12 90° 2 1/2 lb. 20 1/2” SC369 90° 3 lb. 36”
SC369** 90° 5 lb. 36” SC940 180° 9 lb. 48”
* This Torch has the Tuf-Tony manganese Bronze head. DG960 180° 9 lb. 60”
** These are 3 ft. demolition Torches. SC960 180° 9 lb. 72”
CUTTING TIPS LIGHT AND MEDIUM DUTY

MC12 Series MC40 Series
Oxygen - Acetylene Oxygen - Propane
Slip-in cutting tips for general medium duty hand cutting. Use with
medium pressure Acetylene and Oxygen.
Use In: Cutting Attachments - Pipeliner MC505, MC509 (all sizes);
Airline AC309 (maximum tip size MC12-4). Two-piece medium preheat cutting tips for hand cutting with Propane
and Propane base fuel gases.
Stock No. Range Used in: Cutting Attachments - Pipeliner MC505, MC509 and AC309.
MC12-00 Up to 3/16”
MC12-0 1/4” - 3/8” Stock No. Range
MC12-1 1/2” - 5/8” MC40-0 Up to 3/8”
MC12-2 3/4” - 1” MC40-1 1/2” - 5/8”
MC12-3 1 1/2” - 2” MC40-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
MC12-4 2 1/2” - 4” MC40-3 1 1/2” - 2”
MC12-5 5” - 6” MC40-4 2 1/2” - 4”
HEAVY DUTY CUTTING TIPS

SC110 Heating Tip For Use with Cutting Torches SC12 Series Oxygen - Acetylene
Oxygen - Acetylene Six preheat cutting tips for general hand
Delivers large volume of heat quickly and machine cutting. Provides excellent
for bending, straightening, shrinking, preheat characteristics required for ma-
forming and other heating applica- chine cutting. (For use with cutting torches only, not recommended
tions. it allows heating with a one piece cutting torch. (For use with for use with combination torch / cutting attachments).
cutting torches only, not recommended for use with combination torch Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting Attachments and all Cutting
/ cutting attachments). Torches.
Stock No. Range Stock No. Cutting Range
SC83 123,000 BTU’s SC12-000 1/8”
SC12-00 3/16”
SC12-0 1/4” - 3/8”
SC112 Heating Tip For Use with Cutting Torches SC12-1 1/2” - 5/8”
Oxygen - LP Gases SC12-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
SC12-3 1 1/2” - 2”
Provides lots of heat fast with economi SC12-4 2 1/2” - 4”
cal LP Gas and Oxygen. Not recom SC12-5 5” - 8”
mended for use in cutting assemblies. SC12-6 10” - 12”
SC12-7 12” 14”
Stock No. Range
This Series is also available in extra length sizes 6”, 9”, 12” & 18”
SC112 140,000 BTU’s Contact Awisco for additional info.

SC56 SC50 For General and Heavy Cutting

Oxygen - Acetylene Oxygen - Propane
A heavy preheat (size #1 - #9) two piece
cutting tip series for hand and machine cut-
ting up to 20” thick steel.
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting
Attachments and all Cutting Torches.
Heavy preheat cutting tips designed for heavy duty cutting and thick Stock No. Cutting Range
steel sections up to 24”. SC50-00 1/8” - 3/16”
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting Attachments and all Cutting Torches. SC50-0 1/4” - 3/8”
Stock No. Cutting Range SC50-1 1/2” - 5/8”
SC50-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
SC56-00 3/16” SC50-3 1 1/2” - 2”
SC56-0 1/4” - 3/8” SC50-4 2 1/2” - 4”
SC56-1 1/2” - 5/8” SC50-5 5” - 8”
SC56-2 3/4” - 1 1/4” SC50-6 10” - 12”
SC56-3 1 1/2” - 2” SC50-7 13” - 14”
SC56-4 2 1/2” - 4” SC50-8 15” - 18”
SC56-5 5” - 8” SC50-9 19” - 20”
SC56-6 9” - 12”
SC56-7 13” - 14”
SC56 For General Hand Cutting
SC56-8 16” - 18”
SC56-9 19” - 24”
Oxygen - Mapp
Rivet / RiserCutting SC14 One -piece design provides excellent perfor-
mance under rough cutting conditions.
Oxygen - Acetylene Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting At-
tachments and all Cutting Torches.
Stock No. Cutting Range
SC56-00 3/16”
SC56-0 1/4” - 3/8”
SC56-1 1/2” - 5/8”
SC56-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
SC56-3 1 1/2” - 2”
SC56-4 2 1/2” - 4”
Cuts heads of bolts and rivets. It can also be used in 180° head cutting torch SC56-5 5” - 8”
to cut out boiler tubes. Works equally for cutting risers and bulk heads. SC56-6 9” - 12”
SC56-7 13” - 14”
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting Attachments and all Cutting Torches. SC56-8 15” - 18”
Stock No. Range SC56-9 19” - 24”
SC14-3 1 1/2” Rivets
SC90 For Hand and Machine Cutting
Oxygen - Mapp
Plate Cutting SC17
Oxygen - Acetylene Two-piece medium preheat cutting
tips designed to provide optimum
performance with Mapp®.
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting
Attachments and all Cutting Torches.
Stock No. Cutting Range
SC90-00 3/16”
“Drag” style step tip cuts thin sheet metal with absolute minimum burn over SC90-0 Up to 3/8”
SC90-1 1/2” - 5/8”
and plate warpage. SC90-2 3/4” - 1 1/4”
Use In: DG209, DG205, DG200 Cutting Attachments and all Cutting Torches. SC90-3 1 1/2” - 2”
SC90-4 2 1/2” - 4”
Stock No. Range SC90-5 5” - 8”
SC17-0 3/8” SC90-6 10” - 12”
CUTTING TORCHES CUTTING TIPS

9700 SERIES 144 SERIES
Airco cutting torches are made of die-forged brass Acetylene - Oxygen
or stainless steel. These materials reduce heat
distortion and increase durability. The triangular
tube arrangement gives added strength to the • One piece
torches, while the tip mix system assures safe • Four preheat flames
mixing with any fuel gas. The non-slip handle
• Medium preheat
design provides a sure grip.
• Hand cutting applications
• Tip mix • Wide range of plate surface
• Cuts 12” steel conditions
• Bronze head
Stock No. Thickness Tip Size Drill Size
• All fuel gases
AIR 144-00 1/8” 00 69
• 90°, 180° head angle AIR 144-0 1/4” 0 64
• Triangular tube AIR 144-1 3/8” 1 57
AIR 144-2 3/4” 2 55
Stock No. Angle Length Weight AIR 144-3 1 1/2” 3 53
AIR 9706 21” 3.1 lbs. AIR 144-4 2 1/2” 4 50
AIR 9756 90° 36” 3.8 lbs. AIR 144-5 3” 5 47
AIR 9796 6 ft. 5 lbs. AIR 144-6 5 - 7” 6 42

164 SERIES 263 STYLE

Acetylene - Oxygen Propane or Natural Gas -
Oxygen
• One piece
• Six preheat flames
• Heavy preheat
• Suitable for rusted or
heavily painted plate
Stock No. Thickness Tip Size Drill Size
AIR 164-2 1” 2 55 • Two piece tip for hand cutting. Medium preheat. Available in sizes:
AIR 164-3 1 3/4” 3 53
AIR 164-4 2 1/2” 4 50
00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8,10.
AIR 164-5 4” 5 47
AIR 164-6 6” 6 42 Please specify style No. and size when ordering.
AIR 164-7 8” 7 36
AIR 164-8 10” 8 18
A-SP STYLE
A-FS STYLE Mapp - Oxygen
Mapp - Oxygen
• Two piece tip standard speed. • Standard speed one piece cutting tip.
• Available in sizes: 72, 68, 65, 60, 56, 54, 52, 49, 44, 38, 31, 28. • Available in the following sizes: 72, 68, 65, 60, 56, 54, 52, 49, 44, 38, 31.
Please specify style No. and size when ordering. Please specify style No. and size when ordering.
Awisco is only showing the most popular Airco items. If you have a specific need please contact us... We can help you..
CUTTING TORCHES STYLE 6290-NFF

Propane - Oxygen
Low Pressure “F” Injector Torches
For Maximum Performance with Alternate Fuels
• Solid forged head • General Cutting

• Triangular tube design
• Heavy preheat for general cutting
• Brazed connections
• Equipped with Flashgaurd® • Two piece
check valves • Available in sizes 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
• U.L. listed
Stock No. Angle Length Weight

62-4FL36 36” 3.8 lbs. Please specify style No. and size when ordering.
90°
62-4FL21 21” 3.1 lbs.
STYLE 6290-NX
Propane - Oxygen
CUTTING TIPS
STYLE 6290
Oxygen - Acetylene
• General Cutting
• Medium preheat for general cutting
• Available in sizes 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
HCC 6290-4 HCC 6290-000

Please specify style No. and size when ordering.
Stock Tip Oxygen Acetylene Cutting Orifice
No. Size P.S.I.G. P.S.I.G. Drill Size
HCC 6290-0
HCC 6290-1
0
1
15-30
20-30
5-15
5-15
68
64 If you Need Mapp Tips, Please Call
HCC 6290-2 2 30-40 5-15 60
HCC 6290-3
HCC 6290-4
HCC 6290-5
3
4
5
35-50
40-55
45-60
5-15
5-15
5-15
56
52
48
Awisco
HCC 6290-6 6 50-75 5-15 42

CUTTING TIPS OXWELD / LINDE CUTTING TIPS AIR PRODUCTS

PRODUCTS
STYLE 1502 STYLE 121
Acetylene - Oxygen Acetylene - Oxygen
• Medium preheat for hand or machine
• General cutting cutting.
• Medium preheat • Fits Air Products 1100, 5200 and 5300
• Available in sizes: 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12. torches. Available in sizes: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.
If you have a need for any other Oxweld / Linde / If you have a need for any other Air Products Give us
Esab Products Give us a call and we can help you. a call and we can help...
VCM 200 SERIES Portable Cutting Machine

Stock No. VCM 200
Features
• Large thumb screws for hand tight • Counter-balanced design allows torch
adjustments. racking distance up to 18” from the
• Dual drive controls & direct speed machine.
readout. • Speed constant over wide range of
• Cone disc drive. temperatures.
• Constant speed AC induction motor • Torch holder designed for 1-3/8”/35mm
located on the side opposite the torch barrel diameter torches.
Comes complete with: Cutting Ma- for cooler, more efficient operation.
chine, MT 210A Torch & Torch Rack,
Hoses & Fittings (For 2 hose operation), Cutting Capacities Speed Range Dimensions Weight
32 Pitch pinion Torch Holder and 3 Hose Length: 14.25”/359mm
Length increments of
manifold Block. 72”/1.83m (Track Length) 1”/25.2mm to
Width: 11”/277mm (Machine only)
28.5”/718mm (Machine & Torch Holder) 47.0 lbs. / 21kg
The versatile VCM-200 is a precision, Circle diameters 4”/100 mm 60”/1.52m/Minute
Height: 11.5”/289mm (Top of Torch Holder)
to 96”/2.44m
tractor-type machine that can be used 5.5”/138mm (Top of Machine)
on its own track for straight line cutting
Accessories
and a variety of welding operations.
Off track and with a radius rod
0212-0005 6 foot track section for line cutting.
assembly, the VCM-200 can be used 0253-0042 100 inch radius rod for circle cutting.
for circle cutting.
MHT 100 Motorized Hand Torch

Stock No. MHT 100
Features Specifications
• Cuts straight lines, bevels, contours and circles on • Operates on 12 volt DC current.
material from 1/16” / 16cm to 2-1/2” / 6.4cm thick. • Power may be provided through standard
• The drive wheel assembly rotates 360°. 110V outlets, a 12 volt auto battery or
MHT 100: Drive wheel Victors optional MHT battery pack.
• “Universal” gas mixer provides optimum gas mixing.
assembly, small circle • Variable speed control permitting travel
cutting attachment, battery
• Unique cam-lock brake lever permits quick drive
wheel positioning. speeds from 4”/11cm to 36”/91cm/
clip assembly, transformer.
• 3-Position control switch with forward, reverse and minute.
off positions. • Regulated power supply will operate on
Precision cutting simplified, the MHT 50/60 hertz single phase from 105 to 130
100 is an advanced motor-driven, • Built-in check valves for added safety.
• Cutting Oxygen lever has lock-open feature. volts AC, without affecting speed.
hand held cutting torch that is ideal • Two circle cutting attachments range from
for cutting operations where a • Patented drive mechanism is closed and protected.
1” /2.54cm to 5”/13cm and optional
machine-quality cut is desired or • TEFLON® coated wiring harness for higher
5”/13cm to 24”/64cm diameter.
essential. Precision accuracy and temperature tolerances.
• 1 Single cutting attachment 1/2” to 5”
results are possible each time the • Optional 12 volt portable battery pack for up to 20 Larger Optional circle cutting attachment
MHT 100 is used, even if the operator hours per charge. 5” to 20” is available.
has limited experience. The MHT 100 Accessories
can be used with any fuel gas and all Stock No. Description
attachments are stainless steel. 0200-0010 Large circle cutting attachment

28 A CCESSORY I TEMS
Accessories
REPLACEMENT TIPS NUTS CIRCLE CUTTING

ATTACHMENT
VIC D496

ANY TNAIRCO For use with Airco style torches.
ANY TNAIRPROD For use with Air Products style Torches.
ANY TNSMITH For use with Smith style torches. The Circle Cutting attachment is easily attached to a cutting torch or
GOS TNHARRIS For use with Harris style torches. cutting attachment. The roller guide is adjustable to various heights
VIC 0309-0018 For use with Victor style torches that use a series 1 Tip. and is designed to hiold the cutting tip at exact pre-set distance from
VIC 0309-0003 For use with Victor style torches that use a series 3 Tip. the work. Cutting range 1 1/2” - 28’ circle.
FLAMEBUSTER™ 497 ROLLER GUIDE

FLASHBACK Stock No. 0383-0009
ARRESTORS VIC 497
The Model 497 roller is adaptable to

most styles of cutting tips. Fits over the
Stock No. Description cutting tip shank and is fully adjustable
VIC FB-1 Flamebuster Torch Flashback Arrestor. for close, accurate work.
VIC FBR-1 Flamebuster Regulator Flashback Arrestor.
Stock No’s are for a set of Oxy and Fuel Gas... Awisco can supply
individual units... Please contact us.
PRE-HEATING
CHECK VALVES ATTACHMENT
VIC BHA2
Stock No. 0304-0060
The Model BHA 2 adjustable head

adds flexibility to machine cutting
torches by allowing bevel cuts with
Stock No. Description out changing the position of the
WEE CV-A9 Check valve for ‘A’ size torch Oxygen use. torch. It can be set at any angle
WEE CV-A10 Check valve for ‘A’ size torch fuel gas use. from 0 to 90° on either side of ver-
WEE CV-7-R* Check valve for ‘B’ size torch Oxygen use.
WEE CV-8L* Check valve for ‘B’ size torch fuel gas use. tical. Uses series 1 cutting tips.
WEE CV-30R Check valve for ‘B’ size Regulator Oxygen use.
WEE CV-31L Check valve for ‘B’ size Regulator Fuel Gas use.
* These mount on the torch.
UNIVERSAL
CIRCLE BURNER
QUICK CONNECT SETS
• Cut circles or straight lines with any Oxy/Fuel cutting Torch.

• Equipped with two wheels and centering pin.
Maximum Minimum
Diameter Diameter
Stock No. Description LENCO CB20 LENCO Circle Burner. 18” (457mm) 3 1/2”(88.9mm)
WEE QDB-10 Torch to Hose with check Valves. LENCO CB30 LENCO Circle Burner. 30” (762mm) 3 1/2”(88.9mm)
WEE QDB-20 Hose to Hose with check Valves. LENCO CB20M LENCO Circle Burner 18” (457mm) 3 1/2”(88.9mm)
WEE QDB-30 Regulator to Hose with check Valves. w/Magnetic Base.
Stock No’s are for a set of Oxy and Fuel Gas... Awisco can supply individual units... LENCO CB30M LENCO Circle Burner 30” (762mm) 3 1/2”(88.9mm)
Please contact us. w/Magnetic Base.

A CCESSORY I TEMS 29
TIPS CLEANERS Stock No. 5012X

Triple Flint Renewals. 4 pcs per pack.
• Precision manufactured with controlled accurate pressure form high

quality stainless steel.
Stock No. 732X
• Uniform ridges wipe and polish the critical orifice wall. Single Flint Renewal for Shoot-A-Lite. 10 per pack.
• Tapered ends allow smooth easy entry without scratching.
• Smooth leader pilot guides the cleaner into the tip, preventing
damage to the tip port.
• Tangle-free closed loops.
• Four sets to choose from (Standard, Master, Jumbo, King) each
TIP DRILL KIT
guaranteed to be a complete set.
Stock No. ATL 191
• Attractive aluminum case with a contained spool assembly that snaps
out for easy addition of cleaners or spline brush.
STANDARD All aluminum handle... Non contaminating aluminum collet highest quality
Stock No. ORS 326-TCS carbon steel drills which properly clean cutting and welding tips and true
up damaged holes and enable you to put the tip in new condition furnished
Standard Tip Cleaner Kit complete with clip and 12 assorted drills... Sizes 52 thru 74 in even
Set of 13 Cleaners. Sizes 6 thru 26+ file. numbers.
MASTER TIP CLEANER

Stock No. ORS 326-TCM TIP TOPPER
Tip Refacer
Master Tip Cleaner Kit
Set of 22 Cleaners. Sizes 6 thru 45+ file. Stock No. ATL TT
TT Tip Topper
KING TIP CLEANER KIT
With just a few simple turns this exclusive patented tool quickly yet effective
Stock No. ORS 326-TCK eliminates mill scale, slag and orifice distortion from hundreds of tip faces.
King Tip Cleaner Kit The nylon shell construction firmly holds the tip in proper refacing position.
The Precision ground and strategically angled cutting blades, when turned
Set of 13 x-long cleaners. just a few times, reface the tip to a clean, crisp and flat condition (unlike the
Sizes 6 thru 26+ file scalloped and jagged condition that is the result of using the file found in
most concentional tip cleaner kits).
LIGHTER AND FLINTS

• Round-file lighters feature the largest hood and round file in the
industry with a patented assembly. CHIPPING HAMMERS
• Triple-flint lighter is a quality lighter made for the demands of the
welding industry. It has a strong frame and with three large flints for
dependable ignition under all working conditions.
• Enduring popularity is merited by dependable performance, ease-
of-operation, lightweight and low cost.
Spark Lighters
Stock No. GCF 3001 ATL 11
Round File Single Flint
Lighter 10 Box.
ATL-A OLY61-618 ATL-J
Stock No. GCF 4501
Triple Flint Lighter 10 Box.
Stock No. GCF 710

Shoot-A-Lite lighter
Lightnin’ Bug® Torch Lighter WH-10 WH-20 WH-30
Stock No. OKI PEA08-100 Stock No. Description

• Tested to 30,000 strikes. Wire Bristle Brush ATL 11 For Use on Dual Tool (Model A)
• Lightnin’ Bug is the hottest little torch lighter on the market. its electric multi- Chisel & Brush, Coil Handle, Welded
Dual Tool ATL-A
spark discharge ignites all fuel gases quickly and easily. brush box and replaceable brush
• The amazing new energy generator used in lightnin’ Bug® never needs Spring Handle Chisel x Cone OLY 61-618
Cone and Chisel, Steel Shaft and
flints, batteries or charging. Wooden Handle Tomahawk ATL-J pinned Head
• Easy and accurate ignition insured by multi-spark discharge: 5 times or
LONG NECK TOMAHAWKS AND SUPER MARKERS
more per squeeze.
• Durable: made of high quality materials, the lightnin’ Bug® withstands severe
working conditions. Its Zinc plated body resists rust and corrosion. Head design offers 50% greater handle support and protection from
• Versatile: Lightnin’ Bug® ignites almost all industrial fuel gases, such as handle splinter caused by working over the edge. Select hickory
oxy-acetylene, natural gas, propane, methane, MAPP®, propylene, etc. handles are hand fitted and secured in the head by our unique process
• Lightnin’ Bug® is registered trademark of Worlwide Welding, Inc. which virtually eliminates handle loosening.
Renewal Flints Stock No. Description
Stock No. 3001X WH-10 Chisel and Cross Chisel
WH-20 Cone and Chisel
Single Flint Renewals. 5 pcs per pack. WH-30 Cone and Cross Chisel

WELDING BRUSHES WELDING HOSES

All of the hose that Awisco carries is Grade RM, unless the part No.
has a suffix “T”, which would indicate Grade “T”. Awisco only carries
a top quality hose produced to stringent specifications. It provides
safe and reliable use with most welding gases in tough welding envi-
ronments. All of our welding hoses are constructed with a multi spiral
reinforcement for added flexibility. All Hoses meet or exceeds the
RMA-CGA specifications.
Grade ‘RM’ Hose is high quality hose for use with Acetylene Fuel
Gas only. All grade ‘RM’ hose has a flame and oil resistant cover.
Welding hose cover is red for acetylene and green for Oxygen.
Grade ‘T’ Hose is a premium quality welding hose for use with all fuel
gases including Acetylene. Grade ‘T’ hose has a flame and oil resis-
tant tube and cover. Grade ‘T’ twin line hose has a smooth cover.
Welding hose cover is red for fuel gas and green for Oxygen.
SINGLE LINE WELDING HOSES

Inside dia. Outside dia. Plys Working
OLY 52-011 OLY 52-010 UAB 05755 (ID) (OD) Pressure (PSI)
3/16” 7/16” 1 200
1/4” 19/32 1 200
OKI HS3/16R12 3/16” x 12 ft. red Acetylene hose complete with “A” size fittings.
OKI HS3/16R25 3/16” x 25 ft. red Acetylene hose complete with “A” size fittings.
OKI HS1/4R12 1/4” x 12 ft. red Single Line Acetylene hose complete with “B” size
fittings.
OKI HS 1/4R25 1/4” x 25 ft. red Single Line Acetylene hose complete with “B” size
fittings.
OKI HS1/4R 1/4” red Single Line Acetylene hose “no fittings” order by the foot.
OKI HS1/4G 1/4” green Single Line Oxygen hose “no fittings” order by the foot.
ATC TB1WSS OLY 52-020 UAB 05763 OLY 52-021 OKI HSHIPRE25 This is a high pressure hose 500 PSI. 1/4” 25 ft. length high pressure
Nitrogen Hose with Male x Female high pressure fittings.
OKI HSLOWPRESS12 1/4” 12-1/2 ft. length low pressure Nitrogen Hose with Male x Female
SMALL HAND WIRE SCRATCH BRUSHES high pressure fittings 250 PSI.
OKI HB50B 1/2” Oxygen bull hose 50 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
No. of Trim Hose Tail 10 ft. 3/8 Male Pipe x Universal.
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush Rows Length HOS AIRTAIL 3/8
HOS AIRTAIL 1/2 Hose Tail 10 ft. 1/2 Male Pipe x Universal.
ATC TB1WSS 7-1/2” x 1/2” .006 stainless steel 1-3/8” 3x7 1/2” HOS HB100B 1/2” Oxygen bull hose 100 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
HOS HB50R 1/2” Acetylene bull hose 100 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
HAND WIRE SCRATCH BRUSHES HOS HB100R
HOS HB100RT
1/2” Acetylene bull hose 100 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
1/2” Grade “T” bull hose 100 ft. lengths with “C” size fittings.
Curved Handle HOS HA50UU 3/4” X 50 ft. lengths air hose with universal (crowsfoot) fittings.
For removing rust, scale, paint, solder, etc. Cleaning threads, files, HOS HBR 1/2” bull hose “no fittings” order by the foot.
metal parts and castings. HOS HW50 5/8” x 50 ft. water hose complete with fittings.
HOS HW100 5/8” x 100 ft. water hose complete with fittings.
No. of Trim
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush Rows Length
OLY 52-010 14” x 7/8” Carbon Steel 5 1/2” 3 x 19 1-3/16” TWIN LINE WELDING HOSES
UAB 05755 14” x 7/8” Stainless Steel 5” 3 x 14 1-3/16”
Inside dia. Outside dia. Plys Working
(ID) (OD) Pressure (PSI)
HAND WIRE SCRATCH BRUSHES 3/16” 7/16” 1 200
Shoe Handle 1/4” 17/32 1 200
For removing rust, scale, paint, solder, etc. Cleaning threads, files, Stock No. Description
metal parts and castings.
OKI HT3/1612 3/16” x 12-1/2” ft. lengths twin Oxygen/Acetylene hose com-
No. of Trim plete with “A” size fittings.
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush Rows Length OKI HT3/1625A 3/16” x 25 ft. lengths twin Oxygen/Acetylene hose complete
OLY 52-020 10” x 1-1/8” Carbon. Steel 5” 4 x 16 1-3/16” with “A” size fittings.
UAB 05763 10” x 1-1/8” Stainless Steel 5” 4 x 16 13/16” OKI HT3/1612 3/16” x 12-1/2 ft. lengths twin Oxygen/Acetylene hose com-
plete with “B” size fittings.
SCRAPER TYPE BRUSH OKI HT1/412 1/4 x 12-1/2 ft. lengths twin Oxygen / Acetylene hose complete
with “B” size fittings.
Straight Handle 1/4” x 25 ft. lengths twin Oxygen / Acetylene hose complete
OKI HT1/425
For extra heavy-duty, flat work. with “B” size fittings.
No. of Trim 1/4” x 25 ft. lengths Grade “T” twin hose complete with “B”
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush OKI HT1/425T
Rows Length size fittings.
1/4” x 50 ft. lengths twin Oxygen / Acetylene hose complete
OLY 52-011 11-1/2” x 1-1/2 . Steel
Carbon 5” 4 x 11 1-1/2” OKI HT1/450
1/4” x 50 ft. lengths Grade “T” twin hose complete with “B”
CARBON STEEL BRUSH WITH SCRAPPER OKI HT1/450T size fittings.
Shoe Handle OKI HT1/4100
1/4” x 100 ft. lengths twin Oxygen / Acetylene hose complete
Long Handle Wire Brush w/ Scrapper 1/4” x 100 ft. lengths Grade “T” twin hose complete with “B”
No. of Trim OKI HT1/4100T size fittings.
Stock No. Block Size Fill Brush Rows Length 1/4” twin hose Oxygen / Acetylene “no fittings”
OLY 52-021 11-1/2” x 1-1/2 Carbon
. Steel 5” 4 x 11 1-1/2” OKI HT1/4 Order by the foot.

A CCESSORY I TEMS 31
HOSE NUTS HOSE SPLICERS

PRESSURE TO 200 PSI (1400kPa) PRESSURE TO 200 PSI (1400kPa)
Barb no stop Barb with round center stop
Barb with hex center stop

WEE 7 WEE 8 WEE C-7 Stock No. Style Description
WEE 38 Barb Hex 3/16 to 3/16 ID Hose.
WEE 37 Barb Hex 1/4 to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE 45 Barb Round 3/16 to 3/16 ID Hose.
WEE 44 Barb Round 1/4 to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE 53 Barb No Stop 1/8 to 1/8 ID Hose.
WEE 9 WEE 10 WEE C-8
WEE C-37 Barb No Stop 1/2 to 1/2 ID Hose.
Stock No. Size Description Material WEE C-38 Barb Hex 1/2 to 1/2 ID Hose.
WEE 9 A-Size Oxygen RH Brass Ferrules required
WEE 10 A-Size Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH Brass
WEE 7 B-Size Oxygen RH Brass
HOSE ADAPTORS
WEE 8 B-Size Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH Brass
WEE C-7 Oxygen Rh
WEE C-8 Acetylene / Fuel Gases
A- Size (3/8-24” Thread) • B-Size (9/16-18” Thread)
PRESSURE TO 200 PSI (1400kPa)
HOSE NIPPLES
90° Male B-Size Female NPT to Male NPT to Female
to Female B-Size Male B-Size B-Size Swivel Nut
WEE 19
WEE C-17
Male A-Size to Female NPT to Barb Female NPT to
Stock No. Size Description Material Female B-Size Swivel Nut B-Size
WEE 19 A-Size 3/16” ID Hose Brass
WEE 18 B-Size 3/16” ID Hose Brass
WEE C-18 2-1/4” long for 1/2” ID Hose
WEE C-17 3-3/4” long for 1/2” ID Hose Male B-Size to barbed
A- Size (Use 9 or 10 Nut) • B-Size (Use 7 or 8 Nut)
HOSE COUPLERS
Male NPT to barb Male B-Size to
Female A-Size
Male B-Size to Spiral

WEE 108 90° Male B-Size to Female B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 244 1/4 Female NPT to Male B-Size, Oxygen RH.
WEE 245 1/4 Female NPT to Male B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 123 1/4 Male NPT to Female Swivel B-Size, Oxygen RH.
WEE 124 1/4 Male NPT to Female Swivel B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 153 Female Swivel B-Size to 1/4 Male NPT, Oxygen RH.
WEE 154 Female Swivel B-Size to 1/4 Male NPT, Acetylene / Fuel Gases.
WEE 130 WEE 30 WEE 103 Male A-Size to Female B-Size, Oxygen RH.
WEE 104 Male A-Size to Female B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 105 Male B-Size to Female A-Size, Oxygen RH.
WEE 106 Male B-Size to Female A-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH.
WEE 541 Male 1/4 NPT to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE C-30 WEE 542 Male 1/4 NPT to 5/16 ID Hose.
WEE 543 Male 1/4 NPT to 3/8 ID Hose.
Stock No. Size Description Material WEE 537 Male 3/8 NPT to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE 130 A-Size Oxygen RH, A-Size to A-Size Brass WEE 539 Male 3/8 NPT to 3/8 ID Hose.
WEE 131 A-Size Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH, A-Size to A-Size Brass WEE 556 Female 1/4 NPT to 5/16 ID Hose.
WEE 30 B-Size Oxygen RH, B-Size to B-Size Brass WEE 40-B Male B-Size, Oxygen RH to 1/4 ID Hose.
WEE 31 B-Size Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH, B-Size to B-Size Brass WEE 41-B Male B-Size, Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH to 1/4 ID Hose.
WE C-30 C-Size C-Size to C-Size RH WEE 42 Male B-Size, Oxygen RH to 3/16 ID Hose.
WEE C-31 C-Size C-Size to C-Size LH WEE 42-B Male B-Size, Oxygen RH to 1/4 ID Hose.
A- Size: CGA-020 and 021 • B-Size: CGA-022 RH and 023 LH Ferrules required

HOSE FERRULES CRIMPING TOOLS
Listed smallest to largest inside diameter.

Stock No. Inside Diameter Length
WEE 6231 .330” 1/2” WEE C-1 WEE C-5
WEE 620 .410” 1/2” For Crimping ferrules on twin or single hose.
WEE 624 .500” 1/2”
WEE 625 .525” 1/2”
WEE 626 .548” 31/64” WEE C-1 2 Hole jaw 5/8” wide, use on 3/16”, 1/4” hose.
WEE 7325 .562” 1” WEE C-5 2 Hole jaw 1/2” wide, use on 3/16” hose.
WEE 3588 .564” 3/4”
WEE K-K .575” 31/64”
WEE 7326 .593” 1”
WEE G-G
WEE 7329
WEE E-E
.675”
.687”
33/64”
1” “Y” CONNECTIONS,
BRASS
.725” 17/32”
WEE 7331 .750” 1”
HOSE CLAMPS
WEE 102 Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH: B-Size F inlet to B-Size M outlets.
WEE 111-7 Oxygen RH: B-Size F inlet to 1/4 NPT F outlets.
WEE 114 Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH: A-Size F inlet to A-Size M outlets.
Stock No.
WEE 500
WEE 502
For Hose ID
3/16”
1/4”
Clamp ID
7/16”
9/16”
VALVED “Y”
CONNECTIONS,
WEE 504 3/8” 11/16”
BAND STYLE CLAMPS

F Series Center Punch Clamps BRASS
PRESSURES TO 200 PSI
(1400kPa)
One piece connections with brass body valves.

F3 F4 F5 F38
WEE 116 Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH: A-Size F inlet to A-Size M outlets.
For use with center punch tools F1, F38. Other Manufacturer’s punch style WEE 111 Oxygen RH: B-Size F inlet to B-Size M outlets.
tools may be used. Pre-formed. WEE 112 Acetylene / Fuel Gases LH: B-Size F inlet to B-Size M outlets.
Stock No. Size Package Quantity
DIX F3 13/16” 100
BRASS BODY
DIX F4 1” 100
DIX F5 1-1/4” 100
Portable hand tool used to apply punch type 3/8” and 5/8” band
VALVES FOR NON-CORROSIVE GASES

DIX F38 clamps. For use with F Series only.
HOSE REPAIR KIT

1/4” HOSE REPAIR KIT
WITH CRIMPING TOOL
This kit includes replacement Nuts,
WEE 203 WEE 205
Nipples, Splicers, Couplers, Ferrules
and Braces. Fittings repair 1/4” Hose. Machined from top quality forged bodies. Stainless steel stems for positive
Special Sizing template speeds re- shut-off. Teflon® packing. Flow direction stamped on valve body.
pair. Sturdy polyethylene case pro- Stock No. Description
tects fittings, includes handy chart WEE 203 Oxygen CGA-022: Inlet: B-Size Female Swivel Nut RH.
Outlet: B-Size Male RH.
that identifies and describes fittings WEE 205 Oxygen: Inlet: 1/4 NPT Male Outlet: B-Size Male RH CGA-022.
in each compartment. WEE 206 Acetylene / Fuel Gases: Inlet: 1/4 NPT Male.
Outlet: B-Size Male LH CGA-023.
Stock No. Description WEE 212 Acetylene / Fuel Gases: Inlet: B-Size Male LH CGA-023.
WEE CK-26 Kit with C-5 Crimp Tool for 1/4” ID Hose. Outlet: 1/8 NPT Female.

R EGULATORS 33
TEFLON RIBBON Stock No.

Gas Serice
HCC 25-100C-540
Oxygen
HCC 25-15C-300
Acetylene
DOPE THREAD SEALANT

Max. Inlet PSIG 3000 400
Del. Press. Range PSIG 0-100 0-15
Del. Press. Gauge PSIG 150 30
Supp. Press. Gauge PSIG 4000 400
Provides a highly resistant seal Inlet Connection CGA 540 CGA 300
on pipe threads for all type of Outlet Connection 9/16” - 18 LH 9/16” - 18 LH
service. It is very easy to apply,
simply wrap around the threads,
stretching slightly so that it will MEDIUM DUTY
conform. Sealing temperature
range 450 F to 550 F. Can with- SINGLE STAGE PRESSURE REGULATOR
stand pressures to 2000 PSI. 250 SERIES “T” HANDLE
Stock No. Size
ATL T1/2 1/2” x 520”
ATL T3/4 3/4” x 520”
• 2” Gauges
• Single stage design.
GAS LEAK DETECTOR

• Medium duty models.
• Forged brass body & housing cap.
• Stem type seat mechanism.
Stock No. MAR 32851 • Neoprene diaphragm.
32 Fluid Ounce Spray Bottle Gas Leak Detector • 9/16” - 18 outlet connection.
Laco Sure Check All temperature fluorescent • Internal relief valve.
gas leak detector. • Maximum inlet pressure: 3000 PSIG/204 BAR.
• Safe for Oxygen use.
• Ultra sensitive. • Delivery pressures up to 500 PSIG/34 BAR.
• Long lasting Bubbles. • Dimensions:
• Fluorescent for improved visibility. 6-3/8” W x 5-1/8” H x 4-1/4” D (16.5 cm x 13 cm x 11 cm)
• Temperature range 55° to 200° F. • Weight: 2 lb. 15 oz. (1.4 kg)
• Non corrosive to metals. Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Pressure (PSIG)
• Safe for Polyethylene pipe.
VIC 250-15-300 Acetylene 2-15
• Non toxic. VIC 250-40-540 LPG 2-15
• For use with Air, Refrigerants, VIC 250-80-540 Oxygen 4-80
Natural Gas, and propane.
HEAVY DUTY
REGULATORS SINGLE STAGE SR 450 SERIES
LIGHT DUTY SINGLE STAGE Heavy Duty Oxygen Regulator
SR 150R REAR ENTRY REGULATORS For PortaTorch
Stock No. VIC SR450D-540
Heavy Duty Acetylene Regulator
Stock No. VIC SR150CR-540
Stock No. VIC SR460A-300
• Light duty flow rates. Heavy Duty LP Regulator
• Rear entry inlet, ideal for plant Stock No. VIC SR461B-510LP
maintenance. • Medium to high capacity gas service.
• Single stage design. • Wide variety of industrial and
• Sintered inlet filter. commercial applications.
• Construction
Body Machined Brass • Petro-Chemical
Diaphragm Neoprene Design & Construction
Housing Cap Machined Brass
• Forged brass body and housing cap.
Inlet Filter Bronze • 2-1/2” gauges brass.
Delivery Range Key: AR 215PSIG CR 4-80 PSIG • Stem type seat mechanism.
Outlet Connections: 9/16” - 18 (M) • 3-1/4” diaphragm stainless steel.
Stock No. Gas Service Flow Range CGA Inlet Connection • External self reseating relief valve.
VIC SR150CR-540 Oxygen 4-80 150 • Delrin® cap bushing for smooth adjustments.
VIC SR160AR-200 Acetylene 2-15 150 Delivery Range Key Body Forged Brass
A 2-15 PSIG D 5-125 PSIG Diaphragm Stainles Steel
B 2-40 PSIG E 10-200 PSIG Housing Cap Forged Brass
SINGLE STAGE REGULATOR C 4-80 PSIG
Inlet Filter Bronze
Outlet Connections: Cylinder Type
Model 25 9/16” - 18 (M) Unless noted Note: Regulators will deliver at least the stated
02 = 9/16” -18 (F) RH upper range and in some cases may
• One-piece encapsulated seat design 03 = 9/16” - 18 (F) LH exceed the stated upper range.
with an internal filter and a PTFE
teflon seat Delivery
Stock No. Gas Service Maximum Inlet
• Chrome-plated bonnet with Forget Range (PSIG)
brass body VIC SR450D-540 Oxygen 5-125 3000 PSIG
• 2” dual scale gauges VIC SR460A-300 Acetylene 2-15 3000 PSIG
VIC SR461B-510LP L.P. Gas 2-40 3000 PSIG
• U.L. listed

34 R EGULATORS
HEAVY/MEDIUM DUTY LIQUID CYLINDER REGULATORS

OXYGEN & ACETYLENE
Oxygen Liquid Regulator
GAUGELESS REGULATORS
Stock No. VIC LC350DR-540
• Severe duty applications where Nitrogen Gas Liquid Regulator

standard gauges are impractical. Stock No. VIC LC350DR-580
• Increases durability and reduces
down time Application & Uses
• Heavy & medium duty applications
• Single stage construction • Ideally suited for full range of control
• Dimensions: 6-1/8” W x 5-1/4” H x of vaporized gas.
6-3/8” D (15.7 cm x 13.46 cm x • Vapor side of liquid vessel.
16.34 cm) • Ideally suited to replace cylinder regu-
• Weight: 4 lb. 14 oz (2.42 kg) lator often used on liquid vessel.
• High flow rates with proper sizing of
Delivery CGA Inlet
supply.
Stock No. Gas Service
Range (PSIG) Connection
Design & Construction
VGS 450-540 Oxygen 5-80 540
VGS 460-300 Acetylene 2-15 540 • Designed for vapor side appli-
cation on liquid vessel.
• External pressure relief valve
SINGLE STAGE on high pressure side (500 PSI) • Stem type seat mechanism.
GAUGELESS REGULATOR • Delrin® cap bushing for smooth • 2-1/2” diameter brass gauge for
adjustment. easy readability.
Model 29
• Forged brass body and hous- • 2-3/4” stainless steel dia-
Gaugeless regulators are specifically
ing cap. phragm.
designed for use in installations where
rough handling and abuse of gas ap- Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range (PSIG)
paratus is commonplace. The color VIC LC350DR-540 Oxigen 5-125
VIC LC350DR-580 Nitrogen 5-125
coded cylinder contents indicator and
the delivery pressure calibration on the
bonnet are easily read.
• 2-3/4” diaphragm HEAVY DUTY SINGLE STAGE
• U.L. Listed SR 450 SERIES
Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Pressure Range PSIG
HCC 29-100-540 Oxygen 0-100 Inert Gas High Pressure 50-750 PSI DEL
HCC 29-15-300 Acetylene 0-15
HCC 29-50-510 Propane 0-50 Stock No. VIC SR4F-580
Inert Gas High Pressure 200-3000 PSI DEL
Stock No. VIC SR4J-580
HEAVY DUTY Application & Uses
TWO STAGE VTS 450 SERIES • High Pressure.
• Ideally suited for pressure
vessel testing.
Application & Uses
• May be panel mounted.
• Medium to high capacity gas service. • Single Stage design.
• Precise and constant outlet pressure.
• Two stage design. Design & Construction
• Piston type actuation.
• Machined body and cap.
• Forged brass body and housing cap. • 2-1/2” gauges brass. All SR 4 Series regulators have
• 2-1/2” gauges brass.
• Cartridge type seat assembly 1/4” swaged lock type stainless
• Stem type seat mechanism. steel outlet fittings.
with PCTFE seat.
• Diaphragms 2-3/4” (stainless steel)
• Delrin® cap bushing for ventable relief valves.
• Delrin® cap bushing for smooth ad-
smooth adjustments. • Sintered inlet filter.
justments.
• External self reseating relief valve. • External adjustable relief • Dimensions: 6” W x 6-1/2” H x
valves on F and G range 6-1/4” D (15 cm x 16 cm x 15.5
Note: Regulators will deliver at least the stated upper range and in models. cm)
some cases may exceed the stated upper range. • Hydrogen models have • Weight: 4 lb. (1.8 kg)
Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range (PSIG) Maximum Inlet Note: Regulators will deliver at least the stated upper range and in some cases may exceed
VIC VTS450B-540 2-40 3000 PSIG the stated upper range.
Oxygen Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range (PSIG)
VIC VTS450D-540 5-125 3000 PSIG
VIC VTS460A-300 Acetylene 2-15 3000 PSIG VIC SR4F-580 50-750
Inert Gas
VIC VTS460A-510 LPG 2-15 3000 PSIG VIC SR4J-580 200-3000

R EGULATORS 35
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY ARGON FLOWMETER/REGULATORS

SINGLE STAGE SR 700 SERIES Precise Control of MIG & TIG Welding
Shield Gases
High Flow
Application & Uses Argon Flowmeter/Regulator CGA 580
• Extra heavy duty. Stock No. SMI H2051-580
• High flow rate - Up to 11,800 SCFH.
• Heavy duty cutting application. Flowmeter w 10 ft. Hose
• Single stage construction. Stock No. SMI H2051-580H
(includes 10 ft. Heavy Duty Braided H2051-580
Rubber Hose Assembly)
.• 2-1/2” gauges brass.
• Stem type seat mechanism. • High visibility red flow meter ball
• 3-1/4” Diaphragms (stainless steel) • Shatter-resistance polycarbonate flow tube
• Forged brass body and housing cap • Precision flow adjustment valve locks at desired setting
®
• Delrin cap bushing for smooth adjustments. • Packless “O” ring flow tube seal reduces maintenance
• External self resetting relief valve not designed to protect • Protective inlet filter guards against impurities
downstream apparatus (No relief valve is needed on VTS 710 and • Triple Scale measures Argon, Helium, CO2 and Argon/CO2
SR 711 Series Regulators ). Connection Max. Inlet Delivery
Gas Service Flow Range Inlet Outlet Pressure Range
• Sintered inlet filter.
Argon/CO2, 5/8”-18RH
Regulators will deliver at least the stated upper range and in some 0-50 SCFH CGA 580 3000 PSIG 30 PSIG
Argon, Helium Internal
cases may exceed the stated upper range.
Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range (PSIG)
VIC SR700D-540 Oxygen, 5-125
VIC SR700E-540 Oxygen 10-200 ARGON & CO2
VIC SR710A-510 Propane 2-15
VIC SR711D-510 Propane 5-125 REGULATOR / FLOWMETERS
Argon Regulator/Flowmeter
Stock No. VIC HRF1425-580
HEAVY DUTY BRASS CO2 Regulator/Flowmeter CGA 320
SINGLE STAGE REGULATORS Stock No. VIC HRF1480-320
HB 1500 Series • Single stage piston design
The HB1500 Series regulators for • Argon, Argon/CO2 mix & CO2 models.
welding, cutting & heating are designed • Maximum inlet pressure: 3000 PSIG/204 BAR.
for tough applications. Forged brass • 25 PSIG/1.7BAR or 80 PSIG/5.4BAR pre-set
body and bonnet are designed for years pressure.
of on the job service and provide • Up to 50 CFH/24 LPM for Argon and up to 38
durability for service in corrosive atmo- CFH/18 LPM for CO2 delivery.
spheres. They have color coded labels
for easy gas service identification.
These Regulators are complete with
• Machined brass body.
the H190 Hard Hat Gauge Guard.
Inlet Outlet
• Teflon seat.
Stock No. Gas Service Delivery Range • 5/8” - 18 RH(F) outlet connection except when noted
Connection Connection
SMI HB1510A-540S Oxygen CGA 540 9/16”-18RH “B” 0-150 PSIG • 1 - 1/2” / 38 cm PSIG/KPA gauges except when noted.
SMI HB1520B-300S Acetylene CGA 300 9/16”-18LH “B” 0-15 PSIG
SMI HB1521B-510S Pol/Acet CGA 510 9/16”-18LH “B” 0-15 PSIG
REGULATOR / FLOWMETER
ARGON REGULATOR WITH 10 FT HOSE SINGLE STAGE
Inert Gas Regulator / Flowmeter Ar/Nit/He
Stock No. VIC AF150-580WH Stock No. VIC HRF2425-580
• Ideal for MIG / TIG applications where a flowmeter is not necessary
or impractical. • Regulator / Flowmeter combination in one
compact unit.
• Designed for small to medium diameter MIG applications • MIG / TIG applications.
(.025 wire to .045 wire). • Ideal for all applications where dependability
Design & Construction is needed.
• Calibrated tube at 25 PSIG (Not on HRF 2480)
• Forged brass body and housing cap
2” Gauges. Design & Construction
• Stem type seat mechanism. • Machined brass body and housing cap.
• 1-3/4” diaphragm. • Back pressure compensated.
• Delrin® cap bushing for smooth • Sintered inlet filter.
adjustments. • Internal self reseating relief (not designed
• Internal self resetting relief valve not to protect downstream apparatus)
designed to protect downstream apparatus. Flow Meter Specify CGA
• Sintered inlet filter. Range (SCFH) inlet connection
Argon
Stock No. Gas Service Flow Range CGA Inlet Connection Argon/CO2 Mix 10-50 (Argon)
VIC HRF2425-580 580
VIC AF150-580WH Argon 10-40 SCFH 580 Helium 20-150 (Helium)

36 R EGULATORS & A CCESSORIES
SINGLE STAGE NITROGEN PURGING REGULATORS

REGULATOR / FLOWMETER
CO2 Regulator / Flowmeter TPR250 Purging Regulators
Stock No. VIC HRF2480-320 & 150 Series Pressure Regulators
Single Stage / Light Duty.
• Regulator / Flowmeter combination in
one compact unit. • 6-3/8” W x 5-1/8” H x 4-1/4” D
(16.5 cm x 13 cm x 11 cm)
• MIG / TIG applications.
• Weight: 2 lb. 15 oz. (1.4 kg)
• Ideal for all applications where
• 2” Gauges
dependability is needed.
Stock No. Delivery Pressure (PSIG) PSI
• Calibrated tube at 25 PSIG
VIC TPR250-125-5 5-125 125
(Not on HRF 2480) VIC TPR250-200-5 10-250 250
VIC TPR250-500-5 10-500 500
• Machined brass body and housing cap.
• Back pressure compensated.
• Sintered inlet filter.
NITROGEN HOSES
• Internal self resetting relief (not designed Low Pressure (250 PSI)
to protect downstream apparatus) Stock No. OKI HSLOWPRESS12
Flow Meter Specify CGA .25 x 12.5GPY 1/4 MPT X 1/4 FLR
Range (SCFH) inlet connection
Carbon Dioxide
High Pressure (5800 PSI)
10-38 (CO2)
VIC HRF2480-320 CO2 Mixes
7.5-37.5 (Argon)
320, 580 Stock No. OKI HSHIPRE25
25 ft. 1/4 MPT x 1/4 Flare
CO2 HEATER BALLOON REGULATORS

120V AC 50/60hz 100 Watt
Stock No. PRO MWM-10-601 Balloon regulator Balloon regulator
Stock No. WES 230H with Hand Tight
Stock No. WES 230HG
Also Available with 240V AC 50/60hz.
The most economical thermostatic controlled CO2 heater, designed WES WES
to prevent CO2 regulator Freeze-Up. Extends life of regulator/flow-
meter and prevents porosity in welds from loss of shield gas in frozen Balloon inflator provide for quick filling of latex balloons. Both models feature
regulator. Easily installed between CO2 cylinder valve and flowmeter. a large, easy to use handtight cylinder connection to make installation simple
and quick. The model WES 230HG also includes a cylinder contents gauge.
REPLACEMENT GAUGES
Designed for long and reliable service under rugged threaded brass case (chrome plated medical gauges
conditions. come with steel cases)
• Watch-type precision movement. • High visibility single PSI scale has black and red
• All brass models with rear safety blowout design. markings on white painted cupped steel face.
• One-piece polycarbonate ring and crystal is shatter- • High polished solid brass case for added safety, du-
proof and has protective lip to reduce damage to face. rability and corrosion resistance.
• Preferred design with threaded ring / crystal and
Pressure Calibration 2” Stock No. 2 1/2” Stock No. Stock No. Description
30 PSI Red Zone ORS G20B-030RL ORS G25B-030RL WES G20B-200GCP 2” Plastic Gauge Cover
60 PSI ORS G20B-060 ORS G25B-060 WES G20B-250GCP 2 1/2” Plastic Gauge Cover
100 PSI ORS G20B-100 ORS G25B-100 2” and 2 1/2” gauges are standard with 1/4” NPT bottom
200 PSI ORS G20B-200 ORS G25B-200 stem mount. Other pressure ranges, dual scale, metric
scales and special faces are available. Side mount, 1/8”
400 PSI ORS G20B-400 ORS G25B-400 NPT bottom mount gauges and other non-standard mod-
4000 PSI ORS G20B-4000 ORS G25B-4000 els can be made to order.

A CCESSORIES / T URBO T ORCH 37
GAUGE GUARDS TURBO PRODUCTS

Series 250 LP-2 KIT
will fit 250 Victor & Harris Regulators Stock No. VIC LP-2
Series 450
Components:
will fit 450 Victor Regulators
• R-LP Adjustable
Protect your Gauges... Made from high
impact ABS plastic and are color coded red Regulator CGA-510
and green. Easily installed, slip on and • H-4 Handle
tighten with one screw. Saves on gauge • H-12 Hose
repair and downtime. • T-3 Tip
Stock No. Description • T-5 Tip
K-F SR-250G Green Gauge Guard
• Soft solders to
K-F SR-250R Red Gauge Guard
4” (100mm)
K-F SR-450G Green Gauge Guard
• Silver brazes to
K-F SR-450R Red Gauge Guard 2” (50mm)
• Instruction Manual
HARD HAT
GAUGE AND REGULATOR GUARDS LP-3 KIT
Stock No. VIC LP-3
Components:
• R-LP Adjustable
Regulator CGA-510
• H-4 Handle
• H-12 Hose
• T-4 Tip
SMI H195 SMI H190 • T-5 Tip
• Soft solders to
Protect regulators from costly gauge replacement. Made from
rugged steel. Bright yellow baked enamel finish. Quickly and easily 2-1/2” (60mm)
attaches to smith regulators. • Silver brazes to
Stock No. Description 1-1/4” (30mm)
SMI HB190 Gauge guard for 1500 Series Regulators
SMI H195 Gauge guard for 1700 & 1900 Series Regulators
• Instruction Manual
TURBOTORCH TIPS
Swirl Propane & MAPP® Tips/Components
Count on total performance from TurboTorch MAPP® & Propane tips. Varying size tips help you get the job done - quick and easy!
Tip Size Gas Flow Copper Tubing Size Capacity Copper Tubing Size Capacity
Propane Gas MAPP® Gas
Stock No.
IN. MM. @24 PSI @36 PSI Soft Solder Silver Solder Soft Solder Silver Solder
LBS/HR LBS/HR IN. MM. IN. MM. IN. MM. IN. MM.
VIC T-2 5/16 8.0 .14 .17 1/8-1/4 3-10 1/16-1/4 1-6 1/8-1/4 3-12 1/8-1/4 3-10
VIC T-3 7/16 11.1 .20 .25 1/4-1 6-25 1/8-1/2 3-10 1/4-1 1/2 10-40 1/4-1/2 6-15
VIC T-4 1/2 12.7 .39 .48 1/4-1 1/2 10-40 1/4-3/4 6-15 1/4-2 1/2 10-60 1/4-1 1/4 6-35
VIC T-5 3/4 19.0 1.10 1.3 1 1/2-2 1/2 25-60 1/2-1 1/4 15-35 1-4 25-100 1/2-2 15-50
VIC T-6 1 25.4 2.10 2.5 1 1/2-4 40-100 3/4-2 20-50 1 1/2-6 25-150 3/4-4 20-100

38 T URBO T ORCH
SWIRL AIR HAND TORCH TIPS

ACETYLENE KITS
Stock No. VIC X4B
Stock No. VIC X5B
Higher capacity kit brazes me-
dium/heavy gauge steel.
Components: Copper Tubing Size Capacity with MAPP® Gas
• AR-B (CGA 520) Regulator Stock No. Soft Solder Silver Solder
• G-4 Handle IN. MM. IN. MM.
VIC ST-1 1/8-1/2 3-12 1/2-3/8 10-12
• AH-12 Hose
VIC ST-3 3/8-2 1/2 10-60 1/4-1 3/8 6-35
• A-5 Tip VIC ST-4 1 3/8-2 1/2 35-60 1/4-1 3/8 6-35
• A-14 Tip VIC ST-5 1/8-1/2 3-12 1/2-3/8 10-12
• Soft solders to 3-1/2” (90mm)
• Silver brazes to 2” (50mm)
• “B” Tank Connection
• Instruction Manual REGULATOR
HANDLES
SWIRL AIR Stock No. VIC AR-B
ACETYLENE TIPS
Stock No. VIC G-4
Tip Size Gas Flow Copper Tubing Size Capacity

Stock No.
IN. MM. @14 PSI (0.9 BAR) Soft Solder Silver Solder
FT3/HR M3/HR IN. MM. IN. MM.
VIC A-2 1/8 4.8 2.0 .17 1/8-1/2 3-15 1/8-1/4 3-10
VIC A-3 3/16 6.4 3.6 .31 1/4-1 10-25 1/8-1/2 3-12 • Model WA400 Threaded Tip Connection.
VIC A-5 1/4 7.9 5.7 .48 3/4-1 1/2 20-40 1/4-3/4 10-20 • Quick disconnect for easy tip change.
VIC A-8 5/16 9.5 8.3 .71 1-2 25-50 1/2-1 15-25 • Ergonomically designed handle.
VIC A-11 7/16 11.1 11.0 .94 1 1/2-3 40-75 7/8-1 5/8 20-40 • Accepts all tip sizes.
VIC A-14 1/2 12.7 14.5 1.23 2-3 1/2 50-90 1-2 30-50
• No tools required for tip change.
VIC A-32 3/4 19.0 33.2 2.82 4-6 100-150 1 1/2-4 40-100
• Tip swivels 360° for ease of positioning.
HAND TORCHES Awisco Carries a Complete

& COMPONENTS line of Soft and Silver Solders
Stock No. VIC STK-9 KIT
plus Fluxes, Brushes and Tools
for Fitting and Joining Copper
and Stainless Steel Tubing.
Components:
Check the Index or Ask Your
• STK-R Pressure Regulator CGA-600
• ST-3 Tip Customer Service
• Easy to change orifice
• Swivels 360° Representative.
• Instruction Manual Propane & MAPP®

W ELDING M ACHINES 39
BASIC GUIDELINES
TO SELECTING A POWER SOURCE
Electric Welding Machines
If you’re not familiar with welding basics, the following information can make choosing a
machine easier. For interactive, highly informative assistance, go to www.millerwelds.com.
Pick Your Process Select the process that matches the metals you want to weld or cut
Metal Type Stick MIG FCAW SAW AC-TIG DC-TIG Resistance Spot CAC-A AC CAC-ADC Plasma
Steel • • • • • • • •
Stainless Steel • • • • • • • •
Aluminum • • • •
Cast Iron • • •
Copper, Brass • • • •
Titanium • •
Magnesium Alloys • •
All Electrically Conductive •
Skill Level Moderate Low Low Moderate High High Low Moderate Moderate Low
Key: • Recommended Welding Process Cutting Process
Understand Process Advantages

Unfortunately, there is no single welding or cutting process suitable for all applications. For this reason, it is
necessary to consider the advantage of one process over another.
Welding Process
Stick (SMAW) • Excellent mechanical properties for high-quality code and
• Better suited for windy, outdoor conditions X-ray requirements
• More forgiving when welding on dirty or rusty metal • Improves welding operator comfort and appeal arc is be
low a bed of flux
MIG (GMAW)
• Easiest process to learn TIG (GTAW)
• High welding speeds possible • Provides highest quality and most precise welds
• Provides better control on thinner metals • Highly aesthetic weld beads
• Cleaner welds possible with no slag to clean • Allows adjustment of heat input while welding by use of
• Same equipment can be used for Flux Cored welding a remote control
Pulsed MIG (GMAW-P) Pulse TIG (GTAW-P)

• Flexibility and productivity - nearly all metals can be • More control on thin metals
welded in all positions • Less heat distortion on thin metals
• Larger diameter electrode wires
• Virtually no spatter
• Welds thin to thick metals
Cutting Process
Plasma Arc Cutting and Gouging (PAC)
Flux Cored (FCAW) • Use with any electrically conductive metals
• Works as well as stick on dirty or rusty material • Small and precise cut
• Out - of - position welding • Small heat-affected zone which helps prevent warping
• Deep penetration for welding thick sections or paint damage
• Increased metal deposition rate
Air Carbon Arc Cutting and Gouging (CAC-A)
Resistance Spot • Wide variety of metals
• Portable, easy - to - operate welder for light industrial • Removes discontinuities or inferior welds
applications.
DUE TO SPACE LIMITATIONS, AWISCO CANNOT LIST
Resistance Spot
• Portable, easy - to - operate welder for light industrial ALL OF THE WELDING POWER SOURCES AVAILABLE
applications. FROM MILLER ELECTRIC. PLEASE VISIT THE
MILLER WEBSITE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Submerged Arc (SAW) www.MillerWelds.com OR CALL AWISCO FOR A FULL
• High deposition rates can enhance weld speed LINE MILLER CATALOG.
and production.

40 W ELDING M ACHINES
Pick Your Power and Portability Needs

What should I know about duty cycle? Generator power
Duty cycle is the amount of time during a 10-minute period Out in the field, you may need an engine-driven welding gen-
that the welder can continuously operate at its rated output erator to supply 120 or 240 VAC power to run tools, lights and
without causing heat damage to the system. For example, a to start motors. Miller’s engine drives are packed with power
Millermatic 251 has 60% duty cycle at 200 amps of DC output. and the larger units even offer option packages that add 10 to
It can weld for six minutes out of 10 and then needs to cool for 20 kW of generator power.
the remaining four minutes.
For applications requiring extensive arc-on time and/or weld- What kind of input power do I have available?
ing at high amperages, choose a welder with a higher duty To select the right product, you need to know the type of pri-
cycle, such as a Deltaweld 452 with 450 amps of DC output at mary power available.
100% duty cycle. If a welder is operated below its rated out-
put, the duty cycle typically increases. Single phase products require single-phase input power, typi-
cally found in homes and garages
How much welding or cutting output power do I need?
• Light Industrial Products are suitable for the home hobby- Three-phase products require three-phase input power which
ist or occasional user. Designed to be easy to operate, is common in industrial settings, but shops can be specially
wired to supply three-phase, industrial power.
affordably priced and typically have a 20% duty cycle and rated
output, of 230 amps or lower.
For locations where an electrical hook-up is not practical, con-
sider a gas or diesel-powered, engine-driven welding genera-
• Industrial products are suitable for applications that do not
tor to supply welding and generator power.
require high-volume production and typically have a 40 - 60%
duty cycle and / or rated output of 300 amps or lower. Appro-
Is portability needed?
priate choice for professional welders.
Can you bring the work to the machine, or does the machine
need to go to the work? Check the Product Guide pages for
• Heavy Industrial products typically have a duty cycle of 60
types of portability:
- 100% and a rated output of at least 300 amps, making them
• Shoulder strap, handles, running gear, carts, etc.
suited to high - volume production and / or welding of thicker • Many engine-driven welding generators fit in the back of a
materials. Designed with the arc characteristics and product pick-up truck, enabling them to drive to wherever the welding
features professional welders demand for code - quality work. is needed. Heavy-duty trailers are also available for engine drives.
Glossary of Miller Exclusive Technology and Commonly Used Terms

Auto-Line™
Automatically “links” to any primary input voltage from 208 to 575 when the electrode lead is connected to a positive terminal and
volts, single- or three-phase, 50 or 60 Hz. Also adjust for voltage the work lead is connected to a negative terminal to a DC welding
spikes within the entire range. machine. Also called direct current, reverse polarity (DCRP).
Auto-Link ® Duty Cycle

Internal inverter power source circuit that automatically links the The number of minutes out of a 10-minute time period an arc
power source to the primary voltage being applied (230 V or 460 welding machine can be operated at maximum rated output. An
V), without the need for manually linking primary voltage termi- example would be 60% duty cycle at 300 amps. This would mean
nals. that at 300 amps the welding machine can be used for 6 minutes
and then must be allowed to cool with the fan motor running for 4
Constant Voltage (CV), Constant Potential (CP) Welding Ma-
minutes. (Some manufacturers rate machines on a 5 minute
chine
cycle).
“Potential” and “Voltage” are basically the same in meaning. This
type of welding machine output maintains a relatively stable, con-
Lift-Arc™
sistent voltage regardless of the amperage output. It results in a
This feature allows TIG arc starting without high frequency. Starts
relatively flat volt-amp curve as opposed to the drooping volt-amp
curve of a typical Stick (SMAW) welding machine. the arc at any amperage without contaminating the weld with tung-
sten.
Direct Current Electrode Negative (DCEN)
The specific direction of current flow through a welding circuit Open-Circuit Voltage (OCV)
when the electrode lead is connected to the negative terminal As the name implies, no current is flowing in the circuit because
and the work lead is connected to the positive terminal of a DC the circuit is open. The voltage is impressed upon the circuit,
welding machine. Also called direct current, straight polarity however, so that when the circuit is completed, the current will
(DCSP). flow immediately. For example, a welding machine that is turned
on but not being used for welding at the moment will have an
Direct Current Electrode Positive (DCEP) open-circuit voltage applied to the cables attached to the output
The specific direction of current flow through a welding circuit terminals of the welding machine.

Welding Machine Selection Guide

Which is the right machine for me? The following “rule of thumb” guidelines give you suggestions based on the type
of metal you are welding and the electrode type and diameter. Before making a decision, take into account the power
requirements and whether or not you have sufficient electrical service (single or three phase and primary input amps.)
Process Metal Electrode Min Amps and/or Volts
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 3/32” 6010/11/13 40-90 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Mild Steel 3/32” 7018 60-100 Amps
SMAW (Stick) Stainless 3/32” 308 or 316 55-90 Amps
Copper and Aluminum Based Stick Electrodes use About 25% More Current Than Mild Steel.
GMAW (Mig) Mild Steel Solid .030” 70S 17-23 Volts/50-200 Amps
GMAW (Mig) Mild Steel Solid 1/16” 70S 26-40 Volts/250-600 Amps
Stainless will use about 10% less aluminum and copper based alloys about 25% more current than mild steel.
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (w/gas) .045” 71T-1 15-36 Volts/105-340 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (w/gas) .052” 71T-1 15-36 Volts/105-430 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (w/gas) 1/16” 71T-1 15-40 Volts/140-480 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (w/gas) 5/64” 71T-1 23-33 Volts/250-510 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (gasless) .035” 71T-GS 14-20 Volts/50-120 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (gasless) .045” 71T-GS 13-20 Volts/80-220 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (gasless) 1/16” 71T-GS 14-22 Volts/145-325 Amps
FCAW (Flux Core) Mild Steel (gasless) 5/64” 71T-GS 16-35 Volts/200-345 Amps
Process Tungsten Type Diameter Amp Range

GTAW (Tig) 2% 1/6” 50-140
GTAW (Tig) 2% 3/32” 125-200
GTAW (Tig) 2% 1/8” 150-325
GTAW (Tig) Pure 1/16” 60-90
GTAW (Tig) Pure 3/32” 125-160
GTAW (Tig) Pure 1/8” 190-240
Plasma Cutting Metal Thickness Amp (Minimum)*

PAC MIld & Stainless Steel 1/8” 12
PAC MIld & Stainless Steel 1” 80
PAC MIld & Stainless Steel 1-1/4” 100
PAC Aluminum 1/16” 12
PAC Aluminum 1” 100
* (This rating is based on quality cut with hand held torch at average speed)
All machines are rated at a specific output at a given duty cycle. Duty cycle means the number of minutes (out of a ten minute
period) that you can run the machine at rated output. For example, if a machine is rated 60% duty cycle for a given output, you
can use that output for 6 consecutive minutes without stopping before the machine would need to cool down for four minutes.
A machine rated at 200 amps, 60% duty cycle would be able to put out 200 amps for six consecutive minutes without having to
stop. If you only needed 150 amps, based on the duty cycle curve shown on machine literature, you would be operating at
100% duty cycle and never have to pause. Obviously, there are starts and stops while welding so buy the machine that will give
you the duty cycle you really need. Generally, duty cycle is broken down by the class of the machine:
Home hobby to light industrial –20% duty cycle
Industrial machines—40-60% duty cycle
Your AWISCO representative can help you select
Heavy industrial machines – 60-100% duty cycle the right machine for your needs and budget.

Basic Trouble Shooting For Welding Machines

The following guidelines are for basic trouble shooting and offered as suggestions to trained and
experienced equipment operators, familiar with safety procedures. This is not intended as a
substitute for factory trained service technicians. AWISCO has the best trained service staff in the
business. If these tips don’t solve the problem, let our staff fix your machines right, the first time.
General Tips:
Every new machine comes with an owner’s manual. The first copper left to carry the high frequency “spark” but not the weld-
thing you should do when unpacking that shiny new machine is ing current. If you experience this, try switching the torch (or
to find the manual, record the model number, serial number and cable).
date of purchase on the cover, and store it in a safe place. This
will be your “good book” for trouble shooting as well as prompt
and accurate parts ordering and service. Any time you call with a MIG Trouble Shooting:
service or parts question on the machine, have your owner’s Mig guns are great tools when the consumables are fresh and
manual with model number and serial number handy. the wire being fed is clean. Worn tips, clogged nozzles and
House keeping is the “Golden Rule” of all equipment. A little diffusers, and worn or clogged liners are common reasons for
cleaning goes a long, long way. Follow the cleaning sugges- poor quality wire feeding or welds. Inspect the external compo-
tions in your owner’s manual. Most important is to keep dust nents for signs of wear. Clean dirty nozzles with a reamer or
and dirt from building up on and in your machine. Your routine comparable tool. Change worn tips (where the hole is wearing
maintenance schedule should include cleaning, including dis- to one side) and make sure the tips are not loose. Change lin-
connecting the machines from power, opening the cases and ers when you begin to “feel” drag or the feeding is erratic. (This
blowing them out with clean, dry air. may also be an indication of worn, misaligned or incorrect size
NOTE: Use only dry compressed air or nitrogen. drive rolls which should also be checked, adjusted or replaced
If your machine is to be placed in storage for any length of time, when needed.) Use wire cleaning and lube pads to keep the
clean it and cover it with clean dry tarps or canvas covers. feed path clean. “Tip Dip” and anti-spatter sprays will also help
AWISCO carries a full supply of tarps and fitted covers for most to keep the front end of the gun clean. AWISCO carries a full
machines. When storing gas engine driven machines, change line of consumable parts and accessories to keep your mig gun
the oil and filter. Add a small bottle of fuel stabilizer to the gas in tip-top shape.
and let it run to coat the rings and valves. This will also keep the
gas from jelling during cold storage.
Plasma Trouble Shooting:
Specific Tips: The most common problems with plasma cutting machines have
For Electrically Powered Stick/Tig/Mig Machines to do with worn consumables, improperly installed consumables
and incorrect air pressure. Most plasma machines have air pres-
The number one external problem with electric welding machines
sure sensing switches in them that disable the machine if the air
is improper primary power connections. All owners’ manuals have
pressure is too low or too high. Check your owners’ manual for
instructions for the proper connection of machines including volt-
the correct pressure and make sure you have the right size com-
age and phases, fusing and primary cable size requirements. If
pressor for the job. Dry air will extend your consumable life.
a new machine is not operating, chances are the power is not
AWISCO carries external filters to dry the air before it enters the
correctly set up. Have a qualified electrician or technician check
machine.
your connections. The newer generations of “inverter” type ma-
Make sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for replacing
chines automatically read and set themselves up for the power
consumables and keep a good supply of electrodes, nozzles,
that’s connected. But if the power/fusing/connection is not good,
shields and diffusers on hand to change when they wear out.
the smartest machine will not function.
If the power is good, the machine is “on” and you are not getting
any output, the next thing to check is your panel switches and Gas Drive Machines
controls. Your owner’s manual will detail the function of each Most current model engine driven welding machines are now
switch and show the proper positions for each process. One equipped with a low oil pressure cut off switch. If the oil is too
very common error is to set the machine for “remote” control and low or thin, the machine may start and then immediately shut
then try to use it manually. down. Repeatedly doing this will result in engine damage. If
After checking power and switch/control settings, the next thing you find that your machine starts and then shuts down, check
to check is your secondary (welding lead) connections. With the your oil. Add or change the oil and filter immediately to resolve
power off, make sure that all connections are tight, that there are this problem. Keep a maintenance record so that you know
no breaks in the cables and that lugs, holders, ground clamps,
when to change oil and oil, air and fuel filters. Remember oil
torches and guns are properly fastened and connected. Here’s
and filters are cheap…engines and downtime are expensive. If
a little trick: Occasionally, the joint where the ground clamp or
holder is attached to the cable may look good, but the cable may you haven’t got time to maintain your machines, AWISCO’s fac-
be coming apart internally so that only a few strands of copper tory trained repair department can do it for you.
are actually carrying the current. With the power off, give the Dirty gas can also wreak havoc with your welder. Always use
holder or ground clamp a good tug and twist while holding the fresh gas dispensed from a dedicated safety gas can. Never
cable in your other hand. Also, make sure that the ground clamp use paint cans or other vessels that may contain contaminants.
is connected to a clean, bare spot on the metal. Following these simple tips and suggestions will help you re-
Tig power cables, especially the water cooled type, are notorious solve many machine problems and keep your equipment up
for thinning and breaking down inside. There may be enough and running and ready to work.

P LASMA M ACHINES 43
Plasma Cutters
SPECTRUM
Stock No. 907149
®
125C SINGLE-PHASE 115 VAC, 60 HZ
• Process: Air Plasma Cutting • Built-in, Heavy-duty industrial piston-
• Portable for all your applications. driven compressor provides long life and
Spectrum® 125C comes complete with built- superior airflow.
in heavy-duty compressor and only weighs • Constant output cutting power. The solid-
44 lb, offering the operator a high level of state, constant-current design offers a con-
portability and convenience. sistent 12 amp cutting arc for continuous
• LVC™ Line Voltage Compensation pro- quality cutting up to 3/16 in steel.
vides peak performance power under vari- • Can be powered by any Miller engine
able input voltage conditions (98 to 132 volts) drive with generator power output of 2 kW
for steady and cleaner ending cuts. or more, such as the Bobcat or Trailblazer,
or equivalent competitive equipment.
• 35% duty cycle is tested at 40° C (104° F)
• ICE-12C 20 ft (6.1 m) torch with patented
to give you the cutting power whenever you
trigger safety guard, is ergonomically built
need it. and includes drag tips for convenient cutting
• Heavy-duty work clamp. on all metals.
• No high-frequency starts that can inter- • In-Rush Current Control Circuit protects
fere with or damage controls or computers. the unit in case of wrong voltage hook-up or
• Constant Pilot Arc Control Helps the op- voltage overload.
erator maximize tip life by eliminating the • Cutting Capability
need to restart the arc at the beginning of Rated: 1/8 in (3.2 mm)
each new cut. Quality: 3/16 in (4.2 mm)
Comes Complete With: 20 ft (6.1 m) torch, 20 ft (6.1 m) work cable with clamp, and 10 ft (3 m) power cord.
Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz
Model Rated Output Dimensions Net Weight
Circuit Voltage 120 V KVA KW
H: 16 in (406 mm)
115 V, 60 Hz 12 A at 110 VDC 325 VDC 20 2.4 2.0 W: 8 1/2 in (216 mm) 44 lb (20 kg)
D: 16 in (406 mm)
Note: Each Spectrum unit includes ICE-12C, 20 ft (6.1 m) hand-held torch and extra consumables (2 standard electrodes, 2 standard tips).
SPECTRUM
Stock No. 903891
®
375 CUTMATE 115 / 230V, 60HZ
• Pilot Arc Controller improves tip life and in- • Power factor correction expands operator’s
creases cutting capabilities and speeds. work area via extension cords while minimizing
• Dual input Voltage allows either 115 or 230 nuisance trips caused by voltage drops.
VAC input power and provides patented protec- • LED indicators for pressure, power, cup and
tion in case of incorrect switch position. Unit pro- temperature allow faster troubleshooting.
vides full cutting capacity when powered by most • Starts without high-frequency so it will not
engine-driven welders with 240 VAC auxiliary interfere with or damage controls or computers.
receptacles.
• Cutting Capability
• LVC™ line voltage compensation provides Rated: 3/8 in (10mm)... 5/16 in (8mm)
peak performance power under variable condi- Quality: 1/2 in (13mm) ... 3/8 in (10mm)
tions (power fluctuations up to +/-15%) for Sever: 5/8 in (16mm)... 1/2 in (13mm)
steady cuts and cleaner ending cuts.
Comes complete with: ICE-25C torch with 15 ft. cable, full 1 year warranty, 15 ft. work cable
with clamp, 10ft. power cord with 115 VAC, 20A plug, built-in gas/air filter and regulator with
extra protection. Also comes with extra consumables.
Max. Open Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz 1-Phase Plasma Gas Weight
Rated Output Dimensions
Circuit Voltage 115 V 230 V KVA KW Flow / Pressure with Torch
27 A with 115 H: 13.5 in (343 mm)
4.5 CFM (129 L/min) W: 8-1/2 in (216 mm) Net: 55 lb (25 kg)
VAC input power, 288 VDC 28 14 3.3 3.2
at 60 PSI (414 kPa) D: 16 in (406 mm) Ship: 61.5 lb (27.9 kg)
20 A input circuit

44 P LASMA M ACHINES
SPECTRUM® 2050
Stock No.90377712
• Auto-Line™ automatically links unit to any of airborne dust/dirt pulled through the unit.
primary voltage from 208 to 575 volts, single-
• Starts without high-frequency so it will
or three-phase, 50 or 60 Hz.
not interfere with or damage controls or com-
• Can be powered by any Miller welding puter.
generator with power output of 8 KW or
• Cutting Capability
more, such as the Bobcat™ or Trailblazer®,
Rated: 7/8 in (22mm)
or equivalent competitive equipment.
Quality: 1 in (25 mm)
• Wind Tunnel Technology™ prevents abra- Sever: 1-1/4 in (32 mm)
sive dust and particles from damaging inter- Comes complete with: ICE-55C hand-held torch with
nal components. 25 ft (7.6 m) or 50 ft (15.2 m) cable; or ICE-55CM ma-
chine-held torch with 50 ft (15.2 m) cable and remote
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only op- pendant, 20 ft (6.1m) work cable with clamp, 10 ft (3 m)
erates when needed, reducing the amount power cord, Extra
Max. Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz
Rated Plasma
Open- 208V 230V 380V 400V 415V 460V 575V KVA KW Plasma
Stock # Rated Output Cutting Gas Flow/ Dimensions Net Weight
Circuit 50/60 60 60 50 50 50 60 60 60 Gas
Cap. Pressure
Voltage Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
6.9
55 A at 110 VDC H: 17”
280 VDC 21 20 10 10 10 9 8 (7.9 6.6
Mil. 60% Duty Cycle, 6.0 CFM (432 mm)
@ 0.7 in Air or
90377712 3-Phase 575V) (18 mm) Nitrogen
(172 L/min) W: 12 1/2” 70 lbs
25 ft. at 70 PSI (318 mm) (32 kg.)
55 A at 110 VDC at 10 IPM only
Torch (483 kPA) D: 20 1/2”
50% Duty Cycle, 36 33 – – – 16 13 7.2 6.9
(521 mm)
Single-Phase
* ICE-55C hand-held torch ** ICE-55CM machine-held torch. Includes pendant control MIL 180605.
SPECTRUM® 625
Stock No. 907058
Processes: Air Plasma Cutting and gouging trips caused by voltage drops.
Cutting Capability: • Pilot Arc Controller improves tip life and
Rated: 1/2 in (13 mm) maintains uninterrupted operation when cutting
Quality: 5/8 in (16 mm) expanded metal or grating.
Sever: 7/8 in (22 mm) • LED indicators for pressure, power, cup and
temperature allow faster troubleshooting,
• LVC™ line voltage compensation provides
eliminating unnecessary downtime.
peak performance power under variable input
voltage conditions (176 – 264 V) for steady and • Gas/air filter/regulator inside the power
cleaner ending cuts. source provides added protection during
transportation. Standard air connection on back
• Wind Tunnel Technology™ prevents abrasive
panel provides easy gas or air hookup.
dust and particles from damaging internal
components. Also, the Fan-On-Demand™ • Postflow cooling circuit extends the life of the
cooling system only operates when needed. In consumables and torch by cooling them with
dirty or dusty environments, this feature reduces postflow air after the trigger is released.
the amount of airborne dust/dirt pulled through • Ergonomically designed ICE-40C handle
the unit. provides increased comfort while cutting. Safety
• Consumables storage compartment provides trigger prevents accidental starts.
convenient access to consumables and parts. • Starts without high-frequency so it will not
Comes complete with: ICE-40C hand-held • Power Factor Correction (PFC) circuitry interfere with or damage controls or computers.
torch with 25 ft (7.6 m) or 50 ft (15.2 m) cable,
draws up to 30% less amperage for the same • Compatible with engine-driven welders
20 ft (6.1 m) heavy-duty (8 AWG work cable
with clamp, Extra consumables (3 electrodes,3 cutting range as compared to the competition. capable of cutting 3/8 to 5/8 in mild steel when
tips and 1 air fitting),12 ft (3.7 m) industrial PFC expands operators work area via extension powered by a Miller engine-driven welder with a
power cord and plug. cord, while minimizing nuisance circuit breaker 240 V generator power outlet of 8 kW or more.
Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz, 1-Phase Plasma Gas Weight
Rated Output Dimensions
Circuit Voltage 208 V 230 V KVA KW Flow/Pressure Net Ship
H:15-1/4” (387 mm)
40 A at 140 VDC, 40 A at 140 VDC, 6 CFM (170 L/min) 57 lb 60 lb
33 30 6.9 6.7 W: 10-3/8” (264 mm)
50% Duty Cycle 50% Duty Cycle at 75 PSI (517 kPa) D: 17-1/4” (438 mm) (25.9 kg) (27.2 kg)
* Weight Includes Torch (25 ft), work Clamp and Cord, and power Cord

® ®
DRAG-GUN® PLUS CUTMASTER™ 38

Stock No. THE 1-3835
Stock No. THE 1-3820
• Maximum Convenience,
Maximum Portability Comes complete with: Model
This durable, inverter-based SL60 Torch with 20 ft. lead.
system is built tough to
withstand the harshest Rugged Design, Like its big
environmental conditions. It brothers, CUTMASTER 51, 71 and
weights just 57 lbs. including 101, the CUTMASTER 38 is
the built-in compressor and it equipped with a rugged case and a
comes equipped with a heavy- protective roll bar to protect the
duty wraparound roll bar for power control components.
protection of the unit and easy
CUTMASTER 38 is designed to
portability.
• Powerful Performance stand up to the most demanding work conditions. Rough handling,
Auto body repair, HVAC, metal stud construction, metal building metal dust, and shop grime are all part of a day’s work for
and roofing, are just some of the applications where the DRAG- CUTMASTER 38.
GUN PLUS provides the idea cutting solution. This professional Auto pilot restart comes standard with all CUTMASTER systems
grade power source provides excellent dross-free, precise cutting for easy, quick cutting on expanded metal.
results on most metals from gauge to 1/2” thick including mild Automatic Voltage Selection, CUTMASTER 38 accepts standard
steel, stainless steel, and aluminum. It operates on 208-230V,
120V or 230V input power without hesitation and automatically
single phase 50-60 Hz input power and it provides 15-35 amps
output power. switches to link up to the available power input. No switching required
• Maximum Arc Visibility for Excellent Operator Control by the operator.
The Surelok ® PCH-42ER Torch provides excellent cut perfor- A new protective interlock circuit in addition to traditional Parts-in-
mance and cut quality, particularly on sheet metal. These are just Place circuitry disables the power supply if the torch consumable
some of the important torch features: parts are incorrectly assembled.
DRAG-GUN PLUS Air Plasma Cutting System Like all CUTMASTER systems, CUTMASTER 38 is engineered and
Cut Capacity 1/2” (12mm)
tested to the highest standards of safety and reliability for welding
Input 230V +/-10%, 1 ph, 50/60 Hz, 36A and plasma cutting equipment. CUTMASTER units are designed to
Output 15-35 Amps, Continuously Adjustable stand up to the toughest environments and continue to provide precise,
Duty Cycle 35% @ 35 Amps reliable cutting power.
Panel Indicators AC, Over Temp, Air Latch
Dimensions H: 11.0” (279mm) SPECIFICATIONS
W: 10.5” (267mm) 20-30 Amps, Adjustable
Output Current
L: 15.5” (394mm)
Input Power 120 - 230V, Single Phase,
Weight 56.6 lbs. (25.7 kg)
Ship Weight 61.1 lbs. (27.7 kg) 50/60 Hz, 29 / 17 Amps
Input Power Cable 10’ (3m) with 20 Amp Plug (120V)
TORCH Cut Capacity 3/8” (9.5mm) Genuine
Stock No. Description 1/2” (12.7mm) Maximum
THE 7-4220 PCH-42ER, 70 deg., 20 ft (6.1m) Leads
5/8” (15.9mm) Severance
THE 9-6003 Shield Cup
THE 9-6501 Tip - 40A 1/4” (6.4mm) Pierce
THE 9-6542 SureLok® Electrode - 40A Duty Cycle 35% @ 30A
THE 9-6507 Gas Distributor Dimensions Length 21” (533mm)
THE 9-8442 Torch Head
Width 10” (254mm)
ACCESSORIES Height 15.75” (400mm)
Stock No. Description Weight 43 lbs. (19.5 kg)
THE 7-7501 Radius/Roller Cutting Guide Kit Gas Type Air or Nitrogen
THE 9-1260 20 ft. (6.1m) Leather Leads Cover 65 psi (4.6 bar)
Gas Pressure
Gas Flow 5 cfm (142 Ipm)
Pilot Start Cartridge
Control Hand Torch Switch
C D A B
PCH-25/38 TORCH SPARE PARTS
The Entire
Item No. Description KEY Therma Dynamics Plasma line
THE 9-6099
THE 9-6003
Tip, air, 12 amp
Shield cup - standard
A
B can be viewed at.
THE 9-6006 Electrode - air C www.thermal-dynamics.com
THE 9-6007 Gas distributor D

CUTMASTER™ 151 ®
Stock No. 1-1720-1

Comes complete with: The 1Torch SL60
with Surelok Technology. New Ergonomic SPECIFICATIONS
torch handle.
Output Current 20-40 Amps, Adjustable
• 1Torch with ATC Quick Disconnect.
Input Power 208 / 230V, Single Phase,
The CUTMASTER 51 is equipped with the
same great 1Torch introduced in 2002 as 60 Hz, 39 / 37 Amps
a universal replacement torch. We’ve Input Power Cable 10’ (3m) with plug (208/230V)
added the ATC Quick Disconnect to the 6’ (2m) without plug(400V)
CUTMASTER 51 so you can easily convert 10’ (3m)
from a hand to a machine torch operation
in a matter of seconds. Cut Capacity 1/2” (12.7mm) Genuine
5/8” (15.8mm) Maximum
• Auto Pilot Restart Available on all
CUTMASTER 1Series systems, this feature is useful for cutting 3/4” (20mm) Severance
expanded metal or in any application where automatic pilot restart 3/8” (10mm) Pierce
is desirable. In Auto Pilot Restart mode, the operator has Duty Cycle 40% @ 40A
continuous operation without having to re-trigger the torch switch. Dimensions Length 22.5” (0.6mm)
• 1Series Start Technology The CUTMASTER 1Series start Width 10.8” (273mm)
technology eliminates electronic interference that can occur with Height 16.4” (416mm)
other designs. The 1Torch technology provides quick, reliable
starts, a strong pilot arc to penetrate rust and paint, and the ability Weight 58 lbs. (26.3 kg)
to cut expanded metal quickly and easily. Gas Type Air
• Rugged Case Design The CUTMASTER 51 is built for hard Gas Pressure 65 psi (4.6 bar)
outdoor use as a portable plasma cutter. The innovative case Glas Flow 5.8 cfm (165 Ipm)
design is the result of extensive stress testing and field evaluations Pilot Start Cartridge
. The wraparound roll bar protects the case from damage resulting Hand Torch Switch or
from shocks and collisions. The new powder coat finish provides Control
a harder, more resistant surface for protection against scratches Hand Pendant Control
and marks.
CUTMASTER™ 81 ®
Stock No. 1-1120-1

Comes complete with: The 1Torch SPECIFICATIONS
SL60 with Surelok Technology. New
Ergonomic torch handle. Output Current 15-60 Amps, Adjustable
• 1 Torch with ATC Quick Disconnect Input Power 208 / 230V, Single Phase,
The CUTMASTER 81 is equipped with 50/60 Hz, 57 / 52 Amps
the same great 1Torch we introduced
Input Power Cable 10’ (3m) with plug (208/230V)
in 2002 as a universal replacement
torch. We’ve added the ATC Quick 10’ (3m) without plug
Disconnect to the CUTMASTER 81 so (460V)
you can easily convert from a hand to a Cut Capacity 7/8” (22.2mm) Genuine
machine torch operation in a matter of
1” (25.4mm) Maximum
seconds.
1 1/4” (31.8mm) Severance
• Auto Pilot Restart Available on all CUTMASTER 1 Series systems,
this feature is useful for cutting expanded metal or in any application 1/2” (12.7mm) Pierce
where automatic pilot restart is desirable. In Auto Pilot Restart mode, Duty Cycle 50% @ 60A, 100% @ 45A
the operator has continuous operation without having to re-trigger Dimensions Length 27.4” (0.7mm)
the torch switch.
Width 12.4” (315mm)
• 1Series Start Technology The CUTMASTER 1Series start Height 17.3” (439mm)
technology eliminates electronic interference that can occur with other
designs. The 1Torch technology provides quick, reliable starts, a Weight 83 lbs. (37.6 kg)
strong pilot arc to penetrate rust and paint, and the ability to cut Gas Type Air
expanded metal quickly and easily.
Gas Pressure 65 psi (4.6 bar)
• Rugged Case Design The CUTMASTER 81 is built for hard outdoor Gas Flow 5.8 cfm (16 Ipm)
use as a portable plasma cutter. The innovative case design is the
result of extensive stress testing and field evaluations . The Pilot Start Cartridge
wraparound roll bar protects the case from damage resulting from Control Hand Torch Switch or
shocks and collisions. The new powder coat finish provides a harder, Hand Pendant Control
more resistant surface for protection against scratches and marks.

®
1TORCH SL60™ & SL100™
Stock No. THE 7-5204 Light / Medium Duty Torch 20-60 Amps
CUTMASTER 101 ™ Stock No. THE 7-5206 Medium / Heavy Duty Torch 30-100 Amps
The 1Torch™ RPT torch is the first
Stock No. 1-1320-V
plasma cutting torch that performs with
Comes complete with: The virtually all plasma cutting power
1Torch SL100 with Surelok Technol- supplies. The 1Torch works with high
ogy. New Ergonomic torch handle. frequency start systems, CD start
• 1Torch with ATC Quick systems, touch start systems and moving
Disconnect The CUTMASTER 101 parts (blow back) start systems. Install
is equipped with the same great the 1Torch on your current plasma power
1Torch we introduced in 2002 as a supply and you immediately benefit from The First
universal replacement torch. We’ve the latest in high performance torch Universal
added the ATC Quick Disconnect to technology available today. Plasma Torch!
the CUTMASTER 101 so you can IMPORTANT FEATURES INCLUDE:
easily convert from a hand to a
machine torch operation in a matter • New Ergonomic Torch Handle With a new, innovative, easy-to use torch
trigger release, encapsulated protected torch head and precisely engineered
of seconds. grip, the 1Torch RPT torch is both easy and comfortable to use.
• Auto Pilot Restart Available on all CUTMASTER 1Series systems, this • Extended or Protected Consumable Parts We designed our consumable
feature is useful for cutting expanded metal or in any application where parts to adapt to your cutting style. By simply changing the shield cup, you
automatic pilot restart is desirable. In Auto Pilot Restart mode, the operator can either have:
has continuous operation without having to re-trigger the torch switch. • An Extended Tip for greater visibility and control and precision drag
• 1Series Start Technology The CUTMASTER 1Series start technology cutting at low power.
eliminates electronic interference that can occur with other designs. The • A Protected Tip for on-the-plate drag cutting at high power up to 100
1Torch technology provides quick, reliable starts, a strong pilot arc to penetrate amps.
rust and paint, and the ability to cut expanded metal quickly and easily. • New, Improved Leads 1Torch Leads are lightweight, extremely flexible
and tough – the ideal combination of durability and ease of use.
• Rugged Case Design The CUTMASTER 101 is built for hard outdoor use • ATC™ (Advanced Torch Connector) Quick Disconnect Option. Our
as a portable plasma cutter. The innovative case design is the result of new quick disconnect design brings extra flexibility to any plasma system.
extensive stress testing and field evaluations . The wraparound roll bar protects Imagine being able to change out a damaged plasma cutting torch, easily
the case from damage resulting from shocks and collisions. The new powder convert from a hand to a machine torch operation, or simply put on a different
coat finish provides a harder, more resistant surface for protection against size torch all in the matter of a few seconds and not have to use any tools to
scratches and marks. complete the task!
CONSUMABLES:
SPECIFICATIONS
Output Current 20-80 Amps, Variable
1Torch™ Plasma Cutting Torch
Input Power 208 / 230V, Single Phase, 9-8215 Electrode, MaximumLife®
50/60 Hz, 74 / 67 Amps 9-8213 Start Cartridge
Input Power Cable 10’ (3m) with plug (208/230V) 9-8206 Tip, 30A, Drag
9-8210 Tip, 60A
6’ (2m) without plug (400V)
9-8231 Tip, 70A
10’ (3m) without plug (460V and 600V 9-8211 Tip, 80A
Cut Capacity 1” (25mm) Genuine 9-8212 Tip, 90/100A
9-8218 Shield Cup
1 1/4” (32mm) Maximum
ATC™ Adapter Kit ATC Receptacle Connector
1 1/2” (38mm) Severance
This receptacle adapter is required for each power sup-
3/4” (20mm) Pierce ply using an ATC torch connection. This is connected to
the torch adapter kit specific to each power supply.
Duty Cycle 40% @ 80A, 100% @ 45A 7-5207
This is used to connect both the SL60 Light/Medium
Dimensions Length 27.4” (0.7mm) Duty Torch 20-60 AMPS and also the SL100 Medium/
Heavy Duty Torch 30-100 AMPS
Width 12.4” (315mm)
It is very easy to convert your existing plasma unit to accept the new
Height 18” (457mm) ergonomic Surelok 1Torch.
Weight 83 lbs. (37.6 kg)
We have listed some of the more popular Plasma Machines and
Gas Type Air Adaptor Kit needed to convert.
Gas Pressure 60 psi (4.1 bar)
Manufacturer Stock No.
Gas Flow 8.2 cfm (231 Ipm)
ESAB® yellow
Pilot Start Cartridge PCS-53, 80, 90 7-3435
Control Hand Torch Switch or ESP-100i 7-3426
Hand Pendant Control HOBART®
Fab Shop 7-3440
MILLER®
Many other systems available... Spectrum® 250D, 500, 750

Spectrum® 700, 1000, 1250, Plus
P-TRON®
7-3433
7-3430
VISIT THE MILLER , THERMAL DYNAMICS WEBSITES
P-Tron 75, 100 7-3437
www.millerwelds.comm THERMAL DYNAMICS®
5XT, 5XR, 6XR,7XR, 625XR,750XR 7-3446
www.thermal-dynamics.com
8XR, 10XR, 1000XR, 1250XR, Pakmaster® 75, 100 7-3434
OR CALL US AT 50XL/XLP, 75XL/XLP, 100XL/XLP, CUTMASTER 50, 75 7-3447
AWISCO PakMaster® 50 w/ Smart Torch (Q.D.)
EconoPAK® 50
7-3445
7-3449

SPECTRUM 1000
®
200-208/230/460 V, 60 HZ
Stock No. MIL 907162-01-1
• Process: Air Plasma Cutting and Gouging. mechanized operation.

• Auto-Line™ automatic links unit to any • Quick-connect torch allows easy torch
primary voltage from 208 to 575 volts, connection or removal.
single- or three-phase, 50 or 60 Hz. • Starts without high frequency so it will
• LVC™ line voltage compensation not interfere with or damage controls or
provides peak performance power under computers.
variable input voltage conditions (176-630 V) • Cutting Capability
for steady cuts and cleaner ending cuts. Rated: 1 in (25 mm)
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only Quality: 1-1/4 in (32 mm)
operates when needed, reducing the Sever: 1-1/2 in (38 mm)
amount of airborne dust/dirt pulled
Comes Complete with:
through the unit.
• ICE-80T hand-held torch with 25 ft (7.6 m)
• Wind Tunnel Technology™
cable; or ICE-80TM machine-held torch with 25
prevents abrasive dust and
ft (7.6 m) cable and remote interface cables.
particles from damaging internal
• Heavy-duty work clamp with 25 ft (7.6 m) or
components.
• CNC/robotic machine interface is 50 ft (15.2 m) cable.
standard on all units, allowing automated • 12 ft (3.7 m) power cord
control and rapid changeover to • Extra consumables
25 ft (7.6 m) Torch
Rated Output Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz Plasma Gas Net Weight
Input Power Duty Cycle Dimensions
at 104° F (40° C) 208V 230V 400V 460V 575V KVA KW Flow/Pressure with Torch
3-Phase 230-575 V: 60% 7.8 CFM H: 17 in (432 mm)
41 36 21 18 14 14.6 13.7 92 lb.
208 V: 50% (220 L/min) W: 12 1/2 in (318 mm)
80 A at 150 VDC (41.7 kg)
208 V: 40% 69 62 — — — 14.3 14.4 at 70 PSI D: 20 1/2 in (521 mm)
1-Phase (483 kPa)
230 V: 50%
Accessories
LEATHER LEADS COVER MULTI-PURPOSE CART
Rugged and durable leather cover is 1-1/4" Stock No. 7-8888
diameter and held in place with snaps. Fits
all TDC torches from PCH-10 through PCH/ Rugged steel cart with large rubber
M-102. Available in four lengths. wheels, swivel casters, and extra shelf
Ordering Information: 15 ft. length 9-1258, to maximize system portability
20 ft. length 9-1260, 25 ft. length 9-1270, 50
ft. length 9-1280.
STRAIGHT LINE CUTTING GUIDE EXTRACTOR / DRYER

Stock No. 7-8911 • Cuts vertical, 90°, or bevel cuts. Stock No. LAM 520B
• Versatile, straight line cutter for hand •
Easy to install and maintain without removal
held systems.
•
Lightweight aluminum housing
• Magnetic mounts ensure placement
and ease of use. •
Immediate cost savings from decreased downtime
• Produce more efficient straight line •
Standard inlet and outlet NPT sizes
cuts with the Trakka. •
Improve equipment performance and product quality
• 4 ft. rail is standard, 4 ft. extension •
Standard 5 micron rating
and joiner is available. (lower microns available)
• Lightweight, minimum set up time • DP Gauge for rust and dirt particles
and no power required.
The patented Extractor/Dryer® is a two-stage filter with a light-
weight anodized aluminum housing. Designed primarily for the final
CUTTING GUIDE KIT usage of air, it will remove water, oil and other contaminants from
compressed air lines. Developed for air devices, tools, paint spray-
Stock No. 7-8910 ing, manufacturing equipment or any compressed air equipment to
The Cutting Guide Kit has been upgraded so that any produce clean, dry, compressed air. In return you receive extended
new kit will now adapt to the PCH-62 torch used with equipment life, improved product quality, reduced down time and
the CutMaster™ 50 system as well as with the PCH- savings on costly repairs to damaged equipment. These advantages
10, 25, 26, 28, 35, 40, 60, 75, 76, 80, 100XL, and RPT- will pay for themselves in a matter of weeks.
102 torches. Now one kit offers cutting guide ease of NPT SCFM MAX PSI Service Kit #
operation on all standard hand held torches from 12
1/4” 15 250 Stock No. 015SK
amps to 100 amps.

S TICK W ELDING M ACHINES 49
Stick Welding Machines
THUNDERBOLT® XL 225 AC
Stock No. 903641
• Exclusive patented Accu-Set™ amperage quickly select AC, DCEP or DCEN without
indicator provides accurate heat control with adjusting the output leads.
infinite amperage control. DC output adds • Forced-draft cooling fan ensures a cooler
better control on thin work and easier out-of- running product, extending the life of the
position welding, as well as fewer arc out- power source. Thunderbolt XL 225/150 AC
ages, less sticking and spatter. certified by Canadian Standards to both the
• Unit allows higher duty cycle when am- Canadian and U.S. Standards.
perage decreases, unlike some competitive
products in market. Comes Complete with: 15 ft (4.5 m) No. 4 elec-
• Infinite current control allows precise weld trode cable with heavy-duty electrode holder, 10 ft (3
output adjustment; get the exact heat you m) work cable with clamp, 225 model includes power
need to produce a better weld. cord with plug, 300/200 AC/DC model includes power
• Output selector switch allows you to cord (no plug).
ACCESSORIES
MIL 043927 Thunderbolt XL Running Gear. Includes two wheels, two feet and a handle.
Rated Output at 20% Rated Output at Welding Amperage Range Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net
Stock # Dimensions
Duty Cycle, 60 Hz 100% Duty Cycle Low High Circuit Voltage 220 V 230 V 400 V Weight
H: 18 3/4 in
Thunderbolt (476mm)
225 A at 25 VAC (15%) W: 12 3/4 in 85 lb
XL 225 AC 100 A 30-150 40-235 80 - 47.5 -
Duty Cycle, 50 Hz) (323 mm) (39 kg)
# 903 641 D: 17 1/2 in
(445mm)
THUNDERBOLT® XL
225/150 AC/DC & 300/200 AC/DC
• Exclusive patented Accu-Set™ amper- heat you need to produce a better weld.
age indicator provides accurate heat con- • Output selector switch allows you to
trol with infinite amperage control. quickly select low or high range without ad-
• Unit allows higher duty cycle when am- justing the output leads.
perage decreases, unlike some competi- • Forced-draft cooling fan ensures a cooler
tive products in market. running product, extending the life of the
• Thunderbolt XL 225 AC certified by Cana- power source.
dian Standards to both the Canadian and Comes Complete with: 15 ft (4.5 m) No. 4 elec-
U.S. Standards. trode cable with heavy-duty electrode holder,
10 ft (3 m) work cable with clamp, 230 V model
• Infinite current control allows precise includes power cord with plug, 300/200 AC/DC
weld output adjustment; get the exact model includes power cord (no plug).
ACCESSORIES
MIL 043927 Thunderbolt XL Running Gear. Includes two wheels, two feet and a handle.
Rated Output at 20% Rated Output at Welding Amperage Range Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net
Stock # Duty Cycle, 60 Hz 100% Duty Cycle Circuit Voltage Dimensions Weight
Low High 220 V 230 V 400 V
Thunderbolt AC 225 at 25 V 100 A 80
30-150 40-235
XL 225/150 (15% Duty Cycle, 50 Hz) H: 18 3/4 in 104 lb
- 47.5 -
AC/DC DC 150 A at 25 V 65 A 80 (476mm) (47 kg)
30-160
# 903 642 (15% Duty Cycle, 50 Hz) W: 12 3/4 in
Thunderbolt 130 A 80 (323 mm)
AC 300 A at 30 V 40-200 65-300
XL 300/200 D: 17 1/2 in 134 lb
70 67 39
AC/DC 90 A 80 (445mm) (61 kg)
DC 200 A at 25 V 30-200
# 903 686

50 S TICK W ELDING M ACHINES
DIALARC® 250 AC/DC

Stock No. MIL 907 017
Process: Stick (SMAW) ing performance offers wide range of

• Single-dial infinite current control electrode versatility; welds difficult-to-
simplifies and allows precise weld out- weld materials.
put adjustment; you always get exact • High output and duty cycle allow unit
heat needed to produce a better weld. to handle nearly all Stick welding needs.
• Two weld ranges for both AC and
• Optional Power Factor Correction
DC welding allow greater control of weld
with Dialarc 250 P for lower primary am-
performance for changes in welding con-
ditions. perage demand.
• Forced-draft cooling fan ensures • Optional remote weld output con-
cooler running product, extending life of trol provides current control without go-
power source. ing back to power source - saving time
• Superior 6010 and 7018 Stick weld- and effort.
Welding Amperage Rated Output Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net
Ranges Circuit Voltage Dimensions Weight
220 V 230 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
Low: 35-165 250 A at 30 VAC,
AC 70 103 90 45 36 20.7 11.8 H: 24 1/4 in (616mm)
High: 105-300 30% Duty Cycle 360 lb
W: 19 in (483 mm)
(163 kg)
Low: 35-155 200 A at 28 VDC, D: 28 in (711mm)
DC 79 80 70 35 28 16.1 8.2
50% Duty Cycle
High: 90-265
MAXSTAR® 150 S
Stock No. MIL 907-134
Process: Stick (SMAW) • Easy installation — Auto Line™

• Portable in the shop or at the job site— provides state-of-the-art flexibility to the
at 13.2 lb the shoulder strap allows the end user. The Auto-Line circuitry
end user to easily move from location to automatically connects to 115–230 VAC,
location. single-phase power without removing
the covers to relink the power source.
• Thermal overload protection with in-
No longer is there a concern if you have the
dicator light helps prevent machine
correct machine for the shop or job site.
damage if the duty cycle is exceeded
or airflow is blocked. • Adaptive Hot Start™ for Stick arc
starts auto-matically increases the
• Single amperage range allows
output amperage at the start of a weld
operator to accurately set amperage
should the start require it. Prevents the
on both 115 or 230 V primary power.
electrode from sticking and creating an
Comes Complete With: • Inverter-based, DC power source inclusion.
Power Source with cord, 13 ft (4m) has a simple-to-use operator interface
Stick electrode holder, 10 ft (3 m) work • Best in class Stick arc characteristics
providing only the necessary controls in
clamp, Shoulder strap. for those demanding jobs.
a compact machine.
Input Rated Output Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at KVA at KW Dimensions Weight
Power Amperage Range Circuit Voltage Rated Output Duty Cycle
50/60 Hz
115 VAC 70 A at 22.8 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 20-110 A 90 17.4 2.0 1.9 H: 9 in (229 mm)
13.2 lb
100 A at 24.0 VDC, 40% Duty Cycle 26.4 3.0 3.0
W: 5-1/2 in (140 mm)
(6.0 kg)
230 VAC 100 A 24.0 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 5-150 A 90 13.1 3.0 2.8
D: 13-1/4 in (337 mm)
150 A 26.0 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 21.6 4.9 4.7

MAXSTAR ®
150 STL
Stock No. MIL 907 135-01-1
Stock No. MIL 907 135-01-2 (Includes the same as the 907 135-01 1 plus the Remote Control)
Process: • Inverter-based, DC power source has a

Lift-Arc™ TIG (GTAW), Stick (SMAW) simple-to-use operator interface providing
• Portable in the shop or at the job site-at 13.7 only the necessary controls in a compact
lb the shoulder strap allows the operator to machine.
easily move from location to location. • Thermal overload protection with indica-
• Single Amperage Range allows operator to tor light helps prevent machine damage
accurately set amperage on both 115 V or if the duty cycle is exceeded or airflow is
230 V primary power. blocked.
• Built-in gas solenoid eliminates the need
• Adaptive Hot Start ™ for stick arc starts
for bulky torch with a gas valve.
Automatically increases the output amper-
Comes Complete With: Power Source with • Auto-line™ circuitry automatically connects
age at the start of a weld should the start
cord, 13 ft (4m) Stick electrode holder, 10 ft (3 to 115 - 230 VAC, single-phase power with-
m) work clamp, Shoulder strap. require it. Prevents the electrode from stick-
out removing the cover to relink the power
907 135-01-2 Includes basic machine with Stick/
source. ing and creating an inclusion.
Tig Package and Remote fingertip control
Input Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at KVA at

Power Rated Output Amperage Range Circuit Voltage Rated Output Duty Cycle KW Dimensions Weight
50/60 Hz
115 VAC 70 A at 22.8 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 17.4 2.0 1.9
20-110 A 90, 12-17 V*
Stick 100 A at 24.0 VDC, 40% Duty Cycle 26.4 3.0 3.0
115 VAC 100 A at 14.0 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 18.4 2.1 2.1 H: 9 in (229 mm)
5-150 A 90, 12-17 V* 13.7 lb
TIG 150 A at 16.0 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 28.0 3.4 3.1
230 VAC 100 A 24.0 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 13.1 3.0 2.8 W: 5-1/2 in (140 mm)
20-150 A 90, 12-17 V* (6.2 kg)
Stick 150 A 26.0 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 21.6 4.9 4.7 D: 13-1/4 in (337 mm)
230 VAC 100 A at 14.0 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle 8.3 2.0 1.9
5-150 A 90, 12-17 V*
TIG 150 A at 16.0 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 14.2 3.2 3.1
CST™ 280 This model is with the Dinse style connectors

Stock No. MIL 907244
Process: Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW)
• Easy voltage changeover between voltage ranges through a two position manual
switch. Conveniently located on the rear panel, It simplifies voltage change in racks.
• Simple to operate with a process selector knob which automatically sets the
proper dig setting on E6010 and E7018 electrodes providing superior stick
performance.
• Lift-Arc™ start for TIG arc starts without the use of high frequency.
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system operates only when needed providing power
efficiency and noise reduction.
• Stand-alone or rack-mounted for construction sites. Optional 4-pack racks,
commonly used in construction and shipyards, are available for multiple operator
applications. All controls including the power switch are located on the front of the
Durable yet lightweight Stick/TIG machine for easy access.
welding power source designed for • Remote amperage control provided through 14-pin receptacle on front of the
construction industry. 280 amps of
machine. This permits use of standard amperage control devices.
output is ideal for stick electrodes
up to 3/16 in and TIG welding of • Tweco or Dinse-style connectors available. The Dinse-style includes one set of
pipe and plate. male connectors; the Tweco-style does not.
Welding Amps Input at rated load output, 50/60 Hz Max. Open-
Welding Input Net
Amperage Rated Output Circuit Dimensions
Mode Power 208V 220V 230V 400V 440V 460V 575V KVA KW Weight
Range Voltage
Three- 280 A at 31.2 V, 35% Duty Cycle — 33 32 — — 17 13 15.7 10 H: 13 1/2 in
Phase 5 - 280 (343 mm)
Stick 200 A at 28 V, 100% Duty Cycle — 22 20 — — 11 8 10.3 6.4 W: 7 1/2 in 41 lb
79 VDC
(SMAW) Single- 200 A at 28 V, 50% Duty Cycle — 38 35 — — — — 9.8 6.5 (191 mm) (18.6 kg)
5 - 200 D: 18 in
Phase 150 A at 26 V, 100% Duty Cycle — 35 34 — — — — 6.9 4.4 (457 mm)

52 S TICK W ELDING M ACHINES
GOLD STAR® 452

Process: Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW), machine and excess noise in work
Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A) Cutting and areas.
Gouging, Flux Cored (FCAW), MIG • Automatic thermal overload protec-
Spray Transfer (GMAW) Welding with tion with indicator light.
Voltage-Sensing Feeder • Enclosed circuit board provides
• Built-in arc control for Stick welding additional protection by eliminating
allows operators more flexibility when contaminants which cause premature
welding in tight areas where sticking failure of components.
electrodes is a problem. • Power efficient for exceptional value
• Hot Start™ makes it easy to start and return on you investment.
difficult electrodes. • Power cord strain relief.
• Simple control panel provides easy, • Optional digital voltmeter and
efficient operation. ammeter.
• Unique Fan-On-Demand™ cooling • Remote control capability allows
system operates only when needed. operators fine tuning capability at an
Reduces contaminants drawn into the extended distance.
Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz
Rated Output Dimensions Weight
Range Circuit Voltage 200 V 230 V 380 V 400 V 440 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
H: 30 in (762 mm)
including lift eye
300 A at 32 VDC, 352 lb
15-395 A 72 VDC 70 61 35 33 31 31 25 24.5 13.8 W: 23 in (585 mm)
60% Duty Cycle (160 kg)
D: 30-1/2 in (775 mm)
including strain relief
PRO-LITE® 250S
Stock No. THA 10-3068
This Thermal Arc ® Pro-Lite® 250S series installed to the improper voltage.
is a DC inverter arc welding power supply • Push Button Control Panel allows
with constant current (CC) output easy access to all functions and
characteristics offering the highest value controls.
and performance in a Stick welding • Dinse Twist Lock Output Terminals
source. All functions and controls are easily rugged output terminals allow for easy
set through robust, easy to use push button
polarity reversal and cable change.
switches on the front panel. Each function
• Remote Receptacle allows remote
is marked by a symbol and lighted LED
devices to be connected for controlling
that clearly marks which function is being
amperage and output contactor.
adjusted.
• Weighs less than 40 lbs. Portability,
The 250S includes a digital AMP/Volt
Meter, Hot Start, Arc Control, remote easy to carry.
control capabilities, and VRD (Voltage • Warning Code Circuitry alerts
Reduction Device) circuit as standard operator of power supply adnormalities.
features. • VRD Inside.
A tough, lightweight and compact design • VRD (Voltage Reduction Device)
makes the 250S ideal for light to medium reduces the OCV when the power
industrial applications. supply is not in use, eliminates the
• Smart Logic® Capability Eliminates need for add on voltage reducers, and
damage if the machine is accidentally has no effect on arc starting.
Input Power Rated Output @ Duty Cycle Output Range Dimensions Net Weight
250 A / 30 V @ 40% (208-230 V, 3 ph) 5 - 250 Amps (208-230 V)
14.2” x 7.1” x 16.5”
208-230/460 V 250 A / 30 V @ 40% (208-230 V, 1 ph) 39.7 lbs. (18.0 kg)
360 x 180 x 420 (mm)
250 A / 30 V @ 40% (460 V, 3 ph) 5 - 250 Amps (460 V)

THE WORKHORSE
Stock No. ACN 010300-004
• Stick welding with current 10 – 400 hydrogen electrodes, eliminating a major

Amperes in 2 ranges cause of slag inclusions in the weld.
• Single or 3-phase dual primary voltage • Inverter circuitry allows for low weight (79
240V/480V, 3-phase for the US market and lbs / 36 Kg) and rugged design.
400V 3-phase for export markets. Also • Fiberglass enclosure allows for the rough
available in single voltage 240V, 480V, handling in demanding environments like
575V and 400V construction sites, shipyards and offshore
• Easy to strike the arc oil rigs.
• Carbon arc gouging protection. (Circuit • The case has extra thick “skids” on the
design that eliminates the harmful currents bottom case as part of the design allowing
caused during arc gouging has been for the welder to be dragged on almost any
added) surface..
• Constant-arc-power characteristic means • Foldable handles and built-in grooves as
less dependence on a steady hand to well as ridges in the case, makes nesting
achieve a good weld and reduces risk for of units easy and practical.
electrode “sticking” • Units can be connected in parallel for
• Smart surge control reduces weld puddle higher current or in series for higher
agitation caused by big drops from low voltage, should there be a need for that.
Primary Rated Welding Welding Amp. Open Circuit Input Amperage at Rated Load
Output 50/60 Hz KVA KW Eff. Dimensions Weight
Input* Current (AMPS) Range Voltage
240 V 400 V 480 V 575 V Net Ship
400 amps @ 36V Range 1 H: 17.9” Approx. 85 lbs
29% Duty Cycle (45.5 cm)
20A @ 10V 80 lbs. (38.6 kg)
Three 300 amps @ 32V -180A TIG W: 10.5”
Phase 60% Duty Cycle 80 max 37 20 25 18 14.9 12.05 79.60% 36.3 kg)
10A-180A (26.7cm)
250 amps @ 28V
100% Duty Cycle Range 2 D: 19.5”
Single 200 amps @ 28V 80A-400A (49.5 cm)
Phase 100% Duty Cycle 45 NA NA NA NA NA NA
THE IRONHORSE Thir

hirddRail Welder
Rail
Stock No. ACN 010350-001
• Input power - 500 to 800 V direct current (DC)

• The fan is thermostatically controlled and does not run when welding below
100 A and stops 10 minutes after the welding has stopped.
• The welder is protected from voltage surges on the input up to 1000 Ws and
40,000 Amps.
What is unique about The Ironhorse, 300-Amp Stick/TIG welder, is its ability to run off the
DC power of the third rail or overhead catenary systems between 500 and 800 Volts DC.
The 80lb (36.3Kg) Ironhorse is ideally suited for tunnels where AC primary power is not
readily available, and provides subway and commuter systems with alternatives to using
generators, thermite, or to powering down. In addition, The Ironhorse may provide a
healthier and safer alternative to those options currently available. The Ironhorse also
Shown with optional features a “safety yellow” fiberglass case with extra thick drag skids. These are just two of
3rd Rail Clamp Assembly. the features specifically recognized by New York City Transit Authority.
Rated Welding Input Amperage at Rated Load

Primary Current (AMPS) Welding Amp.
Open Circuit Output DC KW Eff. Weight
Input* 60% Duty Cycle Range
Voltage 500 V 600 V 700 V Dimensions Net Ship
Range 1 H: 17.9” (45.5 cm) Approx. 80 lbs
DC 300 Amps 10-180 W: 10.5” (26.7cm) 75 lbs. (36.3 kg)
500 to @ 32 V
800V 80 max 28 23 20 12.05 79.60% D: 19.5” (49.5 cm) (34.0 kg)
Range 2
30-400

54 MIG W ELDING M ACHINES
MIG Welding Machines
HANDLER 125 MIG Package

Stock No. 500495 Includes Gas Solenoid, Regulator and 5 ft Gas Hose
Processes: MIG, Flux Cored (FCAW) Welding.

The Handler 125 is a rugged constant-voltage DC welder with built-in wire feeder, that operates off 115-volt
household current. It comes ready to weld, without shielding gas, using .030–.035 in (0.8–0.9 mm) self-
shielding flux cored wire. This is a great unit for outdoor applications when shielding gas could be blown away.
Welds up to 3/16 in steel with flux cored wire. Can also use 75% Argon /25% CO2 on gauge - 1/8” steel for a
cleaner weld with less spatter. Use Tri Mix gas and stainless wire for welding on 6 - 12 gauge stainless steel.
Use Tri-Mix gas and stainless wire for welding on 16–12 gauge stainless steel.
• Broad output range of 30 – 125 A Allows you • Primary circuit breaker Protects unit against
to weld up to 3/16 in steel with flux cored wire. current overload.
• Four output voltage settings with wire • Self-resetting thermal overload Protects
• feed speed tracking Provides a broader power transformer to ensure reliability.
Comes Complete With: Comfortable H- operating window for each wire, with quick and • Self-resetting motor protection Protects wire
9 gun, 8 ft (2.4 m) with liner for .023 – .035 easy adjustment for different thicknesses and feed system from overload, no fuses to change
in (0.6–0.9 mm) diameter wire, Three .030 joints. or circuit breaker buttons to reset.
in (0.8 mm) contact tips, Work clamp with • Built-in contactor Eases use and excellent • Convenient polarity changeover with spare
10 ft (3 m) work cable, 1 lb spool of .030 in safety feature which makes wire electrically tip holder Access makes it quick and easy to
(0.8 mm) self-shielding flux cored wire, “cold” until trigger is pulled. change polarity for solid or flux cored wire plus
Spool shaft to accommodate 4 in spools. • Durable feed head with quick-release drive convenient storage holes for spare tips.
(Optional hub kit available for 8 in spools.), roll tension lever Positive feed with adjustable • Separate “Fan Only” or “Purge” setting
Power cord with plug, Weld set-up chart, tension plus easy accessibility to thread new With gas solenoid installed, this position permits
Owner ’s manual with parts lists, wire. purging of the gas line and setting of flow rate
installation, operation, maintenance and • Dual-groove quick-change drive roll without wasting wire
wire welding guidelines, The Handler 125 Makes it easy to change from one wire size to • Hobart’s 5/3/1 Industrial Warranty Five-year
MIG also includes a gas solenoid (installed), another. One knurled groove for .030 .035 in warranty on transformers, three years on
Argon-mix regulator and 5 ft gas hose, (0.8–0.9 mm) wire, and one smooth groove for electronics (drive motors, rectifiers) and one
.023/.025 in (0.6 mm) wire. year on guns.
Rated Output Current Max. Open- Wire Feed Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz, 1-Phase Dimensions Net
Range Circuit Voltage Speed Range 115 V KVA KW Weight
90 A, 19 VDC, at 0-415 IPM (0-11 MPM) H: 16-7/8 in (429 mm)
20% Duty Cycle 20 2.9 2.5 50 lb
30-125 A 29 V 0-500 IPM (0-13 MPM) W: 9-7/8 in (251 mm)
63 A, 21 VDC at 15 2.2 1.77 (22.7 kg)
20% Duty Cycle at no load D: 12-1/8 in (308 mm)
MILLERMATIC® 135
• Infinite voltage control with wire feed from solid or flux cored wires.
speed tracking provides broader operating • Built-in solid-state contactor circuit makes
range with finer control by automatically in- wire electrically “cold” until trigger is pulled.
creasing or decreasing wire feed speed when Makes unit safer, and is easier to position torch
voltage is adjusted. to work before starting weld.
• Durable cast aluminum feedhead incorpo- • Thermal overload protection shuts down
rates dual groove quick-change drive roll and the unit and activates over temperature light if
calibrated, spring-loaded tension arm designed airflow is blocked or duty cycle is exceeded.
to make setup easier and faster.
Automatically resets when fault is corrected and
• Easy access to output studs provides con- unit cools.
venient polarity change over when switching
Comes Complete with: Power source included, Power cord and plug, 10 ft (3 m), M-10 MIG gun and cable
assembly with liner for .024 - .035 in (0.6-0.9 mm) wire, 10 ft (3 m) work cable and clamp, Argon and AR/CO2
mix regulator/flow gauge with hose, Sample spool of .024 in (0.6 mm) solid wire, Two contact tips for .024 in
(0.6 mm) wire and two contact tips for .030 in (0.8 mm) wire, Dual groove drive roll for .024 in (0.6 mm) or .030/
.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) wire, Factory-installed contactor and gas solenoid valve, Information/settings chart.
Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz
Rated Output Wire Feed Speed Dimensions Weight
Range Circuit Voltage 115 V KVA KW
90 A, 18 VDC at 20-600 IPM
20 2.9 2.4 H: 17-1/2 in (444 mm)
20% Duty Cycle (0.5-15.2 m/min); 67 lb
30-135 A 28 W: 10-5/8 in (273 mm)
63 A, 21 VDC at 40-620 IPM at no load (30.5 kg)
15 2.2 1.8 D: 15-3/4 in (400 mm)
20% Duty Cycle, CSA (1.0-15.8 m/min)

MIG W ELDING M ACHINES 55
MILLERMATIC® 175
• Infinite voltage control with wire feed speed tracking provides broader operating range with
finer control by automatically increasing or decreasing wire feed speed when voltage is adjusted.
• Durable cast aluminum feedhead incorporates dual groove quick-change drive roll and cali-
brated, spring-loaded tension arm designed to make setup easier and faster.
• Easy access to output studs provides convenient polarity changeover when switching from
solid or flux cored wires.
• Built-in solid-state contactor circuit makes wire electrically “cold” until trigger is pulled.
Makes unit safer, and is easier to position torch to work before starting weld.
• Thermal overload protection shuts down the unit and activates over temperature light
if airflow is blocked or duty cycle is exceeded. Automatically resets when fault is cor-
rected and unit cools.
Comes complete with: Power source included, Power cord and plug, 10 ft (3 m), M-10 MIG gun and cable assembly with liner for .024 - .035 in (0.6 - 0.9 mm)
wire, 10 ft (3 m) work cable and clamp, Argon and AR/CO2 mix regulator/flow gauge with hose, Sample spool of .024 in (0.6 mm) solid wire, Two contact tips for
.024 in (0.6 mm) wire and two contact tips for .030 in (0.8 mm) wire, Dual groove drive roll for .024 in (0.6 mm) or .030/.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) wire, Factory-installed
contactor and gas solenoid valve, Information/settings chart.
Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Ship

Rated Output Range Circuit Voltage Wire Feed Speed Dimensions Weight Weight
230 V KVA KW
20-700 IPM
H: 17-1/2 in (444 mm)
130 A, 20 VDC at (0.5-17.8 m/min); 73 lb 81 lb
30-175 A 30 19.5 4.5 3.8 W: 10-5/8 in (273 mm)
30% Duty Cycle 40-720 IPM at no load (33.2 kg) (36.4 kg)
D: 15-3/4 in (400 mm)
(1.0-18.3 m/min)
MILLERMATIC® DVI™ MIG ARC WELDING POWER SOURCE,

WIRE FEEDER AND GUN PACKAGE
Stock No. MIL 907252 & 951044
Processes: MIG (GMAW) Flux Cored (FCAW) • Convenient MVP™ Adapter Storage for
• Dual Voltage: This unique system is the first plugs that are not being used.
Millermatic that allows you to connect to • M-10 MIG Gun features a durable one-piece
common 115 V or 230 V power receptacles handle, unicable outer jacket, and is trigger
without the use of any tools — there are no rated for one million cycles.
primary power jumper links to change. With • Power Switch / Circuit Breaker: This dual-
Miller’s exclusive MVP™ (multi-voltage plug) purpose power switch energizes the main
transformer and controls circuitry, while the 20
power cord adapters, just pick the MVP that
A circuit breaker protects the unit from overload.
matches the power receptacle, connect it to
• Comes Complete With:
the power cord and you are ready to weld.
• 10 ft. (3 m) power cord and MVP™ adapter
• Six taps provide welding range of 30-175 plugs for 115 V and 230 V
A with superior performance throughout its • 10 ft. (3 m) M-10 MIG gun for .030/.035 in
operating range. Welds materials 22 gauge up (0.8/0.9 mm) wire.
to 3/8 in thick on 230 VAC power, and 22 gauge • 10 ft. (3 m) work cable and clamp
Stock 907252: Basic package as shown, up to 3/16 in thick on 115 VAC. • Argon mix regulator/flow gauge with hose
Wire feeder and MIG Gun package.
• Industrial, dual-gear-driven, aluminum • .030/.035 in contact tips
Stock 951044: Includes Basic package
drive system features no-tool, quick-change • Factory-installed running gear/cylinder rack
plus, Spoolmate™ 3035, (Spool gun for
aluminum) dual cylinder rack, regulator, reversible drive rolls and easy-to-set, scaled • .030/.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) reversible drive rolls
gas hose, and diverter valve switch kit. tension knob. • Set-up and operation video
Rated Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz
Wire Feed Speed Dimensions Weight
Output Amperage Range circuit Voltage 115 V 230 V KVA KW
68 A, 19.5 V*
20% Duty Cycle 15* — 2.27 1.85*
H: 32 in (813 mm)
30 - 135 A 50-600 IPM 168 lb.
90 A, 18 V
32 20 — 2.78 2.23 W: 19 in (483 mm)
20% Duty Cycle (1.3-15.2 m/min) (76 kg)
150 A, 23 V D: 39 in (991 mm)
30-175 A — 25 5.74 4.93
40% Duty Cycle

MILLERMATIC® 210
• Seven taps provide wider welding range of 30-210 amps with superior performance
throughout its operating range.
• Industrial, dual-gear-driven, aluminum drive system features no-tool, quick-change
reversible drive rolls and easy-to-set, scaled tension knob.
• Convenient built-in dual gun/cable holder and consumable compartment.
• Easy-to-use operator interface and attached parameter chart makes it simple to set
weld parameters.
• M-25 MIG gun features durable one-piece handle, unicable outer jacket, trigger rated for
one million cycles, and steel spring coils protecting cable ends.
Comes Complete with: Industrial Power cord and plug, 12 ft (3.7m), 250 amp M-25
MIG gun for .030/.035 in wire, Factory-installed dual gas solenoids, 10 ft (3 m) work
cable and clamp, Argon mix regulator/flow gauge and hose, Extra contact tips, Fac-
tory-installed running gear/cylinder rack, .030/.035 in reversible dual groove drive
rolls, Set-up and operation video.
Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net
Rated Output Wire Type and Diameter Wire Feed Speed Dimensions
Range Circuit Voltage 200 V 230 V KVA KW Weight
Mild Steel/Stainless Steel:
160 A at H: 32 in (813 mm)
.023-.035 in (0.6-0.9 mm) 35-700 IPM 200 lb
24.5 VDC, 30-210 A 34.5 31 27 6.5 5.5 W: 19 in (483 mm)
Flux Cored: (0.9-17.8 m/min) (91 kg)
60% Duty Cycle D: 39 in (991 mm)
.030-.045 in (0.8-1.2 mm)
MILLERMATIC® 251
• Miller’s patent-pending Active Arc is shorted to work surface for more than
Stabilizer™ provides excellent starts 1 second.
proven superior to the competition! *3 Second Gas Saver - Gas is shut off if
• Adjustable run-in control is individu- arc is not detected 3 seconds after trig-
ally settable for both MIG and spool guns. ger is pressed.
Set at the front panel, this easily acces- *2 Minute Wire Saver - Wire drive is shut
sible feature allows the user to optimize off if arc is not detected 2 minutes after
starts to their application. trigger is pressed.
• Self-calibrating digital meters allow
• Industrial, dual-gear-driven, alumi-
presetting of voltage and wire feed
num drive system features no-tool,
speed. With spool gun, wire speed meter
quick-change reversible drive rolls and
displays setting - a feature not available
on competitive units. an easy-to-set, scaled tension knob.
• Easy-to-use Digital Operator Interface • Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only
and attached parameter chart makes it operates when needed reducing power
simple to set weld parameters. consumption.
• Convenient built-in gun and cable • M-25 MIG Gun features durable one-
holder and consumable compartment. piece handle, unicable outer jacket, trig-
• Exclusive internal timers: ger rated for one million cycles, and steel
*1 Second Tip Saver - Arc shuts off if tip spring coils protecting cable ends.
Comes Complete With: Power cord and plug (200/230 V model only) 12 ft (3.7 m), 200 amp M-25 MIG Gun for
.030/.035 in wire Work Cable and clamp Argon mix regulator/flow gauge and hose Factory-installed Running
Gear/Cylinder Rack Extra contact tips .030/.035 in reversible drive rolls Set-up and operation video
Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Net

Rated Output Wire Type and Diameter Wire Feed Speed Dimensions
Circuit Voltage 200V 230V 400V 460V 575V KVA KW Weight
200 A at 28 VDC, Solid Steel:

60% Duty Cycle .023-.045 in (0.6-1.2 mm) H: 32 in (813 mm)
Stainless Steel: 25-700 IPM 215 lb
38 48 42 23 21 17 10 7.7 .023-.035 in (0.6-0.9 mm) W: 19 in (483 mm)
(0.64-17.8 m/min) (98 kg)
250 A at 28 VDC, Flux Cored: D: 39 in (991 mm)
40% Duty Cycle .030-.045 in (0.8-1.2 mm)

MIG W ELDING M ACHINES 57
MILLERMATIC® 251 PUSH-PULL

• Add the optional Push-Pull Module for aluminum wire feed capability. XR™-
Edge or XR-A pistol guns can be directly connected to the Millermatic 251 with this
additional push-pull module.
• Able to utilize 12 in rolls of aluminum wire inside the Millermatic 251 for extended
aluminum welding time and reduced labor time due to changing smaller 1 lb rolls of
aluminum wire.
Order Push-Pull Module, Gun and Drive Roll and Accessory Kit separately.
Push-Pull Module Stock Number Gun XR-A Edge XR-A Pistol Drive Roll and
Accessory Kit XR-A Edge XR-A Pistol
Push-Pull Module # 195 161
15 ft (4.6 m) Cable #181 534 #198 127
Field Upgrade Kit for early Millermatic 251 # 195 203 .035 in (0.9 mm) #195 199 #195 201
units - consult the factory. 30 ft (9 m) Cable #181 535 #198 128
.047 in (1.2 mm) #195 200 #195 202
(Push-Pull Module sold separately)
MILLERMATIC® 350 208/230 V, MIG unit.

300 A at 32 VDC, 60% Duty Cycle,
Stock No. MIL 907163 1- or 3-Phase Input Power
Processes: MIG (GMAW), Pulse MIG • Fan-On-Demand cooling only operates when
(GMAW-P), Flux Cored (FCAW) needed, reducing power consumption and con-
• Single- and three-phase input power with line taminants inside the unit.
voltage compensation for constant output with • Special Features:
fluctuations to the input power. • Single- or Three-Phase machine.
• Digital front panel/ user controls— makes pro- • Run-in adjustment for MIG, push-pull and
cess setup and weld parameters easy spool guns.
to adjust. • Built-in 2-minute spot/stitch timer.
• Operational information and weld param- • Pre-flow and post-flow adjustment.
eters settings along with extra storage for
• View actual welding amperage/voltage during
contact tips and drive rolls conveniently located
welding, and 5 seconds after arc has shut off.
behind flip down door.
• SharpArc® controls welding arc cone width in
• Industrial, 4-roll wire drive system features
pulse MIG welding mode.
two easy-to-set, scaled, tension adjustment and
• Inductance control customizes weld output char-
quick-change reversible drive rolls for .035 and
acteristics in MIG welding mode.
.045 wire.
• The Gun on Demand Feature allows you to keep
• Welds materials 22 gauge up to 1/2 in.
2 guns hooked up at all times.
thick.
Comes Complete With: C-4012 Roughneck ® MIG gun • Industrial power cord (without plug) for
single- or three-phase • Work cable with clamp • Factory-installed gas solenoid • Argon mix regulator/
flow meter • Factory-installed, low-mounted running gear/ cylinder rack • Drive rolls and compact tips.
Amperage Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz Wire Type Net

Rated Output Wire Feed Speed Dimensions
Range 208 V 230 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW and Diameter Weight
Three-Phase Solid Steel: MIG Gun: H: 34 in
300 A at 32 V, 34 30 15 12 11.6 11.5 .023-.045 in (0.6-12 mm) 50-700 IPM (863 mm)
60% Duty Cycle Stainless Steel: (1.3-18 m/min) W: 19 in 181 lb
25-400 A
Single-Phase .035-.047 in (0.9-1.2 mm) Spoolgun & Push Pull Gun: (483 mm) (82 kg)
300 A at 32 V, 69 61 30 24 13.1 11.2 Flux Cored: 50-800 IPM D: 41 in
60% Duty Cycle .030-.045 in (0.8-1.2 mm) (1.3-20 m/min) (1041mm)

DELTA-FAB™ SYSTEM 375 A at 35 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle,

50 or 60Hz, Three-Phase
Processes: MIG (GMAW) with mild steel, flux reputation of the Delta-Fab.
cored, stainless steel, and aluminum wires. • Four-Drive-Roll feeding system with
• Remote voltage control is standard. independent tension control handles small
Parameter adjustments can be made in weld and large diameter wires.
cell or at a remote location. • Large analog volt and ammeters for easy
• Adjustable material output studs provide the viewing.
flexibility to produce the optimal arc • 14-pin receptacle provides quick, direct
characteristics for aluminum, stainless steel and connection to wire feeders and accessories.
all other materials. • 115 VAC duplex receptacle provides 15 amps
• Solid-state weld contactor provides longevity of auxiliary power.
to match the ultra-durable and reliable • 14-pin select is easy to set up with no
external switches to put in the wrong position.
AVAILABLE DRIVE ROLL KITS
Includes the Model 24A Wire Wire Size .023” / .025” .030” .035” .045” 1/16”
Feeder (Drive Roll Kit not included). “V” Groove MIL 087132 MIL 046780 MIL 046781 MIL 046782 MIL 046784
DELTA-FAB SPECIFICATIONS “U” Groove – – MIL 044750 MIL 046785 MIL 046787
Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 60 Hz, Three-Phase
Rated Welding Output Voltage Range DC Dimensions Net Weight
230 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
H: 30 in (762 mm) (including lift eye)
375 A at 35 VDC, 69 34.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 W: 23 in (585 mm) 374 lb
10 - 45
100% Duty Cycle 4 2 1.6 1.61 0.46 D:30-1/2 in (775 mm) (including strain relief) (170 kg)
24A WIRE FEEDER SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power Electrode Wire Maximum Spool Wire Speed Remote Voltage Dimensions Net Weight
Diameter Capacity Size Capacity Control
.023 - 3/32 in 75 - 750 IPM H: 11 in (279 mm), W: 10-3/4 in 40 lb
24 VAC, 7 A, 50/60 Hz 60 lb (27.2 kg) Standard
(0.08 - 2.4 mm) (1.9 - 16.5 m/min) (273 mm), D:23-1/2 in (597 mm) (18 kg)
Drive Roll Kits for Wire Feeders and Power sources

Handler 125 ®
Millermatic 251®
Description Hobart Package Stock #s Miller Package Stock #s Description / Stock # Wire Size
Contact Tips V-Groove Drive Rolls Kits
.023/.025 in (0.6 mm) MIL 087 299 (10 per package) MIL 204579 .030 & .035 in (0.8 & 0.9 mm) combination (Reversible)
.030 in (0.8 mm) MIL 000 067 (10 per package) MIL 087131 .023/.025 in (0.6 mm)
.035 in (0.9 mm) MIL 000 068 (10 per package) MIL 079594 .030 in (0.8 mm)
Nozzles HOB 196137 MIL 169715 MIL 079595 .035 in (0.9 mm)
Tip Adapter HOB 196135 MIL 169716 MIL 079596 .045 in (1.2 mm)
Liner HOB 210970R — V-Knurled Drive Rolls Kits (Flux Cored or difficult-to-feed wire)
MIL 212379 Dual Groove, one smooth groove for .023/.025 in MIL 079606 .035 in (0.9 mm)
Drive Roll Kit (0.6 mm) wire and one knurled groove for .030 - .035 in MIL 079607 .045 in (1.2 mm)
(0.8-0.9 mm) wire.
Millermatic 135® & Millermatic 175® Millermatic 350®

Description / Stock # Wire Size V-Groove U-Groove V-Knurled
Dual Groove, V-Smooth For .023/.025, .030 and .035 in MIL 087 132 MIL 044 750 MIL 046 792
MIL 202925 (0.6, 0.8 and 0.9 mm) wire. .023/.025 in (0.6 mm) .035 in (0.9 mm) .035 in (0.9 mm)
Dual Groove, V-Knurled For .030/.035 in (0.8/0.9 mm) or .045 in MIL 046 780 MIL 046 785 MIL 046 793
MIL 202926 (1.2 mm) flux cored wire. .030 in (0.8 mm) .047 in (1.2 mm) .045 in (1.2 mm)
MIL 046 781 MIL 046 786 MIL 046 794
Millermatic 210® & Millermatic DVI® .035 in (0.9 mm) .052 in (1.3 mm) .052 in (1.3 mm)
Description / Stock # Wire Size MIL 046 782 MIL 046 787 MIL 046 795
.045 in (1.2 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm)
V-Groove Drive Rolls Kits (solid wire) MIL 046 783
MIL 204579 .030 & .035 in (0.8 & 0.9 mm) combination (Reversible) .052 in (1.3 mm)
MIL 087131 .023/.025 in (0.6 mm) MIL 046 784
MIL 079594 .030 in (0.8 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm)
MIL 079595 .035 in (0.9 mm)
V-Knurled Drive Rolls Kits (Flux Cored or difficult-to-feed wire) Millermatic 210, DVI, 251 and 350: Drive roll kits include two drive rolls
MIL 079606 .035 in (0.9 mm) and an inlet guide.
Delta-Fab System: Accomodates 3/64 in (.045 and .047 mm) wires.
Delta-Fab® System
Wire Size “V” Groove for hard wire “U” Groove “V” Knurled “U” Gogged
.023/.025 in (0.6 mm) MIL 087 132 for Soft wire or soft-shelled for hard-shelled for extremely soft wire or
.030 in (0.8 mm) MIL 046 780 cored wires cored wires soft-shelled cored wires
.035 in (0.9 mm) MIL 046 781 MIL 044 750 MIL 046 792
.040 in (1.0 mm) MIL 191 917
.045 in (1.1/1.2 mm) MIL 046 782 MIL 046 785 MIL 046 793 MIL 083 319
.052 in (1.3/1.4 mm) MIL 046 783 MIL 046 786 MIL 046 794 MIL 083 320
1/16 in (1.6 mm) MIL 046 784 MIL 046 787 MIL 046 795 MIL 046 800
.068/.072 in (1.8 mm) MIL 089 985
5/64 in (2.0 mm) MIL 046 788 MIL 046 796 MIL 046 801
3/32 in (2.4 mm) MIL 046 789 MIL 046 797 MIL 046 802

MIG S POOL G UNS AND C ONTROLS 59
SPOOLMATIC® 15A / 30A

Stock No. MIL 195156 (These guns are complete with the new
MIL 130831 PhosBronze liner and quick change FasTips)
Spoolmatic 30A Spool Gun Controls
WC-115A Weld Control
#137 546 Without contactor
#137 546-01-1 With contactor
This control operates on 115 VAC,
and is designed primarily for CC
DC power sources. It can also be WC-24 WC-115A
Weld Control Weld Control
used with CV power sources or
DC engine drives supplying 115 WC-24 Weld Control #137 549
VAC. When used with a CC Packaged in a compact,
source, the control circuit functions lightweight, nonmetallic
Industrial, well-balanced Spoolmatic 15A/ in a voltage-sensing mode. When enclosure, the WC-24 easily
30A spool gun features a built-in gas used with a CV source, it functions mounts directly on the power
valve, rotatable canister, reversible as a constant-speed circuit. source. It’s designed for use
drive roll and 15 ft (15A) or 30 ft (30A) Standard features include a wire with Miller CV power sources
cable reach. run-in control and a drive motor supplying 24 VAC and 14-pin
acceleration control which ensure receptacles. The control
optimum arc starting performance, includes a board-mounted
regardless of the type of power potentiometer which can alter
source being used. The WC 115A the drive motor acceleration
Spoolmate 15A: 9 lb (4.1 kg) with cable assembly comes with a 10 ft (3 m), wall type rate to optimize arc starting
Spoolmatic 30A: 14 lb (6.4 kg) with cable assembly plug power cord. performance.
SPOOLMATE™ 3035 SPOOLMATE™ 3545

Stock No. MIL 195016 Stock No. MIL 195015
These reliable yet economical Spoolmate spool guns provide

20 ft cable reach and accessibility, with smooth feeding of
aluminum wire.
Weight Spoolmate 3035: Spoolmate 3545:

9 lb (4.1 kg) with cable assembly 10 lb (4.5 kg) with cable assembly
CONSUMABLES
Spoolmate 3035 & 3545 Spool Gun Controls
CONSUMABLES FOR SPOOLMATE CONSUMABLES FOR SPOOLMATE
3035 3545
Contact Tips (5 per package) Contact Tips (5 per package)
#199 730 For .023 in #199 387 For .030 in
(0.6 mm) wire. (0.8 mm) wire.
#186 419 For .030 in #199 388 For .035 in
(0.8 mm) wire. (0.9 mm) wire. SGA 100 #043 856
#186 406 For .035 in #199 389 For .047 in Required to connect
(0.9 mm) wire. (1.2 mm) wire.
Spoolmate spool gun to the
Nozzle #186 405 Nozzle #199 386
Millermatic 135 or 175. Allows
Drive Roll (1) Drive Roll (1)
#199 731 For .023 in #186 413 For .030/.035 in
you to connect a Spoolmate
gun to virtually any similar MIG SGA 100C #043 857
(0.6 mm) wire. (0.8/0.9 mm) wire.
welder—Miller or other SGA with contactor required
#186 413 For .030/.035 in #199 396 For .047 in
(0.8/0.9 mm) wire. (1.2 mm) wire. brands. Includes 10 ft (3 m) to connect Spoolmate spool
Push Roll (1) Push Roll (1) 115 VAC power cable and gun to CV engine drives like
#199 732 For .023 in #186 414 For .030/.035 in plug, 6 ft (1.8 m) inter- Miller’s Bobcat™.
(0.6 mm) wire. (0.8/0.9 mm) wire. connecting cable, and 5 ft (1.5
Includes 10 ft (3 m) 115 VAC
#186 414 For .030/.035 in #199 397 For .047 in m) gas hose.
(0.8/0.9 mm) wire. (1.2 mm) wire. Note: For CV engine drives like power cable and plug, 6 ft (1.8
25 ft Extension Cable #194 99 Miller Bobcat™, use the SGA m) interconnecting cable, and
(For Spoolmate 3035 and Spoolmate 3545) 100C with contactor (#043 857). 5 ft (1.5 m) gas hose.

60 MIG S POOL G UNS AND C ONTROLS
SELECTING A SPOOL GUN

What wire sizes
Processes: are you running?
What welding output? Recommended gun
MIG (GMAW) with aluminum and other soft alloy wires .023 - .035 in 150 A at 60% duty cycle– Spool mate 3035
Light and Heavy Industrial Applications: light industrial applications
.030 - .047 in 200 A at 60% duty cycle– Spoolmate 3545
Aluminum Fabrication Sign Manufacturing Trailers Auto light industrial applications
and Marine Repair .023 - 1/16 in 200 A at 100% duty cycle– Spoolmatic 15A / 30A
light and heavy industrial appli-
cations
SPECIFICATIONS
Model Welding Output Electrode Wire Wire Speed Max. Spool Dimensions Net Weight with
Rating Diameter Capacity Size Capacity Cable Assembly
Spoolmate 150 A at 60% .023-.035 in (0.6-0.9 mm) 115-715 IPM 4 in (102 mm) H: 11-1/2 in (291 mm) 9 lb (4.1 kg)
3035 Duty Cycle aluminum, steel and stainless steel Aluminum 1 lb W: 2-1/4 in (57 mm)
Spoolmate 200 A at 60% .030-.047 in (0.8-1.2 mm) 200-1200 IPM spool L: 8 in (203 mm) 10 lb (4.5 kg)
3545 Duty Cycle aluminum, steel and stainless steel Stainless and
Spoolamtic 70-875 IPM Steel 2 lb spool 9 lb (4.1 kg)
15A 200 A at 100% .023-1/16 in (0.6-1.6 mm) aluminum and H: 10-1/4 in (260 mm)
Spoolmatic Duty Cycle hard wires up to .045 in (1.1 mm) W: 2-1/2 in (64 mm) 14 lb (6.4 kg)
30A L: 15-1/8 in (384 mm)
CONSUMABLES FOR BOTH THE MODEL 15A AND 30A SPOOL GUNS. GUNS ARE SHIPPED WITH 1 EA .035 AND 1 EA .047 STANDARD TIPS.
Contact Tips Phos-Bronze Drive Rolls
Wire Size Stock No. Nozzle Diffuser Liner Dual Groove for All Wire Sizes
(Supplied with Gun)
.030 in Hard Wire 206176 197728 212156 136135 (use small groove)
.030 in Aluminum /.035 Steel Wire 206177 5/8” x 2 1/2 209875 212156 136135 (use small groove)
.035 in Aluminum Wire 206178 FasTip Diffuser 212156 136135 (use large groove)
.045 in Steel Wire 206179 185102 212156 136135 (use large groove)
3/64 (.047) Aluminum Wire 206180 Nozzle adapter Locking Nut 212156 136135 (use large groove)
1/16 (.068) Aluminum Wire 206182 212156 136135 (use large groove)
For older style 15A and 30A guns there is an upgrade kit which will accept the newly designed FasTips... For Guns with serial number LC344601 and
prior – Kit No. is Mil 210646 – – For Guns with serial number after LC344601 – Kit No. Mil 209875.
MIGMATIC™ M-SERIES
Process: MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW)
• M-Series welding guns are an ideal match for Miller integrated MIG packages or
other Miller wire feeders.
M-40 • Three-piece nozzle construction extends nozzle life by reducing wear and helps
prevent rocking of nozzle on contact tip adapter.
• Interchangeable contact tips help reduce parts inventory.
• Brass contact tip adapter helps prevent galling, sticking and stripping of threads.
M-25 • Single-piece high-impact handle is almost indestructible with ergonomic design.
• Steel spring strain relief protects power cable from wear and helps prevent liner from
kinking, allowing better wire feedability. (Not available on M-10).
M-15 • 360-degree rotatable gooseneck permits trigger activation with either the finger or
thumb.
• Interchangeable monocoil liners help reduce parts inventory and are available in
most wire sizes.
• Optional adapter kits are also available that enable M-Series guns to adapt to other
M-10
brands of welding equipment.
Model Stock No. Cable Length Rated Output Duty Cycle Standard Wire Size Weight
M-10 195605 10 ft (3 m) 100 A 100% with CO2 gas, 60% with mixed gas .030-.035 in (0.8-0.9 mm) 3.2 lb (1.5 kg)
M-15 169591 12 ft (3.7 m) 150 A 100% with CO2 gas, 60% with mixed gas .030-.035 in (0.8-0.9 mm) 4.7 lb (2.1 kg)
M-15 and M-40 available in other lengths. Call Awisco for details.

MIG S POOL G UNS AND C ONTROLS 61
CONSUMABLES ACCESSORIES
Contact Tips M-10/15 M-25 M-40 M-10/15 GUN CONVENIENCE KIT #193 973
.023/.025 in (0.6 mm) 087299 087299 087299 3 – .023/.025 in (0.6 mm) contact tips (#087 399)
.030 in (0.8 mm) 000067 000067 000067
.035 in (0.9 mm) 000068 000068 5 – .030 in (0.8 mm) contact tips (#000 067)
000068
.045 in (1.2 mm) 000069 000069 000069 5 – .035 in (0.9 mm) contact tips (#000 068)
Contact Tip and Nozzle Adapters 1 – Contact tip/nozzle adapter (#169 716)
Contact tip/nozzle adapter 169716 – – 2 – Shock washers (#169 717)
Contact tip adapter – 169728 169728
Nozzle adapter 169729 3 – O-rings (#170 471)
– 169729
Nozzles 1 – 1/2 in (13 mm) dia. orifice nozzle (#169 715)
1/2 in (13 mm) orifice flush tip 169715 – – M-25/40 GUN CONVENIENCE KIT #193 975
(standard on M-10/15)
1/2 in (13mm) orifice – 169724 169724
5 – .035 in (0.9 mm) contact tips (#000 068)
1/8 in (3.2 mm) recessed tip 5 – .045 in (1.2 mm) contact tips (#000 069)
5/8 in (16mm) orifice – 169729 169726 2 – Contact tip adapter (#169 728)
flush tip (standard on M-40)
5/8 in (16mm) orifice
1 – Nozzle adapter (#169 729)
– 169725 169725
1/8 in (3.2 mm) recessed tip 3 – O-rings (#170 468)
5/8 in (16mm) orifice – 169727 169727 2 – Shock washers (#169 730)
1/8 in (3.2 mm) stickout tip 1 – 5/8 in (16 mm) dia. orifice nozzle (#169 726)
MIG Welding Guns
ROUGHNECK® C-SERIES
Process: MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW)
• Standard aluminum jacketed goosenecks • Die-crimped power cable connections provides
increase gun durability, resist spatter, and dissipate maximum electrical conductivity and reduces heat
heat more effectively than copper alone. at power cable connection.
• 360° wrench rotatable gooseneck allows finger • Patent-pending one-turn screw-on copper and
or thumb actuation of the trigger and field replacement brass nozzles are available in a wide variety of sizes
of goosenecks. to fit most welding applications or operator
• Interchangeable goosenecks allow Rough-neck preference.
welding guns to adapt for hard to reach welds or • Heavy-duty nozzles feature patented reduced
operator preference. frontal area to decrease heat transfer for cooler
• Optional Adapter Kits allow Roughneck MIG operation.
welding guns to adapt to most major brands of • Reliable extended-life trigger is rated for 1.5+
welding equipment. million cycles and is quickly changeable if worn out.
• Steel spring strain relief protects power cable from FasTip™ contact tip features one fast turn on and
wear on both ends and helps prevent liner kinking, off. It also exhibits extended life when compared to
allowing better wire feedability. standard threaded contact tips.
Stock No. Gun Model Cable Length Rated Output Duty Cycle Standard Wire Size Weight
5.6 lb (2.5 kg)
194752 C-3012 12 ft (3.7 m) 300 Amps 100% using CO 2 (ratings with .035-.045 in
6.4 lb (2.9 kg)
194753 C-3015 15 ft (4.6 m) (0.9-1.2 mm) 7.5 lb(3.4 kg)
mixed gas are reduced by 10-50%
depending on the gas mixture and 7.5 lb (3.4 kg)
194755 C-4012 12 ft (3.7 m) 400 Amps .035-.045 in
welding parameters) 8.6 lb (3.9 kg)
(0.9-1.2 mm) 10.3 lb (4.7 kg)
CONSUMABLES
Standard Fast Tip™ Contact Tips Stock No. Screw-On Brass Nozzles Stock No.
.035 in (0.9 mm) 206177 1/2 in orifice - tapered 199610
.045 in (1.2 mm) 206179
.068 in (1.7 mm) steel and aluminum wires 206182 Roughneck® Guns are available in other Amperages and lengths.
5/64 in (2.0 mm) 206183 Call Awisco for details
IRONMATE™ SERIES
Stock No. MIL 195732 & MIL 195729
Process: Self-Shielded Flux Cored (FCAW-SS) • Two-piece liner reduces replacement liner cost.
• Ironmate Series welding guns are an ideal match for • Rugged, rotatable trigger is rated for 1,000,000 cycles
the Miller S-22P12 or Super S-32P and can be used and can be rotated to the top or bottom of the handle,
with other Miller wire feeders. allowing thumb or finger actuation.
• Replaceable cable and goose-neck liners means • Optional goosenecks and aluminum-jacketed
guns are not a throw away when the liners wear out. goosenecks allow accessibility of hard-to reach welds
Available in other Amperages and lengths. Call Awisco for details and aluminum jacket increases gun durability.
Model Stock No. Cable Length Rated Output Duty Cycle Standard Wire Size Weight
FC-1260 195732 10 ft (3 m) 350 A 60% 1/16-3/32 in (1.6-2.4 mm) 8.5 lb (3 kg)
FC-1260 195729 15 ft (4.6 m)

62 MIG W ELDING G UNS
CONSUMABLES
Contact Tips (Qty. of 25) Stock No. Nozzle Stock No.
5/64 in (2.0 mm) Wire 198788 Insulated 198801
Awisco Stocks The most Common Guns

in both the professional and weldskill models. We are illustrating these models, other models and configura-
tions are readily available. Please check out the Tweco website www.tweco.com or call Awisco for a full catalog.
PROFESSIONAL SERIES WELDSKILL SERIES
The original Tweco Mig Gun, 60% Duty Cycle comes

complete with strain relief and cable support. Equipped The economical version of the Tweco Mig Gun, 60%
with a metal jacketed conductor tube. The professional Duty Cycle. Ergonomic handle. Three wire cable hose
series offers more quality and value than any other and fibre insulated conductor tube accepts all standard
Mig Gun on the market. Accepts all standard Tweco Tweco consumable parts.
consumable parts.
Professional Series
160 AMP MINI GUN 400 AMP MIG GUNS
• Light-duty hobby gun
60% Duty Cycle; Mixed Gases; Enhanced
• Neoprene insulated conductor tube
Direct Plug Capabilities
• Strain relief and cable support
• .035/0,9 wire 15 ft./5M Cable Stock No. Description
TWE M415-116 1/16-1,6 Wire 15ft./5M Cable
TWE M415-3545 .045/1,2mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable
TWE 35-15 .035/0,9 Wire 15ft./5M Cable
This model has the Tweco rear connection These models have the Miller rear connection
Weldskill Series
150 AMP MIG GUNS 400 AMP MIG GUNS
• Uses standard Tweco Consumables. • Uses standard Tweco Consumables.
• Fiber insulated conductor tube. • Traditional Tweco fiber insulated conductor tube.
• New ergonomic handle design. • New ergonomic handle design.
• Standard three wire cable hose. • Three wire cable hose standard.
Stock No. Description Rear Connection
WM150M-10-3035 .035”-0,9mm Wire 10ft./3M Cable
WM400-15-3545 .045”-1,2mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable Tweco
WM400-15-116 1/16”-1,6mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable Tweco
WM150M-15-3035 .035”-0,9mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable Miller
These models have the Miller rear connection Miller
WM400M-15-116 1/16”-1,6mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable
250 AMP MIG GUNS Every Tweco® Gun, both in the Professional
and Weldskill Series can be ordered with a
• Uses standard Tweco Consumables. direct rear plug connection to fit most late
• Traditional Tweco fiber insulated conductor tube.
• New ergonomic handle design. model Miller, Hobart and Lincoln Wire
• Three wire cable hose standard. Feeders... You can also order the Tweco rear
Stock No.
TWE WM250153035
Description
.045”-1,2mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable
Rear Connection
Tweco
connection and a Adaptor Kit. See the listing
TWEWM250M104045 .045”-1,2mm Wire 10ft./3M Cable Miller of some of the more common adaptors kits at
TWEWM250M124045 .045”-1,2mm Wire 12ft./4M Cable Miller the back of this section...
TWEWM250M154045 .045”-1,2mm Wire 15ft./5M Cable Miller

MIG W ELDING G UNS 63
CONSUMABLES (Both the Professional and the Weldskill take the same consumables)
STANDARD CONTACT TIPS
TWE 11-23 TWE 11H-35 TWE 11T-35 TWE 14H-35 TWE 14AH-364 TWE 14T-35
Mini & No. 1 No. 2 & 4

Wire Size inches / Metric Standard Optional Optional Standard Optional Optional
Heavy Duty Tapered Heavy Duty Tapered
.023” 0,6 mm TWE 11-23 N/A TWE 11T-23 TWE 14-23 N/A TWE 14T-23
.030” 0,8 mm TWE 11-30 TWE 11H-30 TWE 11T-30 TWE 14-30 N/A TWE 14T-30
.035” 0,9 mm TWE 11-35 TWE 11H-35 TWE 11T-25 TWE 14-35 TWE 14H-35 TWE 14T-35
.045” 1,2 mm TWE 11-45 TWE 11H-45 TWE 11T-45 TWE 14-45 TWE 14H-45 TWE 14T-45
1/16” 1,6 mm N/A N/A N/A TWE 14-116 TWE 14H-116 TWE 14T-116
5/64” 2,0 mm N/A N/A N/A TWE 14-564 TWE 14H-564 N/A
3/32” 2,4 mm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
STANDARD NOZZLES & NOZZLE INSULATORS
TWE 21-50 TWE 21-50-F TWE 21T-37 TWE 22-50-SS TWE 22T-37-SS TWE 22-62
TWE 34A TWE 34CT TWE 24A-50 TWE 24AH-62 TWE 24A-62-SS TWE 24AT-37-SS TWE 24CT-62-S
Gun Model Nozzle Style Insulator 3/8” / 9,5 mm 1/2” /12,7 mm 5/8” /15,9 mm 3/4” /19,1 mm
bore bore bore bore
Mini-Mig-Gun (Standard) (Self-Insulated) (tip flush) N/A TWE 21-37-F TWE 21-50-F TWE 21-62-F N/A
21 SERIES
No. 1 (Standard) (Self-Insulated) (1/8” tip recess) N/A TWE 21-37 TWE 21-50 TWE 21-62 N/A
Optional (Tapered) (Self-Insulated) N/A TWE 21T-37 N/A N/A N/A
(1/8” tip recess)
(tip flush) TWE 21T-37-F
No. 2 (Standard) (adjustable) (recess to projection) 32 N/A TWE 22-50 TWE 22-62 N/A
22 SERIES
Optional (Short-Stop) (1/8” tip recess) 32 TWE 22-37-SS TWE 22-50-SS TWE 22-62-SS N/A
Optional (tapered) (tip flush) 32 TWE 22T-37-SS N/A N/A N/A
No. 4 (Standard) (Adjustable) (recess to projection) 34A N/A TWE 24A-50 TWE 24A-62 TWE 24A-75
Optional (Short Stop) (1/8” tip recess) 34A TWE 24A-37-SS TWE 24A-50-SS TWE 24A-62-SS TWE 24A-75-SS
Optional (SS Tapered) (1/8” tip recess) 34A TWE 24AT-37-SS N/A N/A N/A
24 SERIES
Optional (Heavy Duty) (Adjustable) 34A N/A TWE 24AH-50 TWE 24AH-62 TWE 24AH-75
Optional (Heavy Duty) (short stop) 34A N/A TWE 24AH-50-SS TWE 24AH-62-SS TWE 24AH-75-
Optional (Coarse Thread) (1/8” tip recess) 34CT TWE 24CT-37-S TWE 24CT-50-S 24CT-62-S SS
Optional (Coarse Thread) (tip flush) 34CT N/A TWE 24CT-50-F 24CT-62-F TWE 24CT-75-S
Optional (Coarse Thread) (1/2” tip recess) 34CT N/A N/A 24CT-62-R N/A
TWE 24CT-75-R
STANDARD DIFFUSERS STANDARD CONDUCTOR TUBES

TWE 51 TWE 52
Mini-MIG-GUN No. 1 No. 2 No. 4 TWE 35-60-60 TWE 61-60

TWE 35-50 TWE 51 TWE 52 TWE 54P
(Standard) (Standard) (Standard) (Standard)
Degree/ Mini No.1 No.2 No.4
TWE 35-50A TWE 51-23 TWE 52-23 TWE 54A
(use with AL Wire) (use with .023 wire) (use with .023 Wire) 45° TWE 35-60-45 TWE 61-45 TWE 62J-45 TWE 64J-45
TWE 52FN 60° (Standard) TWE 35-60-60 TWE 61-60 TWE 62J-60 TWE 64J-60
(use with No.4 80° TWE 35-60-80 TWE 61-80 TWE 62J-80 TWE 64J-80
nozzles) 180° TWE 35-60-180 TWE 61-180 TWE 62J-180 TWE 64J-180

64 MIG W ELDING G UNS
Adaptor Kits
Manufacturer Feeder Model No. Stock No.
Airco TWE TAK-35-A TWE TAK-35-A
For Mini MIG Gun and 160 Amp Guns For 180 Amp to 400 Amp Guns
Esab TWE MK35-E
This is for all guns for the most popular Esab Machines.
Hobart TWE MK35-HO
This is for all guns for the most popular Hobart Machines.
TWE TLAK7-35
Lincoln This is for all guns for the most popular Lincoln Machines.
TWE MK-35-L23
Linde This is for all guns for the most popular Linde Machines.
TWE MK-35-M TWE TMSAK-35
Miller For Mini MIG Gun and 160 Amp Guns For 180 Amp to 400 Amp Guns
All Tweco guns in both the Professional and Weldskill Series are available with the direct hook up to your existing Machine or Wire Feeder.
Give Awisco the Model No. and Serial No. of your Unit and we will order the correct gun.
MIG Welding Accessories

UNIVERSAL LUBE-MATIC WIRE
WELDING WIRE SPOOL ADAPTER UNTREATED CLEANER PADS RED
Stock No. OKI BWSUSA Stock No. OKI WAP007061
It keeps small jobs small when a large Red pads are recommended for all wires including aluminum and stain-
spool of wire is too much. less. Add Lube-Matic liquid to help feed mild steel and fabricated wire.
The universal welding wire spool adapter Color Rating Desity Tensile Packed Measure
quickly adapts most wire feeders and 6 pads,
Red SAE - 2 34.2 500 PSI
integrated MIG machines to use in a 4” 6 pressure clips
(1 lb. or 2 lbs.) spool without removing or
altering the standardized 2” spindle
NOZZLE DIP
assembly. It locates the small spool close
™
to the wire inlet of the wire feeder which
promotes a smoother feed of wires. The
Stock No. OKI WSRO-108-16
adapter allows the customer to use a 4”
spool for small jobs.
• Protects MIG gun nozzles, tips, fixtures and
positioners
NOZZLE CLEANER •
•
Nonflammable and nontoxic
Does not contain silicones or fluorocarbons
Stock No. ATL AT-NRC • Does not contain any ozone depleting chemicals
Available only in 16 oz. jar.
The Handy Mig Nozzle reamer/ cleaner uses expanding spring steel
blades to quickly remove spatter. By inserting the tool into a MIG
nozzle and turning, you will be assured of unrestricted gas flow and
cleaner, stronger welds. There is no need to wait for the nozzle to ANTI SPATTER ™
cool before cleaning. Self adjusting to fit all nozzle sizes. Stock No. OKI WSRO-1620-16
• For MIG gun nozzles and welding surfaces
• Reduces spatter build up and clean up time
LUBE-MATIC
• Heat resistant, nonflammable and paint compatible
• Does not contain silicones or fluorocarbons
WIRE CLEANER AND LUBRICANT • Does not contain any ozone depleting chemicals
Available only in a 16 oz. aerosol can.
Stock No. OKI WAP007040
Cuts rust and reduces drag. 5 oz. size.
WELPER
Stock No. WES PLPL 2012
LUBE-MATIC WIRE • Specialty multipurpose tool designed specifically for
TREATED CLEANER PADS

CO2 welding operations.
• A single pair which serves eight purposes for MIG
welding - saves time and increases productivity.
Black • Designed for hammering, wire cutting, insulation
Stock No. OKI WAP007060 bushing removal and installation and drawing out wire
Black pads are pre-treated with • Ideally suited for the removal of spatter from inside,
Lube-Matic liquid. Recommended outside and nozzle-end.
for mild steel and fabricated wires. • Perfect for removal and installation of contact tips and
nozzles.
Color Rating Desity Tensile Packed Measure
• Spring loaded for easy opening and closing
6 pads,
Black SAE - 7 26.2 250 PSI • Manufactured from high quality carbon steel for
6 pressure clips strength and durability.

TIG W ELDING M ACHINES 65
ECONOTIG®
Stock No. MIL 903367 230 Volts Better for areas with true 230 Volt Service
Stock No. MIL 903422 200 Volts Better for most of the N. Y. City area where you do not have true 230 Volt.
Processes: TIG (GTAW), Stick (SMAW) Upgraded • Special arc starting circuitry eliminates high
circuitry gives you finer TIG output adjustment with frequency starts.
the remote foot or fingertip control. If you need more • Built-in arc assist starter for DC TIG.
output while using the remote control, simply increase • Built-in arc assist stabilizer for AC TIG on
the setting of the front panel amperage control. aluminum.
Gas • AC output for superior aluminum welding and • Process switch automatically sets machine for
Regulator DC output for mild and stainless steel. Four TIG or Stick.
position polarity and range selector switch • Unique “flow-through” shielding gas TIG torch
offers two AC current ranges, DC electrode (–) for connection allows removal of torch without tools.
TIG, and DC electrode (+) for Stick.
RFC-14
Foot Control Comes Complete with: Power source with primary cord (plug provided on 230 volt model), DB1712RDI
Gas TIG torch with backcap, ceramic gas cup, 3/32 in (2.4 mm) collet and collet body, and 2% thoriated
Hose tungsten International-style quick-connect torch, 12 ft work cable and clamp, 15 ft Stick electrode
holder, 20 ft RFCS-14 foot-operated remote control, Gas regulator, flowmeter and 12-1/2 ft shielding
gas hose, “How-To” DVD (in English and Spanish), Spanish Owner’s Manual is available upon request.
ACCESSORIES
Item No. Description
MIL 042934 Universal Cart / Cylinder Rack
Electrode Work Cable 150 Amp
Holder and Clamp TIG Torch
MIL 151086 Remote Control RCC-14
and Quick- MIL 129340 Remote Control RHC-14
Connect See ACCESSORIES at the end of this section. For additional TIG items, refer to the TIG section in this catalog.
Rated Output at Welding Amperage Range Input Amps
Max. Open-Circuit Voltage Dimensions Net Weight
20% Duty Cycle AC High AC Low DC at Rated Output
TIG: 150 A at 15 VDC TIG Welding Range 200 V 60 A
150 A at 15 VAC 50-165 20-50 30-160 230 V 52 A H: 18 in (457 mm)
78 460 V 33 A W: 13 in (330 mm) 140 lb (64 kg)
Stick: 130 A at 25 VDC Stick Welding Range
380 V 39 A D: 25-1/2 in (648 mm)
150 A at 25 VAC 35-165 20-50 25-130 415 V 36 A
SYNCROWAVE® 180SD
Processes: TIG (GTAW), Stick (SMAW) fill capabilities required on aluminum and
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only op- magnesium.
Electrode Gas
erates when needed. Dual digital meters al- • Line voltage compensation keeps output of
Holder and Regulator low for quick and easy viewing of actual and the power source constant regardless of
Quick- preset values of amperage and voltage. fluctuations in the utility power (±10%) for
Connect
Gas • Adjustable Postflow 5 - 18 sec. 230 volts.
Hose
• Last procedure recall automatically recalls • Process switch automatically sets machine
the last procedure set-up when switching for TIG or Stick, eliminating guess work.
polarity. • Thermal overload protection circuit senses
RFCS-14 • Single-range vernier control allows finer TIG when machine is too hot, and automatically
Control with
20 ft. cord output adjustment with remote foot or fin- turns output off, protecting the machine.
150 Amp TIG
12 ft. Work Cable with Torch with gertip amperage control, providing crater
Clamp and Quick Connect 12½ ft. cord
ACCESSORIES
Comes Complete with: Power source with
primary cord 150 amp, TIG Torch with 12 Item No. Description
1/2 ft (3.8 m) cord, 12 ft (3.7 m) work cable MIL 042934 Universal Cart / Cylinder Rack
and clamp, Electrode holder and quick- MIL 151086 Remote Control RCC-14
connect RFCS-14 Foot Control with 20 ft
(6 m) cord Gas regulator and gas hose, MIL 129340 Remote Control RHC-14
Syncrowave 180 SD Runner includes all of MIL 043554 Remote Control RFCS-14
the above PLUS No. 35 Running Gear. See ACCESSORIES at the end of this section. For additional TIG items, refer to the TIG section in this catalog.
Input Rated Output at Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated KVA KW Dimensions Net Weight
Power 40% Duty Cycle Amperage Range Circuit Voltage Output, 50/60 Hz
208-230 V 150 A at 26 V DC: 10-180 A 80 54 12.3 4.5 H: 30 in (762 mm) 224 lb
460 V AC: 10-180 A 27 12.52 4.49 W: 16 in (406 mm) (102 kg)
575 V 22 12.35 4.46 D: 22 - 1/8 in (562 mm)

66 TIG W ELDING M ACHINES
SYNCROWAVE® 250 DX
Stock No. MIL 903726 200/230/460 V, 50/60 Hz, Standard Model
Squarewave output with AC balance control features Allows for greater accuracy and repeatability in the
adjustable penetration and cleaning action while welding procedure.
increasing arc stability on various aluminum alloys, and Built-in consumable storage
helps eliminate tungsten spitting and arc rectification. drawer located on the front panel
NEW! Built-in cable hangers on both allows the operator to store and readilym access the
sides conveniently fold out of power supply to allow all needed consumables to be more productive.
weld cables to be neatly stored to prevent torch or cable Fan-On-Demand™ reduces maintenance by reducing
damage. the amount of airborne contaminants pulled through the
Last procedure recall automatically recalls the last machine.
procedure set-up when switching polarity. Prevents Lift-Arc™ for DC TIG arc starts allows TIG starting
operator confusion and reduces training time without the use of high frequency. This feature starts the
requirements. arc in DC at any amperage without contaminating the
Line voltage compensation keeps power source weld or the tungsten.
constant regardless of fluctuations in input power (±10%). Adaptive Hot Start™ for Stick arc starts
Other Models, Standard built-in preflow 0.2 – 5 seconds will purge the automatically increases the output
Including packages available... weld area prior to welding. Standard built-in postflow
0–50 seconds will protect the weld and tungsten when amperage at the start of a weld should the start require
Contact Awisco welding is completed. it. Prevents the electrode from sticking and creating an
Comes Complete With: Syncrowave 250 inclusion.
Help messages provide assistance to the operator
DX TigRunner® Package: Power Source about output status for machine circuitry. Optional built-in sequencer allows the operator to set
a start current that is higher or lower than the welding
Included, Cool Runner™ 3X, No. 32 Run- Optional built-in pulser provides a current. The final slope/ final amperage controls provide
ning Gear, Remote Foot Control, 45V11 heating and cooling effect on the weld puddle to reduce crater fill and tailout of the weld.
TIG Block, Factory Assembled. the heat input and distortion of the material. Selectable starts allows the operator to choose from
Processes: TIG (GTAW), Stick (SMAW), Dual digital meters allow for quick and easy viewing of three different starting conditions to optimize the
actual and preset values of amperage and voltage. application.
Pulsed TIG, (GTAW-P) (Optional)
Rated Output Power Factor 60 Hz Amps Input at AC Balance, Rated Load, 1-Phase Welding
Correction 200V 230V 460V 575V KVA KW Amp Range Max OCV Dimensions Weight
200 A, 28 VAC, 88 77 38 31 17.6 8.6 H: 36-1/4 in
60% Duty Cycle, Without 5 - 310 A 80 V
3.3 2.8 1.5 1.1 .59 .29
NEMA Class I (40) 60 52 26 21 12.06 8.11 (921 mm)
With 5 - 310 A 80 V W: 22-1/2 in 389 lb
55.3 49.5 24.5 19.6 11.2 .39
110 96 48 38 21.98 11.76 (572 mm) (176 kg)
Without 5 - 310 A 80 V
250 A, 30 VAC, 3.3 2.8 1.5 1.1 .59 .29
40% Duty Cycle, D: 25 in
82 71 35 28 16.32 11.81
NEMA Class II (40) With 5 - 310 A 80 V (635 mm)
55.3 49.5 24.5 19.6 11.2 1.93
SYNCROWAVE® 350 LX
• Squarewave output with AC balance control source constant regardless of fluctuations in in-
features adjustable penetration and cleaning ac- put power (±10%).
tion while increasing arc stability on various alu- • Built-in cable hangers on both sides conve-
minum alloys, and helps eliminate tungsten spit- niently fold out of power supply so weld cables
ting and arc rectification. can be stored to prevent torch or cable damage.
• Dual digital meters allow for quick and easy • Built-in consumable storage located on the
viewing of actual and preset values of amperage
front panel allows the operator to store and readily
and voltage.
• Last procedure recall automatically recalls the access the needed consumables to be more pro-
last procedure set-up when switching polarity. ductive.
• Built-in preflow/postflow provides 0 - 10 sec- • Optional Full-Feature Model adds start time/
onds of preflow and 0 - 50 seconds of postflow. spot time control, crater time control, sequence
• Line voltage compensation keeps power selection switch, and start/final current control
Comes Complete With: Syncrowave 350 LX TIGRunner® Package: Power source, Cool Runner™ 3X, No. 32
Running Gear, Remote foot control, 45V11 TIG block, Factory Assembled. Syncrowave 350 LX TIGRunner®
with Torch Package: Includes TIGRunner Package, 25 ft, 250 amp water-cooled DB20M25R Diamondback™
torch, Work clamp, 10 ft gas hose, Regulator/flowmeter, Cable cover, AK-4 accessory kit.
Power 50/60 Hz Amps Input at AC Balance, Rated Load, 1 Phase Welding
Factor Amp Max
Rated Output Correction 200 V 220 V 230 V 400 V 440 V 460 V 520 V 575 V KVA KW Range OCV Dimensions Weight
350 A, 34 VAC, Without 129 117 112 65 58 56 49 45 25.8 14.3 3-400 A 80 V H: 40 in 515 lb
40% Duty Cycle 5* 5* 4* 3* 2* 2* 2* 2* 1.2* 0.4* (1016 mm) (234 kg)
With 98 89 85 49 44 43 37 34 19.6 14.0 3-400 A 80 V W: 22-7/8 in
69* 63* 60* 35* 31* 30* 26* 24* 13.8 0.4* (581 mm)
300 A, 32 VAC, Without 150 137 131 75 68 66 57 53 30.5 17.7 3-400 A 80 V D: 25-1/4 in
60% Duty Cycle 5* 5* 4* 3* 2* 2* 2* 2* 1.2* 0.4* (641 mm)
With 118 107 103 59 53 52 45 41 23.6 17.7 3-400 A 80 V
69* 63* 60* 35* 31* 30* 26* 24 13.8* 0.4*
*While idling.

TIG W ELDING M ACHINES 67
DYNASTY® 200
Process: TIG (GTAW) Pulsed TIG, Stick (SMAW) the need for add-on voltage reducers.
• AC frequency control range of 20 - 250 Hz • Inverter-based, AC/DC power source has
provides control for a focused arc, resulting in state-of-the-art operator interface allowing the user
better directional control to help produce desired extra set-up capabilities in a compact machine.
arc/weld bead characteristics. Features more precise control of output param-
• Built-in pulser reduces heat input; adds arc eters.
stability. • HF arc starting provides non-contact arc start-
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only oper- ing that eliminates tungsten or material contami-
ates when needed. nation.
• Portable in the shop or at the job site - at 45 lb • Lift-Arc™ start provides TIG arc starting with-
the unit is easily moved from location to location. out use of high frequency.
• Superior TIG/Stick arc performance on all in- • Programmable HF start parameters allows the
put voltages. Even on the difficult-to-run electrodes operator to independently set HF starting condi-
like E6010. tions based upon process or application.
• Low OCV Stick is a simple design that reduces • Extended Balance Control range (30-90% EN)
open-circuit voltage to 13 volts when power source allows precise cleaning control and prolonged
is not in use. This built-in circuit design eliminates tungsten life.
Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at AC Balance, Rated Load, 1 Phase

Welding Input Rated Net
Amperage Circuit Dimensions
Mode Power Output 120 V 230 V 400 V 460 V KVA KW Weight
Range Voltage
TIG 3-Phase 200 A at 18 V, 120 VAC 80 VDC - 13.7 8.7 6.9 5.5 5.2
(GTAW) 20% Duty Cycle 1-150 A 5-10** - 0.16* 0.24* 0.25* 0.06* 0.03*
150 A at 16 V, 200-460 VAC - 9.4 6.0 4.7 3.8 3.6
60% Duty Cycle 1-200 A - 0.16* 0.24* 0.25* 0.06* 0.03* H: 13-1/2 in (343 mm)
Stick 1-Phase 150 A at 16 V, - 15.8 - 7.9 3.6 3.6 45 lb
W: 7-1/2 in (191 mm)
(SMAW) 60% Duty Cycle - 0.23* - 0.25* 0.05* 0.02* (20.5 kg)
D: 21-1/2 in (546 mm)
140 A at 15.6 V 31.0 - - - 3.6 3.5
40% Duty Cycle 0.42* - - - 0.05* 0.03*
100 A at 14 V, 20.7 - - - 2.3 2.3
100% Duty Cycle 0.42* - - - 0.05* 0.03*
*While idling. **Sense voltage for Stick and Lift-Arc™ TIG. Note: Duty cycle limitations on units with 115 V input power are due to the input power cord supplied with the unit.
DYNASTY® 300
Stock No. MIL 903841-01-1
Processes: TIG (GTAW), Pulsed TIG (GTAW- the power source.
P) with DX and LX models, Stick (SMAW) • HF arc starting provides non-contact arc
• AC frequency control range of 20 - 250 starting that eliminates tungsten or material
Hz provides control for a focused arc, result- contamination.
ing in better directional control to help pro- • Superior Arc Performance even on diffi-
duce desired arc/weld bead characteristics. cult to run electrodes like E6010.
• Programmable HF start parameters al- • Built-in pulser reduces heat input; adds
lows the operator to independently set HF arc stability (DX model only).
starting conditions based upon process and • Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system only op-
memory selection. erates when needed.
• Auto-Link® provides connection to 230 V • Memory recall stores up to 4 weld proce-
or 460 V single- or three-phase power with- dures per process (AC or DC TIG, Stick) (DX
out having to remove the covers and relink model only).
Comes Complete With: Power Source with Auxiliary Power Included Coolmate™ 3 Deluxe carrying cart/cylinder rack
Remote Foot Control Factory Assembled Dynasty 300 TIGRunner™ with Torch Package: Includes TIGRunner shown
above and 25 ft 250 amp, water-cooled DB20M25R Diamondback™ torch Work clamp 10 ft gas hose Regulator/
flowmeter Cable Cover AK-4 accessory kit
Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 60 Hz
Rated Output at
Input Amperage Circuit Dimensions Net Weight
40% Duty Cycle 230 V 460 V KVA KW
Power Range Voltage
Three- 250 A at 30 VAC 5 - 300 A 95 VDC 26.3 17 14.2 10.5 H: 17 in (432 mm) Without Aux. Power:
Phase 200 A at 28 VDC 20.5 13.4 8.39 7.7 W: 12 - 1/2 in (318 mm) 90 lb (41 kg)
Single- 250 A at 30 VAC 63 32.2 14.8 10.4 D: 24 in (610 mm) With Aux. Power:
Phase 200 A at 28 VDC 44 25.8 11.9 8.1 106 lb (48.1 kg)

68 TIG W ELDING M ACHINES
MAXSTAR® 200 STR

Process: TIG (GTAW), Pulsed TIG (GTAW- • Portable in shop or at job site - at 32 lb
P) with DX and LX models, Stick (SMAW) the Maxstar 200 STR is easily moved from
• Low OCV Stick is a simple design that re- location to location.
duces open-circuit voltage to 13 volts when • Adaptive Hot Start™ for Stick arc starts
power source is not in use. This built-in cir- automatically increases output amperage at
cuit design eliminates the need for add-on start of weld should the start require it. Pre-
voltage reducers. vents electrode from sticking and creating an
• Superior Stick arc performance on all in- inclusion.
put voltages. Even on the difficult to run elec- • Lift Arc™ start for TIG arc starts without
trodes like E6010. the use of high frequency.
Comes Complete with: Power source included (2) International-style connectors 35/50 are included.
Welding Input Rated Output Welding Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Output, 50/60 Hz Dimensions Weight
Mode Power Amperage Circuit Voltage 120V 200V 230V 400V 440V 460V KVA KW
Range
Stick 3-Phase 150 A at 26 V, 120 VAC, 80 VDC, - 14.7 13.1 7.4 6.6 6.4 5.2 5.0
(SMAW) 60% Duty Cycle 1-90 A 9-14 VDC - 0.16 0.16 0.24 0.24 0.25 0.06 0.03
1-Phase 150 A at 26 V, 200-460 VAC, - 24.9 21.7 - - - 5.0 5.0
60% Duty Cycle 1-200 A - 0.25 0.23 - - - 0.05 0.02
125 A at 25 V, 34.1 19.6 17.2 - - - 4.0 3.8
50% Duty Cycle 0.42 0.25 0.23 - - - 0.05 0.03 H: 9 in (229 mm)
90 A at 24 V, 25.0 - - - - - 4.0 3.8 13.7 lb
100% Duty Cycle 0.42 - - - - - 0.05 0.03 W: 5-1/2 in (140 mm)
TIG 3-Phase 175 A at 17 V, 120 VAC 80 VDC - 12.1 10.5 6.0 5.3 5.2 4.2 4.0 (6.2 kg)
D: 13-1/4 in (337 mm)
(GTAW) 60% Duty Cycle 1-140 A - 0.16 0.16 0.24 0.24 0.25 0.06 0.03
1-Phase 175 A at 17 V, 200-460 VAC - 19.9 17.4 - - - 4.0 4.0
60% Duty Cycle 1-200 A - 0.25 0.23 - - - 0.05 0.02
150 A at 16 V, 29.7 17.1 14.1 - - - 3.4 3.4
70% Duty Cycle 0.42 0.25 0.23 - - - 0.05 0.03
110 A at 15 V, 20.0 - - - - - 2.0 2.0
MAXSTAR® 300 SD / DX
Stock No. MIL 903836, 903836-01-2 & 903842-01-1
Process: TIG (GTAW), Pulsed TIG (GTAW- memory selection.

P) with DX and LX models Stick (SMAW) • Superior TIG/Stick arc performance on
• Auto-Link® provides connection to 230 V all input voltages. Even on the difficult to run
or 460 V single- or three-phase power with- electrodes like E6010.
out having to remove the covers and relink • HF arc starting provides non-contact arc
the power source. starting that eliminates tungsten or material
• Programmable HF start parameters al- contamination.
lows the operator to independently set HF • Lift-Arc™ start provides TIG arc starting
starting conditions based upon process and without the use of high frequency.
Comes Complete With: Maxstar 300 DX TIGRunner® : Maxstar 300 DX w/auxilary power Coolmate™ 3
Deluxe carrying cart/cylinder rack International TIG torch adapter Remote foot control.
Maxstar 300 DX TIGRunner® with Torch: 25 ft 250 amp, water-cooled DB20M25R Diamondback™ torch
Work clamp 10 ft gas hose Regulator/flowmeter Cable cover AK-4 accessory kit
Model Stock No. Features

Maxstar 300SD 903836 Basic Controls, 230/460 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Maxstar 300DX 903836-01-2 Full feature Controls 230/460 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Full feature controls w/TIGRunner® and 250 A torch package
Maxstar 300DX 903842-01-1
Max. Open- Amps input at Rated Output, 60 Hz

Input Rated Output at Welding Amperage
Circuit Dimensions Net Weight
Power 60% Duty Cycle Range 230 V 460 V KVA KW
Voltage
Three- 250 A at 30 VDC 25.4 16.2 12.8 8.8 Without Aux. Power:
Phase H: 17 in (432 mm) 85 lb (39 kg)
200 A at 28 VDC 5 - 300 A 95 VDC W: 12 - 1/2 in (318 mm)
Single- 40.2 — 9.3 6.8 With Aux. Power:
D: 24 in (610 mm)
Phase 100 lb (45 kg)

TIG T ORCHES AND A CCESSORIES 69
The following illustrations show typical TIG torch hook-up connections for both water cooled and air cooled torches.
Awisco has all of the components necessary to complete your hook up.
Water Cooled TIG Torch-Water Circulator
Water Cooled TIG Torch-City Water Supply
Order The Tig Welding Basics Book

Item No. 324-0010
An all inclusive study of the fundamentals of this widely used process as well as concise and practical information on
techniques used to produce a good weld. This is a well illustrated comprehensive text that contains a wide range of informa-
tion on closely related subjects such as joint design, weld symbols, weld defects, troubleshooting, and safety. An in depth
glossary is included as well as numerous tables to aid in selecting parameters. 84 pages (perfect bound) - 8 1/2" x 11"

70 TIG T ORCHES AND A CCESSORIES
Air Cooled TIG Torch - Machine Gas Valve - 1 PC. Power Cable
Air Cooled TIG Torch - Torch Gas Valve - 1 PC. Power Cable
Air Cooled TIG Torch - Torch Gas Valve - 2 PC. Power Cable

TIG-9, TIG-9V TIG-17 & TIG-17V

& TIG 9P 150 AMPS AIR COOLED
The “V” denotes Fingertip Gas Control
125 AMPS AIR COOLED Valve in the Head.
Versatile, Lightweight For Thin
High Capacity For Thin to Medium Gauge
Gauge Materials
Materials
Quick-release Tugsten adjustment. Op-
Compact and durable for field welding appli-
tional 2 pc. power cable assembly on
cations. Ribbed handle for comfort and cool
TIG-9. TIG 9P. Shown TIG-9V operation. Finger-tip gas control valve on TIG-
2 pc. power cable and ribbed handle are 17V model and heavy duty 2 pc. Power cable
The “V” denotes Fingertip Gas
standard on TIG-9V torch packages. is supplied as standard equipment.
Control Valve in the Head.
Parts interchange with TIG-20, TIG-20P The “P” Model is a 180° degree Parts interchange with TIG-18, TIG-26 and
SPECIFICATIONS Pencil Style straight torch. TIG-26V Models. Shown TIG-17V
TIG-9 TIG-9P SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 125 Amps Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 150 Amps
Weight (less power cable) 3 oz. Weight (less power cable) 6 oz.
Torch length 7” 6 1/2 Torch length 7 1/2”
ORDERING INFORMATION ORDERING INFORMATION

Model Description
Model Description
TIG- 17 Torch Body with insulating gasket.
TIG-9 TIG-9P Torch Body with insulating gasket.
TIG-17VH Torch Body: with valve in head
TIG-9-12 TIG-9P-12 Torch Package: Torch body, handle,
TIG-17-12 TIG-17V-12 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, medium back cap,
medium back cap, 12 1/2” power cable. 12-1/2 ft power cable.
TIG-9V-12 TIG-9PV-12 Above package: with gas valve ‘V’ Model is the same, except it has the valve in the head.
TIG-9-25 TIG-9P-25 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, TIG-17-25 TIG-25V-12 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, medium back cap,
medium back cap, 25” power cable. 25 ft power cable.
TIG-9V-25 TIG-9PV-25 Above package: with gas valve ‘V’ Model is the same, except it has the valve in the head.
TIG-9P torch does not use back caps. Power cable adapter must be ordered separately. Two-piece power cable assembly is standard equipment on TIG-17 and TIG-17V torch
Two-piece power cable assembly optional. Power cable adapter not needed with two- packages. Power cable adapter is not needed with two-piece power cable. Conventional
piece power cable. one-piece power cable is optional.
Awisco can supply this series with a Phenolic Body or a Flex Body... Awisco can supply this series with a Phenolic Body or a Flex Body...
For a Flex Body please specify when ordering. For a Flex Body please specify when ordering.
Order Accessory Kit: TIG 9, TIG 9V, TIG AK-1, TIG 9P, TIG Order Accessory Kit: TIG AK-2
9PV,TIG AK -1A
TIG-26 & TIG-26V TIG-20

200 AMPS AIR COOLED 250 AMPS WATER COOLED
The “V” denotes Fingertip Gas Control
Valve in the Head.
Maximum Capacity Air Cooled Torch For
Continuous Heavy Duty Use.
Heavy copper construction for rugged field
work. Heavy duty 2 pc. power cable and
ribbed handle are standard equipment. Lightweight, Small Durable Torch
Parts interchange with TIG-18, TIG-17 and
Compact and well-balanced for general duty
TIG-17V Models. Shown TIG-26V
SPECIFICATIONS use. Efficient around -the- head cooling for
Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 200 Amps trouble free performance and long life.
Weight (less power cable) 10 oz. Parts interchange with TIG-9 and TIG9P.
Torch length 6 1/2”
ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS

Model Description Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 250 Amps
TIG-26 Torch Body with insulating gasket. Weight (less hoses) 3 oz.
TIG-26VH Torch Body: with valve in body Torch length 7”
TIG-26-12 TIG-26VH-12 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, medium back cap,
12-1/2 ft power cable. ORDERING INFORMATION
‘V’ Model is the same, except it has the valve in the head. Model Description
TIG-26-25 TIG-26VH-25 Torch Package: Torch body, handle, medium back cap, TIG-20 Torch Body with insulating gasket.
25” ft power cable. TIG-20-12 Torch Package: Torch body, medium back
‘V’ Model is the same, except it has the valve in the head. cap, handle 12 1/2” power cable & hoses.
Two-piece power cable is standard equipment on TIG-26 and TIG-26V torch package. TIG-20-25 Torch Package: Torch body, medium back
Power cable adapter is not needed. Conventional one-piece power cable is optional. cap, handle 25” power cable hoses.
Order Accessory Kit: TIG AK-3 Order Accessory Kit: TIG-20, TIG AK-4

72 TIG T ORCHES AND A CCESSORIES
TIG-18 350 AMPS WATER COOLED

Work Horse Torch For Continuous Duty TIG-18: Heavy-duty
rugged production torch for continuous duty to 350 amps.
Parts interchange with TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-26 and TIG-26V.
SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity (Max) (ac, dcap) 350 Amps
Weight (less hoses) TIG-18 7 oz.
Torch length 9 1/4”
ORDERING INFORMATION
Model Description
TIG-18 Torch Body with insulating gasket.
TIG-18-12 Torch Package: Torch body, long back
cap, handle 12 1/2” power cable & hoses.
Torch Package: Torch body, long back Power cable adapter must be ordered separately.
TIG-18-25
cap, 25” power cable & hoses. Order Accessory Kit: TIG AK-3
Alumina and Lava Nozzles

Alumina Nozzles, made from high strength alumina materials, have Lava Nozzles, made from Grade “A” lava materials, are less shock- and
very good electrical insulating properties; exceptionally high impact re- heat-resistant than alumina nozzles but will give good service for general
sistance, heat resistance and thermal conductivity; and resist splatter applications. They also perform well in confined areas where excessive
built-up. They are recommended for most welding operations except for heat is reflected back into the nozzle. Care must be taken in handling the
use in confined areas. more fragile lava nozzles.
NOTE: LAVA, AND ALUMINA NOZZLES ARE PACKED 10 NOZZLES PER BOX.
ALUMINA NOZZLES LAVA NOZZLES
Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice
Inches mm Inches mm
1-27/32” TIG-10N50 4 1/4” 6 1-27/32” TIG-105Z43 4 1/4” 6
TIG-10N49 5 5/16” 8 TIG-105Z42 5 5/16” 8
TIG-10N48 6 3/8” 10 TIG-105Z44 6 3/8” 10
TIG-10N47 7 7/16” 11 TIG-105Z45 7 7/16” 11
TIG-10N46 8 1/2” 12.5 TIG-08N78 8 1/2” 12.5
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18,
TIG-26, and TIG-26V TIG-10N45 10 5/8” 16 TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-08N79 10 5/8” 16
TIG-10N44 12 3/4” 19 TIG-26, and TIG-26V TIG-08N80 12 3/4” 19
1-5/32” TIG-13N08 4 1/4” 6 1-5/32” TIG-13N14 4 1/4” 6
TIG-13N09 5 5/16” 8 TIG-13N15 5 5/16” 8
TIG-13N10 6 3/8” 10 TIG-13N16 6 3/8” 10
TIG-13N11 7 7/16” 11 TIG-13N17 7 7/16” 11
TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P TIG-13N12 8 1/2” 12.5 TIG-9,TIG-9V, TIG-9P and TIG-13N18 8 1/2” 12.5
and TIG-20 TIG-13N13 10 5/8” 16 TIG-20 TIG-13N19 10 5/8” 16
LONG ALUMINA NOZZLES LONG LAVA NOZZLES
Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice
Inches mm Inches mm
3” TIG-10N49L 5L 5/16” 8 3-7/32” TIG-12N03 4L 1/4” 6
TIG-10N48L 6L 3/8” 10 TIG-105Z60 5L 5/16” 8
TIG-10N47L 7L 7/16” 11 TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-10N02 6L 3/8” 10
TIG-54N17L 5L 5/16” 8 TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-105Z61 7L 7/16” 11
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-54N16L 6L 3/8” 10
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-54N15L 7L 7/16 11 ACCESSORY KITS
ALUMINA GAS LENS NOZZLES (ALSO ORDER INSULATOR) TIG AK-1, TIG-9 TIG AK-3, TIG-18, TIG-18V,
Torch Length Part. No. Size Orifice
1. Long Back Cap TIG-26, TIG-26V
Inches mm 2. Collets .040”, 1/16” 1. Short Back Cap
1-5/8” TIG-54N18 4 1/4” 6 2. Collet Bodies .040”, 1/16” 2. Collets 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8”
TIG-54N17 5 5/16” 8 3. Al Nozzles 4,5,6 2. Collet Bodies 1/16”, 3/32”,
TIG-54N16 6 3/8” 10 2. Tungsten Electrodes 2% .040”, 1/8”
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-54N15 7 7/16” 11 1/16” x 7” 3. Al Nozzles 5,6,8
TIG-18V, TIG-26 TIG-54N14 8 1/2” 12.5 2. Tungsten Electrodes 2% 1/
TIG AK-1A, TIG-9P
and TIG-26V 1-1/8” TIG-54N19 Short 11/16” 17 As TIG AK-1 less long Back Cap 16”,3/32”, 1/8” x 7”
1” TIG-53N58 4 1/4” 6
TIG-53N59 5 5/16” 8 TIG AK-1, TIG-9 TIG AK-4, TIG-20
TIG-53N60 6 3/8” 10 1. Short Back Cap 1. Long Back Cap
TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P and
TIG-20 TIG-53N61 7 7/16” 11 3. Collets .040”, 1/16”, 3/32” 2. Collets 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8”
1-7/8” TIG-57N75 6 3/8” 10 2. Collet Bodies .040”, 1/16”, 3/ 2. Collet Bodies 1/16”, 3/32”,
TIG-57N74 8 1/2” 12.5 32” 1/8”
TIG-57N88 10 5/8” 16 3. Al Nozzles 4,5,6 3. Al Nozzles 5,6,7
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-57N87 12 3/4” 19 2. Tungsten Electrodes 2% 2. Tungsten Electrodes 2% 1/
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-57N89 Short 15/16” 24 .040”, 1/16”, 3/32” x 7” 16”,3/32”, 1/8”

ACCESSORIES • SPARE PARTS GAS LENS COLLET BODIES

Accessories such as Collets, Collet bodies, different length back The gas lens virtually eliminates turbulence in the gas shield-
caps , gas lens collet bodies and nozzles, must be ordered to ing stream as it emerges from the nozzle. The result is better
complete the torch package. shielding patterns; also the long stable stream allows the elec-
These accessories may be ordered in convenient accessory kits trode to be extended farther beyond the end of the nozzle for
as shown on the previous page or you can order individual items improved visibility of the weld zone.
as shown below.
COLLETS
Torch Part. No. Size Torch Part. No. Size
Inches mm Inches mm
TIG-13N20 .020 0.5 TIG-45V41 .020 0.5
TIG-13N21 .040 1.0 TIG-45V42 .040 1.0
TIG-45V43 1/16 1.6
TIG-13N22 1/16 1.6
TIG-45V44 3/32 2.4
TIG-13N23 3/32 2.4 TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P and TIG-20 TIG-45V45 1/8 3.2
TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P, and
TIG-20 TIG-13N24 1/8 3.2 TIG-45V29 .020 0.5
TIG-10N21 .020 0.5 TIG-45V30 .040 1.0
TIG-10N22 .040 1.0 TIG-45V25 1/16 1.6
TIG-10N23 1/16 1.6 TIG-45V26 3/32 2.4
TIG-17, TIG-17V, and TIG-18, TIG-45V27 1/8 3.2
TIG-10N24 3/32 2.4
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-45V28 5/32 4.0
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-10N25 1/8 3.2 TIG-45V0204 .020 - .040 0.5 - 1.0
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-54N20 5/32 4.0 TIG-45V116 1/16 1.6
TIG-45V64 3/32 2.4
COLLET BODIES TIG-17, TIG-17V, and TIG-18, TIG-995795 1/8 3.2
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-45V63 5/32 4.0
Torch Part. No. Size
Inches mm INSULATORS
TIG-13N25 .020 0.5 Torch Part. No.
TIG-13N26 .040 1.0
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-26, TIG-26V, Gas Lens TIG-54N01
TIG-13N27 1/16 1.6
Large Diameter Gas Lens (use on above torches) TIG-54N63
TIG-9, TIG-9V, TIG-9P TIG-13N28 3/32 2.4 TIG-9, TIG-9P, TIG-20, TIG-26V (supplied on torch body) TIG-598882
and TIG-20 TIG-13N29 1/8 3.2
BACK CAPS
TIG-10N29 .020 0.5
Torch Part. No. Size
TIG-10N30 .040 1.0
TIG-10N31 TIG-41V33 Short
1/16 1.6
TIG-9, TIG-20 TIG-41V35 Medium
TIG-10N32 3/32 2.4
TIG-41V24 Long
TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18, TIG-10N28 1/8 3.2 TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-18 TIG-57Y02 Long
TIG-26 and TIG-26V TIG-406488 5/32 4.0 TIG-26, TIG-26V TIG-57Y04 Short
Replacement Hose and Cable Assemblies

SERIES 9 & SERIES 17 TORCH SERIES 26 TORCH
Description Stock No. Size Description Stock No. Size
Rubber Power Cable TIG 57Y01R 12-1/2 ft. Rubber Power Cable TIG 46V28R 12-1/2 ft.
Rubber Power Cable TIG 57Y03-R 25 ft Rubber Power Cable TIG 46V30R 25 ft
2 piece Power Cable TIG 57Y01-2 12-1/2 ft. Gas Hose TIG 40V75 12-1/2 ft.
2 piece Power Cable TIG 57Y03-2 25 ft Gas Hose TIG 41V30 25 ft
Gas Hose TIG 45V09 12-1/2 ft.
Cable assemblies provide many features that will enhance your robotic
Gas Hose TWE 45V10 25 ft
welding application.
SERIES 18 TORCH
Description Stock No. Size Power Cable Adaptors
Power Cable TIG 40V64 12-1/2 ft.
Power Cable TIG 41V29 25 ft Stock No. Stock No. Stock No.
Water Hose TIG 40V74 12-1/2 ft. TIG105Z57 TIG45V11 TIG45V62
Water Hose TIG41V32 25 ft
Gas Hose TIG 40V75 12-1/2 ft.
Gas Hose TIG 41V30 25 ft
SERIES 20 TORCH
Description Stock No. Size
Power Cable TIG 45V03 12-1/2 ft.
Power Cable TIG 45V04 25 ft
Water Hose TIG 45V07 12-1/2 ft.
Water Hose TIG 45V08 25 ft
Used with the series Used with the series Used with the series
Gas Hose TIG45V09 12-1/2 ft.
Gas Hose TIG 45V10 25 ft 9 & 17 Torch 18 & 24 Torch 20 & 26 Torch

74 TIG A CCESSORIES
Tungsten Electrodes
2% THORIATED RED ZIRCONIATED BROWN
2% Thoriated Tungsten contains a nominal 2 wt-% (ZIRTUNG)
or thorium oxide (thO2) that is evenly dispersed
throughout the entire length of the Tungsten. The
most common type of Tungsten used today. Pro-
vides excellent resistance from weld pool contami-
nation while at the same time offers the welder
easier arc starting capabilities and a more stable
arc. Generally used for DC Electrode negative or
straight polarity applications such as carbon & stain- Zirconiated Tungsten is excellent for AC welding due to favorable
less steels, nickel alloys and titanium. retention of balled end, high resistance to contamination, and good
Stock No. Size
arc starting. Preferred when Tungsten contamination of weld
TUN 2-1/16X7G 1/16 x 7” is intolerable.
TUN 2-3/32X7G 3/32 x 7” Stock No. Size
TUN 2-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7” TUN Z-1/16X7G 1/16 x 7”
TUN 2-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7” TUN Z-3/32X7G 3/32 x 7”
TUN Z-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7”
TUN Z-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7”
1.5% LANTHANATED GOLD

1.5% Lanthanated or “rare earth” Tungsten con-
tains a nominal 1.5% Lanthanum oxide (LaO3).
PURE TUNGSTEN GREEN
This type of Tungsten is very similar to ceriated
as it too is a non-radioactive material. Lanthanated Pure Tungsten contains a minimum of 99.5wt-%
electrodes operate at a slightly different arc volt- Tungsten with no other alloying elements. This al-
age than Thoriated or Ceriated electrodes. Were lows the tip to form a clean, balled end which pro-
developed around the same time as Ceriated vides good arc stability on AC. Pure can be used
Tungsten to help combat the increasing aware- with DC but does not compare with Thoriated or
ness of the radioactivity of Thoriated Tungsten. Ceriated as far as ease of arc starting. More sus-
Generally used to weld carbon & stainless steel, ceptible to weld contamination than
nickel alloys and titanium. Thoriated. Ceriated or Lanthanated. Usually the least
Stock No. Size
TUN L-1/16X7G 1/16 x 7”
expensive of all Tungsten, Pure Tungsten is gener-
TUN L-3/32X7G 3/32 x 7” ally used in the welding of aluminum and
TUN L-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7” magnesium alloy (AC).
TUN L-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7”
Stock No. Size
TUN P-1/16X7G 1/16 x 7”
TUN P-3/32X7G 3/32 x 7”
2% CERIATED ORANGE
TUN P-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7”
TUN P-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7”
2% Ceriated tungsten contains a nominal

2wt-% of cerium oxide (CeO2). Ceriated is
different from Thoriated as it is not a radio-
active material. Ceriated Tungsten also TIG (GTAW) Welding Process
tends to last longer than Thoriated and can
be used proficiently with AC or DC. In
manual applications the Ceriated Tungsten • Provides highest quality and most
will provide slightly different electrical char- precise welds
acteristics than the Thoriated Tungsten but
generally no difference will be seen by the
operator. Generally used to weld carbon and
• Highly aesthetic weld beads
stainless steel, nickel alloy and Titanium.
Stock No. Size
• allows adjustment of heat input while
TUN C-1/16X7G
TUN C-3/32X7G
1/16 x 7”
3/32 x 7”
welding by use of a remote control
TUN C-1/8X7G 1/8 x 7”
TUN C-5/32X7G 5/32 x 7”
Awisco can also supply all of your other TIG equipment, such as Shielding Gases,
Flowmeters, Tig welding wires for all metals, such as Stainless, Aluminum and Steel.
Give us a call, we can help...

TIG A CCESSORIES 75
POWER CABLE ADAPTER NOVATEX

Power cable adapters are not supplied with the torch packages. Cable Cover
This avoids cost of duplicate adapters if the new torch is pur-
chased as a replacement. Order adapters separately if needed.
Torch Adapter • 3” wide
• Protection to 90° F
TIG-18, TIG-20 TIG-45V11
• Nylon zipper
TIG-9, TIG-9P, TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-105Z57
TIG-26, TIG-26V TIG-45V62 Stock No. Size
Note: TIG-9V, TIG-17, TIG-17V, TIG-26, TIG-26V Torch packages TIG CC-10 10 ft.
are supplied with two piece power cable assembly . Adapters are TIG CC-20 12 ft.
required with optional one piece power cable assembly only. TIG CC-24 24 ft.
TIG WELDING CD ROM TIG WATER HOSE

Contact Awisco. ASSEMBLIES
This CD is for anyone who’s looking for a better understanding of the TIG
process. Easy to understand instruction. Proven teaching steps. Expert ad-
vice. All these factors help to create a more effective academic approach to Stock No. Description
training. Specific subject areas covered are: system components, process Single black water hose 10 ft.
fundamentals, electrical theory, safety and power source operation. OKI RH-15WH-10
length complete with fittings.
OKI RH-15WH-25 Single black water hose 25 ft.
length complete with fittings.
TIG CALCULATOR Quick Connect Systems

Stock No. 324-0935
For Use with Power Sources that have Dinse Style Connectors
TIG 2538
When you need an answer “right now” about parameters for welding, noth-
ing is faster than Miller calculators. Calculators cover all the bases, and tune
you into the thickness of material being welded.
Calculators are handy references for weld para-meters, electrode/wire type, Stock No. TIG 2538
basic techniques, and process information for TIG, Stick or MIG. 25 mm Dinse Connector with 6 ft
gas supply hose for air cooled
TIG Gloves model 9V and 17V torches with one
TILLMAN™
piece power cable... (Gas connec-
MODEL 24CL tion to flowmeter) used on the fol-
lowing machines: Esab Miniarc 90,
Tig Gloves 140 & 150, Miller Maxstar 140,
Stock No. TIL 24CL Thermadyne P-Wee 130.
Kidskin, 4” cuff. Sewn with DINSE ADAPTER

35MM W/HOSE
Kevlar®. Size: Large.

MODEL 25A TILLMAN™ 35 mm connector with 6 ft gas
supply hose for air cooled model
Tig Gloves 9V and 17V torches with one piece
Stock Nos. power cable... (Gas connection to flowmeter) used on the
following machines : Esab Model 161, Lincoln Invertec V275 & V350,
Miller Dynasty 200 & 300, Maxstar 150, 200 & 300, Thermadyne Pro
TIL 25AM (Medium) Plus 400, Pro Wave 185, 300 & 400.
TIL 25AL (Large)
TIL 25AXL (Extra Large)
Pearl Deerskin, 2” cuff.
DINSE ADAPTER
35MM W/HOSE
MODEL 25B TILLMAN™ Stock No. MIL 194722
Stock Nos.
TIL 25BM (Medium) 35 mm gas thru connector for
TIL 25BL (Large) air cooled model 9 & 17
TIL 25BXL (Extra Large) torches with one piece power cable used on the following machines:
Pearl Deerskin, 4” cuff. Sewn Lincoln Onvertec V180 & V205, Squarewave 175 & 275, Miller
with Kevlar®. Econotig and Syncrowave180.

76 M ULTI P ROCESS / M ULTI O PERATOR
Why Multiprocess?
When a workstation needs to accommodate multiple welding processes, why tolerate a workstation cluttered with two
or three ancient, inefficient power sources when a single multiprocess welder makes better sense? These machines
can do it all: Stick/TIG/MIG/Flux Cored/Gouging, as well as pulsed MIG and TIG with optional controls. Modern multiprocess
units make money fast because they’re energy efficient, save space, provide better weld quality through line voltage
compensation, lower maintenance costs and are covered by a three-year warranty. Plus they have superior arc perfor-
mance so they’re a pleasure to use.
XMT ®
SERIES
300 AMP CC OR CC/CV
208-230/460 VAC with Auto-Link® CC/CV Model
MIL 903474 208-230/460 VAC with Auto-Link® CC Model
Processes: MIG (GMAW)/Pulsed MIG (GMAW-P), Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW)/

Pulsed, TIG (GTAW-P), Flux Cored (FCAW), Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A), Cutting and
Gouging
• Wind Tunnel Technology™ protects electrical components and PC boards from
contamination.
XMT 456 XMT 304
• Fan-On-Demand™ cooling system operates only when needed, reducing
CC/CV
noise, energy use and the amount of contaminants pulled through
machine.
• Lift-Arc™ allows TIG starting without the use of high-frequency.
Starts the arc without contaminating the weld with tungsten.
• Adaptive Hot Start™ increases the output amperage at the start
of a weld if necessary, eliminating electrode sticking.
• Inverter arc control technology provides greater puddle control
for superior 6010 Stick electrode performance.
• Line voltage compensation keeps power constant even if power
input varies by ±10%.
• Process selector switch reduces the number of control setup
combinations without reducing any features.
• Large, dual digital meters are easy to view and are presettable to ease setting
Model XMT 456 & 450 Amp weld output.
Available... Contact Awisco • Pulsed MIG capabilities with optional Optima control reduces spatter and
distortion, allows better out-of-position puddle control, and provides potential
Input Power: reduction of fume particle emission.
304: Requires 3- or 1-Phase Power • Lightweight, aerospace-grade aluminum case offers protection with the benefit
456: Requires 3-Phase Power of reduced weight.
Output Power Range:
304: 10 – 35 V, 5 – 400 A (3-Phase) XMT 304 only
10 – 35 V, 5 – 400 A (1-Phase) Auto-Link®
456: 10 – 38 V, 5 – 600 A (3-Phase) circuit automatically links the power source to primary voltage being applied (230/460 or 460/575
Weight: VAC, single- or three-phase).
304: Net: 76 lb (34.5 kg) Ultra-tough, polycarbonate blended cover for control panel protects front controls from damage.
Ship: 85 lb (38.6 kg) International-style Dinse weld disconnects provide high-quality weld cable connections. (Two
456: Net: 118 lb (53.5 kg) connectors supplied with each unit.)
Ship: 129 lb (58.5 kg)
Model Input Rated Output Voltage Amperade Max. Open- Dimensions Weight
Stock Power at 60% Range in Range in Circuit Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 60 Hz,
No. Duty Cycle CV Mode CC Mode Voltage 208 V 230 V 400 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
XMT Three- 300 A at – 5-400 A 90 VDC 33.7 30.5 17 18.9 15.2 12.2 11.6 H: 17 in (432 mm) Net: 76 lb
304 CC Phase 32 VDC W: 12-1/2 in (318 mm) (34.5 kg)
903474 Single- 225 A at – 5-400 A 90 VDC 52.4 47.4 – 24.5 – 11.3 7.6 D: 24 in (610 mm) Ship: 85 lb
Phase 29 VDC (38.6 kg)
XMT Three- 300 A at 10-35 V 5-400 A 90 VDC 33.7 30.5 17 18.9 15.2 12.2 11.6
304 Phase 32 VDC
CC/CV Single- 225 A at 10-35 V 5-400 A 90 VDC 52.4 47.4 – 24.5 – 11.3 7.6
903471 Phase 29 VDC

M ULTI P ROCESS / M ULTI O PERATOR 77
INVERTER RACK
Stock No. MIL 043562 230/460 VAC
MIL 043599 460/575 VAC
Processes: MIG (GMAW)/Pulsed MIG (GMAW-P), Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW)/Pulsed

TIG (GTAW-P), Flux Cored (FCAW), Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A), Cutting and Gouging.
• One easy connection allows up to six inverters to be connected with one primary
power drop.
• Circuit breakers (230/460 Rack) or fuses (460/575 Rack) provide primary power line
protection for each inverter power supply.
• Two lifting eyes provide easy transportation of the system with a crane or overhead
lifting device.
• Isolated work terminal provides a convenient connection point for common work
piece construction.
• Rugged steel skids stand up to the rugged construction environment.
Pictured with machines in place

Power Source Input Power Required Welding Rack Capacity Dimensions Weight
Used to Rack Power Source
XMT 304 230 or 460 VAC, XMT or Invision 354 MP with 1-6 welding H: 59-3/8 in (1508 mm) Empty Rack:
60 Hz, Three-Phase 230 or 460 V Input Power Power Sources W: 43 in (1092 mm) 256 lb
or Invision
460 or 575 VAC, XMT or Invision 354 MP with D: 34-3/8 in (116 kg)
354 MP 60 Hz, Three-Phase 460 or 575 V Input Power (873 mm)
Note: The Invision 354 MP Machine Is Not Included In The Awisco Catalog, For Additional Info.... Visit Miller Website at
www.millerwelds.com or Call Awisco For a Specification Sheet.
CST ®
280 AND MAXSTAR
Stock No.: CST 280 Rack: MIL 907245
®
200 RACKS
MIL 907247 Tweco-Style, Dinse-Style
Empty Rack: MIL 195051
Processes: Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW), Air Carbon Arc, Cutting and Gouging (CA-A)
(Maxstar 200: 1/8 in carbons), (Paralleled CST: CST-280s: 5/16 in carbons)
• Light Weight and small footprint for easy transportation. The low weight enables the
use of elevators to move the rack.
• Top Cover protects machines from falling debris.
• Lifting eye simplifies transportation using crane or overhead lifting device.
• Lift truck side and end fork pockets.
• One main disconnect box with fused circuit breaker switches for each machine.
• Common output ground connection (for same polarity use only).
• Optional dual rack kit connects two CST racks to form an 8 pack rack, utilizing one
input power cable and one lift.
• Optional rack running gear available for transporting the rack.
Rugged enclosure provides simple means for protecting and transporting multiple weld-
Pictured with machines in place ing power sources for construction, maintenance/repair and shipbuilding applications.
Input Power
Model / Stock No. Welding Power Source Rack Capacity Dimensions Weight
to Rack
CST 280 Rack
220-230/460-575 V, Four CST 280s linked for 460-575 V with H: 50-3/4 in (1289 mm)
MIL 907245 Tweco®-style 4 units,
60 Hz, Three-Phase Tweco- or Dinse-style connectors. 340 lb (155 kg)
MIL 907247 Dinse-style 8 units with W: 25 1/2 in (648 mm) 180 lb (82 kg)
Empty Rack 230 or 460 V, 60 Hz, Any combination of four Maxstars (STR, SD or DX). dual rack kit
D: 26 1/2 in (673 mm)
MIL 195051 Three-Phase

78 M ULTI P ROCESS / M ULTI O PERATOR
XMT® 350 CC/CV 208-575 VAC WITH AUTO-LINE

Processes: MIG (GMAW), Pulsed MIG • Lightweight, aerospace-grade aluminum

(GMAW-P), Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW), case offers protection with the benefit of
Pulsed TIG (GTAW-P), Flux Cored (FCAW), reduced weight.
Air Carbon Arc Cutting and Gouging (CAC-A). • Inverter arc control technology provides
• Wind Tunnel Technology™ protects greater puddle control for superior 6010 Stick
electrical components and PC boards from electrode performance.
contamination. • Line Voltage compensation keeps power
• Fan on Demand™ cooling system constant even if power input varies by + 10%.
operates only when needed, reducing noise, • Process selector switch reduces the
energy use and the amount of contaminants number of control setup combinations
pulled through machine. without reducing any features.
• Lift Arc™ allows TIG starting without the • Large, dual digital meters are easy to
use of high-frequency. Starts the arc without view and are presettable to ease setting weld
contaminating the weld with tungsten. output.
• Adaptive Hot Start™ increases the output • Pulsed MIG capabilities with optional
amperage at the start of a weld if necessary, Optima Control reduces spatter and
eliminating electrode sticking. distortion, allows better out-of-position
• XMT 350 provides more welding output puddle control, and provides potential
with superior electrical efficiency and an reduction of fume particle emission.
amazing .95 power factor.
Voltage Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 60 Hz
Input Rated Output at
Range in Range in Circuit Dimensions Weight
Power 60% Duty Cycle 208 V 230 V 400 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW
CV Mode CC Mode Voltage
3-Phase 350 A at 34 VDC 10-38 V 5-425 A 75 VDC 40.4 36.1 20.6 17.8 14.1 14.2 13.6 H: 17 in (432 mm) 80 lb
W: 12-1/2 in (318 mm)
1-Phase 300 A at 32 VDC 10-38 V 5-425 A 75 VDC 60.8 54.6 29.7 24.5 19.9 11.7 11.2 D: 24 in (610 mm) (36.3 kg)
DIMENSION™ SERIES 200-208/230/460 V, 60 HZ

Stock No. 903254
• DC multiprocess capability provides versatility • 14-pin receptacle provides quick, direct
and outstanding arc performance in CV (MIG) and connection to Miller 14-pin wire feeders and
CC (Stick, TIG). accessories.
• Internal digital voltage control (DVC) enables • 115 V duplex receptacle provides 15 amps of
operator to preset weld voltage in the CV mode auxiliary power.
before striking an arc. • Remote on/off capabilities allow operator to
• Built-in arc control lets you get in tight without turn power source on/off from a distance.
sticking the electrode. An electrode compensation • Remote voltage control allows operator to
circuit ensures consistent arc control performance change voltage from feeder.
regardless of the electrode size. • Power efficient for exceptional value and return
• Hot Start™ makes it easier to start difficult-to on your investment.
start Stick electrodes such as E-6010 and E-7018. • Fan-On-Demand™ operates only when needed
• Line voltage compensation ensures consistent reducing noise, power consumption, and the
weld performance by keeping output power amount of airborne contaminants pulled through
constant even if primary input power varies by the machine.
±10%. • Enclosed circuit boards provide additional
• Simple control panel features single range protection from contaminants resulting in longer
Other Amperages Available amperage/voltage adjustment. Provides easy, service life.
Contact Awisco... efficient operation. • PC board protection prevents the wire feeder
• Digital voltmeter and ammeter are easy to power or other stray voltages (less than 115 VAC)
Processes: MIG (GMAW), Stick (SMAW), read, even at 30 ft (9.2 m). from harming the power source PC board.
TIG (GTAW), Flux Cored (FCAW), Air Carbon • Thermal overload protection light indicates • Power cord strain relief provided for your
Arc (CAC-A), Cutting and Gouging, power shutdown. Helps prevent machine damage convenience at installation.
Submerged Arc (SAW) if the duty cycle is exceeded or airflow is blocked.
Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 50/60 Hz
Rated Output Amperage Voltage Circuit Dimensions Net
Range Voltage 200V 230V 380V 400V 440V 460V 520V 575V KVA KW Weight
H: 30 in (762 mm) Including lift eye
65 VDC 424 lb
450 A at 38 VDC, 20-565 A in CC mode 91 79 48 46 41 39 34 31 31.4 22 W: 23 in (585 mm)
100% Duty Cycle D: 38 in (966 mm)
10-38 V in CV mode 104 90 52.5 51 46 45 38 36 35.3 22.3 Including strain relief (192 kg)

M ULTI P ROCESS / M ULTI O PERATOR 79
MARK VI™ 230/460/575 V, 60HZ

Stock No. 903512
• Multiple capabilities CC or CC/CV. Versatility • Adjustable arc control lets you get in tight
and outstanding arc welding performances in both without sticking the electrode. An electrode
CV (MIG) and CC (TIG and Stick). The CC/CV compensation circuit ensures arc control
module has a high quality arc for welding with performance regardless of the electrode size.
cored wires. Miller does not recommend that the • Hot Start™ makes it easy to start difficult-
CC/CV module be used for short circuit transfer start Stick electrodes, such as E-6010 and E-
MIG welding. 7018.
• Rugged and durable enclosure steel frame • Line voltage compensation keeps output
protects system. power constant even if primary input power
• Capable of four to six welding arcs, Miller’s varies by ±10%, ensuring consistent weld
unique modules are designed for easy removal performance.
and connection. • Operator identification label helps operators
• Weighs less than one ton which makes it remember who is using which module.
portable when secured on a flatbed, construction • 60 Hz models have two 115 V GFCI duplex
truck, or when moved by one-ton hoist. Fits receptacles which supply 15 amps of auxiliary
through 36 in (914 mm) door opening. power. 50 Hz models have one 220 V and one
• Optional Low OCV —MEMCO engineers have 115 V duplex receptacle.
designed a simple system that reduces the Open • 14-pin receptacle provides quick, direct
Processes: Stick (SMAW) CC, TIG Circuit Voltage on the Mark VI products to 18 volts connection to Miller wire feeders and
(GTAW) CC, Air Carbon Arc (CAC- when the welding power source is not in use. Now accessories.
A), Cutting and Gouging CC, Flux with this system built into the power source, set- • Work connections are electrically isolated
Cored (FCAW) CV, MIG Spray up and operation of the system is greatly from the frame, and service panels in chassis
Transfer (GMAW) with Voltage- simplified, with minimal impact on the arc starting provide easy access to internal parts for routine
Sensing Feeder CV performance. maintenance.
Rated Welding DC Amperage Max. Open- Amps Input at Rated Load Output, 50/60 Hz Dimensions Net
at 44 Volts DC Voltage Range Circuit Voltage (DC) 230 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 460 V 575 V KVA KW Weight
Single Module: 20-315 A H:65 in Mark VI:
250 A at 60% Duty Cycle 75 VDC in CC Mode (1651mm) 1725 lb
in CC Mode
Main Transformer W: 56-3/4 in (784kg)
38 VDC in CV Mode
60 Hz: 750 A at 100% Duty Cycle 10-30 V in 164 97 92 91 84 82.5 66.1 65.2 41.9 (1442mm)
with CC/CV Module Mark VI-2:
1500 A at 25% Duty Cycle CV Mode with
50 Hz: 750 A at 60% Duty Cycle 20 VDC +2 V Low D:34-1/4 in 1575 lb
CC/CV Module with OCV Modules
1160 A at 25% Duty Cycle (870mm) (718 kg)

80 E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES
POWER USAGE CHARTS
TYPICAL CONTRACTOR TOOLS POWER USAGE TYPICAL HOUSEHOLD POWER USAGE

Tool Starting Watts Running Watts Appliance Starting Watts Running Watts
Hand Drill Dishwasher
1/4 in 350 350 Cool Dry 1400 700
1/2 in 600 600 Hot Dry 1400 1450
Circular Saw Electric Range
6 1/2 in 500 500 6 in element 0 1500
8 1/4 in 1400 1400 8 in element 0 2100
Table Saw 10 in 6300 1800 Microwave Oven 625 watts 800 625
Band Saw 14 in 2500 1100 Refrigator or Freeze 2200 700
Air Compressor Automatic Washer 2300 1150
1/2 HP 3000 1000 Clothes Dryer
1 1/2 HP 8200 2200 Gas 1800 700
Electric Chain Saw Electric 1800 5750
1/2 HP, 12 in 1100 1100 Garage Door Opener
2 HP, 14 in 1100 1100 1/4 HP 1100 550
Flood Lights 1/2 HP 1400 725
HID 125 100 Furnace Fan, Gas or Fuel Oil
Metal Halide 313 250 1/8 HP 500 300
Mercury 1000 — 1/6 HP 750 500
Vapor 1250 1000 1/4 HP 1000 600
Submersible Pump 400 gph 600 200 1/3 HP 1400 700
Centrifugal Pump 900 gph 900 500 1/2 HP 2350 875
High Pressure Washer Lights 0 as indicated
1/2 HP 3150 950 Radio 0 50-200
1 HP 6100 1600 Well Pump
Wet & Dry Vac 1.7 HP 900 900 1/3 HP 1400 750
1/2 HP 2100 1000
Sump Pump
AWISCO HAS ADDED THE MULTIQUIP LINE OF GENERATORS AND
1/3 HP 1300 800
WELDERS... WE ARE ONLY SHOWING THE 2 MOST POPULAR
1/2 HP 2150 1050
MODELS, FOR ADDITIONAL INFO...
Central Air Conditioner
V I S I T T H E I R W E B S I T E 10000 BTU 2200 1500
www.multiquip.com 20000 BTU 3300 2500
24000 BTU 4950 3800
or call A WISCO For a Complete Catalog 32000 BTU 6500 5000
40000 BTU 7800 6000
6000 WATTS GENERATOR 6000 WATTS GENERATOR

Stock No. GA - 6HZ Recoil Start Stock No. GA - 6HZR Electric Start
This Honda-powered generator The GA-6HZR model is ignited by

features a silent-type muffler to re- an 11-horsepower Honda GX-340
duce noise levels and USFS-ap- engine and generates 6kW maxi-
proved spark arrestors. The GA-6HZ mum/5kW continuous power. The
also comes with a low-oil shutdown, generator is perfect for a wide vari-
fuel gauge and circuit breaker and it ety of applications. At full load, the
is built with a heavy-duty pipe frame. 201-pound (91 kg) GA-6HZR will run
The 11-horsepower Honda gasoline for 5.5 hours on a full tank. It is also
engine utilizes a recoil and electric extremely quiet, emitting only 74dBA
starting system at 23 feet.
Alternator Design Brushless Continuous Amps @ 240V 20.8
Maximum Watts 6,000 Frequency–Hz 60
Continuous Watts 5,000 Phase Single
Voltage 120/240 Full Power Switch Standard
Max. Amps @ 120 V 50 Rated Speed–RPM 3600
Continuous Amps @ 120 V 41.6 Fuel Capacity–gal. (Ltr) 5.0 (18.9)
Maximum Amps @ 240 V 25 Running Time–hrs./tank 5.5
REMEMBER MOST OF THE MILLER ENGINE DRIVEN WELDING MACHINES SHOWN HAVE GENERATORS...
SO IF YOU NEED A WELDING POWER SOURCE AND ALSO WANT LIMITED GENERATOR POWER, CHECK THESE OUT...

E NGINE D RIVEN M ACHINES 81
CHAMPION 4500
Stock No. 500491
• Processes
AC Stick (AC SMAW)
• Generator power
4,500 watts surge power and 4,000 watts continuous power
• Briggs & Stratton Intek™ 8 HP engine
Fuel-efficient engine with 1-gallon fuel tank. 1-cylinder, 4-cycle, OHV air
cooled.
• Versatile receptacle package
Unit features two 20 A 120 VAC and two 20 A 240 VAC receptacles
with heavy duty covers
• 140 amp AC welder
Can handle AC stick electrodes up to 1/8 in diameter
• Lightweight and rugged
Portable at 190 lb (87 kg) with rollbar frame built for added protection
• Hobart’s 5/3/1 Industrial Warranty Five-year warranty on transformers, stabilizers
Comes Complete with: 10 ft (3 m) No. and generators; three years on electronics (drive motors, rectifiers); and one year
4 electrode cable with holder, 10 ft (3
on guns (MIG and plasma torches)
m) work cable and clamp.
Rated Output Amperage Range Single-Phase Generator Power Dimensions Weight
140 A, 20 V at 30% Duty Cycle 60-140 A Single-Phase, 4kVA/kW, 120/240 VAC, 60 Hz H: 20-3/4 in (527 mm) 190 lb
110 A, 25 V at 60% Duty Cycle W: 22-3/4 in (577 mm) (86 kg)
90 A, 25 V at 100% Duty Cycle D: 31-1/4 in (793 mm)
MPM 165 WELDER GENERATOR

Stock No. MOS MPM165 WITH FOUR CYCLE ENGINE
• Compact design
• Lightweight (72 lbs.), yet powerful
• Extremely quiet: 74 DBA @ 21 feet
• Digital signal processing (DSP) chopper technology produces superior
weld results
• Full electronic control
• 60% duty cycle / 150 amp
• Excellent welding characteristics. Runs 7018 electrodes
• Reliable Honda engine
• Brushless, maintenance-free alternator
• Unique DC chopped auxiliary output allows operations of virtually all standard
hand-held power tools.
Comes Complete with: 10 ft. Ground cable with Machine plug and ground clamp and 10 ft lead cable with machine plug and electrode holder.
Ave. run time
DC/CC Welding Max. Output Rated Output OCV Engine Max. RPM Dimensions Weight
per tank
150 Amp Honda (GsX-200)
40-150 Amp 150 Amp 80 VDC 4000 3.5 hrs L 18” x W 14-1/2” x 16-1/2” 72 lbs.
@ 24 VDC 7.2 HP

BLUE STAR® DX SERIES

GAS ENGINE-DRIVEN WELDER/AC GENERATOR
Processes: Stick (SMAW), TIG (GTAW) Air Plasma Cutting and Gouging with
optional Spectrum models.
• Reliable Blue Star Engine Drives are the standard for portable welder/generators.
• Large 5-Gallon Fuel Capacity (DX models)
• Standard Auto Idle (DX models) idles engine while not in use. Reduces fuel
consumption and noise.
• Compact and Portable, its small footprint uses little truck space. Optional
running gear also makes the Blue Star one-man portable.
• Reliable air-cooled OHV engines ensure consistent engine performance.
• Quick-reference parameter chart provides convenient
amperage setting guidance.
• Single-Range amperage control makes setting amperage levels
easy.
• Class-leading 6000-watt peak power (185 models) of regulated power
to extend power tool life.
• Bulletproof technology eliminates use of complicated circuit boards.
• Hour Meter provides easy tracking of run hours for maintenance intervals
(DX models)
• Receptacle Covers improve reliability by protecting receptacles from
debris.
• 240 V and 120 V Receptacles provide power for jobsite tools.
Receptacles are circuit-breaker protected (optional 120 VAC
GFCI receptacles are available).
• Class Leading Welding Output
• 145 amps at 25 volts (Blue Star 145)
• 185 amps at 25 volts (Blue Star 185)
• Strong Accu-Rated, not Inflated Generator Power
• 4500 watts peak power (Blue Star 145)
• 6000 watts peak power (Blue Star 185)
• Hour Meter (DX models)
• Compact and Portable.
ACCESSORIES
Power and reliability in a compact pack- No. 38 Hand Running Gear, compact, balanced, lightweight, wheelbarrow-style running gear designed
age. Blue Star provides class-leading MIL 195352 for easy on-site mobility.
welding and generator power and offers Protective cover blue with logo. Attractive, mildew-resistant, odor-free, water-resistant cover protects
MIL 195193 your machine’s finish and includes easy-off handles.
features to increase your productivity and
decrease your fuel cost. see ACCESSORIES at the end of this section
Model Welding Weld Output Weld Output Rated Single Phase Dimensions Dimensions
Mode Range at 104° F (40° C)* Generator Power
4500 watts Peak H:22.75 in (578 mm)
Blue Star® 145 DX CC/DC 145 A at 25 V, 20% Duty Cycle 4000 Watts Continuous W: 22.75 in (578 mm)
Stock No. 907267 (Stick / TIG) 40-145 A 100 A at 25 V, 60% Duty Cycle 20 A at 120 V, 19 A at 240 V D:31.6 in (803 mm) 295 lb. (134 kg)
Blue Star® 185 DX CC/DC 55-185 A 185 A at 25 V, 20% Duty Cycle 6000 Watts Peak H:22.75 in (578 mm) 315 lb. (143 kg)
Stock No. 907269 (Stick / TIG) 130 A at 25 V, 60% Duty Cycle 5500 Watts Continuous W: 22.75 in (578 mm)
30 A at 120 V, 25 A at 240 V D:31.6 in (803 mm)
* Rated at sea level
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS (Subject to change without notice.)
Automatic Engine
Model Engine HP Type Engine Speeds Fuel Capacity Oil Capacity
Shutdown
Blue Star® 145 DX Kohler CS10 3750 RPM
Stock No. 907267 2 year warranty 10 HP at 3600 RPM 1-Cylinder, 4 Cycle, (2500 RPM at idle) 5 gal (18.9L) 1.1 qt (1.04 L)
Standard
Blue Star® 185 DX Kohler CS13 13 HP at 3600 RPM air-cooled, OHV 3750 RPM 5 gal (18.9L) 1.1 qt (1.04 L)
Stock No. 907269 2 year warranty (2500 RPM at idle)

MILLER LEGEND® 302

Stock No. MIL 907272 Kohler 20 HP, 1800/3000 RPM, 2400/3600 RPM
Processes: Stick (SMAW), MIG (GMAW), • Premium multiprocess weld

Flux Cored (FCAW), DC TIG (GTAW), Air performance delivers four-pole, three-
Carbon Arc cutting and Gouging (CAC-A) phase arc quality with the ability to run at
(3/16 in carbons) multiple engine speeds.
• 1800 RPM generator power uses up to • Standard 14-pin receptacle for simple
50% less fuel and produces 1/4 of the connection of remote controls.
noise. Also, 120 VAC, 20 amps of power is • A perfect blend of past Legend features
available at all speeds and is independent and current Trailblazer features make
of weld output. this new legend the perfect choice for
• Multispeed weld output produces up to running large diameter wire with a voltage-
240 amps at 3000 RPMs for reduced noise sensing feeder, low-speed generator use,
and up to 3000 amps at 3600 RPMs for and almost everything in between.
large diameter wires or CAC-A
Low RPM generator power and weld speeds make this air-cooled engine drive unique. Great for service/
maintenance trucks, in-plant use , and construction (especially in residential areas)
Welding Amp / Volt Net
Process Rated Output at 104° F (40° C) Single-Phase Generator Power Dimensions
Mode Ranges Weight
Peak: 5500 watts at 1800 RPM, 60Hz
CC/DC Stick/TIG 20-300 A 280 A at 25 V, 100% Duty Cycle H: 33 in (838 mm) 580 lb.
Continuous: 5000 watts at 1800 RPM, 42/21 A,
120/240 VAC, 60 Hz W: 20 in (508 mm) (263 kg)
CV/DC MIG/FCAW 10-33 V 300 A at 25 V, 100% Duty Cycle At all Speeds: 2400 watts, 20 A, 120 V, 60-120 Hz D: 45-1/2 in (1156 mm)
BOBCAT™ 225 CC/CV,AC/DC ENGINE-DRIVEN WELDER / AC GENERATOR

Stock No. 907210
Processes: Stick (SMAW), Flux Cored cutting, Millermatics and motor starting).
(FCAW), MIG (GMAW), DC TIG (GTAW), • Smooth Power —Not Spike Power: Ten-
Non-Critical AC TIG (GTAW), Air Carbon Arc degree skewed-rotor design optimizes
(CAC-A) Cutting and Gouging (3/16 in generator performance for 10,000 watts of
carbons), Air Plasma Cutting and Gouging smoother power — not spike power found
with optional Spectrum models, Optional in other brands.
Battery Charger. • Large Fuel Capacity: Larger 12-gallon fuel
The Industry standard for reliability and tank for an extra four hours of welding and
performance. generator power, and, its exclusive Smart
• High impact protective armor with covers Fuel Tank is designed to minimize the chance
• Accu-Rated™ 10,000 watts of generator of back splash when refueling.
power • High Impact Protective Armor: Super
• Ten-degree skewed rotor Tough XENOY® protective armor with covers
• 12-gallon fuel capacity provides high impact resistance in all
• 50 - 210 amp range and multi-process temperatures. Receptacle and output stud
capabilities covers meet and exceed OSHA, CSA and
CE requirements for jobsite safety.
• Strongest Power: 10,000 watts of the
cleanest, truly usable generator power that • Multiple Process Capabilities: Only Miller
is Accu-Rated ™, not inflated. Deliver peak provides multiple process capabilities — AC
power for a minimum of 30 seconds for and DC welding on both of its Bobcats — so
maximum generator loads (like plasma you don’t have to limit yourself.
Welding Amp / Volt Weld Output Rated Sound Levels at

Single-Phase Net
Model Process at 100% Duty Cycle Rated Output, Dimensions
Mode Ranges Generator Power Weight
(at 104° F / 40° C) 7 m (23 ft)
Peak: 10,000 watts
CV/DC MIG/FCAW 19-28 V 200 A at 20 V H: 33 in (838 mm) 530 lb.
Continuous: 9500 watts 81.5 dB
Bobcat 225 CC/DC Stick / TIG 50-210 A 210 A at 25 V 120/240 VAC, W: 20 in (508 mm) (240 kg
(106.5 Lwa) D: 45-1/2 in (1156 mm) without fuel)
CC/AC Stick / TIG 50-225 A 225 A at 25 V 84/42 A, 60 Hz

BOBCAT 250 CC/CV,AC/DC ENGINE-DRIVEN WELDER / AC GENERATOR

™

Processes: Stick (SMAW), Flux Cored generator performance for 10,000 watts for
(FCAW), MIG (GMAW), DC TIG (GTAW), smoother power — not spike power found in
other brands.
Non-Critical AC TIG (GTAW), Air Carbon
Arc (CAC-A) Cutting and Gouging (3/16 in • Most Quiet: Fully enclosed case
decreases sound levels by 1/3 over previous
carbons), Air Plasma Cutting and models and is more worker-friendly. Quietest
Gouging with optional Spectrum models, welder in its class and quieter than most
optional battery charger. engine drives in the industry!
• Fully Enclosed Case with Protective • Large Fuel Capacity: Larger 12-gallon fuel
armor: Fully enclosed case protects the tank for an extra four hours of welding and
engine and internal welding components. generator power. And its exclusive Smart
Plus, exclusive XENOY® protective armor fuel tank is designed to minimize the chance
with receptacle and output stud covers of back splash when refueling.
provides a virtually indestructible barrier • Better Welds: Tri-Cor™ Technology is a
from damage with high impact resistance in redesigned stabilizer with added iron core for
all temperatures. smoother weld output, improved
• Strongest Power: 10,000 watts of the performance and decreased spatter with
cleanest, truly usable generator power that is 7018 electrodes. All without sacrificing the
Accu-Rated™, not inflated. Delivers peak already excellent performance with 6010
power for for a minimum of 30 seconds for electrodes.
maximum generator loads (like plasma Only Miller provides multiple process
cutting, Millermatics and motor starting). capabilities — AC and DC welding on both of
• Smooth Power—Not Spike Power: Ten its Bobcats — so you don’t have to limit
Onan Engine degree skewed-rotor design optimizes yourself.
Sound Levels at
Welding Amp / Volt Weld Output Rated at 100% Single-Phase Net
Process Rated Output, Dimensions
Mode Ranges Duty Dycle (at 104° F / 40° C) Generator Power Weight
7 m (23 ft)
250 A at 28 V Peak: 10,000 watts Kohler: 75.5 dB
CV/DC MIG/FCAW 17-28 V (275 A at 25 V, 60% Duty Cycle H: 33 in (838 mm) 560 lb
Continuous: 9500 watts (100.5 Lwa)
CC/DC Stick / TIG 40-250 A 250 A at 25 V W: 20 in (508 mm) (254 kg)
120/240 VAC Onan by Robin:
CC/AC Stick / Stick 40-250 A D: 45-1/2 in (1156 mm) without fuel
250 A at 25 V 84/42 A, 60 Hz 76.5 dB (101.5 Lwa)
BIG BLUE 400/500 CC

®
OR CC/CV
Stock No. 907071
Processes: Stick (SMAW), MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored to oil level check, oil fill, oil filter, fuel filter and air cleaner.
(FCAW), DC TIG (GTAW), Submerged Arc (SAW), Remote toolless oil drain allows oil to be drained
Stud Welding, Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A) without getting under the engine and reduces the
400: (Rated) 5/16 in (8 mm) Carbons (Capable) 3/8 in chance of oil spillage.
(9.5 mm) Carbons Heavy duty industrial engine choices designed, built
500: (Rated) 3/8 in (9.5 mm) Carbons and proven to operate over 10,000 hours before the
Engine gauges standard on all models indicate engine first basic overhaul.
oil pressure, coolant temperature. Arc-Drive makes welding easy. Automatically
Designed for fleet owners that demand the ultimate enhances Stick welding, especially on pipe, by focusing
in reliability and performance. the arc and preventing the electrode from going out.
Industrial-grade, sealed marine ignition switch with Hot Start™ provides positive Stick electrode starts
starter interlock prevents the starter from engaging making it easy to start all types of electrodes and it
while the engine is running. Protects ring gear and also works great for bead tie-ins.
starter from abuse. Weatherproof Lexan® nameplate resists cracking
Enclosed robust case design protects internal and fading, and is color-coded for ease of operation.
components from impact and allows air flow to cool GFCI receptacle as required on most job sites to
and prolong the life of the engine. Also reduces sound protect operators from electrical hazards.
levels. CSA, IEC and NEMA compliant for welders. Degree
Quick and easy maintenance with single-side access of protection provided by enclosure IP23.
Weld Max. Open-
Welding Weld Output Rated at Generator Output Weight
Model Output Circuit Dimensions
Mode 104° F (40° C) Rated at 104° F (40° C) (without fuel)
Range Voltage
400 A at 36 V (14.4 kW), Perkins: 1545 lb (701 kg)
Big Blue 400 C CC/DC 55-500 A
100% Duty Cycle Peak: 5500 watts Deutz: 1655 lb (751 kg)
500 A at 40 V (20 kW), Continuous: 4000 watts, 34/17 A, 120/ Perkins: 1565 lb (710 kg)
Big Blue 500 CC 65-600 A H: 43 in Deutz F3L912: 1785 lb (810 kg)
100% Duty Cycle 240 VAC
95 (1092 mm) Deutz F4L: 1695 lb (769 kg)
CC/DC 20-55 A 400 A at 36 V (14.4 kW), Peak: 5500 watts
Big Blue 400 CC/CV W: 28-1/2 in Perkins: 1545 lb (701 kg)
CV/DC 14-40 V 100% Duty Cycle Continuous: 4000 watts, 34/17 A, 120/
240 VAC (724 mm) Deutz: 1655 lb (751 kg)
20-600 A 500 A at 40 V (20 kW), D: 64-7/16 in Perkins: 1565 lb (710 kg)
Big Blue 500 CC/CV Deluxe Model Generator Power
14-40 V 100% Duty Cycle Deutz F3L912: 1785 lb (810 kg)
Single-Phase: 12,000 watts, 50 A, 120/ (1637 mm)
240 VAC, 60 Hz; or Three-Phase: (400) Deutz F4L: 1695 lb (769 kg)
15,000 watts, 36 A, 240 VAC, 60 Hz;
(500) 20,000 watts, 48 A, 240 VAC, 60
Hz while not welding.

PRO 300
Stock No. 907144
• Industrial Applications: Pipe Welding, • Simple-to-set controls require no

Structural, General Fabrication. elaborate procedure — just select
• The PRO 300 is ideal for the process and weld!
independent rig owner or fleet • Lift-Arc starts provide DC TIG arc
manager who values reliability, starting without the use of high
multiprocess, excellent arc quality, frequency.
portability, and economy.
• Caterpillar Industrial Engine
• Dual digital weld ammeter and
voltmeter are standard. Amps and • Low-speed industrial diesel engine
volts can be set using the weld meter. (1800 RPM) offers long service
intervals, long engine life and low
• Tailored Arc Control (DIG) allows the operating expenses.
arc characteristics to be changed for
specific applications and electrodes. • Quiet at only 74 dba (94 Lwa) at
• Processes: Stick (SMAW), MIG
maximum output. Improves work site
(GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW), Lift-Arc Smooth running 7018 or stiffer, more
DC TIG (GTAW), Air Carbon Arc penetrating 6010 electrodes. communication and safety.
(CAC-A) thru 1/4 in (6.4 mm) carbons.
Weld Output Weld Output Rated Max. Open- Generator Power Output
Weld Mode Dimensions Net Weight
Range at 104° F (40° C) Circuit Voltage Rated at 104° F (40° C)
CC/DC 20-410 A 400 A, 23 VDC, 30% Duty Cycle 12,000 Watts Peak
H: 32 in (813 mm)
10,000 Watts Continuous Net: 1100 lb (499 kg)
CV/DC 14-40 V 300 A, 32 VDC, 60% Duty Cycle 41 W: 26 in (660 mm)
Single-phase, 120/240 VAC, Ship: 1150 lb (522 kg)
300 A, 25 VDC, 100% Duty Cycle D: 56 in (1422 mm)
83/42 A 60 Hz
Engine Fuel Oil Coolant Automatic Engine

Engine Brand Features HP Type
Speeds Capacity Capacity Capacity Shutdown
EPA Tier 2 indirect-injected liquid-cooled engine.
74 dB @ 13 ft (94 Lwa) full load (66 dB when idle). 1850 RPM Oil pressure
CATERPILLAR 3-cylinder, industrial 11.5 gal. 6 qt 6 qt
3013C Right side service access with intervals of 250 hrs for 22 liquid-cooled, diesel (1250 RPM (43.5 L) (5.7 L) (5.7 L)
Coolant
oil and filters. when idle) Temperature
TRAILBLAZER® 302 DIESEL KUBOTA

Stock No. 907218
• Processes: Stick (SMAW). MIG • Superior arc performance
(GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW) AC/DC TIG • Four preset DIG settings (Stick)
(GTAW), Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A) Cutting • Adaptive Hot Start™ (Stick)
and gouging (Rated: 3/16 in carbons,
• Lift-Arc™/Scratch Start TIG with auto-
Capable: 1/4 in carbons), Air Plasma
stop™
Cutting and Gouging with optional
spectrum models. • MIG/FCAW arc starts
• Increased Fuel Capacity to 12 Gallons • Digital meters with Sunvision™
means many hours of run time before technology are easy to read in direct
refueling. sunlight or shade.
• Accu-Rated™ 10,000 watts of usable • Fully enclosed case provides reduced
peak power cranks out enough power for sound levels, fully protected engine, and
most applications: job site, farm/ranch, or utilizes the same hole mounting pattern
home. 9500 watts of continuous power. as past models.
Weld Amp/Volt Weld Output Rated at Single-Phase Sound Levels at Rated Net
Process Dimensions
Mode Ranges 25 V (104° F/40° C)* Generator Power Ouput, 7 m (23 ft) Weight
CV/DC MIG/FCAW 15-35 V 300 A, 100% Duty Cycle Peak: 10,000 watts H: 34-1/4 in (870 mm)
80.5 dB 720 lb.
CC/DC Stick/TIG 20-300 V 280 A, 100% Duty Cycle Continuous: 9500 watts W: 20 in (508 mm)
(105.5 Lwa) (327 kg)
CC/AC TIG/Stick 30-225 A 200 A at 60% Duty Cycle 120/240 VAC, 84/42 A, 60 Hz D: 52 in (1321 mm)
Certified to both Canadian and U.S. Standards for welding equipment. Rated at sea level.
Horsepower Fuel Oil Standard

Engine Brand/Warranty Type Weld Speed Idle Speed
(HP) capacity capacity Shutdowns
Kubota: 2-year limited 19 HP at 3-Cylinder, industrial 12 gal 3.4 qt Low Oil Pressure, High Coolant
3600 RPM 2450 RPM
North American mfg. 3600 RPM liquid-cooled diesel (45 L) (3.2 L) Temperature and Low Fuel

TRAILBLAZER® 302 [ONAN] GAS DRIVEN WELDER / AC GENERATOR

Stock No. 907217
Processes: Stick (SMAW), MIG (GMAW), usable generator power that is a Accu-
Flux Cored (FCAW), AC/DC TIG (GTAW), Rated™, not inflated. Delivers peak power
Air Carbon Arc (CAC-A) Cutting and for a minimum of 30 seconds for maximum
Gouging (3/16 in carbons), Air Plasma generator loads (Like plasma cutting,
Cutting and Gouging with optional Millermatics and motor starting).
Spectrum models.
• Exclusive Two-Generator System:
• Accu-Rated™ 10,000 wants of Trailblazer Series offers the ONLY two-
generator power with exclusive two- generator system — one for welding and
generator system. one for generating power — meaning no
interaction between tools and the welding
• 1/3 less noise
arc and it has the strongest generator
• 12-gallon fuel capacity power while welding.
• 20 - 300 amps; Trailblazer 302 and 20 • Superior Arc Performance: Legendary
- 275 amps; Trailblazer 275 DC. four-pole rotor and 3-Phase weld output for
• Multiprocess weld performance the smoothest, most stable and flawless
multi-process arc in their class. Trailblazers
• Multiprocess weld performance. now have LiftArc™ / Scratch start TIG with
• Fully Enclosed Case with protective Auto-Stop™ and four preset DIG settings
Armor: Fully enclosed case protects for Stick.
the engine and internal welding • Digital Meters with SunVision™: Digital
components while reducing sound Meters have SunVision™ technology for
levels by 1/3. Plus, exclusive XENOY® easy reading in direct sunlight or shade.
protective armor with receptacle covers Meters display preset amperage or voltage
The right choice for:
provide a virtually indestructible barrier while not welding. Actual amperage and
• Maintenance and Repair
• Fabrication and Structural Steel from damage with high impact resistance voltage are displayed while welding and for
• Pipe in all temperatures. 5 seconds after welding has stopped. Also,
• Sheet Metal • Strongest Power: 10,000 watts of truly features an hour meter and an oil change
interval display.
Model Welding Process Amp / Volt Weld Output Rated at 25 V Single-Phase Sound Levels at Rated Dimensions Net
Mode Ranges (at 104° F / 40° C)* Generator Power Output, 7 m (23 ft) Weight
Peak: 10,000 watts Kohler: 75.5 dB H: 33 in
CV/DC MIG / FCAW 13-35 V 300 A, 100% Duty Cycle (100.5 Lwa)
Trailblazer 302 Continuous: 9500 watts (838 mm)
CC/DC Stick / TIG 20-300 A 280 A, 100% Duty Cycle 120/240 VAC, Onam by Robin: 76.5 dB 580 lb.
Gasoline W: 20 in
CC/AC Stick / Stick 30-225 A 200 A, 60% Duty Cycle 84/42 A, 60 Hz (101.5 Lwa) (263 kg)
(508 mm) without fuel
Trailblazer 302 75.5 dB D: 45-1/2 in
Derate Trailblazer 302 outputs up to 5% when using LP fuel.
LP (100.5 Lwa) (1156 mm)
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS (Engine warranted separated by the Engine Manufacturer.)

Engine Brand/ Horsepower Type Weld Speed Idle Speed Fuel Oil Low Oil Pressure
Warranty (HP) Capacity Capacity Shutdown
Onam by Robin: 22 HP at Twin-cylinder, 4-cycle overhead valve, 12 gal 1.6 qt (1.5 L),
3600 RPM 2300 RPM Standard
3 year mfg. 3600 RPM industrial air-cooled gasoline or LP (45 L) 1.8 qt (1.75 L) with filter
After World War II, Miller Electric developed the AEA 200
engine driven welder, the forer unner to today’s
popular Bobcat™ and Trailblazer™. Other engine drives on
the market were massive and awkward. The AEA 200 had
just as much power, but in a much smaller package. Once
again, a Miller product had filled a customer need.

RAIDER® 10,000 PRO

®
Processes: MIG, Flux Cored, Stick, Lift TIG, Car- Raider 10,000 Pro is designed to deliver the best
bon Arc Gouging. available welds / auxiliary power for contractors,
The Raider® is a multiple process machine with owner-operators and welding professionals.
capacity of high quality welding. Its heavy-duty de- • Excellent E6010 and E7018 Performance
sign, built to fit on a truck or trailer, provides perfor- • One Turn Welding Control Knob
mance on Stick / Lift Start TIG / MIG and Carbon • Idle Automatically Adjust to Amperage Draw
Arc Gouging at 100% Duty Cycle @ 250 Amps weld • 115/230/460V Auxiliary Power Available While
®
output. The unique Power-Plus patented alterna- Welding
tor delivers a smooth weld output. Its brushless • Idle Automatically Adjusts for current Draw,
design increases efficiency reducing maintenance Saves Fuel and Reduces Noise
and extending the life of the machine. Separate
• Dinse Twist Lock Output Terminals
windings are used for welding and auxiliary power,
offering the highest quality auxiliary power. A rug- • Rugged, Stainless Steel 10 ga. Fuel Tank
ged 20 HP, 2-cylinder, gas fueled, air-cooled Honda • Rugged, Heavy Duty Stainless Steel Full Canopy
engine, powers the generator. Design
Standard features include HF protection, warning • Engine Warning System and low oil Shut Down
systems, muffler and rain cap, low oil level shut- • 14 Pin Receptacle Configured for 24V & 115V
down, and its idle automatically adjusts for amper- Feeders & Remote Devices
age draw and efficient fuel consumption. The • Honda Gas Engine 2-cylinder, 20 HP, Air-Cooled
12 V Electric Start Easy Start, Low Noise Engine
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
HP & Welding
Engine Type Idle Speed Fuel Tank Oil Capacity
Speed
Honda 2-Cylinder 20 HP @
2,400 RPM 10 Gal. / 38 L .42 Gal. / 1.5 L
GX620K1VX Air Cooled Gas 3,600 RPM
Rated Output @ Duty Cycle Output Range Dimensions Net Weight

250 A / 25 V @ 100% (CC) 15 - 270 Amps 27.9” x 20.9” x 42.5”
542 lbs. (246 kg)
225 A / 25 V @ 100% (CV) 16 - 30 Volts 710 x 530 x 1080 (mm)
BIG BLUE® AIR PAK™

Stock No. 907062
Process: AC* /DC Stick (SMAW), MIG (GMAW), • Quiet - at only 70 db (95 Lwa) when idle, 79 db
Flux Cored (FCAW), AC TIG (GTAW) * DC TIG (104 Lwa) at maximum output. Improves work site
(DC GTAW), Stud Welding Air Carbon Arc (CAC- communications.
A) thru 1/2" carbons Air Plasma Cutting and Goug- • Hot Start™ provides positive stick electrode starts
ing (PAC) with Optional Spectrum Models Battery to make it easy to start all types of electrodes.
Charging/Jump-Starting* Air Compressor * Deluxe • Arc-Drive makes welding easy. Automatically en-
Model Only hances Stick welding, especially on pipe, by fo-
• Ingersoll-Rand ultra-reliable industrial rotary cusing the arc and preventing the electrode from
screw air compressor. Belt-driven with automatic going out.
belt tensioner with a life expectancy of 30,000 • Optional AC/DC/battery charge/jump-start for
hours. AC TIG welding and 12 or 24 volt batteries. Sim-
• Independent compressor controls include an ply select the battery voltage and connect cables
on/off switch for applications not requiring com- to the separate battery output studs. Note: High-
pressed air. At idle speed, the Air Pak will pro- frequency control required for AC TIG welding.
duce 100 PSI at 40 CFM. • Meets NEMA and IEC output ratings.
Welding Mode Weld Output Weld Output Rated at 104° F (40° C) Max. Open- Generator Power at Dimensions Weight
Range NEMA Amperage and Voltage Circuit Voltage 104° F (40° C)
CC/DC 20-750 A 600 A at 44 V (26.4 kW), 40% Duty Cycle 95 Peak:5500 watts
550 A at 42 V (23.1 kW), 60% Duty Cycle Continuous: 4000 watts, H: 43 in
500 A at 40 V (20 kW), 100% Duty Cycle 34/17 A, 120/240 VAC, 60 Hz (1092 mm) Net: 1931 lb
CV/DC 14-40 V 500 A at 40 V (20 kW),100% Duty Cycle 56 while welding W: 28 1/2 in (876 kg)
Battery Charge 12/24 V 750 A, 12 V, Jump-Start 14/28 Optional Generator Power (724 mm) Ship: 1982 lb
Jump-Start 750 A, 24 V, Jump-Start 3-Phase, 20 kW, 36 A, 240 VAC D: 67 1/2 in (899 kg)
(Deluxe Model Only) 1-Phase, 12 kW, 50 A, (1715 mm)
120/240 VAC while not welding
Working Automatic
Free Air Delivery Free Air Delivery Duty Oil
Air Compressor Features Pressure Compressor
at 1850 RPM at 1235 RPM Cycle Capacity
Constant Shutdowns
Rotary screw with electric clutch for on/off.
40 cfm 100 psig 5 qt Oil
Ingersoll-Rand CE55 G1 Oil change intervals 500 hours (same as 60 cfm (1.70m3/min) 100%
(1.13m3/min) Idle 7 bar (4.7 L) Temperature
engine). Life expectancy 30,000 hours

R-115 UNIVERSAL FEEDER

Stock No. 193164
The R-115 constant speed semi-automatic wire feeder utilizes 115 VAC input power. The R-115 offers
easy connection to older Miller and competitive welding power sources supplying 115 VAC power. Not
shipped with an interconnecting cord. An optional cord is required.
The R-115 will work on the following power sources: Older style Miller with Hubbell connectors,
Hobart, Lincoln, Thermal Arc, Airco, L-Tech and other power sources supplying 115V.
• Processes: MIG (GMAW) and Flux Cored • Wire feed range of 75-750 IPM allows the machine to
(FCAW) Welding cover a wide variety of wire sizes (.030 - 3/32).
• Industrial 4 drive roll system. • Optional Cords.
• Convenient terminal block allows the machine to easily • Drive Rolls, 4 for V groove and 3 for U groove.
adapt to existing feeder interconnecting cords. • Miller True Blue® Warranty.
Wire Size .030 in (0.8 mm) .035 in (0.8 mm) .045 in (0.8 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm)
“V” Groove MIL 046780 MIL 046781 MIL 046782 MIL 046784
“U” Groove – MIL 044750 MIL 046785 MIL 046787
Input Power Electrode Wire Diameter Capacity Wire Speed Dimensions Net Weight
L: 23½” (597 mm)
115 VAC, 2A,
.030 - 3/32 in (0.8-2.4mm) 75-750 IPM (1.9 - 19m/min) W: 10¾” (273 mm) 40 lbs. (18 kg)
50/60 Hz
H: 11” (279 mm)
Feeder to Power Source Control Cords – All Cords are 10 ft (3m) in length.
Stock # 193387 Old Style Miller and Airco power source with two
Stock # 193386 Airco power source with straight blade 115 volt
and three prong (Hubbell style) twistlock connectors
wall type plug and two prong twistlock.
Stock # 193383 Hobart power Source with 115 volt wall type
plug and 5-pin plug. Stock # 193381 Hobart power Source with 19-pin plug.
Stock # 193385 Lincoln power source with five wire terminal Stock # 193384 Lincoln power source with 14-pin connector.
Stock # 193379 L-tec power source with 7-pin connector. Stock # 193382 L-tec power source with 19-pin connector.
22A 24 VOLT, CONSTANT-SPEED WIRE FEEDER

Stock No. Mil 193066, 193066-01-1 & 193066-02-2
Process: MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW) ( Gas and Self-shielded)
Simple to use but with all the features needed for the industrial manufacturing and fabricating markets. Built
with the strength and flexibility to handle strenuous work loads, the 22A delivers proven reliability and economy.
This wire feeder is ideal for most high-duty-cycle applications requiring day-in day-out trouble-free operation.
FEATURES BENEFITS
• Increased wire-feed-speed range variety of power sources. This helps to ensure
The 22A wire-feed-speed range is 75 – 750! This positive arc starting performance.
offers a wider operating range than the competition. • 16 gauge sheet metal housing
• Trigger hold control Robust in rough service applications. Less prone to
Allow operator to make long extended welds without damage.
having to hold gun trigger. • Optional presettable voltage and wire feed speed
• Gear-driven drive rolls
Allows voltage and wire feed speed to be preset and
Offers smooth, positive and accurate wire feed with
monitored. Does not require a volt sense lead.
long, uninterrupted service life.
• On-board burnback and motor ramp control • Miller’s True Blue® Warranty
Unmatched starting and stopping performance on a Wire feeder is warranted for 3 years—parts and labor.
MIL 193066
MIL 193066-01-1 With run-in control
MIL 193066-02-2 With Digital and Voltage Control
Input Power Electrode Wire Diameter Capacity Wire Speed Dimensions Net Weight
24 VAC, 7 A, 75-750 IPM H: 11” x W: 10-3/4” x D: 23-1/2” 36 lbs
.023-5/64 in (0.6-2.0 mm)
50/60 Hz (1.9-19m/min) H: 279mm x W: 273mm x D: 597mm (15.4 kg)
Wire Size .030 in (0.8 mm) .035 in (0.8 mm) .045 in (0.8 mm) 1/16 in (1.6 mm)
“V” Groove For hard Wire Stock # 046780 Stock # 046781 Stock # 046782 Stock # 046784
“U” Groove For soft Wire or soft- – Stock # 044750 Stock # 046785 Stock # 046787
shelled cored wires

W IRE F EEDER S YSTEMS 89
S-32S AND S-32L

Stock No. MIL 088816 & 109294
• Processes: Flux Cored (FCAW) - gas and self-shielded) and MIG (GMAW)
• Solid-state speed control and brake circuit for exceptional control and service life
• High-torque, two drive roll system delivers consistent performance
• Operates on either straight or reverse polarity
• Quick-change drive rolls (ordered separately) and quick connect feature for Miller guns-no
tools required
• Voltage-sensing control circuit with CC/CV switch
Wire Size .023” / .025” .030” .035” .045” 1/16”
“V” Groove MIL 087131 MIL 079594 MIL 079595 MIL 079596 MIL 079598
“U” Groove — — MIL 044749 MIL 079599 MIL 079601
Electrode Wire
Stock # Input Power Maximum Spool Size Capacity Wire Feed Speed Dimensions Net Weight
Diameter Capacity
S-32S Operates on 50-700 IPM L: 22 1/2” (572 mm)
(MIL 088816) .023-5/64” (0.6-2.0 mm) 33 lbs.
open circuit 60 lbs. (27 kg) Coil (1.3-18m/min)
W: 10 3/4” (273 mm) (15 kg)
S-32SL voltage and arc 25-325 IPM
5/64-7/64” (2.0-2.8 mm) H: 10” (254 mm)
(MIL 109294) voltage 15-100 V (0.6-8.2 m/min)
SUITCASE™ X-TREME™ 12VS

Stock No. 195500 VOLTAGE-SENSING WIRE FEEDER
• Polypropylene case with built-in slide rails and the ability to open the door to
change wire with feeder in vertical position.
• Digital Meters with SunVision™ technology are standard for voltage and wire
speed, and can also display amperage if desired. Meters can be seen clearly even in
direct sunlight.
• Coated and Sprayed main printed circuit board for the harshest environments
adds exceptional reliability. Board has full-trigger isolation so a shorted gun trigger
will not affect feeder operation.
• Improved contactor and overall duty cycle for high-amperage applications (425
A at 60%).
• Trigger hold, wire jog, and gas purge are all standard and located on front panel.
• Wider voltage range for small and large wires with no contactor chatter or arc
outages.
• Double-filtered gas valve helps keep dirt from clogging and affecting gas flow.
• Excellent starts and improved superior arc performance for all types and
sizes of wires whether using CV or CC power supply. Best low-end CC arc in the
industry.
Wire Size .023” / .025” .030” .035” .040” .045” .052” 1/16” .068 /.072” 5/64”
“V” Groove MIL 087131 MIL 079594 MIL 079595 MIL 161189 MIL 079596 MIL 079597 MIL 079598 — —
“U” Groove — — MIL 044749 — MIL 079599 MIL 079600 MIL 079601 — MIL 079602
“V” knurled — — MIL 079606 — MIL 079607 MIL 079608 MIL 079609 MIL 089984 MIL 079610
“U” cogged — — — — MIL 083318 MIL 083317 MIL 079614 — MIL 079615
Input Power Welding Power Input Welding Electrode Wire Maximum Spool Wire Speed Dimensions Net Weight
Source Type Circuit Rating Diameter Capacity Size Capacity
Open-Circuit Constant Voltage 330 A at 60% Duty 50-700 IPM (1.3-18 m/ H: 16 in (406 mm)
Solid Wire:.023-5/64 in (0.6-2.0 mm) 12 in (305 mm) Up to 28.5 lb.
Arc Voltage 15- (CV) or constant Cycle w/ Secondary min) dependent on arc W: 7-1/4 in (184 mm)
Flux Cored:.030-5/64 in (0.8-2.0 mm) 44 lb (20 kg) (12.9 kg)
100 VDC Current (CC) DC Contactor voltage D: 20 in (508 mm)

90 W IRE F EEDER S YSTEMS
SUITCASE™ 8RC & 12RC

Stock No. MIL 194938 & 194940
Processes: MIG (GMAW), Flux Cored (FCAW) • Drive roll accessibility makes it easy to
• Remote voltage control — standard. install wire, adjust tension and change drive
Standard gas solenoid controlling gas flow. rolls.
• Totally enclosed, impact resistant, • Versatile feeders can run wire diameters up
flame-retardant case provides to 5/64 in (2.0 mm).
strength and durability, protecting
• Gas purge purges gas line without feeding
components and weld wire from
moisture, dust and contaminants. wire, or energizing weld wire with OCV.
• Component assembly is easily • Thermal overload protection protects motor
removed for servicing. and control circuit against possible damage due
• Quick-change drive rolls are to overloading conditions, or loose cable
easy to change — no tools required. connections.
ACCESSORIES
Stock No. MIL 122973 MIL 122974 MIL 122975
Remote Extension Cords 25 ft (7.6 m) 50 ft (15.2 m) 75 ft (22.9 m)
(One Required)

Wire Size .023” / .025” .030” .035” .045” 1/16”
“V” Groove MIL 087131 MIL 079594 MIL 079595 MIL 079596 MIL 079598
“U” Groove — — MIL 044749 MIL 079599 MIL 079601
Welding Maximum
Model Input Input Welding Electrode Wire Net
Power Spool Size Wire Speed Dimensions
Stock No. Power Circuit Rating Diameter Capacity Weight
Source Type Capacity
8RC 24 VAC, Solid Wire: .023-5/64 in (0.6-2.0 mm) 8 in (203 mm) H:14-1/2” (368mm) 22 lb
with Remote Voltage 7 A, Constant 500 A at Flux Cored: .030-5/64 in (0.8-2.0 mm) 14 lb (6.4 kg) 75-700 IPM W:6-1/2” (165mm) (9.9 kg)
194938 50/60 Hz Voltage 100% D:15-5/8” (397mm)
(1.9-17.7
12RC 24 VAC, (CV) Duty Cycle Solid Wire: .023-5/64 in (0.6-2.0 mm) 12 in (305 mm) m/min) H:16” (406mm) 25.5 lb
with Remote Voltage 10 A, Flux Cored: .030-5/64 in (0.8-2.0 mm) Up to 44 lb W:7-1/4” (184mm) (11.6 kg)
194940 50/60 Hz (20 kg) D:20” (508mm)
75 SERIES WIRE FEED SYSTEM S-75S

Stock No. MIL 300-114
Flawless Wire Feeding For All Manufacturing and Fabrication Applications:
• Accu-Mate™ eliminates unreliable wire feeder / gun connections.
• Eliminates feeding problems in even the most difficult applications.
• Improves arc quality and eliminates arc start failures.
• Saves time and money on set-ups and consumables
Patent-pending Accu-Mate™ eliminates unreliable feeder/gun connections and gaps:
• Mechanially engages and solidly locks gun into the feeder.
• Properly “seats” the gun for optimal feeding.
• Uses brass components to avoid corrosion and wear-out.
Eliminate downtime and costs associated with wire bucking, kinking, and
birdnesting.
The 75 series Wire Feed System
is the right Choice for: Miller offers a unique full-wire capture and support system that eliminates feeding
problems with both hard-drawn and soft-shelled small diameter wires, as well as
• Manufacturing / Production
steel wires:
facilities.
• MIG stainless and aluminum • New PD drive rolls allow for a supportive structure along the entire wire.
applications. • PD guides between the rolls eliminate unsupported gaps.
• Fabrications Shops. • Preset pressure positions can be set quickly and consistently.
• Aluminum Fabrication. • Superior gun liner design reduces resistance for uninterrupted feeding.
Input Power Wire Speed Wire Diameter Capacity Maximum Spool Dimensions Weight
Size Capacity
H: 14 in
24 VAC, 10 A, Standard-Speed Motor: Standard-Speed Motor: Standard-Speed Motor:
60 lb. coil W: 12-1/2 in
50/60 Hz 50-1400 IPM .023-5/64 in 43 lb.
D: 27 in

W IRE F EEDER S YSTEMS 91
XR™- CONTROL This is the basic model with digital display. Must be
Stock No. MIL 181538 used with CC, CV or CC/CV DC welding power source
• Digital display indicates wire feed speed rolls and head tube or performing routine
or weld voltage. maintenance without disassembly of gun.
• Push-pull design feeder motor provides • Trigger hold reduces fatigue by allowing
continuous push force to the wire while the operator to weld without holding trigger.
gun motor controls wire feed speed at the • Wire jog control allows wire to be threaded
arc, together providing accurate and positive through gun cable without
wire feed speed. • energizing weld output.
• Master/gun wire feed speed control • Adjustable gun barrel allows operator to
improves resolution by limiting speed range easily vary contact tip to nozzle position.
available at the gun, making it easier to fine- • Patented quick-change, single-turn
tune arc conditions. contact tip provides excellent performance
• Unique arc starting control can be and ease of replacement.
adjusted to tune arc starting, reducing wire • Select from either an XR-Pistol gun or
stubbing or arc flaring which can result in an XR-Edge gooseneck-style gun. Both
burnbacks to the contact tip. feature a quick-connect to the Control and
• Gear-driven, smooth groove drive are available in air- and water-cooled
rolls reduce deformation of the wire and versions with 15 or 30 ft cable lengths. XR-
provide positive feeding performance Edge gun also available in 50 ft.
by having both rolls driving the wire, • The XR-Pistol and XR-Edge guns have a
helping to reduce burnbacks and patented gas delivery that reduces weld
enhancing arc starts. cleanup and repair by improving gas
Processes: MIG (GMAW) Welding • Replaceable feed cable liner reduces shielding coverage through reduction of
• Unique solid-state control parts cost and service time by allowing a atmospheric contamination.
permits XR systems to work with simple means of removing and replacing liner • The XR-Edge gun also features a toolless
most CC, CV, or CC/CV, DC welding and not the complete feed cable. 360 degree rotating head tube that reduces
power sources. • Easy access to drive assembly and operator fatigue by providing a simple means
removable head tube reduces service time of positioning gun comfortably for various
by allowing a simple means of changing drive welding positions.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Power Wire Speed Maximum Spool Size Capacity Dimensions Net Weight
24 VAC, 50/60 or 100Hz 70-875 IPM 12 in (305 mm) H: 16” W: 9-1/4” D: 21-1/4” 38 lb (17.2 kg)
(1.8-22.2 m/min) H:406 mm W: 235 mm D: 540
mm
Need Power source, XR Control, Gun and Fast Tip Drive Rolls
GUN SELECTOR CHART DRIVE ROLL KITS
Stock No. Description Stock No. Description
XR-Edge Gun 181534 15 ft (4.6 m) cable XR-Edge Gun 195208 .030 in (0.8 mm)
(Air Cooled) 181535 30 ft (9 m) cable 195207 .035 in (0.9 mm)
FastTip™/Drive
181537 50 ft (15.2 m) cable 195206 .040 in (1.0 mm)
Stock No. Description Roll Kits 195205 .047 in (1.2 mm)
195204 .062 in (1.6 mm)
XR-W Edge Gun 181531 15 ft (4.6 m) cable
181532 30 ft (9 m) cable Stock No. Description
(Water Cooled)
181533 50 ft (15.2 m) cable XR-Pistol Gun 195213 .030 in (0.8 mm)
195212 .035 in (0.9 mm)
XR-A Pistol Gun Stock No. Description FastTip™/Drive
195211 .040 in (1.0 mm)
198127 15 ft (4.6 m) cable Roll Kits 195210 .047 in (1.2 mm)
(Air Cooled) 198128 30 ft (9 m) cable 195209 .062 in (1.6 mm)
XR-W Pistol Gun Stock No. Description Call us for additional accessories for this machine.
198129 15 ft (4.6 m) cable
(Water Cooled) 198130 30 ft (9 m) cable
XR-EDGE GUN
XR-PISTOL GRIP GUN
Model XR-A Edge Gun XR-W Edge Gun Model XR-A Gun XR-W Gun
Welding Output Air: 250 A at Water: 400 A at 100% Welding Output Air: 250 A at Water: 400 A at 100%
Range 100% Duty Cycle Duty Cycle Range 100% Duty Cycle Duty Cycle
Electrode Wire .030-.062 in (0.8-1.6 mm) Electrode Wire .030-.062 in (0.8-1.6 mm)
Diameter Capacity Aluminum Wire Diameter Capacity Aluminum Wire
Wire Speed 70-875 IPM (1.8-22.2 m/min) Wire Speed 70-875 IPM (1.8-22.2 m/min)
H: 5” W: 2-1/2” D: 17” H: 7-3/8” W: 1-7/8” D: 10-5/8”
Dimensions Dimensions
H:127 mm W:64 mm D: 432 mm H:187 mm W:48 mm D:270 mm
Net Weight 2.5 lb (1.1 kg) Net Weight 2.4 lb (1.1 kg) 2.9 lb (1.3 kg)

92 W IRE F EEDER S YSTEMS / S POT W ELDERS
HEFTY® CC/CV
The Thermal Arc Hefty® CC/CV is a portable, The variable speed motor handles the fast
solid state, CC and CV suitcase wire feeder speed demands of smaller wire as well as the
designed for gas metal arc welding (GMAW) low speed high torque demands for larger di-
and flux-cored arc welding (FCAW).The front ameter wire. The quick torch connector is
panel features larger knobs for easier adjust- standard and easily fits most TWECO MIG
ment and large more visible meters. It has an guns. The suitcase feeder protects 10, 15, 20,
insulated top carrying handle and front and 30, 45 lb. wire spools and 14 lb. coils of wire.
rear recessed handles. The rugged, high-im- • A truly portable wire feeder
pacted molded polymer case makes it durable • Built-in contactor
enough to take anywhere. And the control • Powerful permanent magnet motor
panel is recessed, to protect the knobs with a • Dynamic braking system
plastic, flame-retardant suitcase housing. • Laydown type carrying handle
Standard features include contactor, gas • 50 to 600 IPM (127 to 1520 CPM)
AVAILABLE FEED ROLL KITS valve, on/off switch, CC/CV selector switch. wire speed
Wire Size .024” .030”, .035 .035” .045” .035”, .045” .052” 1/16” .030”, .035” .052”, 1/16”, .068”
Wire Type Hard Hard Hard Hard & Tubular Hard Hard Hard & Tubular Hard Hard & Tubular
Stock No. 171435-001 171435-002 171435-003 171435-004 171435-005 171435-006 171435-007 – –
Input Voltage Max. input Maximum Wire Welding Feed

Range Current Spool Capacity Current Rolls Wire Speed Range Wire Size Range Dimensions Net Weight
12” (304.8 mm) 330A at 60% 50-700 (IPM) .024” - 5/64” 14.8” x 9.1” x 23.2”
15-100VDC 8 Amps 2 29 lbs. (13.2 kg)
30 lbs. (13.6 kg) Duty Cycle 1.3 - 17.8 (m/min) 0.6 - 2.0 (mm) 375 x 230 x 587 (mm)
MSW & LMSW SERIES

Process: Resistance Spot Welding. Models weld up to 3/16 in (4.8 mm) total
These lightweight, air-cooled units are portable, material thickness or two pieces of 16 gauge
easy to operate, and provide a quick and (3 mm) galvanized metal.
effective means for spot welding mild, “T” Models include a Timer Panel with a 0 to 5
galvanized or stainless materials. These units second weld timer and power on/off switch, and
are an excellent choice for maintenance work, Features
and for spot welding applications that require • Accommodates a wide variety of tongs and tips
portability and lower amperage welding. • Hand lever locks tongs firmly on material,
The MSW Models weld up to 1/8 in (3.2 mm) • ensures positive, accurate fit-up
total material thickness or two pieces of 20 • Quick and easy adjustment for material thickness
gauge (1.8 mm) galvanized metal. The LMSW • Reversible for left- or right-hand operation
Work Capacity Rated Output (Calibrated Max.
Model Input Rated w i t h s ta n d a r d - t y p e t o n g s )
(Combined Thickness Open- Net
Stock 50/60Hz Output at 50% Dimensions
uncoated mild steel using 6 in 12 in 18 in Circuit Weight
No. Amps Duty Cycle
6 in [152 mm] tongs) (152mm) (305mm) (457mm) Voltage
MSW-41 H: 6” W: 3 1/4” D:16” 26 lbs
110 VAC 30 1/8 in (3.2 mm) 1.5 kVA 5550 A 4500 A 3600 A 1.6
900371 152mmx83mmx330mm (12 kg)
LMSW-52 H: 6” W: 3 1/4” D:13” 33 lbs
220 VAC 30 3/16 in (4.7 mm) 2.5 kVA 6750 A 5800 A 4850 A 2.5
900377 152mmx83mmx406mm (15 kg)
Models do not include tongs or tips. For information and availability of tongs and tips for use with this machine, please refer
to the bottom of this page.
TIPS AND TONGS FOR MSW AND LMSW SERIES SPOT WELDERS
One set of tips is supplied with each set of tongs.
TONGS
MIL 040197 6 in (152 mm) Standard Tip Flat Tip
3½ in (89mm)
MIL 040198 12 in (305 mm)
MIL 040199 18 in (457 mm)
TIPS
ACCESSORIES
Model Stock No. Description MIL 040211 Standard Tip
Tip Dresser 040 228 For use with pointed tips. MIL 040212 Flat Tip

C OOLANT S YSTEMS 93
TORCH & GUN COOLERS

Coolmate COOLMATE™ 3 115 VAC, 50/60 HZ
For use with water-cooled torches rated up to 600 amps. Unique paddle-wheel indicator,
external filter and easy-fill Spout.
Coolmate 4
COOLMATE™ V3
Coolmate 3 Stock No. MIL 043009
For use with water-cooled torches rated up to 500 amps. Vertical Design conveniently
mounts to Miller Cylinder rack in place of one cylinder.
COOLMATE™ 4 115 VAC

The best performer in its design class. The tough, one-piece case is portable and
rustproof. A carrying handle and filler spout are molded into the case. Cools torches
and guns rated up to 600 amps.
Model Motor Input Amps Input Full Load Max. Cooling Capacity Tank Dimensions Net Weight
Voltage 50/60 Hz 50 Hz 60Hz Capacity
Coolmate 3 115 VAC 5.9 A 4.7 A 14,000 BTU/hr at 3 gal H: 13-1/4 in (337 mm) 39 lb
Stock No. 043007 230 VAC 2.5 A 3.0 A 1.3 qt/min (1.25 L/min) (11.4 L) W: 12-1/4 in (311 mm) (18 kg)
D: 23-1/4 in (584 mm)
Coolmate V3 115 VAC 5.9 A 4.7 A 14,000 BTU/hr at 3 gal H: 33 in (838 mm) 50 lb
Stock No. 043009 1.3 qt/min (1.25 L/min) (11.4 L) W: 9-1/4 in (235 mm) (23 kg)
D: 9-1/4 in (235 mm)
Coolmate 4 H: 16-1/4 in (413 mm)
115 VAC 5.9 A 4.7 A 15,000 BTU/hr at 4 gal W: 15-1/4 in (387 mm) 44 lb
Stock No. 042288 1.3 qt/min (1.25 L/min) (15.0 L) (20 kg)
D: 18-3/4 in (476 mm)
WATER COOLER
Stock No. TWE TC900-G
• Designed for MIG guns up to 800 amps • Both style pumps equipped with a by pass
and TIG torches up to 500 amps. to eliminate excessive pump wear.
• Stainless steel construction eliminates • All coolant passes through radiator for
coolant contamination due to electrolyte more efficient cooling.
and chemical reactions.
• High efficiency radiator design pulls out- Specifications
side air through radiator.
• 2.5 Gallon reservoir.
• Reservoir equipment with filter, which en-
hances pump life. • 115 or 230 Volt single phase 50/60 Hz.
• Large water flow/level indicator makes it • 18” L x 9-1/4” W x 12-3/8” H
easy to monitor cooler operation from • 5/8” left-hand standard inert gas fittings.
a distance.
• All major components are easily acces- • 8 ft power cord.
sible for fast easy maintenance. • Net Weight 42 lbs.
LOW CONDUCTIVITY
ANTIFREEZE / COOLANT
Item No. MIL 043810
Primarily used in TIG (high-frequency) applications, but can also be used in MIG systems where alumi-
num is not in the water path. 1 gallon recyclable plastic bottles. Miller coolants contain a base of
ethylene glycol and deionized water to protect against freezing to -37°F (-38°C) or boiling to 227°F
(108°C). Also contains a compound that resists algae growth.

94 P OWER SOURCE A CCESSORIES
CARRYING CART NO. 29 RUNNING GEAR

Height: 34” x Width: 30” x Depth: 17” Includes two 8 in (203 mm) wheels, two 4 in (102 mm) cast-
(864 x 762 x 432 mm). ers and handle. Two compartments have been integrated for
Used for: Maxstar and MXT filler materials and will accommodate gas cylinders up to 48
in (122 cm) high measuring 7 in (17.8 cm) in diameter.
CYLINDER RACK Used for: Syncrowave 180SD

Consists of base tray with bottle bracket, and vertical
support rack with safety chain.
NO. 4B RUNNING GEAR
Note: Cannot be used with LP Tank Mounting Bracket.
Used for: Bobcat Two rear wheels with 480/400 x 8 pneumatic tires. Two 8
in (203 mm) solid rubber tired front wheels and 30 in
(762 mm) towing handle.
DELUXE CARRYING CART Used for: Bobcat and Trailblazer
AND CYLINDER RACK

Stock No. MIL 043867 RUNNING GEAR /
CYLINDER RACK
Accomodates Inverter power source, cooler, and one gas
cylinder. Includes bottom drawer for miscellaneous items.
Used for: Maxstar 300, Dynasty and Syncrowave 180SD Stock No. MIL 770187
Heavy-duty construction. For gas Cylinders no larger than 7
DUAL CYLINDER RACK in (178 mm) diameter, maximum weight 100 lb (45 kg)
Stock No. MIL 042758 Used for: MM135 and MM175

Converts single to a dual Cylinder Rack.
Used for: MM210, MM251 and MM300
SMALL RUNNING GEAR /
CYLINDER RACK
MIGRUNNER CART Stock No. MIL 194776
INVERTER Durable construction. For gas cylinders no larger than
7 in (178 mm) diameter, maximum weight 75 lb (34 kg).
Small footprint easily maneuverable, with cylinder rack Used for: MM 135 and MM 175
low enough that you don’t have to lift bottles. Durable,
STANDARD CYLINDER
HD ergonomic handles are designed for comfort.
Used for: XMT
RACK
NO. 22 RUNNING GEAR Stock No. MIL 042887
Stock No. MIL 042258 Installs on standard running gear (#042886) only.
Includes two 10 in (254 mm) wheels, two 5 in (127 mm)
casters and a two-compartment rack for gas cylinder(s) or Used for: DeltaFab and Dimension
Coolmate V3 coolant system
Used for: Syncrowave 250
STANDARD RUNNING
NO. 24H1 HAND GEAR
RUNNING GEAR The large 10 in (254 mm) rear wheels and 5 in (127
mm) front casters on this running gear provide excel-
Stock No. MIL 043720 lent mobility on the shop floor, making it easier to
Compact, lightweight wheelbarrow-style running move the power source. Very easy to install. Handles
gear designed for easy onsite mobility. double as cable holder.
Used for: Blue Star 3500 & 6000 Used for: DeltaFab, Goldstar and Dimension
NO. 27 HAND UNIVERSAL CART

RUNNING GEAR AND CYLINDER RACK
Rugged, lightweight design provides maximum maneuver-
ability. Comes with standard handle, two large 480/400 x 8 Accommodates gas cylinder up to 56 in (142.2 cm)
pneumatic tires, two 5 in rubber swivel casters, adjustable high measuring 6 to 9 in (15.2 to 22.8 cm) in diameter.
axle and easy-to-read instructions. Shown with optional LP Provides storage for auxiliary items such as Electrodes,
tank mounting bracket. Helmets, Gloves, etc.
Used for: Bobcat and Trailblazer Used for: Econotig,Maxstar 300, XMT and Syncrowave 180

P OWER SOURCE A CCESSORIES 95
XMT CYLINDER CART RCCS-14 REMOTE

Has adjustable handles and is slanted for convenient CONTRACTOR AND CURRENT
access to power source front panel controls. Carries
two 160 lb (72.6 kg) gas Cylinders, or one gas Cylin-
CONTROL
der and a Coolmate V3 for TIG (GTAW) welding.
Up/Down rotary-motion fingertip control fastens to
Feeder Mounted to tray above power source. TIG torch using Velcro® straps. Includes 26.5 ft con-
Used for: Maxstar 300 and XMT trol cord. Great for applications that require finer
amperage control. Uses 14 pin plug.
HWY-224 TRAILER
Used for: Maxstar 200, Maxstar 300, CST 250, Dynasty 200,
Syncrowave 180 and Mark VI
RFCS-14 HD FOOT CONTROL

A 2650 lb (1202 kg) capacity highway trailer. Welded
steel tubing frame, heavy-duty axle with roller bearing
hubs and leaf-spring suspension. The Hwy-224 comes Stock No. MIL 194744
with jack stand, 2 in (50 mm) ball hitch, fenders and lights. New Design increases stability with a larger base and a
heavy 20 ft cord that can exit the front, back or either
Used for: Big 40 Cat, Big Blue Series, Pro 300 and Air Pak side of the pedal. Provides remote current and contrac-
tor control. 14-pin plug.
OFR-224 TRAILER Used for: Maxstar 200, Maxstar 300, Dynasty

200, Syncrowave 180 and Mark VI
A 2650 lb (1202 kg) capacity off road trailer. Welded
steel tubing frame, heavy-duty axle with roller bearing RFCS-14 REMOTE
hubs and leaf-spring suspension. The OFR-224
comes with jack stand and 2 in (50 mm) ball hitch.
FOOT CONTROL
Used for: Big 40 Cat, Big Blue Series, Pro 300 and Air Pak
Foot pedal provides remote current and contractor
control. Includes 20 ft (6 m) cord and 14-pin plug.
HWY-1000 TRAILER Used for: CST 250, XMT and Mark VI

This 1000 lb capacity highway trailer with
welded steel tubing frame, heavy-duty axle
with roller bearing hubs and leaf-spring
RHC-14 HAND CONTROL
suspension comes with jack stand, 2 in Miniature hand control for remote current and
ball hitch, fenders and lights. contractor control. Dimensions: 4 x 4 x 3-1/4 in
Used for: Bobcat and Trailblazer (102 x 102 x 82 mm). Includes 20 ft (6 m) cord
and 14-pin plug.
Used for: CST 250, XMT, Pro 300, Mark VI,
HF-251D-1 HIGH FREQUENCY Trailblazer, Big Blue and Air Pak
ARC STARTER AND STABILIZER

Stock No. MIL 042388 Available for Rental Weekly or Monthly
Call Awisco for Details
RHC-3GD34A REMOTE
Portable 115 Volt, 250 amp unit, 60% duty cycle
HAND CONTROL
unit adds high-frequency to the welding circuit to
help start the arc when using the TIG process. (Re-
Remote hand amperage or voltage control.
quires Secondary Contractor and RMLS-14 Switch).
Includes 20 ft (6 m) cord and plug.
RCC-14 REMOTE
Used for: Big Blue Series
CONTRACTOR AND CURRENT

CONTROL RMLS-14 SWITCH
Side-to-side rotary motion finger control fastens Momentary- and maintained-contact rocker
switch for contactor control. Push forward for
to TIG torch with Velcro® straps. includes 26.5
maintained contact and backward for momen-
ft control cord and 14-pin plug. Great for pro- tary contact. Includes 26.5 ft (8 m) cord and
duction or contractors needing quick ramp-up. 14-pin plug.
Used for: CST 250, Syncrowave 180, XMT, ALT 304 and Mark VI Used for: XMT Series

96 P OWER SOURCE A CCESSORIES
Machine Covers
PROTECTIVE COVER PROTECTIVE COVER

Protective Cover, Millermatic with helmet
bag Includes detachable protective helmet
Mildew-resistant, odorfree, carrier (with window for solar charging).
waterproof cover protects your Easy-off handle/helmet bag hanger/wall
machine’s finish. hanging strap. Covers unit with weld cables
connected. Oversized storage pocket.
Used for: Millermatic 210, Millermatic
251 & Millermatic 300
Used for: Spectrum 125C & Spectrum 375 PROTECTIVE COVER

Heat-resistant blue protective cover.
PROTECTIVE COVER L:32", W:24", H:20"
Stock No. MIL 195145 Used for:
Blue Star 3500 &
Blue Star 6000
Covers unit with all cables con-

nected. Easy-off handle/ wall
hanging strap.
Used for: Spectrum 625
PROTECTIVE COVER
PROTECTIVE COVER
Stock No. MIL 195271 Engine Drive 18W x 48L x 26H heat
resistant blue protective cover with re-
inforced sleeve for exhaust pipe. Easy-
Waterproof and Mildew-resistant cover. off handles, easy-access cable cut-
Made of flame and tear-resistant wo- outs, and tie down grommets secure
ven nylon. cover for transport.
Used for: Spectrum 2050
Used for: Bobcat 225, Bobcat 250
& Trailblazer Series
PROTECTIVE COVER
PROTECTIVE COVER This is for Machines that are totally enclosed.
• Heavy-duty, water resistant

Protective Cover, Millermatic 135 & 175 Cov-
and mildew resistant.
ers unit with weld cables connected. Cutout
allows access to handle for portability. Over- • Protects and maintains the
finish of your twin-cylinder
sized storage pocket (can be used to store
welder / generator.
cables )
• Heat-resistant, reinforced
sleeve for exhaust pipe.
Used for: Millermatic 135 & Millermatic 175
Note: Not for use with protective cage or running gear.

C UTTING S YSTEMS 97
AWISCO is showing information on the C&G Crossfire System which is the more popular system from C&G...
To see their entire line of systems, either call AWISCO for a full C&G Catalog or visit their Website at
www.cgsystems.com
C&G CROSSFIRE SYSTEM

Call Awisco for details or prices...
C&G is a manufacturer of CNC plasma and PC-based controller provides the

oxy-fuel shape cutting systems including can- sophistication to increase operator
tilever, dual side drive standard gantry, heavy productivity. The controller is powerful and
duty gantry, precision plasma gan- easy to learn. The chassis is swivel-mounted
try and single side drive and it has a user-friendly touchscreen
standard gantry sys- operation. The 12.1” active liquid crystal
tems which cover display provides clear, bright graphics that
the full range of au- can be seen at an angle or from across the
tomated shape cut- shop floor. Easy-to-use nesting software is
ting applications. included. Time is money and Crossfire saves
Precision C&G cut- both.
ting systems pro- Durability.
vide practical, eco- Crossfire is engineered to operate 24/7.
nomical shape cut- Easily capable of running for more than 100
ting solutions for ei- hours straight, the rugged Crossfire could run
ther plasma or oxy- for countless shifts without interruption. The
fuel requirements. 90# T-rails are FLAME-hardened for a longer
System options range from cantilever fixed lasting, smooth ride. The cross carriage has
table designs to single and dual-side rack and a hinged cover to keep it free of debris and
pinion drive models. protected from the environment. Crossfire is
Precision. Crossfire is more accurate than engineered for the long run.
machines costing twice as much! Our new Versatility.
cutting system maintains a positioning ac-
Crossfire is available in 6’, 8’, 10’ and 12’
curacy of better than .010 and a repeatabil-
widths and its length can be extended up to
ity of .002 in an 8’ x 8’ area as certified by an
100’. Crossfire can be equipped with as many
independent laser calibration and certifica-
as 5 cutting stations (one plasma with up to
tion company. With such capabilities,
4 oxy-fuel or two plasma with up to 3 oxy-
Crossfire is always on target.
fuel) and a marking station. The optional
Speed. wireless communication package offers the
At 900 IPM, Crossfire is faster than machines ultimate in convenience. No matter what job
costing twice as much! State-of-the-art AC it is, you can’t miss with Crossfire.
drives provide the power and the integrated
Integrated PC-Based OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
CNC Controller • Plasma Station Collision Sensor • Software Upgrades

• Marking Station, Air Scribe, Arc Writer, Plasma • Precision Plasma
• Wireless Communication Package
MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
• Easy-to-use Touch Screen Operation
• Cutting Widths: 6’, 8’, 10’, 12’ • Precision Ground Linear Ways
• 12.1” Color Active Liquid Crystal Display
• Standard Length: 10’ • Helical Planetary Direct Drive Gear Boxes
• 433 MHz Processor
• Rail Extensions up to 100’ • Flame Hardened 90# T-Rail
• Windows NT-based Operating System
• Number of Cutting Stations: 5 (max.) • Band Drive Torch Positioning
• 128 Megabytes of RAM • Plasma Stations: 2 (max.) • Hinged Cover for Cross Carriage
• 4.3 Gigabytes of Hard Drive Oxy-Fuel: 4 (max.)
Storage Capacity
• • Enclosed Powertrack on all Axis and Lifter
• Markers: 1 Stations
• Diskette Drive
• Integrated PC-Based CNC Controller • Touch Pad Controls for Oxy-fuel and
• Auxiliary Dual 115V Outlet Plasma Torch
• Drive Package 900 IPM
• Swivel Base and Utility Desk • Height Control
• AC Brushless Motors
• AC 1,000 Watt Brushless Drives • Nesting Software Included

WELDING PR OCESSES
PROCESSES
THE CAPACITOR DISCHARGE ( CD ) STUD WELDING PROCESS
1. Stud against work 2. Stored energy dis- 3. Stud forced into molten 4. Metal solidifies and
charged through special metal weld is completed in mil-
weld “timing” tip and stud liseconds
starts downward.
Capacitor Discharge (CD) Stud Welding involves the same basic principles and metallurgical aspects as any other arc
welding procedure. When the weld gun is activated, a special precision weld tip initiates a controlled electric arc from the
welder capacitor bank which melts the end of the stud and a portion of the base metal. The stud is held in place as the
molten metal solidifies instantly accomplishing a high quality fusion weld.
CD Stud Welding is generally used to weld smaller diameter studs to thin base metals, especially where reverse side
marking is not permissible. Since the entire weld cycle is completed in milliseconds, welds can be made to thin material
without pronounced distortion, burn-through or reverse side discoloration. As long as one end of stud is designed for CD
welding, CD studs can be manufactured in almost any shape.
CD Stud Welding is compatible with just about any weldable material, and permits the welding of dissimilar metals.
THE ARC STUD WELDING PROCESS
1. Stud and ceramic fer- 2. Stud lifts and arc is 3. Control times out and 4. Metal solidifies and
rule against the work drawn stud plunges into molten weld is completed in mil-
plate steel liseconds
Arc Stud Welding involves the same basic principles and metallurgical aspects as any other arc welding procedure. The
weld gun lifts the stud a short distance from the base metal and initiates a controlled electric arc from the power source
which melts the end of the stud and a portion of the base metal. The ceramic ferrule contains the molten metal into which
the stud is thrust automatically and a high quality fusion weld is accomplished.
Arc Stud Welding is generally used to weld larger diameter studs to thick base metals. ARC studs may be almost any
shape and there are literally hundreds; however, they must have one end of the stud designed for ARC welding and must
be made of weldable materials. Mild steel, stainless steel, and aluminum are applicable materials for arc stud welding.
AWISCO HAS HAD EXTENSIVE EXPERIENCE IN STUD WELDING APPLICATIONS AND PROCESSES. WE
OFFER THE CD AND THE ARC STUD WELDING EQUIPMENT AS A PURCHASE OR ON A RENTAL BASIS.
GIVE US A CALL AND WE WILL ANSWER ANY OF YOUR QUESTIONS...

We are showing the most popular power sources, Both for CD and Arc stud.

GUIDELINES FOR EQUIPMENT SELECTION CD VS ARC

CD A RC
Uses: Generally used to weld smaller diameter studs (14 Ga – 3/8”) to Uses: Generally used to weld larger diameter studs (10 Ga to 1-1/4”)
thin base metals, especially where reverse side marking is not permis- to thick base metals. Rule of thumb, base metal thickness should be at
sible. 3/8” can be a difficult setup if surface preparations are not fol- least 1/3 of stud diameter. An Arc weld is a penetrating weld. Equip-
lowed. A CD weld is a surface weld. Equip is more portable. ment tends to be less portable than CD.
Surface Preparation: Must be free of all rust, scale, oil, paint, Surface Preparation: Surface must be relatively free of all rust,
and any foreign substances. Wire brush cleaning of surface with Oil, paint, plating, and any foreign substances. Wire brush clean-
light rust may be necessary. If surface has oil, scale, paint, plating of surface will usually be adequate. Cannot weld through hot
ing, etc. call to see if you can use CD welding. dipped galvanize without extensive grinding and wire brushing
Welding location must be free of pits. Center punching can not with S/S brush. Rolled galvanized is slightly better. Weld can trans-
be used to mark location. fer heat & cause a heat affected area.
Typical Material Combinations: You cannot weld to hot rolled Typical Material Combinations: Can weld to hot rolled steel
steel quenched in oil or scale material. Studs of Mild Steel (1008, quenched in oil and scale material. Studs of Mild Steel, Stainless
1010), Stainless (304, 305), and Brass (70-3-,65-35) can be welded Steel Series 300 (except 303) can be welded with good to excel-
with good to excellent results to base metals of Mild Steel (1006 lent results to base metals of Mild Steel (1006 - 1025) and Stain-
- 1030) Medium Carbon Steel (1030 - 1050), Galvanized sheet less Steel Series 300 (except 303). Studs of Aluminum 5086 can
duct or decking, Stainless Steel (405, 410 430, and 330 series be welded to 5000 Series aluminum but requires use of gas.
except 303), Lead Free Brass, Electrolytic Copper, Lead-Free
Power Requirements:
Rolled Copper, and Die-Cast Zinc alloys. Studs of Aluminum 1100,
AC Unit:: 230/460 VAC (208/575 also avail. as specials) single
6061 can be welded to most aluminum alloys of the 1100,3000,
phase or three phase (depending on unit). Fusing based on volts
5000, and 6000 series.
and specific unit.
Power Requirements: 110 VAC/ (220 VAC avail. on some mod- DC Unit: 60 VDC constant. DC amps required will depend on
els or as special), 20 Amps. stud diameter.
CAPACITOR DISCHARGE MACHINE

Stock No. SWC CD-212P
The CD-212P is a state-of-the-art solid state Features:

capacitor discharge stud/pin welder. Its lightweight • Designed and built in U.S.A.
design increases portability but with the power to weld • Light Weight Aluminum Cabinet
1/4” diameter flanged studs. • Powder Coated
The extremely short weld time of capacitor • Safety Fault Shut Down
discharge process allows studs to be welded to • Recessed Control Panel
material as thin as .015 without burn-through.
• Circuit Breaker Protection
The unit is capable of welding mild steel, stainless
and aluminum studs as well as cuphead pins. • 3 Year Warranty on PCB
Input Power Weld Rate Capacitance Stud Range Mode Dimensions Weight
110 VAC, 60Hz 20 Amps 12 Studs / min. 66,000 MFD 14 Ga. - 1/4” Contact H: 8 - 1/2” W: 9” D: 11 - 3/4” 26 lbs
ARC STUD WELDER MACHINE

Stock No. SWC ARC-3000
The ARC-3000 is a fully regulated stud welding to printed circuit boards. The ARC-3000 system
power supply that is available in a single or dual is capable of welding studs from 1/4” diameter to
gun version. Both versions have the constant 1-1/4” diameter with preciseness and repeatability.
output feature that allows the unit to be used as a Features:
power source that can operate external stud • Designed and built in U.S.A.
welding control units. An added feature in the ARC- • Constant current output
3000 is the ability to dial in the desired weld time • Single or dual gun systems
and weld current before even making a weld. By • Independent gun controls
selecting the setup mode, the weld time and • Precise weld time and weld current adjustments
current can be adjusted and displayed on the front
• Digital display of actual weld time and
panel digital meters.
weld current
A specially designed electronic gun control
circuit has been incorporated into the system. If a
• Diagnostic L.E.D.’s
fault condition occurs due to a shorted gun • State of the art gun control circuitry
solenoid or a faulty control cable, the circuit will • Built in chuck saver
prevent gun retriggering and eliminate damage • Auto safety shutdown
Input Power Optional Input Output Duty Cycle Fusing Dimensions Weight
1/4 - 3/8 Unlimited H: 36”
1/2” 60/min 5/8” 30 min. 400/200/180 Delay Type
230/460/575 VAC 380/415/440 VAC - 50Hz 3000 Amps @ 44 VDC W: 28” 950 lbs
3/4” 20/min 7/8” 15/min. 3 Phase / 60 cycle
1” 10/min. D: 40”

DC POWER SOURCES
• Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) is a high quality, very high deposition welding process. Submerged
Arc Welding is a high deposition rate welding process commonly used to join plate.
• Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) shields the weld arc using a granular flux fed into the weld
zone forming a thick layer that completely covers the molten zone and prevents spatter and
sparks. It also acts as a thermal insulator, permitting deeper heat penetration.
• The process is obviously limited to welding in a horizontal position and is widely used for
relatively high speed sheet or plate steel welding in either automatic or semi automatic
configurations. The Flux can be recovered, treated, and reused.
• Submerged Arc Welding provides very high welding productivity... 4 - 10 times as much as
the Shielded Metal Arc Welding process.
LAF365 LAF1000 LAF1250 LAF1600
Stock No. 457350880 456321881 456323880 456324880
Input Voltage, 3 ph, 60 Hz 400/440 400/440/550 400/440/550 400/440/550
Maximum 100% Duty Cycle A/V 630/44 800/44 1250/44 1600/44
Load @ 80% Duty Cycle A/V 700/44 – – –
60% Duty Cycle A/V 800/44 1000/44 – –
Setting Range A/V MIG 50/17-635/44 50/17-1000/45 60/17-1250/44 –
SubArc 30/21 40/22-1000/45 40/22-1250/44 40/22-1600/46
800/44
Open Circuit Voltage, V 54 52 51 54
Open Circuit Power, W 150 145 220 220
Power Factor Correction 0.90 0.95 0.92 0.87
Efficiency 0.84 0.84 0.87 0.88
Dimensions: 26 X 19 X 36 26 x 22 x 43 31 x 24 x 49 31 x 24 x 49
LxWxH, in. (mm) (661 X 483 X 915) (646 x 552 x 1090) (774 x 598 x 1228) (774 x 598 x 1228)
Weight, lbs (kg) 572 (260) 726 (330) 1078 (490) 1287 (585)
AWISCO NY Corporation has been involved with ESAB in introducing Sub Arc to many users with tremendous success. There are
many variations of Power Sources, Tracks, Wires and Fluxes... We are showing some of the Power Sources and Tracks Systems. We
are only showing the Wire and Flux that has been the most popular in this area. For additional information you can request a full Sub
Arc Catalog from Awisco or you can visit the ESAB’s Website at www.esab.com
A6 MASTERTRAC
• Self-propelled, four-wheel drive for stable and • Optional automatic GMD or joystick controlled
accurate operation. joint tracking system.
• Capacity for heavy production welding using • Optional OPC Flux recovery system.
up to 1/4 in. (6 mm) wire with 1500 amps DC, • 2.6 gal (10 L) aluminum flux hopper is
and/or Ac power source. standard.
• Available in Single, Parallel or Tandem. • The Mastertrac can be delivered in Subarc or
• Horizontal, Vertical, and rotary slides allow to MIG versions.
quickly adjust the nozzle in numerous positions. • Simple and quick adjustment for Fillet/Butt
• PEH Processor Controller has capability of welding.
storing ten presettable welding parameters. • Several options available including Guide
Digital display of weld current, volts, travel or Wheel Bogie, Guide Rail, Pilot Lamp.
wire feed speed and heat input to work piece. • Option of Remote start/stop.
• Comes fully assembled for easy installation. Two-year warranty.
Stock No. Model Description
456486880 A6 Mastertrac for Subarc Single Wire application Includes Flux Feed System, Manual Slides, Flux Hopper, Busbar and PEH Control
456485880 A6 Mastertrac for MIG Single Wire application Includes Wire Feed System, Manual Slides, and PEH Control.
334191882 A6 Mastertrac for Tandem application
Single Wire SAW MIG Single Wire Parallel SAW Tandem Sub Arc
Current Capacity, amps 1500 600 1500 2 x 1500
Wire Diameter, in. (mm) 1/8 - 1/4 (3 - 6) 0.035 - 1/8 (1 - 3.2) 2 x 5/64 - 1/8 (2 x 2 - 3) 2 x 1/8 - 1/4 (2 x 3 - 6)
Wire Feed, Speed, in/min (m/min) 8 - 150 (0.2 - 4) 8 - 653 (0.2 - 166) 8 - 157 (0.2 - 4) 8 - 157 (0.2 - 4)
Travel Speed, in/min (m/min) 4 - 75 (0.1 - 2) 4 - 75 (0.1 - 2) 4 - 75 (0.1 - 2) 4 - 75 (0.1 - 2)
Control Voltage, volts 42 42 42 42
Wire Reel Capacity, lbs (kg) 66 (30) 66 (30) 2 x 66 (2 x 30) 2 x 66 (2 x 30)
Flux Capacity, gal (liter) 2.6 (10) – 2.6 (10) 2.6 (10)
Weight excl. wire and Flux, lbs (kg) 240 (110) 220 (110) 240 (110) 350 (158)

SPOOLARC 81
• Medium manganese and silicon wire - nominal rust and mill scale tolerance.
• usable with “active” or “neutral” fluxes.
• Developed for general purpose welding on low and medium carbon steels.
• Applications include structural steels, medium strength pressure vessels, ship, barge and
offshore oil rig fabrication.
• Usable with Unionmelt 50, 60, 80, 585, 429, 439, 429M, 231, 350, 350M, 651VF, and 656
fluxes.
• Wire diameters: 1/16” (1.6 mm), 5/64” (2.0 mm) 3/32” (2.4 mm), 1/8” (3.2 mm), 5/32” (4.0
mm) & 3/16” (4.8 mm).
UNIONMELT 429
Stock No. ARC 8424F09 Standard package is a 50 lb bag.
Unionmelt 429 is a neutral, bonded flux intended for butt and fillet welding of a
carbon and low alloy steel plate. It combines good as welded and stress relieved
mechanical properties with excellent performance. Its slag is generally self peeling,
even in tight, narrow groove butt welds. It provides moderate tolerance of rust and
mill scale. Unionmelt 429 is used in offshore oil rig, bridge, ship, pressure vessel,
and structural fabrication. It will operate with DC and AC, single and multiwire systems
at currents up to 1000 amps.
Plate Thickness Electrode Diameter Travel Speed

Weld Type Amps Volts Comments
in. (mm) in. (mm) ipm (cm/min)
Multipass V-Butt >1 (25) 5/32 (4.0) 650 30 - 32 16 - 18 (41 - 46) Fill Passes
Flat or Horizontal Fillet 1/4 (6.4) 1/8 (3.2) 450 - 550 26 - 29 20 - 30 (51 - 76)
Multipass V-Butt >1 (25) two 5/32 (4.0) 650 Lead (DC) 28 - 31 lead 24 (61) Fill Passes
3/8 (9.5) 5/32 (4.0) 650 Trail (AC) 30 - 32 trail
Square Butt 500-first side 32 30 (76) Back gouge second side
650-2nd side 32 28 (71)
Aftek manufactures a full line of multiple operator power supplies suitable for use with all brands of multiple operator systems.
This line of machines is widely used in the power plants when under construction or while they are having a plant shutdown.
Aftek has a full line of multiple operator power supplies, multiple operator resistor controls (grids) for Stick, TIG, MIG &
FCAW welding process. These are available in packaged system or as individual components. These units use the demand
pulse MIG process which permits low current welding very similar to short ARC but with demand pulse, the metal transfer
occurs above the weld pool, thus eliminating one of the most common defects associated with short ARC the Cold Lap.
We are showing a few of their models... If you want additional information, Please contact Awisco.
AFTEK MV-1000MO MOG295-80 “Standard”

Power Supply
AFTEK Manufactures a full line of Resistor Control Stations (GRIDS),
AFTEK Manufactures a full line of 60 suitable for use with ALL brands of Multiple Operator Systems, including:
volt Multiple Operator Power
MINI-TIG
Supplies. AFTEK builds 60 volt
Multiple Operator Rated Power
supplies in sizes ranging from 500
One Hander
amperes at 60 VDC to 2000 amps at
60 VDC. Power supplies are also
available for ACS systems designed
for 60 OCV operation. These
Aftek also manufactures a
machines are designed to be used superlite model we call the
as stand-alone power for MO Grids individually, or in “packs” of 2, 4, MiniTig (One Hander) 195
6, 8 or more arcs. Most effective when used with a closed loop of amps, weighs 30 pounds.
secondary power.

102 S PECIAL M ULTIPLE O PERATOR U NITS / F UME E XTRACTION
MOG
4 pack
250/250DPM
AFTEK can build grid frames to match most “standard” brands, if you
want to install in an existing “pack” frame, such as a MOG-PAK. Just
send us a sample, or a drawing with enough detail for manufacture.
AFTEK Resistor Control Stations are built using exclusive Edge-
Wound Ressitors, using a propietary alloy of iron and aluminum. In
normal use, the resistors are rust-resistant, and run cooler than most.
Switches are the heaviest duty we can obtain, and nothing is spared
to furnish you with the highest quality product of this kind.
Stainless Four-Pack of 250/250 Twin Welding Controls, designed to
be stacked to conserve space. Modules can be sized to interchange
with most grids. AFTEK grids are available in 195 to 395 amp sizes,
dual and single. Single Operator Dual Operator
These units are fitted with the patented Pipeliner Control, and have 195 Single or Dual Polarity 195390 Single or Dual Polarity
the Soft-Start TIG Control built-in. Units may be paralleled for 500 245 Single or Dual Polarity 245/490 Single or Dual Polarity
amps output from one side of the control. Like All AFTEK “Grids”, 295 Single or Dual Polarity 295/590 Single or Dual Polarity
these can be outfitted with the patented Demand Pulse MIG Control. 345 Single or Dual polarity 345/690 Single or Dual polarity
All except the Minitig can be fitted with the patented “pipeliner” Control, which allows the use of 6010 downhill root passes,
or the Demand Pulse MIG Control, which allows the use of small diameter solid wires in a mode similar to “Short-Arc”. A
voltage sensing wire feeder capable of low-voltage operation is recommended. Both the Pipeliner and Demand Pulse are
excellent choices for running out of position fluxcored wire. DPM-III model is excellent for Inconel overlay of the membrane
or waterwall in power boilers.
MULTIFUME ®
Stock No. PLY MFC-302
CARRY PORTABLE MECHANICAL FILTER
The Complete, Portable, extraction equipment for service and temporary work points
Simple and quick to set up, when the job is complete wind the cable around the handle
and carry the filter away. Its light weight makes it perfect for work in the field. the filter can be
complemented with a nozzle, for use at the source of fumes and lighter dust. Perfect for the
mobile contractor or service workshop complementing PlymoVent’s permanent at source
extraction systems.
It has all the features of the MFC-300 but is additionally equipped with a filter monitor that
illuminates a red warning lamp when the filter cassette needs to be changed.
• The fine-filter can be replaced in a few minutes

• The fine-filter is enclosed in new environmentally friendly
cassette for safer handling.
• The filter has a large capacity, 4,5 m2 filter surface.
• Filter monitoring.
• Low sound level -<70 dBa.
• Compact and light weight.
• By-pass motor, providing extended life.
• High filtering efficiency, up to 99%. (EU9)
• No installating costs.
• Spare easily to replace carbon brushes are included
ESSENTIALS FACTS
The MFC-302 is compact and light weight making it easier to take it with you everywhere.
The nozzles (accessories are fitted with magnetic feet to give precise positioning at the source of extraction. Particles are filtered by
the pleated fine-filter. A spark guard at the inlet prevents large particles being drawn into the large capacity fine-filter.

F UME E XTRACTION 103
MECHANICAL MOBILE FILTER

Stock No. PLY MFC-1200/3
Mechanical mobile filter that fulfills your

requirements for a better and safer work-
ing environment during welding opera- Stage 1
tions. A mobile fume extractor is perfect Spark Arrestor
in applications that require flexibility: Easy
to move and can always be used near the
Stage 2
process where fumes are generated. With
a Plymovent MultiFume® Caddie, fumes Pre-Filter Aluminum
and dust from welding source and within an Prod No: PF-INL-AL
area of 0,5 - 1,0 m. The captured fumes are cassette.
filtered and re-circulated within the premises.
This eliminates problems with heat loss with-
out disturbing existing ventilation systems.
The MultiFume® Caddie is designed to ex-
tract and filter fumes generated during the
welding operation. It is the perfect solution
for light engeneering and repair work. The Stage 3
unit has a built in high efficiency filtering sys-
Filter Elements
tem with spark arrestor, pre filter and a weld-
ing filter surface area of 35 m2. This gives a Standard: Basic Welding Filter: BIA G, F8
high separation efficiency and whilst EuroVent, 35 m2 / 376 ft2
maintaning powerful extraction rates ann Prod No: CLMF
ensures long filter life. Compact design and Optional: Glass Fibre Filter: BIA C, EuroVent
a alow centre of gravity (the unit is only 1m / F9, 25 m2 /270 ft2
TECHNICAL DATA 3 ft high) makes the unit very easy to move. Prod No: GFMF
Housing Housing Unit Air Extraction Extraction Area of Filter Noise Net Power
Material finish Dimensions Volume Arm Arm Rotation Reach Monitoring Level Weight Supply
PlymoVent type
Epoxy H: 39” EA 3 m 10 ft. 10 ft, both Yes - red Filter unit 231 lbs. 1,1 kW
Galvanized 700
Powder W: 27 Other lengths and 360° vertical and light when <70dB EA Arm 3m 31 lbs. 120 V - 60
Steel CFM
Coat D: 30 5/16 PlymoVent KUA horizontal filter is full (A) Total Weight 262 lbs. hz v 1 ph
arm are optional
ECONOMY ARM EXTRACTION ARM

The Affordable Choice
A quality Choice at a Price Anyone Can Afford

Our new value for money, extraction arm. The Economy Arm is in the low price range but gives
performance and features that previously only more expensive arms can offer. A free wall bracket,
ball bearing suspension, hood collar and hood are from the well known KUA arm.
Features and Benefits
The EconomyArm is a ball-bearing suspended extraction arm that comes in 7 ft., 10 ft. or 14
ft. length, Ø 6”. The spring balanced support mechanism and the friction brakes provides an
extraction arm with smooth operation within the whole working radius. The standard comple-
mentary free wall bracket (EA-2,-3 and -4) has a Ø 6” duct connection included but can also
hold a PlymoVent FUA fan directly without any special brackets. Ball bearing suspension is
standard. The support mechanism is surrounded by a high quality extraction hose. Safety
mesh and ratchet air control damper in the removable hood. The hood can also be fitted with
ACCESSORIES a 20 watt halogen working light. The EconomyArm also comes in a standing model that fits
Halogen Light Kit PLY HL-20/24 directly to all PlymoVent mobile units. The standing model can also be used in applications
Transformer 115/24 V: TR-24/75 with low ceiling heights where a low mounting position is needed. For the standing model an
optional wall bracket can be supplied for easy installation.
PA-110 (1,1m/3.6’)
Extension Columns:
PA-220 (2,2m/7.2’) Stock No. Working Radius Weight Tube Hose Diameter Rec. airvolume
500538 Note! PLY EA-2 7’ 37.4 lbs.
Wall Bracket Standard on EA-2, PLY EA-3 10’ 40.7 lbs. 6” 470-700 cfm
EA-3 and EA-4. PLY EA-4 14’ 45.1 lbs.

104 F UME E XTRACTION
BALL-BEARING KUA EXTRACTION ARM

A superflexible extractor for small and medium sized work places
Plymovent’s “KUA” is the most flexible extraction arm on the market for fume, gases and
oilmist. All in all, the perfect solution technically, practically, economically and aestheti-
cally. Take a close look at it! The KUA is, of course, compatible with all other products in
the PlymoVent range.
Unique to the KUA is the combination of inner and outer arm of smooth aluminum tubing
connected by our unique middle joint. The external easy-to-adjust elbow joint, together
with the spring-assisted joint supported in double ball-bearings, make manoeuvering of
the arm a simple, one movement operation. When you move the arms - vertical and
horizontally - you use Plymovent’s easy-to-reach ring handle.
You position the arm exactly where you want it, when you want it! The hood can be angled
110° in any direction, which makes anything possible!
The KUA can even reach above its own mounting height, and can be turned through 360°.
It can be folded back and put to one side according to your needs. In other words, the
KUA will follow you around the workplace smoothly and faithfully.
Ball-Bearing Jointed Extraction Arms KUA

Max. Working Hose Diameter Recommended
Stock No.
Radius in ft. Inches Airflow at Hood CFM
KUA-2 7 ft.
KUA-3 10 ft. 6.25” 500-700
KUA-4 14 ft.
Offers you the Best!
(Wall bracket, arm, hose and hood with damper included)
Another important feature is the
construction of the KUA. The inner
and outer arms are made of smooth Fans for Mounting Directly to Wall Bracket
aluminum tubing. This makes the Airlow CFM Approx. Airflow at the Hood with
Stock No. Motor Hp Voltage**
freeblowing 30 ft. exhaust duct on outlet
arm more robust, allows better air-
FUA-1300 825 1/2 208/230/460/575, 3-ph. 560 CFM
flow and reduces the overall weight
FUA-1301 825 1/2 110/220, 1-ph. 560 CFM
and noise level, even with large FUA-1800 1060 3/4 208/230/460/575, 3-ph. 710 CFM
volumes of air going through. KUA FUA-2100 1300 1 208/230/460/575, 3-ph. 765 CFM
combines quality with strength and FUA-2101 1300 1 110/220, 1-ph. 765 CFM
has no equal! (Fans should be fitted with recommended motor overload)
ARC WELDING
TWECOTONG ELECTRODE HOLDERS
Features reversible top and bottom “SUPER MEL” insulators. Efficient

6-position jaw patterns and fully inulated, protected springs. Ball-point
cable connection is also featured.
Amparage Body Electrode
Stock No. Length
Capacity Alloy Capacity
TWE A-532 200 98% Copper thru 5/32” 8-1/2”
TWE A-316 250 98% Copper thru 3/16” 9-1/4”
TWE A-732 300 98% Copper thru 7/32” 10” Amparage Electrode
Stock No. Description Length
TWE A-14 350 98% Copper thru 1/4” 11” Capacity Capacity
TWE A-14-HD 400 98% Copper thru 1/4” 12” TWE WS200E 200 Amp Tong Type Holder 200 thru 5/32” 8-1/2”
TWE A-38-HD 500 98% Copper thru 3/8” 13-1/4” TWE WS250E 250 Amp Tong Type Holder 250 thru 3/16” 9-1/4”
Tweco offers economy model electrode holders... They have TWE WS300E 300 Amp Tong Type Holder 300 thru 7/32” 10”
the basic style as the above... TWE WS350E 350 Amp Tong Type Holder 350 thru 1/4” 11”

A RC WELDING A CCESSORIES 105
TWE 4TT
Stock No. TWE 4TT
Stock No. TWE 4TT

Description Tweco-tite Holder
Amperage Capacity 400
Electrode Capacity 1/16” thru 1/4”
Features reversible top and bottom. Efficient 6-position jaw patterns Cable Connector Capacity thru 30
and fully inulated, protected springs. Length 9”
Awisco is showing the most common electrode holders... If you need another brand or model let us know and we will get it for you.
CLAMPS
COPPER STEEL GROUND
GROUND CLAMPS CLAMPS
• Steel body with direct ground
through copper alloy jaw.
• TWE SGC-500- with copper
• 98% Copper alloy jaws. shunt. TWE SGC-300-without
• Fully insulated Spring. copper shunt.
Amp Jaw
Stock No. Length
Cap. Opening Amp Jaw
Stock No. Length
Cap. Opening
TWE GC-200 200 1” -Depth 3” 6”
TWE GC-300 300 1-1/2” -Depth 4” 8-1/2” TWE SGC-300 300 2”-Depth 1-3/4” 9”
TWE GC-500 500 2”-Depth 5-1/4” 10” TWE SGC-500 500 2”-Depth 1-3/4” 9”
FLAT JAW COPPER GROUND CLAMP

TYPE C
• 98% Copper alloy jaws.

• 200, 300 and 500 Amp. flat jaw.
Amp Jaw
Stock No. Length
Cap. Opening
TWE FGC-200 200 5/8”-Depth 2” 5” Amp Throat Throat
Stock No.
TWE FGC-300 300 1”-Depth 3-1/2” 7-1/4” Cap. Opening Depth
TWE FGC-500 500 1-1/2”-Depth 3-1/4” 9-1/4” GC-600-50 500 2-1/2” 1-5/8”
MAGNETIC GROUND TWECOLUGS®

CLAMPS CRIMP OR SOLDER
Stock No. WEE SMG-300
Stock No. WEE SMG-500
Switchable magnetic ground clamps are easy connect and easy

release magnet with on/off knob. Will not collect debris, simply Welding Size of
Stock No. Amp Rating
turn off and wipe clean. Provides an outstanding ground, close to Cable Size Stud Hole
the weld. All of the convenience of a magnetic ground without the TWE T-62 6 thru 2 150
hassle. The Rare earth magnet provides 5x the holding strength of TWE T-120 1 thru 2/0 225 17/32”
a regular magnet. TWE T-3040 3/0 and 4/0 250

106 A RC WELDING A CCESSORIES
CABLE CONNECTORS
WPC CABLE QUICK-TRIK
CONNECTORS CABLE CONNECTORS
Quick-Trik connectors halves have morse tapered
sections that are drawn together with a cam and locking bar, for
maximum conductivity. Available with flexible insulators, with
tapered ends that cover cable jacket and lock out moisture ,oil
and dirt.
The Tweco WPC connectors are equipped with heat oil resistant MODEL QNB-2-BP
covers. These connectors are furnished with zinc plated cover and Stock No. JAC QNB-2-BP
ball-point cable screws. These connectors are interchangeable with For cables 1/0 and 2/0.
the older style Tweco MBP connectors.
The whip cable connector is used when down sizing cable to an
electrode holder. It is a No. 2 male connector with cable hole size to MODEL QNBF2
fit No. 4, 2, 1 or 1/0 cable. This will fir any No. 2 or No. 4 female Stock No. JAC QNBF-2
connector. Female Half
Stock No.
TWE 1-WPC (complete)
Type Cable Connection Cable Capacity
MODEL QNBM2
TWE 1-WPC-P (male half) 4, 2, 1
Stock No. JAC QNBM-2
TWE 1-WPC-R (female half) Male Half
Single ball-point
TWE 2-WPC (complete)
TWE 2-WPC-P (male half) 1/0, 2/0, 3/0
TWE 1-WPC-R (female half)
INTERNATIONAL DINSE
TYPE MACHINE PLUGS
TWE 4-WPC (complete) Double ball-point 3/0 or 4/0
TWE 2-1-MPC (whip) Single ball-point 4, 2, 1, 1/0
FEMALE TERMINALS
Today more welding power sources are equipped with international
style connectors for secondary connections. Lenco now offers
international Dinse type machine plugs for use with No. 8 (10mm)
AWG size cable. Lenco offers a one-piece adapter which has a Dinse
type male (Power Source) on one end and a Lenco female (LC-40/
LC-40HD) on the other end.
Stock No. LEN LDP-25M LEN LDP-50M
For cable size No. 8 thru No. 4 Single oval point screw
Stud hole size 17/32”.
Cable connections No. 4 thru No. 1/0
Stock No. Accepts male ends
Interchangeable with the following models
TWE 1-AF (45° angle) 1-M, 1-MBP Dinse DIX SK 25 DIX SK 50
TWE 2-AF (45° angle) 2-M, 4-M, 2-MBP Esab/Airco 160360895 N/A
Kemppi 9771650 9771670
Lincoln S19301-6 N/A
REPLACEMENT Miller N/A 042-418
MACHINE PLUG
Powcon N/A 930008-001
Stock No. TWE 2-M-T

AUTO LINE CABLES
Stock No. OKI PEASK-25 Stock No. OKI PEASK-70
Dinse Plug Dinse Plug
25mm #4 - #2 Cable 50mm #1 - #2/0 Cable
Tweco Replacement Machine Plugs come in two sizes to fit Miller
made welding machines that use the long tapered plug and receptacle
for electrode and ground cables. The cable connection on these
replacement plugs is Tweco Ball-point. Tapered end molded cover
protects connection and provides good hand grip.
Taper Taper Cable Type
Length Dimension Capacity Connection
1-1/8” 21/64” to 23/64” 1/0, 2/0, 3/0 Ball-Point

S AFETY P RODUCTS 107
WELDING HELMETS
MODEL HSL-2 MODEL 493
2” x 4-1/4” LIFT FRONT WIDE VISION LIFT FRONT
SHADOW HELMET Stock No. MOR 493
Stock No. JAC HSL-2
The 493 Welding Helmet comes in a
Narrow shell design is perfect for work large window lift-front design from
in tight spaces and the Shadow Morsafe’s “Forty Niner” series. The
helmet’s extended front increases thermoplastic shell and “Push-Ad-
throat protection against sparks, slag just-Release” positive locking,
and fumes. Plus the Shadow helmet ratchet suspension offer a durable,
can stand up to radiant heat of 350° F, yet thinner and lighter hood than or-
a minimum of 50% improvement over dinary welding helmets.
most other thermoplastic shells.
Comes complete with cover plate and
shade 10 filter plate.
MODEL 591
Stock No. MOR 591
MODEL HML-2A
2” x 4-1/4” LIFT FRONT Offers a 2” x 4¼” viewing in a flush
MIGHTY-LITE HELMET mount lift front design.
• Lightweight design molded of a
Stock No. JAC HML-2A thermoplastic resin
• Extended throat offers added
Extremely lightweight and flexible. protection from sparks, slag and
Made of durable injection-molded ther- fumes
moplastic resin and has molded-in • Come with a standard shade 10
plate holders. Snaps in and out with- filter plate
out tools, for easy replacement. Not
recommended for overhead welding.
MODEL 411P
VULCANIZED FIBER SHELL
MODEL HR-2A Stock No. KED 411P
The lightest weight helmet in the
RESPIRATOR LIFT FRONT Huntsman® line. This, the first Hunts-
Stock No. JAC HR-2A man® welding helmet design, features
the original Hunstman® shape and an
aluminum glassholder in a vulcanized
A respirator adapted helmet that allows fibre shell. This type of shell is pre-
for greater worker convenience, with ferred by many welders because of its
a bubble front that makes room for excellent resistance to heat. Featured
mask-type respirators. Includes with Zahnlok™ adjustment to make the
2” x 4¼” plastic lift-front plate holder. 411P a comfortable, cool helmet for
heavy-duty welding. Comes complete
with shade 10 filter plate and clear lens.
MODEL H2-A MODEL 430P

LIFT FRONT FIBERGLASS VULCANIZED FIBER SHELL
CURVED SHELL HELMET
Stock No. KED 430P
Stock No. JAC H2-A
Curved fiberglass shell provides excel-

lent interior clearance and is resistant Similar to the 411P, the 430P has a lift-
to molten metal. A standard viewing front glassholder and Zahnlock™
window with a convenient hinged lift headgear. Comes complete with shade
front. 2” x 4¼” plate size. 10 filter plate and clear lens.

108 S AFETY P RODUCTS
MODEL 911P TIGERHOOD®

900 SERIES ULTRA LIGHT ULTRALITE
Stock No. KED 911P Tigerhood Ultralite helmets compact, “west coast” style shells facili-
Helmet with aluminum front and tate welding in cramped areas. Tigerhood Ultralite helmets blend tra-
Zahnlok™ headgear. Made of tough ditional shape, positive locking headgear and padded sweatband with
washable thermoplastic. Comes innovative features such as a glide control that eases the shell down
complete with shade 10 filter plate to the “work” position, a Flash Barrier® to block out “halos” of light
and clear lens. and FibreMetal’s unique easy to use glassholder retainer.
MODEL 930P
900 SERIES ULTRA LIGHT
Stock No. KED 930P
Helmet with plastic lift front and
Zahnlok™ headgear. Made of tough
washable thermoplastic. Comes com-
plete with shade 10 filter plate and
clear lens.
111 116 190
Stock No. FIB 111 Stock No. FIB 116 Stock No. FIB 190
with a 2x4-1/4” fixed with a 2x4-1/4” wide vision.
front. lift front.
MODEL 951P
900 SERIES ULTRA LIGHT
Stock No. KED 951P
SUPERGLAS®
A favorite with welders nationwide, the
Big Window® offers lightweight and Tough fiberglass provides effective welding protection shift after shift,
nearly 24 inches of view area. Using a year after year, throughout the world. A Superglas® helmet is a long
standard 5¼” x 4½” welding lens term investment in productivity. Its durable, smooth surface sheds
placed vertically to give the welder the spatter, its molded-on glassholder never loosens or needs replacing
best possible view. Made of tough and its glass reinforced shell holds its shape on any job-site.
washable thermoplastic. Includes Superglas® helmets are molded in two shell shapes: under-chin to
“contour-comfort” headgear featuring prevent rising fumes from reaching the welder’s eyes and nose;
double lock locking devices and
straight-front to protect his throat and upper chest from falling sparks
Zahnlok™ adjustment. Comes com-
and spatter. The lift-front glassholder allows frequent weld inspection
plete with shade 10 filter plate and
clear lens. and chipping. Patented lid telescopes into frame for lightproof seal.
Stationary-front glassholder is for general, production welding.
MODEL 110/110P
PIPELINER® /SUPERGLASS®
PLUS SHELLS
Compact, lightweight, molded from

special glass-reinforced formulas meet
the needs of pipeliner welders. The
Pipeliner Model 110P sports a white
outer surface and a Neoprene
headband, preferred by pipeline weld-
ers. The Model 110 comes with a
ratchet headband. 606 706 710
with a 2x4-1/4” with a 2x4-1/4” with a 2x4-1/4”
FIB 110 Ratchet Headband lift front, lift front, fixed front,
FIB 110P Electric Headband straight front. under-chin. under-chin.

TIGERHOOD® MODEL 870

Tigerhood helmets are the lightest weight standard size welding hel-
LEATHER HOOD
mets in FibreMetal’s helmet line. They are molded from Noryl, a tough Stock No. FIB 870
weight-to-strength, heat resistant thermoplastic. Their universal shell
shape combines under-chin and straight-front helmet benefits to increase
welder comfort and protection. Choice of patented, telescoping lift-front,
• Made from premium side split cowhide
stationary, molded-in, or wide vision molded-in glassholder models.
• Designed to protect head and face
• Adjustable headgear
• Screen vents on top of the helmet
• 2” x 4-1/4” lift
990-HP-F/VX
AUTOMATIC DARKENING
FILTER HELMETS
906 910 990

• The Tigerhood 990’s exclusive helmet
shape combines smoke and fume pro-
Stock No. FIB 906 Stock No. FIB 910 Stock No. FIB 990 tection with extended throat protection
with a 2x4-1/4” with a 2x4-1/4” wide vision. • High Performance® ADFs have the high-
lift front. fixed front. est degree of optical clarity available
• Intelligent electronics provide job-proven
superior performance and reliability as
HANDSHIELDS a result of advanced electronic technol-
ogy that gives ADF the “intelligence” to
distinguish between a welding arc and
For inspectors and “occasional” welders. Heat resistant handles in-
extraneous light sources
stead of headgear. Flat or standard shaped fiberglass shells and
• Rugged construction design encases
universal thermoplastic Tigerhood® shapes. the precision electronics in a reinforced,
impact resistant and flameproof cassette to provide protection from
the harshest welding environments
• Magnifiers can be quickly and easily installed in the snap-on holder
FIB 990-HP-F
Combines the Tigerhood 990 with a
Model HP-F ADF. The Model HP-F, the
workhorse of the line, is engineered
to provide exceptional performance
across the whole spectrum of arc weld-
ing processes. Available in shades 10,
152 465 475

11 or 12.
with a 2x4-1/4” Inspector’s handshield. Inspector’s FIB 990-HP-VX
fixed front. handshield. Combines the Tigerhood 990 with a
Model HP-VX ADF. Model HP-VX has
an extra large viewing area that is 44%
larger than most ADFs. Comes with a
selectable shade lens of shade 10, 11,
12 and 13.
SPECIFICATIONS
Stock No. FIB 990-HP-F FIB 990-HP-VX
Light Shade 3 3
Dark Shade
Fixed Shades 10, 11, 12 —
Selectable Shades — 10, 11, 12 and 13
Off (fail-safe) Shade Nominal 6 (fixed) Nominal 5 (selectable)
713 913 998

Viewing Area 3.57” x 1.68” 4.09” x 2.13”
Weight with lens 20.3 oz. 20.3 oz.
Battery Life 2,000 hours 3,000 hours
Auto Off: turns off 30 minutes after last arc
with a 2x4-1/4” with a 2x4-1/4” wide vision.
fixed front. fixed front. Operating Temperature: 23° to 131° F (-5° to 55° C)

EQC MASTER SERIES APPRENTICE

4-1/2” x 5-1/4” WIDE VISION SHADOW™ ECONOMY AUTO DARKENING HELMET
HELMET (HSL-100) WITH Stock No. JAC 3002516
EQC MASTER SERIES ADF
Stock No. JAC 0744-0660 Entry model, single shade, auto
The HSL-100’s narrow shell design is perfect for work in tight spaces dakening helmet
and the helmet’s extended front increases throat protection against
sparks, slag and fumes. Plus the HSL-100 helmet can stand up to
radiant heat of 350° F, a minimum of 50% improvement over most • Solar-powered auto-darkening lens
other thermoplastic shells. • Shade 11 lens, shade 4 clear state
Comes combined with the EQC Master Series • No batteries to change
ADF and sports the following features: • For the hobbyist
• 1.5” x 3.8” viewing area

• Sensitivity adjustment
• Low voltage indicator
• Independent, redundant light sensors SPEEDGLAS® XL
• Uses 2 “AAA” batteries AUTOMATIC DARKENING FILTER HELMET
• Solar battery life extender HSL-100 Stock No. HSI 04-0012-21
• On/off switches with auto-off feature
• Shades are adjustable from shade 9
HSI 04-0012-21SW
(This model has side windows)
to shade 12
• High transmission light state “HTLS”
(EQC Master V-HTLS) • Features 4 Auto-Darkening Shades in 1
• Dark to clear delay adjustment (EQC Filter - shades 9, 10-11, 11-12 and 13
Master V-HTLS) • Provides a 2.16” x 4.21” viewing area
• 1/25,000 second switch speed that is 45% larger than most auto-
EQC Master Series ADF
darkening filters
NEX-GEN
• Solar cells power the lens when welding
above 40 amperes
Stock No. JAC 0744-0705 • The Speeglas XL helmet weighs only 18
ounces (including lens and headband).
Made from heat and chemical resistant Speedglas XL Helmet
One superior lens-many advanced features! The Jackson NexGen™
is truly the next generation of auto-darkening for the welding special- Zytel® nylon, the big-view helmet is
ist. The NexGen offers the flexibility of digital technology with the extremely comfortable, praticularly for
stability of analog to make the smartest auto-darkening filter on the welders wearing corrective lenses
market! With Jackson’s Intellisense™ technology the NExGen can • Whether its on or off, transparent or
sense the most precise welding applications, such as plasma arc dark, the Speedglas lens always
and extreme Low Amp Tig. protects the eyes and face from
• Intellisense™ technology allows unit to detect welds less than 5 amps. damaging UV and IR radiation
Speedglas XL ADF
• Four redundant sensors in a staggered design eliminate blocked sensors
• Unit has auto shut-off after 60 minutes in torch and grine modes. LENS SPECIFICATIONS
Weld mode has a 20 minutes auto shut-off. Viewing Area
• Soft touch control panel eliminates contaminates and protects Less than 1.5 ms for transparent to dark; less
Switching Times
than 20 ms for dark to transparent.
from outside environment.
1) Solar cell panel charging from arcs
• Versatile cartridge fits most 4” x 5” vertical windows. Power Sources greater than 40 amps
• SmartView™ LCD for fingertip control information. 2) 12V, Type .5AA alkaline battery
• Low battery indicator. Operating Temperatures 23° to 131° (-5° C to + 55° C)
• 3N1™ technology allows three modes Scratch and impact resistant carbonate
of operation: weld (shades 9-13), grind 6.6mm laminate of polarizers, LCD-cells and in-
Technology terference (UV/IR) filter. Arc detection using 3
(3), or torch (5). photosensors
• Standard size outer cover plate. ANSI Z87.1 American National Standard for eye
• 9 Square inches of viewing area and and face protection. CSA Z94.3 National Standard
four sensors. of Canada for industrial eye and face protection
• Replaceable lithium batteries ACCESSORIES

• Two year warranty Stock No. Description
• Made in the USA HSI 04-0270-00 Outside Protection Plate (Sold in packages of 10 Pcs.)
HSI 04-0280-00 Inside Protection Plate (Sold in packages of 5 Pcs.)
HSI 04-0690-00 Throat Protector

Stock No.
MIL 216825
Description
XLix Auto Darkening Black Shade 9-13 MODEL 3-C
MIL 216826 XLix Series Stars and Stripes Stock No. FIB 3-C
FS SERIES Replacement headgear for all

HELMET FibreMetal welding helmets except
for models 110, 110P, 111, 116 and
190. Free floating attachment arms
absorbs impact, reduces head pres-
Lightweight, comfortable and
sures and stabilize weight. Easy to
economical, the FS #10 is the
grasp adjustment knobs.
ideal occasional-use helmet for
farm and hobbyists. It features a
Solarcell™ rechargeable lens.
Not recommended for industrial
applications as well as TIG or MODEL 170
repetitive tack welding applications.
Stock No. JAC 170
Lens Speed 1/3,600 sec
Shade Control Fixed # 10
Sensitivity Control None The Jackson 170 headgear
Viewing Field 94 x 35 mm (3.70 x 1.37 in.) has 45 head size adjustments
Number of Arc Sensors 2 and 5 crown adjustments. The
Lens Power Control Auto-on, auto-off
New Ratchet system elimi-
Low Amp TIG Rated Not recommended
Inverter Capable Not recommended nates “backing off” by the
Battery life Solar push and turn design. A lower
ratchet strap offers added
comfort and strength.
REPLACEMENT HEADGEAR
MODEL 1-CP MODEL 131
Stock No. FIB 1-CP
FACE SHIELD HEADGEAR
Stock No. JAC 131
Headgear used in the 110-P
helmet. This headgear has a
rubber strap for constant
tension.
A lightweight system that
MODEL 1-CR adjusts to clearly marked

head sizes from 6½ to 8.
Stock No. FIB 1-CR
MODEL H-40
Headgear used in the 110
helmet. This headgear has
an adjustable ratchet. Stock No. MOR H-40
The New “Push-Adjustable-Re-

lease” positive locking ratchet
MODEL 1-UL system - eliminates “backing
off” or slipping. A lower strap
Stock No. FIB 1-UL offers added comfort and
strength. The unique floating
pivot assembly provides even
Ultralight Ratchet headgear pressure distribution around
used with models 111, 116 the head for long lasting com-
and 190 helmets. fort. A positive detent mecha-
nism means that when the helmet is clicked to the up position, it
stays there until the wearer is ready to nod it down and begin to weld.

MODEL 117 MODEL F-300

Stock No. KED 117 LIGHT-DUTY FACE
Plastic headgear that fits all SHIELD HEADGEAR
Huntsman ® helmets. Our Stock No. FIB F-300
patented Zahnlok ® adjustment
system allows the wearer to
adjust the headgear in 1/16”
increments to exact head size,
simply by turning a knob. The 3” crown protector with ratchet
adjustment is automatically headgear and padded and Shown with
locked in with 50 meshing perforated sweatband. Stan- window,
teeth to ensure a snug com- dard-view window series with window is
fortable fit that won’t slip. The system is durable and long-lasting, channel-grip mounting system not included.
because the teeth are automatically disengaged while the head- for a quick, positive seal.
gear is being adjusted.
MODEL 170-SB MODEL F-400

ADJUST-O-LOK FACE MEDIUM-DUTY FACE
SHIELD HEADGEAR SHIELD HEADGEAR
Stock No. JAC 0742-0020 Stock No. FIB F-400
A comfortable system for use with
Jackson face shield windows. its
design allows for adjustment
while equipment is being worn 4”, broader, deeper crown protec-
simply by turning the rear adjust- tor includes free-floating 3-C
ment knob. headgear. Wide-view window
Shown with
series for nearly 40% more pro-
window,
tective area, with channel-grip window is
MODEL “K” mounting system. not included.
FACE SAVER®
FACE SHIELD HEADGEAR MODEL F-500
Stock No. KED K
HEAVY-DUTY FACE
The model “K” face shield headgear
provides the best comfort and
SHIELD HEADGEAR
adjustability, with wraparound foam Stock No. FIB F-500
cushioned sweatband and
Zahnlok™ size adjustment system.
The fit can be adjusted to exact 7” crown protector maximizes pro-
head size in 1/18” increments. Shown with tection from a wide range of adverse
“Turn-button” visor attachment window, environments. Includes 3-C head-
holds more securely and window is
not included.
gear and Channel-Grip mounts. Ex-
provides fast, easy attachment and Shown with
clusive wrap-around extended-view
replacement. This headgear holds window,
windows protect greatest area, do window is
a variety of Huntsman® visors not inhibit movement. not included.
MODEL K-10
FACE SHIELD HEADGEAR Safety Protection is an ever
Stock No. KED K-10 changing Market.
The model “K-10” face shield headgear
If you have seen a Safety
offers all the comfort features of the
model “K”, but uses the Pin-Hole-Lock
Product that is not in our
size adjustment system. The headgear Catalog, please contact us.
Chances are that we are stock-
is lined with wraparound foam cush-
ioned sweatband, and is plainly marked
with hat sizes. “Turnbutton” visor attach-
ment holds more securely and provides ing it or we will certainly be
fast, easy attachment and replacement.
This headgear holds a variety of Hunts- Shown with window,
able to get it for you!
man® visors. window is not included.

WINDOWS SAFETY CAPS

8124 SERIES MODEL P2QRW
Huntsman® Face Shield Visors (windows) are Stock No. FIB P2QRW-RD (Red)
made of first grade cellulose acetate or poly-
carbonate. Visors are contoured to fit head- Stock No. FIB P2QRW-BL (Blue)
gears or brackets unless otherwise indicated.
Fits Huntsman® K and K-10, Glendale®, Jack- S m o o t h - d o m e d F i b r e M e ta l ®
son® and Sellstrom®. protective caps with no ribs or
KED 8124 KED 8124M KED 8124D slots that can trap impacting
Size 8” x 12” .040 objects, equipped with 3-R
medium ratchet-adjustable headbands
clear dark green
Material green that are designed to balance
acetate acetate
acetate and stabilize the added weight
Binding Aluminum of face protective equipment. FIB P2QRW-RD
This safety cap can be used in
9154 SERIES
conjunction with a FibreMetal ®
welding helmet such as the
model 706 ( FIB 4706 ) with a
Fits Huntsman® K and K-10, Glendale®, quick lok attachment that would
Fibremetal® and Jackson® headgear.. fit onto the model P2QRW
KED H9154 KED H9154M KED H9154D safety cap. This safety cap can
Size 9” x 15.5” x .040 also be used in conjunction
with a FibreMetal ® face shield Model 3-R headgear
medium (FIB 3-R)
clear dark green headgear such as the model
Material green
acetate acetate
acetate F400 ( FIB F4500 ). For visors available for this headgear, please
Binding Aluminum see the preceding section on windows. FibreMetal ® offers many
other combination cap attachments. For additional information
MODEL 4118
please call for the latest FibreMetal ® catalog.
STANDARD VIEW
V-GARD®
PROTECTIVE CAPS
®
For the Fibremetal F-300 Series.
FIB 4118CLR FIB 4118DRK
Size 8” x 11-1/4” x .060”
V-Gard ® Protective Caps from MSA consist of a polyethylene shell
Dark Green
Material Clear Visor and suspension system working together as a protection system.
Visor
This rigid shell is lightweight and balanced for all-day wearing com-
fort. The shell is one-piece injection molded of high-density poly-
MODEL 4178 ethylene and has a high dielectric strength.
WIDE VIEW
Stock No. Color
For the Fibremetal ® F-300, F-400 MSA 463942 White
and F-500 wide view series. MSA 463943 Blue
FIB4178CLR FIB4178DRK FIB4178IR/UV MSA 463944 Yellow
Size 8” x 16-1/2” x .060” MSA 463945 Orange
IR/UV visor MSA 463947 Red
provides shade MSA 463946 Green
5 protection MSA 463948 Gray
against flash
Dark Green
Material Clear Visor encountered in
Visor
Oxy-Acetylene
REPLACEMENT
welding, cutting
and brazing
SUSPENSION
operations.
FOR V-GARD® CAPS

MODEL 4199 Stock No. MSA 454230
EXTENDED VIEW
For the Fibremetal® F-300 series.

FIB 4199CLR FIB 4199DRK Standard size Staz-On suspen-
Size 9-3/4” x 19” x .060” sion (6-1/2” - 8”). Stock No.
Dark Green MSA 47332 Fas-trac (ratchet
Material Clear Visor
Visor type) standard size suspension.

CAP AND HAT ADAPTER

MODEL C UNIVERSAL CAP AND
BRIMASTER HARD HAT ADAPTOR
CAP ATTACHMENT Stock No. MSA 00458849
Stock No. KED C
The Universal Cap and Hat adapter
from MSA is a nonmetallic device
designed to fit on any of MSA’s pro-
tective caps or hats. When properly
Fits most hard caps when worn with positioned, it will securely hold face shields, visors and welding shields.
peak toward rear. A durable ring of rubber tubing holds the adapter securely on the cap
or hat. Plastic fingers lock the ring in place. Sliding clips allow for
adjustment of accessories attached to the adapter. The adapter is
nonconducting and can be worn on dielectric caps or hats without
affecting the headwear’s dielectric qualifications. Comes complete
MODEL H
with friction joints.
BRIMASTER HARD
ATTACHMENT QUICK-LOK®
Stock No. KED H 4000 SERIES
Fits most full brim hard hats.
MODEL K-4 Mounting Block Mounting Cup

Stock No. KED K-4 FIB 4002 FIB 4001
Quick-Lok® FIB 4000
The Huntsman® model “K-4”attach-
ment is held firmly on safety caps For long term combination use, Quick-Lok mounting blocks are
by heavy-duty clips and springs. screwed onto the protective cap. Welding helmets, face shields, etc.
Quickly attached or removed from Quick-Lok cups can then be securely mounted onto, and removed
most models without removing cap from , the cap - without tools.
from head. Spark guard pivot has Stock No. Color
double stops which hold the visor FIB 4000 Quick-Lok System
in down position. Accepts all FIB 4001 Mounting Cup only
Huntsman visors®. FIB 4002 Mounting BLock only
MODEL P ADJUSTABLE SPEEDY®

BRIMASTER HARD CAP 5000 SERIES
ATTACHMENT Stock No. FIB 5000
Stock No. KED P
The model “P” Brimaster allows you For frequent on/off use with pro-
to attach a variety of Huntsman vi- tective caps, welding helmets, face
sors to your hard cap. It features shields, etc. equipped with the
our famous “locking device”, which Speedy® mounting loop (5000 Se-
holds the visor securely in the down ries) are most practical. They may
or up out of the way. “Turn-button” be mounted and removed without
visor attachment holds visors se- removing the cap. No tools or
curely and provides fast, easy at- modified caps required. Does not
tachment and replacement. affect ANSI rating.
Awisco Strives to make available the latest in Safety Products.

Call us for any item that you do not see in our Catalog and we will be
able to get all of the latest information on it.

GOGGLES
All Morsafe welding and cutting goggles come with
MODEL 950NH
shade No. 5 lenses or plates.
MODEL 600H RIGID FRAME WELDING AND

RIGID FRAME WELDING AND CUTTING COVER GOGGLES
CUTTING COVER GOGGLES Stock No. MOR950NH
Stock No. MOR600H
• Six hooded vents

• Cup-type frame holds • Lightweight, deep frame
50mm round lenses accomodates safety glasses
• Elastic headband • Soft vinyl frame seals out light leaks
• Cannot be worn over safety glasses • 2 x 4¼ in. slide-on fixed front lens holder
• Well ventilated hard plastic eye cups • Inner hinge holds magnifying plates
MODEL 800H MODEL 1140

RIGID FRAME WELDING AND FLEXIBLE FRAME GOGGLES
CUTTING COVER GOGGLES Stock No. MOR1140
Stock No. MOR800H
• 50mm round lenses • Weighs only 2 oz.

• Soft vinyl frame seals out light leaks • Replaceable polycarbonate lenses
• Six hooded vents offer excellent ventilation yet do not allow flashing • Clear perforated frame, clear lens
• Lightweight, deep frame accomodates safety glasses • Soft, flexible form-fitting vinyl frames
• Can be worn over largest prescription glasses
MODEL 850H
RIGID FRAME WELDING AND MODEL 1145G
CUTTING COVER GOGGLES FLEXIBLE FRAME GOGGLES
Stock No. MOR1145G
Stock No. MOR850H
• 50mm round lenses

• Soft vinyl frame seals out light leaks
• Six hooded vents offer excellent ventilation yet do not allow flashing
• Lightweight, deep frame accomodates safety glasses • Weighs only 2 ounces
• Replaceable polycarbonate lenses
• Flip-up lens holder which affords welder extra protection when chipping
• Green perforated frame, green lens
• Soft, flexible form-fitting vinyl frames
MODEL 900H • Can be worn over largest prescription glasses
RIGID FRAME WELDING AND

CUTTING COVER GOGGLES MODEL F-4055
Stock No. MOR900H WELDING GOGGLES FOR
PROTECTIVE CAPS
Stock No. FIB F-4055
• Six hooded vents

• Inner hinge holds magnifying plates
• Soft vinyl frame seals out light leaks
• Lightweight, deep frame accomodates safety glasses The model F-4055 is used with
• 2 x 4¼ in. flip-front lens holder slides on frame the Quick-Lok system.

MODEL F-5055 CLEARVIEW®

WELDING GOGGLES FOR PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
PROTECTIVE CAPS Stock No. MSA 10012847
Stock No. FIB F-5055 Designed for protection against impact hazards and/or flying
particles, dust, sparks and glare. Provides excellent side and front
impact protection, as well as comfort. Complies with all applicable
test requirements of ANSI Z87.1-2003. (High Impact)
• Fitting over prescription glasses

The model F-5055 is used with • Features integrated side shields
the Speedy Loop system. • Tuff-Stuff™ scratch-resistance lens
• Shade # 5 tinted lens
WC SERIES • Adjustable temples
NEW PERIPHERAL VISION

SAFETY GOGGLES
The peripheral vision of a spectacle, the safety of a goggle.
• Two-piece lens surrounded by foam rubber providing ultimate
in comfort
• Fits naturally to contour of
SIERRA™
face blocking out SIGHTGARD®
contaminents PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
• Side vents to increase airflow
• Meets or exceeds ANSI
Z87.1-1989 standards • Full eye protection
• Integrated side shields
• Clear, anit-fog lens
JAC 0746-0033 WC3 IRUV 3.0
JAC 0746-0034 WC5 IRUV 5.0
• Vented brow guard
JAC 0746-0035 WC3 Smoke • Tuff-Stuff™ scratch-resistant lens
JAC 0746-0036 WC1 Clear • Adjustable temples
• Available in teal green frame or black frame
EYE PROTECTION
MSA 697505 Teal green frame
MSA 697550 Black frame
NOMADS™ TRADEWIND™
SAFETY EYEWEAR SIGHTGARD®
PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
• Safety with style Stock No. MSA 697506
• Advanced UV protection
• Lightweight construction
• Meets ANSI Z87.1-1989 • Very lightweight
safety standards with or • Brow protection
without sideshields • Integrated side shields
• Frame design prevents lenses from • Tuff-Stuff™ scratch resistant lens
scratches when resting face down on surfaces • Two tone temple, light gold lens
HERITAGE™
JAC 1439-0000 Smoke Lens
JAC 1439-0002 Silver Mirror Lens
JAC 1439-0003 Metallic Rainbow Lens
SIGHTGARD®
Styles on Safety Spectacles change PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
Stock No. MSA 697511
rapidly. You can be certain that
• Proportionate frame
Awisco will have the latest style that • Very comfortable
you have seen. Give us a call, and we •
•
Double lens traditional look
Integral side shields
will be able to help you. • Brow protection
• Clear lens

OPTEX™ Designed for protection against impact hazards and/or flying particles,
dust, sparks and glare. Provides excellent side and front impact pro-
SIGHTGARD® tection, as well as comfort. Complies with all applicable test require-
PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR ments of ANSI Z87.1-2003.
CROAKIES
• Clear or gray lens Stock No. CRO CR6DZPR3
• Side shield protection • Colorful prints
• Blue nylon frame • Sleek and functional design
• Tuff-Stuff™ scratch-resistant lens • Tough, washable neoprene
Stock No. Description • Keeps glasses secure
MSA 697509 Clear Lens • Adjustable comfort
MSA 697510 Gray Lens
ARCTIC™
SIGHTGARD®
PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR MICRO SUITERS
Stock No. CRO SUITDZHCS
• Stylish cat’s eye look

• Washable
• Built-in side impact protection
• Adjustable slider bead
• Tuff-Stuff™ scratch resistant lens
• Keeps glasses secure
• Available with clear or gray tinted lens/frame • Made of cotton / Lycra blend allowing for stretch
Stock No. Description • Slim design is perfect for wire rim glasses as well as thin and
MSA 697514 Clear Lens lightweighted frames
LUXOR™ LENS CLEANING WIPES

PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR Stock No. ALG 0350
Designed for protection against impact hazards and/or flying
particles, dust, sparks and glare. Provides excellent side and front
impact protection, as well as comfort. Complies with all applicable Ready-to-use disposable dispenser
test requirements of ANSI Z87.1-2003. holds 100 5” x 8” individually foil wrapped
towelettes, permeated with Magic’s
• Tuff-Stuff™ anti-fog, anti-static formula. Dispenser
scratch-resistance lens features built-in eye flap for easy
• Adjustable temples hanging. Towelettes are made for use on
• One-piece wrap protection glass, plastic or polycarbonate safety
goggles, shields, glasses and computer
• Soft nose pads
screens. Contains no silicone. Not to be
• Frameless design
used on contact lenses.
• Clear or Gray tinted lens
Stock No.
MSA 697516
Description
Clear Lens MODEL 1200
LARGE ECONOMY SIZE
DISPOSABLE LENS
VISITOR SPECTACLES CLEANING STATION
Stock No. ALG 0355
Each station contains 1,200 interfolded
• Fits over prescription glasses tissues (4 boxes of 300) and one 16 oz.
• Most economical model pump bottle of anti-fog, anti-static
cleaning fluid. Unit comes completely
• Integrated side shields
assembled and ready to use, with
• Clear or gray tinted pre-cut openings for easy hanging. 4
• Available in boxes of 10 in a dispenser-style container stations per box. Weighs 15 lbs.

HEARING PROTECTION
ECONOMUFF™ FORMFIT™ DISPOSABLE
NRR-20DB FOAM EAR PLUGS
NRR-29DB
For users who prefer to dispose
of their plugs after each use, the
The Economuff™ comes with the FormFit plug is the answer. Easy
features you expect from MSA to use and affordable, FormFit ear
hearing protection. Comfortable plugs offer very aggressive noise
reduction while being very com- FormFit disposable urethane
ear pads ensure all-day wearing foam ear plugs (non-corded)
fortable to wear. Available in
without fatigue and the durable corded and uncorded versions, in dispenser box (suitable for wall
design provides protection in a dispenser box of 150 individu- hanging) of 200 individually
tough, dirty environments. Lightweight at just 8.5 ounces. ally packaged pairs. packaged pairs.
WELDING BLANKETS, CURTAINS, SCREENS AND TARPS
WELDING BLANKETS
594 18 oz., Bronze, Silica
Sparks, heavy spatter, molten metal, 3000° F melting tempera-
ture. 0.03” thick.
595 36 oz., Bronze, Silica

Sparks, heavy spatter, molten metal, 3000° F melting tempera-
ture. 0.054” thick.
On all blankets, grommets are standard on 18” centers. The bor- 588 18 oz., Green, Hypalon Coated Fiberglass
ders are bound with heat treated fiberglass. These blankets are Light duty, sparks, spatter, mildew resistant, outdoor covers,
lock stitched with heat resistant fiberglass thread. vertical plane protection only. 0.18” thick.
590 24 oz., Gold, Neoprene Coated Fiberglass 589 35 oz., White, Fiberglass, No Coating
We stock this item in the following sizes: General purpose welding, sparks, spatter. 1000° F melting
TIL B66 TIL B88 TIL B1010 TIL 59040 temperature. 0.08” thick. Great for stress relief.
6’ x 6’ 8’ x 8’ 10’ x 10’ 40” x 50 yards roll good
General purpose welding, sparks, spatter, abrasion. 1000° F 591 30 oz., Gold, Neoprene Coated Fiberglass
melting temperature. 0.034” thick. General purpose welding, sparks, spatter, abrasion. 1000° F
The following welding blankets can also be provided by us. melting temperature. 0.053” thick.
Please call for additional information and availability.
592
584 18 oz., White, Fiberglass, CO Coating 23 oz., Black, “Shedcoat” Coated Aramid/Glass
Light duty, 1000° F melting temperature. Sparks, vertical plane Heavy-duty, sparks, spatter, slag, superior abrasion, 1200° F
protection only. 0.03” thick. melting temperature. 1700° F on vertical plane. 0.06” thick.
585 16 oz., Salmon Neoprene Coated Fiberglass 596 25 oz., Black, Vermiculite Coated Fiberglass
Light duty, 1000° F melting temperature. Sparks, vertical plane Heavy-duty, sparks, spatter, slag, 1200° F melting temperature.
protection only. 0.03” thick.
586 24 oz., White, Fiberglass, No Coating 597 1-1/2” Thick Triple Layered Stress Relief Blanket
Light duty, sparks, spatter. 1000° F melting temperature. 2000° F melting temperature, vertex outer shell, with thick 1”
0.05” thick. fiberglass insert (no grommets), provides the ultimate stress relief.
593 32 oz., Red, Silicone Coated Fiberglass 599 Leather Welding Blankets (N0 Grommets)
General purpose welding, sparks, spatter, abrasion, 1000° F Heavy-duty, sparks, spatter, superior abrasion and flexibility.
melting temperature. 0.035” thick. Excellent for auto body shops.

WELDING CURTAINS
14 MIL. FLAME RETARDANT TRANSPARENT VINYLS
Model Color
600 Grey
601 Yellow
602 Green
603 Orange
604 Blue
606 Shade 8
605
16 Mil. Fire Retardant Clear Transparent Vinyl
UV blocking, but not recommended for welding. CFM approved.
MATERIAL SELECTION CHART
For optical safety and spark containment. 13 MIL. FIRE RETARDANT VINYL COATED POLYESTER
The following are types of available materials. When ordering Strong, lightweight material resists flame, water, mildew and
portable welding screens (see next page), please select a most acids. Ideal for welding applications, privacy, dividers,
material below to be used with the portable welding screen spray areas and draft control. CFM approved.
being ordered. When ordering curtains, please specify height
then width. Fractions of a foot will be billed to next full foot.
Be sure to add 10% to width for proper drape. 13 MIL. FLAME RETARDANT TRANSPARENT VINYLS
Model Color
583 12 oz. Olive Drab Duck Canvas 611
612
Yellow
Dark Green
General purpose material resists flame, water and mildew. Most 614 Blue
economical. Meets CPA 1-84.
14 MIL. FLAME RETARDANT TRANSPARENT VINYLS 623 40 Mil. Fire Retardant

Provides optical protection when visibility is required. Formu- Transparent Orange Vinyl
lated to disperse arc image and allow light back into work area. Used in high abrasion applications. Excellent protection from
CFM approved. ultraviolet rays and welding flash. CFM approved.
WELDING CURTAIN BLUE 101 TARP

12 oz. flame resistant duck material, REINFORCED POLY TARP
medium weight CFM approved. Resistant
to fire, water and mildew. With grommets
on all sides. A quick, inexpensive way to
shield or isolate any working area.
HTP FRC4X8 4 ft. x 8 ft.
• Waterproof, mildew-resistant
• Lightweight, yet strong and flexible
TT-77
• Rip-resistant woven polyethylene fabric coated on both sides
• Heat-sealed or sewn hems reinforced with rope to minimize
REINFORCED POLY SHEETING grommet pullout
• Rust-resistant grommets spaced 3-4 feet apart on all sides
Stock No. HTP TT-77 (20 x 100 ft.)
OKI MT-1012 10 ft. x 12 ft.
OKI MT-1216 12 ft. x 16 ft.
OKI MT-2020 20 ft. x 20 ft.
• Stronger, rip-resistant woven poly OKI MT-2040 20 ft. x 40 ft.
• Lightweight, yet strong and flexible OKI MT-3040 30 ft. x 40 ft.
OKI MT-810 8 ft. x 10 ft.
• Heavier 7 x 7 weave count
Other sizes area available.
• Translucent white to allow light through Please call or fax us with your request

PORTABLE WELDING SCREENS

Tillman welding screens offer optical safety, spark containment,
durability, portability, temperature and noise control.
• Strong 1”, 18 gauge tubular steel frames. Black enamel, rust
resistant finish
• Easy assembly, frames slip together quickly. No tools required
• Unique fastening system secures tubes and prevents slipping
and twisting
• 24” platform legs ensure stability and balance
• 4” bottom clearance for better ventilation
• Multi-panel screens feature one piece “wrap around” curtain
designed to prevent sparks and flash from escaping between
hinged panels
• Hinged panels permit easy handling and compact storage
• Curtains are held by strong adjustable ties through heavy-duty
grommets on 12” center and hemmed with strong, flame
resistant Kevlar® thread
We normally stock the following curtains:
TIL 601-1066 TIL 601-1068
(Single Panel 6 ft. x 6 ft. 14 (Single Panel 6 ft. x 8 ft. 14
Mil. yellow transparent vinyl) Mil. yellow transparent vinyl)
How to order:
Select material from the Material Selection Chart, on preceding
page, and insert into parenthesis next to welding screen Item No.
Single Panel Two Panel
For example 601-1066 would be for a yellow 14 Mil. flame retar-
dant transparent vinyl single panel 6 ft. x 6 ft. screen. 603-3868
would be for a orange 14 Mil. flame retardent transparent vinyl
three panel 6 ft. x 8 ft. screen.
Single Panel Welding Screens
-1045 4 ft. x 5 ft. screen
Three Panel Four Panel
-10610 6 ft. x 10 ft. screen
Two Panel Welding Screens
Three Panel Welding Screens
Ref. Stock No. Description -3464 6 ft. x 4 ft. screen
A TIL CC3001 1” S-Hook - each -3555 5 ft. x 5 ft. screen
B TIL CC3002 2” S-Hook - each -3666 6 ft. x 6 ft. screen
C TIL CC3003 Hem weight chain -3868 6 ft. x 8 ft. screen
D TIL WS2001 Casters - each Four Panel Welding Screens
E TIL WS2002 Adjustable curtains ties - each -4666 6 ft. x 6 ft. screen
F TIL WS2003 Spring clips for joining screens - pairs -4868 6 ft. x 8 ft. screen
WORK GLOVES
MODEL 1500Y MODEL 1511PP
DELUXE WORK GLOVES ECONOMY WORK GLOVES
Stock No. TIL 1500Y Stock No. TIL 1511PP
Brown select shoulder, Super economy patch palm,

yellow cuff. standard wrist, gunn cut.

MODEL 1532 MODEL 975

COTTON GLOVES Stock No. TIL 975
Stock No. TIL 1532
14” reversible mitt. 22 oz. PBI®

palm, 24 oz. Goldengard® cuff,
• 8 oz., cotton / apron, double wool lined.
Polyester string knit
• Knit wrist
• Size - S,L
MODEL 995
MODEL 1540
Stock No. TIL 995
BROWN JERSEY GLOVES 14” reversible mitt. 22 oz.

Stock No. TIL 1540 Flextra ® palm, 24 oz.
Goldengard ® cuff, double
wool lined.
MODEL 1470
• Knit wrist TRUEFIT ™ GOAT SKIN
• Size - S,L
• 9 oz., cotton brown jersey
WORK GLOVES
BIG JAKE Stock No. Description

Stock No. ORS 127-1710L TIL 1470L Large
TIL 1470XL Extra Large
Premium side split, ¾”

leather back, gauntlet cuff,
MODEL 1478
full leather wrap-around index TRUEFIT ™ CAMO
finger, straight thumb, shirred PERFORMANCE GLOVES
elastic, pull patch. TrueFit Performance Gloves. Made from
black top grain cowhide for rugged long
lasting wear. Camo print nylon spandex on
MODEL 1150
backside for precision fit. Contoured
shape, calibrated thickness, maximizes
dexterity, minimizes bulk. Smooth side out
DELUXE MODEL WELDERS GLOVES reinforced palm for longer life. Reinforced
Stock No. TIL 1150 thumb gives extra protection for this high
wear area. Elastic cuff with hook and loop
closure for secure fit, less bulk.
Size S-2XL.
TIL 1478M Medium
14” brown side split, cotton/
TIL 1478L Large
foam lined, double reinforced TIL 1478XL Extra Large
thumb, sewn with Kevlar®. TIL 1478XXL XX Large
TIG GLOVES
MODEL 24CL MODEL 25A
Pearl Deerskin, 2” cuff.
Kidskin, 4” cuff. Sewn with Kevlar®. Stock No. Description
Stock No. Description TIL 25AM Medium
TIL 24CL Large TIL 25AL Large
TIL 24CM Extra Large TIL 25AXL Extra Large

MODEL 25B CAPE

Pearl Deerskin, 4” cuff. Sewn with
MODEL 3221-20
Kevlar®.
TIL 25BM Medium
TIL 25BL Large
TIL 25BXL Extra Large
Bourbon brown, full cape, sleeves
with reinforced snaps, soapstone
WINTER GLOVES pocket on each sleeve. This model

includes 20” bib.
MODEL 1565
TIL 3221-20S Small
FULL GRAIN WORK GLOVES

TIL 3221-20M Medium
TIL 3221-20L Large
Stock No. TIL 1565 TIL 3221-20XL Extra Large
TIL 3221-20XXL Double Extra Large
Winter glove, pigskin,

Thinsulate® lined.
SLEEVES
Available in X Large size only.
MODEL 5200
MODEL 1568 SLEEVES
Stock No. TIL 5200
COWHIDE WORK GLOVES
Stock No. TIL 1568
23” leather sleeves (pr.) Leather

protects top of shoulder down to
Winter glove, blue cowhide
poly/cotton lined. wrist. Adjustable leather neck
JACKETS MODEL 5218

MODEL 9030 SLEEVES
Stock No. TIL 5218
GREEN CANVAS JACKET
• Specially tanned side plit cowhide.
• Kevlar® sewn.
Comfortable general purpose work • Protects above elbow down to wrist.
jacket. Made in the USA. • Adjustable strap on top.
Stock No. Description • Snap closure at wrist, slide adjustment
TIL 9030L Large at top.
TIL 9030XL Extra Large • 18” leather sleeves (pr.) Leather
TIL 9030XXL XX Large protects arm down to wrist.
MODEL 3280 APRONS

LEATHER JACKET
30” bourbon brown jacket, outside
pocket, additional underarm seam,
WAIST APRON
reinforced snaps at collar, wrists and Stock No. TIL 4124
in back, and single soapstone pock-
ets on each sleeve.
Stock No. Description • Made from premium side split
TIL 3280S Small cowhide.
TIL 3280M Medium • Heavy duty waist strap secures
TIL 3280L Large
TIL 3280XL Extra Large apron comfortably.
TIL 3280XXL Double Extra Large • 24” x 24” one piece waist apron.

BIB & SPLIT LEG APRONS MODEL 9230

30” 9 OZ. ROYAL BLUE COTTON
WITH LEATHER SLEEVES
• Made from premium USA side split
cowhide specially treated for heat This lightweight jacket of-
resistance. fers you the advantage of
• Crossed back straps for comfort. being lightweight, but hav-
• Durable molded side release bucking extra protection of
les can be operated with gloves for leather sleeves to protect
easy on/off. against sparks and spatter.
• Two chest pockets. Cool, comfortable and
• Split leg aprons incorporate side washable, firestop cotton
release buckles down the legs.
jacket with snap fasteners
offers economical protec-
BIB APRONS tion from sudden flame ex-
Stock No. Description posure, light molten splash
TIL 4236 24” x 36” Bib Apron and sparks.
TIL 4242 24” x 42” Bib Apron
TIL 9230L Large
SPLIT LEG BIB APRONS TIL 9230XL Extra Large
Stock No. Description TIL 9230XXL XX Large
24” x 36”
TIL 4336
WELDING SHIRTS
Split Leg Bib Apron
24” x 42” Split Leg Bib
TIL 4342 Bib Apron
Split Leg Bib Apron Apron
SPLIT LEG Heavy-duty, 10 oz., 100% cotton,
CHAPS Western style, six pearl snap front, one

snap on sleeve pocket, three snaps on
Stock No. TIL 5330 cuff. Two chest pockets with flap and
snap closure. Pencil pocket. Tailored for
great look and wearability. Not treated
for flame resistance. 100% blue denim.
24” x 38” split leg apron (chaps)
• Double leather reinforced crotch
LAP DS-16-35 Medium
• Heavy-duty adjustable waist straps
LAP DS-17-36 Large
• Side release buckles for easy on/off LAP DS-18-36 Extra Large
LAP DS-19-36 XX Large
LIGHTWEIGHT PROTECTIVE CLOTHING FOR

CLOTHING THERMAL PROTECTION
MODEL 6230 TorchWear Carbon X Fabric, the ultimate Clothing for Thermal
Protection Super Lightweight Woven or Knit Products. Protects up to
30” 9 OZ. VISUAL GREEN well over 2000 degrees Carbonex fabrics provide superior protection,
FIRESTOP COTTON while being comfortable enough to wear next to the skin. When
exposed to intense heat or flame, Carbon X fibers will carbonize and
then expand reducing the oxygen content within the fabric. Carbon X
Cool, comfortable and washable, firestop will not char, shrink or burn when exposed to heat or flame.
cotton jacket with snap fasteners offers
economical protection from sudden flame
exposure, light molten splash and sparks.
X-JACKET
The fabric maintains flame resistance Stock No. TOR 1005
through many commercial and home
launderings. Inside pockets, snaps down • Mock neck with Velcro Straps\
front, collar, at wrists. Five thread safety • Gusset Sleeves
stitched seams for long wear. • Zipper Neck to Waist
Stock No. Description • Reinforced Shoulders for freer
TIL 6230L Large movement
TIL 6230XL Extra Large • Sizes: SM, MD, LG, XL, XXL
TIL 6230XXL XX Large • Larger sizes available by special order

X-OVER ALL X-HOOD

Stock No. TOR 1004 Stock No. TOR TW1013
• Many pockets front & back for

user friendly storage. • Used in conjunction with a
• X-Wristlets for superior wrapping pair of gas welding goggles
of material around wrists. for overhead or tight welding
• Pass-through pockets. areas.
• 18” Zipper fit legs. No shoe • X-Knit heavy weight with a
removal necessary. carbon X-Pad sewn to the
• Over All sizes available in SM, top for ultimate protection
MD, LG and XL. from sparks
• XXL, XXXL and XXXXL available
Awisco also has additional Torchwear items for special
by special order.
applications
• Carbon X material.
X-SLEEVES X-SPATS
Stock No. TOR TW1020
Stock No. TOR 1003
• 16” from wrist to forearm.

• X-Knit heavy weight Combination of Carbonex material on
• Carbon X material the outside and Twaron material on
the inside. Use when doing ‘slice’ or
exothermic cutting. The Carbonex
material protects your legs and feet
X-APRON from sparks and the Twaron gives
you the added puncture protection
Stock No. TOR TW1002
from any flying slag
X-PAD
• 28” x 36” Stock No. TOR TW1006
• Adjustable for custom fit
• 8-1/2” x 8-1/2”
X-GLOVES
• use as a heat Sink or can
be used to pick up hot parts
Stock No. TOR 1001
• The finest leather and suede found on our planet.

• Kevlar thread construction provides THE ULTIMATE
superior heat and abrasion resis-
tance.
BLANKET
• Extra strength in the thumb and Stock No. TOR 1014
index fingers, for lasting comfort.
• Reinforced latch cuff for added
protection and further mobility in
adverse positions. • Used for containment of sparks
• Glove sizes available in SM, MD, and molten materials
LG, XL, XXL. • Available in any size combination
• XXXL, and XXXXL available by of Carbon X materials and
special order. Twaron material.

OUT DOOR TENTS AND UMBRELLAS

DELUXE WORK TENT POP ‘N’ WORK
Easy tu use and very durable, the HEAVY-DUTY UMBRELLAS
Deluxe Work Tent features quick
setup from inside or outside with two
spring-loaded frames. These frames • 2-part, pointed poles
are uniquely designed to not pull out • Optional carrying bag
or poke through the fabric. A handy • Tilt hinge on aluminum poles
attached roll up flap can be used as • Tough vinyl cover. Safety yellow
the tent floor and provides compact • Sturdy hardwood and aluminum
storage and easy transport, and poles
means no missing storage bag. • On-the-job protection from sun and rain
Offered in three sizes, it is available • Sturdy, easy-to-fold industrial umbrella stand
in one door design with zipper closure, • Low cost weather protection that is easy to use
or two door design with one zipper • Versatile weather protection. Pop ‘N’ Work umbrellas can be used
closure and roll up door. The pitch roof for a wide variety of work situations
style provides extra headroom, structural Please call for detailed specifications or additional information
strength, and repels snow and water. Frame rods are bottled for on Pop ‘N’ Work Heavy-duty umbrellas.
increased stability is excellent in windy conditions. For safety, there’s
high visibility reflective stripe on the outside, and the gray color of the
tent allows proper lighting for color matching. Included is a blower
duct tube in the rear of the tent, and a covered window.
TENT HEATER
ALG 9401-66 6 ft. depth x 6 ft. width x 6.5 ft. height, 1 door Stock No. ALG 9401-50
ALG 9401-86 8 ft. depth x 6 ft. width x 7.5 ft. height, 1 door
ALG 9401-88 8 ft. depth x 8 ft. width x 7.5 ft. height, 1 door The lightweight Tent Heater offers
ALG 9402-66 6 ft. depth x 6 ft. width x 6.5 ft. height, 2 door the rugged, heavy-duty design of
ALG 9402-86 8 ft. depth x 6 ft. width x 7.5 ft. height, 2 door all steel housing with enclosed
ALG 9402-88 8 ft. depth x 8 ft. width x 7.5 ft. height, 2 door
heating elements and sealed
motor. This powerful heater will
POP ‘N’ WORK raise the temperature 50° in a

work tent. It is UL listed, CSA
PORTABLE POP-UP WORK TENTS approved, requires 110v AC, and
offers 1500 watts of 5000 BTU
with 115 CFM airflow.
10” x 7” x 12”, 12 lbs.
AWISCO
carries a complete line of construction
site seasonal clothing and equipment.
Winter, summer, spring or fall,
AWISCO Corp. has got it all.
Please call for detailed specifications or additional information
on Pop ‘N’ Work portable Pop-up Work Tents.
KNEE PADS
MODEL 562 STANDARD KNEE PAD
Stock No. TIL 562 Stock No. ALG 7100
Allegro Standard Knee Pads are quite

suitable for all-day wear. The pads
are contoured of soft rubber. Their
one-piece, molded construction is de-
signed for durability and comfort.
Leather Knee Pads with Each pad features a wide Velcro ®
heavy rubber insert. strap for a secure fit.

SOFT KNEE PAD SUSPENDERS

WEB SUSPENDERS
Stock No. ALG 7105
Allegro Soft Knee pads are suitable for

all-day wear - even under everyday trousers! HEAVY-DUTY
A hearty blend of cloth and foam make them Stock No. TIL 520
comfortable and easy to slip off. Quite simply, Reduces the load of heavy nail bags
a case of new-fabric technology fulfilling a very and aprons from the hips and back.
basic vital need. • Elastic straps in rear for extra comfort
• 2” polypropylene webbing on front
• Heavy-duty clips and adjustable
WINTER LINERS
slides to fit all sizes
YUKON
Stock No. LOV 700Q
WORK BELTS
Quilted universal size. Urethane EMBOSSED LEATHER
foam sandwiched between Forest
Green wind repellant nylon outer WORK BELT
shell and softly napped fire
resistant Red inner liner. Velcro
closure. Completely dielectric.
MACKINAW
ORS 409-5415L Large
ORS 409-5415XL Extra Large
Stock No. LOV 304B
Universal size. Forest Green

knit outer shell and Red softly
ECONOMY BELT
napped flame resistant inner
liner. Dielectric construction
includes Velcro closure.
This economical support is designed
with an eight-inch elastic back panel,
CHINOOK
positive Velcro® material front panels
and four-inch wide elastic side pulls.
Stock No. LOV 7B Wide elastic suspenders are sewn-in.
Available in black in four sizes.
A good medium weight winter Stock No. Size Description

liner featuring a grey outer shell ALG 7176-01 Small 26” to 32”
with fleeced lining. Velcro clo- ALG 7176-02 Medium 32” to 38”
ALG 7176-03 Large 38” to 47”
sure. Completely dielectric. ALG 7176-04 X Large 47” to 56”
SHOE PROTECTORS
MODEL RH11W
Stock No. WES RH11W MODEL 526
Stock No. TIL 526
Shoe protectors.
Blue Alaskan cape liner. Blue twill

with sheepskin like lining. Shell
and binding are flame resistant
until washed. Ear pockets, snug
forehead and reflective stripe.

ACCESSORIES
MODEL 525 SWEATBANDS
LEATHER ROD POUCH HOLDER
Stock No. TIL 525 SWEATBAND
Stock No. ALG 8420-100
Leather rod bag, reinforced bottom,

spring clip. Sewn with Kevlar®. • Thick cellulose sponge with
elastic headband
• Packed 100 per bag
MODEL 520
WELDERS HELMET BAG
Stock No. TIL 520 MODEL FM-44
Stock No. FIB FM-44
Soft foam wrapped in smooth

vented vinyl, absorbs sweat,
cools brow.
MODEL 521 MODEL FM-68

TOOL BAG W/ ZIPPER Stock No. FIB FM-68
Stock No. TIL 521
Soft, comfortable, absorbent,
non-irritating cotton sweatbands
for welding helmets, faceshields
and headband goggles. Provides
cooling effect in hot areas.
WELDERS CAPS
MODEL 522 POLKA DOTS
BUCKET TOOL CARRIER ENGINEER’S STYLE
Stock No. TIL 522
Your choice of colorful red or

blue material.
Stock No. Size
KRO A 532-7 7
MODEL 523 KRO A 532-7-1/2

KRO A 532-7-1/4
7-1/2
7-1/4
CELL PHONE HOLSTER KRO A 532-7-3/2
KRO A 532-7-5/2
7-3/2
7-5/2
Stock No. TIL 523 KRO A 532-7-7/8 7-7/8
Did you know that the “average”

American male has a hat size of
7-1/4? Where do you fit in?

BANDANAS COOLING DOO RAG

B-Cool Bandanas are ideal for welders, painters,
or anyone working in a warm environment - indoors
W/ HEADER CARD
or out. Micro fillers swell and hold water for hours, SUPERCOOL® BANDANA
then evaporative cooling keeps you working. Stock No. FIB FM-SSD-1-R
Stylish, fun and easy to use bandanas
• Just soak in cold water for 8 to 10 minutes. wicking action keeps perspiration from
• Increased alertness and productivity. eyes, googles or glasses. To provide
• Stays hydrated up to 12 hours. cooling, simply soak the interior
• Dry to the touch headband for hours of cool comfort.
• Reusable / non toxic Also available in navy, navy print, red,
• No freezing necessary
red print, black, black print, camouflage, and flame resistant navy.
Stock No. Size
COOLING DOO RAG

ORS 321-T299908 Camoflage
ORS 321-T399905 Wild Print
W/ SUN SHIELD W/
ORS 321-T499902 Patriot
COOLING HEADBAND HEADER CARD

STARS & STRIPES
W/ HEADER CARD Stock No. FIB FM-SSS-1-R
THREE-IN-ONE
Extra protection for outdoor workers
Stock No. FIB FM-SSH-1-R
is provided by Supercool ® sunshields
Provides relief from the heat at three designed to block up to 99% of the
levels. Use as a regular sweatband to sun’s harmful UV rays. Fits comfort-
absorb perspiration, soak in water for ably under protective caps. Interior
a few minutes for a cooling headband, headband provides cooling.
or add water and refrigerate for extra Also available in navy, navy print, red,
cooling. Also available in royal blue, red print, black, black print, camou-
camouflage, and flame resistant navy.
flage, and flame resistant navy.
PROTECTIVE WEAR
TYVEK PROTECTIVE WEAR STYLE 1417
• Set-in sleeve design pattern! All Tyvek ® COVERALL
products now have a set in sleeve design
for improved worker comfort.
• All Coveralls meet or exceed ANSI/ISEA
101-1993!
Less rip and tear-outs! Our coveralls are manu-
factured under a new garment quality system Tyvek coverall, zipper, elastic wrist and ankle,
called Tyvek® Protective Wear. Lakeland is one set-in-sleeve. Case pack: 25
of the limited numbers of manufacturers li-
censed by DuPont to produce Tyvek® Protec- Stock No. Size
tive Wear. As a licensee, Lakeland produces LOG 44313KC2 Large
these safety garments to meet or exceed the LOG 44314KC2 X Large
latest ANSI/ISEA 101-1993 sizing standards, LOG 44315KC2 XX Large
and require them to pass dynamic fit tests to
STYLE 1428
minimize rips and tears due to garment de-
sign. All Tyvek® Protective Wear garments are
clearly labeled to distinguish them from others
which may have not been manufactured from
COVERALL
Tyvek® or under the entire quality system.
STYLE 1412 COVERALL Tyvek coverall, zipper, attached hood

Tyvek coverall, zipper, set-in-sleeve. Meets ANSI/ISEA 101-1993 elastic wrist and ankles, set-in-sleeve.
specifications. Case pack: 25 Case pack: 25
Stock No. Size
LOG 44302 KC2 Medium
LOG 44303 KC2 Large Stock No. Size
LOG 44304 KC2 X Large LOG 44 323 KC2 Large
LOG 44305 KC2 XX Large LOG 44 324 KC2 X Large

FLOURESCENT VESTS WORK VESTS

MODEL 600 I222
Stock No. LOG V211RRC THE WORK MASTER™
FLOTATION WORK VEST
39” length, elastic on sides, snaps Stock No. I222
on front. Phosphorescent stripes. • Hinged back panel
1/8” perforation. • Marine mesh lining for breathability
• Heavy-duty nylon shell
• Flotation collar for added
protection
MODEL 880 • 62 sq. in. (400 sq. cm.) of SOLAS-grade reflective tape.
Available in adult universal. International Orange. USGC Approved
Stock No. LOG V201RRC Typefinest
The III/V Work Vest.available. Includes soft, comfortable closed cell
work vest
foam and encircling body belt with snag resistant buckle for quick
adjustment. Maximum comfort in a work vest..
48” overall length, elastic on sides,
snaps on front. Phosphorescent
I310
stripes. 1/8” or 3/16” perforation.
THE WORK FORCE II™

MODEL TSVR FLOTATION WORK VEST
Stock No. I310
TRANSIT AUTHORITY STYLE
Stock No. MUT TA • Three-piece construction
• Two quick-release Delrin® buckles
• Lightweight, comfortable
• SOLAS-grade reflective panels
Available in Adult Universal. International
With fluorescent mesh and Orange. USCG Approved Type V Work Vest.
reflective stripes. Economical Type V commercial work vest features lightweight
flotation foam encased in a heavy-duty polyester shell.
FLOURESCENT FLAGS & CONES FENCE-IT PLUS™

Stock No. LOG SF101RRC
High performance fencing with

high tension load line.
Flag safety red
LOG F1830SORC Stay: 16” x 16”
Staff: 3/4” x 32”
MOR 00100355 Safety Cone
• Quick and easy to install
CAUTION TAPE • Will not unravel or mildew

• Durable and resilient
Stock No. EMP77-1001 • Available in orange
• High tension load line for additional strength
3” X 1000’ 3 MIL Bright Yellow Caution
Barricade Tape printed along entire roll. • Lightweight for easy storage and handling
Great for temporary construction areas • Always flexible at high and low temperatures
and traffic control. • Made of UV stabilized high-density polyethylene
AWISCO can supply custom netting,

wire rope and attachments for your jobsite safety and security.
Ask your sales representative for information on all of these
“must have” safety materials.

DEBRIS SAFETY NET SYSTEMS

BRIDGE NET SYSTEMS ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS
Personnel and debris bridge net Leading Edge provides custom de-
systems provide protection on vir- signed systems to meet site
specific needs. In many cases, sys-
tually any bridge. Systems can
tems provide several areas of pro-
easily attach to a structural point.
tection, the encompassing person-
The system can provide protection nel, debris and public protection in
on either or both sides of the one package. Debris net systems
bridge and allows for installation generally assure an unrestricted flow
of nets underneath when required. of traffic and access to and around
After installation is complete the construction or restoration areas. In
system can provide protection for many cases this allows facilities to
both workers on the bridge, as well continue to operate with little or no
as workers, public and property below. Advantages the systems interruption. Special attachment s, loading and clearance are ex-
can provide include reduced labor costs, easy installation, main- amples of areas where leading Edge’s manufacturing and design excel.
tenance and cleaning. Call for specifics on any of these Safety Net Systems.
FIRST AID KITS

WATERPROOF STEEL INDUSTRIAL FIRST AID KITS
• Components neatly packaged in interior boxes. Easy to identify • Gasket inside the lid keeps the case weatherproof and dust proof to
and use. keep contents fresh and ready to use.
• “Drawdown” style clasps pull lid tightly. Opens when you want it to. • Highest quality components are manufactured by Pac-Kit or
Stays tightly closed when you don’t. nationally recognized brand names.
• Wall mounting steel brackets. • Weatherproof first aid kits assists in the compliance with OSHA
• Durable steel case can take a beating and still protect the contents. regulations: 1910.151 for industry, 1926.50 for construction.
KIT 6430 KIT 6450

25 PERSON KIT 50 PERSON KIT
Stock No. PAC 6430 Stock No. PAC 6450
Includes: Adhesive strips
1” x 3” (50 to a box), gauze Includes: Adhesive
pads 3” x 3” (10 to a box),
strips 1” x 3” (100 to a
cotton sterile (1/2 oz.)
box), gauze pads 4” x 4”
triangular bandage, gauze
bandage 2” x 5 yards, (25 to a box), cotton
sterile (2 boxes), sterile sterile (1/2 oz.) triangular
isotonic buffered eyewash, bandage, gauze bandage 2” x 5 yards, sterile gauze 4” x 5 yards,
1 oz. with pads and strips, tape (1/2” x 5 yards), povidone sterile elastic bandage, 4”, eye pads and strips (4 sets to a box),
iodine antiseptic wipes (10 to a box), first aid cream (1/2 oz.), sterile isotonic buffered eyewash, 4 oz., tape (1/2 oz., 2 tubes),
scissors, tweezers, aspirin tablets (12 to a pack), cold pack and scissors, tweezers, aspirin tablets (12 to a pack), cold pack and
first aid instructions. first aid instructions.
3040 CPR RESPONSE KIT EYE CARE PRODUCTS

Stock No. AWI PAC 3040
7-008
EYE WASH SOLUTION
Stock No. PAC PK7-008
Eye Flush, 1 oz. eye Dropper.
24-101
Contains CPR Micromask™
CPR mask, latex exam
EYE WASH SOLUTION
gloves, antiseptic towellettes
plus a biohazard bag for
disposal if needed. CPR pack Stock No. PAC 24-101
size: 4 1/ 2” x 4 1/ 2” x 23 /4 ”. Eye and skin Flush, 16 oz. Bottle.

SE-400 RESPIRATORS
GRAVITYFLOW™ GRAVITY FED EYE/FACE WASH
Stock No. AWI SPE SE-4000 WHAT DOES 42 CFR 84 REALLY MEAN?
21 Gallon capacity. Rugged durable In July 1995, the National Institute of Occupational Safety
high density molded polyethylene. and Health (NIOSH) updated and modernized the Federal
Highly visible blue tank; yellow regulation for certifying air-purifying particulate respirators
emergency sign, lettered in red/ (42 CFR 84).
black; yellow spray heads, easily The respirators certified under this new regulation are tested
activated. Can be wall mounted under much more demanding conditions than under the old
(bracket included) or shelf mounted. regulation, which means they will give your workers increased
Easy-Carry molded hand grips in protection. And because they also provide a significant cost
the water head for moving when savings, they’ll help save you money, too. Estimates indicate
empty or safe two person handling that the health care industry alone will save millions of dollars
when filled 18 gallons maximum. as a result of the new regulation!
Unique, high efficiency spray heads
To find out more about the new requirements, including
have contoured rubber eye protec-
details on how to select the new Part 84 respirator that is the
tion for more effective eye and face coverage. In off position, spray
heads are enclosed in a recessed area for protection from airborne
best for you, call Mine Safety Appliances at 1-800-MSA-2222,
debris. The quick opening, reliable valve is activated by pulling down or visit them on the web at www.MSAnet.com.8001 or call us
the spray arms. Brass waterway tubes connect the valve to the spray and we will get the information for you.
heads and are protected by black foam covers. Threaded cap with
tamper proof tie restricts unauthorized access to the tank. 26-1/8” CHOOSING A RESPIRATOR
high, 26” wide 12” deep (off), 20-1/8” (on). Flushing time: exceeds 15
minutes standard for portable • Identify the contaminant
Always consult the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) on
SCRUBS®
file for each chemical used in your work processes. This will
give you a good starting point for dealing with the hazards
HAND CLEANER TOWELS

your workers face.
• Determine the concentration level
SCRUBS IN A BUCKET OSHA has established a Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL)
Stock No. MIL 202239 for many contaminants in your workplace. In cases where
• Pre-moistened, heavy-duty towel with the chemical concentration exceeds the PEL, employers
pumice scrubbing power. must first use administrative or engineering controls to
• Works fast to loosen, dissolved and counteract the hazard whenever feasible. When such
absorb dirt and grease. measures are not feasible or fail to achieve full compliance,
• Deep cleaning scrubbers remove em-
bedded grime easily. personal protective equipment, including respirators, may be
• Contains germ-fighting triclosan. used for protection of your employees.
• Conditions and softens hands. • Evaluate the conditions of exposure
SCRUBS® the one step towel with proven pumice performance does Any number of variables can effect your choice of protection.
it all! Rough Touch Scrubs powerful yet safe cleaning agents work Always keep these factors in mind:
together with an absorbent, non-scratching abrasive had cleaning
A) The nature of the task. How long will the worker be
towel. The result is hands that are clean and protected, with pleasant
fragrance and are residue free. These shop size, durable towels exposed to each hazard? Is the work strenuous, requiring a
quickly remove tough to clean substances. heavier breathing rate?
B) The characteristics of the work area. Is the area well
SCRUBS ventilated? A confined space? Will air temperatures be hot or

cold? Could mixing of hazards occur?
GRAFFITTI AND PAINT REMOVER C) The work process itself. Are chemicals being combined,
Stock No. ORS 253-90130 heated, treated or applied?
• No over spray
• Select the proper respirator
• One step process
• Convenient and economical For more information on choosing the right respirator for the
• Portable job, call Mine Safety Appliances at 1-800-MSA-2222, or visit
• Abrasive and non-scratching them on the web at www.MSAnet.com.8001 or call us and
• Absorbs and hold residue
we will get the information for you.
SCRUBS® Graffitti and Spray Paint Removers is a unique cleaning
system combining both a high-quality graffiti remover formula with a Due to space limitations, we are unable to show our
highly absorbent, non-scratching remover towel. entire line of respirators and related products. If
The formulation loosens, breaks down and dissolves paint and graf- there is something that you have seen and do not
fiti, allowing the remover towel to absorb the hold residue without see it in our catalog please contact us and we will
redepositing paint in hands or surfaces. make every effort to satisfy your needs.
Contains 30 10-1/2” x 12-1/4” towels.

NUISANCE DUST MASK ADVANTAGE® 200

Stock No. WIL CP1000VP LS RESPIRATORS
Provides relief from irritation
of non-toxic, nuisance dusts. A new clear blue facepiece subtracts
• Effective for pollen, 25% of the weight and adds notice-
common household dust, able softness to MSA’s popular ad-
cut grass and other non- vantage half-mask respirator to give
toxic particles workers more comfort and stability
• Durable, non-collapsible than ever.
construction will stand up The Advantage 200 LS Respirator’s
to high heat and humidity new lighter and softer facepiece is
• Adjustable nosepiece made from a clear blue formulation
contours to fit individual of the thermoplastic rubber used for
facial features the Advantage 200 Respirator.
Stock No. Size Size
This mask is for comfort only. It is not a respirator and does not
MSA 815448 Small
provide lung protection.
MSA 815444 Single Neckstrap Medium
MSA 815452 Medium
MSA 815692 2-Piece Neckstrap Large
N95 PARTICULATE
RESPIRATORS ADVANTAGE® 1000
RESPIRATORS
MOLDEX N95 PARTICULATE The Advantage 1000 full-face respirator
DISPOSABLE RESPIRATOR
features a wrap-around flexible lens that
offers a comfortable fit with increased
Stock No. ORS 507-220N95 vision. It weighs 40% less than
conventional full-face respirators and
The Moldex N95 particulate disposable uses the same cartridges as the
respirators feature the Moldex Dura-Mesh Advantage 200 respirator.
shell, which resists collapsing in heat and The Advantage 1000 respirator is
humidity. They have a molded nose bridge constructed of super-soft hycar rubber
that seals easily without a metal nose that provides the feel and comfort of
band. The naturally contoured facepiece silicone but with better permeation resistance. For exceptional fit the
and softspun lining give the respirator facepiece is available in three sizes and has unique inturned lip seal
added comfort and durability. NIOSH certified to have filter efficiency that provides the best possible seal against a wide range of facial
level of 95% or greater against particulate aerosols free from oil. contours. The Advantage 100 facepiece also features a distinctive,
flexible urethane lens that is integrally bonded to the facepiece,
eliminating the need for rigid lens retainers that cause unwanted
N95 PARTICULATE RESPIRATORS pressure points. Standard equipment includes a speaking diaphragm
for clear, short-range communications and nosecup, to reduce lens
PLUS NUISANCE LEVELS OF OZONE fogging in low temperatures or high humidity conditions.
Stock No. Size
AND ORGANIC VAPORS Small
MSA 805414
Medium
MSA 805408
Large
MSA 805420
Black with speaking
diaphragm and nose cup.
Stock No. ORS 507-2400N95
ADVANTAGE® 3000
RESPIRATORS
• Added carbon layer helps filter out
nuisance levels of ozone and organic
vapors (less than OSHA PEL.) The Advantage 3000 Full-Face respirator
• For most welding applications incorporates MSA’s global engineering
• Exhale valve reduces hot air build-up expertise and is designed to meet NIOSH
to keep workers cooler. and EN standards. The respirator
• Dura-Mesh® shell resists collapsing lasts longer so workers use features a wraparound lens combined
fewer masks.
with a air purifying respirator needs. Its
• Flame retardants are added to the shell to help decrease
fits technology is based on the proven
flammability.
faceseal of the ultra Eilte Facepiece, which was based on facial
• Contour molded nose bridge with soft foam nose flange provides
measurements from more than 8,000 people.
all-day comfort.
• Softspun® lining increases comfort and durability. Stock No. Size Size
• NIOSH certified to have a filter efficiency of 95% or greater MSA 10028995 Advantage 3200 Twin Port Medium
against particulate aerosols free of oil. MSA 10028997 Respirator w/ rubber harness Large

ADVANTAGE® RESPIRATOR FLEXI-FILTER®

CARTRIDGES PADS FOR
The Advantage line of particulate, chemical and combination cartridges
is NIOSH-approved (to 42 CFR, Part 84) and provides lightweight, ADVANTAGE RESPIRATOR
low-profile performance.
MSA MSA MSA MSA MSA
Stock No.
815359 815364 815366 815369 815397
Description
GME GMC P100 GME P100 Low-Profile P100 GME P100
Organic Vapor D D D
Chlorine D D D
Sulfur Dioxide D D D
Chlorine Dioxide D D D
Hydrogen Chloride D D D
Hydrogen Sulfide D D D
Ammonia D D
Methylamine D D
Formaldehyde D D
Hydrogen Fluoride D D
Mercury Vapor
Filter type P100 D D D
R95 D D
and efficiency N95 D
See notes below 2,3 2,3,4 2,3,4 1,4 1
1. Do not use in atmospheres containing less than 19.5% oxy-

gen, in atmospheres containing gases or vapors or in atmo-
spheres immediately dangerous to life and health. These low-profile, flexible pads fit well under a welding hood and
2. Do not use in atmospheres containing less than 19.5% oxy- with other personal protective equipment. They offer great balance
gen, or in atmospheres immediately dangerous to life and and weight distribution for maintaining a good face seal, while their
health. sweptback design provides improved vision and comfort.
3. Do not wear for protection against organic vapors with poor
warning properties or those which generate high heats of re- Stock No. Description Filter Type
action with the sorbent material in the cartridge. MSA 818342 Flexi-Filter P100
4. 99.97% efficient against 0.3 micron DOP. MSA 818343 Flexi-Filter P100 with nuisance level
OV, Ozone Removal P100
N95 - Particulate filter (95% filter efficiency level) effective against MSA 818344
Flexi-Filter P100 with nuisance level,
particulate aerosols free of oil; time use restrictions may apply. AG, HF removal
R95 - Particulate filter (95% filter efficiency level) effective against all Do not use in atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent
particulate aerosols; time use restrictions may apply. Oxygen, in atmospheres containing gases or vapors or in atmo-
P100 - Particulate filter (99.97% filter efficiency level) effective against spheres immediately dangerous to life and health. 99.97 percent
all particulate aerosols. efficient against 0.3 micron DOP.
GME AND GME-P100 MUTIGAS SUPER CARTRIDGES

Like most combination cartridges, the GME-P100 Super Cartridges provide simultaneous
protection against gases, vapors and toxic dust and mist. But unlike ordinary combination
cartridges, the GME-P100 Super Cartridges is NIOSH-approved for 16 specific compounds,
far more than any other air-purifying respirator on the market. The GME version gives you
NIOSH-approved protection from 10 specific gases and vapors. Add a prefilter and cover to
the GME and it also protects against paints, pesticides, dust, mist and fumes. Because one
pair of GME or GME-P100 Super Cartridges replaces many conventional cartridges, the
selection process becomes simple, as does employee training. The versatility of these
cartridges also reduces the possibility of misuse. To order GME and GME-P100 Super
Cartridges, refer to the chart on page 204 (Advantage Cartridges).
Cartridge NIOSH approved for: Can be used where you currently use:
Organic vapors, Sulfur Dioxide, Chloride Dioxide, Hydrogen
GME Cratridge chloride, Hydrogen Sufide (escape only), Hydrogen Flouride GMA, GMB, GMC, GMF
Gases, Ammonia, Methalamine, Formaldehyde.
GMA, N95/R95 Filter, GMB + N95/R95 Filter,

GME Cartridge Plus
All of the above plus: Non-oil and oil-containing particulates GMC + N95/R95 Filter, GMD + N95/R95 Filter,
N95 or R95 prefilter
GMF + N95/R95 Filter
GME-P100 All of the above plus: Where high efficiency filters are All MSA Air-Purifying Cartridges except 3
Cartridge required and Mersorb-P100 Specialty Cartridges: GMI-P100, Mersorb

PREMIER® 6100
SERIES RESPIRATOR
In half mask or full facepiece, Willson 6000 Series Air Purifying Respirators offer protection from a wide variety of hazards. Extra-large valve
ports and low-resistance filters and cartridges makes the 6000 series the easiest breathing respirator today.
HALF MASK RESPIRATOR

• The easiest-breathing respirator of its type.
• Available in three sizes and has a soft sealing flange with rolled
edges for increased wearer acceptance.
• Head straps adjust at the crown for easy adjustment and
unobstructed vision.
• Low profile nosepiece allows for compatibility with eyewear.
• Respirator port reduces facepiece slippage and skin irritation.
• Replaceable parts and convertibility to supplied air or PAPR.
Facepiece
• NIOSH approved. Stock No. Description
Material
• Suggested applications: painting and pesticide spraying, lead and WIL 6100S Small, basic assembly with elastic headbands
asbestos abatement, utilities, primary metals, nuclear, chemical WIL 6100M Medium, basic assembly with elastic headbands Silicone
manufacturing, petrochemicals, automotive, pharmaceutical. WIL 6100L Large, basic assembly with elastic headbands
AIR PURIFYING CARTRIDGES IRRITANT SMOKE

Stock No. Description Pieces
Quantity
Boxes
FIT TEST KIT
per box per case Stock No. ALG 2050
WIL T01 Organic vapor cartridges 10 5
Organic vapor cartridge
WIL T01P100 6 12
with P100 filter
WIL T05 Organic vapor acid gas 10 5
Organic vapor acid gas cartridge
WIL T05P100 6 12
with P100 filter Kit includes materials needed to
WIL T06 Acid gas of formaldehyde 10 5 perform OSHA accepted
Uni sorb multi contaminant
WIL T08P100 6 12 qualitative fit test for air purifying
cartridge with P100 filter
respirators. Instruction manual. Record form, six irritant smoke
Due to space limitations, we are only listing the most common car-
tubes and aspirator bulb are included in a convenient, protective
tridges, if you have any questions, please call us for additional in-
formation. carry pouch with Velcro® closure.
AMBIENT AIR PUMPS

MODEL 9821 MODEL 9850
TWO WORKER ELECTRIC AIR PUMP AIR DRIVEN AIR PUMP
Stock No. ALG 9821 Stock No. ALG 9850
Ideal for use when electric

power is unavailable or unde-
sirable. Highly effective in
work areas where large
Fills the need for a very portable air source for one or two respirator amounts of compressed air are available such as sandblasting. Air
users or a single hood user. Works well in a variety of work envi- driven motor is protected and lubricated by a high capacity filter/regu-
ronments including painting or refinishing booths. For two respirators lator/lubricator assembly. Requires 75 CFM at 80 psig. For four res-
or one hood. pirator users or three hood users.
Model A-750 two man electric Pump with Schrader Fittings. 4 man air operated AABA Pump with Schrader Fittings.
Model Max. No. Max. No. Power Model Max. No. Max. No. Power
lb. Hp PSI CFM lb. Hp PSI CFM
No. resp. Hoods required No. resp. Hoods required
A-750 2 1 8.3A/115V 51 3/4 0-15 0-10 A-4000AD 4 3 75 cfm@80 psig 75 N/A 0-15 0-20

RESPIRATORS SOLARIS
MULTI GAS DETECTOR
6000 SERIES HALF MASK
CONSTANT FLOW SUPPLIED The solaris Multigas Dectector is a
affordable, durable reliable, easy-to- use
AIR RESPIRATOR portable instrument for detecting the
presence of O2, H2S, CO and combustible
Stock No. WIL 63708M
gas. Both the Solaris Detector are designed
to withstand rough handling in harsh
6000 Series Half Mask constant flow
supplied air respirator. Silicone Half environments.
Mask. Requires air supply hose
(sold separately) Sizes Small • Ergonomic Design — For maximum comfort
thruugh Large available. • Alarm system — world class triple alarm system with 100+ decibel
audible alarm, multiple high-intensity visual alarm and strong
6000 SERIES FULL FACE vibrating alarm.

• Display features— superior display features simultaneously gas
CONSTANT FLOW SUPPLIED concentration display, backlighting for easy reading and
AIR RESPIRATOR
alphanumeric message bar for easy use.
• Lightweight—Under 8oz., compact size that makes it easy to wear.
Stock No. WIL 6770AL-8 • Durable—Case with rubberized armor provides superior protection
against liquid and dust ingress (IP 65 rated)
6000 Series Full Face constant flow • Long-life battery—Rechargeable lithium ion battery provides 14+
supplied air respirator. Silicone
hours of continuous run time and delivers best-in-class performance
Mask. Requires air supply hose.
in extreme conditions.
• Warranty—Outstanding 2-year, all-inclusive warranty.
HOSE ASSEMBLY BASIC KIT
MSA 10048148 4-Gas Instrument
Airline Hose assemblies 3/8” complete
with Schrader Fittings. Available in 50 BASIC KIT (Includes datalogging option)
ft. or 100 ft. lengths. Stock No. Description
MSA 10048147 4-Gas Instrument
Stock No. Length
All of the above kits include a UL approved Solaris, battery charger,
WIL R7148-50 50 ft. calibration cap assembly and isntruction manual in CD-Rom.
WIL R7148-100 100 ft. Other models with aditional features are available. Please contact
Awisco for additional info.
HARNESSES
FULL BODY HARNESSES
Used for fall arrest, work positioning, travel restriction, ladder
climbing, rescue retrieval and evacuation. The Pullover and Vestype PULLOVER™ HARNESS
harnesses are uniquely designed to contain the torso, position it in The Pullover Harness Uses a patented design which eases donning
an upright position and distribute fall arrest forces to the sub-pelvic and doffing. A single point shoulder strap adjuster to adjust the Har-
area in the event of a fall. Color-contrasting 1-3/4” wide shoulder and ness snugly to the body. Integrated systems (harness with shock ab-
thigh straps simplify donning and doffing the harness. The standard sorbers) are available upon request. All Pullover harness meet ANSI
size fits most users. Z359.1, ANSI A10.14 and OSHA requirements.
VESTYPE HARNESS
The Vestype Harness contains three strap adjustment points and a
choice of Quick-Fit or tongue thigh strap buckles, to adjust the har-
ness snugly to the body. Available with back, hip, shoulder and chest
D-ring configuration. All Vestype harnesses meet ANSI Z359.1, ANSI
A10.14 and OSHA requirements.
Pullover Leg Vestype Leg
Buckles Buckles D-Rings
Tongue Tongue
Nylon Nylon Back Chest Hip Shoulder
MSA 502733 MSA 502771 1 1 2 0
MSA 502744 MSA 502769 1 1 0 0
PULLOVER AND VESTYPE HARNESS ORDERING INFORMATION
Pullover Style Vest Style Stock No. for STD sizes shown. Sizes XSM, XLG and SXL are available.

FP PRO™ HARNESSES FP TRADES™ HARNESSES

The FP Pro Harness provides comfortable protection even after long
hours of use in extreme conditions due to its super lightweight fea- THERMATEK™ HARNESS
tures and durable webbing. The harness is available in cross-chest
and Vest styles, with optional Hip D-rings for work positioning, and
fits a wide range of body types and sizes. Meets all applicable OSHA • High visibility green webbing.
standards, ANSIA10.14, and ANSIZ359.1. CSA Certified. • Kevlar (60%) Nomex (40%) blend web-
CROSS-CHEST STYLE,
bing that is resistant to chemicals, weld
splatter, and other high heat applications.
QWIK-FIT™ • Bright, contrasting colors of webbing and

stitching allows for easier inspection.
• Qwik-Fit Leg Straps for easy connection.
• Bright red polyester webbing for high visibility. • Meets ANSIA10. 14 and OSHA standards.
• Lightweight design for increased comfort.
• CSA certified.
• Web retainer collar to keep excess webbing neat.
• Qwik-Fit Leg straps allow for easy adjustment.
• Easy to use adjuster buckles. Stock No. Description
• Available with back and Hip D-rings. Standard size, qwik-fit leg straps, Back D-ring
MSA 10020062 and Hip D-rings.
X-Large, qwik-fit leg straps, Back D-ring and Hip
MSA 415842
Cross-Chest Style, STD Size, qwik-fit™ leg MSA 10020066 D-rings.
straps. D-rings: on back 1
Cross-Chest Style, STD Size, qwik-fit™ leg straps.
MSA 415944 D-rings: on back 1, Hips 2
MSA 415946
Cross-Chest Style, STD Size, qwik-fit™ leg straps.
D-rings: on back 1, Hips 2 NO METAL ABOVE
THE WAIST HARNESSES
VEST STYLE, ELECTRICIANS STYLE
QWIK-FIT™
• Bright red polyester webbing for The “No Metal Above the
high visibility. waist” Harness is a pullover
• Lightweight design for increased comfort. style harness specially
• Web retainer collar to keep excess webbing neat. designed with the utility
• Qwik-Fit Leg straps allow for easy adjustment. industry worker in mind.
• Easy to use adjuster buckles. This comfortable pullover
• Available with back and Hip D-rings. style harness provides
• Strong, durable, lightweight webbing. easy donning and doffing
• Available with back and Hip D-rings. and one point adjustment.
• Color contrasting torso and leg straps to simplify donning. In order to maintain a “No
Stock No. Description Metal Above the Waist” configuration, this harness has the adjust-
Vest style, STD size, qwik-fit™ leg straps. D-rings: ment point below the waist and an integral Dyna-Brake Shock
MSA 415947 On Back 1
Absorber at the back D-ring location eliminating metal at the dorsal
Vest style, XLG size, qwik-fit™ leg straps. D-rings:
MSA 415949 connection point. “No Metal Above the Waist” Harness is available
On Back 1
with side positioning loops for work positioning and travel restriction
Vest style, STD size, qwik-fit™ leg straps.
MSA 415950 D-rings: On Back 1, Hips 2 applications. All variations of the “No Metal Above the Waist”
Vest style, XLG size, qwik-fit™ leg straps. Harness meet ANSI Z359.1, ANSI A10.14 and OSHA regulations.
MSA 415952 D-rings: On Back 1, Hips 2 Stock No. Description
Vest style, STD size, qwik-fit™ tongue buckle leg Standard size, nylon, integral Dyna-brake Shock
MSA 10033836 straps. D-rings: On Back 1 MSA 501390 Absorber, tongue buckle leg straps, Back D-ring.
Vest style, STD size, qwik-fit™ tongue buckle leg X-Large size, nylon, integral Dyna-brake Shock
MSA 10033837 straps. D-rings: On Back 1
MSA 415211 Absorber, tongue buckle leg straps, Back D-ring.
AWISCO Fall Protection Safety Tips

• Always inspect your fall protection equipment before use. Do not use any
equipment showing signs of deformity, unusual wear or damage.
These must be discarded.
• All equipment must be inspected by your company safety professional on
a regular basis.

TECHNACURV™ DELTA™ II HARNESS

FULL BODY HARNESS VEST STYLE
Stock No. DBI 1103321
• Constructed from certified Hi-Vis fabric &
reflective tape, meets Class 1 & 2 high visibility
requirements of ANSI/ISEA 107-1999
• Padded shoulders and neck liner enhance
comfort & mobility
• Velcro tool fastener supports for accessory
• Curvilinear Comfort attachment
System. • Two chest pockets, one with a snap closure, one
• Visco-Elastic Shoulder with slot for pens/pencils for plenty of on-board
Padding. storage
• Tongue buckle leg straps for fast & easy donning
• Innovative Web Design.
• Size= Large Vest & Universal Harness. Other
• Secure-Fit Buckles. • Meets ANSI Z 359.1, all
sizes available
• Sorbtek Fabric on Shoulder applicable OSHA regula-
and Sub-Pelvic Pads. tions, and is CSA certified. Back D-Ring, Pass Thru Buckle Leg Straps (Univ. size)
MSA 10041591
Vest style, STD size with qwik-fit™ chest strap,
tongue buckle leg straps and Back D-ring.
Vest style, X-Large size with qwik-fit™ chest
CARABINERS
MSA 10041592 strap, tongue buckle leg straps and Back D-ring. Stock No. 506572 Stock No. 506308
Vest style, STD size with qwik-fit™ chest strap,
MSA 10041603 tongue buckle leg straps, Shoulder Pads, Back • 7/8” (22mm) • 2” (50mm) gate
D-ring and Hip D-rings.
gate opening opening
Vest style, X-Large size with qwik-fit™ chest • Autolocking • Autolocking
MSA 10041604 strap, tongue buckle leg straps, Shoulder Pads,
• Steel • Steel
Back D-ring and Hip D-rings.
LANYARDS
SHOCK ABSORBING LANYARDS TWIN LEG EXPANYARD
DYNA-MIGHT ™ Stock No. MSA 501574
SHOCK ABSORBING LANYARDS
The Dyna -Might Lanyard incorporates the inno-
vative technology of the Dyna-Brake Lanyard
with the advantage of a lightweight, low-profile
body. A durable Olefin cover provides extraordi- • 6 ft. length 1” nylon strap with 3 each
nary abrasion, heat, and cold resistance. The 3/4” throat opening snap hooks.
Dyna-Might Lanyard meets ANSIA10.14,
ANSIZ359.1 and all applicable OSHA standards.
Stock No. Description TWIN LEG EXPANYARD
Dyna-Might™ Adjustable Lanyards with 1” strap,
6’ Length Harness Connection: HL2000
MSA 501044
Anchorage Connection: HL2000
Dyna-Might™ fixed Lanyards with 1” strap, 6’
MSA 501054 Length Harness Connection: HL2000 • 6 ft. length 7/32” dia. vinyl coated wire
Anchorage Connection: HL2000 rope with 3 each 3/4” throat opening
snap hooks.
ENERGY ABSORBING LANYARDS

The Expandyard Energy Absorbing Lanyard is designed to stretch
to 6 ft. length. When relaxed, it stays close to the user’s body,
SINGLE LEG EXPANYARD
reducing the possibility of trips and snags. Stock No. MSA 501244
SINGLE LEG EXPANYARD

Stock No. MSA 501572 • 6 ft. length 7/32” dia. vinyl coated
• 6 ft. length 1” nylon strap with 2 each wire rope with 2 each 3/4” throat
3/4” throat opening snap hooks. opening snap hooks.

SINGLE LEG EXPANYARD Stock No. Description

Onyx™ Shock absorbing Lanyards, Strap, 6’ length.
Stock No. MSA 501244 MSA10012311 Harness Connection: HL2000
Anchorage Connection: (2) HL2000
• 6 ft. length 1” nylon rope with 2 each Twin-Leg Onyx™ Shock absorbing Lanyards,
3/4” throat opening snap hooks. Strap, 6’ length.
MSA10012312 Harness Connection: RL20
Anchorage Connection: (2) RL20
MSA 501220 Adjustable Model Twin-Leg Onyx™ Shock absorbing Lanyards,
MSA 501266 Non Adjustable Model Strap, 6’ length.
MSA10012313 Harness Connection: HL2000
We have listed the most common lanyards, other models are
available. Please contact us for additional information. Anchorage Connection: (2) HL64
ONYX™ NYLON
SHOCK ABSORBING SHOCK ABSORBER
LANYARDS DYNA-BRAKE
The Onyx™ Lanyard is a sleek, innovative Stock No. MSA 501222
design in shock absorbing lanyards! The
lightest weight lanyard available, the Onyx
lanyard features a strong, durable sheath.
It is also bi-directional, making it easier to
trail your personnel. This longer-wearing • Strong and durable
lanyard is also available in a Twin-Leg
• Uses rip-stitch technology to keep fall arrest forces below 900 lbs.
configuration. Meets ANSIA10.14 and
OSHA regulations. • Available in single or twin-leg configurations and with a variety
of snaphooks.
• Meets ANSIZ359.1, ANSIA10.14, and OSHA standards.
Onyx™ Shock absorbing Lanyards, Strap, 6’ length.
MSA 10003020 Harness Connection: HL2000 Stock No. Description
Anchorage Connection: HL2000 Shock Absorber Dyna-Brake 1” Wide nylon
Onyx™ Shock absorbing Lanyards, Strap, 6’ length. webbing, 6’ Length.
MSA 10003021 Harness Connection: RL20
MSA 501222 Harness Connection: Self-locking snaphook
Anchorage Connection: RL20 HL2000
Onyx™ Shock absorbing Lanyards, Strap, 6’ length. Anchorage Connection: Self-locking snaphook
MSA 10003022 Harness Connection: HL2000 HL2000
FORCE2™ FP DIAMOND™
SHOCK ABSORBING SHOCK ABSORBING
LANYARD ALLOWS 12 FT. FREE FALL LANYARDS
Stock No. DBI 1225006 The FP Diamond Shock Absorbing Lanyard raises the standards for
Shock Absorbing Lanyards with these features:
• Keeps fall arrest forces below 900 lbs
• Available in a single or twin-leg configuration
1” web, snap hook at ends x 6 ft. • Meets ANSIZ359.1 and OSHA standards
• CSA Certified.
ONYX™ TWIN-LEG
6’ length.
SHOCK ABSORBING MSA10023932 Harness Connection: HL2000

LANYARDS MSA10023933
6’ length.
Harness Connection: HL2000
The Onyx™ Lanyard is a sleek, innovative
design in shock absorbing lanyards! The
lightest weight lanyard available, the Onyx Stock No. Description
lanyard features a strong, durable sheath. Twin-Leg 6’ length.
It is also bi-directional, making it easier to MSA10023970 Harness Connection: Swivel HL2000
trail your personnel. This longer-wearing Anchorage Connection: (2) HL2000
lanyard is also available in a Twin-Leg con- Twin-Leg 6’ length.
figuration. Meets ANSIA10.14 and OSHA MSA10023971 Harness Connection: Swivel HL2000
regulations. Anchorage Connection: (2) HL64

FP DIAMOND™ EZ-STOP®
EXPANYARDS TIE-BACK LANYARD
In addition to the exciting features of the FP Diamond Lanyard,
the FP Diamond Expandyard features:
• Elastic design reduces trip hazards and snag hazards
• 6’ Diamond Expandyard contracts to 4.5’
• 10’ Diamond Expandyard contracts to 7’.
1” Polyester web, snap hooks at
both ends, floating D-ring allowing
Fixed 6’ length Expanyard. lanyard to be choked off x 6 ft.
MSA10045936 Harness Connection: HL2000
Twin-Leg, 6’ length Expanyard.
MSA10045938 Harness Connection: Swivel HL2000
Anchorage Connection: (2) HL64 ROPE LANYARD - NYLON
Twin-Leg, 6’ length Expanyard. Stock No. DBI 1202354
MSA10047290 Harness Connection: Swivel HL2000
Anchorage Connection: (2) GL3100
Other configurations are available. Contact Awisco for additional information.
1/2” rope, self locking snap
hooks at each ens x 6 ft.
EZ STOP® II LANYARD
EZ Stop Lanyards Feature:
WEB LANYARDS
• 1” (25mm) Polyester
webbing for durability and
longevity
• Easy to use self locking POLYESTER
snap hooks Stock No. DBI 1201106
• 6 ft. (1.8m) in length (other lengths available)
• Available with 1” (25mm) Polyurethane coated webbing for
abrasion resistance (# 1220850)
• Available in Kevlar (#1220558)
1” web, self locking snap
hooks at each end x 6 ft.
SHOCKWAVE2™ LANYARD
KITS
• Expands to 6 ft. (1.8m) and
contracts to 4-1/2 ft. (1.4m) THERMATEK™ KIT
• Reduces dragging and snagging
for more freedom of movement.
• Twin-Leg 100% tie-off style helps
Includes:
you remain connected at all times.
• Variety of hook options to meet your worksite needs. • Thermatek Harness, standard
size, made of a Kevlar/Nomex
• Impact indicator allows user to visually inspect unit for a fall
Tubular Web, snap hook at ends x 6 ft. blend webbing that is
resistant to chemicals, weld
splatter, and other high heat
WRAPBAX® exposures.
• Thermatek Shock Absorbing
TIE-BACK LANYARDS Lanyard features a burn
resistant Tuffweld protective
Stock No. DBI 1221901 cover that is superior to Nomex.
It is designed to arrest a freefall up
to 12’ and keep fall arrest forces below OSHA limits.
EZ-Stop® II, snap hook at one • Thermatek Anchorage Connector Strap with Kevlar webbing
end, tie-back hook at other x 6 ft. and stitching has a replaceable wear pad to protect webbing
from abrasion.
• Carrying Bag for convenience.


Thermatek Kit with Thermatek 6 ft. Lanyard
FALL PROTECTION KIT
MSA10026061 (HL2000 Snaphooks). Stock No. MSA 10013102
Thermatek Kit with Thermatek 12 ft. Lanyard Bucket of Safety Kit Contains:
MSA10026062 (HL2000 Snaphooks).
Thermatek Kit with Thermatek 6 ft. Lanyard • FP Pro Vest Style
MSA10026063 (RL20 Snaphooks).
Harness.
Thermatek Kit with Thermatek 12 ft. Lanyard • Onyx 6 ft. Lanyard with
MSA10026064 (RL20 Snaphooks). HL2000 Snaphooks.
• White V-Gard hard Hat with
Staz-On suspension.
• Sound Control re-usable
FP PRO HARNESS / silicone earplugs.
• Sightgard protective eyewear with scratch
ONYX™ LANYARD KITS resistant lens, adjustable temples, integrated side
shields, and anti-fog coating.
Two great products in one easy to order Kit! These Kits are available
with your choice of a Cross-Chest or a Vest Style FP Pro Harness
with or without Hip D-rings and with a single or twin leg Onyx Shock FIRST™
COMPLIANCE IN A CAN
Absorbing Lanyard. All Kits include carrying bag.
Stock No. DBI AA7010A

Compliance in a Can Light - box of 12
• 3 or 5 point ‘compliance’ harness

• 50’ (15m) twisted rope lifeline
• Rope Grab with attached shock absorber
• Reusable roof anchor
• Concrete anchor & bolts
• Wire rope sling anchor
• Webstrap sling anchor
• 11’ (3.4m) web self retracting lifeline
• 30’ (9m) cable self retracting lifeline
• 30’ (9m) or 60’ (18m) horizontal lifeline
system with wire rope sling anchors.
MSA10033392 FP Pro Cross-Chest Harness, STD size, Qwik-Fit

leg straps, Back and Hip D-rings, Onyx Lanyard. ANCHORAGE CONNECTORS
WIRE CLASP
FP Pro Cross-Chest Harness, STD size, Qwik-Fit
MSA10033393 leg straps, Back and Hip D-rings, Onyx Lanyard.
MSA10033396 leg straps, Back and Hip D-rings, Onyx Twin
Leg Lanyard.
MSA10033399 leg straps, Back D-ring, Onyx Twin Leg Lanyard. • 3 sizes available to accomodate
a wide range of structures.
FP Pro Cross-Chest Harness, STD size, Tongue
MSA10039544 Buckle Leg straps, Back D-ring, Onyx Lanyard. • Easy simple installation.
FP Pro Cross-Chest Harness, STD size, Qwik-fit Stock No. Description
MSA10033399 leg straps, back D-ring, Onyx Twin Leg lanyard.
MSA 10003207 Small 3-1/8”
MSA 10003208 Medium 4-1/8”
FP Pro Vest style Harness, STD size, Qwik-Fit leg
MSA 10003209 Large 5-1/2”
MSA10033394 straps, Back and Hip D-rings, Onyx Twin
Leg Lanyard.
ADJUSTABLE BEAM GRIP

MSA10033395 straps, Back D-ring, Onyx Twin Leg Lanyard.
MSA10033397
FP Pro Vest style Harness, STD size, Qwik-Fit leg Stock No. MSA 10003210
straps, Back and Hip D-rings, Onyx Lanyard.
MSA10033398 straps, Back D-ring, Onyx Lanyard.
FP Pro Vest style Harness, STD size, Qwik-Fit Chest
MSA10039550 strap and Tongue Buckle leg straps, Back D-ring, • Quick, easy installation to beams
Onyx Lanyard. with 4” to 12” flange width.
FP Pro Vest style Harness, STD size, Qwik-Fit Chest
• Internal strap and “D” ring allows
MSA10039553 strap and Tongue Buckle Leg straps, Back and Hip
D-rings, Onyx Lanyard. compatible connection means.

LARGE HOOK WITH BEAMGRIP

SHOCK ABSORBER The steelworkers “ friend” Quick, easy
installation to beams with 4” to 12”
Stock No. MSA 10002821 flange width. Internal strap and “D” ring
allows quick connection.
• Attaches to flange of beams -
no tools required.
• Large 2-1/2” throat-opening hook with
integral shock absorber and “D” ring.
MSA 506682 3.94” to 5.64” flange widths
• Compatible with all MSA lanyards and MSA 415171 5.5” to 8” flange widths
vertical lifelines. MSA 415172 8.06” to 10.48” flange widths
MSA 415173 10.27” to 12.8” flange widths
CONFINED SPACE EQUIPMENT

MSA Confined space entry / retrieval systems are designed for fall arrest, lifting and lowering, rescue and work positioning thus named “Fall
Rescue™ Work Systems.” They incorporate an anchorage connector, fall arrest component (Dyna-Lock, Dynevac), a personnel and materi-
als handling hoist (Dyna-Hoist) and associated hardware to rig the system for use. The system can be used for leading edge work, mainte-
nance and entry retrieval for manholes, tank cars, silos, tanks, vaults, pits, vats and other confined space application.
DYNEVAC®
The MSA Dynevac® SRL (Self Retracting Lanyard) Dynevac SRL meets ANSI Z359.1, A10.14 and applicable OSHA
has all the fall arresting capabilities of the MSA requirements.
Dyna-Lock SRL as well as an emergency lifting and Stock No. Description
lowering feature. This rescue feature makes the SRL / Emergency Evac., Stainless Steel Cable
Dynevac SRL ideal for personal fall arrest, confined MSA 506558
RL20S, 50 ft.
space and entry retrieval systems. The Dynevac SRL SRL / Emergency Evac., Stainless Steel Cable
MSA 506218
has 3/16 inch galvanized or stainless steel wire rope. RL20S, 95 ft.
Three continuously moving independent braking MSA 506605
SRL / Emergency Evac., Galvanized Wire Rope
mechanisms prevent freezing in icy or corrosive con- RL20S, 50 ft.
ditions. The Dynevac SRL has a 4.5 feet per sec- SRL / Emergency Evac., Galvanized Wire Rope
MSA 506606
ond locking speed and a built-in shock absorber lim- RL20S, 95 ft.
its fall arrest forces to less than 900 lb. A forged Dynevac Stainless Steel Wire Rope 50 ft.,
MSA 506609
Roughneck Version.
steel, zinc-plated self-locking swivel snaphook is present on each
MSA 506444 Dynevac Stainless Steel Wire Rope 50 ft.,
unit with a load indicator that activates when a fall occurs and
Roughneck Version.
alerts the user that the Dynevac SRL has been impact loaded.
MSA 506622 Bracket for Dynevac, Dyna-Lock, Davitruck and
When the emergency rescue device is activated, the Dynevac SRL Folding Davit Mount, 30 ft. / 50 ft.
has the ability of retrieving a fallen or injured worker. The Dynevac Bracket for Dynevac, Dyna-Lock, Davitruck and
MSA 506362
SRL has an average lifting speed of 25 feet per minute. It can be Folding Davit Mount, 70 ft. / 95 ft.
used in conjunction with the MSA Ropod™, Column Davit, Folding MSA 506627 Bracket for Dynevac and Dyna-Lock, Flat mount,
Davit, Davitruck™, Dyna-Hoist™, suspended or rigged by using 10M 30ft. / 50 ft.
various anchorage connectors. Prominent labels and user instruc- MSA 506261 Bracket for Dynevac and Dyna-Lock, Flat mount,
tions are designed for convenient training, use and inspection. The 22M 70ft. / 95 ft.
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY KITS

Confined Space Entry Kits make it easy for you to order the confined
space system which best suits your needs.
THE CONFINED SPACE ENTRY KITS FEATURES:
• 3 Tripod Kits and 2 Folding Davit Kits.
• Single part number for simplified ordering.
• Confined space kits with lynx rescuer allow for non-entry rescue of
a confined space entrant.
• Tripod and Davit Kits allow for great portability.
Lynx Tripod Confined Space Entry Kit #1 Lynx Davit Confined Space Entry Kit # 1
MSA10023966 (Kit Includes Lynx Rescuer)
MSA10023969
(Kit Includes Lynx Hoist)
Lynx Tripod Confined Space Entry Kit #2 Lynx Davit Confined Space Entry Kit # 2
MSA10023967 (Kit Includes Lynx Hoist)
MSA10024020
(Kit Includes Lynx Rescuer and Lynx Hoist)
Lynx Tripod Confined Space Entry Kit #2 MSA1007825
MSA10023968 (Kit Includes Rescuer and Lynx Hoist)
Confined Space Traning Video

DYNEVAC® II BEAMGLIDE™ TROLLEY

FIELD RESETTABLE MODEL
• Self retracting lanyard with emergency
retrieval capabilities • Provides mobility horizontally -
• The easiest, quickest reset mechanism on keeps anchorage connector
the market
directly overhead.
• Gives users the option to reset on location,
or send to MSA for service • Sizing to fit all beams.
• Confined space entry provides fall arrest and
emergency lifting and lowering
Stock No. Size Description

50 ft. Self Retracting Lanyard with Emergency Stock No. Description
MSA 10007782 50 ft.
Rescuer, 3/16” Diameter, Stainless steel line. With MSA 506266 With ball lock pin
proper inspection system may be reused after fall MSA 506252 With red head bolt
MSA 10007783 95 ft.
arrest and / or retrieval. When ordering you must specify the beam size.
SELF-RETRACTING LANYARDS
MSA has set a new standard in the mechanical fall protection
market with the Aptura LT12 Self-Retracting Lanyard (SRL). Never
before has the market seen such a state of-the-art device with so
many standard features. With its solid design and fast-acting brake
mechanism, you can be confident that the Aptura LT12 SRL will
1” Steel
be there for you when you need it the most. The Aptura LT12 SRL Carabiner
features include: 2” Aluminum Stock No.
Carabiner Back D SRCC643
• A durable, engineered thermoplastic housing to increase service life. Stock No. Connectors
• Rugged, impact-absorbing protective bumpers for added durability. Stock No.
SRCC413
• A field-replaceable lifeline option. In the event that the webbing
should become damaged, this option provides a field-replaceable 1” Aluminum
web lifeline, eliminating costly returns to the manufacturer. The Carabiner
Stock No. 2” Steel
Aptura LT12 is the first SRL on the market to offer this feature. SRCA853 Carabiner
• A lightweight design starting at 2.4 pounds, making it the lightest Stock No.
506308
SRL on the market. 1” Steel Choice of
• A standard lifeline length of 12’. Available in lengths from 6’ to 12’. Swivel Carabiners AL64 Snap
Carabiner and Snap
• A 400 pound working capacity as a standard feature.
Hooks
• A constant lock-up rate to prevent the erratic, “jerky” lock-up
(like a seat belt) found on some types of personal fall limiters.
• No annual factory recertification required due to high-quality
RL20 Swivel
construction. This not only reduces the cost of ownership, but also Snap HL2000
eliminates down time. 1” Steel Swivel Snap
Carabiner 1” Aluminum
• An integral load indicator lets you know when it is time to remove Carabiner
the product from service.
• SRL connector with integral swivel.
• Meets ANSI A10.14, ANSI Z359.1, and all applicable OSHA
standards, and is CSA certified. RL20 Snap HL2000
Snap
APTURA LT12 SRL LS Snap
Line Length: 12’, SRL Connection: None, Line Length: 10’, SRL Connection: None
MSA 10044227 Lifeline Connection: Sewn Loop
MSA 10045783 Lifeline Connection: LI Snap
Line Length: 12’, SRL Connection: Back D Line Length: 10’, SRL Connection: None
MSA 10044228 connector, Lifeline Connection: HL2000
MSA 10045784 Lifeline Connection: Sewn Loop
Line Length: 12’, SRL Connection: None, Line Length: 10’, SRL Connection: Back D
MSA 10044229 Lifeline Connection: HL2000
MSA 10045785 Connector, Lifeline Connection: HL2000
Line Length: 12’, SRL Connection: None, Line Length: 10’, SRL Connection: None
MSA 10042171 Lifeline Connection: LI Snap
MSA 10045786 Lifeline Connection: HL2000
Line Length: 12’, SRL Connection: 1” Steel Line Length: 10’, SRL Connection: 1” Steel
MSA 10044320 Carabiner, Lifeline Connection: HL2000
MSA 10045787 Carabiner, Lifeline Connection: HL2000
Other configurations available... Contact Awisco.

DYNA-LOCK® SRL TALON™ QUICKCONNECT

SRL’S: 8 FT. WEB
The MSA Dyna-Lock Self-Retracting Lanyards Stock No. DBI 3101000
(SRL) are fast-acting fall arresters that limit
free-fall distance, deceleration distance and 8 ft. web SRL w/ quick-connector
fall arrest forces while allowing user freedom and 9503175 snap hook
of movement. The Dyna-Lock SRL is ideal for
climbing applications where vertical mobility
is needed. A forge steel, Zinc-plated, self-lock-
ing swivel snaphook is present on each unit TALON™
ORDER PICKER
with a load indicator that activates and alerts
the user when the Dyna-Lock SRL has been
impact loaded.
CONNECTOR SRL’S:
8 FT. WEB
Dyna-Lock SRL, galvanized wire rope,
MSA 506204
HL2000S, 16M (50’) Stock No. DBI 3101009
MSA 506615 20’ Web Dyna-Lock, nylon, HL2000S
3101008 w/ 9500100
Backpacker 20’ Web Dyna-Lock, nylon, swiveling snap hook
MSA 506619 RL20S
20’ Wire Rope Dyna-Lock, stainless steel,
TALON™ SWIVELING
MSA 10017931 HL2000S 310 lbs. maximum capacity
LOOP CONNECTOR AND

SEALED SRL’S SRL’S: 16 FT. WEB
50, 85 & 130 FT. CABLE Stock No. DBI 3101050
16 ft. web SRL w/ swiveling loop
50 ft. of 3/16” galv. steel wire rope, self
3403400 connector and 9503175 hook.
locking swivel snap hook.
3403500 locking swivel snap hook.
3403600
locking swivel snap hook. ULTRA-LOK®
SRL’S 11 & 20 FT. WEB
ULTRA - LOK®
SRL’S 20, 30 & 50 FT. Stock No. Description
CABLE & SYNTHETIC

11 ft. web SRL w/ 9503175
DBI 3103107
snap hook on web lifeline.
20 ft. web SRL w/ 9503175
Ultra-Lok® self retracting lifelines are lightweight DBI 3103207
snap hook on web lifeline.
and economical. The lifeline extends as the
worker moves away and automatically retracts
SELF RETRACTING
as the worker moves towards it. Available in 20
ft., 30 ft. and 50 ft. lengths.
Stock No.
3504433
Description
20 ft. of 3/16” galv. steel wire rope, thermoplastic housing, swivel hook. LIFELINES
3504430 30 ft. of 3/16” galv. steel wire rope, thermoplastic housing, swivel hook. Protecta® lifelines utilize stainless steel or
3504450 50 ft. of 3/16” galv. steel wire rope, thermoplastic housing, swivel hook. anti-corrosion coated parts, housings made
from aluminum, impact-resistant thermo-
SB SERIES plastic, or painted steel, and lightweight
materials. Each model includes a carabiner
HEAVY-DUTY for attachment to your anchorage point. Meet
OSHA and ANSI standards; CE and CSA
SRL’S: 20 & 39 FT. CABLE approved models are also available. In
addition, all models come with a two year
warranty with no recertification required.
20 ft. of 3/16” galv. steel wire rope, DBI AD107AP SRL, 20’ 1-1/8” web, Thermoplastic Case,
DBI 3000057 self locking swivel snap hook.
Housing Carabiner
39 ft. of 3/16” galv. steel wire rope, DBI AD212AG SRL, 30’ 5mm Galvanized Cable, Thermoplastic
DBI 3000150 Case, Housing Carabiner
self locking swivel snap hook.

HORIZONTAL LIFELINES VERTICAL LIFELINES &

TEMPORARY SYNTHETIC ROPE GRABS
HORIZONTAL LIFELINES SURE-STOP™
VERTICAL LIFELINE
Snap hook
DYNA-LINE ® TEMPORARY SHWS31690LS
HORIZONTAL LIFELINE Stock No. Description

Lifeline, nylon, white,
3-strand, 5/8” x 60 ft.
MSA
(16mm x 20m), with
SLLNL672060LS
Designed for easy installa- SHWS31690LS
tion and removal, these Snaphook on one end.
Termination
temporary horizontal lifeline Plate Rope grab fall arrester,
SR1W1000 automatic / manual, open
systems were created for a
MSA SRIW1000 body, c / w 1-3/4” x 2 ft,
wide range of applications. shock absorber,
The system may be SHWS31690LS
mounted to any suitable
5,000 lb. rated anchorage. SURE-GRAB™
ROPE GRAB
• Highly visible 12 strand red rope will not hockle and minimizes fall
The Sure-Grab device and lifeline is used to
distance due to its low stretch properties.
provide temporary fall protection on ladders or
• Available in a Single Worker or Two Worker system.
when climbing vertical structures. This system
• Available in lengths up to 200 ft. System comes in a handy bucket
can also be used to provide a secondary life-
for lengths up to 60 ft.
Robe Grab line for suspended positioning systems used
• Meets all OSHA requirements and ANSI A10.14 standards. SVLR78LS or
SVLR784001LS02 by building/structure inspectors, window clean-
Stock No. Description ers, and maintenance personnel. The Sure-
Dyna-Line Temporary Horizontal Lifeline for Grab device moves freely up or down an ap-
MSA10013150
single worker, 30 ft rope. proved 5/8” (16 mm) diameter lifeline. When
Dyna-Line Temporary Horizontal Lifeline for
MSA10013151 single worker, 60 ft rope. sudden downward movement occurs, a
camming lever is activated arresting the fall.
MSA10013153 The device can be installed or removed from
two workers, 60 ft rope.
Dyna-Line Temporary Horizontal Lifeline for the lifeline at any point along its length.
MSA10019084
single worker, 100 ft rope. Stock No. Description
Dyna-Line Temporary Horizontal Lifeline for Rope grab fall arrester, automatic /
MSA10019085 MSA SVLR78LS manual, open body, c / w 1-3/4” x 12”
web lanyard, SHWS31690LS
MSA10022826 Rope grab fall arrester, automatic /
single worker, 200 ft rope.
MSA SVLR784001LS02 manual, open body, c / w 1-3/4” x 2
MSA10022827 ft, shock absorber, SHWS31690LS
CSA Rope grab kit # 1. Includes:
MSA 10030433 Sure-Grab™(SVLR78LS) and 60’
SURE-LINE™ TEMPORARY Vertical Lifeline (SLLPB672-060/LS)

CSA Rope grab kit # 2. Includes:
HORIZONTAL LIFELINE MSA 10030600
Sure-Grab™ (SVLR784001LS02)
and a 60’ Vertical Lifeline
(SLLPB672060LS)
Due to space limitations, Awisco is not

able to include all of the Fall Protection
• Includes integral energy absorber.
products that are offered by Mine Safety
• 5/8” black nylon kernmantle rope.
• Available in lengths up to 60 ft. Appliance. If you want a complete MSA
• Rated for two workers Fall Protection Catalog, Please call Awisco
• Includes 2 cable anchor slings and we will be happy to send it to you. You
• includes storage bag.
can also visit the MSA Fall Protection
Stock No. Description website at www.msafallprotection.com or
Sure-Line Temporary Horizontal
MSA SHL 1009035BLK Lifeline, 35 ft black rope.
log on to MSA Full line Website at
Sure-Line Temporary Horizontal www.msanet.com.
MSA SHL 10090060BLK Lifeline, 60 ft black rope.

ROPE GRAB
ROOF REPAIR HARNESS
THE TIGER
ROOFER’S KIT
5/8” Diameter mobile rope grab • Tiger vest-style harness:
The lightweight, durable,
LIFELINE ASSEMBLIES
abrasion resistant harness
• Lifeline with locking
carabiner:
The lifeline permits safety
and ease of mind while
working. Attaches to a self-
closing, self-locking heavy-
5/8” polyester /polypropylene, snap duty carabiner
hook one end, taped other x 30 ft. • Rope grab:
A lightweight and affordable
fall arrest device, the rope
LANYARD &
grab allows workers hands-
free operation while descending or ascending
COUNTERWEIGHT • Roof anchors and woodscrews:

The disposable roof anchors are constructed from heavy-gauge
FOR ROPE GRABS steel with a galvanized finish. Each comes with 8 galvanized
flathead woodscrews
Stock No. DBI 1220007 • Totebag:
This durable carryall is constructed of black nylon and makes
getting your equipment to the job site easy.
Meets OSHA and ANSI standards. All tiger products are fully
compliant with OSHA regulations and ANSI A10.14
1” web EZ STOP® II shock absorber,
self locking snap hooks x 3 ft.
Roofer’s kit: contains 1 tiger vest style harness, 1 50 ft.
MSA 416067 vertical lifeline with carabiner, 1 rope grab, 3 disposable
roof anchors, 24 woodscrews, 1 nylon totebag.
ANCHORAGE CONNECTORS
DYNA-LINE SERIES
ANCHORAGE Designed for easy installation and removal, the Rose Dyna-Line is
CONNECTORS the temporary horizontal lifeline system created for a wide range of
applications. The Rose Dyna-Line is the ultimate system your crews
have been waiting for.
SINGLE WORKER KIT

Single worker kit packaged
Stock No. Description in a convenient bucket.
DBI 1003000 Tie-off adaptor, pass thru type x 3 ft.
DBI 1201390
TWO WORKER
Scaffold choker w/D-ring x 17 in. (3” max. dia.)
Cable choker (7x9 3/8” stainless teel) w/ O-ring at
SYSTEM
DBI 5900550
one end and D-ring at other x 4 ft.
D-ring (cadcium plated) with anchorage plate
DBI 2101630 (stainless steel) 2101634: 2101630 w/ raw steel. Two worker system packaged in a
Trolley for I-beam for use with self retracting lifeline convenient bucket and includes
DBI 2103143 (fit beam flanges 3” - 8” in width up to 11/16” thick) anchorage connector straps.
FEATURES
• Can be used with any suitable 5000 lbs. rated anchorage
Need advice on fall protection? • Eliminates the need for additional anchorage point surveys.
• Can be rigged using many standard components
Ask your AWISCO sales • Reduces the need for special or “engineered” equipment
• Spliced rope ends for a stronger joint
representative to set up a • Attachment rings on rope to prevent rollout and reduce rope wear
• Red rope for high visibility
consultation with a safety expert. • Load indicator on the single worker kit and a shock absorber on
the two worker system clearly indicates that the system has seen
fall arrest forces and should be removed from use

Stock No.
MSA 10013150
Description
Temporary horizontal lifeline for single worker, 30 ft. rope.
ROOF ANCHOR KITS
MSA 10013151 Temporary horizontal lifeline for single worker, 60 ft. rope. Stock No. DBI 2104168
Temporary horizontal lifeline for two workers, 30 ft. rope,
MSA 10013152 Includes:
polyester anchorage straps (2) included.
Temporary horizontal lifeline for two workers, 60 ft. rope, • 2103673 roof anchor
MSA 10013153 • 1224005 rope adjuster w/ lanyard
polyester anchorage straps (2) included.
• 1103513 harness
• 1203000 lifeline x 50 ft. with
5901583 counterweight
GLYDER™ & FIXED • 9511597 carrying bag.
BEAM ANCHORS
SAFLOK®
CARABINERS &
HOOKS

Steel carabiner, self closing/locking gate
DBI 2000523
(11/16” opening)
Stock No. Description Steel carabiner, self closing/locking gate
DBI 2000106
(1-3/16” opening)
Glyder sliding beam anchor, fits 3-1/2” - 12 wide
DBI 2110808 flange up to 1-1/4” thick (use with Force2™ when Steel carabiner, self closing/triple action locking
DBI 2000300
using at workers feet) (2” opening)
Fixed beam anchor, fits up to 1-1/2” thick x 2-1/2” - Steel carabiner, self closing/locking gate
DBI 2108406 DBI 2000108
12” wide (2-3/16” opening)
WORK FOOT WEAR

PIT BOSS 6” SOFT TOE PIT BOSS SOFT & STEEL TOE
Wheat Nubuck Leather Gaucho Oiled Full-Grain Leather
• Insulated oiled full-grain leather • Insulated oiled full-grain leather

upper for comfort and long wear upper for comfort and long wear.
• Goodyear welt construction for • Goodyear welt construction for
rugged durability rugged durability
• Removable contoured sockliner • Removable contoured sockliner
for comfort for comfort
Timberland PRO® rubber outsole: Timberland PRO® rubber outsole:

• Slip-resistant
• Slip-resistant
• Oil resistant
• Oil resistant
• Abrasion - resistant
• Abrasion - resistant
6” SOFT TOE 6” STEEL TOE
Stock No. Size Stock No. Size Stock No. Size
TIM 33030080M 8 TIM 33046080M 8 TIM 33034080M 8
TIM 33030085M 8.5 TIM 33046085M 8.5 TIM 33034085M 8.5
TIM 33030090M 9 TIM 33046090M 9 TIM 33034090M 9
TIM 33030095M 9.5 TIM 33046095M 9.5 TIM 33034095M 9.5
TIM 33030100M 10 TIM 33046100M 10 TIM 33034100M 10
TIM 33030105M 10.5 TIM 33046105M 10.5 TIM 33034105M 10.5
TIM 33030110M 11 TIM 33046110M 11 TIM 33034110M 11
TIM 33030115M 11.5 TIM 33046115M 11.5 TIM 33034115M 11.5
TIM 33030120M 12 TIM 33046120M 12 TIM 33034120M 12
TIM 33030130M 13 TIM 33046130M 13 TIM 33034130M 13

ROCK RAMBLER SAFETY CANS

STEEL TOE Fire protective inplant storage of flammables. Heavy-duty terne plate
with double-seamed construction. All models have double-wire mesh
flame-arresters for fastest pour-thru, leak-tight self-closing spout for
Smoke Nubuck Leather automatic pressure relief. Free swinging, “convenience” handle on 2,
• Leather upper for comfort and 3 and 5 gallon sizes. Red powder coat paint finish provides superior
abrasion resistance chemical, corrosion and scuff resistance.
• Removable contoured
polyurethane sockliner for
lightweight comfort
METAL SAFETY CANS
• Polyurethane midsole for TYPE I
lightweight comfort Stock No. Capacity ODxHt Wt.
ORS 400-10001 1 pt. 4 5/ 8 x 6 3/ 4” 11/4 lbs.
ORS 400-10101 1 pt. 4 5/ 8 x 8 1/ 4” 11/2 lbs.
ORS 400-10201 2 pt. 7 1/ 4 x 8 3/ 8” 3 lbs.
Stock No. Size ORS 400-10301 1 gal. 71/4 x 111/2” 31/2 lbs.
TIM 44022080M 8 ORS 400-10501 2 gal. 93/8 x 12 3/8” 5 lbs.
TIM 44022085M 8.5 ORS 400-10555 2-1/2 gal. 111/2 x 113/8” 51/2 lbs.
TIM 44022090M 9 ORS 400-10701 3 gal. 93/8 x 16 1/8” 6 lbs.
TIM 44022095M 9.5 ORS 400-10801 5 gal. 111/2 x 17” 7 lbs.
Timberland PRO® TIM 44022100M 10 ORS 400-10951 5 gal. Jerry Style 10 lbs.
rubber outsole: TIM 44022105M 10.5
• Slip-resistant
TIM 44022110M
TIM 44022115M
11
11.5
TYPE II
• Oil resistant TIM 44022120M 12 Stock No. Capacity ODxHt Hose Wt.
• Abrasion - resistant TIM 44022130M 13 ORS 400-10327 1 gal. 71/4 x 111/2” 5
/8” OD 5 lbs.
ORS 400-10527 2 gal. 93/8 x 125/8” 5
/8” OD 61/2 lbs.
ORS 400-10721 3 gal. 111/2 x 131/2” 1” OD 8 lbs.
ORS 400-10728 3 gal. 111/2 x 131/2” 5
/8” OD 8 lbs.
DIRECT ATTACH
ORS 400-10821 5 gal. 111/2 x 17” 1” OD 9 lbs.
ORS 400-10828 5 gal. 111/2 x 17” 5
/8” OD 9 lbs.
Wheat Nubuck Leather TYPE II, D.O.T. APPROVED

• Premium waterproof full-grain
leather with direct-attach
construction
Stock No. Capacity ODxHt Hose Wt.
• 400g Thinsulate® insulation (8”), ORS 400-10840 5 gal. 111/2 x 18” 1” OD 15 lbs.
200g Thinsulate® insulation (6”) ORS 400-10841 5 gal. 111/2 x 18” 5
/8” OD 15 lbs.
• Removable contoured
polyurethane sockliner
• Lightweight PVC midsole
NON-METALLIC
• Rugged lug outsole for SAFETY CANS
durable traction TYPE I
6” STEEL TOE 6” SOFT TOE
Stock No. Size Stock No. Size
TIM 65016080M 8 TIM 65030080M 8
Description /
Stock No. Capacity ODxHt Wt.
Fittings
TIM 65016085M 8.5 TIM 65030085M 8.5
TIM 65016090M 9 TIM 65030090M 9 ORS 400-14251 Round/cap pltd 21/2 gal. 103/4 x 141/4” 6 lbs.
TIM 65016095M 9.5 TIM 65030095M 9.5 ORS 400-14261 Round/SS 21/2 gal. 103/4 x 141/4” 6 lbs.
TIM 65016100M 10 TIM 65030100M 10 ORS 400-14501 Round/cap pltd 5 gal. 123/4 x 16” 9 lbs.
TIM 65016105M 10.5 TIM 65030105M 10.5 ORS 400-14561 Round/SS 5 gal. 123/4 x 16” 9 lbs.
TIM 65016110M 11 TIM 65030110M 11
TIM 65016115M 11.5 TIM 65030115M 11.5
TIM 65016120M
TIM 65016130M
12
13
TIM 65030120M
TIM 65030130M
12
13 HOSE ATTACHMENTS
FOR TYPE I CANS
Timberland
has come full circle…from professional
work shoe, to kid’s fashion trend and Galvanized Hose Models All-Polyethhylene Models
back as Timberland Pro for the job-site Stock No. Attachment ODxHt Stock No. Attachment ODxHt
ORS400-11089 Bolt on 14 x 1” ORS400-11200 Funnel-spout 11 x 3/4”
and off-road trails where it started. ORS400-14411 Bolt on 81/2 x 1” ORS400-11201 Funnel-spout 6 x 1/2”
ORS400-14415 Bolt on 81/2 x 5/8”

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PADLOCK NO. 5

MASTER LOCK
TYPE ‘ABC’
Stock No. LOG 466 204K High security 4 pin tumbler padlocks for
good pick resistance. Hardened steel
• Quality designed - manufactured to exacting
shackles resist cutting and sawing. Dual
standards under ISO 9002
locking mechanisms guard against pull-
• U/L and U.S. Coast Guard approved
ing, shimming and rapping. Heavy-duty
• Rugged construction - easy and less costly
laminated steel cases resist tampering
maintenance and service
and stand up to severe physical attack.
• User friendly bar coded labels for inventory
Plated to resist rust and corrosion. All
control and extinguisher locator programs
padlocks include two brass keys.
Size / U/L Shipping Discharge
Cap. Height Width Depth Range
Type Rating Weight Time (sec) Body Shackle Shackle Horizontal
Stock No.
10 Tall 40: 16-1/2 Width Diameter Length Clearance
10 20” 7-3/4” 5” 15-21 ft. 20
Hose 60B:C lb. ORS 470 5KA 2” 3
/ 8” 1” 5/16”
TOOL BOXES
SLOPE LID PIANO BOXES
Stock No. ORS 217-680990 Stock No. ORS 217-681990
Size Dimensions in Inches

Guide Shipping Weights in Size Dimensions in Inches
Guide Shipping Weights in
APounds B
A B
C C
D
D
• 16 gauge reinforced steel construction provides years of hard- • Double-hinged cover folds up and out of the way
working service and security • Full-length built-in shelves with raised edges for storing
• Bolt cutter free locking system smaller, heavy items
• Full-length piano hinge provides smooth, trouble-free operation • Bolt cutter free locking system
and security • Top rail designed to prevent door from falling and possible injuries
• Full-length, built-in shelf for storing smaller, heavier items. • Dual heavy-duty gas spring lid lifts for easy opening or closing
Raised edge keeps shelf contents in place of door and long-term use
• Locking lid supports prevent fully opened lid from acciden- • 16-gauge reinforced steel construction provides years of hard-
tally falling working service and security
• Heavy-duty side handles for easy portability • Heavy-duty side handles for easy portability
• Extra high 3 3/8” skid bolsters accommodate large forklift tines • Extra high 3 3/8” skid bolsters accommodate larger forklift tines
and are tapped for optional casters and are tapped for optional casters
• Optional heavy-duty 4” and 6” casters available • Optional heavy-duty 4” and 6” casters available
Usable Shipping Shipping Usable Shipping Shipping
A B C D A B C D
cu. ft. cu. ft. weight cu. ft. cu. ft. weight
609/16” 30” 373/8” 60” 30.7 43.0 216 lbs. 4811/16” 30” 491/2” 48” 38.0 48.2 259 lbs.
Ask your AWISCO representative for information

about all types of temporary and permanent storage equipment
including cylinder cages, flammable liquid storage and tool boxes.

C ONSTRUCTION 149
Measuring Tools
MEASURING TAPES
CONSTRUCTION GRADE E - Z READ PRO
Stock No. UST 54125 1” x 25’ ft. Stock No. OLY 43-185 3/4” x 25’ ft.
• 3/4” x 25’ ft.
Construction grade with rubber boot • Nylon coated blade
measuring tape 1” x 25’ yellow. • Easy to read
• Yellow, impact resistant case with • All measurements are in large 1/8”
black rubber “boot” increments
• Compact Design
ULTIMATE PRO TAPE 1” x 25’ ft.

CONSTRUCTION GRADE Stock No. UST 54225
Stock No. UST 50075 3/4” x 16’ ft.
Construction grade with rubber boot • Inline Design
measuring tape 3/4” x 16’ Center. • Comfort Grip
• Yellow, impact resistant case with • English Fractional Read Blade
black rubber “boot” • 1” x 25’
• Compact Design
MAGGRIP MEASURING MAGNETIC TIP END

TAPE 1” x 25’ ft. Stock No. UST 59959
• Snaps on and off easily
Stock No. ORS 7425
• Holds up to 4 lbs.
• 1” x 25’ ft.
• Enhances end hook utility
• Nylon Coated Blade
• Fits most 3/4” and 1” wide tapes
• Magnetic Tip
• Makes measuring long distances
• Rubber Jacket
with 1 person easy
PRO TAPE
CONSTRUCTION GRADE LEATHER TAPE
LONG TAPE MEASURE POUCH
Stock No. ORS 409-5195
Stock No. UST 58798 3/8” x 100’ XRP
• Snaps-on strap secures rule.
• Construction grade with rubber grip • Slotted to fit belts up to 2 - 1/2” wide
• Nylon coated blade • Cut-out sides and bottom for easy access.
• 3/8” x 100’ XRP • Holds a medium-sized power-return rule up to
• 3:1 gear ratio for smooth rewind 3 - 1/4” x 2” depth.
RULES
®
RED END SERIES 12” TRADESMAN
FOLDING WOOD RULES COMBINATION SQUARE
Stock No. EMP EM230
• Boxwood finish sections are
25% thicker than regular
wood rules.
• Bold red and black markings
embedded in wood.
• Marking protected by clear
abrasive resistant coating. • Hardened scriber
• Superior riveted lock joints • Self-aligning drawbolt.
are long wearing. • Machined head with catseye mounted acrylic vial.
• 12” steel blade with 3/8”, 1/16”, 1/32” graduations.
Stock No. Width Lenth Description • Use for making accurate 90° and 45° markings, measuring and
COO 066F 5/8” 6 ft. Inside markings checking depth.

150 C ONSTRUCTION
HEAVY-DUTY TRADESMAN SQUARE

ALUMINUM 16” X 24” STEEL
STRAIGHT EDGE Stock No. EMP EM1110
• 24” x body, 16” x 1 1/2” tongue

• Permanently stamped numbers and graduations.
• Durable epoxy finish to prevent rust.
ALUMINUM FRAMING SQUARE

16” X 24” Fat Boy
• Easy reading inch scale graduations. Stock No. EMP EM1240
• Heavy-duty aluminum straight edge 2” width
• 24” x “ body, 16” x 1 1/2” tongue.
Stock No. Size Description • Deep stamped inch graduations, numbers and rafter tables for long life.
EMP EM4002 24” Aluminum Straight Edge • Heavy-gauge aluminum 3/16” thick resists bending.
EMP EM4004 48” Aluminum Straight Edge • Aluminum construction will not rust or corrode.
LEVELS
UNITEK ALUMINUM HEAVY-DUTY
LEVEL 24”, 48” MAGNETIC ALUMINUM
TORPEDO
Stock No. EMP EM81-9
• Advanced frame design assures accuracy

• Top read window
• Beveled endplates protect vial from shocks
Stock No. Size Description • Heavy-duty 9” aluminum frame
EMP 580-18VP 18” Aluminum Level w/VARI-PITCH™ • Top read window
EMP 580-24 24” Aluminum Level • V-grooved working edge for pipe work
EMP 580-36 36” Aluminum Level
EMP 580-48 48”
• Strong holding magnetic edge frees hands
Aluminum Level
EMP 580-72 72” Aluminum Level • Vials read plumb, level and 45°
TOP GUN II POLYCAST® LEVELS

Stock No. EMP EM970-02
• 330 Series
• Ruled edge
• 300 degree view level vial
• Durable POLYCAST frame is virtually unbreakable.
The Top Gun™ II Laser Torpedo Level is an electronic instrument
• 24” and 36” have sleeved to read level vial for enhanced viewing
capable of great versatility. Yet, there are times when it may be used
and protection.
as an ordinary torpedo level. Just set it up as you would an ordinary
level and adjust the surface until the bubble in the plumb or level vial SPECIFICATIONS
is centered. With the addition of the incorporated laser beam, the Stock No. Description
Top Gun II can be used to project a leveled reference point for level- EMP330-24 24”
ing multiple items at a distance without having to change the location EMP330-36 36”
EMP330-48 48”
of the level.

C ONSTRUCTION 151
HEAVY-DUTY BOX LEVEL ALUMINUM

MAGNETIC LEVELS
• 840 Series
• Rubber ends caps Stock No. Size
• Machined working surfaces EMP 840-24 24”
• Contoured rubber hand holes EMP 840-48 48”
• Solid block acrylic vials for durability EMP 840-72 72”
• Top read window

PROFESSIONAL • Magnetic edge holds to ferrous surfaces
BOX LEVEL
• Advanced frame design assures accuracy
• Beveled endplates protect vials from shock
EMP 581-18 18” Magnetic Aluminum Level w/45° vial
EMP 581-24 24” Magnetic Aluminum Level w/45° vial
EMP 581-36 36” Magnetic Aluminum Level
• Milled edges for accuracy EMP 581-48 48” Magnetic Aluminum Level
• Ergonomic rubber hand grips Stock No. Size EMP 581-72 72” Magnetic Aluminum Level
• 300° view top-reading level vial EMP E70-24 24”
• Heavy-Duty 6061 aircraft aluminum chassis EMP E70-48 48”
• Solid block acrylic vials won’t break, leak or fog EMP E70-72
• Dual molded rubber endcaps for extreme shock resistance
72”
CONSTRUCTION LINE
• True Blue™ vials are accurate to within 0.00050” per inch in all 10 level Stock No. EMP 39613N
and plumb working positions
COMMERCIAL GRADE • Braided

• Easy-to-see, durable line in bright
BARRICADE TAPE orange, gold, pink and white.
• 250 ft. coil
• Used for setting off areas under
STEEL PLUMB BOBS

construction, parking lot sections,
dangerous areas that require warnings.
• Brightly colored durable polyethylene
with bold, black message in 2” letters.
Stock No. EMP 908
• 200’ rolls with small 1” core stores easily
in pocket or toolbox.
• Giant 1000’ rolls available.
• 8 oz.
Stock No. Size Color Safety Warning Message • Ties easily to any string line
EMP 77-1001 3” x 1000’ Yellow “Caution Caution Caution” • Steel plumb bob with plated
EMP 77-1004 3” x 1000’ Red “Danger Danger Danger” finish to resist corrosion
LASER MEASURING & LEVELING TOOLS

LASER DISTANCE LASER LINE TOOL
MEASURING TOOL SELF LEVELING PL
Stock No. PLS 1 Stock No. PLS 2
Measure distance, area, square foot- Check existing conditions before
age, height; add, subtract, multiply, you submit your bid! Lay out all
take continuous trace measurements your alignment tasks with the
and time delayed readings. The PLS1 PLS2 in the palm of your hand.
is designed for indoor and outdoor ap- The PLS2 is compatible with your
plications. Quickly estimate building camera tripod and includes wall
material requirements. Save time and bracket and handsome carrying
money on every job site. Measure from pouch. Fast, accurate and portable, the PLS2 Palm Laser saves you
critical areas without endangering your crew. Measure structural time and money when your bubble vial or rotary laser is too cumber-
beams, roof ridges, skylights, headers and more. some for the job.
SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
• Accuracy: 1/8” @ 300 ft. • Indoor-Outdoor Usage • Accuracy: 1/8” @ 30 ft. • Power Supply: 3 AA batteries
• Range: 300 ft. • Battery Operated (2 AA batteries) • Range: 100 ft. • Fan Angle: 90°
• Dimensions: 6 5/8” x 1 1/2” x 2 1/2” • Multiple Functions • Dimensions: 2” x 2” 7/8 x 3 3/8” • Self Leveling Range: 6°
• Weight: 13 oz. (.38 kg) • Bubble vial • Weight: 1.7 lbs (.77 kg.) • Operating Time: +30 Hrs.
• Built-in 2X scope for use in sunlight • 1 Year Warranty • Line length: 60 ft. @ 30 ft. • Multiple functions

152 C ONSTRUCTION / P OWER T OOLS
POINT TO POINT SELF LEVELING PL

Stock No. PLS 3
Stock No. PLS 5
Lay out reference points faster than traditional, labor intensive methods. No
more 3-4-5. No more swinging plumbs bobs. Plumb instantly from floor to
ceiling or from 50 feet off the ground! Use PLS as your partner on the jobsite.
Self-leveling: no time wasted with bubble vials. Turn it on and go to work. Take
clear, stable reference points indoors and outdoors.
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications PLS3 PLS5
• Working Range: +/- 100 ft. +/- 100 ft.
• Accuracy (all beams): < 1/8” @ 100 ft. < 1/4” @ 100 ft.
• Leveling: Automatic Automatic
• Leveling Range: +/-8° +/-6°
The PLS3 and the PLS5 Laser Tools Include:
• Power Supply: 3 AA batteries 3 AA batteries
• PLS3 Laser Unit • Carrying Pouch • Operating Time: + 30 hrs. continuous + 30 hrs. continuous
• Operating Manual • Floor Stand • Dimensions: 2 1/2” x 6 1/2” x 4 1/4” 1 1/2” x 4 1/2” x 3 1/8”
• Wall Bracket • 1 Year Warranty • Weight: 1.7 lbs. (.77 kg.) 12 oz. (.33 kg.)
PROFESSIONAL
Stock No. PLS 5X
EXTERIOR ALIGNMENT TOOL
LASER RECEIVER
Stock No. PLS 5XD
Optional Laser Receiver this allows you to accurately lay out a job at distances
up to 250 ft. in the brightest sunlight. (this attaches directly to the model 5X)
The PLS5X is designed for layout of control points and lines in outdoor
conditions, especially in bright sunlight. Working range is 250+ feet with
an accuracy of 1/8” at 100 feet. Lay out conduit, anchor bolts and square
on slab faster than ever before. Eliminate time consuming set up of
infrared rotary lasers. PLS5X offers more utility outdoors at a fraction of
the cost of typical rotary lasers.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Accuracy (all beams) 1/8” @ 100 ft. • Multiple functions
• Range: 250 ft. • Indoor-Outdoor usage
• Battery Operated (a AA batteries) • 1 Year Warranty
GRINDERS
4-1/2” ANGLE 6” QUICK GRINDER
GRINDER WE14-150 Quick
Stock No. MAK 9527PB Stock No. MET 601451420
• Extremely high torque of 31 in-lbs for powerful grinding
and fast cutting
• Metabo “Quick” spannerless rapid tool-changing
- quick, convenient and safe
• Vario-Tacho-Constamatic (VTC) full-wave
electronic speed control: for grinding at
maximum speed and for stabilization even
under heavy load
• Double Insulated • Electronic overload trip prevents the motor
• Powerful 6.4 AMP motor from overheating and a light signal warns
• High power-to-weight ratio when overload is imminent
• Small circumference barrel grip • Restart prevention means accidental start-up of the angle grinder is
• Spiral gears for efficient power transmission. impossible
• Spindle lock for easy accessory changes • Metabo S-automatic safety clutch - to protect the user against kickback if
• Labyrinth construction seals motor and bearings from contamination the disc jams (e.g. during cutting)
• Spannerless guard adjustment permits adaptation to suit different jobs in
• Extra large paddle switch for easy operation right or left handed
a matter of seconds
Grinding Wheel: 4-1/2” AMPS (115V): 6.4 Max. Wheel Dia.: 6” Spindle thread: 5/8”-11
Wire Cup Brush: 3-1/2” Spindle thread: 5/8” - 11 UNIC No Load Speed: 9000 rpm Tool Weight: 5.6 lbs.
Sanding Disc: 4-1/2” Overall Length: 10-7/8” Amps: 12.0 Length: 12”
No load speed: 10,000 RPM Net Weight: 3.9 lbs. Arbor Size: 7/8”

P OWER T OOLS 153
ANGLE GRINDER 8 AMP GRINDER

4-1/2”-5” 4-1/2”
WE14-125 PLUS W7-115Quick
Stock No. MET 601425420 Stock No. MET 600715420
• Extremely high torque of 29 in-lbs for powerful grinding and fast cutting
• Metabo “Quick” spannerless rapid tool-changing - quick, convenient
and safe
• Vario-Tacho-Constamatic (VTC) full-wave electronic speed control:
for grinding at maximum speed and for stabilization even under
heavy load
• Electronic overload trip prevents the motor from overheating and a
light signal warns when overload is imminent
• Metabo “Quick”: spannerless rapid tool-changing - quick,
• Restart prevention means accidental start-up of the angle grinder is
impossible. convenient and safe
• Metabo S-automatic safety clutch - to protect the user against • High torque of 21 in-lbs for powerful grinding and fast cutting
kickback if the disc jams (e. g. during cutting) • Metabo S-automatic safety clutch - to protect the user against
• Spannerless guard adjustment permits adaptation to suit different kickback if the disc jams (e. g. during cutting)
jobs in a matter of seconds • Spannerless guard adjustment permits adaptation to suit different
SPECIFICATIONS jobs in a matter of seconds
Max. Wheel Dia.: 5” Spindle Thread: 5/8” - 11 SPECIFICATIONS
No Load Speed: 10000 Tool Weight: 5.5 lbs. Max. Wheel Dia.: 4 1/2” Arbor Size: 7/8”
Amps: 12 Length: 12” No Load Speed: 10000 rpm Spindle thread: 5/8”-11
Arbor Size: 7/8” Amps: 8.0 Tool Weight: 4.8 lbs.
GRINDER W/CASE 9” ANGLE GRINDER

AND DIAMOND BLADE W23-230 HEAVY DUTY
W7-115 Stock No. MET 606415420
Stock No. MET 06204D
While Supply Last!!!
• High torque of 21 in-lbs for powerful grinding and fast cutting • Metabo safety switch prevents accidental switching-on.
• Metabo S-automatic safety clutch - to protect the user against • Handle can be rotated without needing any tools (3 x 90°)
kickback if the disc jams (e. g. during cutting) • Side handle attachable on left, right or top to suit any job.
• Spannerless guard adjustment permits adaptation to suit different • Wheel guard, adjustable quickly and easily without any tools, for
jobs in a matter of seconds optimal protection against flying sparks.
Grinding Disc Dia.: 4 1/2” Arbor Size: 7/8” Max. Wheel Dia.: 9” Arbor Size: 7/8”
No Load Speed: 10000 rpm Spindle thread: 5/8” - 11 No-load speed: 6600 Spindle Thread: 5/8”-11
Amps: 8.0 Tool Weight: 4.8 lbs. Amps: 15.0 Tool Weight: 13.6 lbs.

154 P OWER T OOLS
GRINDER W/QUICK 4-1/2” ERGONOMIC

CHANGE AND ANGLE GRINDER
PADDLE SWITCH W14-125 Ergo
Stock No. MET 606250420
WPS7-115 Quick
• S-automatic safety clutch

• 750 watts (230V) / 8 amps (120V)
• Accessories can be changed without the use of spanners with the
unique Metabo Quick system.
• New Metabo Marathon motor: higher torque (21 in-lbs) means • Light weight due to compact design
more grinding power and a higher cutting rate. • Handle turns 90° either way without using tools
• Spannerless guard adjustment ensures rapid and flexible • Metabo safety switch to prevent accidental start-up
adaptation to different jobs. • Side handle movable to suit work: left, right and up
• Equipped with a dead man’s switch and therefore offers maximum • Spannerless guard adjustment allows instant adaptation to various jobs
safety because the tool can only be switched on when hand is • Particular high torque of 5 Nm for powerful grinding and fast cutting
squeezing the trigger.
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS Grinding Disc Dia.: 5” Spindle Thread: 5/8”-11
Max. Wheel Dia.: 4 - 1/2” Arbor Size: 7/8” No Load Speed: 9700 rpm Length: 15 1/2”
No Load Speed: 10000 rpm Spindle Thread: 5/8” - 11 Amps: 12.0 Tool Weight: 8.1 lbs.
Amps: 8.0 Tool Weight: 5.0” lbs. Arbor Size: 7/8”
DIE GRINDER 3” 7” VARIABLE

GE900 PLUS SPEED POLISHER
Stock No. MET 606305420 PE12-175
• The handy, special-purpose straight grinder, with very high torque; • This high performance Polisher has a speed-control dial that
ideal for grinding inside and outside surfaces using flap wheels. allows you to set the desired maximum speed—700 to 2200 rpm.
• Hardened and ground collet to ensure accurate concentricity of • Polisher is double insulated and has a spindle lock for easy
fitted attachments removal of pads.
• Rugged die-cast aluminium bearing housing • Spindle thread is 5/8”-11. Operates on 120 VAC, 60 Hz at 6.4 amps.
• Ergonomic shape for grinding with less fatigue • Polisher is 11-1/2” long.
• Comes with two-position side handle for left - or right-hand operation.
• Vario-Constamatic (VC) electronic speed control: versatile thanks
• 7” diameter rubber backing pad, and a two-prong plug.
to variable speed. For grinding and milling hard and soft materials • UL listed and CSA certified.
(including plastic) • Meets OSHA requirements.
• Sturdy Metabo Marathon motor for extra-long service life thanks to • Weights 5 lbs.
two Metabo winding protection grids and powder-coated field winding
SPECIFICATIONS
• Spindle lock for easy tool change
Max. Pad Dia.: 7” Spindle Thread: 5/8”-11
• Auto-stop carbon brushes to prevent motor damage caused by worn No Load Speed: 700-2200 rpm Length: 11 1/2”
carbon brushes Amps: 6.4 Tool Weight: 5.0 lbs.
• Suitable for driving flexible shafts Max. Torque: 88 inch lbs.
SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSORIES
Speed at no load: 2500 - 6000 rpm Speed at Rated Load: 5000 rpm Stock No. Description
Rated Input: 900 W Collet bore: 1/4” MET 55130 Backing Pad
Output Power: 500 V Tool Weight: 5.3 lbs. MET 55131 Polishing Bonnet

P OWER T OOLS 155
7” ANGLE GRINDER 6” GRINDER WITH

W23-180 ROTATING HANDLE
W14-150 ERGO
• Spindle stop
• Spindle stop • Metabo coil guard
• Metabo Coil guard. • Especially high torque
• Auto-stop carbon brushes • Auto-stop carbon brushes
• Rotatable handle without tools • Rotatable handle without tools
• Robust Metabo Marathon Motor • Adjustment of protective hood without tools
• Die cast aluminum gear housing • Safety switch: Lock against unintentional start
• Protective hood adjustments without tools • Ergonomic handle design with integrated switch
• High efficiency and increased torque through optimum heat dissipation. • Supporting strap adjustable according to application: left, right or up
• Supporting strap adjustable according to application: left, right or up. SPECIFICATIONS
• Metabo Safety switch: Lock against unintentional start. Maximum Grinding Wheel Diameter 6”
3-position rear handle for cutting/grinding •
SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Torque 44 inch lbs.
Reversing Facility • No-load speed (RPM) 9700
On Tool storage for screwdriver bits • Amps 12.0
Battery pack voltage/capacity 12V/2.0Ah Arbor Size 7/8”
Spindle Lock for ease of tightening chuck • Spindle Thread 5/8” - 11
No Load Speed (RPM) 0-2500 Weight 8.2 lbs.
Weight 3.7 lbs. Length 16”
Carrying Case • Carrying Case •
CORDLESS TOOLS
POWER MAX 18 VOLT
CORDLESS DRILL /
SCREWDRIVER
• Light weight and well balanced
minimizes fatigue
BSP 18 PLUS
• Ergonomically designed grip
maximizes comfort.
• Incredibly Compact • Quick stop
(about the size of your hand) - great • Additional handle
for working in tight spaces. • Bit case for two bits
• High power to weight ratio • Rubber-coated handle
do work you wouldn’t believe • Selectable impulse mode
possible with a tool of this size. • Variospeed (V) electronics
• Forward and reverse running
SPECIFICATIONS • High speed for optimum hole punching
2-speed gearbox • Sturdy keyless drill chuck with metal bush
Metal gear housing • Built-in collector fan to prevent overheating
Planetary gearing • 20-level adjustable torque, plus drilling level
Reversing facility • Keyless drill chuck and spindle stop gear for comfortable one-
Battery pack voltage/capacity 4.8V/1.25Ah hand tool change: Metabo “Quick”
Spindle lock for ease of driving stubborn screws
• Battery pack can be charged up to 2000-times (with ICS 10:
Adjustable torque control settings 20 + drill
Tightening torque (inch lbs.)
3000-times) dur to gentle charging process
Soft case (continous) 44 SPECIFICATIONS
Hard Case (maximum) 80 Chuck Capacity: 1/2” No-load speed: 0-400/0-1400 rpm
No-load speed (RPM) 0—200 / 0—600 Capacity: No-load blows/min. (BPM): n/a
Spindle recess 1/4 hex • In mild steel: 1/2” Spindle thread: 1/2 x 20 UNF
Tool Weight (with battery) 1-1/2 lbs. • In concrete: n/a Tool weight: 6.3 lbs.
Tool Length 5-3/4” • In softwood: 2” Length: 10 1/2”

156 P OWER T OOLS
CORDLESS CORDLESS 18V

DRILL / DRIVER DRILL/DRIVER
BSP15.6 PLUS BSZ 18
SPECIFICATIONS
Chuck Capacity: 1/2”
Capacity:
• In mild steel: 1/2”
• In concrete: n/a
• In softwood: 1-3/4”
No-load speed: 0-400/0-1400 rpm
No-load blows/min. (BPM): n/a Low kick-Back Torque, One-hand
Spindle thread: 1/2 x 20 UNF operation with ergonomic finger
Tool weight: 6.0 lbs. switch and soft handle.
Length: 10 1/2”
CORDLESS SPECIFICATIONS
2-speed Gearbox •
18V DRILL/DRIVER Reversing Facility
On Tool storage for screwdriver bits
•
•
& SAW COMBO KIT Battery pack voltage/capacity
Spindle Lock for ease of tightening chuck
18V/1.4Ah
•
BSZ 18/KSAP 18 Adjustable torque control
Chuck Capacity
20 + drill
1/2”
Stock No. MET 85003 in Mild Steel 1/2”
Capacity
in soft Wood 1-3/16”
No Load Speed (RPM) 0-450/0-1450
Weight 4.8 lbs.
Carrying Case •
18 VOLT
CORDLESS
18V Drill/Driver and Saw Combo Kit
Includes AC 30 Charger, 2 Batteries and Carrying Case
RECIPROCATING SAW
12V IMPACT
ASE 18
CORDLESS DRIVER
SSP 12
• The highest Torque-Plus™
Cordless Drill/Driver
• High torque/heavy duty motors...
INCLUDES:
more productivity and less charging
• 20% more power beats corded tools in • 1 - 18 Volt, 2Ah Battery
600W range • Charger (627304000)
• Long Tool Life rugged die cast aluminum gear • 3Bi-metal Saw Blades
housing for tough work conditions and better
cooling
• High capacity batteries for greater
productivity and longer run times
• Long battery life battery packs can be
recharged up to 2,000 times!
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS Metabo Quick tool-less blade change system •
Reversing Facility • Adjustable depth stop •
On Tool storage for screwdriver bits • AIR COOLED battery pack •
Battery pack voltage/capacity 12V/2.0Ah Ergonomic handle •
Spindle Lock for ease of tightening chuck • No-load speed (SPM) 0-2,700
No Load Speed (RPM) 0-2500 Stroke length 1”
Weight 3.7 lbs. Shoe Adjustment length 1”
Carrying Case • Tool weight 7.7 lbs.

P OWER T OOLS 157
CUT-OFF SAWS
14” CHOP SAW 10” COMPOUND
CS14-15
Stock No. MET 01415
MITER SAW
• For single phase alternating current.
• Motor and gear with ball and needle KGS303
bearing - designed for high loads. • Dual Bevel Tilt Saw Head
• Sturdy construction with powerful motor. up to 48°:
For all cuts, this allows the
• Spindle lock for easy disc change
finished side of the material to
• Quick clamping device with adjustable always face up, clean cutting
mitre conversion up to 45°. edges are guaranteed!
• Optimum and easy transportation • Turnable Position:
through integrated handle. This can be easily adjusted
• Tiltable grinding disc protective hood between 50° on left and 60°
on the right side.
• Spanner box.
• Powerful Motor:
• Especially suitable for quick precise cutting of steel,
15 Amp motor, center
non-ferrous metals, iron and cast profile. mounted to balance the
SPECIFICATIONS weight of the saw.
Cutting Wheel Dia.: 14” Vise Angle (adjustable): 0 - 45°
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Input: 2100 W Tool Weight: 45 lbs.
Arbor Size: 1” Max. Cutting Capacity: Saw Blade 10” x 5/8” bore
No Load Speed: 3,900 rpm Bar Steel: 2 1/2” No-Load Speed 5020 rpm
Max. Vise Opening: 7-1/2” Pipes: 4 3/4” Cutting Depth 90° - 45° 3-3/4” - 2-5/8”
Cable: 13 ft. Sectional Steel: 4 3/4” x 5 1/8” Cutting Width 90° - 45° 11” - 8”
Bevel Cuts 0-48° tilted left/right
0-50° rotated left
PORTABAND SAW
Miter Cuts
0-60° rotated right
Weight 42 lbs.
4479
12” COMPOUND
MITER SAW
• Double insulated.
• Trigger switch in handle.
• Quick and easy blade change. Stock No. MET 0103050042
• Variable speed selection dial increases versatility and provides easy
job repeatability.
KGS305
• Heavy-duty variable speed portable unit with large cutting capacity SPECIFICATIONS
Saw Blade 12” x 1” bore
and light-weight design. No-Load Speed 3800 rpm
SPECIFICATIONS Cutting Depth
4-5/8” - 3-1/4”
Capacity: No-load speed (SFPM): 90 - 240 90° - 45°
• Round: 4-1/4” Blade Length: 44 7/8” Cutting Width
13” - 9-1/4”
• Rectangular: 4-1/4” x 4-3/4 Tool weight: 14.3 lbs. 90° - 45°
Amps: 6.0 Length: 21 1/2” Bevel Cuts 0-47° tilted left/right
Input Watts: 684 Shipping Weight: 19 lbs 0-50° rotated left
Miter Cuts
0-60° rotated right
Weight 68 lbs.
PORTABAND SAW BLADES
• Bevel Angle Adjustment:
MASTER BAND ®
With the flip of a lever, the bevel angle can be adjusted up front
• Bi-metal construction easily and accurately in a matter of seconds.
• Tooth hardness RC 66-68 • Patented Miter Lock:
• Matrix II type alloy high speed steel cutting edge (8% Allows you to preset angles that may be used repeatedly.
cobalt edge)
• Vari-Tooth®.
• Tough stock resistant alloy with less tooth chippage.
• Withstands higher cutting temperatures than M-2 or UNIVERSAL
carbon steel blades.
• Lasts longer on interrupted cuts and mild to difficult to
FOLDING STAND
machine materials.
• Attains higher productivity than M-2 or carbon steel blades.
WITH LEVELING LEGS
SPECIFICATIONS (These are packed 3 pcs. per box.)
Teeth per
Stock No. Inch / 25mm Dimensions
3’ 8 7/8”(44 7/8”) x 1/2” x .020”
ASC 38-EW-14/18 14/18 (1140mm x 13mm x .50mm)
3’ 8 7/8”(44 7/8”) x 1/2” x .025”
ASC 45-EW-14 14 (1140mm x 13mm x .64mm) For KGS303 and KGS305

158 P OWER T OOLS
10” TABLE SAW VARIABLE SPEED

WITH STAND SAWZALL
TS250 PSE-1200
• T-Slot Miter Gage:

This allows you to start crosscutting wider pieces in front of the blades. • Rugged variable speed tool features a 7° rake angle for optimum
• Beveling of Saw Blade up to 46.5°: cutting performance.
By using a convenient handle at the front, the saw blade can be • Choice of orbital or straight reciprocating action.
slightly beveled from - 1,5° to 46.5° without having to use any tools. • Side mounted orbital selector switch.
• Double-Clamped Parallel Fence: • Tooless universal blade clamp: no tools required to insert or
The parallel fence is clamped at the front and back on the table remove saw blade.
and thus provides for high stability and precision. It also can be • Rubber coated rear handle for increased comfort and control.
used on both sides. • Rear handle can be rotated 90° right, or 180° for optimized handling.
• Integrated Table Side Extension: • Tooless, adjustable front shoe permits more teeth to be used over
The standard integrated table side extension enables cuts up to the life of the blade in many applications.
24 1/4” wide. It retracts into the saw for easy portability. • Blade can be inserted upside down for increased cutting versatility.
Saw Blade 10” x 5/8” bore Capacity: No-load speed (SPM): 0-2,600
No-Load Speed 3950 rpm • Wood: 12” Stroke Length: 1-1/8”
Cutting Depth 90° 0-3 1/8” • Metal: 3/4” Tool weight: 9.3 lbs.
Cutting Depth 45° 0-2 1/2” Amps: 11.5 Length: 17”
Power Motor 15 Amps Input Watts: 1,200
Table Size 25-1/2” x 30”
Awisco carries a wide selection of blades for all Sawzall’s. You can find them in the
Machine Weight 70 lbs. index under Sawzall Blades.
EVOLUTION SAWS
Faster, cleaner, safer and more affordable than other metal cutting equipment, the Metal Cutting Saw delivers unmatched results, cutting steel as
easily as plywood. A uniquely designed cover collects virtually all chips and sparks while a special spindle lock allows for fast and easy blade
changes. Whatever your cutting desires may be, achieve them with the Metal Cutting Saw, a high quality power tool with amazing capabilities.
EVOLUTION 7” EVOLUTION 9”
METAL-CUTTING SAWS METAL-CUTTING SAWS
7” Diameter Metal-Cutting Circular Saw 9” Diameter Metal-Cutting Circular Saw
EVOLUTION™ 180 EVOLUTION™ 230
Stock No. MKM CSM74B Stock No. MKM CSM94B
• Amps: 15
• Amps: 11 • HP: 3.25
• HP: 2.25 • Arbor Size: 25.4 mm
• Arbor Size: 20 mm • Watts: 1,750
• Watts: 1,200 • RPM: 2,700
• RPM: 3,500 • Cord Length: 8’
• Cord Length: 6’ • Blade Size: 9”
• Blade Size: 7” • Max. Cutting Depth: 3.25”
• Max. Cutting Depth: 2.36 • Weight: 16 lbs.
• Weight: 13 lbs. • Bevel Cut: 0° - 45°
• Retracting Blade Guard • Retracting Blade Guard • Rubberized Grip
• Overload Switch • Cutting Guide • Chip Retention
• Very Chamber
low vibration
• Cutting Guide • 3-Prong Plug • (2)• Allen Wrenches
Stamped Wrench included forfor
included
• 3-Prong Plug • Chip Retention Chamber bladeblade
changes
changes

P OWER T OOLS 159
EVOLUTION 7” & 9” 14” METAL

METAL-CUTTING CUTTING SAW
SAW BLADES
Stock No. MKM CSM14B
The CSM14B Utilizes Dry Cut
For Evolution 180 and 230 Dry Cutting Saws Technology with Circular Saw Blades
7” Diameter Metal-Cutting Blades SPECIFICATIONS
9” Diameter Metal-Cutting Blades • Faster Cutting
• Little to no sparks
• Virtually bur-free cuts
• Heavy Duty Steel Base
• Powerful 15.0 AMP, 1300 RPM motor
• Built-in carrying handle for portability
• Cuts cool for immediate handling of cut material.
• Secure cutting vise with 45° and 90° capability
• Fully enclosed blade when not engaged in cutting process.
• UL/CSA approved
COMMON APPLICATIONS BLADES

• Structural/Shape Steel Stock No. MKM CSM1472SC
• Studs 14” x 1” x 72 Teeth
• Rebar For Cutting Mild Steel.
• Carbide Tipped Steel Cutting Saw Blade • Steel Framing Stock No. MKM CSM1480AC
• Designed to cut steel, copper, aluminium and plastic materials • Trusses 14” x 1” x 80 Teeth
Dia. 7” 9” • Joists For Cutting Aluminum.
Aluminum MKM CSM754AC MKM CSM980AC • Threaded Rod
Mild Steel MKM CSM736SC MKM CSM948SC
Stock No. MKM CSM1490TSC
• Conduit 14” x 1” x 90 Teeth
Stainless Steel MKM CSM748SSC MKM CSM960SSC
Thin Steel MKM CSM768TSC MKM CSM968TSC • Gutters For Cutting Thin Steel.
HAMMERS
MULTI-PURPOSE 1” SDS
ROTARY HAMMER ROTARY HAMMER
UHE-28 KHE-D24
• Hammer Stop
• Rotation Stop
• Two-speed gear unit • Impact stop for drilling without
• Forward and reverse running impact
• Robust Metabo Marathon motor • Forward and reverse running
• Die cast aluminum gear housing • Variospeed (V) Electronics for
• Metabo “Quick” Drill chuck change adjustable speed change •
• Vario Tacho Constamatic (VTC) • Metabo Coil guard • Robust Metabo Marathon motor Metabo S-automatic safety
full-wave electronics • Overload Protection for extra long service life clutch: To limit the sudden
• Thumbwheel for preselection of • No-volt release switch • Pneumatic high-performance reverse torque, which can occur
speed • Auto-stop carbon brushes percussion mechanism if the bit jams or catches in the
• Pneumatic high-performance • Brush wear indicator • Ergonomic housing design for material.
hammer mechanism • Suitable for bits and accessories fatigue-proof operation • Metabo winding safety grid to
• Metabo S-automatic torque with SDS Plus shank end or • Comfortable operation and protect the motor from abrasive
limiting clutch cylindrical shaft (without Impact) safety through ergonomically effects
shaped drilling bit handle • Auto-stop carbon brushes to
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS protect the motor
Capacity:
• In Concrete using solid bits 1-1/8” Capacity:
• In Brickwork using thin wall core bits 3-1/8” • In Concrete using solid bits 1”
• In mild steel 5/8” - 5/16” • In mild steel 1/2”
• In softwood 1-9/16” - 3/4” • In softwood 1-3/16”
No-load speed (RPM) 0-950/0-2600 No-load speed (RPM) 0-1000
No-load blows per minute (BPM) 0-4400 No-load blows per minute (BPM) 0-4600
Amps 8.0 Amps 5.6
Rated input watts 1010 Rated input watts 720
Tool weight 8.1 lbs. Tool weight 7.4 lbs.
15” Length 16-3/4”

160 P OWER T OOLS
1 1/8” SDS 7/8” SDS

ROTARY HAMMER ROTARY HAMMER
W/ ROTOSTOP Stock No. MET 600242420
Stock No. MET 600224420 BHE-22
KHE-D28
• Hammer stop
• Rotation stop
• Metabo “Quick” drill chuck • Suitable for bits and
change accessories with SDS Plus
• Vario Tacho Constamatic shank end or cylindrical shaft
(VTC) full-wave electronics (without impact)
• Robust Metabo Marathon • Hammer stop
motor
• Pneumatic high-performance SPECIFICATIONS
• Variospeed (V) electronics
hammer mechanism Capacity: SPECIFICATIONS
• Robust Metabo Marathon
• Die cast aluminum gear • In Concrete motor Capacity:
housing 1-1/8”
using solid bits • Pneumatic high-performance • In Concrete 7/8”
• Ergonomic housing design
• In mild steel 1/2” percussion mechanism • In steel 1/2”
for fatigue-proof operation
• In softwood 1-9/16” • Die cast aluminum gear • In wood 1-3/16”
• Comfortable operation and
No-load speed (RPM) 0-1000 housing No-load speed (RPM) 0-1000
safety through drill bit handle
• Metabo S-automatic torque No-load blows • Ergonomic housing design for No-load blows
0-4600 0-4600
limiting clutch per minute (BPM) fatigue-proof operation per minute (BPM)
• Metabo coil guard Amps 8.2 • Metabo S-automatic torque Amps 5.2
• No-volt release switch Rated input watts 1010 limiting clutch Rated input watts 660
• Auto-stop carbon brushes Tool weight 8.1 lbs. • Metabo coil guard Tool weight 7.2 lbs.
• Brush wear indicator Length 18” • Auto-stop carbon brushes Length 13”
1-3/4” SDS-MAX 18V DRILL

ROTARY HAMMER HAMMER
KHE-75 SBP18 PLUS
The KHE-75 combination hammer accomplishes a lot of its weight. It

is especially designed for large holes, finishing on walls and medium-
heavy chiselling jobs. Its creation is of special value for those looking
for a versatile professional device that hammers hard. SPECIFICATIONS
Reversing Facility •
SPECIFICATIONS
On Tool storage for screwdriver bits •
Capacity: Battery pack voltage/capacity 18V/2.0Ah
• In Concrete using solid bits 1-3/4” Spindle Lock for ease of tightening chuck •
• In Concrete using core bits 4” Chuck Capacity 1/2”
No-load speed (RPM) 140-280 in Mild Steel 1/2”
Blows per minute (BPM) Capacity in Concrete 5/8”
1325-2600
in Softwood 2”
Amps 10.5 No Load Speed (RPM) 0-400/0-1400
Rated input watts 1150 Spindle Thread 1/2 x 20 UNF
Tool weight 14.0 lbs. Weight 6.7 lbs
Length 18-1/2” Carrying Case •

P OWER T OOLS / A CCESSORIES 161
BENCH GRINDERS
INDUSTRIAL DUTY
Stock No. JET 577101, JET 577102, JET 577103
• Totally enclosed, prelubricated ball • Fine and coarse vitrified grinding wheels
bearings included
• cast iron wheel guards and dust vents • Heavy-duty guarded toggle switch on 8”
• One-piece quick adjusting spark guards and 10”
• Large eye shields with quick adjustment • Rubber mounts prevent movement
• adjustable tool rests • UL Listed
SPECIFICATIONS
Stock No. JET 577101 JET 577102 JET 577103
Shaft Dia.: 1/2” 5/8” 1/2”
Wheel Dia.: 6” x 3/4” 8” x 1” 10” x 1”
Wheel Speed (RPM): 3,450 3,450 1,725
Wheel Grits: 36/60 36/60 24/46
Motor: 1/2HP, IPh, 115V IMP, IPh, 115V 1-1/2HP, IPh, 115V
Net Weight: 32 lbs. 54 lbs. 110 lbs.
Overall Dimensions (L x W x H): 18” x 8-1/2” x 10-1/2” 19” x 10” x 12-1/2” 24-1/2” x 13” X 12-1/4”
Awisco stocks replacement grinding and wire wheels for these bench grinders. Check Out our Abrasive section.
JOBBER DRILLS
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
Stock No. & Decimal Flute Overall
Straight shank, heavy-duty, black and bright finish, Diameter Equivalent Length Length
135° split point, NOMO® treatment, HSS CCT XL5-1/16 .625 7/8 1-7/8
CCT XL5-1/2 .5000 4-1/2 6
• Truck and trailer manufacturing
CCT XL5-1/4 .2500 2-3/4 4
• Texitle, food and paper industries CCT XL5-1/8 .1250 1-5/8 2-3/4
• Steel erection, mining and heavy construction CCT XL5-10 .1935 2-7/16 3-5/8
• Automotive and railway CCT XL5-11/32 .3438 3-7/16 4-3/4
• Aircraft manufacturing and maintenance CCT XL5-11/64 .1719 2-1/8 3-1/4
CCT XL5-13/32 .4062 3-7/8 5-1/4
• Fabricated metal products
CCT XL5-13/64 .2031 2-7/16 3-5/8
The Brute Platinum® XL5 drill’s unique web CCT XL5-15/32 .4688 4-5/16 5-3/4
geometry make this drill specially useful in the CCT XL5-15/64 .2344 2-5/8 3-7/8
portable drilling of stainless steel, titanium CCT XL5-16 .1770 2-3/16 3-3/8
CCT XL5-17/64 .2656 2-7/8 4-1/8
alloys and other hard to drill materials. The
CCT XL5-19/64 .2969 3-1/16 4-3/8
exclusive NOMO® treatment (nitride on margin CCT XL5-21/64 .3281 3-5/16 4-5/8
only) increases surface hardness. CCT XL5-23/64 .3594 3-1/2 4-7/8
Field test have proven Brute Platinum® XL5 CCT XL5-25 .1495 1-7/8 3
drills to penetrate faster than cobalt, due to their CCT XL5-25/64 .3906 3-3/4 5-1/8
CCT XL5-27/64 .4219 3-15/16 5-3/8
unique geometry and metallurgy. Brute
CCT XL5-29 .1360 1-3/4 2-7/8
Platinum ® users state lower fatigue levels, CCT XL5-29/64 .4531 4-3/16 5-5/8
since less force is required to drill. Less CCT XL5-3/16 .1875 2-5/16 3-1/2
breakage is also reported due to it’s unique CCT XL5-3/32 .0938 1-1/4 2-1/4
“toughness:hardness” ratio, enabling them to flex when cobalt CCT XL5-3/8 .3750 3-5/8 5
CCT XL5-30 .1285 1-5/8 2-3/4
drills chip or snap.
CCT XL5-31/64 .4844 4-3/8 5-7/8
Manufactured from a premium grade of molybdenum high speed CCT XL5-33 .1130 1-1/2 2-5/8
steel, which is further enhanced by a wear resistant NOMO® CCT XL5-36 .1065 1-7/16 2-1/2
treatment, Brute Platinum® drills hold a sharp cutting edge when CCT XL5-42 .0935 1-1/4 2-1/4
others dull. Precision ground 135° split point eliminates the need CCT XL5-5 .2055 2-1/2 3-3/4
CCT XL5-5/16 .3125 3-3/16 4-1/2
for pilot hole drilling, prevents “walking” and bites right into No.
CCT XL5-5/32 .1562 2 3-1/8
300 and No. 400 series stainless steel. CCT XL5-5/64 .0781 1 2
CCT XL5-7 .2010 2-7/16 3-5/8
Special M-7 Tapered web NOMO CCT XL5-7/16 .4375 4-1/16 5-1/2
molybdenum high promotes quick treatment CCT XL5-7/32 .2188 2-1/2 3-3/4
speed steels penetration reduces corner CCT XL5-7/64 .1094 1-1/2 2-5/8
provides strength breakdown CCT XL5-9/32 .2812 2-15/16 4-1/4
CCT XL5-9/64 .1406 1-3/4 2-7/8
CCT XL5-F .2570 2-7/8 4-1/8
CCT XL5-H .2660 2-7/8 4-1/8
CCT XL5-P .3230 3-5/16 4-5/8
CCT XL5-U 3680 3-5/8 5
CCT XL5-W .3860 3-3/4 5-1/8
FASTER PENETRATION
Whether you are drilling or in a machining center, the Brute’s precision ground 135° self centering split point
135°
bites right in. Chips are broken up into small, easy to dispose particles. The Brute features tapered web geometry;
thin at the point for easy penetration and thick at the base of the flute for added strength.

162 P OWER T OOLS / A CCESSORIES
CORE DRILL 3 SPEED SURFACE FINISHER

WET OR DRY WITH PNEUMATIC POWERED
DUST EXTRACTION Stock No. CSU LP 1503AIRKIT
Stock No. ETN152/3P
The powerful LP 1503 Air sanding/
polishing machine easily produces
Model ETN 152/3P is a versatile a uniform surface finish without
leaving visible transitions or
Wet or Dry Diamond Core Drill
shadows. Compact, lightweight
with a Water Swivel and Dust and heavy duty, the versatile LP
Extraction Port built directly into 1503 Air is perfect for finishing,
the spindle. It easily connects to polishing, graining, brushing,
a vacuum for dust extraction. blending, glazing, deburring, cleaning welds, roughing and more. Wide
range of abrasive and polishing accessories are available.
Power: 17 Amps /110 Volt (1900 W) Load Speed: 2,500 RPM
Maximum Drilling Diameter: 6” Air Motor: 1 HP
Loads Speeds (RPM): 0-550, 0-1250, 0-2700 Air Consumption: 20 cfm
Connecting Thread: 1-1/4” x 7 UNC Air Pressure: 90 psi
Connecting Adapter: 5/8” x 11” UNC Air Connection: 1/4”
Weight: 15 lbs. Weight: 8 lbs.
DRILL BIT SETS HAMMER

MECHANICS LENGTH
(a little shorter than Jobbers
DRILL BITS
Length with a flattened Shank)
Stock No. CCT 115-XL28
CCT 129-XL28
JOBBERS LENGTH
(a little longer than
Mechanics Length with a
regular Shank (rounded)) Champion Hammer bits incorporate optimal design of head, fluting,
Stock No. CCT 129C-XL5 and shank. The benefits are operator comfort, superior performance
and longer lasting tools. Use of the highest quality chrome-nickel-
Champion’s Brute Platinum® XL28 mechanics length drills molybdenum steel, special impact grade carbide, vacuum heat-
engineered for high performance. The three-flat shank design ensures treating and brazing results in a high quality drill bit that maximizes
a positive grip in both keyless and conventional power tools; while the performance of the rotary hammer.
the reduced overall length provides added strength and rigidity. Self-
centering 135° split point eliminates the need for pilot hole drilling. An Stock No. Description
exclusive combination of premium high speed steel, superior geometry CCT CM 951/2x10 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 1/2” x 10” usable x 12” overall
and Champion’s unique NOMO® treatment maximizes the number of CCT CM 951/2x4 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 1/2” x 4” usable x 6” overall
CCT CM 951/2x8 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 1/2” x 8” usable x 10” overall
holes per drill, making XL28 the drill of choice for today’s professional. CCT CM 951/4x2 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 1/2” x 2” usable x 4” overall
Brute XL5 Jobber Length Drills
An exclusive combination of premium high speed steel, superior CCT CM 951x8 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 1” x 8” usable x 12” overall
geometry and Champion’s unique NOMO (Nitride On Margin Only) CCT CM 953/16x4 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 3/16” x 4” usable x 6” overall
treatment, maximizes the number of holes per drill, making Brute CCT CM 953/4x10 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 3/4” x 10” usable x 12” overall
drills the choice for today’s professional. CCT CM 953/4x6 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 3/4” x 6” usable x 8” overall
Stock No. & Diameter Description CCT CM 953/8x4 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 3/8” x 4” usable x 6” overall
CCT 115-XL28 1/16-1/4x64ths 15 piece CCT CM 953/8x8 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 3/8” x 8” usable x 10” overall
CCT 129-XL28 1/16-1/2x64ths 29 piece CCT CM 955/8x10 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 5/8” x 10” usable x 12” overall
CCT 129C-XL5 1/16-1/2x64ths 29 piece CCT CM 955/8x6 CM 95 SDS Plus Hammer Drill Bit 5/8” x 6” usable x 8” overall
Need diamond core drilling bits and accessories?

Call your AWISCO sales representative for
price and availability on the C.S. UNITEC line.

P OWER T OOLS A CCESSORIES 163
CARBIDE DRILL BITS Stock No.

SAS MDB 18312
SAS MDB 18412
Description
Carbide Drill Bit 3/16” x 3-1/2” for 1/4” Titen
Carbide Drill Bit 3/16” x 4-1/2” for 1/4” Titen
SAS MDBP15400 SDS Plus Drill Bit 5/32” x 4” Drill Depth (6” overall Length)
SAS MDBP18400 SDS Plus Drill Bit 3/16” x 4” Drill Depth (6” overall Length)
SAS MDBP18600H SDS Plus Drill Bit 3/16” x 6” for 1/4” Titen
SAS MDP02502 SDS Plus Drill Bit 1/4” x 2” Drill Depth (4” overall Length)
SDS Max® SDS Plus® Spline Straight
Simpson Strong-Tie’s carbide tipped bits are premium quality, SAS MDP05010 SDS Plus Drill Bit 1/2” x 10” Drill Depth (12” overall Length)
manufactured to demanding tolerances. All bits have the following SAS MDP06206 SDS Plus Drill Bit 5/8” x 6” Drill Depth 10” overall Length)
features and benefits: SAS MDP06210 SDS Plus Drill Bit 5/8” x 10” Drill Depth (12” overall Length)
• Vacuum brazed carbide inserts for longer bit life. SAS MDP07506 SDS Plus Drill Bit 3/4” x 6” Drill Depth (8” overall Length)
• Optimized fluting for dust removal, speeds drilling time and reduces SAS MDP07510 SDS Plus Drill Bit 3/4” x 10” Drill Depth (12” overall Length)
heat and bit wear. SAS MDP10008 SDS Plus Drill Bit 1” x 8” Drill Depth (10” overall Length)
SAS MDM05008 SDS Max Drill Bit 1/2” x 8” Drill Depth (13” overall Length)
• Chromium, Nickel, Molybdenum steel alloy body transfers the
SAS MDM05616 SDS Max Drill Bit 9/16” x 16” Drill Depth (21” overall Length)
maximum impact to the cutting head for the greatest drilling SAS MDM07508Q SDS Max Drill Bit 3/4” x 8” Drill Depth (13” overall Length)
efficiency. SAS MDM08708Q SDS Max Drill Bit 7/8” x 8” Drill Depth (13” overall Length)
• Close diameter tolerance provides consistent hole diameter from SAS MDM10008Q SDS Max Drill Bit 1” x 8” Drill Depth (13” overall Length)
bit to bit. SAS MDS03703 Spline Shank Drill Bit 3/8” x 3” Drill Depth (8” overall Length)
These high-quality bits drill through concrete faster than conventional SAS MDS05008 Spline Shank Drill Bit 1/2” x 8” Drill Depth (13” overall Length)
multi-tips bits. Quad head carbide tips are also brazed with a specially SAS MDS06208 Spline Shank Drill Bit 5/8” x 8” Drill Depth (13” overall Length)
designed copper alloy. This operation is performed in vacuum brazing SAS MDS07508 Spline Shank Drill Bit 3/4” x 8” Drill Depth (13” overall Length)
ovens to increase toughness. SAS MDS08711 Spline Shank Drill Bit 7/8” x 11” Drill Depth (16” overall Length)
DRILL BIT TOOL SELECTION CHART
Manufacturer SDS-Plus® SDS-Max® Spline Straight
AEG PHE 16RL, PHE 19RL, PHE 20, PHE 26, PH210 PH260, PH350, PH380, PH038
5013, 5014, 5016,5053K, 5054K, 5056, 5057, DW 5041, 5042, 5043, 5044, 5045, 5049, 5093, 5095, 5096, 5098,
B&D 5097, 5099
514, DW557 50593, 50595, 50598
All three jaw chucked drill motors and rotary

11207, 11210, 11211, 11212, 11213, 11215, 11221, 11214, 11216, 11227, 11230, 11202, 11203, 11204, 11205, 11209, 11214, 11219, 11220, 11232,
BOSCH
11222, 11224, 11228, 11234, 11236, 11239 11231, 11233, 11235, 11245 11233, 11244
HITACHI DH15VB, DH22VD, DH24PB, DH24PC, DH24PE DH40MA, DH40MB, DH50MB DH38YE, DH40FA, DH40FB, DH50SB
TE5, TE10, TE12, TE14, TE15, TE17, TE18, TE22, TE54, TE55, TE72, TE74, TE75,
HILTI
TE24, TE25 TE76, TE92, TE94
percussion tools.
KANGO 200, 285, 327, 422, 426, 430 430S, 637S, 950S
HR2010, HR2020, HR2022, HR2450, HR2452,
MAKITA HR2400, HR2440, HR2442, HR2410, HR2412, HR4000C, HR4500C, HR5001C HR3520B, HR3850B, HR4040C, HR5000
HR2430, HR2510, HR3000C, BHR200SF
6010, 6018, 6020, 6026, UHE 22, UHE 28, BHE 22,
METABO KHE 32, BHE 6045S BHE 6045S RH66, RH99, 1129, 6030, BHE 6045S
MILWAUKEE 5311, 5316, 5322, 5362, 5366, 5367, 5368, 5383 5314, 5315, 5346 5317, 5318, 5319, 5321, 5341, 5343, 5347, 536352
RAMSET 425 442, 445, 475
RED HEAD 555, 715 747-2
RYOBI ED160, ED211 PK382
PORTER 639
CABLE
SKIL 642, 6372
CARBIDE BURRS
8 PC TITANIUM COATED CARBIDE
BUR KIT WITH PLASTIC CASE
Stock No. CCT BK8P-LTD
Solid carbide burs manufactured from C2 tungsten carbide. Completely
machine ground for consistently high performance, solid carbide burs
feature double cut flutes for efficient machining of cast iron, steels,
titanium, brass, bronze, and copper. Non-ferrous burs feature deep,
single cut flutes and are recommended for use on aluminum and
softer alloys. Automated brazing and fluting on state of the art
equipment make our burs a cut above the rest, assuring increased
productivity, product consistency, and increased tools life.
This kit contains the following burs:
UAB 45002, UAB 45006, UAB 45007, UAB 45012, UAB 45021,
UAB 45022, UAB 45027, UAB 45031. See next page for individual Burs.

164 P OWER T OOLS A CCESSORIES / W ORK H OLDING
CARBIDE BURS
Stock No. Shape Description
UAB 45005 SC1 1/4” x 5/8” SC1 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
?
UAB 45006 SC3 3/8” x 1/4” SC3 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45007 SC5 1/2” x 1” SC5 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45010 SD1 1/4” x 7/32” SD1 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45015 SE1 1/4” x 3/8” SE1 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45016 SE5 1/2” x 7/8” SE5 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45020 SF1 1/4” x 5/8” SF1 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45021 SF3 3/8” x 3/4” SF3 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
SA SC SD SE SF SG SL SM UAB 45022 SF5 1/2” x 1” SF5 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45026 SL3 3/8” x 1-1/16” SA1 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
Stock No. Shape Description UAB 45027 SL4 1/2” x 1-1/8” SL4 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
CCT SE3 SE 3/8” x 5/8” Solid Carbide w/ 1/4” Shank UAB 45030 SG1 1/4” x 5/8” SG1 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
CCT SM3 SE 1/4” x 1” Solid Carbide w/ 1/4” Shank UAB 45031 SG3 3/8” x 3/4” SG3 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45000 SA1 1/4” x 5/8” SA1 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank UAB 45032 SG5 1/2” x 1” SG5 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45001 SA3 3/8” x 3/4” SA3 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank UAB 45037 SM4 3/8” x 5/8” SM4 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
UAB 45002 SA5 1/2” x 1” SA5 Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank UAB 45038 SM5 1/2” x 7” SM Solid Carbide bur w/ 1/4” Shank
VISES
UTILITY VISES TRADEMAN VISES
• Powder coat paint resists scratches and
provides a tough durable surface
• 180° swivel base with lockdown allows
for quick and easy positioning
• Heavy duty 30,000 PSI casting for
strength and durability
• Built-in pipe jaws handle various
pipe sizes • Large anvil work surface
• Perfect for general clamping • Precision turned sidebar
applications • 360° swivel base with double lockdowns
• Large anvil work surface • Made from 60,000 PSI tensile ductile iron
Stock No. Model
Jaw Jaw Throat Pipe Jaw Ship • Wider jaws provide greater clamping surface
Width Opening Depth Capacity Weight • Fully enclosed spindle and nut increases the life of the vise
JET 00191 656HD 6” 6” 4 - 3/16” 1/8” - 3” 63 lbs.
674 4 - 1/2” 4” 2 - 5/8” 1/8” - 2” 19 lbs. Jaw Jaw Throat Pipe Jaw Ship
JET 11126 Stock No. Model
675 5 - 1/2” 5” 3 - 5/16” 1/8” - 2-1/2” 29 lbs. Width Opening Depth Capacity Weight
JET 11127
JET 11128 676 6 - 1/2” 5 - 1/2” 3 - 13/16” 1/8” - 2-1/2” 43 lbs. JET 63199 1745 4-1/2” 4” 3-1/4” 1/4” - 2-1/2” 42 lbs.
JET 11800 648HD 8” 7 - 1/2” 4 - 1/2” 1/8” - 3” 80 lbs. JET 63200 1755 5-1/2” 5” 3-3/4” 1/4” - 3 53 lbs.
SHOP VISES CENTER SLIDE BAR TYPE

• Heavy duty 25,000 PSI casting for strength and durability
DRILL PRESS VISE
• Replaceable top jaws and built-in pipe jaws Stock No. JET 365523
• 360° swivel base with double lockdown for quick and easy
positioning
• Designed for general duty
applications
• Built-in pipe jaws handle
various pipe sizes
• Rubber pinch point safety
guards • Allowable tolerance between the axial sleeve and center bar is 0.002”.
• Large anvil work surface • The axial sleeve and movable jaw are cast in one single piece.
• The manner in which the center slide bar is connected to the axial
sleeve assures an even 360° contact.
Jaw Jaw Throat Ship • Much more accurate and stable than the traditional screw and cross
Stock No. Model
Width Opening Depth Weight
plate means of attaching the movable jaw to the vise bed.
JET 63300 WS4 4” 4” 2-3/4” 22 lbs.
JET 63301 WS5 5” 5” 3” 31 lbs. Jaw W x D Jaw Opening Base Width Base Length Overall Height
JET 63302 WS6 6” 6” 3-1/2” 42 lbs. 3” x 1” 2-13/16” 5-1/2” 6-1/47” 2-3/16”
JET 63304 WS8 8” 8” 4” 67 lbs. Other Models are available. Check with Awisco.

W ORK H OLDING 165
DRILL PRESS VISE JAMACC™

WITH SWIVEL BASE PIPE CLAMP FIXTURE
Stock No. JAM PC34
• High tensile iron casting is strong

and heavy
• Adjusts quickly to a full 90° vertical or
horizontal position
• Two bolt slots on base provide easy
positioning on drill press table
Jaw Jaw Base Base Overall

Stock No.
WxD Opening Width Length Height
JET 365533 2-1/2” x 1-1/2” 2-5/8” 3-5/16” 8-1/4” 3-1/8”
Other Models are available. Check with Awisco.
• Large handle - positive pressure
• Large clamping surface - positive grip
• Plated spindle to prevent rust & corrosion
16-1/2” FLOOR MOUNT The Morton Pipe Clamp fixture can be simply
DRILL PRESS mounted on any length of 3/4” pipe. Sturdily
constructed, the Morton PC34 Pipe Clamp will Pipe Dia. Weight
Stock No. JET 354169 complement your clamping needs. 3/4” 3.00 lbs.
• Rotating, 45° tilting, crank-operated
SUPERGRIPS™
worktabie with quick-release clamp.
• Power switch located on front of drill
press head for safety.
Use in welding, drilling, assembly, maintenance, general clamping.
• Features 1/2” diameter external
positive depth stop with dual-nut All Super Grip Clamps have hardened steel rails heat treated chrome-
locking feature for quick adjustment. vanadium forged steel jaws.
• Adjustment tension spindle return
spring.
• Spindle supported by high quality ball
bearings.
• Built-in worklight—bulb not included
• Drill chuck and key included
• Hinged metal belt and pulley cover, coupled with quick
adjustment motor mount, allows rapid spindle speed changes.
Model JDP-17MF
Swing (In.) 161/2
DEEP REACH PIPE CLAMP

Drilling Capacity (In.) 5/8
Chuck Size (In.) 5/8
Spindle Travel (In.) 4-3/8 Clamps over angle iron, channel “Cradle” jaw design aligns and
Spindle distance to base (In.) 49 iron and other assemblies or holds pipe firmly in place while
Max. Spindle Diatance to table (In.) 29-1/8 obstruction. tacking.
Table Diameter (In.) 13-3/4
Nominal Nominal Nominal Clamping
Spindle Taper MT-2 Stock No.
Opening Throat Depth Pressure
Column Diameter (In.) 3-1/8
Deep Reach
Spindle Speeds 16 JAM SG5-DR 3”
Spindle Speed Range (RPM) 200 - 3,630 4-1/2” 310 lbs.
Pipe Clamp 2-3/4”
Base Size (In.) 11-1/8x19-5/8 JAM SG24-PC
3/4HP, 1PhTEFC, 115/230V,
Motor Net Weight (lbs.)
Prewired 115V 178
VARIO GRIP
CLAMPS WELDER’S FORK
SPRING CLAMPS
Stock No. Size

2 sliding heads that can be adjusted independently... at different heights
• Heavy-duty spring cosntruction. JAM SC1-HT 1” and depths.
• Vinyl tips and handles. JAM SC2-HT 2” Nominal Nominal Nominal Clamping
Stock No.
• Nickel plated ideal for many JAM SC3-HT 3” Opening Throat Depth Pressure
quick applications in every shop. JAM SC4-HT 4” JAM SG24-VWF 4” 3” 310 lbs.

166 W ORK H OLDING
STANDARD SQ & STB SERIES

SUPERGRIPS™
CLAMPS
These general purpose, versatile, Designed specifically for the North
instant acting clamps are fast and American metal working industry. Its
strong. Ideal for a multitude of uniquely adjustable sliding mechanism
clamping applications, they are fully makes it perfect for virtually an unlimited
adjustable and offer long life. range of applications.
Available with either 4” or 8” opening.
Optional clip on lock changes these SQ SERIES WITH STANDARD SWIVEL PAD
clamps into “one-handed” production Stock Nominal Nominal Nominal
Nominal
clamps ideal for repetitive work. No. Throat Clamping Rail
Opening
Weight Pressure Size
Nominal JAM SQ-4 6” 1330 lbs. 27/32” x 13/32”
Nominal Nominal Approx.
Stock No. Clamping JAM SQ-8 8” 4-3/4”
Opening Throat Depth Weight
Pressure JAM SQ-10 10”
JAM SG-4 4” 440 lbs. 2.5 lbs. 2660 lbs. 1-3/16” x 9/16”
2-1/2” JAM SQ-12 12” 5-1/2”
JAM SG-8 8” 440 lbs. 3 lbs. JAM SQ-20 20” 4-3/4”
STB SERIES WITH STANDARD SWIVEL PAD AND HEX HEAD SPINDLE
MULTIGRIP™ Stock Nominal
Nominal
Throat
Nominal
Clamping
Nominal
Rail
No. Opening
Stock No. JAM SG2-MGR Weight Pressure Size
JAM STB30 12”
JAM STB50 20” 7” 4880 lbs. 1-9/16” x 3/4”
JAM STB100 40”
Slim plier-type jaw opens in two
stages for “pre-clamping” effect...
allows adjustments before applying
MIGHTYMINI STEEL™
maximum pressure. Integrated
locking device to pre-set jaw The little clamp that does the work of a
1”, 2” or 3” C Clamp... but does it 9x
opening for repetitive work. MultiGrip faster! The mightyMini’s sliding-arm
comes with plastic jaw caps. moves to position itself right next to your
work-piece to support the acme
Throat Depth Opening Pressure threaded screw!
2-3/4” 2-1/2” 222 lbs. Nominal Nominal
Nominal
Stock No. Throat Clamping
Opening
Depth Presure,
THE RAPID ACTION

JAM MMS-4 4” 2-1/4” 660 lbs.
JAM MMS-8 8” 2-1/2” 660 lbs.
LEVER CLAMP
Designed for applications where vibration causes a conventional clamp
“STEP OVER”
to “walk”... the lever clamp stays firmly in place even when used with
power tools.
J-SERIES CLAMPS
• Features the legendary Bessey
galvanized heat-treated rail and drop
forged sliding arm.
• Surface hardened, steel cam and
pressure plate for exceptional wear.
• Poly coated release trigger and powder
coated clamping lever... for comfort,
leverage and long life.
• Rapid lever action increases speed and
productivity in multiple clamp JAM J48-20 JAM J24-12 JAM JLC24-12
applications. All the great features of the legendary Bessey Sliding arm
• Available in conventional and “step- clamps...Plus a feature that adds a ton of flexibility to clamping. The
over” style rails for range of use. return rail lets the J Clamps “Step Over” the lip on channel iron, angle-
iron, I-beam or other obstructions.
Nominal Nominal Nominal Clamping Available in a conventional all-steel clamp style as well as a lever clamp
Stock No.
Opening Throat Depth Pressure for a wide range of uses.
JAM LC-8 8” 4” 770 lbs. Nominal Nominal Nominal
JAM LC-10 10” 4-3/4” 880 lbs. Nominal Rail
Stock No. Throat Rail Clamping
JAM LC-12 12” 5-1/2” 1110 lbs. Opening Return
Depth Size Pressure
JAM LC-20 20” 5” 1440 lbs. JAM J24-12 12” 1-3/16” x 9/16” 2660 lbs.
Offset Handle... for more leverage 4”
JAM J48-20 20” 5-1/2” 1-9/16” x 3/4” 4880 lbs.
JAM 1800L-12 12” 5-1/2” 1800 lbs. JAM JLC24-12 12” 4-1/4” 1-13/16” x 9/16” 1800 lbs.

W ORK H OLDING 167
1200 SERIES VARIABLE ANGLE DEVICE

LIGHT DUTY CLAMP (VAD PAD)
Stock No. JAM VAD
• 1200 lbs. max. Clamping.
• All light duty clamping.
• Tommy Bar Handle.
With Standard Pad and Tommy Bar handle. • Floating pads tilt 60° inward or outward.
Nominal Nominal Nominal Ideal for clamping or aligning round, oval
Nominal Approx.
Stock No. Throat Rail Clamping and angular pieces.
Opening Weight
Depth Size Pressure
• Assembly is easy to install and remove...
JAM 1200S-8 8” 5-1/2” 1” x 15/32” 1200 lbs. 3.75 lbs.
JAM 1200S-12 12” 4.25 lbs. swivels 360° or can be fixed.
• Fits up to 2400 series clamps. Set of two
HEAT TREATED STEEL,

SLIDING ARM CLAMPS HIGH PRESSURE CLAMP
These clamps offer a greater reach to WITH MORPAD
eliminate the need to buy both regular
and deep throat clamps.
Heat treated steel, sliding arm clamps
feature the patented Morpad - the
replaceable pad that tilts to 35°
1800 SERIES MEDIUM DUTY CLAMPS • Morpad tilts 35°

• Two sizes - from 8” to 12” openings • Hex head spindle
• 1880 lb. nominal clamping pressure • Safety wedge for additional
Nominal Nominal Nominal locking pressure on sliding arm
Nominal
Stock No. Throat Clamping Rail
Opening
Depth Pressure Size
JAM 1800S-8 8”
4-3/4” 1800 lbs. 1-1/16” x 1/2”
JAM 1800S-12 12”
8500 lb. clamping pressure for heavy construction
2400 SERIES REGULAR DUTY CLAMPS job sites, bridge work, boiler maker, etc.
• Seven sizes - from 6” to 60” openings Nominal Nominal
Nominal
Approx.
• 2660 lb. nominal clamping pressure Stock No. Clamping
Opening Throat Depth Weight
Pressure
Nominal Nominal Nominal JAM 8500HPC-6 6” 9.75 lbs.
Nominal
Opening JAM 8500HPC-10 10” 4” 8500 lbs. 10.00 lbs.
Depth Pressure Size
JAM 8500HPC-14 14” 11.50 lbs.
JAM 2400S-6 6”
JAM 2400S-8 8”
JAM 2400S-10 10”
JAM 2400S-12 12” 5-1/2” 2660 lbs. 1-3/16” x 9/16”
POWERGRIP™
JAM 2400S-20 20”
JAM 2400S-40 40”
JAM 2400S-60 60”
• Bright-Drawn, spring tempered “I”
4800 SERIES HEAVY DUTY CLAMPS Beam Steel Rail minimizes flexing
and bending. Wont ever rust.
• For uses such as clamping 3/4” plate
• Quick Release Button for rapid
• Three sizes - from 12” to 40” openings
movement of sliding arm.
• 4880 lb. nominal clamping pressure
• Glass-Fiber, Reinforced Polymer
Nominal Nominal Nominal Housing and Hand Lever light in
Nominal
Opening weight to reduce worker fatigue.
Depth Pressure Size
JAM 4800S-12 12” Space-Age tought for industrial use.
JAM 4800S-20 20” 7” 4880 lbs. 1-9/16” x 3/4” • Over-Sized Acme thread for positive
JAM 4800S-40 40” grip with minimum turns.
• Aluminum handle light enough to
7200 SERIES EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CLAMPS make it handy, rugged enough for
long shop life.
• For uses such as clamping 1” plate • Innovative Two-Way Hand Lever
• Safety wedge provides additional locking pressure on sliding arm gives you the flexibility to operate
• Three sizes - from 12” to 40” openings the clamping action from either side
• 7770 lb. nominal clamping pressure of your work.
Nominal Nominal Nominal
Stock No. Throat Clamping Rail Nominal
Opening Stock No. Description Throat Pressure Pressure
Depth Pressure Size Opening
JAM 7200S-12 12” Depth with Lever with Handle
JAM 7200S-20 20” 8” 7770 lbs. 1-15/16” x 1” Aluminum
JAM PG12 4” 12” 200 lbs. 1000 lbs.
JAM 7200S-40 40” Handle

168 W ORK H OLDING
ONE-HANDED, WELDER’S MULTI-ANGLE

SELF-CENTERING JIG VISE SET
& FIXTURE CLAMPS
• Vises come with locking set screw to
• Unobstructed working area - easy position and lock vise at pre-
access for welding, assembly and determined angle for repetitive work.
through-ways for T-joints. • Copper plated Acme screw protects
• Jaws and base machined at precise against weld splatter.
right angles to each other. • Made of spheroidal cast iron making
• Floating head and rotating spindle holds, it a heavy duty welder’s vise.
fixes and aligns different material • Slotted base holes provide easy
thicknesses at a 90° angle. Ideal for mounting to work table.
plates, angle iron, square tubing, pipe, • Vises can be removed from base
channel iron, etc. plate to be used independently as
Passage Total Mitre welder’s vises.
Jaw Jaw Approx.
Stock No. for Capacity Joints
Height Length Weight Jaw Jaw Nominal
T-Joints for Sides Ea. Side Stock No. Approx. Weight
JAM WSM-9 1-1/2” 4” 2-1/2” 7” 3-1/2” 10 lbs. Height Length Opening
JAM WSM-12 2-1/2” 4-1/2” 4” 9-1/2” 4-3/4” 18 lbs. JAM WVS-4 1-1/2” 5” 4” 21.50 lbs.
SEAMING TOOL FOR

SOLID SURFACE INSTALLATION
Stock No. JAM PS55 • Vacuum Cups instantly secures the JAM PS-55 to any smooth, non-
porous material such as solid surface, SSV laminate, marble and
granite to eliminate the need for glue blocks. Cup made from rugged
high-pressure aluminum alloy with the highest quality rubber
diaphragm.
• Vacuum Operating Lever activates and locks the vacuum seal on
the work surface. Quick release. Completely portable.
• Leveling Toggles this unique feature easily and accurately levels
deck joints during seaming reducing the need for sanding.
• Work Hardened Steel Spindle smoothly draws deck seams together
with just the right pressure. Galvanized spindle will hold up to years
of wear.
• Oversized Wooden Handle comfortable for any hand.
• Cold Drawn Guide Rods create a solid, rigid frame for supporting
vacuum cups and leveling toggles minimizing panel lifting.
Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal
Stock No.
Span Width Length Pressure
JAM PS55 2.1” 5.1” 9.4” - 11.6” 48.5 lb.
Clamp Down on Fabricating Expenses!

From jigging to fixture building, sophisticated work holding to
simple C-Clamps, AWISCO carries a complete line of clamps,
tools and accessories to get the job done.
We also offer equipment and packages for turn-key work
stations and automated process cells.
Ask your sales rep for details.

W ORK H OLDING / H AND T OOLS 169
MULTI PURPOSE WELDER’S MAGNETS

MAGNETIC CHUNKY
SQUARES Compact size and maximum pull make this an ideal magnetic square
for medium duty jobs. Fitted with T-Jack handle for easy break-away.
Nominal Nominal Nominal Ave. Approx.
Stock No.
Width Height Thickness Pull Weight
JAM CMS-1 3-3/4” 4-3/8” 3/4” 100 lbs. 2-3/4 lbs.
SUPER SQUARE
• Hold work firmly at 45°, 90° or 135° angle... Double magnets can be
set at any angle.
• Enclosed models prevent filings and dirt from getting in magnets.
OPEN • Drag-on magnet is designed to drag sheet metal (one sheet at a time)
Fast simple setups hold components in position for: welding, brazing, Nominal Nominal Nominal Ave. Approx.
Stock No.
soldering, assembly. Instant 90° or 45° angles. Use for holding steel Width Height Thickness Pull Weight
plates, flats and steel tubing. JAM WMS-5 3-3/4” 4-3/8” 3/4” 112 lbs. 1.00 lb.
Stock No. Nominal Nominal Nominal Ave. Approx.

BIG DADDY
JAM WMS-1 3-3/8” 3-3/8” 3/4” 66 lbs. 1 lb. For big jobs, use Big Daddy. The magnetic field through the side
plates 1550 strong that a “T-Jack” handle is fitted to release the square
COMPACT from the job after use. Big Daddy stands 8” high.
Nominal Nominal Nominal Ave. Approx. Nominal Nominal Nominal Ave. Approx.
Stock No. Stock No.
Width Height Thickness Pull Weight Width Height Thickness Pull Weight
JAM WMS-3 3-3/4” 4-3/8” 3/4” 55 lbs. 1 lb. JAM BDMS-1 8” 8” 1-5/8” 100 lbs. 10 lbs.
WELDER’S MAGNETIC GROUND CLAMPS

• Spring loaded electrode secures ground to work surface; rotating
stud assembly allows ground wire to rotate 360° - free of work area.
• Ground clamps are fitted with handles for ease-of-use. Connection
stud is 1/2”.
Max. Amp Nominal Connection Ave. Approx.
Stock No.
Capacity Height Stud Size Pull Weight
JAM MGC-1 250 Amps 2” 3/4”
55 lbs. 1-1/4 lbs.
JAM MGC-2 800 Amps 2-1/2” 1/2”
MULTIPURPOSE CUTTERS
MULTISNIPS™ THE COMBINOX®
Stock No. JAM 48A
Stock No. JAM 50
Length Cutting Edge Approx. Weight
7-1/2” 1-1/2” .25 lbs. Versatile cutters for paper, cables, wire cardboard,
plastics, sheet metal, carpets and textiles.
• Angled cutting blades
• Spring, open cutters automatically
• All metal parts made of steel
• Cutter head made of stainless steel
• Ergonomically designed plastic handles • Steel Spring opens cutters automatically
• Reliable locking catch, easily operated with the thumb • Curved Blades Incorporated Into Buffer
Stops for stripping wire of 1.0 and
CABLE CUTTERS
1.5mm diameter.
• Transverse Ribs provide a sure grip for
Stock No. JAM 49 the fingers.
• Reliable Locking Catch easily operated
Length Approx. Weight
6-1/4” .25 lbs. with the thumb.
• Ergonomically Designed Plastic handles
with slip guards. Soft plastic inlay
• Stainless steel cutter head
protects the palm of the hand.
• Spring, open cutters automatically
• Suitable for multi-core cables up to 10mm diameter Length Cutting Edge Approx. Weight
• Reliable locking catch, easily operated with the thumb 7-1/2” 1-3/8” .25 lbs.

170 W ORK H OLDING
VISES
VISE-GRIP® STRAIGHT VISE-GRIP® STRAIGHT
JAW LOCKING PLIERS JAW LOCKING PLIERS
Stock No. ORS 585-01SG
• Straight jaws provide maximum contact on flat, square, or hex work.

• Straight jaws provide maximum contact on flat, square, or hex work.
• Optional ProTouch grips provide control and comfort.
Stock No. Size Jaw Adjustment
Size Jaw Adjustment Description 7” (175 mm) 0” - 1-1/8” (0 mm - 29mm)
ORS 585-7R
10” (250 mm) 0” - 1-5/8” (0 mm - 41mm) 10R® ORS 585-10R 10” (250 mm) 0” - 1-5/8” (0 mm - 41mm)
VISE-GRIP® CURVED VISE-GRIP® CURVED

JAW LOCKING PLIERS JAW LOCKING PLIERS
WITH WIRE CUTTER WITH WIRE CUTTER
Stock No. ORS 585-05SG
• Wire cutter
• Curved jaw puts tremendous pressure on four points of any style
• Wire Cutter nut or bolt head.
• Curved jaws puts tremendous pressure on four points of any style • Optional ProTouch grips provide control and comfort.
nut or bolt head Stock No. Size Jaw Adjustment Description
• Optional ProTouch grips provide control and comfort ORS 585-10WR-3 10” (250 mm) 0” - 1-7/8” (0 mm - 48mm) 10WR®
ORS 585-7WR 7” (175 mm) 0” - 1-5/8” (0 mm - 41mm) 7WR®
Size Jaw Adjustment Description ORS 585-5WR 5” (125mm) 0” - 1-1/4” (0 mm - 29mm) 5WR®
10” (250 mm) 0” - 1-7/8” (0 mm - 48mm) 10WR® ORS 585-4WR 4” (100mm) 0” - 15/16” (0 mm - 24mm) 4WR®
VISE-GRIP® CURVED VISE-GRIP®

JAW LOCKING PLIERS LOCKING C-CLAMP
WITH REGULAR TIPS
• Wide-opening jaws
provide greater
versatility in clamping
a variety of shapes.
• Curved jaw puts tremendous pressure on four points of any style nut
or bolt head. Stock No. Size Jaw Adjustment Throat Depth Description
• Optional ProTouch grips provide control and comfort ORS 585-6R 6” (275 mm) 0” - 2”(0 mm - 50mm) 1 - 1/2”(38mm) 6R
ORS 585-11R 11” (275 mm) 0” - 4”(0 mm - 100mm) 2 - 5/8”(67mm) 11R
Stock No. Size Jaw Adjustment ORS 585-18R 18” (455 mm) 0” - 8”(0 mm - 200mm) 9 - 1/2”(241mm) 18R
ORS 585-7CR 7” (175 mm) 0” - 1-5/8” (0 mm - 41mm) 24” 0” - 12-1/2” 15 - 1/2”
ORS 585-10CR 10” (250 mm) 0” - 1-7/8” (0 mm - 48mm) ORS 585-24R 24R
(605 mm) (0 mm - 317mm) (394mm)

W ORK H OLDING 171
VISE-GRIP® C-CLAMP VISE-GRIP® LARGE JAW

WITH SWIVEL PADS LOCKING PLIERS
Stock No. ORS 585-12LC-3
• Heavy-duty jaw grips around work of all shapes; ideal for plumbers,
mechanics, welders, and others working with large objects.
Size Jaw Adjustment Description
• Swivel pads hold tapered work, awkward fabricating jobs, and
12” (300 mm) 0” - 3-1/8” (0 mm - 79mm) 12LC®
delicate projects without damaging the work surface.
Size Jaw Adjustment Throat Depth
VISE-GRIP® LONG NOSE

Stock No.
ORS 585-4SP 4” (100 mm) 0” - 1-5/8” (0 mm - 41mm) 1 - 1/4” (32mm)
LOCKING PLIERS
ORS 585-6SP 6” (150 mm) 0” - 2-1/8” (0 mm - 54mm) 1 - 1/2” (38mm)
ORS 585-11SP 11” (275 mm) 0” - 4” (0 mm - 100mm) 2 - 5/8” (67mm)
ORS 585-18SP 18” (455 mm) 0” - 8” (0 mm - 200mm) 9 - 1/2” (241mm)
ORS 585-24SP 24” (605 mm) 0” - 10” (0 mm - 254mm) 15 - 1/2” (394mm)
LOCKING TOOLS
• Long, straight nose provides easy access in narrow, hard-to-reach places.
VISE-GRIP® LOCKING • Ideal for precision work and hobbies.
SHEET METAL TOOL • Optional ProTouch grips provide control & comfort.
Stock No. ORS 585-8R Stock No. Size Jaw Adjustment
ORS 585-4LN 4” (100 mm) 0” - 2-7/8” (0mm - 73mm)
ORS 585-6LN 6” (50 mm) 0” - 2-1/4” (0mm - 57mm)
ORS 585-9LN 9” (225 mm) 0” - 1-5/8” (0mm - 41mm)
• Makes bending, forming and crimping sheet metal jobs easier.

CLAMPS
VISE-GRIP® LOCKING
DROP FORGED STEEL PORTA-VISE HD
The Porta-Vise HD is a revolutinary new
WELDING CLAMP concept in clamping technology. This uniquely
Stock No. ORS 585-9R designed, patent protected tool is made of
drop-forged steel that will stand up in the most
punishing enviroments. With a 6600 lb. load
limit, the Porta-Vise HD offers superior
performance when compared to a traditional
C-Clamp, but at a comparable price; perfect
for the shop that uses many tools at once.
• Makes bending, forming and crimping sheet metal jobs easier. Power, durabilty, and a unique design in a cost
effective package.
VISE-GRIP® LOCKING PORTA VISE
CHAIN CLAMP Stock No. Opening Throat Depth
Stock No. ORS 585-20R CHE APC3 3” 2.5”
CHE APC6 6” 3.5”
CHE APC8 8” 3.5”
DEEP REACH CLAMPS

Stock No. Opening Throat Depth Deep Reach
CHE APC8-DR 0” 0” 8”
• Makes bending, forming and crimping sheet metal jobs easier. CHE APC8-DR-J 0” 0” 2”
Stock No. Size Jaw Adjustment Throat Depth Jaw Depth
ORS 585-8R 8” (200 mm) 3” - 1/8” (78mm) 1-3/4” (44mm) 3-1/8” (78mm) HEAVY DUTY DROP FORGED
ORS 585-9R 9” (225 mm) 2” - 3/4” (70mm) 1-5/8” (41mm) 2-3/4” (70mm) Stock No. Opening Throat Depth Deep Reach
ORS 585-20R 9” (225 mm) 18” (455mm) chain — — CHE PV-6 0” 0” 0”

172 W ORK H OLDING
WILTON® “0” SERIES WILTON® SUPER-JUNIOR®

EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY FORGED C-CLAMPS
C-CLAMPS Drop-forged, regular-duty with
extra deep-throat.
• The full closing, extra heavy-duty models are
designed to stand up to the demands of heavy
industrial applications like those encountered
• Super-Junior® Clamps are forged steel with
in ship building.
heat treated frames to provide a much
• With minimum proof test lbs. ranging up to
stronger clamp than pressed steel or
40,000 lbs., machined, square spindle heads
stand up to heavy wrench tightening use. malleable clamps.
• Special quality steels are utilized in the forged • Steel screws are zinc plated for longer life.
construction of the frames, while spindles are Stock Opening Throat Min. Proof Shipping
machined from a single piece of square, cold No. Capacity Depth Test (lbs.) Weight (lbs.)
drawn steel, hardened and tempered and are black-oxide coated. JET 21303 0 - 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 800 1
JET 21304 0 - 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 850 1
Stock Opening Throat Spindle Min. Proof Shipping JET 21305 0 - 2” 1-1/4” 875 1
No. Cap. (in) Depth Diameter Test (lbs.) Weight (lbs.) JET 21306 0 - 3” 1-3/8” 1,100 1
JET 14554 0 - 4-1/2” 2-3/4” 7/8” 20,000 10-3/4
JET 14563 0 - 5-1/2” 3-1/8” 7/8” 23,800 13-3/4
HARGRAVE® 400 SERIES

JET 14572 0 - 6-1/2” 3-3/8” 1-7/8” 27,500 18
JET 14581 0 - 8-1/2” 4-1/8” 1-1/8” 31,250 25-3/4
DROP-FORGED C-CLAMPS
WILTON® 100 SERIES Drop-forged, regular-duty with extra deep-throat.
HEAVY-DUTY C-CLAMPS • Improved frame design allows for

a higher proof test, greater throat
Stock No. JET 14142 depth, and lower overall weight.
• Acme rolled spindle threads
provide maximum strength and
• Recommended for heavy
clamping force.
industrial and construction job • Exceprional value and
site demands, the heavy-duty performance.
models are some of the
Stock Opening Throat Spindle Min. Proof Shipping
toughest products available for No. Capacity Depth Diameter Test (lbs.) Weight (lbs.)
their weight to strength ratio. JET 20302 0 - 3” 2-3/8” 5/8” 3,500 2
• 100 Series model frames are JET 20303 0 - 4” 2-3/4” 3/4” 6,200 3
forged of superior quality steel. JET 20304 0 - 6” 3-5/8” 3/4” 6,600 5
• Spindles are turned from single pieces of square bar stock, and JET 20305 0 - 8” 4-1/2” 3/4” 6,900 9
JET 20306 0 - 10” 5-3/8” 7/8” 8,000 11
thread modified National Course for superior clamping force and
JET 20307 0 - 12” 5-3/4” 7/8” 9,500 14
are black-oxide coated.
• Perma-Pads® are standard and are also black-oxide coated.
Opening
Cap. (in)
Throat
Depth (in)
Spindle
Diameter (in)
Min. Proof
Test (lbs.)
Shipping
Weight (lbs.) HAMMERS
UNBREAKABLE
0-4 2-3/8 3/4 10,000 4-3/4
WILTON® 540A SERIES HANDLE SLEDGE

CARRIAGE C-CLAMP HAMMERS
Never replace a sledge handle again! Outlasts wood
and fiberglas handle sledges by thousands of strikes.
• Frames made from high strength
ductile iron castings. • Unbreakable handle is made with tempered steel,
• Sliding pin (vise type) handle, and surrounded by heavy-duty molded rubber.
single acme thread rolled spindle • Ergonomic handle absorbs shock, ensures comfort
and has a slip-resistant grip.
and oscillating ball and socket tip.
• High-visibility head adds instant identification under
any job site conditions: encourages safe work habits.
Stock No. Head Weight (lbs) Handle Length
JET 19999 2-1/2 12”
JET 20000 4 12”
JET 20015 6 30”
JET 20002 8 30”
Stock Opening Throat Spindle Min. Proof Shipping JET 20020 10 30”
No. Capacity Depth Diameter Test (lbs.) Weight (lbs.) JET 20025 12 30”
JET 22003 0 - 4” 2-1/16” 5/8” 2,150 3 JET 20003 14 30”

H AND T OOLS 173
UNBREAKABLE COLUMBIAN®
HANDLE BALL PEIN 11-PIECE COMBINATION
WRENCH SETS
HAMMERS
Never replace a ball pein handle again! • Long length for extra torque.
Outlasts wood and fiberglas handle • Professional quality design and
sledges by thousands of strikes. construction.
• Drop Forged Steel for strength
• Unbreakable ball pein handle is made with and durability.
tempered steel, and surrounded by heavy- • Fully polished, chrome finish for
duty molded rubber. easy cleaning.
• Ergonomic handle absorbs shock, ensures • Large, clear size markings—both
comfort and has a slip-resistant grip. ends, both sides.
• High-visibility head adds instant • Box end designed to grip flats, not
identification under any job site conditions: fastener points.
encourages safe work habits. • Meets or exceeds ANSI specifications for wrenches: B107.6
Stock No. Head Weight (lbs) Handle Length SAE SET INCLUDES
JET 20030 24 14” 12pt. combination Wrenches (SAE): 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”,
JET 20035 32 14” 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”.
METRIC SET INCLUDES
WRENCH SET 12pt. combination Wrenches (Metric): 7mm, 8mm, 9mm, 10mm,
11mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 17mm, 19mm.
COLUMBIAN® STEEL Stock No.

JET 36101
Description
11-Piece combination Wrench Set (Metric)
Weight
5 lbs.
ADJUSTABLE WRENCHES JET 36102 11-Piece Combination Wrench Set (SAE) 7 lbs.
2-Piece Steel Adjustable Wrench Set

Stock No. JET 30425 COLUMBIAN® 20-PIECE
SOCKET WRENCH SETS
3/8” DRIVE
• Unique BlackEdge Finish.
• Precision milled steel jaws.
• Smooth turning knurl for jaw adjustments.
• Graduated scale for quick size reference.
• Hardened and tempered steel for strength and durability.
COLUMBIAN® • Large, clear size
6-PIECE COMBINATION
markings.
• Professional quality in
WRENCH SETS design and construction.

• Fully polished, chrome finish for easy cleaning.
• Durable blow-molded case for compact storage.
• Long length for extra torque. • Tapered designed ratchets for comfortable use.
• Professional quality design • Quick release ratchet for fast and easy exchange of sockets.
and construction. Stock No. Description Weight
• Drop Forged Steel for strength JET 36004 20-Piece Socket Wrench Set (SAE) 5 lbs.
and durability. JET 36005 20-Piece Socket Wrench Set (Metric) 5 lbs.
• Fully polished, chrome finish for easy
SAE SET INCLUDES: 3/8” DRIVE
cleaning.
• Large, clear size markings—both ends, both sides. Professional Ratchet with Quick Release, 3” and 6” Extension
• Box end designed to grip flats, not fastener points. Standard 12pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”,
• SAE
Meets or exceeds
SET INCLUDESANSI specifications for wrenches: B107.6 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”.
Deep 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”,
12pt. combination Wrenches (SAE): 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”,
3/4”, 13/16”
1-1/8”, 1-1/4”.
METRIC SET INCLUDES: 3/8” DRIVE
METRIC SET INCLUDES
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release, 3” and 6” Extension
12pt. combination Wrenches (Metric): 25mm, 26mm, 27mm, 28mm,
Standard 6pt. Sockets (Metric): 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm,
30mm, 32mm.
14mm, 15mm, 17mm, 19mm, 22mm.
Stock No. Description Weight
Deep 6pt. Sockets (Metric): 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm,
JET 36106 11-Piece combination Wrench Set (Metric) 5 lbs.
JET 36107 11-Piece Combination Wrench Set (SAE) 7 lbs. 15mm, 17mm, 19mm.

174 H AND T OOLS
COLUMBIAN® 21-PIECE SOCKET WRENCH SET 1/4” DRIVE

Stock No. JET 36006
• Professional quality in design and construction.
• Quick release ratchet for fast and easy exchange of sockets.
• Large, clear size markings.
• Tapered designed ratchets for comfortable use.
SAE SET INCLUDES: 1/4” DRIVE
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release and 6” Spinner Extension
handle, 4” Sliding T-Bar, 3” and 6” Extension.
Standard 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16”,
11/32”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”.
Deep pt. Sockets (SAE): 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16”, 11/32”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”
COLUMBIAN® 23-PIECE SOCKET WRENCH SET 1/4”, 3/8” DRIVE
3/8” DRIVE
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release 3” and 6” Extension and
3/8” F-1/4” M Adapter.
3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”.
Spark Plug Socket: 5/8”
METRIC SET INCLUDES 1/4” DRIVE

6” Spinner Extension Handle.
• Large, clear size markings. Standard 6pt. Sockets (Metric): 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm,
• Fully polished, chrome finish for easy cleaning. 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm.
3/8” DRIVE
• Quick release ratchet for fast and easy exchange of sockets. Professional Ratchet with Quick Release, 3” and 6” extension and
3/8” F - 1/4” M Adapter.
SAE SET INCLUDES: 1/4” DRIVE Standard 12pt. Sockets (Metric): 10mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm,
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release and 6” Spinner Extension 15mm, 17mm, 19mm, 22mm.
handle, 4” Sliding T-Bar, 3” and 6” Extension. Spark Plug Socket: 5/8”
11/32”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”.
JET 36007 23-Piece Socket Wrench Set (Metric) 4 lbs.
Deep pt. Sockets (SAE): 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16”, 11/32”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2” JET 36008 23-Piece Socket Wrench Set (SAE) 4 lbs.
COLUMBIAN® 26-PIECE SOCKET WRENCH SET 1/2” DRIVE

Stock No. JET 36009
SET INCLUDES: 1/2” DRIVE

Professional Ratchet with Quick Release, 5” Extension, Universal
joint and 16” Speed handle.
Standard 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”.
Standard 12pt. Sockets (SAE): 13/16” 7/8”, 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”,
1-1/8”, 1-1/4”.
22mm, 24mm, 27mm, 30mm, 32mm.

H AND T OOLS 175
COLUMBIAN® 53-PIECE COLUMBIAN® 125-PIECE

SOCKET WRENCH SET SOCKET WRENCH SET
3/8” DRIVE 3/8” DRIVE
Stock No. JET 36010 Stock No. JET 36001

Professional Ratchet with Quick Releasen 6” and 10” Extension and
Universal Joint Standard 12pt. Sockets (SAE): 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”, • Large, clear size markings.
1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”. • Professional quality in design and construction.
Standard 12pt. Sockets (Metric): 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm, 10mm, • Fully polished, chrome finish for easy cleaning.
11mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm, 19mm, • Durable blow-molded case for compact storage.
20mm, 21mm, 22mm. • Tapered designed ratchets for comfortable use.
Deep 12pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, • Quick release ratchet for fast and easy exchange of sockets.
13/16”, 7/8”. SET INCLUDES: 3/8” DRIVE
Deep 12pt. Sockets (Metric): 9mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm,
14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm, 19mm. Professional Ratchet with Quick Release, 10” Flexible Handle,
3”, 6” and 10” Extension 8” Sliding T-Bar and Universal Joint.
Spark Plug Sockets: 5/8”, 13/16”
9/16”, 5/ 8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”.
COLUMBIAN® 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”,
80-PIECE SOCKET 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm,
WRENCH SET
18mm, 19mm, 20mm, 21mm, 22mm.
3/4”, 13/16”,7/8”.
Stock No. JET 36000 Deep 12pt. Sockets (Metric): 9mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm,
13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm, 19mm.
Standard 8pt. Sockets (SAE): 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”.
• Large, clear size markings. Spark Plug Sockets: 5/8”, 13/16”
• Fully polished, chrome finish Internal Star Sockets: E5, E6, E7, E8, E10, E11, E12, E14,
for easy cleaning. E16, E18, E20.
• Durable blow-molded case for Slotted Bit Sockets: 3/16”, 1/4”, 9/32”
compact storage. Phillips Bit Sockets: #1, #2, #3, #4
• Tapered designed ratchets for Pozi Bit Sockets: #1, #2, #3, #4
comfortable use. Star Bit Sockets: T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30, T40, T45, T50
Tamper Proof Star Bit Sockets: T10, T15, T20, T25, T30
Square Bit Sockets: S1, S2, S3
Hex Bit Sockets: 5/32”, 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”, 4mm,
SET INCLUDES: 1/4” DRIVE 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 10mm.
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release and 3” Extension Standard
6pt. Sockets (SAE): 5/32”, 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16”, 11/32”, 3/8”,
7/16”, 1/2”. Deep 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/16”, 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16” 3/8” RATCHET
3/8” DRIVE WRENCH KIT
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release and 3” Extension
Standard 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”,
W/ SOCKETS
3/4”, 13/16”. Standard 12pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”,
Stock No. JET JSM-30K
9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”. Spark Plug Sockets: 5/8”, 13/16”. • 3/8” Ratchet Wrench, 3”
Deep 12pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16” Extension Bar, Universal
Joint, Screwdriver, Adapter.
1/2” DRIVE
• 3 Screwdriver Bits and Blow
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release and 5” Extension Mold Case.
Standard 12pt. Sockets (SAE): 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, • Impact Sockets: 3/8”, 7/16”,
13/16”, 7/8”. 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”.

176 H AND T OOLS
MECHANICS TOOL SETS

COLUMBIAN 135-PIECE MECHANICS TOOL SET
®
Stock No. JET 36151

3/8” DRIVE
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release and 3” Extension
Standard 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”,
3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”. Standard 12pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”,
9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”.
13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm, 19mm.
Spark Plug Sockets: 5/8”, 13/16”. Star Bit Sockets: E5, E6, E7,
E8, E10, E11, E12, E14, E16, E18, E20.
1/2” DRIVE
• Large, clear size markings. Professional Ratchet with Quick Release, Standard 6pt. Sockets
• Fully polished, chrome finish for easy cleaning. (SAE): 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8” 15/16”, 1”.
• Meets or exceeds ANSI specifications for wrenches: B107.6 Standard 6pt. Sockets (Metric): 9mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm,
• Durable blow-molded case for compact storage. 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm, 19mm.
DRIVER BITS
Slotted: 3/16”, 1/4”, 9/32”.
SET INCLUDES: 1/4” DRIVE Phillips: #1, #2, #3.
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release and 3” Extension Star: T10, T15, T20, T25
5/16”, 11/32”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”. COMBINATION WRENCHES
Standard 6pt. Sockets (Metric): 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 12 pt. Wrenches (SAE): 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 3/4”.
9mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm. 12pt. Wrenches (Metric): 9mm, 10mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm, 15mm.
Deep 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16”, 11/32,
3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”. SPECIALTY TOOLS
Deep 6pt. Sockets (Metric): 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm, W62 Driver and Ratcheting Bit Driver.
COLUMBIAN® 162-PIECE MECHANICS TOOL SET

Stock No. JET 36152
Standard 6pt. Socket (Metric): 9mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm,
14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm, 19mm, 20mm, 21mm,
22mm.
5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”.
3/4”, 13/16”. Deep 12pt. Sockets (Metric): 10mm, 11mm, 12mm,
13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm, 19mm.
Spark Plug Sockets: 5/8”, 13/16”
Internal Star Sockets: E5, E6, E7, E8, E10, E11, E12, E14, E16,
• Professional quality in design and construction. E18, E20. Slotted Bit Sockets: 3/16”, 1/4”, 9/32”
• Quick release ratchet for fast and easy exchange of sockets. Phillips Bit Sockets: #1, #2, #3.
Star Bit Sockets: T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30, T40, T45, T50,
T55. Hex Bit Sockets: 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”,
• Meets or exceeds ANSI specifications for wrenches: B107.6 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 10mm.
1/2” DRIVE
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release, 3” Extension and 15”
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release and 3” Extension Flexible handle.
Standard 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 3/16”, 7/32”, 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16”, Standard 12pt. Sockets (SAE): 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/
11/32”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”. 16”, 7/8” 15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”, 1-1/8”, 1-3/16”, 1-1/4”.
Deep 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16”, 11/32, 3/8”, 7/16”, Standard 12pt. Sockets (Metric): 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm,
1/2”. Deep 6pt. Sockets (Metric): 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm, 10mm, 11mm, 14mm.
12mm.
COMBINATION WRENCHES
3/8” DRIVE
12 pt. Wrenches (SAE): 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/
Professional Ratchet with Quick Release and 3” Extension, 10” 16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, 15/16”.
Spinner Extension handle and 3/8”F - 1/4”M Adapter.
Standard 6pt. Sockets (SAE): 5/16”, 3/8”, 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, SPECIALTY TOOLS
11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16, 7/8”. W62 Driver.

H AND T OOLS 177
PLIERS SETS
COLUMBIAN® COLUMBIAN®
2-PIECE TONGUE AND 3-PIECE SOLID
GROOVE PLIERS SET JOINT PLIERS SET
Set includes:
10” and 12” Tongue and
Groove Pliers Set Set includes:
8” Linesman, 8” Long Nose
• Designed fro gripping and turning round stock and odd shaped
and 7-1/2” Diagonal Cutting Pliers
objects with precision machined jaws.
• Polished finish with unique BlackEdge resist corrosion. • Joints lubricated for smooth operation.
• Comfortable soft grip handles help reduce hand fatigue and prevent slipping. • Hardened and tempered steel for strength and durability.• Polished
• Joints lubricated for smooth operation. finish with unique BlackEdge resist corrosion.
• Hardened and tempered steel for strength and durability. • Comfortable soft grip handles help reduce hand fatigue and prevent slipping.
COLUMBIAN® COLUMBIAN®
3-PIECE LONG REACH 8-PIECE PRECISION
PLIERS SET MINI PLIERS SET
• Designed for holding and reaching in
tight areas, bending and cutting wire.
• Polished finish with unique
BlackEdge resists corrosion. • Polished finish with unique
• Comfortable soft grip BlackEdge resists corrosion.
handles help reduce hand • Comfortable soft grip handles
fatigue and prevent slipping. help reduce hand fatigue and
• Joints lubricated for smooth operation. prevent slipping.
• Hardened and tempered steel for strength and durability. • Comes with and easy to carry,
Set includes: genuine leather case to hold
11” Straight, 11” 45° and 11” 90° Pliers and store pliers securely.
HARGRAVE® PUNCH AND CHISEL SETS

14-PIECE PUNCH AND 24-PIECE PUNCH AND
CHISEL SET-VINYL POUCH CHISEL SET-VINYL POUCH
• Cold Chisels: 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 7/8”. • Cold Chisels: 1/4”, 5/16”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 7/8”.
• Center Punches: 5/32”, 1/4”. • Center Punches: 5/64”, 5/32”, 1/4”.
• Lining Up/Drift Pins: 1/8”, 5/32”. • Pin Punches: 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”, 1/4”, 5/16”.
• Pin Punches: 1-16”, 1/8”, 3/16”. • Solid or Starting Punches: 1/16”, 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”, 1/4”, 5/16”.
• Solid or Starting Punches: 5/16”, 1/8”. • Automatic Center Punch: 1/8”.

178 S HOP T OOLS
COMBO BELT STANDARD FEATURES

The Wilton multi-purpose Square Wheel grinder is the only finishing
AND DISC SANDER machine you’ll ever need or want. This easy to operate versatile grinder
provides fast, efficient grinding and finishing all in one machine.
Stock No. JET 4002
Belt Size (in./ W x L) 2 x 72
• Hinged idler wheel cover Belt Speed (SFPM) 4600
• Power take off, allows for Contact Wheel (in.) 8
mounting an optional flex Contact Wheel Durometer 70
shaft, when can be used to Motor IMP, I Ph, 115/230V
do carving, drum sanding, Overall Dimensions (in./W x D x H) 17 x 31 x 17
deburring and dozens of Weight (lbs.) 115
other jobs.
• Deluxe miter gauge that
turns and locks for common angles 45° both left and right. SHORT CHASSIS
SERVICE JACKS
• Abrasive belt unit does the work of a jig saw, coping saw or hand file
while removing material and finishing at the same time, allows the
operator to get into small openings, plus handle odd shapes and angles.
• Allows for sanding, grinding or finishing of outside, curves or odd shaped Stock No. JET 454227
work pieces on the belt.
• Grind, sand or finish large work pieces on the disc unit fast and efficiently; • Features automatic safety overload
combined with the tilting table, the operator has the advantage of bypass system
chamfering or beveling, table is slotted to accept miter gauge. • Full swivel, ball bearing rear casters are
• Delivers sharper, faster cutting actions; easy belt changes with a variety positioned for best load distribution and
of grits, belt keeps the machine cool, so one can complete a wide optimal maneuvering.
range of jobs. • “Quick Lift” pump feature with no load.
• When using non-woven synthetic belts the operator can blend, polish, • Complies with ANSI/ASME PALD-10
buff or finish metal surfaces in addition to defuzzing wood surfaces. standards
STANDARD EQUIPMENT Capacity (ton) 2-1/4
Minimum Height (in.) 4-1/2
• Deluxe Miter Gauge rubber feet Maximum Height (in.) 19-1/4
• Cast iron tilting table • removable platen Saddle (dia./in.) (in.) 4-3/4
• Cast Construction • Adjustable dust deflector Overall Length (in.) 26-1/2
• Heavy-duty steel base and and dust chute Overall Width (in.) 13-7/8
Handle Length (in.) 39-7/8
Overall Dimensions (in. AV x D X H) 15 x 24-1/2 x 19-1/2
Weight (lbs.) 84
Belt Size (in./W x L) 1 x 42
Belt Speed (SFPM) 3000
MOTORCYCLE/ATV JACK
Belt Table Size (in.) 61/8x7 1/8
Belt and Disc Table Tilt 45° Out
Disc Diameter 8
Disc Speed (RPM) 1725 Stock No. JET 454355
Disc Table Size (in.) 4 x 10
• Ideal for use with motorcycles, ATVs, riding lawn owners, etc.
Dust Collection Outlet (in.) 1-1/2 diameter
Motor 1/3HP, 1Ph, 115V
• Convenient foot operated pump and release valve allow use of
Overall Machine Dimensions (in. /W x D x H) 21 x 22 x 14 both hands to position and stabilize vehicle.
Weight (lbs.) 80 • All steel construction with rust
resistant powder coat finish.
• Hydraulic pump features chrome
SQUARE WHEEL plated ram and safety overload

bypass system.
BELT GRINDER • Steel swivel casters with foot
brake to prevent movement.
Stock No. JET 4103 • 6-position built-in jack
stands to prevent accidental
Flat & Angular Stock lowering.
• Platen setting is the perfect • 3/8” thick rubber pads protect
angle for high speed, precision vehicle frame.
flat and level grinding. • Tow handle with rubber grip included
• Proof tested and certified.
Shaping • Complies with ANSI/ASME PALD-10 standards
• For grinding and refinishing
Capacity (lbs) 1,500
cylindrical shapes. The Yoke
Minimum Height (in.) 5-1/2
surface conforms to the shape Maximum Height (in.) 17-3/4
of the surface to produce an Contouring Saddle Diamensions (L x W/in.) 12 X 2-1/2(2)
even, smooth finish. • Grinding difficult to reach areas 8-1/4 Inside,
Distance Between Saddles (in)
with the 3” x 2” or 1-1/2” x 2” 13-1/8 Outside
Roughing diameter contact wheels. Safety Arm Positions 6
• Serrated contact wheel is • Puts a satin finish on steel, iron Strokes to Reach Max. Height 44
used for removing heavy or aluminum. Tow Handle Size (OD x L/in) 1 x 31
stock, cleaning up a weld or • Perform intricate contouring or Overall Size (L x W x H/in) 36 x 16 x 14
snagging a casting. internal finishing on uniquely Weight (lbs.) 82

S HOP T OOLS / P NEUMATIC T OOLS 179
MINI BELT SANDER SCALING HAMMER

Stock No. JET JSM-612 Stock No. BAR MP-P-1SR
Popular scaling hammer for its high speed action, short length
and light weight. Widely used for light chipping, caulking and scaling
in steel mills, foundries and assembly shops. Ideal for close
quarter work.
• Rear exhaust directs air away from work.

• Equipped with exhaust silencer for noise reduction
• Built-in regulator for positive speed control.
• JSM-612 has dead handle for better control
• 360 degree head rotation provides versatility for every job. Parts interchangeable with Cleco B1A scaler. Model MP-P-1SR-1392
• Belt tracking adjustment is conveniently located. needle scaler available.
• Comes with 120 grit sanding belt. Bore 1”
• All models use 3/8” ID air hose size and require 90 PSI. Stroke 1-1/8”
• All models have air inlet size of 1/4” NPT. Blows Per Minute 4600
1/2x24 Rec’d Hose Size 1/4”
Belt Size
80 Length 12”
Noise level (db)
.37 Weight 3.75 lbs.
Horse Power (HP)
16,000 Air Inlet Thread 1/4”
Free Speed (RPM)
90 Avg. Air Consumption 6 cfm
Air Press (PSI)
Air Consump. (CFM) 14.2 Awisco also has the model BAR MP-182L which has
1/4 a 1-1/16” stroke.
Air Inlet (NTP/in.)
Air Hose (ID/in) 3/8
FLAT CHISEL
Vibration Value (m/s2) 3.8
Overall Length Folded (in) 12-1/8
Overall Length Open (in.) 21-3/8
Weight (lbs.) 3
REVERSIBLE AIR DRILL

Stock No. Length Width Weight
AJA 396 7” 3/4” 4 lbs.
800 RPM
Stock No. JET JSM-704 SCALING CHISEL
• Ball bearing and needle
bearing construction for
more efficient performance.
• Muffled handle exhaust for Stock No. Length Width Weight
quiet operation. AJA 397 7” 1-3/8” 4 lbs.
• All pistol grip models have
WIDE SCALING
variable speed triggers for
positive control.
• All models equipped with Jacobs chucks.
• All 1/2” models have an auxiliary side handle for better control.
CHISEL
• Reversing valve.
RATCHET WRENCH KIT Stock No. Length Width Weight

Stock No. JET JSM-30K AJA 399 7” 2” 5 lbs.
Kit Includes: 3/8” Ratchet

ANGLE CHISEL
Wrench, 3” Extension Bar,
Universal Joint, Screwdriver
Adapter, 3 Screwdriver Bits and
Blow Mold Case.
Stock No. Length Width Weight
Impact Sockets: 3/8” 7/16”, 1/2”,
AJA 398 7” 1-3/8” 4 lbs.
9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”.
There are aditional Chisels available... Please contact Awisco or
All packed in a easy to store molded case. visit www.ajaxtools.com

180 P NEUMATIC T OOLS & A CCESSORIES
SCALING REAMERS
NEEDLE HAMMER
BRIDGE REAMERS
Reamer Morse Taper Flute Overall

Stock No.
Diameter Shank Length Length
DEW11/16BR 11/16” 7-1/8” 113/4”
DEW13/16BR 13/16” 7-3/8” 12”
DEW15/16BR 15/16” No. 3 7-3/8” 12”
DEW1-1/16BR 1-1/16” 7-3/8” 12”
DEW1-3/16BR 1-3/16” 7-3/8” 12”
Bridge Reamers are available with Hex Nut Heads
Popular scaler for its short length and light weight. Very powerful for
its size. Ideal for use as a chisel gun for cutting metal, or a needle CAR REAMERS
gun for cleaning contoured surfaces. Removes rust or paint and de-
slags metal surfaces. Lever throttle offers easy, accurate control or
chiseling action. Used for scaling in assembly shops, steel mills and
foundries. Can also be used to remove caulking.
Model Bore Stroke BPM Length Weight Air Inlet CFM Reamer Morse Taper Flute Overall
Stock No.
MP-25 8-3/8” 3.75 lbs. Diameter Shank Length Length
1” 7/8” 4000 1/4” 4 DEW11/16CR 11/16” 4-1/2” 8-13/16”
MP-25NS 16-3/8” 5.75 lbs.
DEW13/16CR 13/16” 5” 9-1/2”
DEW15/16CR 15/16” No. 3 5” 9-1/2”
DEW1-1/16CR 1-1/16” 5” 9-1/2”
NEEDLE SETS DEW1-3/16CR 1-3/16”

Car Reamers are available with Hex Nut Heads
5” 9-1/2”
Stock No. AJA 1379 STEEL AND ACCESSORIES FOR

USE WITH ‘HELL DOG’ RIVET
BUSTER DEMOLITION TOOLS
• Needle scaler attachment
for MP-25NS
• 19 piece package of 3mm x
180mm replacement needles.
276 SERIES CHISEL
RIVET BUSTER Stock No. Length

Stock No. BAR MP-4181RB
AJAX 276 9-1/2”
Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit
www.ajaxtools.com for more info.
BACK OUT PUNCHES

Ideal for cutting large rivets, concrete demolition, and heavy-duty
chipping work in maintenance and construction. Features a boyer
spool valve to deliver smooth power in any operating position.
Capacity 1” Rivets
Bore 1-3/16”
Piston Stroke 11” Stock No. Rivet Size Length
Blows Per Minute 720 AJAX 281 3/4”
Length 26” AJAX 282 7/8” 9-1/2”
Weight 33 lbs. AJAX 283 1”
Shank Diameter 1.5” Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit
Air Inlet Thread 3/8” www.ajaxtools.com for more info.

P NEUMATIC A CCESSORIES 181
LONG CLEARANCE BACK OUT PUNCH BROAD HEAD BULL PIN
Overall Length Point

Stock No. Rivet Size Length Stock No. Std. Dia. Weight
length of Taper Size
AJAX 285 5/8” 4” AJAX 649 1-1/16” 10” 8” 1/4” 1-5/8 lb.
AJAX 286 5/8” 6” AJAX 650 1-1/4” 13” 10” 5/16” 3 lb.
AJAX 288 3/4” 4”
AJAX 289 3/4” 6”
STOCK WEDGES
AJAX 290 3/4” 8”
AJAX 291 7/8” 4”
AJAX 292 7/8” 6”
AJAX 293 7/8” 8” Ajax Wedges are made of carbon steel properly forged and tempered
Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit for maximum toughness. Stock sizes shown.
DRIFT PIN DRIVER MODEL 298

Stock No. Height Width Length Weight
AJAX 881 1/4” 3/4” 3” 1 oz.
AJAX 882 1/2” 1” 6” 7 oz.
AJAX 884 1” 1-1/2” 8” 1 oz., 5 oz.
AJAX 886 1-1/2” 1-1/2” 10” 3 oz.
Stock No. Length
AJAX 888 2” 2” 12” 7 oz.
AJAX 298 7-1/2” Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit
MOIL POINT STANDARD NARROW CHISEL
Stock No. Shank Size Length U.C. Weight

Stock No. Length
AJAX 32100 1-1/8” x 6” 18” 7-3/4 lbs.
AJAX 297 12” AJAX 41100 1-1/4” x 6” 14” 8 lbs.
Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit
www.ajaxtools.com for more info. www.ajaxtools.com for more info.
BARREL DRIFT PIN STANDARD MOIL POINT
Overall Length Point Stock No. Shank Size Length U.C. Weight
Stock No. Std. Dia. Weight
length of Taper Size AJAX 31200 1-1/8” x 6” 14” 6-1/2 lbs.
AJAX 614 13/16” 13/16” 2” 7/16” 3/4 lb. AJAX 32200 1-1/8” x 6” 18” 7-3/4 lbs.
AJAX 634 13/16” 13/16” 2-1/2” 3/8” 7/8 lb. AJAX 41200 1-1/4” x 6” 14” 8 lbs.
AJAX 635 15/16” 15/16” 2-1/2” 7/16” 1-1/8 lbs. Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit
AJAX 636 1-1/16” 1-1/16” 2-1/2” 9/16” 1-1/2 lbs. www.ajaxtools.com for more info.
AJAX 638 1-5/16” 1-5/16” 2-1/2” 3/4” 2-1/3 lbs.
Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit
STANDARD 3” WIDE CHISEL
PULL PIN
Overall Length Point Stock No. Shank Size Length U.C. Weight
Stock No. Std. Dia. Weight
length of Taper Size
AJAX 31300 1-1/8” x 6” 14” 6-1/2 lbs.
AJAX 654-12 1-1/4” 12” 10-1/2” 7/16” 2-1/3 lbs. AJAX 42300 1-1/4” x 6” 18” 9-1/4 lbs.
Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit Other sizes are available check with Awisco or visit
www.ajaxtools.com for more info. www.ajaxtools.com for more info.

182 P NEUMATIC T OOLS / TC G UN
IMPACT WRENCH # 5 CORNER REAMER #3

SPLINE DRIVE MORSE TAPER
Stock No. ATP 1011-E-05S Stock No. CPN BAR MP 323-3
Strong, powerful close quarters drill built to withstand heavy-duty

drilling, reaming and tapping where space is limited. Compact
construction, light weight and flexibility have made this drill the
choice of many operators. Particularly useful in Bridge repair, Power
Torque Working Ft.-Lb.
Plants and Railroad Szhops.
1800
Max. Ft.-Lb. 2800 Capacity 1” Drilling
Handle Type End Grip I-T Free Speed 175 rpm
Data Shank # 5 Spline Morse Taper #3
Retainer Button Maximum HP 1.50
Length In. 12.50 Height of Spindle 8-1/2”
Weight 22.5 Lb. Length 26-1/8”
Hose Size 3/4” Weight 21.5 lbs.
Awisco stocks the most popular size impact sockets for this tool. Spindle Offset 1-7/16”
SHEAR GUN TC BOLT UP WRENCH

Stock No. GWY S-60EZA78 SPECIFICATIONS
Complete with 7/8” Inner Socket Capacity Model S-60EZA78 S-80EZA78 S-90EZ1
5/8”, 3/4” on A325 and A390 7/8” on A325. Voltage 115V 220V 115V 220V 115V 220V
Max. Current 13.5A 5.5A 11.5A 5.5A 12.0A 6.5A
Max. Torque 588 N•m(435 lbf•ft) 804 N•m(595 lbf•ft) 804 N•m(595 lbf•ft)
Stock No. GWY S-80EZA78 Weight 12.1 lb. 17.6 lb. 16.7 lb.
Complete with 7/8” Inner Socket Capacity 3/4”,
7/8” on A325 and A390 1” on A325.
Stock No. GWY S-90EZ1 ACCESSORIES

Capacity 5/8”, 3/4” on A325 and A390 1” on A325.
For: GWY S-60EZA78
GWY T60-00134 3/4” Outer Socket
GWY T60-00234 3/4” Inner Socket
For: GWY S-80EZA78

GWY T80-00310 1” Outer Socket
For: GWY S-90EZ1

GWY T90-00110 1” Outer Socket
GWY T90-00210 1” Inner Socket

P OWER T OOLS 183
SLITTING SHEARS
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
• Air duct construction (including spiral-seam tubes) • Car-body works
• House-front construction (rain gutters) • Metal Studs
• Aviation Industry • Ventilation Works
SHEAR 16 GAUGE SHEAR 16 GAUGE

Stock No. TRU C160-2
WITH INTEGRATED
•
•
No tools needed to change cutters
Easy-to-replace cutter blades
CHIP CLIPPER
• Optimum cutting clearance set through choice of correct cutter Stock No. TRU C160-2PL
• C 160-2 can be easily retracted from the chip and started up • C 160-2 Plus with integrated chip clipper
again at a new position • Ideal for internal cut-outs
• Distortion-free cutting, no refinishing necessary
Slitting Shears 115 V. SPECIFICATIONS

Max. Sheet Straight Radius Cr(HSS) Max. Sheet Straight Radius Cr(HSS)
thickness Cutter Cutter Cutter thickness Cutter Cutter Cutter
Steel 57,000 tensile in./gal. .063/16 .040/19 .063/16 Steel 57,000 tensile in./gal. .063/16 .040/19 .063/16
Steel 85,000 tensile in./gal. .047/18 .032/21 .047/18 Steel 85,000 tensile in./gal. .047/18 .032/21 .047/18
Aluminum 35,000 tensile in. .078 .048 .078 Aluminum 35,000 tensile in. .078 .048 .078
Working Speed ft./min. 20 - 33 Working Speed ft./min. 20 - 33
Min. start hole diameter in. .60 .32 .60 Min. start hole diameter in. .60 .32 .60
Smallest radius in. 3.5 1.2 - 1.6 6.3 Smallest radius in. 3.5 1.2 - 1.6 6.3
Strokes at nominal load per min. 3800 Strokes at nominal load per min. 3800
Motor rating Amps 3.1 Motor rating Amps 3.1
Weight without cable lbs. 3.1 Weight without cable lbs. 3.1
SLITTING SHEAR .098 SHEET METAL CAPACITY

Stock No. TRU C250-0 PLUS
• Burr and distortion-free cutting up to .098 in. sheet thickness.
• Integrated chip clipper for inner cut-outs and notches.
• Easy exchange of cutting blades in less than 15 seconds.
• Handy and universal tool for straight, curved and profile cuttings.
SPECIFICATIONS
Max. Sheet Straight Radius Cr(HSS)
thickness Cutter Cutter Cutter
Steel 57,000 tensile in. .098 .063 4 x .035
Steel 85,000 tensile in. — .031 4 x .024
Aluminum 35,000 tensile in. .118 .079 —
Working Speed ft./min. 10 - 32
Min. start hole diameter in. 1.00
Smallest radius in. 3.15 L 2.0/R 3.15 6.0
Strokes at nominal load per min. 2400
Motor rating Amps 4.3
Weight without cable lbs. 4.5

184 P OWER T OOLS
TRUMPF Nibblers: An advanced cutting process here to stay. AREAS OF APPLICATION
• Easy to change tools, most van be resharpened multiple times. • Nuclear decommissioning • Recycling Work
• Also available as pneumatic version for use in hazardous areas. • Recesses and fitting work • Plumbing and maintenance
• Above-Average tools life, cut quality remains consistently high • Sheetmetal work of all types • Car body work
• Suitable also for use with high tensile materials • Containers • Demolition and dismantling
16 GAUGE NIBBLER .375 GAUGE NIBBLER

Stock No. TRU N160E Stock No. TRU N 1000-0
• Powerful nibbler for cutting thick

plate, can cut 90° bends
• No extra tools needed to • Easily cuts edges, weldments and
exchange punch and die. doubled sheets, regardless of angle
• Excellent price-performance ratio • Adjusts to 4 cutting directions
• machine is easy to hold and light • Suitable for cutting tanks and
in weight containers
• 2-speed gear for optimum cutting
performance in high-tensile materials and longer tool life
SPECIFICATIONS • 2-way adjustable “all-around grip” enables optimum handling in
Max. Sheet thickness two-hand operation.
Mild Steel in. .063 SPECIFICATIONS
Stainless Steel in. .040 Max. Sheet thickness 1 spd 2 spd
Aluminum in. .063 Mild Steel in. .375 .312
Approx.Working Speed ft./min. 5 Stainless Steel in. .276 .196
Smallest radius in. 1.5 Aluminum in. .500 .375
Smallest starting hole in. 0.875 Approx.Working Speed ft./min. 3.25 5.25
Strokes at nominal load per min. 1600 Smallest radius in. 16
Motor capacity Amps 3.1 Smallest starting hole in. 3
Weight (without cable) lbs. 4.0 Strokes at nominal load per min. 230 370
Protective Insulation Class II Motor capacity Amps 17.4
Weight (without cable) lbs. 32
.276 CAPACITY NIBBLER

Protective Insulation Class II
Stock No. TRU N700-2
• Fast, effortless cutting of sheet metal

1/32” PROFILE NIBBLER
Stock No. TRU PN 200-4
up to .276”
• World’s smallest and lightest nibbler
in the heavy-duty class • Fast, easy cutting of profiles, corrugated
• Two different, easy-to-adjust handles and trapezoidal sheets up to a depth of
included for ideal weight distribution 3.11 inches without damaging the surface
in any application coating
• Outstanding performance on profiles • 72 positions in 5° stages provide optimum
up to 90° cutting comfort even on diagonal cuts
• The rotary motor handle adjusts to 3 • No adjustments necessary
positions to provide better clearance and improved mobility • Cutting directions changes without additional tools
Max. Sheet thickness Max. Sheet thickness
Mild Steel in. .276 Mild Steel in. .079
Stainless Steel in. .197 Stainless Steel in. .040
Aluminum in. .394 Aluminum in. .126
Approx.Working Speed ft./min. 4.3 Approx.Working Speed ft./min. 6.5
Smallest radius in. 5.5 Smallest radius in. 2.75
Smallest starting hole in. 2.4 Smallest starting hole in. 1.00
Motor capacity Amps 17.4 Motor capacity Amps 4.3
Weight (without cable) lbs. 18.3 Weight (without cable) lbs. 4.7
Protective Insulation Class II Protective Insulation Class II
There are many other models available. Please contact Awisco for additional information or visit the Trumpf Power Tool Website at
www.us.trumpf.com

P OWER T OOLS 185
BEVELLERS
In many cases, environmental unsafe methods are still being used in the preparation of clean edges for welding. The grinding of
corroded or coated materials, for example, results in dust, sparks, gases, fumes, etc.
The principle of the TRUMPF beveller provides a better alternative. Uniform, oxide-free and metallically clean K, Vee, X and Y joints
can be prepared, reliably, quickly and accurately.
TRUMPF Bevellers: Choosing the right tool. AREAS OF APPLICATION
• Start and stop at any point on the edge being bevelled

• Fabrication shops/machine industry • Shipbuilding
• Can be set quickly and easily for various sheet thicknesses
• Steelwork • Commercial vehicles
• Practical maneuverability in vertical, horizontal or inverted position
• Railroad cars • Boilers
• Also available as pneumatic version for use in hazardous areas
TKF 700-2 TKF 1500-0

Stock No. TRU TKF 700-2 Stock No. TRU TKF 1500-0
• Special cutters for roughing and finishing in • Bevel angle adjusts easily from 20 to 45 degrees
one operation • Cutters have 2 cutting edges which can be
• No extra tools needed to adjust the bevel size sharpened multiple times
and sheet thickness • Suitable for portable and stationary preparation
• Tool carrier can be set to one of three defined of welding seams
cutting directions, thanks to a quick-release • Cutters for mild steel, stainless and aluminum
lock applications are regrindable.
• Processing of pipes with a minimum inside diameter of 2.5 inches. • Bevels pipe with minimum 5.5 inch inside
• Cutters are available for both mild steel and stainless applications diameter
Angle of bevel 30° 37.5° 45° Angle of bevel 20° - 45°
Max. bevel size Max. bevel size
Steel 57,000 tensile in. .276 .276 .276 Steel 57,000 tensile in. .600
85,000 tensile in. .225 .225 .225 85,000 tensile in. .354
S/S 114,000 tensile in. .157 .157 .157 S/S 114,000 tensile in. .236
Sheet thickness in. .040 .750 Sheet thickness in. .157 - 1.5
Smallest inner radius in. 1.5 Smallest inner radius in. 2.17
Working Speed ft./min. 4.0 Working Speed ft./min. 6.0
Motor rating Amps 12 Motor rating Amps 17.4
Weight lbs. 12.0 Weight lbs. 36.0
Protective insulation Class II Protective insulation Class II
For additional information of other capacity bevellers contact Awisco.
SEAM LOCKERS
The Pittsburgh seam is the ideal seam connection for straight or curved ducts of pre-formed edges tacked together. Smooth, aesthetic,
and strong connections of unsurpassed atability are achieved, without any additional fastening elements. Pittsburgh seams are closer in an
automatic, rolling operation, without damaging visible surfaces and coatings. Automatic feed control of the machine guarantees excellent
seam accuracy and high-quality seam locking.
APPLICATIONS TRUMPF Seam Lockers: Mobility that pays.
• Heating and ventilation works • Chimney work • Economical seam locking at the assembly site
• Automotive body works • House front coverings • Consistent, high seam quality for straight and curved applications
• Fast tight closing of seams of high strength
MODEL F301-0
Stock No. TRU F301-0
Maximum sheet thickness in. .042
Minimum sheet thickness in. .018
Minimum seam height in. .250
Smallest inner radius in. 5.9
Smallest outer radius in. 11.8
SPECIFICATIONS
Working speed ft./min. 13 - 23
• Minimal noise emission
Motor rating Amps 4.3
• Also available as pneumatic version
Weight lbs. 10.0
• Usable from a flange height (B) of 0.3 inches
• No removing of support rollers when locking internal radii Protective insulation Class II
Other models are available, contact Awisco.

186 P NEUMATIC F ITTINGS
AIR COUPLINGS
“AIR KING” Hose Shank x Male NPT
Stock No. Hose Size NPT Size
DIX 3502 1/4” 1/4”
Hose Ends DIX 3504
DIX 3505
1/4”
3/8”
3/8”
1/4”
Stock No. Size Pkg. Qty. DIX 3506 3/8” 3/8”
DIX AMH 3/8” 25 DIX 3508 3/8” 1/2”
DIX AM1 1/2” 50 DIX 3509 1/2” 1/4”
DIX AM5 5/8” 50 DIX 3510 1/2” 3/8”
DIX AM6 3/4” 50 DIX 3511 1/2” 3/4”
DIX AM11 1” 50 DIX 3512 1/2” 1/2”
DIX PU1410 1/4” 50
Malleable Iron
POLYRETHANE
DIX PU1425 1/4” 50
Male NPT Ends

SELF-STORING AIR HOSE
• Extremely flexible - resists kinking
Stock No. Size Pkg. Qty.
• Impervious to abrasions, heat and oil
DIX AMB 1/4” 25
DIX AMB 3/8” 25 • Superior elasticity and coil memory
DIX AM2 1/2” 50 • Both end swivel
DIX AM7 3/4” 50 • Polyurethane working pressure: 125
DIX AM12 1” 50 Malleable Iron
PSI at 70° F
• Blue
Female NPT Ends Stock No. Male NPT Size Hose I.D. x Length
DIX PU1410 1/4” 1/4” x 10’
DIX PU1425 1/4” 1/4” x 25’
Stock No. Size Pkg. Qty.
DIX AMC 1/4” 25
DIX AMC
DIX AM3
3/8”
1/2”
25
50 SAFETY BLOW GUN
“AIR CHIEF”
DIX AM8 3/4” 50
DIX AM13 1” 50 Malleable Iron
Stock No. DIX D204-30
Triple Connectors
This basic Safety Blow Gun is designed to conform to OSHA
Standard 1910.242 (B) permitting a maximum of 30 PSI outlet
pressure when dead ended based on a maximum of 150 PSI inlet
pressure as well as OSHA Standard 1910.95 regulating occupational
noise level exposure. Safety glasses or shield must be worn when
using any blow gun.
Stock No. Pkg. Qty. • Blow gun body is designed to
DIX AM10 25 Malleable Iron comfortably fit the contour of
the hand, minimizing user
fatigue.
• Large lever with black vinyl grip
Safety Clips further adds to the ergonomic
Stock No. DIX AC1 design and allows for easy air flow activation.
• Chrome plated zinc die cast body, nickel plated steel lever, seals
and nickel plated brass tip combine for superior corrosion
• Same size for all coupling sizes resistance as well as a temporary look.
• Bag of 25 • 1/4” female NPT inlet
• Recessed internal slotted screw allows easy access to valve
assembly for repairs or replacement.
Washers
• Same size for all coupling sizes DUAL TIRE CHUCK
• Rubber temperature ranges -20° F to 160° F. Stock No. JET JST-712
• Neoprene temperature ranges -20° to 190° F.
• Neoprene is oil resistant
• Chrome-plated finish
• Ideal for hard to reach valves
• Air pressure can be delivered at
DIX AWR4 Rubber various angles.
DIX AWS6 Neoprene • 1 lb.

P NEUMATIC F ITTINGS 187
INDUSTRIAL INTERCHANGE QUICK CONNECT PLUGS

“AIR CHIEF
“Air Chief” Industrial Quick-Connect Plugs are of the popular industrial
Interchange design and will interchange with many other makes.
Couplers shut-off when disconnected.
• Rated to 300 PSI Male Pipe Thread
• Temperature range -40° to 250° F Stock No.
Body NPT Thread
Material
Flow Rating Pkg.
• FOR AIR SERVICE ONLY Size Size at 100 PSI Qty.
DIX DCP2101 1/4” 1/8” Steel 37 CFM 20
• Interchanges with MIL Spec. C-4109 DIX DCP21 1/4” 1/4” Steel 37 CFM 20
Female Pipe Thread DIX DCP2123
DIX DCP2502
1/4”
3/8”
3/8”
1/4”
Steel
Steel
37 CFM
70 CFM
20
10
Body NPT Thread Flow Rating Pkg. DIX DCP25 3/8” 3/8” Steel 70 CFM 10
Stock No. Material DIX DCP2504 3/8” 1/2” Steel 70 CFM 10
Size Size at 100 PSI Qty.
DIX DCP2021 1/4” 1/8” Steel 37 CFM 20 DIX DCP1703 1/2” 3/8” Steel 150 CFM 10
DIX DCP2624 3/8” 1/2” Steel 70 CFM 10 DIX DCP7108 3/4” 1” Steel 200 CFM 5
DIX DCP1823 1/2” 3/8” Steel 150 CFM 10 DIX DCP2101B 1/4” 1/8” Brass 37 CFM 20
DIX DCP7024 3/4” 1/2” Steel 200 CFM 10 DIX DCP21S 1/4” 1/4” Stainless Steel 37 CFM 5
DIX DCP7026 3/4” 3/4” Steel 200 CFM 5 DIX DCP25S 3/8” 3/8” Stainless Steel 70 CFM 5
DIX DCP7028 3/4” 1” Steel 200 CFM 5 DIX DCP17S 1/2” 1/2” Stainless Steel 150 CFM 5
INDUSTRIAL INTERCHANGE QUICK- CONNECT COUPLERS

“AIR CHIEF”
“Air Chief” Industrial Quick-Connect • Rated to 300 PSI
Couplers are of the popular industrial • FOR AIR SERVICE ONLY
Interchange design and will interchange • Temperature range -40° to 250° F
with many other makes. Couplers shut-off • Interchanges with MIL Spec. C-4109
when disconnected.
Female Pipe Thread Male Pipe Thread

Body NPT Thread Flow Rating Pkg. Body NPT Thread Flow Rating Pkg.
Stock No. Material Stock No. Material
Size Size at 100 PSI Qty. Size Size at 100 PSI Qty.
DIX DC2021 1/4” 1/8” Steel 37 CFM 20 DIX DC2101 1/4” 1/8” Brass 37 CFM 10
DIX DC2622 3/8” 1/4” Steel 70 CFM 10 DIX DC2502 3/8” 1/4” Steel 70 CFM 10
DIX DC7024* 3/4” 1/2” Brass 200 CFM 1 DIX DC7104* 3/4” 1/2” Brass 200 CFM 1
DIX DC7026* 3/4” 3/4” Brass 200 CFM 1 DIX DC7106* 3/4” 3/4” Brass 200 CFM 1
DIX DC7028* 3/4” 1” Brass 200 CFM 1 DIX DC7108* 3/4” 1” Brass 200 CFM 1
DIX DC20S 1/4” 1/4” Stainless Steel 37 CFM 5 DIX DC21S 1/4” 1/4” Stainless Steel 37 CFM 5
* 3/4” are automatic sleeve * 3/4” are automatic sleeve
Push-On Hose Barb

Industrivia
The first working air compressor
was built in 1650 by
Body NPT Thread Flow Rating Pkg.
German inventor and engineer Stock No.
DIX DCP2142L
Size
1/4”
Size
1/4”
Material
Steel
at 100 PSI
37 CFM
Qty.
25
Otto von Guericke. DIX DCP2144L
DIX DCP2542L
1/4”
3/8”
3/8”
1/4”
Steel
Steel
37 CFM
70 CFM
25
25
DIX DCP2544L 3/8” 3/8” Steel 70 CFM 25

188 P NEUMATIC F ITTINGS / E LECTRIC A CCESSORIES
Standard Hose Barb

EMERGENCY
LIGHTING PRODUCTS AND
Stock No.
DIX DCP2142
Body NPT Thread
Size
1/4”
Size
1/4”
Material
Steel
Flow Rating
at 100 PSI
37 CFM
Pkg.
Qty.
20
ELECTRICAL ITEMS
DIX DCP2143
DIX DCP2144
1/4”
1/4”
5/16”
3/8”
Steel
Steel
37 CFM
37 CFM
20
20 2 FT TRIPLE
DIX DCP2542
DIX DCP2544
3/8”
3/8”
1/4”
3/8”
Steel
Steel
70 CFM
70 CFM
10
10 OUTLET ADAPTER
DIX DCP2545 3/8” 1/2” Steel 70 CFM 10
DIX DCP1744 1/2” 3/8” Steel 150 CFM 10
Stock No. CEP 1444G2
DIX DCP1745 1/2” 1/2” Steel 150 CFM 10
DIX DCP1746 1/2” 3/4” Steel 150 CFM 10
DIX DCP7145 3/4” 1/2” Steel 200 CFM 5 • 20 Amp
DIX DCP7146 3/4” 3/4” Steel 200 CFM 5 • 12/3 Gauge
DIX DCP7148 3/4” 1” Steel 200 CFM 5
DIX DCP2142B 1/4” 1/4” Brass 37 CFM 20
• Straight Blade
DIX DCP2144B 1/4” 3/8” Brass 37 CFM 20 15A / 125V Plug. NEMA 5-15P
DIX DCP2142S 1/4” 1/4” Stainless Steel 37 CFM 5 • 3 Straight Blade 15A / 125V Connector. NEMA 5-15R
DIX DCP2544S 3/8” 3/8” Stainless Steel 70 CFM 5 • 2 ft. Triple Outlet Adapter With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
DIX DCP1745S 1/2” 1/2” Stainless Steel 150 CFM 5
BRASS BALL VALVES GFCI POWER BLOCK

Stock No. VOL 04-00102
DOMESTIC BRASS • 3 ft. Triple Outlet Adapter With
BALL VALVES
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
• 20 Amp
FEMALE NPT X FEMALE NPT • 12/3 Gauge
• Straight Blade 15A / 125V Plug
• For control of air, oil and gas in
NEMA 5-15P
hose or pipe lines.
• Rated to 600 PSI WOG; 150 • 3 Straight Blade 15A / 125V
PSI Saturated steam, Connector. NEMA 5-15R
• Brass valve bodies, balls and
GFCI 2 OUTLET
stems.
• Blow-out proof stems
• Glass-filled reinforced Teflon®
seats and stuffing box ring; POWER CENTER
steam seals and washers. Portable GFCI
• Plated steel handles and nuts Stock No. Size Stock No. VOL 11-00222
with vinyl sleeves, both styles DIX BV50 1/2”
repairable. DIX BV75 3/4”
• 6 ft.
• 12/3 Gauge
BRASS BALL VALVES •

•
15 Amps
1875 Watts
600 PSI Non-Shock WOG 150 PSI SWP • Heavy Capacity
• Ground Fault Protection
• Wather Resistant Cover
Applications:
THREE OUTLET
Residential, Commercial, Light
Industrial for Water, Oil, Gas.
Stock No.
MAN 758T01
Size
1/4”
POWER BLOCK
MAN 758T02 3/8” Stock No. VOL 04-00090
MAN 758T03 1/2” • Full Port
MAN 758T04 3/4” • Forged Brass
MAN 758T05 1” • Chrome Plated Ball • 2 ft
MAN 758T06 1-1/4” • 12/3 Gauge
• Teflon Seat
MAN 758T07 1-1/2” • 15 Amps
• Two Piece Body
MAN 758T08 2”
• Threaded Ends Comply with • 1875 Watts
MAN 758T09 2-1/2”
MAN 758T10 3” ANSI B2.1 Solder Ends Meet • Extra Heavy Capacity
MAN 758T11 3” ANSI B16.18. ISO-9002 • Converts 1 Outlet into 3

E LECTRIC A CCESSORIES 189
EXTENSION CORDS HAND HELD

25 ft. 12/3 SJTW Yellow W/ Lighted End
Stock No. VOL 05 00105
HALOGEN WORKLIGHT
50 ft. 12/3 SJTW Yellow W/ Lighted End
• Outdoor Extension Cord
• 12/3 Gauge • 25 Watts
• 15 Amps • 120 Volt
• 1875 Watts • 25 ft. cord
• Extra Heavy Capacity • On / Off Switch
• Flexible 40° F • 90° degree ratcheting Lamp head
• Water / Weather Resistant complete with Magnet Base
• Professional Grip Inserts
Replacement Bulb for this Light is VOL 08-00415
100 FT EXTENSION CORD

Stock No. VOL 05 00107 HAND HELD
•
•
100 ft. Extension Cord
Outdoor Extension Cord HALOGEN WORKLIGHT
•
•
E-ZEE Lock™
12/3 Gauge
WITH CAR PLUG
• 15 Amps Stock No. VOL 08 00412
• Extra Heavy Capacity
• Flexible from 40°F to 104°F
• Water / Weather Resistant • 25 Watts
• 12 Volts
• For use with car plug
RETRACTABLE • 20 ft. cord
EXTENSION CORD REEL

• On / Off Switch
• 90° degree ratcheting Lamp head
Stock No. VOL 07 00284 Replacement Bulb for this Light is VOL 08-00415
• 50 ft.
25 / 50 FT WORK LIGHT
• 12/3 Gauge
• 15 Amps
• 1875 Watts
• Circuit Breaker Protected Stock No. VOL 08-00184 (25 ft.)
• Heavy Gauge Plastic Mounting Stock No. VOL 08-00185 (50 ft.)
Bracket Included
Comes complete with a 3 Outlet 50 ft.
12/3 Gauge Extension Cord. Ideal for
the shop or construction site.
Cord Legth Gauge Wire Type Wire Color Outlets

Power Rating
Weight
• 16/3 Gauge
Amps Watts • 75 Watt
50 ft. 12/3 SJTW Yellow 3 13 1625 9 lb.
• High visibility
• Outlet in Handle
WORK LIGHT • Heavy Duty Metal Shade
FLOURESCENT
Replacement Bulb for this Light is VOL 08-00028

STRING LIGHTS
• 13 Watt Fluorescent Work light
• Grounded Outlet in Handle • 100 ft.
• 6 ft. • 10 lights
• 16/3 Gauge • 12/3 Gauge
• 10A, 125V 1250W • 150 Watt Rated Sockets
• Heavy Duty Plastic Shade
Replacement Bulb for this Light is VOL 08-00031 • For Indoor use only

190 E LECTRIC A CCESSORIES / T RAFFIC S AFETY
HALOGEN WORK LIGHT FLASHLIGHT

Stock No. BRI K2618
500 watts bulb rating
Stock No. VOL 08 00211 • Crush resistant thermoplastic polymer case

1000 watts bulb rating • Steel reinforced
• Unbreakable TUFLEXX® lens
• High visibility industrial yellow
• 250,000 cycle switch
• Switch guard
Metal Reinforced Metal Reinforced
Cells Bulb Color
Thread Top Ring
2D PR2 Yel / Blk • •
VOL 0800209 VOL 0800211 PROCELL ALKALINE

Voltec’s halogen lights are the perfect solution when extra lighting is
needed on the job-site or workshop. All of our fixtures utilize a 500-
BATTERIES
watt quartz halogen light bulb (included), which emits a brighter, whiter
light, and provides the user with a higher efficiency light source. All of
our units are manufactured with 18/3 SJTW power supply cords. Awisco stocks the following batteries.
Stock No. Size
Replacement Bulbs for these Lights is VOL 08-00031
ORS 243-PC1300 D
ORS 243-PC1400 C
ORS 243-PC1500 AA
ORS 243-PC1604 9 Volt
CART LIGHT ORS 243-PC908 Lantern
Stock No. TPI C QH 2
• Yellow & Black Powder Coating Finish.

• 15’ ft. Long 18/3 SJT, 120V Cordset with
TRAFFIC BARRICADE
Grounded Plug. Stock No. MOR 2181000
• Shades will Swivel 300° horizontally and
210° vertically.
• On/Off switch on each lighthead.
• High light output from weatherproof
aluminum die-cast light heads - uses 500
watt bulbs (Included)
• 16 ga. round steel tube construction.
• Height adjustable from 5’ to 8’ ft. • 100% recyclable post-consumer
• 10” diameter solid rubber wheels. recycled plastic.
• Weights 37 lb. • Replaceable 12” x 24” reflective top panel
meets MUTCD specifications.
• Folded dimensions: W 24” x H 42”
Replacement Bulb for this Light is VOL 08-00031 • Recessed slot ensures light remains attached upon impact
• Optional weighted cartridge snap into place on inside of leg and
eliminate the need for sandbags (approx. 5 lbs. each).
WORK LIGHT • Meets NCHRP-350 Category II Certification.
WITH MAGNETIC BASE

Stock No. TPI M QH 1 TRAFFIC
BARRICADE LIGHT
• High light output from weatherproof Stock No. MOR 0800 1612
aluminum die-cast light heads - uses
500 watt bulbs (Included)
• 210 lb. magnetic strength.
• 6 Volt flashing light with photo cell attaches to
• 1/4” in. steel arm.
plastic barricade for additional visibility.
• Extends 6” from mounting surface.
• 7” Polycarbonate amber lens with advance optics.
• Weights 32 lb.
• Dependable solid-state transistorized circuitry
Replacement Bulb for this Light is VOL 08-00031 coated for protection against weather.

REPLACEMENT BULBS
ROUGH LIGHT BULB HAND HELD HALOGEN
WORK LIGHT BULBS
100 Watt rough service Bulb
for work lights or string lights.
Bulb for 120 V

HALOGEN 500 Stock No. VOL 08 00414
WATT BULB Replacement Bulb for

VOL 08-00411 Hand Held Work Light
Replacement Bulb for all work lights that Bulb for 12 V
use Halogen Fluorescent type Bulbs. Stock No. VOL 08 00415 • 120 Volt
Replacement Bulb for • 25 Watt
VOL 08-00412 Hand Held Work Light
HEAVY DUTY PORTABLE EVAPORATIVE COOLERS

With large internal water reservoirs that allow units to operate approx. 8 hours without
being connected to an external water source.
Special Order Item
• Water supplied to internal tank from a standard 3/4” water hose or

from optional water tank.
• Water level in internal tank controlled by the unit’s float valve.
• Maintenance free submersible water pump.
• 8” thick evaporative media easily accessible for routine cleaning.
• Roto-molded corrosion free polyethylene housing.
• 20’ long, 16 ga. 3-conductor cord with GFCI plug.
• Thermally protected, permanently lubricated fan motor - variable
speed on 36” unit / 2 speed on 16” unit. Back
Front
• Weather tight fan and pump control switches 16” direct drive model (EVAP-16) provides cooling up to 50’ in front
• 4” heavy duty casters: 2 locking - 2 non-locking of the unit over a 1000 sq. ft. area.
• UL listed / Meets OSHA requirements / 2 year limited warranty 36” belt drive model (EVAP-36) provides cooling up to 100’ in front
of the unit over a 3500 sq. ft. area.
CFM Effective Internal Dimensions
Stock No. Blade Size Motor HP Unit Amps Weight
High Low Sq. ft. Water Tank LxWxH
EV AP-16 16” 1/3 7.2 2800 1600 1000 16 gal. 26” x 24” x 50” 105 lbs.
EV AP-36 36” 3/4 13.9 11000 - 6500 3500 46 gal. 62” x 32” x 70” 325 lbs.
Job-Site Check List 3

Temporary Lighting Electrical Cords
Fans and Heaters Traffic Barricades
Safety Signs Water Coolers & Cups
Call AWISCO for all of the above

192 F ANS
FANS
WORK STATION FANS 36” DIRECT DRIVE
Stock No. TPI U12-TE Stock No. TPI PB36-D
Stock No. TPI U18-TE
• Powder coated 20 ga. steel housing

has front and rear roll formed
• Totally enclosed motor. embossments for added strength
• Mount with one bolt or lag screw and rigidity.
to walls, ceilings, work benches, • 36” swivel model rotates 360° in 12-
machines or any surface. 1/2° increments and locks in place
• Fan head rotates 360° in both with a steel locking pin.
the horizontal and the vertical • 8” Rubber Wheels.
direction. Size 36”
Size 12” & 18” 2-speed on 30” & 36” model 1 speed on 42” model, single
Motor 3 speed, 1 HP, 120V sleeve bearing permanently lubricated Motor phase, 120 Volt, ball bearing, permanently lubricated, 1050
Switch Pull Chain rpm, PSC type.
Cord SJT type 3 conductor, 10’ long Switch Rocker
Blade Aluminum Cord SJT type 3 conductor, 15’ long
Guards Double locking chrome plated Blade 3 paddle steel
Guards Spiral wire - front and rear
CFM Amps
Stock No. Size Motor HP Weight Amps
High Med Low High Blade Motor CFM
Stock No. Fan Type Weight
TPI U12-TE 12” 1/12 2750 2200 1600 1.1 13 lbs Size HP High Low High
TPI U18-TE 18” 1/8 5750 4700 3200 2.2 20 lbs TPI PB36-D 36” Standard 1/3 12500 9000 5.5 82 lbs.
18” SELF CONTAINED PEDESTAL AND WALL

POWER MISTER MOUNT FANS
Stock No. TPI PM-18S Stock No. TPI AC30P
Stock No. TPI AC30W
• Self contained misting system

with water pumped from a 10
gallon cooler.
• Power cutoff tip switch & GFCI
plug for extra safety
• Hand Carry Model
• Meet OSHA Standards
• 1 year limited warranty TPI AC30P
• Adjustable pedestal column (4-1/2’ to
7’) bolts to 27” steel dome base with
five carriage bolts.
1-speed, 1/8 HP, 1 Phase, 120V, sleeve bearing permanently • I-beam mount & ceiling mount require
Motor
lubricated, totally enclosed, permanent split capacitor.
1 1/2” or longer pipe nipple for
Switch Toggle - Fan only or Fan & Mist.
assembly. (not supplied).
Cord SJT type - 3 conductor - 18’ long with CFCI plug.
Blade 18” Aluminum. • Oscillating motors can only be used
Guards Spiral wire - front and rear. with any mount when motor can be
TPI AC30W
Pump 130 psi diaphragm pump. mounted in the right position.
Stock No. Description Fan Head Mount Weight
Stock No. Description Size Motor HP CFM Amps Weight TPI AC30-P Pedestal Fan TPI ACH 30 TPI ACM-P 78 lbs.
TPI PM-18S Hand Carry 18” 1/8 5750 2.2 30 lbs TPI AC30-W Wall Mount Fan TPI ACH 30 TPI ACM-W 48 lbs.
Don’t see what you need?

We get new products everyday and if you don’t see what you’re looking for, whether its
yesterdays model or it just came off the assembly line, chances are we already have it.

TYPE S CLIPS AND

HEAVY DUTY SERVICE CORD INSULATORS
• For use on portable electric machines and
where subject to hard usage and dampness.
BU-25C
• Flexible copper conductors.
Stock No. MUE BU-25C
• Color coded. • Solid copper - 75 amps
• Cotton reinforcement. • Jaws open 3/4” (19mm) max
• 600 volt 60° C- black rubber jacket
Stock No. Size Strands O.D. Stock No. Color
Insulators for model BU-25C
DWC 6-3 6-3 266/.010 Bare Copper .195 MUE BU - 26 - 0 Black
are available in the following colors
DWC 6-4 6-4 266/.010 Bare Copper .195 MUE BU - 26 - 2 Red
DWC 8-3 8-3 65/30 .850
BU-21CPN
DWC 8-4 8-4 65/26 .960
DWC 10-3 10-3 104/30 .690
DWC 10-4 10-4 104/30 .750
This item is sold by the foot, we will cut to any length needed. Stock No. MUE BU-21CPN
• Ruggedly built, heavy-duty clip
ELECTRICAL PLUGS,
for battery and test work
• Jaws opens 1-1/16”
RECEPTACLES AND
(27mm) max
• 100 Amps Stock No. Color
CONNECTORS
Insulators for model BU-21CPN MUE BU - 23 - 0 Black
are available in the following colors MUE BU - 23 - 2 Red
MUE BU - 23 - 5 Green
WES 1252
BU-11CPN
Stock No. MUE BU-11CPN
• Versatile heavy-duty clip
ANY L15-30R ANY L15-30R • Solid copper - 200 amps
• Jaws opens 1-5/8”
(41.3mm) max Stock No. Color
Insulators for model BU-11CPN MUE BU - 13 - 0 Black
are available in the following colors MUE BU - 13 - 2 Red
ANY L15-30P
BU-33C
MIE HUBCS8165C WES S42 - SP
Stock No. MUE BU-33C

• Biggest, toughest, largest
clip in Muller’s line
MIE HUBCS8365C MIE HUBCS8364C MIE HUBCS8164C • Widely used as a welding
Stock No. Description Rating ground clamp
MIE HUBCS8365C 3 Pole, 4 Wire Plug 50A/250V • Has a solid copper lug for secure
WES 1252 Receptacle Surface Female 50A/250V attachment to cable
WES S42 - SP Male Plug 50A/250V • Jaws open 1-13/16” (46mm) max
ANY L15-30P Three Phase Male Plug Twistlock 30A • 300 amps
ANY L15-30R Three Phase Female Twistlock 30A
Stock No. Color
Insulators for model BU-33C are MUE BU - 35 - 0 Black
MIE HUBCS8165C 3 Pole, 4 Wire Plug 50A/480V
available in the following colors
MIE HUBCS8164C 3 Pole, 4 Wire 480V Receptacle 50A/480V
MUE BU - 35 - 2 Red
MIE HUBCS8364C 3 Pole, 4 Wire 230V Receptacle 50A/230V
BU-41C-0
MIL 119172 STR GRD 3 Pole, 4 Wire Plug 50A-125/250V
Battery Clamp Copper

JUMPER CABLES 400A Black
Stock No. MUE BU-41C-0
HEAVY DUTY BU-41C-2
Stock No. DWC CJB15
Battery Clamp Copper
400A Red
• 15 ft heavy duty Stock No. MUE BU-41C-2
• Includes Canvas Zip Bag • Locks onto slide and top mounted
battery terminals
Length Gauge Type Jacket color • Solid copper lug
15’ 6 SJTW-A Vinyl Yellow
• Jaw opens 1-9/16” (39.7mm) max

194 H EATING
HEATERS
COMBINATION RADIANT CONSTRUCTION SITE / UTILITY
AND FAN FORCED HEATER FAN FORCED HEATER
Stock No. HTR 198TMC Stock No. HTR ICH240C
• 3-Heating Settings: • Operates on 240V or 208V
• 600 watt radiant • Internal Overheat Thermostat
• 900 watt fan forced • Temperature Control Thermostat
• 1500 watt radiant & fan forced • 6’ Long Cord Set
• Temperature Control Thermostat • Dimensions:
• Dual safety system: W 10-5/8” x H 12-3/4” x D 10”
—Tip over switch
—Manual reset type limit control Watts Max BTU’s Volts Phase Weight
• 6’ long - 3 conductor Cord 4000 / 3000 13648 240 / 208 1 15 lbs.
• Dimensions: W 11” x H 15” x D 12”
Watts Max BTU’s Volts Phase Weight
1500 / 900 / 600 5120 120 1 9 lbs. TRAILER MODEL FAN FORCED
PORTABLE HEATER
FAN FORCED “MILK HOUSE”
STYLE HEATER
Stock No. HTR ICH240
• Operates on 240V or 208V
Stock No. HTR188TASA • Internal Overheat Thermostat
• Temperature Control Thermostat
• 1300W & 1500W heat settings plus
• 6 ft. Long Cord Set
fan only setting
• Dimensions: W 1” x H 10” x D 8”
• Temperature Control Thermostat
• 6’ long - 3 conductor cord Watts Max BTU’s Volts Phase Weight
• Triple Safety system: 4000 / 3000 13648 240 / 208 1 14 lbs.
—Tip over switch
—Automatic reset type limit control
—Thermal cut-off device PORTABLE BUDDY
• Dimensions:
W 10” x H 16” x D 9-1/2”
LPG HEATER
Stock No. HTR MH-9B
Watts Max BTU’s Volts Phase Weight • 4,000 & 9,000 BTU’s Hi & Lo Settings.
1500 / 1300 5120 120 1 9 lbs. • Automatic “Low -Oxygen” Shut-off system.
• Uses 1 lb. or 20 lb. Propane Cylinder
(1 lb. Propane screws right into the heater.
To use a 20 lb., you must use the Stock
VENT-FREE GAS No. F273701 Propane Hose Assembly).

• Designed and approved for indoor use.
INFRARED HEATERS • Free standing or wall mount.

• Convenient “spark to lite” ignition.
Stock No. HTR SR-18 • Heats up to 250 sq. ft.
The trim design and generous heat output of the SR-18 enhances • Lightweight and easy to carry (8lbs.).
medium size rooms with cost effective warmth. Optional blower available • Dimensions: W 16” x H 12”.
• 18,000 BTU’s
HEATER 40,000 BTU

• Manual or Thermotat Temperature control
• 3 Manual settings on manual units
• Natural or LP Gas
• Dimensions: W 24-1/8” x H 22” x D 6-1/2” FORCED AIR
Stock No. HTR SR-30 Stock No. HTR BLP-42
• 35,000 BTU / HR.
When heating large areas, the SR-30
• 115 Volt Line to power Forced Air Motor
quickly fills rooms with 30,000 BTU’s of
• L.P. Gas Hose and Regulator Included.
warmth at the touch of a bottom. Optional • Rugged Steel Construction.
blower available. • Heats up to 800 Sq. ft.
• 30,000 BTU’s • Runs for a full workday - up to 12 hours
• Natural or LP Gas on a 20 lb. Propane Tank
• 3 Manual Settings on Manual Units (Not Included).
• Manual or thermostat Temperature • Heater shuts off with loss of flame or
Control power supply.
• Dimensions: W 24-1/8” x H 22” x D 6-1/2” • 1 Year Limited Warranty.

H EATING 195
SALAMANDER HEATER HEATER DOUBLE

200,000 BTU / HR 24,000 BTU’s
Stock No. HTR TC200VA Stock No. HTR-TT30
• Two independent adjustable
burners with six heat settings
(8-28,000 BTU / HR)
• Will heat approximately 500 sq. ft.
• No electricity required.
• Fast, efficient outdoor heat, quiet,
• Construction site - no power required.
easy to use
• Popular for heating large areas
• Mounts on any 20 - 100 lb.
• Thermocouple operated gas valve.
Propane Cylinder (Not Included).
• 10 ft. hose and gas regulator included • 30 years proven performance.
• Use with any 20 - 100 lb. Propane • High Fire Time: After 15 Hours (20
cylinder (Not Included) lb. Cylinder, 2 burners operation)
One Burner Two Burners

Setting Low Medium High Low Medium High
BTU Output 8,000 12,000 14,000 16,000 24,000 28,000
MR. HEATER TRIPLE

HEATER 12,000 BTU’s 42,000 BTU’s
Stock No. HTR MH-42T
Stock No. HTR TT-15
• Three independent adjustable burners
with eight heat settings
(8-42,000 BTU / HR)
• Will heat approximately 750 sq. ft.
• No electricity or fan required.
• Fast, efficient outdoor heat, quiet, easy to
• Adjustable from 8,000 to 14,000 BTU / HR use
• Automatic Safety Shut-off valve cuts gas • Mounts on any 20 - 100 lb. Propane
flow if heater goes out. Cylinder (Not Included).
• mounts on any 20 - 100 lb. Propane • 30 years proven performance.
Cylinder (Not Included) • High Fire Time: After 8 Hours
• Quiet, easy to use. (20 lb. Cylinder, 3 burners operation)
• All necessary fittings included
• No assembly required One Burner Low Medium High
• 30 Years Proven Performance
BTU Output 8,000 12,000 14,000
• High fire time: 30 hours (20 lb. cylinder) Two Burners Low Medium High
BTU Output 16,000 24,000 28,000
Setting Low Medium High Three Burners Low Medium High
BTU Output 8,000 12,000 14,000 BTU Output 24,000 36,000 42,000
SNOW SHOVELS ICE MELT

FLASH ICE AND SNOW MELTER
POLY SNOW SHOVEL Stock No. ICE MELT
Stock No. ORS 760-79759 Flash Ice and Snow Melter is superior because
• 36” Vinyl Coated Steel Handle with “D” Grip “Flash” is exothermic. When placed in contact with
• 18” x 13-1/2” Ribbed Poly Blade ice or snow, “Flash” generates heat to melt ice and
snow. Other deicers (rock salt, potassium chloride,
ALUMINUM etc.) need heat which is not available at the low
temperatures to melt the ice and snow. “Flash” is
SNOW SHOVEL so effective that it melts ice at temperatures 71° F
lower than Potassium Chloride. “Flash” Ice and
Stock No. ORS 760-81113 Snow Melter is 100% active and unlike other ice
• 38” Hardwood Handle with “D” Grip and snow melters contains no sand or fillers.
• 18” x 15” Aluminum Blade with Steel
Awisco will carry this item in either 25 or 50 lb. bags.
Wearstrip. ORS 760-79759 ORS 760-81113 (Dependent on what the manufacturers have available)

196 A IR P ROPANE T ORCHES & A CCESSORIES
PROPANE TORCHES
AP-14 HOTSPOTTER™
Stock No. GOS AP-14 Stock No. WEE WB-102
Used for weed burning, drying, heating, melting and other applications
requiring large volumes of heat. Uses a vapor Propane fuel and has a
durable handle with rear on/off control valve. They are used by contractors
and farmers as well as road, railway and industrial maintenance crews.
Approx. BTU’s Approx. Gas
Tip Tip Dia. Length Weight
at 40 PSI usage at 40 PSI
BP-10 2-3/8 27” 5-1/2” lbs. 250,000 11 lbs. / hr
The perfect flame tool for exterior maintenance, repair and
KP-318H
protection. This air/propane torch delivers 500,000 BTU with smoke
and no fumes!
Heavy-Duty Torch Kit
Stock No. GOS KP-318H
4-TORCH CAST IRON BURNER
Our popular heavy duty 18” steel Stock No. INS 4
extension kit is perfect for stand-up
full width fusing. Provides plenty of
heat for any modified job. Flame ranges from soft lapping
• Includes: AP-111 heavy-duty torch; flame 4 inches long to large blast
EP-80G regulator; HEF-25 hose and flame 12 inches long. Suitable for
MP-1 lighter. soldering copper tubing up to 6
inches in diameter, electrical cable
work, solder wiping, thawing frozen
pipes, pre-heating, annealing,
KP-3500H rebabbiting, composition floor laying

and heat shrinking. Will melt out 4
Master Combo Kit inch soil pipe joint in 6 minutes.
Stock No. GOS KP-350Q-H Maximum input 73,000 BTU/hour at
70 psig. Weighs approximately
3-1/8 lbs. Length is 13”.
Our popular heavy duty 18” steel

extension kit is perfect for stand-up
full width fusing. Provides plenty of PROPANE
heat for any modified job.
• Includes: AP-111 heavy-duty torch; REGULATORS
EP-80G regulator; HEF-25 hose
and MP-1 lighter.
LP REGULATORS
PROPANE HOSES Stock No. GOS EP-60-3
LP Regulator CGA 510 Inlet LHB Outlet.
12.5’ FT. PROPANE HOSE Stock No. GOS EP-70G

Stock No. HOS LPG12BXB
Single Black 1/4” LPG Hose 12.5’
ft. with fittings for Propane use.
POL G/LESS
25’ FT. PROPANE HOSE 50’ FT. PROPANE HOSE
Stock No. HOS LPG25BXB Stock No. HOS LPG50BXB REGULATOR
Single Black 1/4” LPG Hose 25’ Single Black 1/4” LPG Hose 50’ ft. Stock No. GOS EP-80G
ft. with fittings for Propane use. with fittings for Propane use. LP Regulator CGA 510 Inlet LHB Outlet.

S EASONAL E QUIPMENT 197
WATER COOLERS AND SUPPLIES

PLASTIC CUP DISPENSER
WATER COOLER Stock No. IGL 1113
5 GAL.
Stock No. IGL 451
METAL • Material Type Plastic
WATER COOLER
• Used with 4-4.5 oz Cups
10 GAL.
Stock No. IGL 651 4 OZ. CUPS
Stock No. IGL 4R
• Water Solo Cups 4 oz.
• 5,000 Cups
• Wide mouth pressure fit lid for easy filling

• Keeper cord prevents lid loss
• HDPE hide won’t chip, peel, buckle, or rust.
4-1/2 OZ. CUPS
• Ultratherm® insulation for maximum cold retention. Stock No. IGL 42R
• UV stabilizers prevent fading, cracking in all exposures. • 4-1/2” oz. cup.
• White FDA Grade liner is easy to clean and resists stains and odors. • 200 per sleeve
RAINSUITS AND BOOTS

1002 SUIT 2413 SUIT
Stock No. RCP 1002 Stock No. RCP 2413
Complete two piece suit; jacket with
Well suited for construction industry,
detachable hood, cape-vented back,
utilities, municipalities, airlines, and
underarm air vents and bib pants.
environmental clean-up. Bright orange
Bright yellow color. available in the
color. Available in the following sizes:
following sizes: Small, Medium, Large,
Small, Medium, Large, X-Large, XX-
X-Large, XX-Large and XXX-Large.
Large, and XXX-Large.
• .25mm-2 sheets of PVC • Most popular garment in
laminated together. the industry.
• 2-ply construction provides • Excellent value.
excellent flexibility. • Versatile, good for outdoor and
• Jacket and coat have a cape- indoor use.
vented back for added comfort. • Corduroy lined collar for comfort.
Note: Please include size at the end of the item number when ordering, for
example RCP 1002S. Note: Please include size at the end of the item number when ordering, for
example RCP 2413S.
5 BUCKLE ARTIC
RUBBER BOOTS Working outdoors?
Stock No. WWI FB
Working outdoors in inclement weather?
Available in the following sizes: Need a tarp or a work tent?
12, 13, and 14. Check out pages 119 and 125
• Extra wide so it will last. of this catalog.
• Safe grip knurled sole and heel.
• Durable metalbuckles, adjust for perfect fit. 718- 786-7788
• Full knit lining 14” high.
Note: Please include size at the end of the item
Mon-Fri. 8AM-5PM Sat 8AM-12PM
number when ordering, for example WWI FB12.

198 W ELDING C ABLE
ELECTRICAL SERVICE CORDS

WELDING CABLE 600V
Heavy-duty arc welding cable is furnished with 30 ga. (class K) flexible soft-drawn electrolytic
copper. Kraft paper separates the special thermosetting compound, from the bare copper. It
resists oil, burning, abrasion, cold weather and is rated 600 volts for intermittent use (up to three
hours continuous use). Rope stranded copper conductor, paper separator, insulated with oil
resistant Excelene compound. For connections for electrode holder and clamp to arc welder,
bus, welding box or transformer. Also for certain 600 volt cable applications.
Size Conductor Nominal Approx. Weight
Stock No. Stranding
AWG O.D. Finished (lbs./M ft.)
DWC C4 4 413/30 .254” .420” 200
DWC C2 2 651/30 .320” .490” 294
DWC C1 1 840/30 .357” .511” 356
DWC C1/0 1/0 1,050/30 .420” .586” 455
DWC C2/0 2/0 1,323/30 .470” .629” 539
DWC C3/0 3/0 1,666/30 .528” .691” 668
DWC C4/0 4/0 2,107/30 .595” .803” 857
We stock 50 ft. and 100 ft. lengths complete with cable connectors, lead and ground
whips. We can also cut and fit any configurations of cable and fittings that are needed.
Electrode Distance from Welding Equipment (ft.) X 1/2 of total circuit length
Amps 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350
100 4 4 2 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0
150 3 3 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 - -
200 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 - - -
250 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 - - - -
300 1 2/0 3/0 4/0 - - - - -
350 1/0 3/0 4/0 - - - - - -
400 2/0 3/0 4/0 - - - - - -
450 3/0 4/0 - - - - - - -
500 4/0 4/0 - - - - - - -
600 250 MCM - - - - - - - -
750 350 MCM - - - - - - - -
900 500 MCM - - - - - - - -
Based on voltage drop of 4 volts per ICEA and NEMA specifications.
POWER ADAPTERS
Stock No. DWC 15/20-120 Stock No. DWC S21-1252
Adapts the Bobcat/Trailblazer

Adapts the plug on the Maxstar 150
Output Receptacle to a standard
to a standard 120 Volt Plug (115)
50 Amp 1252 receptacle.
Need special connections, cable assemblies and power distribution for

your primary and secondary welding machine connections?
AWISCO will custom fabricate cables and distribution equipment to your
specifications. Just give us a call and tell us what you need.
We’ll do the rest!

C ONSTRUCTION E QUIPMENT 199
REBAR CUTTER
Stock No. MQP HBC-25
The powerful cutting strength of Multiquip rebar cutters enables one operator to cut
rebar faster and easier than with manual cutters, torches and saws. Multiquip’s Rebar
Cutters put enormous strength right in your hands. Slice through rebar safely and efficiently
with the squeeze of a trigger. Compact, hand held units move easily around any job site. This
electro-hydraulic cutters handle virtually any rebar cutting job, from slabs and masonry walls
to large buildings and bridges. At only 48 lbs, the HBC-25 is easily carried around job sites.
Even overhead work takes minimum effort.
Each Rebar Cutter contains a Cutting Blades are
built-in hydraulic pump with manufactured from heat-
This model is available with cutting innovative magnetic particle treated, high-strength
capacities up to 1” in diameter. filtering. All parts are machined to machine steel, easily rotated
Each cutter is powered by a tight tolerances for maximum for prolonged use and
miniature hydraulic pump and 115-
performance. increased service life.
Volt elecric motor.
Cutting Bar Size Standard Equipment
Capacity 1” Dimensions Weight
Grade 40 No. 8 Hex Wrenches Hydraulic Oil Carrying Box
Cutting Bar Size
Capacity 1” L 18.3”
Grade 50 No. 8
W 5.9” 48 lbs. 3 3 Wood
Cutting Bar Size Max. Cutting Speed Rated Power Amps Electric Motor
Capacity 7/8” 115 Volt, 60 Hz, H 9.4”
No. 7 4.5 sec. 12
Grade 60 Single-Phase AC
Also available the smaller version, HBC-19 which weights 27 lbs and cuts 3/4” Rebar and also the bench mounted model BC-25 which cuts 1” and
offers continuous cycling.
REBAR BENDER
Stock No. MQP MB-25HD
Speed up production with the Multiquip MB-25HD Rebar Bender. This portable, operator-
friendly machine bends up to 1” diameter rebar in seconds.
Rollers and collars in a variety of diameters • Electro-magnetic clutch is close-coupled to
are included to bend a full range of bar sizes the motor
up to 1” diameter (# 8 rebar). A foot switch is • Motor runs only during bending operation
included for high-production bending. The for lower noise level and energy efficiency
MB-25HD Rebar Bender is easy to operate • Electro-Mechanical design with sealed gear
and is practically maintenance-free. case prevents contamination and requires
• Single-Phase, 115-volt universal motor no maintenance
• Compact design for use on the jobsite or in • Four built-in lifting handles for portability
the shop • Tool Kit included
• User-friendly design features push-button • Waterproof Cover
start and stop
REBAR BENDING CAPACITY
• Single control knob selects precise bending
Grade 40
angle from 0° to 180° 70,000 PSI 3/8” - 1”
Intermediate Grade
Grade 50
Model MB-25HD can bend 1” rebar a full 180 80,000 PSI 3/8” - 1”
High Grade
degrees in just 5 seconds and handles up Grade 60
90,000 PSI 3/8” - 1”
to 4 pieces of 1/4” rebar at a time. High Strength Grade
Bar Bender Rollers

Bending Radius Foot Switch (Included) Includes 3
Capable of precisely (Included) Free rollers and 4 collars to
bending rebar from 0° operator’s hands for accurately bend rebar
to 180° degrees. high-production work. up to 1” in diameter.

200 M ATERIAL H ANDLING
LEVER TOOLS
BRAVO® LEVER HOIST TRALIFT® MANUAL
CHAIN HOIST
The Bravo® Lever Hoist is designed
for lifting, lowering, tensioning and
pulling applications. The Tralift® is a lightweight and compact
chain hoist, specially designed for
heavy-duty industrial lifting jobs.
• Easy to handle
• Light and portable
• Standard fitted with grade 80 link chain
• Easy to operate
• Equipped with a built-in automatic brake
• Single hand operation to put in neutral
• Optional corrosion resistant chain
• Continuous 360° rotation axis lever
• Optional load limiting device
• Anti-slip lever handle
• Uses a double spur gear mechanism
• High performance gears
and a double pawl system
• Optional corrosion resistant chain
• Meets national standards (ANSI
• Optional load limiting device
B30.16, OSHA)
• Meets ANSI B30.21C
• Load chain meets or exceeds ANSI standards Stock No. Description
GRI 19709 1/2 Ton 10 feet
GRI 19719 1 Ton 10 feet
GRI 19959 Bravo® 1/4 Ton Manual Lever Hoist
GRI 19730 1-1/2 ton 15 feet
GRI 19669 Lever Hoist 3/4 Ton
GRI 19679 Lever Hoist 1-1/2 ton
GRI 19690 Lever Hoist 3 Ton
GRI 19700 Lever Hoist 6 Ton
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS Stock No. GRI19709 GRI19719 GRI19730 GRI41529 GRI19751
Capacity 1000 lbs 2000 lbs 3000 lbs 4000 lbs 6000 lbs
Stock No. GRI19959 GRI19669 GRI19679* GRI19690** GRI19700**
Std. Lifting Ht. 10 feet 10 feet 15 feet 10 feet 15 feet
Rated Load 0.25 tons 0.75 tons 1.5 tons 3.0 tons 6.0 tons
No. of Falls 1 1 1 1 2
Capacity 500 lbs 1500 lbs 3000 lbs 6000 lbs 12,000 lbs
Load chain Size 5 x 15mm 6 x 18mm 8 x 24mm 6 x 18mm 8 x 24mm
Std. Lifting Ht. 5 feet 5 feet 5 feet 5 feet 5 feet
Handling
No. of Falls 1 1 1 1 2 5 x 24mm 5 x 24mm 5 x 24mm 5 x 24mm 5 x 24mm
Chain Size
Load chain Size 4 x 12mm 6 x 18mm 7 x 21mm 10 x 30mm 10 x 30mm
Effort on lever
Effort on lever 46 lbs 75 lbs 84 lbs 79 lbs 92 lbs
57 lbs 44 lbs 46 lbs 73 lbs 75 lbs at capacity
at capacity
Weight Hoist +
Weight 4 lbs 15 lbs 24 lbs 49 lbs 66 lbs 20 lbs 27 lbs 49.5 lbs 40 lbs 75 lbs
Std. Chain
* Awisco stocks this same model in a 10 ft. lift. Weight Add.
1 lb 1.1 lb 1.5 lb 1.7 lb 2.5 lb
** Awisco has the capacity to supply this lever Hoist in Chain per 3 Ft.
additional lift lengths... Check with us. Awisco can supply this with extended chain... Check with us
CABLE HOISTS GRIPHOIST-TIRFOR

Stock No. GRI TU-32
Griphoist-Tirfor TU machines are in daily
operation on construction sites around
the world putting power were it is needed
• Engineered for safe operation for lifting, pulling, and handling a wide
• Portable and durable variety of loads. Only the TU models are
• Easy to operate UL classified for manriding. Please refer
to your local safety regulations. Suitable
Single Line for many applications, Griphoist-Tirfor
Capacity Minimum Cable Net machines are lever operated hoist using separate wire ropes. One-
Stock No. Lift
lbs. Ton headroom Dia. x Length Weight man operated, using a telescopic operating handle, they can replace
12-1/2 10-1/2 conventional winches and other hoist for many applications.
ORS176-C202WNB 1500 3/4 21” 1/4 x 15”
ft. lbs SPECIFICATIONS
Double Line Mat. Handling Capacity 8000 lbs.
Capacity Cable Dia. of Wire Rope 5/8 (16.3)
Minimum Net
Stock No. Lift Weight - lbs 62
lbs. Ton headroom Dia. x Length Weight
12-1/2 12-1/2 Standard Wire Rope
ORS176-C404WNB 2000 1 22-1/2” 9/32 x 15” 30
ft. lbs Lenght ft. (m)*

M ATERIAL H ANDLING 201
TROLLEYS SLINGS
CORSO PUSH WIRE ROPE
ERECTOR SLINGS
TROLLEYS
• Easily adjustable Awisco stocks the Wallis
• To lift a wide range of beams Spliced Wire Rope Sling with
• Anti-drops bars
loops on both sides. With the
• End stops prevent wheel damage
• Locking nuts avoid accidental Wallis Splice there are no loose
dismantling ends. Awisco also has access
• Wheels with ball bearings for ease to the standard hand spliced
of use and smooth operation style and the mechanically
• Oval anchor point for fast and easy attachment of lifting gear spliced style.
PUSH TROLLEYS: 0.5 TON TO 10 TONS (Awisco stocks the 1 Ton
and 2 Ton... Other capacities are readily available)
TYPES 2, 3, 4, 5, AND 6
Width of Radius of Work Load Limit, lbs.
Stock No. Capacity Wire Rope Diameter
beam* b in. curve ft. Vertical Basket Choker
GRI 23319 1 Ton 2.5 - 7.4 5 1/4” 980 1,960 760
GRI 23329 2 Ton 3.5 - 7.2 6.6 3/8” 2,200 4,400 1,700
* Ensure that beam sizes and capacities are compatible to 1/2” 3,600 7,200 3,000
Trolley and hoist being used. 5/8” 5,600 11,200 4,600
Check with Awisco for any other style Trolleys that you 3/4” 7,800 15,600 6,600
might need 7/8” 10,400 20,000 9,000
1” 13,400 26,000 11,800
BEAM CLAMPS Stock No.

ACD SL3/8X3WS
Diameter
3/8”
Length
3 ft.
CORSO BEAM ACD SL3/8X4WS

ACD SL3/8X6WS
3/8”
3/8”
4 ft.
6 ft.
CLAMPS ACD SL3/8X8WS

ACD SL3/8X20WS
3/8”
3/8”
8 ft.
20 ft.
Stock No. GRI CCO7009 ACD SL1/2X6WS 1/2” 6 ft.
• 5 models (capacities from 1 to 10 tons) ACD SL1/2X8WS 1/2” 8 ft.
• Compact and lightweight for easy ACD SL1/2X10WS 1/2” 10 ft.
assembly and dismantling ACD SL1/2X12WS 1/2” 12 ft.
• Heavy duty construction ACD SL1/2X16WS 1/2” 16 ft.
• Adjustable for a wide range of beam widths ACD SL5/8X12WS 5/8” 12 ft.
Light weight manually adjustable clamps for a quick and easy method ACD SL5/8X16WS 5/8” 16 ft.
of attachment to overhead “I” beams for a convenient anchor point ACD SL5/8X18WS 5/8” 18 ft.
for a convenient anchor point for suspending hoists. ACD SL5/8X20MS 5/8” 20 ft.
Recommended ACD SL5/8X20WS 5/8” 20 ft.
Stock No. Capacity Weight lbs.
I beam in. ACD SL3/4X12WS 3/4” 12 ft.
GRI CCO7009 1 Ton 3.0 - 8.25 10.6 ACD SL3/4X15WS 3/4” 15 ft.
ACD SL3/4X16WS 3/4” 16 ft.
ACD SL7/8X20WS 7/8” 20 ft.
SLT BEAM CLAMPS ACD SL7/8X30WS

ACD SL1X20WS
7/8”
1”
30 ft.
20 ft.
Stock No. IPRSLT1.0-TBC
(1 Ton Capacity)
Features of the SLT Beam Clamp Include: NYLON SLINGS
TYPE 3 HEAVY DUTY
• Large Jaw aperture range
• High strength construction
FLAT EYE
• Light weight portable
• Rapid installation and removal
• Fits all types of beams
Flat eye Slings are the most com-
The SLT Beam Clamp is suitable for applications as a lifting clamp, a mon type of sling... They can be
hoist, a hoist anchor or as a lashing clamp. This multipurpose 1-ton 4” wide Sling
used in all three hitches... Vertical...
rated clamp is available without the hoisting eye for low headroom
areas. The Beam Clamp is capable of quick attachment of hoist Choker and Basket.
equipment, chain falls and other rigging. This Clamp also has many
useful applications in electrical, heating, plumbing and AC.
Hinge Shaft
Jaw Aperture Length Width Weight
Inside Length
3” to 8.75” 9.0” 8.0” 1.7” 9.9 lbs. Vertical Choker Basket 2” wide Sling

AIRCRAFT
Rated Capacity in lbs.
Stock No.
Size Vertical Choker Basket
CABLE
ACD TE2-902X4 2” x 4 ft
ACD TE2-902X6 2” x 6 ft
ACD TE2-902X8 2” x 8 ft Aircraft cable is extra flexible 7 x 19.
6400 5000 12800
ACD TE2-902X10 2” x 10 ft High strength cable with a zinc finish.
ACD TE2-902X12 2” x 12 ft
ACD TE2-902X20 2” x 20 ft
ACD BWR 1/4X1000 1/4” x 1000 ft. reel
ACD TE2-904X6 4” x 6 ft
ACD TE2-904X8 4” x 8 ft ACD BWR 3/8X500 3/8” x 500 ft. reel
ACD TE2-904X10 4” x 10 ft 11800 9400 23600
WIRE ROPE CLIPS, SHACKLES

ACD TE2-904X12 4” x 12 ft
ACD TE2-904X20 4” x 20 ft
& TURNBUCKLES
Please call for any other sling requirements that are not shown in
this catalog.
LOAD HUGGERS FORGED WIRE

ROPE CLIPS
LOAD HUGGERS Stock No. Description
CARGO CONTROL
ACD ML1/2CLIP 1/2” malleable cable clip
• 2” wide polyester webbing ACD ML5/8CLIP 5/8” malleable cable clip
Larger sizes are available.
• ultimate strength - 10,000 lbs.
• Working load limit - 1,600 lbs.
FORGED
SHACKLES
ACD 2X18RBCGH 2” x 18 ft. fixed length. Long Handle Ratchet
ACD 2X27LHR 2” x 27 ft. fixed length. Long Handle Ratchet
Awisco can supply standard Chain Load Binders. Stock No. Description
Call for additional information. ACD SH1TON 3/8” Screw pin anchor
ACD SH3-1/4TON 5/8” Screw pin anchor
ROPES ACD SH4-3/4TON 3/4” Screw pin anchor

ACD SH6-1/2TON 7/8” Screw pin anchor
POLYPROPYLENE
ACD SH8-1/4TON 1” Screw pin anchor
ACD SH8-1/2TON 1” Screw pin anchor
ROPE ACD SH9-1/2TON 1-1/8” Screw pin anchor

ACD SH12TON 1-1/4” Screw pin anchor
“3 Strand PP” to ISO 1346 ACD SH17TON 1-1/2” Screw pin anchor
• High abrasion resistance Larger sizes are available.
• Easy handling
• Strong and UV resistant
Stock No. Description TURNBUCKLES

ACD NY5/8X600 5/8” x 600 ft.
Other diameters are available.
3-STRAND • Heavy-rein sections for greater rigidity

MANILA ROPE • Hexagon ends on all bodies provide full wrench bearing on any
pair of flats
GRADE 1 • All end fittings are hot-dip galvanized after threading
• Drop-forged from C-1035 special bar quality steel
3 Strand Manila rope to ISO 1181 • Designed and engineered for strength and quality
• High abrasion resistance • Turnbuckles meet or exceed requirements of federal
• Easy handling specifications FF-T-791b
• Strong and UV resistant Average Overall Weigth
Stock No. Description Stock No. Size with ends in (with Eyes
closed position or Hooks)
ACD MR3/8 3/8” X 600 ft. coil
ACD MR1/2 1/2” X 600 ft. coil ACD TB1/2X9E&E 1/2” x 9” 16-5/16” 1.83 lbs
ACD MR3/4 3/4” X 600 ft. coil ACD TB3/4X18E&E 3/4” x 18” 29” 6.21 lbs
ACD MR5/8 5/8” X 600 ft. coil ACD TB3/8X6 3/8” x 6” 11”-3/8” .79 lbs
ACD MR1 1” X 600 ft. coil Larger sizes are available.

P IPE C UTTING & F ABRICATING 203
MAGNACUT II
Stock No. MAT 05 0550 000
The MagnaCut II Pipe and plate cutting and beveling machine cuts 6” pipe and larger
with a wall thickness of 3/8” / 10mm to 2” / 51mm and plate cleanly and quickly producing
a quality cut requiring little or no grinding time. The MagnaCut with Remote Control Torch
Arm combined with a machine fuel or plasma cutting torch is an excellent choice when
cutting a variety of sizes and thickness of pipe and plate. The cutting and beveling machine
is ideal for hard to reach locations, such as overhead pipes, since it can be remotely operated
from the motor control box. MagnaCut II will improve the productivity and cut quality of the
aprentice or journeyman welder.
• Minimum Set-Up Time involves only the adjustment of the cutting torch to the material
height.
• Versatility — Cut Pipe or Plate
• Minimum Speed — Speed and direction of machine as well as Torch Arm Speed and
direction are remotely controlled from the Motor Control Box minimixing the risk of injury to
the operator. It will cut pipe with a diameter of 6-5/8” / 168mm and larger. It can cut from
the inside of pipe with an inside diameter of 24” / 160mm and larger.
• 80% Faster than hand cutting and grinding
• MagnaCut II adheres to any magnetic receptive pipe or plate with coating to 5 mils or .005”
thick or less.
Cutting Cutting Miter or Saddle
Method of Magnetic Pull Vertical Horizontal Diagonal
Set up Range Range Cutting Minimum Maximum
Attachment to per Wheel Cutting Cutting Cutting Weight
Time Pipe Pipe Capacity on Speed Speed
Pipe or Plate Assembly Capacity Capacity Capacity
(O.D.) (I.D.) Pipe
MagnaCut II
MagnaCut II 2 Min, Pipe or Shadow Miter or 40” per
Permanent 6-5/8” 24” Plate Plate 2” per min. 37 lbs.
100 lbs. or less Plate Saddles only min.
Magnet
SHORT SADDLE MACHINES

2SA Stock No. MAT 03-0102-000 (Manual)
Stock No. MAT 03-0102-M00 (Electric Motorized)
Pipe size range: 6” to 12”.



Shown 2SA
MSA Stock No. MAT 03-100-000 (Manual) 6SA Stock No. MAT 03-0106-000 (Manual)
Stock No. MAT 03-M00-000 (Electric Motorized)
Pipe size range: 1-1/2” to 4”. Pipe size range: 28” to 36”.
1SA Stock No. MAT 03-0101-000 (Manual) 8SA Stock No. MAT 03-0108-000 (Manual)
Pipe size range: 3” to 8”. Pipe size range: 40” to 48”.

204 P IPE C UTTING & F ABRICATING
MANUAL ELECTRONIC MOTORIZED
Included spacers to Pipe size range Included spacers to Pipe size range
Stock No. Stock No.
fit the pipe sizes In. Mm fit the pipe sizes In. Mm
MAT MSA 2, 3, 4 1.5-4 38-102 MAT MSA 2, 3, 4 1.5-4 38-102
MAT 1SA 3, 4, 6, 8 3-8 76-203 MAT 1SA 3, 4, 6, 8 3-8 76-203
MAT 2SA 6, 8, 10, 12 6-12 152-305 MAT 2SA 6, 8, 10, 12 6-12 152-305
MAT 3SA 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 12-20 305-508 MAT 3SA 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 12-20 305-508
MAT 4SA 20, 22, 24,26 20-26 508-660 MAT 4SA 20, 22, 24,26 20-26 508-660
MAT 5SA 24, 26, 28, 30 24-30 610-762 MAT 5SA 24, 26, 28, 30 24-30 610-762
MAT 6SA 28, 30, 36 28-36 711-914 MAT 6SA 28, 30, 36 28-36 711-914
MAT 8SA 40, 42, 48 40-48 1016-1219 MAT 8SA 40, 42, 48 40-48 1016-1219
For Oxy-Acetylene or plasma For Oxy-Acetylene or plasma
PORTA MILL ID FOLDING MODULAR

MOUNTED END PREP STURDI JACK STAND
MACHINE Stock No. MAT D886
Stock No. MAT 05-4800-000 The folding Sturdi-Jack is a safe, rugged,

compact and lightweight pipe jack that is
Rugged and portable, the Porta-Mill End Prep is used to bevel, face easily stored in the job Box.
or counterbore pipe ends. The steel Mandrel Assembly of the Porta- The Rugged All-Steel Folding Sturdi-Jack
Mill expands against the inside diameter of the pipe providing a solid with “V” head can safely support pipe, tubing
mounting for smoother extremely accurate bevels. Inexperienced or bar stock up to 2,000 lbs. (907 kg). The
welders and pipe fitters with little or no training can achieve precise “V” head of the Sturdi-Jack is adjustable from
bevels and lands in minutes. Porta-Mill’s superior design makes it an a height of 27” (686 mm) to 48” (1219 mm).
exceptional performer having the utmost durability. Models are Sturdy-Jack has many safety features. The
available for inside diameter from 1.6” / 41 mm to 8.125” / 206 mm. first and most important is the Locking-Ring
that prevents collapse of the jackstand and
gives a visual warning when the jack has
exceeded its capacity. Another safety creates
Porta-Mill End Prep
a 1” (52 mm) Safety Zone that prevents hand
Machine Includes:
injuries when the locking ring is released.
• Base Machine No need to purchase extra Jackstands as the Sturdi-Jack has 5
• Mandrels for pipe or tubing Modular Heads that can be attached to the Jackstand to accomplish
sizes within its range. different functions. To change the head configuration, simply slip a
• Face tools for pipe or tubing pair of modular heads onto the “V” Head of the basic Jackstand.
sizes within its range.
• Rugged Storage Case. INTERCHANGEABLE OPTIONAL HEADS
FOR THE STURDI-JACK STAND
• Torque Bar
• Does NOT include Power Drive.
Cutting Range Estimated Shipping
One Jac ks
ksttand with Six Interc
Jacks hangeable Optional Heads
Interchangeable
Model
Minimum - Maximum (in/mm) Weight lbs. / kg
Model 48 3.375 / 86 - 8.125 / 206 46 / 21
This unit will work with a Ridgid Model 700 Power Drive Hand held
threader. Can also be used on the Rothenberger USA drive unit and the
Mini Collins Air or Electric.
Stainless Steel Shoes Special “V” Head

POWER HEAD Stock No. MAT D886-002 Stock No. MAT D886-005
Stock No. MAT 05-5000-000
Ball Transfer Head Carbon Steel Roller Head

Stock No. MAT D886-008 Stock No. MAT D886-001
• The Porta-Mill comes in a CUSTOM MADE Molded Polyurethane Case.

• Comes with all Mandrels, Facing tools, Beveling tool and wrenches
needed for its operating range less Power Drive.
“V” Head
Model Estimated Shipping Weight lbs. / kg Modular head w/ Rubber Wheel (Comes with
Power Drive, 115 Vac 26 / 12 Stock No. MAT D886-009 Jack Stand)

PIPE FITTER’S MINI FIT CLAMP

SQUARE Stock No. D230
Stock No. D248
The Pipefitter’s Stainless
Steel Square is a precision Mini-Fit Chain Clamps Include:
square that was designed for
• Length of chain required for
the pipefitter, boilermaker,
welder or layout man. From the pipe range.
the Operating manual you • Single Screw Jackbars listed
will become familiar with the scales and table of this square, and you for the pipe range.
will be able to solve many problems in pipefitting and layout work • Jackbar Main Block.
with speed and accuracy.
Aligns pipes to schedule 40 Reforms pipes to schedule 10
LARGE PROTRACTOR The Mini Fit is an excellent tool for aligning random lots of small
tubes, pipes and fitting up to Schedule 40. The clamp is small enough
& SQUARE to fit in the welder’s toolbox and requires no tools for operation. The
ingenious adaptation of our patented Chain Clamp design is perfect
Stock No. D239L for light-duty applications. The Mini Fit will align 3/4” to 8” / 19 to 203
mm carbon or stainless steel pipes with a wall thickness up to
Pipefitter’s Protractor and Square Schedule 40.
set includes protractor, one Frame Model D230
innovative Square Positioner. The
Pipe size Range (in/mm) 3/4-8 / 19-203
sheet metal worker, welder,
Number of Jackbars 2
carpenter or machinist may simply
Reforms Pipe To Schedule* 10
take it apart and use pieces
separately. It can be used to check Aligns Pipe To Schedule 10
or layout angles and check Estimated Shipping Weight lbs. 7
squareness of one surface to
another.
TWO HOLE LEVELER
PROTRACTOR Stock No. D252
SQUARE HOLDER
Stock No. D242
The Protractor Square Holder Makes flange fit-up quick and easy, when a level is not required. The
is an extremely versatile tool for adjustable Two Hole Levelers can be quickly adjusted to accommodate
laying out angles to 180° for the distance between flange holes. Adjustable Spring Loaded Legs
pipe fit up and fabrication. are inserted into flange holes and the flange is turned until the Bubble
Useful in laying out and indicates a level position.
checking steel plate and Fits Flange Size Range Flange Bolt Hole Shipping Weight
bulkheads in ship-building and in./mm Diameter in./mm lbs.
for pipe laying of pipeline. 2-1/2 - 12/64 - 305 5/8 - 1-1/4 / 16 - 32 .73
UNIVERSAL CHAIN CLAMP

Stock No. D249
The Universal Chain Clamps are as tough and versatile as the Original
• Length of chain required Dearman Chain Clamp. The Universal Jackbar’s design gives the
for the pipe range. welder the ability to accurately fit-up and in addition weld and grind
• Universal Jackbars listed the pipe without removal of the clamp. The level and Support Device
of the Chain Clamp allows the pipe, elbow, tee, flange and other fittings
for the pipe range.
to be held safely and securely in place during the alignment and
• Main Block. welding process. For stainless Steel or specialty alloy applications
• Fine Adjustment. replace the chain of the standard Chain Clamp with stainless Steel
• Level and Support Device. Chain. Available in steel and stainless steel models to fit pipe from 1”
• Jackscrew Wrench. / 25mm to 54” / 1372mm.
• Storage Box. Reforms Aligning Pipe Size Estimated
Number
• Parts and operating Manual. of Jacks
pipe to pipe to Range Shipping Weight
• Carbon or Stainless Steel spacing Screws (optional). schedule schedule (in./mm) (lbs.)
• Jackscrews available with Swivel Pads. 7 20 40 4-16 / 102 - 406 70

MUL-T-SQUARE QUALITY CONTROL (Q.C.)

Stock No. SUM 790000 WELDER’S GAUGE
Stock No. MAT D253E
Makes problem fit-up easy and simple set-ups a snap!

• Lightweight, but durable. The Welder’s Gauge rapidly and accurately measures pipe “Hi-Lo”™
and plate mismatch before and after weld tack up to minimize weld
• Handles up to 8” flanges and up to 14” fittings.
rejections. The Brass Wedge shaped end is placed between the two
• Versatile for measuring 45° and 90° angles.
adjoining pipe or plate surfaces to measure “weld gap”
The Mul-T-Square consists of two 45° blades which slide effortlessly The square end with the piano wire is placed parallel over the weld
in an industrial strength plastic handle. Each blade is made of durable gap. The Brass legs are pushed downward enough for the bent end
365/T-6 aircraft grade aluminum for precise alignment. The 10” and of the wire to clear the OD of the pipe. The frame of the Q.C. Welder’s
14” arms allow for measurement of tight fit ups or they can be Gauge is turned 90° to the weld gap and the legs are released to
expanded for up to 30” squaring of 90° fittings. In some instances, measure inside “Hi-Lo”™. The gauge is available in both English and
the 45° blades are handy by themselves for simple alignment. The Metric Models.
blades are loosened or secured by a simple twist of the conveniently Description Shipping Weight (lbs.)
located locking knob. English Q.C. Welder’s Gauge .15
SUM 790000 Mul-T-Square (inch) 1.5
SPACING WEDGES
FRAMING SQUARE The combination of Spacing Wedges
Stock No. MAT D256 and Mathey Dearman Chain Clamps
or Cage Clamps optimize any fit-up
job for better fit-up of pipe ends. The
Wedges are used to give a precise
1/8” Increments
The Small Stainless Steel and weld gap. Move the pipe ends
Square is used to measure together, mount and tighten the Chain
angles, squareness of one Clamp or Cage Clamp and spread the
point to another, and to find gap to the desired width using the
Spacing Wedge.
pipe centerline.
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
Blade Length Shipping Spacing wedge, 8” x 1-1/2” x 1/4”
Description MAT D271 .8
(St/Lg) (in./mm) Weight (lbs.) / 203mm x 38mm x 6.4mm
Small Stainless Steel 8-12 x 1/16 Thick / 203-305mm Spacing wedge, 3-1/2” x 1-1/2” x 1/4”
.3 MAT D272 .3
Frame Square x 1.6mm Thick /89mm x 38mm x 6.4mm
PIT DEPTH GAUGE PROTRACTOR

Stock No. MAT D254
Stock No. MAT DXX250
Length: 6” / 152.4mm
Mathey Dearman Protractors can

be used to determine or set bevels,
transfer angles and measure the
squareness of one surface to
another. The Mini (DXX-250) is
made from stainless steel. The
The Pit Depth Gauge measures depth of pitting, weld undercut, pipe
blade of the protractor can be
outside diameter “Hi-Lo”™ and determines the height of the weld.
locked in place at a particular angle. The Protractor can be locked in
The stainless Steel Pit Depth Gauge mounts on the end of the Q.C. place at a particular angle. The protractor Head has a double
Welder’s Gauge Housing and reads in both English and Metric graduation from 0° - 180° in opposite directions.
Measurement. The Pit Depth Gauge is sold separately from the Quality
Control (Q.C.) Welder’s gauge. Blade Measures Shipping
Description
(in./mm) Weight (lbs.)
Description Shipping Weight (lbs.)
Mini Stainless
Pit Depth Gauge 0 6 / 152.4 .2
Steel Protractor

SMALL DIAMETER DIAL-SET-LEVEL

CLAMPS Stock No. OKI CU DSL
EZ-Fit
EZ-Fit Model of the clamps was specifically
designed for the welder that needs a Clamp
to adjust “Hi-Lo”™ and does not need to The DSL is an adjustable bubble
reform the pipe. The Clamp is ideal for a proctractor used with a number
wide range of small diameter pipe and tubing of Curv-O-Mark ® tools. The
applications. proctracotor covers 180° through
The Precision Cast Alloy Steel Clamps are two 90° quadrants, reading
designed not to flex when working on larger 2-1/2° increments. The bubble is
diameter pipe. Great for the critical cast in the aluminum dial.
alignment pipe to pipe, pipe to elbow or pipe
to tee. Stainless Steel Shoes and thumb
CENTERING PIN
screws (Included with clamp) eliminate contamination risk during fit-
up of stainless steel and other special alloy pipes and fittings.
Pipe Size Range Estimated Shipping
Stock No. Stock No. OKI 0722-0001
(In./mm) Weight (lbs.)
MAT E-Z2SS 1 - 2.5 / 25-64 4
Hardened steel pin for use with the
MAT E-Z4SS 2.5 - 4.5 / 64-114 7
Curv-O-Mark® standard centering head.
Suitable for making, but should not be
PIPE WRAP used as a center punch.
Stock No. MAT D170

CONTOUR MARKER®
Stock No. OKI CU1
The Wrap comes with: Stock No. OKI CU3
• Table of Tangents and straight (Leather carrying case)
edge.
• Instructions for cutting Elbows.
• Sides Marked in 1/8” (3.2mm)
Increments to 36” / 914mm.
• Instructions for finding the length of The Curv-O-Mark® Contour
an Elbow. Marker is a compact, time
• 45° Angle Chart saving tools used to lay out pipe
• Degree Markings and structural steel joints. Laterals at any angle, tees, wyes, crosses,
The Mathey Dearman Pipe Wrap has a double ruled edge so it is elbows-any type or size of joint can be quickly and precisely laid out.
never upside down or backwards. The Wrap can be used as a straight
edge to make straight lines around the pipe and to mark angles to
create pipe elbows. The Pipe Wrap is made of a highly abrasive
resistant material to resist the wear and tear of everyday use.
PIPE FLANGE
Pipe Size
(In. /mm)
Size Description
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
ALIGNERS
Wrap, Width 4” x 6’ /
Stock No. OKI CU10
3-22 / 76-559 Large .6
102mm x 1829mm • Removes the difficulty of flange aligning
and squaring.
• Holds square in the needed position
RAPAROUND without tying up one’s hands.
• Notched at either end for ease in aligning
on the centerline of the pipe and has a
Lee’s Raparound is the pipefitter’s helper 25 lb. pull, cast in magnets for holding
either a flat horizontal or vertical position.
that can be used as a straight edge,
• Will accept either leg of a standard or
square and scale. Precision cutting gives combination square and will work on pipe
our raparounds a smooth, clean, long diameters form 1” on up requiring only
lasting edge for marking. It has layouts extension of the legs of the square being
for 3, 4, 5 and 6 piece 90° elbows, decimal used to accommodate larger diameters.
equivalents, protractors and other useful • Made from lightweight, durable aluminum.
for welder and fitters. • Self determining flange aligning tool makes fast, accurate pipe
construction possible.
Stock No. Raparounds Pipe Size
• Inserts easily into pipe, centers snugly against the inside pipe
LEE R-12 Little Helper Thru 12” diameter and automatically aligns with the pipe axis.
LEE R-18 Master Helper Thru 18” • Quickly adjustable for all types of flanges or pipe sizes ranging from
LEE R-36 7” x 120” Thru 36” 3” to 12” diameter.

RADIUS MARKERS FLANGE ALIGNER

BASE
Stock No. OKI CU32
• Removes the difficulty of flange
aligning and squaring
• Holds square in the needed position
without tying up one’s hands.
• Notched at either end for ease in
Models are available in four sizes for scribing circles up to 80 in.
aligning on the centerline of the pipe
diameter. All are a folding type design - the three smaller models will
fit conveniently into a shirt pocket. All have sturdy friction joints to and has a 25 lb. pull, cast in
maintain rigidity and accuracy, and are made from lightweight, magnets for holding either a flat
rustproof aluminum for long wear. A soapstone crayon is already horizontal or vertical position.
installed in each radius marker. The scribe holder will accept round, • Will accept either leg of a standard
square or flat soapstone crayon, pencil or steel point scribe. or combination square and will work
Stock No. Size Radius on pipe diameters from 1” on up requiring only extension of the
OKI CU1208 Mini up to 8” legs of the square being used to accommodate larger diameters.
OKI CU1220 Small up to 20” • Made from lightweight, durable aluminum.
OKI CU1224 Standard up to 24”
JUMBO CONTOUR
OKI CU1340 Jumbo up to 40”
Stock No. OKI CU4

CIRCLE-ELLIPSE A larger version of the Contour
PROJECTOR Marker, the Jumbo Contour Marker

(JCM) has been developed for use
Stock No. OKI CU14 in the layout of larger diameter pipe,
from 8 to 48”. With it’s structural
adaptor, the JCM can be used in the
layout of extremely large structural
steel members up to 48” wide.
COMBINATION
ADAPTOR ACCESSORY
Stock No. OKI CU2 (Standard)
Stock No. OKI CU5 (Jumbo)
Perfect circles, ellipses or oblong circles can now be easily made on Designed for use with the standard
any irregular flat or round surface. The projector features a protractor and Jumbo Contour Markers, the
with sliding rods and an adjustable lever lock in the specified layout. adaptor simplifies handling and
A strong 20 lbs. pull magnetic base holds the projector in position increases layout capacity.
during layout. A durable web strap included holds the unit secure on
non-magnetic surfaces.
CENTERING HEADS
PRO-MAG Stock No. OKI CU6 (Standard)
BURNING SQUARE Stock No. OKI CU7 (Jumbo)
AND MAGNETIC BURNING GUIDE Centering Heads aid in the setting of

center lines, establishing angles and
ATTACHMENTS marks for butt-ins, locating points
inside pipes and tanks, laying out key-
Stock No. OKI CU29 (34” length) ways and measuring declivity.
The Standard Model is used on pipe
Stock No. OKI CU30 (48” length) ½” diameter and larger. It has a 4” Y-
Stock No. OKI CU31 (72” length) type head and is fitted with an adjust-
able dial bubble protractor (DSL) and
a manually operated hardened cen-
tering pin. The Jumbo Centering Head (shown) is for pipe 1” diam-
Extend your Burning Square or eter and up. It has an 8” Y-type head and a DSL. A springloaded
Burning Guide by ordering any of hardened centering pin eliminates the need for a hammer. Just make
these attachments. the alignment and press the trigger.

PRO-MAG LEVEL MULTI TRAMMEL

Stock No. OKI CU8 HEAD
A lightweight, easy to use tool for
Stock No. OKI CU19
determining angles, the Pro-Mag
Level has two cast-in 25 lbs. pull ????
magnets that hold securely to any
steel surface. The unit has a 360° ad-
justable DSL with two 90° quadrants
graduated in 2½° increments. Also
cast in are tables used to convert de- DIAL-ANGLE-
FLANGE LEVEL
gree-of-angle to rise in inches-per-foot
or millimeter-per-meter.
Stock No. OKI CU20
FITTER WELDER A versatile tool that can be used as a

dial degree utility or, with attachments,
PROTRACTOR for two-holing flange alignment.
MAGNETIC
Stock No. OKI CU9
This 90° protractor has a
matching locking lever to set
and hold the tool at the desired
BURNING GUIDE
angle. It is equipped with a
Stock No. OKI CU28
5/8” by 10” tapered arm to Designed for use with a burning torch
complete finding of angles or or as a straight edge, the Burning Guide
desired bends, or to determine is cast of strong, durable material to
any portions of elbows. withstand heat and spatter.
ULTRA CLAMP GRASSHOPPER

A fast, accurate fi-up clamp for pipe Stock No. SUM 780351
to pipe, pipe to fitting and more! Standard Features
Ultra Clamp Features:
• All new rugged frame, built for job site use,
guaranteed against bending or breakage.
• Smooth new roll clamping action for
positive gripping.
• Stainless steel contacts & alignment screws.
• Operating handle repositions for close work.
• Fine adjustment screws for quick fit-up.
• Light weight for overhead work.
• Spring holds settings for repeat fit-ups.
• Fine adjustment screws offer quick HI-LO settings.
• Two hand handle for positive locking.
Stock No. Size Weight
SUM 781130 1-1/2” Ultra Clamp 3.3 lb.
SUM 781150 2 - 6” Ultra Clamp 8.7 lb.
SUM 781170 5 - 12” Ultra Clamp 15.1 lb.
CRICKET
• Enables one man to lift 2,000 lb. unassisted.
• Special sliding chain block design accommodates long and
short loads.
Stock No. SUM 782699 • Carries up to 20” diameter pipe, tool boxes, fittings and valves.
• Fits through 35” openings, is a versatile 12 feet long and
• Transport 20 ft. (6.1 m) pipe lengths weighs only 165 lbs.
up to 1,000 lb. (450 Kg). • Sliding chain block accommodates long or short loads.
• Ideal job-site material carrier. • Rugged high pressure tires and wheels allow for construction
• Comes with ratchet hold-down strap site mobility.
and 16” tubed tires. • Chains can be used to lock wheels for security.
• Weighs only 70 lb. (31.8 Kg). Dimensions
Description
• Quick handle disconnect for Height Width Length Weight
compact storage. ST-401 Grasshopper 40” 36” 12’ 165 lbs.

ROUST-A-BOUTS STORAGE CARTS

MAC RACK 1
R-150 15 FT MOBILE JOB SITE
Stock No. SUM 780301
• 15 foot lift Mac Rack I complete with casters
• Lifts 1,500 lb. Stock No. SUM 783317
• Moves vertically and horizontally
• 2 winches: operate load and mast
elevation separately
• 2-Speed load winches infinite load
height adjustment.
R-180 18 FT Stacking Macs Features:

• Durable powder coat finish
Stock No. SUM 780302 • Job site tough
• 18 foot lift • Priced for all budgets
• Lifts 1,500 lb. • Fully assembled, including casters
• Moves vertically and horizontally • Fold down arms, no tools required
• 2 winches: operate load and mast • Heavy wall, one-piece storage arms
elevation separately • Patented stacking feature: stack similar carts together or with
• 2-Speed load winches infinite load other Stacking Mac Rack products
height adjustment. • Shipped assembled with 6" heavy duty casters
R-250 25 FT
• 25 foot lift
• Lifts 1,500 lb. • Mac Rack I has 8 storage
• Moves vertically and horizontally arms and are ideal for
• 2 winches: operate load and mast elevation separately transporting conduit, strut,
• 2-Speed load winches infinite load height adjustment. threaded rod, pvc pipe, copper
tubing, etc.
CONTRACTOR LIFT Specifications With Casters (In.)

Height Stowed 17.75
Height Open 61.5
Length 58.5
MODEL 2020 Width 33.0
Stock No. SUM 783702 Ground Clearance 7.5
Weight 145 lbs.
• 20’ x 800 lbs. with stabilizer legs
• Built for heavy material such as
steel beams and / or continuous
work.
• The shorter mast sections allows
HB604 PORTABLE
it to travel through doorways
without tipping and fit nicely into
WELDING TABLE
vehicles with small storage space. Stock No. SUM 783980
• Crafted from 1” square tube.
• Folding legs lock in stored
or work position.
• One piece construction.
MODEL 2124 • Convenient 36” (90 cm)
work height.
Stock No. SUM 783652 • Compact and light weight.
• 24’ x 650 lbs. with stabilizer legs. • Quick action plunger lock
• Taller mast to reach desired work. • 300 lb. (135 Kg) or 600 lb.
• Less expensive and lighter. (270 Kg) load capacity.
• The base forks, winch, etc. • 24 x 40” (60 x 100 cm) work
• Unmatched as a good all around contractor lift. surface.

M ATERIAL H ANDLING 211
ST-601 ADJUST A ROLL The versatile Max Jax is the ideal fabricator stand. The large 12” vee
head and heavy duty four-legged design offers the welder an extra
margin of safety on pipe up to 40”. With optional accessories, such
as the heavy duty casters and Sumner Hold-Down Device, pipe
weighting 2500 lbs. (113 kg.) per Max Jax can be wheeled with ease
from storage rack to welding bay and onto the shipping dock. This
means the load is lifted only once, resulting in a reduction of 50% or
• Roller adjustment from either side.
more in handling coasts. Plus large heavy loads can easily be located
• 1/2” to 48” (1.2-120 cm), or 2,000 lb.
to the welder in the welding bay. No more awkward welding positions
(900 kg) pipe capacity.
due to limited material handling systems.
• Wheels trued for true pipe rotation.
• Break to lock loads for lay-out or lift up. Basic Max Jax: Used as a Jack Stand, the basic Max Jax safely
Stock No. Description Weight handles large diameter pipe up to 40”. The 1-3/4” vee-head shaft
SUM 780365 ST-601 with steel wheels 34 lbs. permits the welder to position loads up to 2,500 lb. (1,135 Kg) with
SUM 780366 ST-602 with ball transfer heads 33 lbs. ease. The Max Jax can be used for material handling when equipped
with the Caster Kit and the Sumner Hold Down Device.
HI / LO JACKS
Dimensions
Description Capacity Weight
Basic Unit Vee-Head
Height Width Min. Max.
Basic Max Jax 2,500 lbs. 58 lb.
27” 29.6” 21” 33”
OPTIONS
• 2,500 lb. (1135 Kg) Capacity. SUM 781405 Caster Kit (Max Jax Only) 55 lb.
• Strut tension plate for superior lateral support. SUM 781406 Roller Head Kit 8 lb.
• 1” square tube base construction. SUM 781050 Hold Down Device 6.5 lb.
• Built for heavy use & abuse
Caster Kit: Four 8” heavy duty casters make up the Max Jax Caster
Max. Min. Pipe
Stock No. Description Kit. The casters have a quick action braking system.
Height Height Diameter
SUM 780375 ST-801 Hijack V Head 49” 28” 24” in diameter Roller Head Kit: The Roller Head Kit option provides four true rollers
SUM 780385 ST-901 Lojack V Head 36” 21” or smaller
which can be quickly mounted into the 12” vee-head. Rolle Wheels
come in either steel or stainless steel.
PACK JACK Hold Down Device: The Sumner Hold Down Device uses high tensile
strength chain for gripping up to 12” pipe onto the large vee-head
Stock No. SUM 781100 when either welding or using the Max Jax for material handling. Chain
extension kits are available for pipe up to 40”.
• 2,000 lb. (900 Kg) capacity
• Handles up to 36” / 900mm pipe
• Folding legs
•
•
Set screw
1-1/2” Acme adjustment thread
PRO JACK
• Vee head locks for storage
• Lightweight
• Convenient carrying handle.
• Large comfortable adjustment handle.
• 1” /25mm square legs
Description Weight
• Formed Steel Legs
Pack-Jack w/Vee-Head 21 lb.
• 2,000 lb. (900 Kg) Capacity.
• Strut tension plate for superior
MAX JAX lateral support.

• Supports 2500 lbs. (113 kg)
• Large convenient adjustment handle. Max. Min.
Stock No. Description Max. Height
• Optional casters enable pipe to be easily Height Height
wheeled around in the shop or on the job. Hi Pro Jack
SUM 780471
ST-871 Vee Head
• Several optional large vee head styles. Hi Pro Jack
• Jack independently load tested for quality SUM 780472
ST-872 w/ Roller Head For 24” or smaller
49” 28”
assurance. Hi Pro Jack pipe diameter
SUM 780473
• CE rated ST-873 w/ Bar Stock
• Backed by over thirty years of jack stand Hi Pro Jack
SUM 780476
manufacturing experience. ST-876 w/ Ball Transfer

212 H OUGEN
PORTABLE HOLE PUNCHERS

MODEL 75002.5 Punch-Pro™
Stock No. HOU 75002.5A
The model 75002 is designed for

applications typically done with Pressure 13.2 Tons
hand held twist drills. At just 28.6 Aproximate punching speed 1.5 seconds
pounds, our lightest weight model Max. Hole Size (round) 11/16”
Max. Thickness (round) 1/4”
is easily handled in all types of
Max. Hole Size (oblong) 9/16” x 13/16”
punching applications, on sight or
Max. Thickness (oblong) 1/4”
in the shop. Punch round, oblong
Max. Hole Size (square) 7/16”
and square holes in materials
Max. Thickness (square) 1/4”
from 5/64” up to 1/4” thick. Its 2-
Max. punch throat depth 2-3/8”
3/8” throat depth provides
Single Phase Motor 6.8 Amps
excellent reach and versatility. 115V/50-60 Hz AC
Easily confirm the hole position Weight (less work stand) 28.6 lbs.
with the jog down feature. Punch
automatically returns to the
starting position after the
punching cycle is complete. Work
stand, foot switch, 9/16” punch &
(2) dies, tool kit and carrying case
are standard.
PUNCH & DIE SELECTIONS FOR MODEL 75002.5 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125)
14 to 11 GA.
F,A,H Die 11/16A
HOU
75448
HOU
11/16” .688 17.5mm
75429 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
F,A,H Die 11/16B
ROUND PUNCH MATERIAL DIE 10 to 3 GA. 75449
Size Stock Stock
Thickness Style Size SQUARE PUNCH MATERIAL DIE
Nominal Actual Metric No. No.
Size Stock Stock
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU Thickness Style Size
F,A,H Die 1/4A Nominal Actual Metric No. No.
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75432
1/4” .256 6.5mm
75421 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
F,A,H Die 1/4B 1/4” .256 6.5mm F,A,H Die 1/4B
10 to 3 GA. 75433 75800 10 to 3 GA. 75804
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 5/16” .315 8mm HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
F,A,H Die 5/16A F,A,H Die 5/16B
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75434 75801 10 to 3 GA. 75805
5/16” .315 8mm >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250)
75422 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU HOU HOU
F,A,H Die 5/16B 3/8” .394 10mm F,A,H Die 3/8B
10 to 3 GA. 75435 75802 10 to 3 GA. 75806
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 7/16” .433 11mm HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
F,A,H Die 11/32A F,A,H Die 7/16B
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75436 75803 10 to 3 GA 75807
11/32” .335 8.5mm
75423 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
F,A,H Die 11/32B OBLONG PUNCH MATERIAL DIE
10 to 3 GA. 75437
Size Stock Stock
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU Thickness Style Size
F,A,H Die 3/8A Nominal Actual Metric No. No.
14 to 11 GA. 75438
HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
3/8” .394 10mm F,A,H Die 3/8B F,A,H Die 1/4 x 1/2A
75424 10 to 3 GA. 75439 14 to 11 GA. 75643
1/4” .256 6.5mm HOU
19/64 (.297) HOU HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250)
C Die 3/8C x x x F,A,H Die 1/4 x 1/2B 75644
max. 75450 75638 10 to 3 GA.
1/2” .512 13mm
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 19/64 (.297) HOU
F,A,H Die 7/16A
75440 F,A,H Die 1/4 x 1/2C 75653
14 to 11 GA. max.
HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 11/32 x HOU
7/16” .433 11mm F,A,H Die 7/16B F,A,H
75425 10 to 3 GA. 75441 14 to 11 GA. 1/2A 75645
11/32” .335 8.5mm
19/64 (.297) HOU HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die 11/32 x HOU
C Die 7/16C x x x F,A,H
max. 75451 75639 10 to 3 GA. 1/2B 75646
1/2” .512 13mm
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 19/64 (.297) Die 11/32 x HOU
F,A,H Die 1/2A F,A,H
14 to 11 GA. 75442 max. 1/2C 75654
HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
1/2” .512 13mm F,A,H Die 1/2B F,A,H Die 7/16 x 5/8A
75426 10 to 3 GA. 75443 14 to 11 GA. 75647
7/16” .433 11mm
19/64 (.297) HOU HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
C Die 1/2C x x x
75640 F,A,H Die 7/16 x 5/8B
max. 75452 10 to 3 GA. 75648
5/8” .650 16.5mm
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 19/64 (.297) HOU
F,A,H Die 9/16A C Die 7/16 x 5/8C
14 to 11 GA. 75444 max. 75655
HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
9/16” .551 14mm F,A,H Die 9/16B 1/2” .512 13mm F,A,H Die 1/2 x 3/4A
75427 10 to 3 GA. 75445 HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75649
x x x
19/64 (.297) HOU 75641 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
C Die 9/16C 3/4” .768 19.5mm F,A,H Die 1/2 x 3/4B
max. 75453 10 to 3 GA. 75650
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 9/16 x HOU
F,A,H Die 5/8A 9/16” .551 14mm C
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75446 HOU 14 to 11 GA. 13/16A 75651
5/8” .625 15.9mm x x x
75428 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU 75642 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die 9/16 x HOU
F,A,H Die 5/8B 13/16” .827 21mm F,A,H
10 to 3 GA. 75447 10 to 3 GA. 13/16B 75652

H OUGEN 213
MODEL 75003
Stock No. HOU 75003A
Pressure 14.85 Tons
The model 75003 provides extra
Aproximate punching speed 2 seconds
versatility with a unique throat
design and the ability to adapt to Max. Hole Size (round) 25/32”
two punch and die styles. The Max. Thickness (round) 1/4”
standard punch/long die Max. Hole Size (oblong) 9/16” x 13/16”
combination allows flanged Max. Thickness (oblong) 1/4”
sections to be “swallowed” while the Max. punch throat depth 2-5/32”
long punch /standard die Single Phase Motor 6.8 Amps
combination allows the tooling to 115V/50-60 Hz AC
reach through narrow lip channel Weight (less work stand) 39.6 lbs.
to punch the web section. It has the
jog down and automatic punch
return features like all models.
Work stand, foot switch, 9/16”
punch & (2) dies, tool kit and
carrying case are standard.
PUNCH & DIE SELECTIONS FOR MODEL 75003 HOU

5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125)
14 to 11 GA.
F,A,H Die LD 5/8A
HOU
5/8” .625 15.9mm 75468
75428 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
ROUND PUNCH MATERIAL DIE 10 to 3 GA. F,A,H Die LD 5/8B
75469
Size Stock Stock 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
Thickness Style Size F,A,H Die LD 11/16A
Nominal Actual Metric No. No. HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75470
11/16” .688 17.5mm
75429 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU F,A,H Die LD 11/16B
F,A,H Die LD 1/4A 10 to 3 GA. 75471
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75454
1/4” .256 6.5mm 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die LD 3/4A HOU
75421 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU F,A,H
F,A,H Die LD 1/4B HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75472
10 to 3 GA. 75455 3/4” .750 19mm
75430 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die LD 3/4B HOU
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 10 to 3 GA. F,A,H
F,A,H Die LD 5/16A 75473
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75456
5/16” .315 8mm 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
75422 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU HOU F,A,H Die LD 25/32A
F,A,H Die LD 5/16B 14 to 11 GA. 75474
10 to 3 GA. 75457 25/32” .787 20mm
75431 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU F,A,H Die LD 25/32B
F,A,H Die LD 11/32A 10 to 3 GA. 75475
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75458
11/32” .335 8.5mm
75423 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU OBLONG PUNCH MATERIAL DIE
F,A,H Die LD11/32B
10 to 3 GA. 75459
HOU
Size Stock Stock
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A,H Die LD 3/8A Thickness Style Size
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75460 Nominal Actual Metric No. No.
75424 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die LD 1/4 x HOU
F,A,H Die LD 3/8B F,A,H 1/2A
10 to 3 GA. 75461 HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75656
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A, HOU 75638 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die LD 1/4 x HOU
Die 3/8A F,A,H
14 to 11 GA. H,L 75438 10 to 3 GA. 1/2B 75657
3/8” .394 10mm 1/4” .256 6.5mm
HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A, HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A HOU
10 to 3 GA. Die 3/8B x x x Die 1/4 x 1/2A
75476 H,L 75439 14 to 11 GA. H, L 75643
1/2” .512 13mm HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250)
(LP) 19/64 (.297) C HOU F,A HOU
Die 3/8C Die 1/4 x 1/2B
max. 75450 75666 10 to 3 GA. H, L 75644
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A,H Die LD 7/16A HOU 19/64 (.297) HOU
C Die 1/4 x 1/2C
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75462 max. 75653
75425 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die LD 11/32 HOU
F,A,H Die LD 7/16B F,A,H x 1/2A
10 to 3 GA. 75463 HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75658
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A, Die 7/16A HOU 75639 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die LD 11/32 HOU
7/16” .433 11mm H,L F,A,H
14 to 11 GA. 75440 10 to 3 GA. x 1/2B 75659
HOU 11/32” .335 8.5mm
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A, Die 7/16B HOU x x x 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 11/32 x HOU
75477 10 to 3 GA. F,A,H 1/2A
H,L 75441 14 to 11 GA. 75645
(LP) 1/2” .512 13mm HOU
19/64 (.297) HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die 11/32 x HOU
C Die 7/16C 75667 C 1/2B
max. 75451 10 to 3 GA. 75646
(LP) Die 11/32 x HOU
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 19/64 (.297)
F,A,H Die LD 1/2A F,A,H 1/2C
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75464 max. 75654
75426 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A,H HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die LD 7/16 x HOU
Die LD 1/2B F,A,H
10 to 3 GA. 75465 HOU 14 to 11 GA. 5/8A 75660
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A, Die 1/2A HOU 75640 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die LD 7/16 x HOU
1/2” .512 13mm 14 to 11 GA. H,L F,A,H 5/8B
75442 10 to 3 GA. 75661
HOU 7/16” .433 11mm
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A, HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A Die 7/16 x HOU
75478 Die 1/2B x x x
10 to 3 GA. H,L 75443 14 to 11 GA. H, L 5/8A 75647
(LP) 5/8” .650 16.5mm HOU
19/64 (.297) Die 1/2C HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A Die 7/16 x HOU
max. C 75668 5/8B
75452 10 to 3 GA. H, L 75648
HOU (LP) Die 7/16 x HOU
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A,H Die LD 9/16A 19/64 (.297) C
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75466 max. 5/8C 75655
75427 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU 1/2” .512 13mm 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die LD 1/2 x HOU
F,A,H Die LD 9/16B HOU F,A,H
10 to 3 GA. 75467 x x x 14 to 11 GA. 3/4A 75662
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A, HOU 75641 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die LD 1/2 x HOU
9/16” .551 14mm Die 9/16A 3/4” .768 19.5mm F,A,H
14 to 11 GA. H,L 75444 10 to 3 GA. 3/4B 75663
HOU HOU Die LD 9/16 HOU
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A, Die 9/16B 9/16” .551 14mm 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A,H
75479 10 to 3 GA. 75445 HOU x 13/16A 75664
H,L x x x 14 to 11 GA.
(LP) 75642 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250)
19/64 (.297) Die 9/16C HOU 13/16” .827 21mm Die LD 9/16 HOU
max. C F,A,H
75453 10 to 3 GA. x 13/16B 75665

214 H OUGEN
MODEL 75004 Punch-Pro™

Stock No. HOU 75004A
Pressure 22 Tons
Aproximate punching speed 2.5 seconds
The 75004 is still portable yet its Max. Hole Size (round) 25/32”
22 ton punching pressure and Max. Thickness (round) 3/8”
double insulated motor move it up Max. Hole Size (oblong) 9/16” x 13/16”
to punching 3/8” materials. Its Max. Thickness (oblong) 3/8”
added capacities and weight make Max. punch throat depth 1-9/16”
it more suitable to using the work Single Phase Motor 8.2 Amps
stand and foot switch for best 115V/50-60 Hz AC
performance. Easily confirm the Weight (less work stand) 41.9 lbs.
hole position with the jog down
feature. Punch automatically
returns to the starting position after
the punching cycle is complete.
Work stand, foot switch, 11/16”
punch and die, tool kit and carrying
case are standard.
PUNCH & DIE SELECTIONS FOR 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
F,A,H Die 11/16 R 75515
14 to 11 GA.
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
MODEL 75004 11/16” .688 17.5mm
HOU 10 to 3 GA.
F,A,H Die 11/16 S
75516
75492 >1/4 (.250) HOU
F,A,H Die 11/16 T
to 3/8 (.375) 75517
5/16 (.312) C HOU
Die 11/16 C
ROUND PUNCH MATERIAL DIE max. 75529
Size 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
Stock Stock F,A,H Die 3/4 R 75518
Thickness Style Size 14 to 11 GA.
Nominal Actual Metric No. No.
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
F,A,H Die 3/4 S
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU HOU 10 to 3 GA. 75519
F,A,H Die 1/4 R 3/4” .750 19mm
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75495 75493 >1/4 (.250) HOU
1/4” .256 6.5mm F,A,H Die 3/4 T
75484 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU to 3/8 (.375) 75520
10 to 3 GA. F,A,H Die 1/4 S
75496 5/16 (.312) C HOU
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU Die 3/4 C 75530
F,A,H Die 5/16 R max.
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75497 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
5/16” .315 8mm F,A,H Die 25/32 R
75485 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75521
F,A,H Die 5/16 S
10 to 3 GA. 75498 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
F,A,H Die 25/32 S
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU HOU 10 to 3 GA. 75522
F,A,H Die 11/32 R 25/32” .787 20mm
HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75499 75494 >1/4 (.250) HOU
11/32” .335 8.5mm F,A,H Die 25/32 T
75486 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A,H Die 11/32 S HOU to 3/8 (.375) 75523
10 to 3 GA. 75500 5/16 (.312) C Die 25/32 C HOU
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU max. 75531
F,A,H Die 3/8 R
14 to 11 GA. 75501
HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A,H Die 3/8 S HOU OBLONG PUNCH MATERIAL DIE
3/8” .394 10mm 10 to 3 GA. 75502
75487 Size Stock Stock
19/64 (.297) C Die 3/8 C HOU Thickness Style Size
max. 75524 Nominal Actual Metric No. No.
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
F,A,H Die 7/16 R 1/4” .256 6.5mm F,A,H Die 1/4 x 1/2R
14 to 11 GA. 75503 HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75674
x x x
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die 7/16 S HOU 75669 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
HOU 10 to 3 GA. F,A,H 1/2” .512 13mm 10 to 3 GA. F,A,H Die 1/4 x 1/2S 75675
7/16” .433 11mm 75504
75488 >1/4 (.250) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
F,A,H Die 7/16 T 11/32” .335 8.5mm F,A,H Die 1/4 x 1/2A
to 3/8 (.375) 75505 HOU 14 to 11 GA. 75643
x x x
5/16 (.312) HOU 75670 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
C Die 1/2 C 1/2” .512 13mm F,A,H Die 1/4 x 1/2B
max. 75525 10 to 3 GA. 75644
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
F,A,H Die 1/2 R F,A,H Die 1/4 x 1/2C
14 to 11 GA. 75506 14 to 11 GA. 75653
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die LD 11/32 HOU
HOU F,A,H Die 1/2S 10 to 3 GA. F,A,H
1/2” .512 13mm 10 to 3 GA. 75507 7/16” .433 11mm x 1/2A 75658
75489 >1/4 (.250) HOU HOU >1/4 (.250) Die LD 11/32 HOU
F,A,H Die 1/2 T x x x F,A,H
to 3/8 (.375) 75508 75671 to 3/8 (.375) x 1/2B 75659
5/8” .650 16.5mm
5/16 (.312) HOU 5/16 (.312) Die 11/32 x HOU
C Die 1/2 C C
max. 75526 max. 1/2A 75645
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A,H Die 11/32 x HOU
F,A,H Die 9/16 R 14 to 11 GA.
14 to 11 GA. 75509 1/2B 75646
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A,H Die 11/32 x HOU
HOU F,A,H Die 9/16 S 10 to 3 GA. 1/2C
9/16” .551 14mm 10 to 3 GA. 75510 75654
75490 >1/4 (.250) 1/2” .512 13mm >1/4 (.250) Die LD 7/16 x HOU
HOU HOU F,A,H
to 3/8 (.375) F,A,H Die 9/16 T x x x to 3/8 (.375) 5/8A 75660
75511 75672
5/16 (.312) HOU 3/4” .768 19.5mm 5/16 (.312) Die LD 7/16 x HOU
C Die 9/16 C C
max. 75527 max. 5/8B 75661
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 7/16 x HOU
F,A,H Die 5/8 R F,A,H
14 to 11 GA. 75512 14 to 11 GA. 5/8A 75647
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die 7/16 x HOU
F,A,H Die 5/8 S 9/16” .551 14mm F,A,H
HOU 10 to 3 GA. 75513 HOU 10 to 3 GA. 5/8B 75648
5/8” .625 15.9mm x x x HOU
75491 >1/4 (.250) HOU 75673 >1/4 (.250) Die 7/16 x
F,A,H Die 5/8 T 13/16” .827 21mm F,A,H 75655
to 3/8 (.375) 75514 to 3/8 (.375) 5/8C
5/16 (.312) HOU 5/16 (.312) Die LD 1/2 x HOU
C Die 5/8 C C
max. 75528 max. 3/4A 75662

H OUGEN 215
MODEL 75006 Punch-Pro™

Stock No. HOU 75006
Our heaviest duty model, the 75006
Pressure 34.1 Tons
develops 34.1 tons pressure and
Aproximate punching speed 4 seconds
will produce 15/16” round holes
Max. Hole Size (round) 15/16”
through 1/2” thick material in
Max. Thickness (round) 1/2”
approximately 4 seconds. It has
Max. Hole Size (oblong) 11/16” x 13/16”
eyebolts on both sides for easy
Max. Thickness (oblong) 1/2”
attachment of a lift assist or a
Max. punch throat depth 1-31/32”
counter-balancer for improved
Single Phase Motor 12.2 Amps
ergonomics. Like all Punch-Pro
models, its single body design 115V/50-60 Hz AC
Weight (less work stand) 65 lbs.
makes it easy to use anywhere.
Easily confirm the hole position with
the jog down feature. Punch
automatically returns to the starting
position after the punching cycle is
complete. Work stand, foot switch,
13/16” punch & (2) dies and tool kit
are standard.
PUNCH & DIE SELECTIONS FOR MODEL 75006 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125)
14 to 11 GA.
F,A,H Die 3/4 A
HOU
75596
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
ROUND PUNCH MATERIAL DIE F,A,H Die 3/4 B 75597
10 to 3 GA.
Size Stock Stock >1/4 (.250) HOU
Thickness Style Size F,A,H Die 3/4 C 75598
Nominal Actual Metric No. No. HOU to 3/8 (.375)
3/4” .750 19mm >3/8 (.375) HOU
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU 75573 F,A,H Die 3/4 D
F,A,H Die 7/16 A to 1/2 (.500) 75599
14 to 11 GA. 75578
5/16 (.312) HOU
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die 7/16 B HOU max. C Die 3/4 CC 75624
F,A,H
HOU 10 to 3 GA. 75579
7/16” .433 11mm >5/16 (.312) HOU
75568 >1/4 (.250) HOU C Die 3/4 CD 75625
F,A,H Die 7/16 C to 1/2 (.500)
to 3/8 (.375) 75580 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
5/16 (.312) HOU F,A,H Die 25/32 A 75600
C Die 7/16 CC 14 to 11 GA.
max. 75616 >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU F,A,H Die 25/32 B 75601
F,A,H Die 1/2 A 10 to 3 GA.
14 to 11 GA. 75581 >1/4 (.250) HOU
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU to 3/8 (.375) F,A,H Die 25/32 C 75602
F,A,H Die 1/2 B HOU
10 to 3 GA. 75582 25/32” .787 20mm >3/8 (.375) HOU
HOU 75574 F,A,H Die 25/32 D 75603
1/2” .512 13mm >1/4 (.250) HOU to 1/2 (.500)
F,A,H Die 1/2 C
75569 to 3/8 (.375) 75583 5/16 (.312) HOU
HOU max. C Die 25/32 CC 75626
5/16 (.312) C Die 1/2 CC
max. 75617 >5/16 (.312) HOU
to 1/2 (.500) C Die 25/32 CD 75627
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) F,A,H Die 9/16 A HOU
14 to 11 GA. 75584
HOU ROUND PUNCH MATERIAL DIE
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A,H Die 9/16 B
10 to 3 GA. 75585 Size Stock Stock
Nominal Actual Metric No. Thickness Style Size No.
>1/4 (.250) Die 9/16 C HOU
F,A,H 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
HOU to 3/8 (.375) 75586 F,A,H Die 13/16 A
9/16” .552 14mm 14 to 11 GA. 75604
75570 >3/8 (.375) HOU
to 1/2 (.500) F,A,H Die 9/16 D >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
75587 F,A,H Die 13/16 B 75605
5/16 (.312) HOU 10 to 3 GA.
C Die 9/16 CC >1/4 (.250) HOU
max. 75618 F,A,H Die 13/16 C 75606
>5/16 (.312) HOU HOU to 3/8 (.375)
C Die 9/16 CD 13/16” .812 20.6mm
to 1/2 (.500) 75619 75575 >3/8 (.375) HOU
to 1/2 (.500) F,A,H Die 13/16 D 75607
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 5/8 A HOU
F,A,H 5/16 (.312) HOU
14 to 11 GA. 75588 C Die 13/16 CC 75628
HOU max.
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A,H Die 5/8 B
10 to 3 GA. 75589 >5/16 (.312) HOU
C Die 13/16 CD 75629
HOU to 1/2 (.500)
>1/4 (.250)
F,A,H Die 5/8 C 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
to 3/8 (.375) 75590 F,A,H Die 7/8 A
14 to 11 GA. 75608
>3/8 (.375) F,A,H HOU
to 1/2 (.500) Die 5/8 D >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) HOU
HOU 75591 F,A,H Die 7/8 B 75609
5/8” .625 15.9mm 10 to 3 GA.
75571 5/16 (.312) HOU
C Die 5/8 CC >1/4 (.250) HOU
max. 75620 F,A,H Die 7/8 C
HOU to 3/8 (.375) 75610
>5/16 (.312) HOU 7/8” .875 22.2mm
C Die 5/8 CD 75576 >3/8 (.375) HOU
to 1/2 (.500) 75621 to 1/2 (.500) F,A,H Die 7/8 D 75611
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 11/16 A HOU 5/16 (.312) HOU
14 to 11 GA. F,A,H C Die 7/8 CC 75630
75592 max.
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A,H Die 11/16 B HOU >5/16 (.312) HOU
10 to 3 GA. 75593 C Die 7/8 CD 75631
to 1/2 (.500)
>1/4 (.250) F,A,H Die 11/16 C HOU 5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) HOU
HOU to 3/8 (.375) 75594 14 to 11 GA. F,A,H Die 15/16 A 75612
11/16” .688 17.5mm
75572 >3/8 (.375) HOU HOU
F,A,H Die 11/16 D >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A,H Die 15/16 B 75613
to 1/2 (.500) 75595 HOU 10 to 3 GA.
15/16” .938 23.8mm
5/16 (.312) Die 11/16 CC HOU 75577 >1/4 (.250) HOU
max. C F,A,H Die 15/16 C 75614
75622 to 3/8 (.375)
>5/16 (.312) C Die 11/16 CD HOU >3/8 (.375) HOU
to 1/2 (.500) 75623 to 1/2 (.500) F,A,H Die 15/16 D 75615

216 H OUGEN
OBLONG PUNCH MATERIAL DIE
FOOT SWITCH Punch-Pro™

Size Stock Stock
Nominal Actual Metric No. Thickness Style Size No.
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 7/16 x HOU
14 to 11 GA. F,A,H 5/8A 75709 Stock No. HOU 75110
7/16” .433 11mm >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die 7/16 x HOU
HOU 10 to 3 GA. F,A,H 75710
x x x 5/8B
75705 >1/4 (.250) Die 7/16 x HOU
5/8” .650 16.5mm F,A,H
to 3/8 (.375) 5/8C 75711 The foot switch is a standard
5/16 (.312) Die 7/16 x HOU
max. C
5/8CC 75723 accessory with all Electro-hydraulic
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 1/2 x HOU Hole Puncher models.
14 to 11 GA. F,A,H 75712
3/4A
1/2” .512 13mm >1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die 1/2 x HOU
F,A,H
x x x
HOU 10 to 3 GA. 3/4B 75713 You’ll punch more holes, more often in more places all in less time
75706 >1/4 (.250) Die 1/2 x HOU using a Hougen ® -Ogura™ Punch-Pro™ Electro-hydraulic Hole
3/4” .768 19.5mm F,A,H
to 3/8 (.375) 3/4C 75714 Puncher because of its light weight and single body construction.
5/16 (.312) Die 1/2 x HOU
max.
C
3/4CC 75724 Unlike hole punchers with separate hydraulics that require hydraulic
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 9/16 x HOU hoses, the Punch-Pro Series has unique single body construction
F,A,H
14 to 11 GA. 13/16A 75715 meaning there is only a 115V power cord to deal with.
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) F,A,H
Die 9/16 x HOU Punch-Pro models require less punching tonnage than traditional hole
10 to 3 GA. 13/16B 75716 punchers because of an exclusive punch and die design. Five Punch-
>1/4 (.250) Die 9/16 x HOU Pro models offer punching diameters from 1/4” up to 15/16” thru
9/16” .551 14mm F,A,H
HOU to 3/8 (.375) 13/16C 75717
x x x materials thicknesses from 5/64” up to 1/2”.
75707 >3/8 (.375) Die 9/16 x HOU
13/16” .827 21mm F,A,H
to 1/2 (.500) 13/16D 75718 Punching beats drilling
5/16 (.312) Die 9/16 x HOU
max. C 75725 A Punch-Pro dramatically reduces your hole-making costs over
13/16CC
5/16 (.312) Die 9/16 x HOU conventional drilling methods.
to 1/2 (.500) C 75726
13/16CD Time Savings — Punch-Pro users have documented increases in
5/64 (.078) to 1/8 (.125) Die 11/16 x HOU
14 to 11 GA. F,A,H 75719 productivity over other holemaking methods. One user stated that he
13/16A
>1/8 (.125) to 1/4 (.250) Die 11/16 x HOU had achieved a 75% time savings over the old method of using twist drills.
10 to 3 GA. F,A,H 75720
13/16B Fast Cycle Times — Punch clean and accurate holes in as little as
11/16” .551 14mm >1/4 (.250) Die 11/16 x HOU
HOU to 3/8 (.375) F,A,H
13/16C 75721 1.5 seconds. A single trigger actuates the punch while an exclusive
x x x auto-return mechanism returns to the punch starting position.
75708 >3/8 (.375) Die 11/16 x HOU
13/16” .827 21mm F,A,H 75722
to 1/2 (.500) 13/16D
5/16 (.312) HOU
Ease Of Handling — Single body light weight construction starting
Die 11/16 x
max. C
13/16CC 75727 at 28.6 lbs. make these units easy to handle and move with only a
5/16 (.312) Die 11/16 x HOU single 115v power cord and no separate hydraulics. And operator
C 75728
to 1/2 (.500) 13/16CD fatigue is reduced since the Punch-Pro does all the work.
PORTABLE MAGNETIC DRILLS

HMD904 HMD925 POWER FEED
Stock No. HOU HMD904 Stock No. HOU HMD925
The latest innovation to the long-standing
lineup of portable magnetic drill technologies.
The HMD904 is light weight and The HMD925 features heavy duty hole
compact. An economical drill with making capacity, using Rotabroach® Annular
medium duty capacities. It uses Cutters to produce holes from 7/16” to 1-1/
4” diameter thru materials up to 2” thick in
Hougen Rotabroach Annular
power feed mode. The HMD925 is compact
Cutters. Rear positioned controls and lightweight at 37 lbs., or about 20%
are easily accessible and lighter than models of comparable capacity.
ergonomically designed. Feed The HMD925 incorporates solid state circuitry that monitors and adjusts the
handles can be easily switched to self-feed action to continuously maintain optimum drilling performance
either side. And now the HMD904 throughout the entire cut, providing consistent productivity, long tool life and
features a new safety switch excellent hole quality. The feed motor, gearing and drive system are enclosed
indicator. It tells the operator when in the drill housing to maintain a compact profile. The control panel also
integrates Hougen’s safety switch indicator light that visually alerts users to
the sensor is engaged, making the
the possibility of non-secure magnetic operation.
drill operational.
Electrical System 120V, 50/60 Hz 8A, 960W
Motor 7.2A, 450 RPM
Electrical System 120V, 50/60 Hz 8A, 960W
Manual Capacity. Dia. Depth 7/16” - 1-1/2” 2”
Motor 7.2A, 450 RPM
Hole Capacity Diameter Depth 7/16” - 1-1/2” 2” Power Feed Cap. Dia. Depth 7/16” - 1-1/4” 2”
Cutter / Mount Hougen 12,000 Series 3/4” Shank Cutter / Mount Hougen “12,000-Series” 3/4” Shank
Dimensions H 16-7/16” x W 7-3/16” x L 8-1/4” Dimensions H 17-1/8” x W 10-13/16” x L 11-3/16”
Magnet Base W 3-1/8” x L 6-9/16” Base W 3-1/8” x L 6-9/16”
Strength Dead Lift Drillpoint Breakaway Strength Dead Lift Drillpoint Breakaway
Magnet
1” Plate 1742 lb. 820 lb. 1” Plate 1742 lb. 820 lb.
3/8” Plate 1014 lb. 680 lb. 3/8” Plate 1014 lb. 680 lb.
Net Weight 27.5 lb. Net Weight 37 lb.

H OUGEN 217
HMD115 HMD150
Stock No. HOU HMD115 Stock No. HOU HMD150
The patented
HMD150 is designed
for fast, efficient hole
making in confined
spaces. A powerful
motor, heavy-duty,
The HMD115 is an ultra-low
high-torque gearing
profile, lightweight drill with a
along with the use of
patented quill feed arbor that eliminates
Hougen RotaLoc
gibs and slide/way adjustments. It uses Hougen RotaLoc™
Plus™ Annular Cutters
Annular Cutters with Quick-Release shanks. Handles operate from combine to allow for a broad
either side and with the handles removed, the hex head allows use range of applications. The rigid quill feed
of a socket wrench for ratcheting the feed. Handles lock for prevents tool vibration, eliminates gibs, slide/way adjustments and
carrying. For safety, the motor switch must be continuously maintenance while providing a constant low profile. The unit is
pressed during operation and the motor will not run without the equipped with a removable feed handle, which exposes a hex-head
magnet switch “on”. Rear mounted controls optimize ergonomics. for ratcheting the feed in extremely close quarters.
Electrical System 120V, 50/60 Hz 8A, 960W Electrical System 120V, 50/60 Hz 8A, 960W
Motor 7.2A, 450 RPM Motor 7.2A, 450 RPM
Hole Capacity Diameter Depth 1/2” - 1-1/16” 3/4” Hole Capacity Diameter Depth 1/2” - 1-3/8” 1”
Cutter / Mount RotaLoc™ with Quick-Shank mounting Cutter / Mount RotaLoc Plus™ with Quick-Shank mounting
Dimensions H 6-11/16” x W 8-1/2” x L 11-5/8” Dimensions H 7-13/16” x W 6-1/2” x L 11-11-16”
Magnet Base W 4” x L 7” Magnet Base W 4” x L 7”
Net Weight 21.3 lb. Net Weight 22.7 lb.
10914 10914S HMD505

Stock No. HOU 10914 & HOU 10914S Stock No. HOU HMD505
The 10914 & 10909 offer a gravity The two-speed HMD505 with the
feed coolant bottle. For non- patented quill feed design
repetitive production, the (S) models eliminates gib adjustments and
offer the economical option of a arbor support brackets for
coolant reservoir arbor that holds maintenance free operation and
fast, smooth feed into and
enough coolant for drilling one hole.
throughout the cut especially in
These models have the power to drill
deep hole drilling. Optional
2-1/16” diameter holes up to 3” pressurized coolant system aids
Depth of Cut without bogging down drilling in horizontal positions and
deep in the hole. All models have feed handles can be quickly
reversible feed handles and Hougen switched to either side. Controls
safety features including an are positioned at the rear for
impactor point for improved accessibility and convenience.
torsional stability, reducing the With the coolant bottle and
possibility of linear shift. carrying handle removed, the drill
becomes only 15” high for even
This model available with a coolant reservoir arbor that holds enough greater maneuverability.
coolant for drilling one hole (Model) 10914S)
Electrical System 120V, 50/60 Hz 11.2A, 1344W Electrical System 120V, 50/60 Hz 14A, 1680W
Motor 10.5A, 350 RPM Motor 13A, 250/450 RPM
Hole Capacity Diameter Depth 7/16” - 2-1/16” 3” Hole Capacity Diameter Depth 7/16” - 2-3/8” 3”
Cutter / Mount Hougen 12,000 Series 3/4” Shank Cutter / Mount Hougen “12,000-Series” 3/4” Shank
Dimensions H 20-1/2” x W 8-3/16” x L 13-3/4” Dimensions H 20” x W 4-3/4” x L 10-3/4”
Magnet Base W 3-1/2” x L 7” Magnet Base W 4” x L 8”
Net Weight 44 lb Net Weight 45 lb.

218 H OUGEN
ROTABROACH CUTTERS Cutter Diameter

(inches & mm)
Decimal
Equivalent 1” D.O.C
Stock No.
2” D.O.C 3” D.O.C
3/4” Diameter Shank Cutters Use with Pilot HOU 10528or HOU 3-10528
19mm .7480 HOU 12319 HOU 12419 HOU 12519
12,000 SERIES 20mm
21mm
.7874
.8268
HOU 12320 HOU 12420 HOU 12520
HOU 12321 HOU 12421 HOU 12521
M2 H.S.S. 22mm
23mm
.8661
.9055
HOU 12322 HOU 12422 HOU 12522
HOU 12323 HOU 12423 HOU 12523
These Cutters are for use with the Hougen Model 24mm .9449 HOU 12324 HOU 12424 HOU 12524
HMD904, HMD505, & the 10914 Drills 25mm .9843 HOU 12325 HOU 12425 HOU 12525
26mm 1.0237 HOU 12326 HOU 12426 HOU 12526
27mm 1.0630 HOU 12327 HOU 12427 HOU 12527
28mm 1.1020 HOU 12328 HOU 12428 HOU 12528
• Unique tooth geometry cuts, splits,
29mm 1.1417 HOU 12329 HOU 12429 HOU 12529
and ejects chips more efficiently 30mm 1.1812 HOU 12330 HOU 12430 HOU 12530
• Smaller machines can drill larger holes 31mm 1.2205 HOU 12331 HOU 12431 HOU 12531
• Less horsepower and feed requirements 32mm 1.2598 HOU 12332 HOU 12432 HOU 12532
lowers energy usage and costs 33mm 1.2993 HOU 12333 HOU 12433 HOU 12533
• Longer tool life due to reduced cutting load per 34mm 1.3386 HOU 12334 HOU 12434 HOU 12534
35mm 1.3779 HOU 12335 HOU 12435 HOU 12535
tooth and more constant surface speed
36mm 1.4174 HOU 12336 HOU 12436 HOU 12536
• Better surface finish of holes 37mm 1.4567 HOU 12337 HOU 12437 HOU 12537
The general purpose, fast hole producer the 12,000 series 38mm 1.4961 — HOU 12438 HOU 12538
39mm 1.5354 — HOU 12439 HOU 12539
Rotabroach Cutter made of hardened, high speed tool steel and
40mm 1.5748 — HOU 12440 HOU 12540
precision ground. For use with all Rotabroach Portable Magnetic Drills 41mm 1.6142 — HOU 12441 HOU 12541
and materials up to 275 BHN. All Cutters feature a 3/4” diameter 42mm 1.6535 — HOU 12442 HOU 12542
shank (models 10915 and 10916 require adapter HOU 02386) and 43mm 1.6929 — HOU 12443 HOU 12543
are available in 1”, 2”, and 3” depth of cut lengths. 44mm 1.7323 — HOU 12444 HOU 12544
45mm 1.7717 — HOU 12445 HOU 12545
“12,000-SERIES” ANNULAR CUTTERS

46mm 1.8110 — HOU 12446 HOU 12546
47mm 1.8504 — HOU 12447 HOU 12547
These Cutters are for use with the Hougen Model 48mm 1.8898 — HOU 12448 HOU 12548
49mm 1.9291 — HOU 12449 HOU 12549
HMD904 HMD505 & 10914 Magnetic Drills 50mm 1.9685 — HOU 12450 HOU 12550
Cutter Diameter Decimal Stock No. 51mm 2.0079 — HOU 12451 HOU 12551
12,000 SERIES CUTTER PILOTS

(inches & mm) Equivalent 1” D.O.C 2” D.O.C 3” D.O.C
3/4” Diameter Shank Cutters Use with Pilot HOU 10531 or HOU 10532
7/16 .4375 HOU 12114 HOU 12214 — Stock No. Pilots for
12mm .4724 HOU 12312 HOU 12412 — 1” D.O.C 2” D.O.C 3” D.O.C Cutter Diameter
3/4” Diameter Shank Cutters Use with Pilot HOU 10533 or HOU 10534 HOU 10531 HOU 10532 — 7/16” & 12mm
1/2 .5000 HOU 12116 HOU 12216 — HOU 10533 HOU 10534 — 1/2 - 11/16” & 13 - 18mm
9/16 .5625 HOU 12118 HOU 12218 — HOU 10527 — — 3/4 - 2” & 19 - 51mm
5/8 .6250 HOU 12120 HOU 12220 — — HOU 10528 — 3/4 - 2-3/8” & 19 - 51mm
11/16 .6875 HOU 12122 HOU 12222 — HOU 24131 HOU 24131 HOU 24131 3/4 - 2-3/8” & 19 - 51mm
13mm .5118 HOU 12313 HOU 12413 —
14mm .5512 HOU 12314 HOU 12414 —
15mm .5906 HOU 12315 HOU 12415 — 12,000 SERIES CUTTER KITS
16mm .6299 HOU 12316 HOU 12416 — Stock No. Description
17mm .6693 HOU 12317 HOU 12417 — 1” D.O.C. Kit contains 9/16, 11/16, 13/16, 15/16 & 1-1/16”
HOU 12001 diameter cutters, two pilots & hex wrenches in sturdy case.
18mm .7087 HOU 12318 HOU 12418 —
3/4” Diameter Shank Cutters Use with Pilot HOU 10528or HOU 3-10528 2” D.O.C. Kit contains 9/16, 11/16, 13/16, 15/16 & 1-1/16”
HOU 12002 diameter cutters, two pilots & hex wrenches in sturdy case.
3/4 .7500 HOU 12124 HOU 12224 HOU 12224
13/16 .8125 HOU 12126 HOU 12226 HOU 12226
7/8 .8750 HOU 12128 HOU 12228 HOU 12228 The above Cutters are Available for Stack Cutting
15/16
1
.9375
1.0000
HOU 12130 HOU 12230 HOU 12230
HOU 12132 HOU 12232 HOU 12232
Please check with Awisco for details...
1-1/16 1.0625 HOU 12134 HOU 12234 HOU 12234
1-1/8 1.1250 HOU 12136 HOU 12236 HOU 12236
1-3/16 1.1875 HOU 12138 HOU 12238 HOU 12238
COPPERHEAD™
1-1/4 1.2500 HOU 12140 HOU 12240 HOU 12240
1-5/16 1.3125 HOU 12142 HOU 12242 HOU 12242
1-3/8 1.3750 HOU 12144 HOU 12244 HOU 12244
CARBIDE
1-7/16 1.4375 HOU 12146 HOU 12246 HOU 12246
1-1/2 1.5000 HOU 12148 HOU 12248 HOU 12248
1-9/16 1.5625 HOU 12150 HOU 12250 HOU 12250
1-5/8
1-11/16
1-3/4
1.6250
1.6875
1.7500
HOU 12152 HOU 12252 HOU 12252
HOU 12154 HOU 12254 HOU 12254
HOU 12156 HOU 12256 HOU 12256
TIP CUTTERS
1-13/16
1-7/8
1.8125
1.8750
HOU 12158 HOU 12258 HOU 12258
HOU 12160 HOU 12260 HOU 12260 ROTALOC™ &
ROTALOC PLUS™
1-15/16 1.9375 HOU 12162 HOU 12262 HOU 12262
2 2.0000 HOU 12164 HOU 12264 HOU 12264
2-1/16 2.0625 — HOU 12266 —

H OUGEN 219
Copperhead™ Carbide Tip Cutters feature a durable grade carbide Stock No. Cutter Diameter (Metric) Decimal Equivalent
insert for extended tool life when used with Hougen Mag Drills on HOU 17300 12mm .4724
abrasive and tough-to-cut materials. The unique Hougen design also HOU 17302 13mm .5118
includes a special tool geometry that helps maintain better chip flow HOU 17304 14mm 5512
than other brands. They are resharpenable and are available in HOU 17306 15mm .5906
HOU 17308 16mm .6299
diameters from 9/16” up to 1-1/2 in 2” D.O.C.
Stock No. Cutter Diameter (Metric) Decimal Equivalent
COPPERHEAD™ CARBIDE TIP CUTTERS 2” D.O.C.

HOU 17310 17mm .6693
HOU 17312 18mm .7087
Stock No. Cutter Diameter (Inches) Decimal Equivalent HOU 17314 19mm .7480
HOU 18218 9/16 .5625 HOU 17316 20mm .7874
HOU 18222 11/16 .6875 HOU 17318 21mm .8268
HOU 18226 13/16 .8125 HOU 17320 22mm .8661
HOU 18228 7/8 .8750 HOU 17322 23mm .9055
HOU 18230 15/16 .9375 HOU 17324 24mm .9449
HOU 18232 1 1.0000 HOU 17325 24.5mm .9645
HOU 18234 1-1/16 1.0625 HOU 17326 25mm .9843
HOU 18236 1-1/8 1.1250 HOU 17328 26mm 1.0236
HOU 18238 1-3/16 1.1875 HOU 17330 27mm 1.0630
HOU 18240 1-1/4 1.2500
HOU 18242 1-5/16 1.3125
HOU 18244
HOU 18246
1-3/8
1-1/2
1.3750
1.5000 ROTALOC™ PLUS ANNULAR CUTTERS
COPPERHEAD™ CUTTER PILOT M2 HSS - 1” D.O.C.
Stock No. Description Use With 17470 Standard Pilot for
HOU 10530 Standard Pilot for Copperhead carbide tip cutters RotaLoc Plus Style Cutters
ROTALOC
Stock No. Cutter Diameter (Inches) Decimal Equivalent
™ HOU 17216 1/2 .5000
HOU 17218 9/16 .5625
& ROTALOC PLUS™ HOU 17220

HOU 17222
5/8
11/16
.6250
.6875
ANNULAR CUTTERS
HOU 17224 3/4 .7500
HOU 17226 13/16 .8125
HOU 17228 7/8 .8750
HOU 17230 15/16 .9375
HOU 17232 1 1.0000
HOU 17234 1-1/16 1.0625
These Cutters are for use HOU 17236 1-1/8 1.1250
with the Hougen HOU 17238 1-3/16 1.1875
HOU 17240 1-1/4 1.2500
Model HMD115, HMD150 HOU 17242 1-5/16 1.3125
Magnetic Drill HOU 17244 1-3/8 1.3750
HOU 17400 12mm .4724
Rotaloc™ Annular Cutters are designed for use with the Hougen
HOU 17402 13mm .5118
HMD115 Ultra-Low Profile Truck Frame Drill, and Rotaloc Plus™ HOU 17404 14mm 5512
Annular Cutters are designed for the Hougen HMD150 (The RotaLoc HOU 17406 15mm .5906
Annular Cutters for use with the HMD115 Magnetic Drill and the HOU 17408 16mm .6299
HOU 17410 17mm .6693
RotaLoc Plus Annular Cutters are for use with the HMD150 Magnetic
Drill). They feature the Quick-Shank mounting for fast change out, HOU 17410 17mm .6693
with no tools required to install in the Drill’s arbor. For optimum cutter HOU 17412 18mm .7087
tool life and cutter efficiency use Hougen Slick-Stik Lubricant. HOU 17414 19mm .7480
HOU 17416 20mm .7874
ROTALOC™ ANNULAR CUTTERS HOU 17418 21mm .8268
M42 HSS - 3/4” D.O.C. - STACK CUT HOU 17420
HOU 17422
22mm
23mm
.8661
.9055
Use With 17100 Standard Pilot for HOU 17424 24mm .9449
RotaLoc Style Cutters HOU 17425 24.5mm .9645
Stock No. Cutter Diameter (Inches) Decimal Equivalent HOU 17426 25mm .9843
HOU 17116 1/2 .5000 HOU 17428 26mm 1.0236
HOU 17118 9/16 .5625 HOU 17430 27mm 1.0630
HOU 17120 5/8 .6250 HOU 17432 28mm 1.1024
HOU 17122 11/16 .6875 HOU 17434 29mm 1.1417
HOU 17124 3/4 .7500 HOU 17436 30mm 1.1811
HOU 17126 13/16 .8125 HOU 17438 31mm 1.2205
HOU 17128 7/8 .8750 HOU 17440 32mm 1.2598
HOU 17130 15/16 .9375 HOU 17442 33mm 1.2992
HOU 17132 1 1.0000 HOU 17444 34mm 1.3386
HOU 17134 1-1/16 1.0625 HOU 17446 35mm 1.3779

220 H OUGEN
ROTALOC™ & ROTALOC PLUS PILOT HOU 11144

HOU 11148
15/16
1
.9375
1.0000
Stock No. Description HOU 11152 1-1/16 1.0625
HOU 17100 Standard Pilot for HMD115 HOU 11156 1-1/8 1.1250
HOU 17470 For use with HMD150 HOU 11160 1-3/16 1.1875
HOU 11164 1-1/4 1.2500
HOU 11165 1-5/16 1.3125
HOU 11166 1-3/8 1.3750
ROTALOC™
HOU 11167 1-7/16 1.4375
HOU 11168 1-1/2 1.5000
ANNULAR CUTTER KIT

Stock No. Diameter (Metric) Decimal Equivalent
3/8”-24 Thread Mount & 1/4” D.O.C.
HOU 11206 6mm .2362
Stock No. HOU 17001 HOU 11207 7mm .2756
HOU 11208 8mm .3150
HOU 11209 9mm .3543
HOU 11210 10mm .3937
HOU 11211 11mm .4331
HOU 11212 12mm .4724
HOU 11213 13mm .5118
HOU 11214 14mm .5512
HOU 11215 15mm .5906
HOU 11216 16mm .6299
Kit contains (10) Rotaloc cutters in a sturdy plastic case plus two
HOU 11217 17mm .6693
Pilots. Sizes include: 1/2”, 9/16”, 5/8”, 11/16”, 3/4”, 13/16”, 7/8”, HOU 11218 18mm .7087
15/16”, 1”, 1-1/16”. HOU 11219 19mm .7480
HOU 11220 20mm .7874
ROTACUT™
HOU 11221 21mm .8268
SHEET METAL
HOU 11222 22mm ..8661
HOU 11223 23mm .9055
HOU 11224 24mm .9449
HOLE CUTTERS
HOU 11225 25mm .9843
Ideal for these applications:
ROTACUT™ KIT
• Piping
• Electrical
• Conduit Work Stock No. HOU 11075
• Sheet Metal Fabrication
• Maintenance Installations
• HVAC & PHCC
Kit contains an 11088 Arbor
• Automotive Aftermarket and many other industries.
Assembly, Center Punch, extra
Hole making — faster and easier than with conventional twist drills Pilot, and (7) Cutters: 5/16, 3/8,
and hole saws – in sheet metal, plate materials, and plastics up to 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, & 3/4”
1/2” thick. RotaCut Cutters are precision – ground and produce clean,
burr-free, round holes without deforming the surrounding material.
For use in hand held drills with either 3/8” or 1/2” diameter chucks, or
air feed drill spindles for production work.
RotaCut™ Annular Cutters

Stock No. Diameter (Inches) Decimal Equivalent
EXTENDED REACH
CUTTERS
HOU 11100 1/4 .2500
HOU 11102 9/32 .2812
HOU 11104 5/16 .3125 Hougen Extended Reach Cutters are
HOU 11106 11/32 .3438 designed for applications where additional
HOU 11108 3/8 .3750 reach and a shallow depth of cut is
HOU 11110 13/32 .4062
HOU 11111 27/64 .4219
required. They’re ideally suited for trailer
HOU 11112 7/16 .4375 hitch installations, or single pass through
HOU 11114 15/32 .4688 holes in square and rectangular pipe and
HOU 11116 1/2 .5000 tubing. The cutter and arbor are a single-
HOU 11118 17/32 .5312 piece construction and include a spring loaded ejector for “popping
HOU 11120 9/16 .5625
out” the slug at the end of the cut. For use in 3/8” or larger drill chucks.
HOU 11124 5/8 .6250
HOU 11128 11/16 .6875 Stock No. Diameter (Inches) Decimal Equivalent
HOU 11130 23/32 .7188 Triple Flat Arbor with .80” flute & 1/4” D.O.C.
HOU 11132 3/4 .7500 HOU 16112 3/8 .3750
1/2”-20 Thread Mount & 1/2” D.O.C. HOU 16114 7/16 .4375
HOU 11136 13/16 .8125 HOU 16116 1/2 .5000
HOU 11140 7/8 .8750 HOU 16118 9/16 .5625

H OUGEN 221
New Quad-Lead Thread Mount use Arbor 14007
EXTENDED REACH
Stock No. Diameter (inches) Decimal Equivalent
HOU 14222 11/16 .6875
CUTTER KIT
HOU 14224 3/4 .7500
HOU 14226 13/16 .8125
HOU 14228 7/8 .8750
Stock No. HOU 16005 HOU 14230 15/16 .9375
HOU 14232 1 1.0000
HOU 14234 1-1/16 1.0625
HOU 14236 1-1/8 1.1250
HOU 14238 1-3/16 1.1875
Kit contains (4) Cutters: 3/8,
HOU 14240 1-1/4 1.2500
7/16, 1/2 & 9/16”, (2) extra HOU 14242 1-5/16 1.3125
Pilots, and a Hex Wrench. HOU 14244 1-3/8 1.3750
HOU 14246 1-7/16 1.4375
HOU 14248 1-1/2 1.5000
HOU 14250 1-9/16 1.5625
ARBOR FOR HOU 14252

HOU 14254
1-5/8
1-11/16
1.6250
1.6875
3/8” CHUCKS
HOU 14256 1-3/4 1.7500
HOU 14258 1-13/16 1.8125
HOU 14260 1-7/8 1.8750
HOU 14262 2 2.0000
HOU 14264 2-1/16 2.0625
HOU 14266 2-1/8 2.1250
HOU 14268 2-1/4 2.2500
Stock No. Description HOU 14270 2-5/16 2.3125
With 3/8” - 24 Mounting Thread HOU 14272 2-3/8 2.3750
HOU 11088 Arbor with Pilot Pin HOU 14274 2-1/2 2.5000
HOU 11089 Arbor with Pilot Drill (For use with 3/8” thru 3/4” dia. only) HOU 14276 2-9/16 2.5625
HOU 11006 Arbor with Pilot Pin for use in 5/8” Drill Bushing HOU 14278 2-5/8 2.6250
HOU 14280 2-3/4 2.7500
HOU 14282 2-7/8 2.8750
HOU 14284 3 3.0000
ARBOR FOR
1/2” CHUCKS ELECTRICIAN’S &
FABRICATOR’S KIT
Series 14,000 Sheet Metal
Holcutters
Stock No. Description Stock No. HOU 14005
With 1/2” - 20 Mounting Thread
HOU 11055 Arbor with Pilot Pin
HOU 11012 Arbor with Pilot Pin (For use in 13/16” thru 1-1/2” dia. only)
Sturdy plastic case contains Arbor, Pilots,
“14,000-SERIES” SHEET METAL

Hex Washer, instructions, and Holcutters:
7/8, 1-1/8, 1-3/8, 1-3/4, 2 & 2-1/2”
HOLCUTTERS™
HOLCUTTTER
SHEET METAL SPEED REDUCER
HOLCUTTERS™ WITH
NEW QUAD-LEAD Featuring a 4:1 gear ratio, the
Holcutter Speed Reducer mounts
THREAD MOUNT! directly to your 1/2” drill and
maintains torque while reducing
RPMs for large hole diameters.
Holcutters are now even easier to use, with a new and improved design Cutters mount to Speed Reducer with no arbor required.
that includes a quad-lead thread mount which prevents over tightening NOTE: Details below are ordered separately.
occurring during operation. All cutters now use a single arbor, making Stock No. Description
tool changes simpler. Another design improvement is the addition of a HOU 14008 Speed Reducer for 1/2” Drills
shoulder on all sizes, located behind the cutting teeth, helping to prevent HOU 04938* Clamps Handle
the cutter dropping thru the hole, increasing operator safety. HOU 04939* 3/16” Pilot
The sheet metal Holcutters™ are not hole saws. They’re precision ground, HOU 04942 Thread Adapter for 3/8” Drills
heat treated tools that easily cut thru the stock rather than ripping, tearing, HOU 04943 Triple-flatted Shank Adapter (for use in 1/2” Drill chuck)
and pushing through as do typical hole saws. They can produce hole HOU 04812 Hex washer (for easy cutter removal)
saws in sheet metal and dramatically extend tool life, too. * Details marked are required to operate Speed Reducer

222 H OUGEN
HOLCUTTER™ “12,000-SERIES”
ARBORS ARBORS FOR
& REPLACEMENT MACHINE TOOLS
COMPONENTS Convert manual and CNC
machines such as drill presses,
lathes, and mills into fast hole
HOU 01293 Hex Wrench
HOU 11056 Washer for 14001 Arbor makers. Three styles for holders
HOU 13002 Pilot for 14001 Arbor including R-8, straight, and Morse
HOU 13006 Pilot for 14004 Arbor taper accommodate Hougen
HOU 13007 Pilot for 14007 Arbor “12,000-Series” Cutter for
HOU 14001 Arbor for 3/8” Threaded Cutters
HOU 14002 Arbor for discontinued older style Double “D” Holcutters
materials up to 2” thick.
HOU 14004 Arbor for Double “D” Cutters
Hole Capacity
HOU 14007 Arbor for Quad-Lead Threaded Cutters Stock No. Shank Size
Diameter Depth
Arbor Assembly with Oil Inducer
ANNULAR CUTTER
HOU 10804 #2 Morse 1” 1-1/2”
HOU 10806 #3 Morse 2-3/8” 1-1/2”
HOU 19849 R8 2-3/8” 2”
ACCESSORIES HOU 19850
HOU 10814
1” Straight 2-3/8”
Arbor Assembly without Oil Inducer
#2 Morse 1”
2”
1-1/2”
“12,000-SERIES”
HOU 10816 #3 Morse 2-3/8” 1-1/2”
HOU 49853 R8 2-3/8” 2”
ARBORS FOR
HOU 49851 1” Straight 2-3/8” 2”
Arbor (Body Only)
STATIONARY TOOLS
HOU 10824 #2 Morse 1” 1-1/2”
HOU 10826 #3 Morse 2-3/8” 1-1/2”
HOU 01984 R8 2-3/8” 2”
HOU 02072 1” Straight 2-3/8” 2”

Arbor Assembly for 3/4” Shank Cutters
HOU 11016 (complete with set screws and spring)
Optional & Replacement Arbor Parts
HOU 11041 Arbor Body
Use Hougen Annular Cutters HOU 11054 1/4-28 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
with stationary tools and drill HOU 11065 Stop Cut - 1/2” Shank Cutters
presses. Triple flatted shank fits HOU 11069 Ejector Spring
1/2” drill chucks. Uses 1” depth HOU 11259 Stop Cup - 3/4” Shank Cutters
of cut “12,000-Series” Cutters HOU 40222 7/16-14 Soc. Hd. Cap Screw
for materials up to 1/2” thick. Pilots
HOU 11022 Starter Pilot for 7/16” & 12mm Dia. Cutters
HOU 11023 Piercer Pilot for 7/16” & 12mm Dia. Cutters
HOU 11024 Piercer Pilot for 3/4” - 2-1/16” & 19mm-51mm Dia. Cutters
HOU 11031 Starter Pilot for 3/4” - 2-1/16” & 19mm-51mm Dia. Cutters
HOU 11032 Starter Pilot for 1/2” - 11/16” & 13mm-18mm Dia. Cutters
HOU 11033 Piercer Pilot for 1/2” - 11/16” & 13mm-18mm Dia. Cutters
SLICK-STIK™
LUBRICANT & ROTAMAGIC™ VAC-PAD™
CUTTING FLUID Stock No. HOU 05000
Slick-Stik™ is softer than other stick Vacuum Base Attachment
lubricants for easy application, superior
adhesion to the tool, assuring thorough
Vac-Pad™ works exclusively
coverage. Use with ferrous or non-ferrous
materials. Rotamagic™ Concentrated with Model HMD904 on non-
Cutting Fluids is water soluble and yields a ferrous materials, diamond
10:1 ratio when mixed with water. plate and materials with
Stock No.
surface imperfections up to
Description
3mm deep. Standard shop
HOU 11741 1 Pint Bottles - Makes 1 pint each
HOU 11742 1 Gallon Bottles - Makes 11 gallons each
air provides 761 lb. surface
HOU 11743 5 Gallon Pail - Makes 55 gallons holding power at 85 kpa.
HOU 11745 16 oz. Slick-Stik Lubricant Safety switch shuts off drill motor if air pressure drops.

H OUGEN 223
PIPE ADAPTER KIT TAPPING

Stock No. HOU 02564
For use with Models HMD904 and 10914 ATTACHMENT KITS
Lightweight, easy to install design
incorporates a planetary gear reverse
with a 1:1 ratio. Reversing speed is
This kit lets you drill pipe and equal to spindle speed so in-feed and
tubing with a minimum 3” out-feed of the unit can be employed
diameter and some convex without reversing motor direction.
surfaces. Kit quickly attaches to
your Hougen Magnetic Drill and
positive non-slip positioning
assures centered hole location.
HOU 02463 For use with HMD904
HOU 02495 for #6 thru 1/4” tap
Minimum 3” diameter schedule 160, maximum 12” diameter Collets:
HOU 024 for 1/4” thru 1/2” tap
schedule 160.
PRESSURE COUNTERSINK KIT

For use with Models
COOLANT SYSTEM HMD505, HMD904 or 10914
Stock No. HOU 24140
For use with Model HMD505
82° Countersink is triple
fluted with a patented pilot
The pressurized Coolant System is
assembly that requires
used with the HMD505 for drilling when minimum torque providing
gravity feed coolant is not applicable. maximum tool efficiency for
With the gravity-feed coolant bottled holes from 9/16” to 15/16”
removed, the pressurized system diameters.
easily attaches in its place. The bottle
holds one gallon of coolant. Stock No. Description
HOU 12958 Kit includes (1) Cutter and (4) Pilots
Assembly includes Pump Bottle, HOU 12959 82° Countersink Cutter
Hose, Valve, Bracket & Fittings. HOU 12952 9/16” diameter Pilot
HOU 12953 11/16” diameter Pilot
COOLANT BOTTLE
ASSEMBLY & RETRO FIT KIT TWIST DRILL
For use with Model HMD904
Now you can have the
ADAPTER KIT
convenience of a large capacity For use with Models
gravity feed coolant bottle HMD505, HMD904 or 10914
mounted to your HMD904. The A convenient kit for small hole drilling.
coolant bottle retro fit kit (#05087) It contains all items listed below, and
is easy to install and comes easily installs in a Hougen Magnetic Drill
complete with all components & without removing drill arbor and coolant
instructions necessary to convert system. Adapter accepts a modified
your HMD904. 118° twist drill with a 1/4” flatted shank
that secures in adapter with a set screw.
Includes all Components Listed on below
Arbor / Front Support HOU 02608 Twist Drill Adapter
HOU 05052
Bracket Ass’y HOU 03835 1/2” Twist Drill Bit
HOU 05060 Coolant Bottle Ass’y HOU 03837 7/16” Twist Drill Bit
HOU 05057 Mounting Bracket HOU 03839 3/8” Twist Drill Bit
HOU 05058 Coolant Inducer Bracket HOU 03841 5/16” Twist Drill Bit
HOU 04157 #10-32 Flat Head Screw HOU 03843 1/4” Twist Drill Bit
HOU 05088 Installation Instructions HOU 03845 Twist Drill Adapter Kit

224 H OUGEN
JACOBS® CHUCKS ANGLE NUTSETTER

Stock No. BAR 640RA
Two sizes of Jacobs ® Chucks are
available for Hougen Magnetic Drills.
The 1/2” Chuck fits models HMD904,
Introducing the right Angle Nutsetter with
& 1091414(S). The 5/8” Chuck fits
model 10914(S). 1/2” Chuck requires an adaptor that accepts the Hougen 12,000
01829 Spindle Adapter for model Series annular cutter. This is a rugged,
HMD904. Model 10914(S) require powerful air tool with a torque range of 40
Spindle Adapter 40341 for both foot pounds to 80 foot pounds.
chuck sizes.
This tool is the Ironworkers solution to
Stock No. Description drilling holes when in a very tight area. It is
HOU 10732 1/2” Chuck with Key not designed to be used in place of the
HOU 10738 5/8” Chuck with Key Hougen Mag Drill, but to be used for those
cases where the Hougen cannot fit. It will
avoid the extra man hours of labor using
ROTALOC
standard Twist Drill Bits.
40 foot pounds 300 RPM’s
SPINDLE ADAPTER 80 foot pounds
Stock No.
600 RPM’s
Description
Now with the new RotaLoc Spindle
Adapter you can take advantage of the fast BAR 640RA Right Angle Nutsetter
change out of RotaLoc or RotaLoc Plus BAR 12SQ34 Replacement Adapter
Annular Cutters with Quick-Shanks in
virtually all Hougen Portable Magnetic
Drills or any other drill that also accepts
Rotabroach “12,000-Series” Cutters. TORNADO II
Stock No.
HOU 17680
Description
Rotaloc Adapter Assembly PAINT SHAKER
HOU 04778 Replacement Adapter Stock No. HOU 51200
Replacement Pilot
115 Volt 2.9 Amps
HOU 04780
The Hougen® Tornado II™ Portable
Paint Shaker is designed to mix
ARBOR EXTENDERS
paints completely - using three
dimensions of simultaneous motion:
Orbital, Side-to-side, Up/Down.
To achieve these multiple motions,
When extended reach is necessary, the Tornado II spins an eccentric fly
Hougen offers 1” and 2” Arbor Extenders weight rather than using crankshafts,
with a 1.310” diameter that fit arbors using belts, or pulleys which can wear out
Rotabroach® “12,000-Series” Cutters. and break.
Quiet operation and minimal moving
parts provide long trouble-free
Stock No. Description service at a very low cost. Mix gallons
HOU 10100 1” Arbor Extended Assembly and smaller sizes including aerosols.
HOU 10200 2” Arbor Extended Assembly
• Does not need to be bolted down.
• Operates on 115 Volts.
• Weights only 24 lbs.
SPINDLE ADAPTERS
• Measures 15-1/2” high, 15-3/8” wide, and 11-1/2” deep.
• Fewer moving parts also means minimal noise while the paint shaker
is in operation.
Spindle Adapters are required • A quick, and easy-to-use, four point clamping mechanism securely
holds containers during the agitation cycle.
for several of the accessories
• Blending cycles can be set to numerous time intervals via the
listed in this catalog to increase convenient, up-front control panel.
versatility & productivity of your • Tornado II Paint Shakers feature a full year warranty from date of
Hougen Magnetic Drill. purchase against defects due to faulty material or workmanship.

HOU 01829 Chuck/Tap Adapter (HMD904)
HOU 10851 1/2” Shank Adapter (HMD904
HOU 40226 Chuck/Tap Adapter (10914)
HOU 40341 Chuck/Tap Adapter (long) (10914)

S IMPLEX 225
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
• High flow quality couplers

• Collar threads designed for full load
• Base & piston mountings for easy fixturing
• removable load caps for flexibility & safety
• Stop ring for piston blow-out protection
• Plated piston to resist scoring & corrosion
• Large bearings resist side load
• Rod wiper protects inner cylinder from dirt
SPRING RETURN 5 TON THRU 10 TON

A B Ram C D E F G
Effect Pres. Oil Cap. Sugstd.
Cap. Stroke Min. Ext. Bore Body Piston Base to Piston Piston Collar Collar Wgt.
Stock No. Area @ Cap. Req’d Hand
(tons) (in) Ht. Ht. Dia. O.D. O.D. Port C/L I.D. Thrd. Thrds. Thrd. (Lbs.)
(sq in) (psi) (cu in) Pump
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) Thrds. Depth (in) Lgth.
SIM R50 5/8 1-5/8 2-1/4 .6 1.6x2.3 None None None None 2.5
SIM R55 5 5 8-1/2 13-1/2 1-1/8 .99 10,000 5.0 1 4.0 P41
1-1/2 3/4” x 16” 5/8” 1-1/2 x 16
SIM R59 9-1/8 12-3/4 21-7/8 9.1 5.5
SIM R102 2-1/8 4-25/32 6-29/32 5.22
3/4 5.2
1-1/8”
SIM R104 4-1/8 6-3/4 10-7/8 9.2 6.3
SIM R106 10 6-1/8 9-3/4 15-7/8 1-11/16 2.24 8,945 13.7 2-1/4 1-1/2 1” - 8” 3/4” 2-1/4 x 14 8.8 P42
SIM R108 8 11-3/4 19-3/4 18.0 10.5
SIM R1010 10-1/8 13-3/4 23-7/8 22.7 12.0

A B Ram C D E F G
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) Thrds. (in) Depth (in) Lgth.
SIM R152 2 5-7/8 7-7/8 6.3 8.3
3/4 P42
SIM R154 15 4 7-7/8 11-7/8 2 3.14 9,554 12.6 2-3/4 1-5/8 1” x 8” 1” 2-3/4 x 16 1-3/16” 10.8
SIM R1510 10 14-11/16 24-11/16 31.4 19.5 P140
SIM R252 2 6-1/2 8-1/2 10.3 15.0
SIM R254 4 8-1/2 12-1/2 20.6 18.0 P42
25 2-9/16 5.15 9,700 1
SIM R256 6-1/4 10-3/4 17 32.2 3-3/8 2-1/4 1-1/2 x 16 1-1/8” 3-5/16 x 12 1-15/16” 23.0
SIM R2510 10-1/4 14-3/4 25 52.8 31.0 P140

A B Ram C D E F G
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) Thrds. (in) Depth (in) Lgth.
SIM R308 30 8-1/4 15-1/4 23-1/2 2-7/8 6.49 9,245 53.6 4 2-1/4 2-1/4 1-1/2 x 16 1-3/16” 3-5/16 x 12 1-15/16” 40.0
P82
SIM R554 55 4 8-15/16 12-15/16 3-3/4 11.05 9,955 54.0 5 3-1/8 1-3/8 5 x 12 2-1/8” 42.0
SIM R756 75 6-1/8 11-1/4 17-3/8 4-1/2 15.90 9,430 97.4 5-3/4 3-3/4 N/A N/A 5-3/4 x 12 1-3/4” 63.0
1-3/16 *
SIM R1006 100 6-3/8 13-1/4 20-11/16 5-1/8 20.63 9,695 137.0 6-1/4 4-1/8 6-1/4 x 12 2-1/4” 90.0
* Power Pumps are suggested for these units.
Other Models available... Please check with Awisco or visit Simplex Website at www.tksimplex.com

226 S IMPLEX
LOW PROFILE 10 TON THRU 200 TONS
• Plated Pistons to resist scoring & corrosion.

• High flow quality couplers.
• Available in spring or load return.
• Stop rings for piston blow-out protection.
• Rod wiper protects inner cylinder from dirt.
• Exceeds ANSI/ASME B30.1 safety standards.
A B C Ram D E F
Stock No. Effect Pres. Oil Cap. Wgt. Sugstd.
Cap. Stroke Min. Ext. Bore Body Piston Base to Suggested
Spring Area @ Cap. Req’d Hand
(tons) Ht. Ht. Dia. O.D. O.D. Port C/L (Lbs.) Pump Power Pump
Return (in) (sq in) (psi) (cu in)
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
SIM RLS101 10 1-1/2 3-15/32 4-31/32 1-11/16 2.23 8,940 3.4 2-3/4 1-1/2 11/16 5.8 Simplex Suc-O-Matic™
SIM RLS302 30 2-7/16 4-5/8 7-1/16 2-7/8 6.49 9,250 15.8 4 2-1/4 3/4 13.8 P42 equipped Power Pumps are
SIM RLS502 50 2-3/8 4-13/16 7-3/16 3-1/2 9.62 10,400 22.8 5 2-1/4 15/16 22.8
highly recommended to
SIM RLS1002 100 2-1/4 5-9/16 7-13/16 5 19.63 10,200 44.2 6-1/2 3-5/8 1-1/4 44.5
P140 power load return cylinders.
SIM RLR2002* 200 2 8 10 7-1/4 44.18 9,054 88.4 10 6-9/16 2-1/16 184
* This is a Load Return Model.
5 TON THRU 150 TON FLAT JACK

• Stop rings for piston blow-out protection.
• Available in spring or load return.
• Domed Piston resists side load.
• Plated Piston to resist scoring & corrosion.
• Mounting holes in 5, 10, & 20 ton models.
• Rod wiper protects inner cylinder from dirt.
• Exceeds ANSI/ ASME B30.1 safety standards.
• Power pimps with Suc-O-Matic™ feature are ideal for load return cylinders.
A B C Ram D E F G
Stock No. Effect Pres. Oil Cap. Wgt. Sugstd.
Cap. Stroke Min. Ext. Bore Body Piston Base to
Spring Area @ Cap. Req’d Piston O.D. Piston O.D. Hand
(tons) Ht. Ht. Dia. O.D. O.D. Port C/L (Lbs.) Pump
Return (in) (sq in) (psi) (cu in) Spring Ret. (in) Load Ret. (in)
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
SIM R50 5 5/8 1-5/8 2-1/4 1-1/8 .99 10,000 .6 2-9/16 1-5/8 1 ... 2.5
SIM RFS10 10 7/16 1-11/16 2-1/8 1-11/16 2.24 8,940 1.0 3-1/4 2-3/16 3/4 3/4 1-1/2 3.3 P41
SIM RFS20 20 7/16 2-1/32 2-15/32 2-3/8 4.43 9,030 1.9 4 3 1-1/8 2 6.0
SIM RFS100 100 5/8 3-3/8 4 5 19.63 10,200 12.3 7 6 2-1/2 3-3/8 31.0
15/16 P42
SIM RFR150 150 9/16 3-15/16 4-1/2 6-1/4 30.66 9,785 17.2 8-1/2 7-1/2 3 4-1/2 50.5
2 - 5 TON PULL CYLINDER

• Designed for pulling & tensioning applications.
• High strength all steel construction.
• Chrome plated piston rods resist corrosion.
• Rod wiper protects against contamination.
• Piston rod automatically extends when pressure is released.
• High strength compression spring provides long cycle life and quick piston tension.
A B C D E F G H I J Sugstd.
Cap. Stroke Oil Cap. Pres. @
Stock No. Min. Ext. O.D. Collar Collar Thrd. Cyl. to Piston Piston NPTF NPTF Hand
(tons) (in) (cu. in.) Cap. (psi)
Ht. (in) Ht. (in) (in) Thr. (in) Length (in) Port (in) Dia. (in) Adpt. (in) Thrd. (in) Thrd. (in) Pump
SIM RP25 2 5 9-9/16 14-9/16 1-3/4 1-1/2 - 16 1 1-11/16 3/4 1 3/4 - 14 3/4 - 14 2.8 7,250 4
SIM RP55 5 5-1/2 11-7/8 17-3/8 2-1/4 2-1/4 - 14 1 1-11/16 1-3/16 1-3/8 1-1/4 - 11-1/2 1-1/4 - 11-1/2 6.2 8,850 11

S IMPLEX 227
HAND PUMPS PROPER SIZE & SELECTION

Once you have selected your cylinder, find the required reservoir capacity Type of cylinders: Most hand pumps are designed to operate single-
in the cylinder specification chart, and choose a hand pump with at least acting cylinders. Hand pumps with 4-way valves can operate double-
10% more reservoir capacity per cylinder. acting cylinders.
Example: An R-256 cylinder has a required oil capacity of 32.2 cu. in. Quick Reference Chart: Use the following chart to match the appropriate
The P-42 hand pump with a reservoir capacity of 45 cu. in. can pump this size hand pump to your single-acting Simplex cylinders. Match your
cylinder to its full stroke. If two R-256 cylinders are to be raised, use a P- cylinder capacity (across the top) with the cylinder strokes listed (in the
140 with a reservoir capacity of 140 cu. in. 1/4” I.D. hose requires .6 cu. left hand column). The intersecting box will give you the recommended
in. oil per foot. 3/8” I.D. hose requires 1.3 cu. in. per foot. hand pump for general applications.
CYLINDER CAPACITY (TONS)
Cylinder
5 10 15 20 25 30 50/55 60 75 100 150
Stroke Ton Ton
Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton
1 P41 P41 P41 P42 P42 P42 P42 P42 P42
2 P42 P42 P42 P42 P42 P42 P82-P140 P140
3 P41 P82-P140
4 P42 P42 P42
5 P42
6 P42 P42 P42 P82-P140 P82-P140 P82-P140 P230 P230
7 P42
8 P42 P42 P82-P140 P82-P140 P230 P300
9 P42
10 P42 P42 P82-P140 P230 P461
12 P42 P82-P140
13 P230
14 P42 P82-P140 P82-P140
For higher speeds, use power pumps to operate multiple cylinder
systems or long stroke cylinders over 50 tons.
Hand Pump / Cylinder Speed Chart: Use the following chart to determine the number of full pump handle strokes required to extend a Simplex
cylinder 1”. You may take handle stroke per inch and multiply it by the cylinder stroke to determine the number of strokes required to fully extend the
cylinder.
StrokesPer CYLINDER CAPACITY (TONS)
Stock No.
Inch of Cylinder 5 10 15 20 25 30 50/55 60 75 100
Travel Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton Ton
P41 No Load
7 15 21 31 34 43 73 88 106 137
P70 Load
P41/P70 No Load 2 3 4 6 7 8 14 17 20 26
P42F/P82 Load 7 15 21 31 34 43 73 88 106 137
P140 No Load 1 1 2 2 2 3 5 5 6 8
P300 Load 4 10 14 22 22 27 46 58 66 86
P230 No Load 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3
P461 Load 3 8 11 16 18 22 38 45 54 70
LIGHT WEIGHT HEAVY DUTY

HAND PUMPS HAND PUMPS
• Light weight for maximum portability.
• All metal construction for durability.
• Carrying handles for easy pick-up.
• Large, easy fill reservoirs.
• External adjustable relief valve.
• Handle latch for easy carrying.
• Low handle effort for easy operation.
• Low, back saving handle effort.
• Single or two speed models.
• External adjustable relief valves.
• 3/8” NPTF outlet ports.
• High displacements of oil per stroke.
LIGHT WEIGHT HAND PUMPS FOR SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS • Adjustable handle effort / dual pivot points.
Oil Volume Usable Oil • Heavy metal, all metal construction for durability.
Pressure rating Weight
Stock No. Speed Per Stroke Capacity
(PSI) (lbs.) Usable Oil
(cu. in.) (cu. in.) Type of Pressure Oil Volume Per Weight
Stock No. Capacity
SIM P41 1 10,000 .16 45 18 Cylinder Rating (PSI) Stroke (cu. in.) (lbs.)
(cu. in.)
1 Stage 200 Single 1 Stage 400
SIM P42 2 .82 45 18 SIM P140 2.8 180 26
2 Stage 10,000 Acting 2 Stage 10,000
1 Stage 200 .82
SIM P82 2 145 24 Other Models available... Please check with Awisco or visit Simplex
2 Stage 10,000 .16
Website at www.tksimplex.com

228 S IMPLEX
POWER PUMP SPEED SELECTION CHART

Use the speed chart below and select the right size pump to obtain the cylinder speed you desire.
For multiple cylinder system speeds, divide the inches per minute by number of cylinders in the system.
Cylinder Inches Per Minute
Capacity
(Tons) 10 Series 20 Series 30 Series 40-70 Series 50 Series 60 Series
Loaded 9 9 17 24 45 76
10 Unloaded 104 169 169 169 290 290
Loaded 4 4 8 10 20 33
20/25 Unloaded 50 75 75 75 132 132
Loaded 3 3 6 8-1/2 16 26
30 Unloaded 39 60 60 60 104 104
Loaded 2 2 4 5 9 15
50/55 23 35 35 35 61 61
Unloaded
Loaded 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 3-1/2 6 10
60/75 16
Unloaded 24 24 24 43 43
Loaded 1 1 2 3 5 8-1/2
100
Unloaded 13 19 19 19 34 34
Loaded 1/2 1/2 1 1-3/4 3 5
150
Unloaded 7 11 11 11 20 20
Loaded 3/8 3/8 3/4 1 2 4
200
Unloaded 5 8 8 8 15 15
Inches Per Minute
= Cylinder Speed In Seconds
60
POWER PUMPS
ELECTRIC .5 HP 10 SERIES
• Two-speed operation provides fast advance. • 24 VAC pendant with 10’ cord for user safety.
• Integrated handle for easy pick-up. • Integrated gauge port for 2 way valves.
• 115 VAC 50/60Hz cycle universal motor. • 2 position valve includes auto retract feature.
PE-10 SERIES .5 HP ELECTRIC POWERED PUMPS - 10,000 PSI CAPACITY

Reservoir
Size Valve Motor Weight
Stock No. Flow Rate
Model Style Specifications (lbs.)
(Gal.) Function
Sing. -Act
Advance/ .5 HP 250 cu. in.

SIM PED1001 Dump Auto Retract 30
Retract Single Phase @ 200 PSI
1 2 Position Advance/ 115 VAC
SIM PED1021 ... Manual 32
2 way* Retract 9 amps @ 115
Standard 19 cu. in.
3 Position
Manual Adv./Hold/ VAC
D/A
SIM PED1041 VP4 34 @ 10,000 PSI

4 way*
Retract
Pow’r-Buddy pumps for single-acting cylinders come standard with motor pendant switch. * Includes auto retract feature (with valve open).
ELECTRIC .5 HP 20 SERIES
• Rated for continuous duty. • Adjustable relief for variable pressure settings.
• Two-speed operation provides fast advance. • Quiet running (80dBA).
• Maximum amperage draw 10 amps. • All dump pumps come standard with motor pendant switch.
PE-20 SERIES .5 HP ELECTRIC POWERED PUMPS - 10,000 PSI CAPACITY

Reservoir
Size Valve Motor Weight
Stock No. Flow Rate
(Gal.) Specifications (lbs.)
Model Style Function
SIM PED2001 1 Dump Auto Retract Remote Actuated 56
Sing. -Act
Advance/ 0.5 HP
2 Position Single Phase 400 cu. in.
SIM PED2021 1 VP2 2 way Retract 56
Manual @ 600 PSI
3 Position Permanent Magnet
SIM PED2032 2 VP3* Standard Level 70
3 way 115 VAC 50/60 Hz
Actuated
Advance/ 20 cu. in.
SIM PED2041 1 VP4 10 amps @ 62
hold/
D/A
3 Position @ 10,000 PSI

4 way Remote Solenoid Retract 10,000 PSI
SIM PED2042 2 VPS4 Actuated 73
* Includes Suc-O-Matic.

S IMPLEX 229
ELECTRIC 1 HP 30 SERIES
• Two-speed operation provides fast advance.
• Dual voltage 115/230 VAC 50/60Hz cycle motor.
• Motor starts under full load.
• Maximum amperage draw 12.5 amps at 115 VAC.
• Adjustable relief for variable pressure settings.
• Quiet running (80dBA).
• All Pumps come standard with motor pendant switch.
PE-30 SERIES 1 HP ELECTRIC POWERED PUMPS - 10,000 PSI CAPACITY
Reservoir Size Valve Motor Weight
Stock No. Flow Rate
(Gal.) Model Style Function Specifications (lbs.)
Remote 1 HP
SIM PED3001 1 Dump Auto Retract 63
Sing. -Act
Actuated Advance/ Single Phase

2 Position Manual Level Retract Introduction Motor 400 cu. in.
SIM PED3022 2 VP2 @ 900 PSI 71
2 way Actuated 115/230 VAC
3 Position Remote Solenoid 50/60 Hz
SIM PED3031 1 VPS3* Standard 70
3 way Actuated 12.5 amps @
Advance/ 40 cu. in.
Manual Level hold/ 10,000 PSI
SIM PED3041 1 VP4 3 Position @ 10,000 PSI 68
D/A
Actuated (Factory Wired @

4 way Retract
Remote Solenoid 115 Vac.)
SIM PED3042 2 VPS4 Actuated 80
ELECTRIC 1.5 HP 40 SERIES

• Two-speed operation provides fast advance. • Quiet running (80dBA).
• Dual voltage 115/230 VAC 50/60 Hz Motor. • Optional dump pumps come standard with motor
• Maximum amperage draw 17 amps at 115 VAC. pendant switch with 20’ cord.
PE-40 SERIES 1.5 HP ELECTRIC POWERED PUMPS - 10,000 PSI CAPACITY
Reservoir Valve
Size Motor Weight
Stock No. Flow Rate
Specifications (lbs.)
(Gal.) Model Style Function
2 Advance/
SIM PEM4022 2 Standard Position Manual
VP2 Retract 1.5 HP 66
Single -Acting
2 way Level
Actuated Single Phase
SIM PEM4055 VPL3* Locking Introduction Motor 400 cu. in. 130
3 @ 1200 PSI
115/230 VAC
SIM PES4035 VPS3* Standard Position Remote 131
3 way Solenoid Advance/ 50/60 Hz
Actuated hold/ 17 amps @ 55 cu. in.
SIM PES4055 5 VPSL3* Locking 132
10,000 PSI @ 10,000 PSI
Retract
Standard3 Manual Level (Factory Wired @
D/A
SIM PEM4045 VP4 Actuated 129

Position 115 Vac.)
Remote Solenoid
SIM PES4065 VPSL4 Locking 4 way Actuated 132
ELECTRIC 1.5 HP 70 SERIES

• Two-speed operation provides fast advance.
• Maximum amperage draw 17 amps.
• Available with optional roll bars.
• Quiet running (80dBA).
• Optional dump pumps come standard with motor
pendant switch with 20’ cord.
PE-70 SERIES 1.5 HP ELECTRIC POWERED PUMPS - 10,000 PSI CAPACITY
Reservoir Size Valve Motor Weight
Stock No. Flow Rate
(Gal.) Model Style Function Specifications (lbs.)
2 Position Manual Level Advance/
Sing. -Act
SIM PEM7025 VP2 2 way Actuated 1.5 HP 124

Retract 400 cu. in.
Single Phase
3 Position Remote Solenoid @ 1200 PSI
SIM PES7035 VPS3* Permanent Magnet 131
3 way Actuated
5 Standard 115 VAC
Manual Level Advance/
SIM PEM7045 VP4 50/60 Hz 55 cu. in. 129
3 Position Actuated hold/
D/A
4 way 17 amps @ @ 10,000 PSI

VPS4 Remote Solenoid Retract 131
SIM PES7045 10,000 PSI
Actuated

230 S IMPLEX
ELECTRIC ELECTRIC
3 HP 50 SERIES 5 HP 60 SERIES
• Two-speed operation provides
fast advance.
• Two-speed operation provides
• 3 HP / 3 Phase dual voltage
fast advance.
motors (230/460).
• 3 HP / 3 Phase dual voltage
motors (230/460). • Dual ports for easier plumbing.
• Adjustable relief for variable • Quiet running (80dBA).
pressure settings. • Adjustable relief for variable
• Quiet running (80dBA). pressure settings.
PE-50 SERIES PE-60 SERIES

3 HP ELECTRIC POWERED PUMPS - 10,000 PSI CAPACITY 5 HP ELECTRIC POWERED PUMPS - 10,000 PSI CAPACITY
Sing. -Act D/A Sing. -Act D/A
Stock No. SIM PEM5035 SIM PES5056 SIM PEM5066 Stock No. SIM PEM6065 SIM PES6036 SIM PEM6046 SIM PES6046
Reservoir Size Reservoir Size
5 10 10
(Gal.) (Gal.)
Model VE3* VPSL3* VRL4 Model VE3* VPS3* VP4 VPS4
Standard Locking Standard
Style 3 Position 3 way 3 Position 4 way Style 3 Position 3 way 3 Position 4 way
Valve Valve
Manual Lever Remote Solenoid Manual Lever Manual Remote Manual Remote
Actuated Actuated Actuated Lever Solenoid Lever Solenoid
Function Advance / Hold / Retract Function Advance / Hold / Retract
Motor 3 HP Three Phase 230/460 Volts 10 amps @ 230 Volt
Motor
5 HP Three Phase 230/460 Volts 13 amps @ 230 Volt
Specifications Specifications
110 cu. in. 650 cu. in. @ 2,000 PSI
Flow Rate 650 cu. in. @ 1,500 PSI Flow Rate
@ 10,000 PSI 175 cu. in. @ 10,000 PSI
Weight (lbs.) 162 221 218 Weight (lbs.) 217 220 217 220
* Includes Suc-O-Matic. * Includes Suc-O-Matic.
GAS POWERED GAS POWERED

HYDRAULIC PUMP HYDRAULIC PUMP
• Adjustable relief for variable

pressure settings.
• Dual ports for easier plumbing. • Dual ports for easier plumbing.
• Adjustable relief for variable pressure settings.
PA-40 SERIES 1.5 AIR POWERED PUMPS - 10,000 PSI CAPACITY
PE-40 SERIES 3.5 HP & PG-50 SERIES S/A D/A
8HP GASOLINE POWERED PUMPS - 10,000 PSI CAPACITY Stock No. SIM PAM4035 SIM PAM4045 SIM PAS4045
Stock No. SIM PMG4035 SIM PGM5046 Reservoir Size
5
Reservoir Size (Gal.)
5 10
(Gal.) Model VP3* VP4* VPA4
Model VP3 VP4 Standard
Standard 3 Position 3 way 3 Position 4 way
Valve Style
Style 3 Position 3 way 3 Position 4 way
Valve Manual Lever Actuated Solenoid Actuated
Manual Lever Actuated
Function Advance / Hold / Retract
Function Advance / Hold / Retract Motor Rotary Air 50 cfm 90 PSI
Motor Gas Engine 3-1/2 HP Gas Engine 8 HP Specifications
Specifications
Flow Rate 400 cu. in. @ 600 psi 50 cu. in. @ 10,000 psi
400 cu. in. @ 600 psi 680 cu. in. @ 1500 psi
Flow Rate 50 cu. in. @ 10,000 ps 120 cu. in. @ 10,000 psi Weight (lbs.) 108 110
Weight (lbs.) 108 147
Other Models available... Please check with Awisco or visit Simplex Website Other Models available... Please check with Awisco or visit Simplex
at www.tksimplex.com Website at www.tksimplex.com

S IMPLEX 231
VALVES
DIRECTIONAL 2-WAY/3-WAY VALVES
Pump Mounted Valves
VP2 VPS3
Pump mounted 2 position 2 way
valve is ideal for pressing,
punching, crimping, staking or
pulling applications when load
holding is not needed.
VP3
Pump mounted 3 position 3 way Pump mounted electric solenoid actuated 3 position 3 way valve with
remote pendant switch allows remote operation of system directional
valve is commonly used with
control.
single-acting cylinders for lifting
applications or production work.
The center position holds the load
with the pump motor on or off.
VPSL3
VPL3
Pump mounted 3 position 3 way
valve is the same as VP3, but
with a built in pilot check valve.
The VPL3 provides positive load
holding in the center position, and
will not allow pressure drop while Pump mounted electric solenoid actuated 3 position 3 way valve with
shifting.
remote pendant switch is the same as the VPS3, but with a built in
Recommended for prestressing, post tensioning and precision pilot operated check valve. The VPSL3 provides positive load holding
holding applications. in the center position, and will not allow pressure drop while shifting.
Remote Mounted Valves
VR3 & VR3CC VRS3 & VR3CC

VR3 isisthe
aVR3 the same
same as
as VP3, except VRS3 is the same as VPS3, except
for inline mounting. VR3CC is the for inline mounting. VRS3CC is the
same valve except all ports are same valve except all ports are
closed in the center position. closed in the center position.
VR3 hydraulic schematic same as VP3. VRS3 hydraulic schematic same as VPS3.
DIRECTIONAL 4-WAY VALVES

Pump Mounted Valves
VP4 VPL4
Pump Mounted 3 position 4 way
valve is the same as VP4, but
Pump Mounted 3 position 4 way with a built in pilot check valve.
valve is used with double-acting The VPL4 provides positive load
cylinders and tools. This valve holding in the center position,
controls direction of oil for and will not allow pressure drop
advancing, holding & retracting, while shifting. Recommended
The center position holds the load for prestressing and precision
with the pump motor running or off. holding applications.

232 S IMPLEX
VPS4 VPSL4
Pump Mounted electric solenoid
actuated 3 position 4 way valve
with remote pendant switch.
Same as VP4, but allows remote
operation of directional control.
VPA4
Pump Mounted air solenoid Pump Mounted electric solenoid actuated 3 position 4 way valve
actuated 3 position 4 way valve with remote pendant switch functions the same as VPS4, but with a
with remote pendant switch. built in pilot operated checkk valve. The VPSL4 provides positive
Same as VP4, but allows remote load holding in the center position, and will not allow pressure drop
operation of directional control. while shifting.
Remote Mounted Valves
VR4 & VR4CC VRS4 & VRS4CC

VR4 is the same as VP4, except VRS4 is the same as VPS4, except
for inline mounting. VR4CC is the for inline mounting. VRS4CC is the
same valve except all ports are same valve except all ports are
closed in the center position. closed in the center position.
VR4 hydraulic schematic same as VP4. VRS4 hydraulic schematic same as VPS4.
Inline System Valves
V10E CHECK VALVE V5B SHUT-OFF

Automatically locks load in raised
position as plunger is being
VALVE
extended. Protects against
dropping the load due to
pressure loss. Required for is a needle-type valve for sustained load-
multiple cylinder lifting from one holding and flow control. use for positive
source. (Includes Hex Nipple). shut-off or throttling.
V10EC CHECK VALVE V1 IN-LINE

ADJUSTABLE
is a V10E with polarized high flow RELIEF VALVE
couplers for direct, rapid mounting
to cylinder couplers. Is for In-line mounting into hydraulic systems.
Accurately controls maximum pressure from
800 to 10,000 PSI. Turn Handle until gauge
indicates desired working pressure - tighten
lock nut. Valve automatically opens and
bypasses excess flow from system when
preset pressure is reached.
V2 OVER CENTER V3 SAFETY

CHECK VALVE RELIEF VALVE
Can be mounted at the cylinder to
hold the load in the event of system
failure. Unlike other piloted check
valves, the V2 provides controlled Threads into top port of double-acting
retraction without “Chatter”. cylinders, or inline on hydraulic systems,
Note: When used in multiple cylinder systems, contact Simplex for for protection against over pressurizing.
minimum pump requirements. Pressure rating is 10,500 psi.

S IMPLEX 233
ACCESSORIES
3/8” & 1/4” NPTF HIGH-FLOW COUPLERS 3/8” NPTF HIGH PRESSURE 10,000 PSI FITTINGS
3/8” NPTF F1 F3
Hex Nipple 3” Nipple
These premium grade couplers provide maximum fluid flow and are
plated to resist corrosion. Cylinder Half Couplers have male 3/8” NPTF
F6 F7
threads & high strength rubber dust caps; Hose Half Couplers have
female 3/8” NPTF threads.
1/4” NPTF 6” Nipple 90° Elbow
F9 F11
For use on smaller tools, pumps and any tool with 1/4” threads. These 90° St. Elbow Tee
couplers are plated to resist corrosion. Cylinder Half Couplers have
F13 F15
male 1/4” NPTF threads; Hose Half Couplers have female 1/4” NPTF
threads.
HIGH PRESSURE
MANIFOLD Coupling Cross
Model M3
6 Port Inline Hex Manifold: The F16 F17

M3 inline hex manifold features
(6) - 3/8” NPTF threaded ports &
mounting holes.
HYDRAULIC OIL 3/8” M to 1/4” F 1/4” M to 3/8” F
AWISCO
Special, high pressure formulated,
premium grade oil for all Simplex will custom fabricate hydraulic
hydraulic products. High viscosity
index insures maximum lubricity
over wide range of operating
distribution equipment to
your specifications.
temperatures.
100 Min.
Just give us a call and tell us
Hydraulic Viscosity Index
Stock No.
Oil Qty. VIS, SSU, @100° F 150 - 155
AO1 1 Gallon VIS, SSU, @210° F 45 - 50
AO5
AO12
5 Gallons
12 Quarts
VIS, SSU, @0° F
Pour Point
<15,000
-50° F
what you need.
We’ll do the rest!
AO55 55 Gallons Flash Point 400° F
Analine Point 204.8° F
Includes: Anti-Foam, Anti-Rust and Low Temperature Additives.

234 S IMPLEX
HIGH PRESSURE HOSES

• H & H Series industrial grade 1/4” I.D. hose is rated at 10,000 psi
operating pressure and 20,000 psi minimum burst pressure. This
hose is the recommended choice for hand pump & cylinder sets, as
well as a wide range of other intermittent applications.
All Simplex hoses have 3/8” male NPTF threads, and include end guards
as standard equipment. Special lengths are available upon request.
• High Flow HD & HDC Series 3/8” I.D. hose is recommended to
achieve higher retraction speeds and minimal flow restrictions. These
heavy duty hoses are rated at 10,000 psi with a minimum burst
pressure of 30,000 psi.
Stock No. Length Hose End Hose End I.D.
SIM H3 3
Stock No. Length Hose End Hose End I.D.
SIM H6 6
SIM H10 10 SIM HD3 3
SIM H50 50 3/8” NPTF Male 3/8” NPTF Male SIM HD20 20
1/4” SIM HD50 50 3/8” NPTF Male 3/8” NPTF Male
SIM HC3 3
SIM HC6 6 SIM HDC3 3
3/8”
SIM HC10 10 SIM HDC6 6
SIM HC20 20 3/8” NPTF Male C213 Coupler* SIM HDC10 10
SIM HC36 36 SIM HDC20 20 3/8” NPTF Male C213 Coupler*
SIM HC50 50 C213 Coupler* C213 Coupler* SIM HDC50 50 C213 Coupler* C213 Coupler*
* All hoses with couplers includes CR215 Dust Cap. * All hoses with couplers includes CR215 Dust Cap.
Note: Recommended for use with Suc-O-Matic Pumps.
ANALOG GAUGE
The G6 is a larger, easy to read liquid filled gauge that’s in both PSI
and Bar with increments of 500 PSI. The calibrated scale reads from
0-10,000 PSI with 10,000 to 15,000 PSI as a warning zone.
• Liquid filled dampens needle vibration.

• _+1% full scale accuracy.
• Large easy to read 4” face.
• Rubber blowout plugs for safety.
- G6 4” Gauge 500 PSI Increment GA1 Gauge Adaptor
• Stainless steel casing.
Other Gauges are available... Please check with Awisco or visit Simplex Website at www.tksimplex.com
HYDRAULIC TOOLS
NUT SPLITTERS
• 7 Different models.
• Cuts hardened nuts up to grade 8 & 2H
• Safety, no sparks, no flame, no impact.
• replacement chisel and set of screws included.
• Cuts any shape nut.
• Cuts nuts from 1/2” to 2-15/16” (13 to 75mm).
• Rugged carrying case included.
• Broadest Range / Best Value.
• Angle head design for easy placement on nut.
HYDRAULIC NUT SPLITTERS
Nut A/F Weight Sugstd.
Stud Dia. Nut A/F A B C D E F
Stock No. Metric Hand
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs)
(mm) Pump
SIM NS1319 1/4 - 7/16 1/2 - 3/4 13 - 19 1.57 7.87 .24 .75 1.10 1.89 1.8
SIM NS1924 7/16 - 9/16 3/4 - 15/16 19 - 24 2.17 8.94 .32 .98 1.50 2.80 4.4 P42
SIM NS2432 9/16 - 3/4 15/16 - 1-1/4 24 - 32 2.60 10.24 .39 1.22 1.93 2.99 6.6
SIM NS3241 3/4 - 1 1-1/4 - 1-5/8 32 - 41 2.95 11.26 .59 1.38 2.60 3.50 9.7
SIM NS4150 1 - 1-1/4 1-5/8 - 2 41 - 50 3.78 12.80 .83 1.77 2.87 4.29 18.0
SIM NS5060 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 2 - 2-3/8 50 - 60 4.17 14.41 1.06 2.13 4.96 4.96 26.0
P140
SIM NS6075 1-1/2 - 1-7/8 2-3/8 - 2-15/16 60 - 75 6.14 14.43 1.06 2.95 4.33 7.09 75.1

S IMPLEX 235
MAINTENANCE KITS
• Set Includes a Simplex hand pump, Cylinder

& Gauge with gauge adaptor.
• Heavy Duty Case included
• Rated at 5 tons when attachments are used.
• Quick lock or threaded adaptors included.
• Order as a set or individual components.
Capacity Gauge
Stock No. Cylinder Hand Pump Hose Gauge Attachments Spreader Box weight (lbs.)
(tons) Adaptor
MK106 5 R106 P42 HC6 G5 GA1 MK-4 thru MK-20 S2000 MK-21 84
R106 is rated at 10 tons at 10,000 psi. When using attachments or extensions do not exceed 5,000 psi (5 tons) reading on the gauge. Accessories &
extensions are only rated at 5 tons. S2000 Spreader has an operating capacity of 1 ton.
GAT’R JAW™ 5 TON HYDRAULIC

SPREADERS SPREADER
Spreaders 1 - 10 Tons

• Spring return for easy operation. • 5 tons of spreading force.
• Narrow closed ends. • 1/8” through 3” spreading capability.
• All metal construction. • Jaws open parallel.
• Will not drift.
HYDRAULIC SPREADERS 1 & 1-1/2 TON CAPACITY
• All metal construction.
Oil Capacity
Cap. Pressure @ Weight Suggested
Stock No. Required Pres. @ Oil Cap. Spread Sugstd.
(tons) Capacity (psi) (lbs) Hand Pump Stock Cap. Weight
(cu. in.) Cap. Req. Hand
No. (tons) (lbs) Min. (in.) Max. (in.)
SIM S2000 1 .8 7 (psi) (cu. in.) Pump
10,000 P42
SIM S3000 1.5 5.5 16 SIM SF5 5 10,000 5 17 .09 3 P22
10 TON Industrivia
SPREADER / PULLER The Hydraulic Jack
Stock No. SIM 610
Mechanical Spreader / Puller 10 ton capacity was patented in 1851 by
Richard Dudgeon,
a New York City machine
shop owner.
His “new-fangled” machine was
Cap.
Offset
Wt.
Steel Lever Bar
lighter and easier to use than the
Screw
Cap. Travel
(tons) (tons) Dia.
Length
(lbs)
Stock
No.
Length Dia.
Wgt.
(lbs.) screw jack.
10 2 4-1/2” 4-1/2” 10” 13 10621 24” 3/4” 4

236 S IMPLEX
JACKS
HAND JACKS
• Drop forged base and rugged welded construction.
• Operates in horizontal position with handle down.
• All models include over travel protection.
• Grooved saddles help prevent load slippage.
• 2 -22 ton models include screw extensions.
• Piston rods are chrome plated to resist corrosion.
• 30 ton center hole model.
• Super low height jacks in 12 & 22 ton models.
• Service kits are available for all models.
Stock Cap. Min. Ht. Stroke Ext. Screw Max. Ht. Base Piston Max. Handle
Weight (lbs)
No. (tons) (in) (in) Ht. (in) (in) Area (in) Dia. (in) Effort (lbs)
SIM HJ2 2 7-1/8 4-1/2 2 13-5/8 4-3/8 x 2-5/8 3/4 64 5.3
SIM HJ8 8 7-7/8 4-3/4 2-3/4 15-3/8 4 x 3-1/2 1-3/8 69 12.8
SIM HJ22 22 10-5/8 6-3/8 ---- 17 7-1/4 x 5-5/8 2-1/8 73 29.8
SIM HJ55 55 12 6-3/4 ---- 18-3/4 9-3/8 x 7-3/8 3-1/4 73 97.0
TOE JACKS
• Self-contained or remote models for maximum versatility.

• Low toe heights fit in tight clearances.
• The lowest handle effort for easy operation.
• The lowest weights for reduced back injuries.
• New light weight TJH109A and TJH105A
• Swivel sockets for access in close quarters. (TJH5 & TJH10 Only)
Stock Cap. Minimum Height Base Max. Handle Method Of

Stroke Weight (lbs)
No. (tons) Toe Cap. Area Effort (lbs) Return
SIM TJH5 5 4-5/8” 1” 11-3/4” 7-1/4” x 10-5/8” 33 53
Spring
SIM TJH105A 10 5” 2-11/64” 15-5/8” 6” x 9” 73 37
SIM TJA25 25 6-1/2’ 2-1/4” 13-3/4” 9-1/2” x 12” 100 Load 130
Note: Handles are included with all Self-Contained Models.
Other Models are available . Please check with Awisco or visit Simplex website at www.tksimplex.com
RATCHET JACKS
• Double-lever sockets for jacking in close quarters.
• Multiple-tooth pawls for strength & safety.
• Drop-forged, alloy steel, heat-treated components.
• Adjustable spring links.
• Plated springs to resist corrosion.
• Precision machining throughout.
• Large base insures a firm foundation.
• Supports full rated capacity on the toe or the cap.
• Steel lever bars sold separately.
• 5 Ton Ratchet Jack
These units are all mechanically identical and vary only in stroke and height.
• 10 Ton Ratchet Jack
Is the ideal choice when portability is important. This Jack is often selected for lifts of 10 tons or less because of their low handle effort.
Supporting lifting Cap. Handle Effort Cap. Min. Toe Min. Weight Steel Lever Bars
Stock No. Stroke Base Size
Cap. (tons) (tons) per ton (lbs) Height Height (lbs) Stock No. Length Dia. Weight (lbs.)
SIM 85A 5 5 10 32 17” 1-3/4” 5” x 7-3/8” 30 10640 36” 1” 8
SIM A1022 10 10 12 30 21-5/8” 2-1/4” 6-1/2” x 10-1/4” 42 10665 60” 1-1/4” 17
SIM A1538 15 8 22 ---- ---- 8” x 8-1/4” 62
SIM 24A 13 32 23-1/4” 8” x 10-1/4” 93 10675 72” 1-1/4” 20
20 15 2-1/4”
SIM 2029 18 28-1/4” 8” x 11” 104
Pivot Bases are included on Model A1538. Note: 10665 & 10675 lever bars are interchangeable.
Optional for the A1538 are I-Beam Base (#10800) and chain (#10760). The longer 10675 bar results in lower handle efforts.
Other Models are available . Please check with Awisco or visit Simplex website at www.tksimplex.com

S IMPLEX 237
MAXIFORCE AIR LIFTING BAGS

Bag Dimensions Air Req. @
Cap. Max. Max. Burst Weight
Stock No. 118 PSI
(tons) Lifting Hts. Length Width Thick Pres. (PSI) (lbs.)
(Cu. Ft.)
SIM B1 1.5 3.4” 6” 6” .6” .14 1.1
SIM B3 3.2 3.9” 6” 12” .6” .35 2.2
SIM B5 4.8 5.6” 10” 10” .6” .77 3.1
SIM B8 7.6 7” 12” 12” .6” 1.8 6
700
SIM B10 11.4 7” 18” 12” .8” 2.5 9
SIM B12 12 8.2” 15” 15” .8” 3.0 8
SIM B17 17 9.2” 21” 15” .8” 4.9 11
SIM B22 21.8 11.1” 20” 20” .8” 7.3 15
SIM B28 27.6 12” 20” 26” .8” 11 19
SIM B32 31.8 13.2” 24” 24” .8” 13.8 600 21
SIM B35 34.7 9.8” 42” 15” .8” 11.7 22
SIM B44 43.8 15.5” 28” 28” .8” 21.6 29
SIM B55 55 17.2” 32” 32” .8” 34 475 40
SIM B74 72.3 20” 36.6” 36.6” 1” 47 60
All Maxiforce Air Bags have a maximum working pressure of 118 PSI.
• 14 Models with capacities ranging from 1.5 through 72.3 tons. • Multi-color hoses to keep track of bags during multi-bag lifts.
• Maxiforce Air Bags operate on standard shop air up to 118 psi. • Wide variety of safety controllers for single & multiple bag systems.
• Maxiforce Air Bags will lift into the tightest areas with collapsed • Bright yellow “X” is molded into each side for easy center point
heights of 5/8” to 1”. placement.
• All models include 3 ply Kevlar with neoprene. • Light weight makes the Maxiforce Air Bags easy to set up.
• Serrated lifting surface on each side of the air bag helps prevent • Most Bags come with side holes for attaching bags together.
load slippage.
POW’R-RISER II
• Only 24” wide/fits in tight spots. • 60, 100, 150 & 200 ton capacities to handle the
• 24”, 26” & 37” Minimum heights. toughest jobs.
• 4” of ground clearance for rough terrain. • Air pilot or 24 VAC pendant with 20’ cord for remote
• Runs on air or 115 VAC, 15 amp service. operator safety.
• Mechanical lock rings for fail safe holding. • All Pow’r-Riser II™ models comply with ASME/ANSI
• 3 position handle for easy tilt back and rolling. B30.1 Specifications.
• Secondary back-up filtration system for reliability. • Sup’r-Stack™ extension system gives the jack a
• Optional dual porting for use with remote cylinders. wide variety of minimum heights.
• Easy to change external filter minimizes down time. • Automatically controlled, “Chatter free” load
• Dual hydraulic locking systems prevent creep down. lowering for maximum safety in descent.
• Light weight for greater mobility and less back • Equipped with a pilot-operated check valve which
strain. locks the load in place to prevent accidental
• Rugged, fully enclosed frame; no exposed fittings or lowering.
hoses.
Capacity Min. Max. Additional stack Ht. Using Control Power Noise Level
Stock No. Stroke Motor Weight (lbs.)
(tons) Height Optional Extension System Valve Source (Db)
SIM JA6024 24” 14” Air Motor 50 390
Air 89
SIM JA6037 37” 27” CFM 80 PSI 600
60 32* Manual
SIM JE6024 24” 14”
Electric 115 VAC 50/60 390
80
SIM JE6037 37” 27” Hz 20 amps 600
SIM JA10026 26” 16” 510
Manual
SIM JA10037 37” 27” Air Motor 50 600
Air 89
SIM JAS10026 26” 16” Remote CFM 80 PSI 510
SIM JAS10037 37” 27” 20’ Pend. 600
100 21**
SIM JE10026 26” 16” 115 VAC 50/60 510
SIM JE10037 37” 27” Hz 20 amps 600
Electric Manual 80
SIM JEB10026 26” 16” 230/460 VAC 3 530
SIM JEB10037 37” 27” Phase 620
SIM JAS15026 26” 15-1/2” Remote Air Motor 50 570
Air 89
SIM JAS15037 37” 26-1/2” 20’ Pend. CFM 80 PSI 708
SIM JE15026 26” 15-1/2” 115 VAC 50/60 570
150 21**
SIM JE15037 37” 26-1/2” Hz 20 amps 708
Electric Manual 80
SIM JEB15026 26” 15-1/2” 230/460 VAC 590
SIM JEB15037 37” 26-1/2” 3 Phase 728
SIM JAS20026 26” 15-1/2” Remote Air Motor 50 640
200 Air Contact Factory 89
SIM JAS20037 37” 26-1/2” 20’ Pend. CFM 80 PSI 825
*Base on (1) 18” and (1) 11” extension and (1) 3” spacer WARNING: Any two extensions may be stacked for loads up to 60 tons per jack.
* Base on (1) 18” extension and (1) 3” spacer. For loads from 60 tons to 150 tons only 1 extension and spacer can be used.

238 S IMPLEX
PRESSES
H-FRAME BENCH C-FRAME
10 & 15 TONS 5 & 10 TONS
• 10 or 15 ton capacities.
• Adjustable bed.
• Moveable work head. • Strong welded
• Large daylight.
constructions.
• Heavy duty construction.
• Wide variety of power sources. • Open throat design for
easy loading.
Model
Capacity Stroke Weight • Mounting holes for solid
Stock No. Type Ram Number
(tons) (in.) (lbs.)
w/o Cyl. bench mounting.
SIM IBP1010 10 S/A R1010 10 1/8 IPB10 142 • Available with air, electric
SIM IBP1510 15 R1510 10 IPB15 150 or manual power sources.
Suggested
Cap. Suggested Suggested Suggested Gauge Wt. Capacity Stroke Weight
Electric Stock No. Type of C-Frame
(Tons) Hand Pump Hose Gauge Adaptor (lbs.) (tons) (in.) (lbs.)
Pump
10 ton SIM IPC5 R59 Cylinder Only 5 9 103
P42 PEM2031 HC6 G6 GA1 130
15 ton SIM IPC10 R1010 Cylinder Only 10 10 110
H-FRAME - 10 TONS
• Large daylight with open sides for easy loading.
• Heavy Duty welded Construction.
• Moveable work head for maximum versatility.
• Adjustable work bed.
• Includes tonnage gauge.
• IES Series comes with pendant control.
Stock No. SIM IAS1010 SIM IES1010 SIM IED1010 SIM IMD1010
Type of Cylinder R1010 Single Acting 10 ton Capacity RDA1010 D/A 10 ton Capacity
Cylinder Stroke (in) 10-1/8 10
Type of Pump Air Powered Electric Powered Manual
Pump Model PA91 PEM1021 PEM1041 P140D
Operation Advance Hold Retract
Speed Advance 31 104 1*
(in/min) Pressing 4.5 9 .10*
Weight (lbs.) 202 204 226 236
* Inches Per Stroke.
H-FRAME - 25 & 30 TONS

• Adjustable work bed with friction brake winch.
• Includes tonnage gauge.
• IED & IES Series comes with pendant control.
A Manufacturer of industrial gear boxes used the Simplex 25 ton press in their production assembly
line to press various size bearings on gear assemblies. “We can press up to 100 bearings an hour
with the Simplex press. The Hydraulics are reliable and easy to use and they keep working day
after day.
Stock No. SIM IAS256 SIM IAS2514 SIM IES256 SIM IMS256 SIM IED3014
Type of Cylinder R256, R2514 Single Acting 25 Ton Capacity RDA3014
Cylinder Stroke (in) 6 14 6 14
Electric Manual Electric
Type of Pump Air Powered Powered Powered
Powered
Pump Model PA91 PEM1021 P140 PES3042
Operation Advance Hold Retract
Speed Advance 14 50 .5* 40
(in/min) Pressing 2 4 .05* 3
Weight (lbs.) 417 433 419 423 462
* Inches Per Stroke.

S IMPLEX 239
H-FRAME - 55 TONS

• Choose double-acting presses for fast retraction.
• Includes tonnage gauge. Pump Mounting Kit
• IED & IES Series comes with pendant control. For Hand Pumps Model IM2
For Power Pumps Model IM3
Repair personnel were faced with a variety of difficult bending,
pressing, straightening and disassembly jobs. “Almost every Cylinder Mounting Kit
day we have to remove bearings, straighten cylinders rods, Single & Double Acting
Model MC55
perform wheels repair, and rebuild gear boxes. The 55 ton
press is perfect; it’s adjustable bed and moveable work head Optional V-Blocks
Comes in pairs Model IVB55
gives us the flexibility to work on a wide variety of jobs.
H-FRAME - 100 TONS

• Choose double-acting presses for fast retraction. Pump Mounting Kit
• Includes tonnage gauge. For Power Pumps Model IM3
• IED & IES Series comes with pendant control. Cylinder Mounting Kit
Single Acting Model MC100
A machine shop needed to straighten forgings prior to machining. “We needed a
Double Acting Model MCD100
pressing force of 100 tons and we didn’t want to cut corners when it came to safety. Included with press.
Simplex presses do not rely on “bolt together” construction. Heavy duty pins, plus
strong, welded construction across the upper bolster, puts the strength where it Optional V-Blocks
needs to be.” Comes in pairs Model IVB100
Cylinder Type of Pump Operation Speed (in/min) Weight

Stock No. Type of Cylinder
Stroke (in) Pump Model Advance Pressing (lbs.)
SIM IES1006 R1006 S/A 6 1558
PES4032 Advance
SIM IES10010 R10010 S/A 10 1578
Electric Powered Hold 19 2-3/4
SIM IED1006 RDA1006 D/A 6 1620
PES4042 Retract
SIM IED10012 RDA10012 D/A 12 1655
TORQUE WRENCHES
SQUARE DRIVE WRENCHES
• Alloy square drive GUARANTEED not to break.

• No reaction pawl, ELIMINATES tool lockup.
• 27° Stroke for high performance and speed.
• Torque chart & safety information engraved on the tool.
• Push through square drive switches from loosen to tighten instantly.
• Light weight, high torque ratio.
• Accurate to within -+3%.
• Slim nose radius for easy positioning in close quarters.
• Anti-backlash mechanism prevents tool from backdriving.
Stock No. A B C D E F G H I Weight Output Square Available Available Socket

Length Length Length Length Length Length Length Length Length (lbs) (ft. / lbs.) Drive Socket Size Size (mm)
SIM WT-2 4.68” 6.10” 4.20” 2.00” 2.76” 4.42” 0.98” 3.42” 5.32” 3.90 1,270 3/4” 1/2” - 2-3/8” 13 - 60
SIM WT-3 6.10” 8.10” 5.30” 2.62” 3.68” 5.81” 1.30” 4.54” 6.68” 9.00 3,330 1” 3/4” - 4-1/2” 19 - 114
SIM WT-5 8.00” 10.74” 6.99” 3.61” 5.06” 7.98” 1.70” 6.05” 9.48” 19.00 7,170
1-1/2” 1-5/16” - 5-3/8” 33 - 137
SIM WT-10 9.21” 12.21” 7.79” 3.93” 5.43” 8.72” 1.95” 6.70” 10.36” 29.00 11,010
SIM WT-27 12.29” 16.29” 10.19” 5.26” 7.73” 11.63” 2.43” 8.82” 13.87” 70.00 27,200 2-1/2” 1-5/8” - 9-1/4” 41 - 235

240 S IMPLEX
LOW CLEARANCE WRENCHES

• Wide range of links in 1/16” increments.
• In-line reaction for maximum strength.
• Light Weight, high torche ratio.
• Quick and easy interchangeable links requiring no tools.
• Accurate to within -+ 3%.
• Slim nose radius for easy positioning in close quarters.
“Simplex Low Clearance Torque Wrenches” are the lowest
clearance, highest torque wrenches available. A patented “flat”
cylinder design allows Simplex drive units to fit in the tightest
spaces when other wrenches cannot. Light weight construction
allows easy carrying and positioning.
Max. Tool Output Weight Available Link Sizes (in/mm)
Stock No. Length Height Radius
Width (ft / lbs.) (lbs.) From To
SIM WX-2 5.67” 4.00” 0.36” 1.25” 1,930 3.5 3/4” / 19mm 2-3/8” / 19mm
SIM WX-4 7.80” 5.60” 0.46” 1.63” 3,950 6 1” / 25mm 3-1/8” / 80mm
SIM WX-8 9.80” 7.00” 0.54” 2.05” 8,630 11.7 1-7/8” / 50mm 4” / 90mm
SIM WX-16 11.90” 8.50” 0.76” 2.45” 15,600 16 2-5/8” / 65mm 4-5/8” / 115mm
SIM WX-32 15.30” 10.90” 0.93” 3.24” 31,600 34 3-1/8” / 80mm 6-1/8” / 155mm
TORQUE WRENCH PUMPS

• The PET20 Series is a light weight, two speed, easy to carry workhorse,
ideal for smaller wrenches.
• The PET70 Series is a fast, two speed design with higher crossover,
ideal for larger wrenches.
• Available in 4 port or 8 port configurations for 2 or 4 tool
simultaneous operation.
• Auto dump relieves all pressure from hoses automatically added
safety.
• Rated for continuous duty.
• PET2041 & PET7042 incorporated a psi/bar top mounted gauge
at a 30° angle for accurate control.
• PET2841 & PET7842 incorporated a psi/bar flush mounted gauge
for accurate control.
• Ideal for use with long extension cords.
• Quick-connect, No-Drip couplers with Safety Locking Collar.
• PET2041 & PET7042 incorporated an auto shut-off
switch to prevent inadvertent overheating.
• Powerful permanent magnet motor starts at
full load and runs on as little as 60 VAC.
PET 20 & 70 Series
• Pumps include one set of couplers for single
tool use.
0.5 HP ELECTRIC POWER UNITS
Rerv. Valve Pump Flow Rate
Motor Specifications Weight Type of
Stock No. Size *Manifold Coupler @ 115 VAC
(Permanent Magnet) (lbs.) Wrench
(Gal.) Control Type Set 600 10,000
ORS PET2041 8 Port for 4 Tool Use
1 Solenoid 4 Way/3 Pos. CTP212 0.5 HP Single Phase 400 20 65 Double Acting
*Order a CTP212 for each tool to be used simultaneously with a single pump.
Retract pressure is preset at 1,300 PSI.
1.5 HP ELECTRIC POWER UNITS
Rerv. Valve Pump Flow Rate
Motor Specifications Weight Type of
Stock No. Size *Manifold Coupler @ 115 VAC
(Permanent Magnet) (lbs.) Wrench
(Gal.) Control Type Set 600 10,000
2 Solenoid 4 Way/3 Pos. CTP212 1.5 HP Single Phase 400 20 75 Double Acting
*Order a CTP212 for each tool to be used simultaneously with a single pump. Retract pressure is preset at 1,300 PSI.

C ABLE AND H OSE R EELS 241
WELDING HOSE REELS

LARGE CAPACITY WELDING HOSE REEL For use with 3/8” or 1/2” Hose.
Stock No. ORS 170-1275WL
This model has a capacity to hold 100 feet of 3/8” twin welding hose.
Stock No. ORS 170-1275WL-3

This model has a capacity to hold 150 feet of 3/8” twin welding hose.
• Direct hand crank action.

• Sturdy all welded a frame design.
• Each lead requires an individual reel.
• Long-handed lock pin secures reel when not in use.
• Designed for electrode & grounding lead applications.
• Electrical current runs through A450 Amp rated slip ring.
• Narrow width allows for easy installation in restricted Spaces.
• Permanently Lubricated pillow block bearings assure smooth rotation.
• Brake assembly provides adjustable friction to brake or lock the drum.
LARGE CAPACITY WELDING CABLE REELS
Welding Cable reels are perfect for organizing and managing long
lengths of welding cable. Save time and effort and extend the life of
your expensive welding cable investment. All electrical components
are set inside the drum offering a special narrow width. A stacking
bracket is available to create a lead / ground combination in one
organized unit.
ORS 170-7480-6
Cable Type & Capacity
Stock No. #2 #1 #1/0 #2/0 Aprx. lbs.
ORS 170-7480-6 300 ft 250 ft 200 ft 150 ft 38
ORS 170-7480-12 600 ft 500 ft 400 ft 300 ft 45 ORS 170-7480-12
SPRING DRIVEN WELDING CABLE REELS

Model 17501 Comes complete with 50 ft. of 1/0 welding cable.
Model 17502 Comes complete with 50 ft. of 2/0 welding cable.
• These Reels will accommodate the following cables: 6, 4, 2, 1, 1/0, 2/0.

• Designed for electrode & grounding lead applications.
• Each lead requires an individual reel.
• Component cover easily removed for slip ring & spring motor maintenance.
• Electrical current runs through a 450 Amp rated slip ring.
• Non-corrosive 1/4” Zinc-plated steel lock ring with stainless steel lock dog & pawl.
Spring Driven Features

• Auto rewind easily wraps, stores & protects hose. This Reel does not include any cable.
• Heavy gauge 1/4” steel base & support post. Cable
Stock No. Aprx. lbs.
• Factory-matched cartridge-style spring motor. Ft. Type Volt. Amps
• 1” solid steel axle with 1” lubricated precision bearings. ORS 170-PWC17501 50 1/0 600 350 64
ORS 170-PWC17502 50 2/0 600 450 68
• Guide arm adjusts to wall, floor & overhead positions.

242 C ABLE AND H OSE R EELS
SPRING DRIVEN WELDING HOSE REELS FOR TWIN LINE HOSE

Model 150 Comes complete with 50 ft. of 1/4 twin welding hose.
Model 175 Comes complete with 75 ft. of 1/4 twin welding hose.
The SHW Series has a larger chassis and frame to accommodate longer lengths
of welding hose and the original Super Hub dual axle support system for
increased stability during operation, less vibration and greater structural integrity.
Hose I.D.: 1/4” Pressure: To 200 PSI
• Designed for Oxy-Acetylene or “T” Grade Welding Hose.
• Dual ported swivel offers both connections from the same side of the reel.
• Applications Include: MAPP Gas, Propane, & Natural Gas.
Spring Driven Features
• Heavy gauge steel base & support post.
• Factory-matched cartridge-style spring motor.
• Auto rewind easily wraps, stores & protects hose. Hose
• Non-sparking Ratchet secures hose at desired length. Stock No. I.D. O.D. FT. PSI Aprx. lbs.
• 1” solid steel axle with 1” lubricated precision bearings. ORS 170-SHWN-150 1/4” 17/32” 50 64
• Guide arms adjusts to wall, floor & overhead positions. 200
ORS 170-SHWN-175 1/4” 17/32” 75 80
• Non-corrosive stainless steel spring, pawl & Zinc plated ratchet.
P SERIES PERFORMANCE AIR HOSE REEL

Stock No. ORS 170-EZPLP350
P Series “Performance” Spring Driven hose reels have a long history of
dependability and trouble free performance. Their compact space-saving size
and heavy duty construction make them highly versatile and virtually
indestructible. Time-tested proven components, superior design and
craftsmanship have contributed to it’s worldwide reputation as the most trusted
hose reel.
Hose I.D.: 1/4” - 1/2” Pressure: To 5,000 PSI
• Compact Space Saving Design.
• Swivel Seals: NITRILE
Spring Driven Features:
• Auto rewind easily wraps, stores & protects hose.
• Heavy gauge 1/4” steel base & support post.
• Factory-matched cartridge-style spring motor.
• Brass NPT Swivel Inlet Machined From solid (Zinc Plated Steel on HP Models)
• 1” Solid Steel Axle with 1” Lubricated precision bearings. This reel comes complete with 50 feet of 3/8” Air Hose
• Guide Arms Adjusts to wall, Floor & overhead Positions. Hose
• Multi-Position Lock Ratchet Secures Hose At Desired Length. I.D. O.D. FT. PSI Aprx. lbs.
• Non-Corrosive Stainless Steel Spring, Pawl & Zinc Plated Ratchet. 3/8” 21/32” 50 300 43
EZ-PW SERIES WELDING HOSE REELS

Stock No. ORS 170 EZ-SHW-150
Comes complete with 50 ft. of 1/4” Twin Welding Hose
Stock No. ORS 170 EZ-SHWT-15

Comes complete with 50 ft. of 1/4” ‘T’ Welding Hose
EZ-PW Series Oxy-acetylene and “T” Grade Hose Reels are spring driven,
auto-rewind reels built using the highest quality, heavy gauge materials.
Each reel is supplied standard with a spark-free locking ratchet to hold the
desired length length of hose. With a minimal pull on the hose, the latch
will release and the hose will retract and wind in a steady, controlled motion.
• Patented EZ-Coil™ Rewind Safety System.
• “Safety Yellow” powder coat paint.
• Eight-position spark-free locking ratchet secures reel at desired length.
• Heavy duty solid steel construction.
• Heavy duty 1/4” plate steel support post and mounting plate.
• 1” oil-lite self-lubricating bearing.
• Solid 1” steel center support shaft.
• Brass swivel joint.
• Adjustable arm guide (wall, floor, ceiling and vehicle mounting)
• Safe, replaceable cartridge style spring motor. Hose
• Four-roller non-snag hose guide. I.D. O.D. Capacity PSI Aprx. lbs.
• 18” inlet hose assembly standard. 1/4” 17/32” 50 ft. 1/4 twin hose 200 64

L ENOX S AW B LADES 243
BI-METAL TOOTH SELECTION CHART

The following information needs to be specified when a band saw blade is ordered:
1. Product Name 2. Length x Width x Thickness 3. Teeth per Inch
SQUARE / RECTANGLE SOLID
Locate width of cut

INCHES .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1 2 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Teeth
1.5/2.0
1.4/2.0
1.0/1.3
.7/1.0
14/18
10/14
8/12
6/10
6/8
5/8
4/6
3/4
2/3
per Inch
/ 25MM
ROUND SOLID
Locate diameter
INCHES .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1 2 3 4 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Teeth
1.5/2.0
1.4/2.0
1.0/1.3
.7/1.0
14/18
10/14
8/12
6/10
6/8
5/8
4/6
3/4
2/3
per Inch
/ 25MM
TUBING / PIPE/
STRUCTURALS 1. Determine size and shape of material
to be cut.
Locate wall thickness
2. Identify chart to be used (square solid,
INCHES .05 .10 .15 .20 .25 .30 .35 .40 .45 .50 .60 .70 .80 .90 1 1.5 2 round solid or tubing / structurals).
6/8 5/8
Teeth
14/18
10/14
8/12
6/10
3. Read teeth per inch next to material size.

4/6
3/4
2/3
per Inch
/ 25MM

244 L ENOX S AW B LADES
BLADES
NEO-TYPE® DIEMASTER II®
Stock No. Width x Thickness

ASC 01617 1/2” x .025
ASC 01620 1/4” x .035”
• Bi-metal construction saw machine welders
Stock No. Width x Thickness
• M-42 cobalt high speed steel • Up to 10 times longer life than
ASC 04116 1/2” x .025” cutting edge carbon steel blades on all
ASC 04129 3/4” x .032” • High strength spring steel back materials
• High heat resistance • Cuts twice as fast as carbon steel
• One piece carbon steel • Highest wear resistance blades
construction • Resists swaging and scoring • Operates at faster band • Few blade changes
• spring tempered back • Good wear resistance speeds than carbon steel • Long life in contour cutting
• Hardened tooth tips • Faster cutting rate and longer blades operations
• Accepts heavier feed blade life than regular flex • Good fatigue resistance • Allows for easy internal contour
back blades • Weldable on standard band cutting
pressure than regular flexible
back carbon steel blades • Straight cuts Cutting Recommendations
• General cutting on all machines using narrow width blades up to
Cutting Recommendations 1/2” (12.7mm) wide.
• Virtually every type of utility cutting including contour work. • Internal contour cutting.
• Cuts both metals and non-ferrous metals, solids, tubing and • Perfect for tool rooms and machine shops cutting all materials,
structurals. including stainless, tool steels and other alloys which carbon steel
• Maximum operating speed of 4,000 feet per minute (fpm) (1,200 blades are unable to cut efficiently.
meters per minute). • For best results, run at least twice as fast as carbon steel blades.
Please specify length of blade, width, thickness and tooth selection. Please specify length of blade, width, thickness and tooth selection.
RX+® CONTESTOR GT
Width x Thickness
1” x .035”
Width x
Stock No.
Thickness
ASC55650 3/4” x .035”
ASC 55652 1” x .035”
ASC 55654 1-1/4” x .042”
Please specify Contestor GT
• Bi-metal construction • Proprietary cobalt high speed when ordering.
• High wear resistance steel cutting edge
• GT: Ground Tooth Cuts with
• Avoids blade pinching • Cuts long length I-Beams that
less feed pressure
• Available in extra heavy set are poorly supported • Unique Gullet Design • High heat resistance
• Extra clearance (wider kerf) • Withstands higher cutting Increased beam strength • High wear resistance
• Lower tooth and blade stress temperatures and abrasion • Use when tool life and cutting • Long life on moderate to
• Optimized, strong tooth profile • Cuts varying section widths of accuracy is most important difficult to cut materials with
• Tough shock resistant tooth edge structurals with increased tooth • Bi-metal construction interrupted cuts
• Long blade life in interrupted strippage resistance • M-42 cobalt high speed steel • Few blade changes
structural cutting cutting edge • Resists edge chipping
Cutting Recommendations Cutting Recommendations
• Interrupted cutting applications such as structurals, I-Beam, angle • General purpose applications such as tubing, pipe, structurals and
iron, channel iron, tubing, tube bundles and pipe. solid materials of moderate to difficult to cut machinability.
• Cuts materials of mild to moderate machinability such as low carbon • Cuts a wide range of shapes including tubing and thin wall pipe and
steel, mild steel, A36 structural and 8620 tubing. structurals of alloy through stainless steels.

LXP For Extreme Production Rates CLASSIC™

The Ultimate Multi-Purpose Blade
Width x Width x
Stock No. Stock No. Thickness
Thickness
ASC 02842 1” x .035” ASC 02236 3/4” x .035
• Large Capacity gullet ASC 02244 1” x .035”
Improved chip carrying capacity, for production cutting of alloy and
carbon steels. • Shallow gullets For increased beam strength.
• Extreme positive rake tooth profile • Patented Tuff-Tooth™ design For strip resistance.
Easy penetration with reduced feed force. • M-42 high speed steel edge For durability.
RECIPROCATING BLADES
SPECIFICATIONS / CROSS REFERENCE TABLE
Cross Reference Numbers
LxWxT Teeth
Recommended Competitive Blades may vary from our specifications
Stock No. per
(Inches) use BLACK & PORTER RULE
Inch BOSCH® MALCO® MILWAUKEE®
DECKER® CABLE® IND®
S311DF† 4GT7†,
48-00-3031†, 48-00-3041†,
40098 S811DF† 4HD6, 4KH7, 12455† ULB608S†
48-01-5031†, 48-01-5041†,
ASC 656R 6 x 3/4 x .050 6 40310† S611DF† 4KH6†, 12400 ULB608†
Roughing-in work and 48-00-1041, 48-00-3035†,
(2 per pack) 40320† S644D 4S6, 3S6, 12458† WC608
nail embedded wood. 48-01-3031†, 48-01-3041†
S611VF† 4DL6†
fast cutting. Pipe,
structural steel, 40099
12KH7
Stainless steel, 40101 S1344D 48-00-1042, 48-00-3037†, 12403 ULB1208†
ASC 156R 12 x 3/4 x .050 6 12S6 48-01-3037†, 48-00-1032
non-ferrous 40322† S1411DF† 12456† WC1208
(2 per pack) 12KH8†
Metal: 3/16” / 5mm 40324†
and thicker. 48-00-1036, 48-00-1043,
ASC 956R 40321† S1544D† 12402
9 x 3/4 x .050 6 8KH7† 48-00-3036†, 48-01-5036†, ULB906S
(2 per pack) 40323† S1511DF† 48-01-3036†, 48-00-1033 12470†
40102
S311HF† 48-01-5091†, 48-01-5092†, 12452† HDM310
Nail-embedded wood, 40103
S811HF† 48-00-1180†, 48-00-1014, 12415 W410
ASC 610R 6 x 3/4 x .050 10 composition materials, 40104 3HD10,
S311H 48-00-1024, 48-00-1064, 12411 ULB310†
(2 per pack) and pastics. Pipe, 40311†
S811H 48-01-3090†, 48-013092† 12463 ULB610†
carbon steel, 40328†
stainless steel:
1/8”-1/4” /3.2-6mm. 40317† S1018H 48-01-3093†,
ASC 810R ULB410†
8 x 3/4 x .050 10 Non-ferrous metal: 40318† S1118VF† 8MC10† 48-00-2175†, 12471†
(2 per pack) HDM410
1/8” - 1/2” / 3.2-13mm 40333† S1018BF† 48-01-5093†
ASC 110R thick 48-01-5094†,
12 x 3/4 x .050 10/14 40135 S1211H 12HD10 12457
(2 per pack) 48-01-3094†,
2MC14 48-01-1185†, FR214

40111 S518B
ASC 414R 3MC14 48-00-1181†, ULB214†
4 x 3/4 x .035 14 Pipe, structural steel, 40112 S518BF† 12447†
(2 per pack) 3TF14† 48-00-1171, 48-00-1172, HDM114
stainless steel: 40312† S118B
2GT10† 48-01-1181† HDM214
3/32”-1/4” / 2.5-6mm.
Non-ferrous metal:
FR314
3/32”-3/8” / 2.5-10mm. 48-00-1182†, 48-01-5182†,
ASC 614R 40113 S918BF† 4MC14 12421 ULB314†
6 x 3/4 x .035 14 hard rubber. 48-00-1179, 48-01-1182†
(2 per pack) 40315† S918B 4TF14† 12451† HDM314
Structural steel, pipe,
conduit, stainless 40105 HDM118
S518E 2MC18
ASC 418R steel: 1/16”-3/16” / 1.5- 40114 48-00-1173, 12418 HDM218
4 x 3/4 x .035 18 5mm thick. Non- S518EF† 3MC18 48-00-1174,
(2 per pack) 40115 12448† FR218
ferrous metal: 1/16”-5/ S118E 3TF18†
40313† 48-00-1183†, ULB218†
16” / 1.5-8mm. pallet
cutting for 618R and 48-01-1183†
818R blades only.

246 L ENOX S AW B LADES
Cross Reference Numbers

LxWxT Teeth
Recommended Competitive Blades may vary from our specifications
Stock No. per
(Inches) use BLACK & PORTER RULE
Inch BOSCH® MALCO® MILWAUKEE®
DECKER ® CABLE® IND®
ASC 618R 6 x 3/4 x .035 18 40106 S918EF† 4TF18† 48-01-5184†, 12454† HDM318
(2 per pack) Heavy gage metal,
40116 S918E 4MC18 48-00-2170, 12427 FR318
ASC 818R 8 x 3/4 x .035 18 conduit & tubing
(2 per pack) 40316† S1018EF† 418 48-00-1184† 12414 ULB318†
40117 S518AF†
2MC24
All metals less than 40118 S118A 48-01-5186†, 12453†
ASC 624R 2MS24 HDM324
(2 per pack) 6 x 3/4 x .035 24 1/8” / 3.2mm thick. 40314† S918A 48-00-2171, 12424
4MC24† ULB324†
Tubing, conduit, trim. 40125 S518G 48-01-1186† 12416
3MC24†
40331† S518A
ASC 106R Demolition work in

12 x 7/8 x .062 6 This is the Lenox Ultimate cut demolition blade used for extreme cutting
(2 per pack) nail-embedded wood.
ASC 12110R Rebar Steel Rod, Black

12 x 1 x .042 10
(5 per pack) Pipe 3/16” - 1/2”
ASC 12118R 12 x 1 x .042 18 Copper Pipe, Black
(5 per pack) Pipe 1/16” - 1/4”
ASC 6066R 6 Demolition work in
6 x 7/8 x .063 DW4862 48-00-5021
(2 per pack) nail-embedded wood.
ASC 610G 6 x 3/4 x .035 10 Gold Metal Cutting 48-00-5092
(5 per pack)
ASC 6110G 6 x 1 x .042 10 Gold heavy metal
48-00-5712
(5 per pack) cutting
ASC 6110R 6 x 1 x .042 10 Rebar Steel Rod, Black
(5 per pack) Pipe 3/16” - 1/2”
48-00-5782
ASC 6114R 14 Steel Rod, Black Pipe
6 x 1 x .042
(5 per pack) 3/32” - 3/8”
ASC 6118G Gold heavy metal
6 x 1 x .042 18 48-00-5784
ASC 6118R 6 x 1 x .042 18 Copper Pipe, Black Pipe
(5 per pack) 1/16” - 1/4”
(5 per pack)
(5 per pack)
Heavy Duty. Extended life when
48-01-5091,
ASC 650R cutting pipe, Structual steel, DW4864
6 x 3/4 x .050 10/14 48-02-5091
(5 per pack) stainless steel 3/16”, DW4864B
3/4”, 5-20mm. Fire and rescue 48-00-5091
ASC 810G 8 x 3/4 x .050 10 Gold Metal Cutting

(5 per pack) 48-00-5193
ASC 9110R 9 x 1 x .042 10 Rebar Steel Rod, Black

(5 per pack) Pipe 3/16” - 1/2”
48-00-5787
ASC 9114R 9 x 1 x .042 14 Steel Rod, Black Pipe
(5 per pack) 3/32” - 3/8”
ASC 9118G 18 Gold heavy metal
(5 per pack) 9 x 1 x .042 48-00-5788
cutting
ASC 9118R 9 x 1 x .042 18 Copper Pipe, Black Pipe
(5 per pack) 1/16” - 1/4”
ASC 956G 9 x 3/4 x 0.50 6 Gold Wood Cutting 48-00-5036
(5 per pack)
ASC 960R 9 x 7/8 x .062 10 Demolition work in wood or metal used in Fire and rescue Applications
(2 per pack)
ASC 966R 9 x 7/8 x .062 6 Demolition work in
(2 per pack) DW4863 48-00-5026
nail-embedded wood
HACKSAW FRAME
Stock No. ASC 4012
• Blade storage • 45° blade holder pins for flush
• Steel tensioning nut cutting
• Fold away tension lever • Blade tensions to 30,000 psi
• Rectangular steel crossbar /21 kg. mm2
• Heavy-duty aluminum handle • Permanent hardened/serrated
• Converts to jab or compass saw blade holding pins
ASC 4012 high Tension Hand HackSaw Frame

HAND HACKSAW SAWING FLUIDS

BLADES
Lenox bi-metal hand hacksaw blades with their Tuff Tooth™ design
and tooth hardness of RC 64-66 are very flexible, have shock resistant • Reduces machine wear and
teeth, resist heat and are virtually unbreakable. These features make improves band saw blade
ideal for cutting tough materials like stainless steel. tool life.
• Surfaces can be welded or
Electron Beam Weld Flexible Spring Steel Back
painted over
• Gentle to operator’s hands:
does not remove oil from skin.
• Does not contain chlorine,
High Speed Steel Edge Tuff Tooth™
sulfur, silicone, petroleum
Stock No. Length x Width Teeth per Inch oils or sulfonates
ASC 018HE 10 x 1/2 18 • Biodegradable
ASC 024HE 10 x 1/2 24
Stock No Description
ASC 032HE 10 x 1/2 32
ASC 68001 55 gallon / 2.8 liter drum
ASC 214HE 12 x 1/2 14
ASC 68003 5 gallon / 18.9 liter container
ASC 218HE 12 x 1/2 18
ASC 68004 1 Case (four 1 gallon / 3.8 liter containers per case). No Split Cases.
ASC 224HE 12 x 1/2 24
ASC 232HE 12 x 1/2 32
TUBING CUTTERS
HACKMASTER® & REPLACEMENT
POWER HACKS WHEELS
Length x Width Teeth per Inch /
Stock No.
x Thickness 25.4mm
ASC 450HV 6/10 Stock No. Description Capacity Quantity
ASC 450H 14 x 1 x .050 10 ASC 21010 Lenox Tubing Cutting Package of 2
ASC 454H 14 ASC 21011 Lenox Tubing Cutting
ASC 466HV 4/6 ASC 21012 Lenox Tubing Cutting
ASC 466H 6 ASC 21013 Lenox Tubing Cutting
14 x 1-1/4 x .062
ASC 460HV 6/10
Tubing Cutter Wheel for
ASC 460H 10 ASC 21015 Aluminum / Brass / Package of 6
ASC 474H 4 Copper / Thin Steel
ASC 476HV 14 x 1-1/2 x .075 4/6 Tubing Cutter Wheel for
ASC 476H 6 ASC 21016 Package of 6
Plastic and PVC
ASC 866HV 4/6 Tubing Cutter Wheel for
ASC 866H 6 ASC 21017 Copper and Aluminum Package of 6
18 x 1-1/4 x .062
ASC 860HV 6/10 (Soft Wall)
ASC 860H 10
HOLE SAW
WHEELS
CUTTING KITS THIN HIGH SPEED
CUT-OFF WHEELS
Stock No. ASC 30804
Six sizes most commonly used for
pipe tap and entrance. One each
hole saws 3/4”, 7/8”, 1-1/8”, 1-1/2”, A24R - General Purpose
1-3/4”, 2-1/4” / 19, 22, 29, 38, 44,
• Aluminum oxide grain
57mm. One each arbors 2L, 4L.
• General purpose, long life
One spare pilot drill. One arbor
METAL: Ferrous metals (iron,
adaptor. Plastic case.
steel, welds, etc.)
Stock No. ASC 30820-1200L
Twelve popular sizes. One each hole saws 5/8”, 3/4”, 7/8”, 1”, 1-1/8”, A36T - Fast Cutting A60T - Burr Free
1-1/4”, 1-3/8”, 1-1/2”, 1-3/4”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3” / 16, 19, 22, 25, 29, 32, 35, • Aluminum oxide grain • Hard bond for smooth cutting
38, 44, 51, 64, 76mm. One each arbors 1L, 2L. Three spare pilot • Hard bond, for aggressive • For use in nuclear, aerospace,
drills. Plastic case. automotive, foundry industries,
cutting on rough applications
Stock No. Description Sizes and plant maintenance
METAL: Ferrous metals (iron,
ASC 30804 2000G Big Daddy Hole Saw Kit 20 METAL: Ferrous metals (iron,
steel, welds, etc.)
ASC 30808-600P Plumbers Hole Saw Kit 6 steel, welds, etc.)
ASC 30820-1200L Deluxe Hole Saw Kit 12
STAINLESS: Stainless steel
STAINLESS: High tensile metals

248 U NITED A BRASIVES
A24R General Purpose A24N

Size Size
Max Qty per Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C Stock No. A B C
RPM Box RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore Dia. Width Bore
UAB 23075 4 1/8 3/8 15,278 25 UAB 20012 4 1/4 3/8 13,500 25
UAB 20070 5 1/4 7/8 12,200 25
A36T - Fast Cutting UAB 20078 6 1/4 7/8 10,200 25
Size UAB 20085 7 1/4 5/8 - 11 8,500 10
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C UAB 20091 9 1/4 7/8 6,600 25
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 20095 9 1/4 5/8-11 6,600 10
UAB 23040 3 1/16 3/8 25,000 50
UAB 20150 4-1/2 3/16 5/8-11 13,300 10
UAB 23050 3 .035 3/8 25,000 100
UAB 23063 4 .035 5/8 19,000 100 A24R
UAB 23065 4 1/16 3/8 19,000 50 Size
Max Qty per
UAB 23069 4 .035 3/8 19,000 100 Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
UAB 23200 6 1/16 5/8 10,186 50 Dia. Width Bore
UAB 20013 4 1/4 5/8 13,500 25
A60T - Burr Free UAB 20063 4-1/2 1/4 7/8 13,300 25
Size UAB 20080 7 1/4 7/8 8,500 25
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C UAB 20086 7 1/4 5/8-11 8,500 10
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 20090 9 1/4 7/8 6,600 25
UAB 23051 3 .035 3/8 25,000 100
UAB 20096 9 1/4 5/8-11 6,600 10
UAB 23070 4 .035 3/8 19,000 100
UAB 20163 4-1/2 1/4 5/8-11 13,300 10
THIN HIGH SPEED TYPE 27 DEPRESSED

CUT-OFF WHEELS CENTER WHEELS
1/4” GRINDING
SAIT Z TECH™
Saitech Ultimate
Performance™
• High performance
• Combines fast cutting with Z24R - Zirconium
extremely long life • Tough zirconium grain
STAINLESS: Stainless steel, • High performance grinding for
high tensile alloys the toughest applications
METAL: Ferrous and/or non- METAL: Ferrous metals
ferrous metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.)
STAINLESS: Stainless steel, high tensile alloys
Size
Max Qty per Size
Stock No. A B C Max. Qty per
RPM Box Stock No. A B C
Dia. Width Bore RPM Box
UAB 23167 4 1/16 1/4 19,000 50 Dia. Width Bore
UAB 22604 7 1/4 7/8 8,500 25
UAB 22614 7 1/4 5/8-11 8,500 10
TYPE 27 1/4”
GRINDING WHEELS TYPE 27 GRINDING
DEPRESSED
A24N - Fast Grinding CENTER WHEELS
• Soft bond for fast stock 1/4” GRINDING
removal Grade A46N - Aluminum
METAL: Ferrous Metals • Aluminum oxide grain
(iron, steel, welds, etc.) • Soft bond for aggressive removal
STAINLESS: Low grade of material without loading
stainless steel • Outlasts competition by as much
as 40%
METAL: Non-Ferrous Metals (aluminum, copper, brass etc.)
Size
A24R - Long Life A B C
Max Qty per
Stock No.
• Aluminum oxide grain RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
• Our most popular wheel UAB 20062 4-1/2 1/4 7/8 13,300 25
• For general purpose grinding UAB 20083 4-1/2 1/4 5/8 - 11 13,300 10
• Longer life for fewer wheel changes UAB 20088 7 1/4 7/8 8,500 25
METAL: Ferrous Metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.) UAB 20162 7 1/4 5/8-11 8,500 10

U NITED A BRASIVES 249
TYPE 27 DEPRESSED TYPE 27 WHEELS

CENTER WHEELS SPECIALTY PIPELINE
1/4” GRINDING
Z24R
Grade C24N - Concrete • Tough zirconium grain
• Silicon carbide grain
• High performance cutting and
• Soft bond for fast stock removal
CONCRETE: light grinding for the toughest
Masonry, concrete, stone applications
METAL: Cast iron and other METAL: Ferrous metals
ferrous metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.)
Size STAINLESS: Stainless steel, high
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C tensile alloys
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 20087 7 1/4 5/8-11 8,500 10 Size
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
TYPE 27 1/8”
UAB 22633 6 1/8 5/8-11 10,200 10
UAB 22634 7 1/8 5/8-11 8,500 10
CUTTING/GRINDING
SPECIALTY WHEELS TYPE 27 GRINDING
A24R Pipeline - Long Life
SAITECH HIGH
• Aluminum oxide grain PERFORMANCE
WHEELS
• For the pipeline industry
• Designed and manufactured to
perform both cutting and light
grinding
METAL: Ferrous metals Saitech Ultimate
(steel, cast iron, etc.) Performance™
Size Qty • Combines fast stock removal
Max
Stock No. A B C per with long life
RPM
Dia. Width Bore Box
STAINLESS: Stainless steel and
UAB 22015 4 1/8 5/8 13,500 25
other high tensile alloys
UAB 22030 4-1/2 1/8 7/8 13,300 25
UAB 22052 7 1/8 5/8-11 8,500 10
METAL: Ferrous metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.)
UAB 22062 9 1/8 5/8-11 6,600 10 Size Qty
Max
UAB 22065 9 1/8 7/8 6,600 25 Stock No. A B C per
RPM
Dia. Width Bore Box
UAB 22130 4-1/2 1/8 5/8-11 13,300 10
UAB 20099 9 1/4 5/8-11 6,600 10
UAB 20164 4-1/2 1/4 5/8-11 13,300 10
TYPE 29
FLEXIBLE GRINDING/ TYPE 27
BLENDING WHEELS DEPRESSED
Challenger II™
CENTER WHEELS
• Open pattern on wheel for cool
grinding and blending
• Safe for use in the nuclear industry Grade C24R - Concrete
METAL: Steel, iron, aluminum, • Silicon carbide grain
brass, bronze • General purpose cutting,
STAINLESS: Stainless Steel hard bond for long life
CONCRETE: Also for use on CONCRETE: Masonry,
plastic, fiberglass, masonry concrete, stone
WOOD
METAL: Cast iron and other
Size
ferrous metals
Qty
Stock No. A C Max RPM Grits per Size
Dia. Bore Box Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C
13,280 RPM Box
UAB 27501 4-1/2 7/8 60 25 Dia. Width Bore
UAB 27513 7 7/8 8,600 100 25 UAB 22060 9 1/8 7/8 6,600 25

CUTTING TYPE 27 CUTTING

SPECIALTY .090” THICK
CUTTING WHEELS SAITZ-TECH
SaitZ-tech
• Tough zirconium grain
Grade A24R • High performance cutting
General Purpose and notching
• Aluminum oxide grain METAL: Ferrous and / or non-ferrous
• For general purpose, low cost Metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.)
cutting only Size
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C
• Combines Fast cutting and RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
long life
UAB 20953 4-1/2 .090 5/8-11 13,300 10
METAL: Ferrous Metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.)
Size
TYPE 27 CUTTING
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 22020
UAB 22056
4-1/2
7
3/32
3/32
7/8
7/8
13,300
8,500
25
25 .045” THICK
UAB 22067 9 3/32 5/8-11 6,600 10 A46N - Aluminum
UAB 22120 4-1/2 3/32 5/8-11 13,300 10
(Non-Ferrous metals)
TYPE 27 CUTTING
• Thin .045 width
• Soft bond for aggressive cutting
SAITECH HIGH without loading

METAL: Non-ferrous Metals
PERFORMANCE (Aluminum, copper, brass, etc.)
WHEELS A60S - General Purpose

• So Unique it has a patent • Fast, burr-free cutting
Saitech Ultimate
performance™ • Thin .045 width METAL: Ferrous and or / non-
• Combines Fast cutting with • Special aluminum oxide grain ferrous Metals (iron, steel,
extremely long life for tough • Hard bond for extremely long life welds, etc.)
cutting applications
A46N
• Ideal for foundry applications
Size
(gates, risers) Stock No. A B C
Max Qty per
STAINLESS: Stainless steel, high tensile alloys RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
METAL: Ferrous metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.) UAB 22345 4-1/2 .045 7/8 13,300 50
Size A60S
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C Size
RPM Box Max Qty per
Dia. Width Bore Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
UAB 22064 4-1/2 3/32 7/8 13,300 25 Dia. Width Bore
UAB 22069 4-1/2 3/32 5/8-11 13,300 10 UAB 22021 4-1/2 .045 7/8 13,300 50
UAB 22047 6 .045 7/8 10,200 50
UAB 22053 7 .045 7/8 8,500 50
TYPE 27 CUTTING
.090” THICK TYPE 27 CUTTING
A60S .045” THICK
• Thin .090 width
• Special aluminum oxide grain
SAIT Z TECH
• Hard bond for extremely long life
• Excellent for notching and cutting
METAL: Ferrous and / or non-ferrous Z-Tech - High
Metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.) Performance™
• Thin .045 width
Size
A B C
Max Qty per • So unique it has a patent
Stock No.
RPM Box • Special zirconium grain
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 20903 4-1/2 .090 7/8 13,300 25 • Hard bond for extremely long life
UAB 20905 6 .090 7/8 10,200 25 • Fast, burr-free cutting
UAB 20913 4-1/2 .090 5/8-11 13,300 10 METAL: Ferrous and/or non-ferrous metals (iron, steel, welds, etc.)

PORTABLE SAW
Saitech .045™
• Thin .045 width high tensile alloys
• So unique it has a patent
STAINLESS: Stainless steel,
METAL: Ferrous metals
(iron, steel, welds, etc.)
CUT-OFF WHEELS
Sait Z tech™ - High Performance A24R - General Purpose
Size • Aluminum oxide grain
Max Qty per • Provides consistent
Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore performance with long life
UAB 23337 7 .045 5/8 8,500 50 METAL: Ferrous metals
Saitech .045™ (steel, angle iron, rebar)
Size
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
A30S - Long Life
Dia. Width Bore • Special aluminum oxide grain
UAB 22072 4-1/2 .045 7/8 13,300 50 formula
UAB 22082 6 .045 7/8 10,200 50
• Fast, non-binding cutting
CUT-OFF WHEELS STAINLESS: Stainless steel, high tensile alloys

A24R - General Purpose
Size
METABO
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
CHOICE CUTS™ UAB 23100

UAB 23230
4-1/2
7
3/32
3/32
7/8
5/8
13,300
8,500
50
25
SLICERS A30S - Long Life
Size
Max Qty per
Original Slicer Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
The great general purpose Slicer
UAB 23248 9 3/32 7/8 6,600 50
Wheel. Improved abrasive/resin
formulation for greater cutting
speed, longer life. The perfect
wheel for tubing, piping, smaller TYPE 1 PORTABLE
diameter metals, etc. CHOP SAW
WHEELS
Brute™
Slicer Plus • Long life
• Extremely hard bond
The perfect heavy duty slicer
for cutting metals that
wheel. Ideal for larger diameter
present a very sharp
rebar, rod and other tougher to cut edge to the wheel
metals, including stainless steel. METAL: Thin metal,
sheet metal, decking,
other ferrous metals
Hobo®
• For use on high horsepower METAL: Mainline, secondary,
Super Slicer machines spur rail steel
• Rugged fiberglass reinforcement METAL: Also for use on heavy
The extreme performance slicer
for maximum safety sections of ferrous metals
wheel. Our ultimate slicer wheel cuts • Excellent for the railroad industry (I-beams, bar stock, etc.)
through stainless and high tensile
steel, and hardened exotic alloys. Ductile™
• Combination aluminum oxide and silicon carbide formulation
METAL: Ductile™ pipe (very hard steel casing enclosing a cement
lining), water mains, etc.
Stock CONCRETE: Combination metal/concrete, cast iron, hard metals,
No. MET 55339 MET 55995 MET 55997 MET 55998 concrete coated steel, etc.
Size 6” x .040” x 7/8” 6” x .045” x 7/8” 4-1/2 x .045” x 7/8” 6” x .045” x 7/8” Brute™
Type Original Slicer Super Slicer Slicer Plus Slicer Plus Size
Max Qty per
Steel / Steel Steel Stock No. A B C
App. Stainless Alloys RPM Box
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Dia. Width Bore
Spec. A 60 TZ A 60 XP A 60 TX A 60 TX UAB 23412 12 1/8 1 6,300 10
Max. UAB 23422 12 1/8 20mm 6,300 10
10,200 10,185 15,000 10,185 UAB 23457 14 1/8 20mm 5,460 10
RPM

TYPE 1 CUTTING
Hobo®
Size
CHOP SAW
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 23502
Ductile™
16 1/8 1 4,800 10
WHEELS
Size SAIT EZ-Chop®
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C • Aluminum oxide grain
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore • General purpose cool cutting on thin
UAB 23415 12 1/8 1 6,300 10 metals
UAB 23453 14 1/8 1 5,400 10 • Burr-free finish
METAL: Metal studding, thin rebar,
light gauge and heavy metals
TYPE 1 CUTTING Size

Max Qty per
CHOP SAW
Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
WHEELS
UAB 24034 12 3/32 1 5,100 10
UAB 24039 14 3/32 1 4,400 10
Stud King®
• General purpose cool
TYPE 1 CUTTING
cutting on thin metals
• Burr-free finish
CHOP SAW WHEELS
A36R - Burr-Free
Iron Worker™ Saitech Steel Worker® • A finer grit for burr-free finish
• Aluminum oxide grain • Formulated with 3M METAL: Ferrous metals (metal tubing, etc.)
• Fast cutting Cubitron™ grain
STAINLESS: Stainless steel, high
• Excellent for use on angle • Extremely Fast, burr-free
tensile steel
iron, channel iron, heavy cutting
rebar, and other ferrous STAINLESS: Stainless steel, Size
Max Qty per
metals high tensile alloys Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
METAL: Structural metal METAL: Ferrous metals (steel,
UAB 24002 10 1/8 5/8 6,100 25
applications iron, welds, etc.)
UAB 24082 18 3/16 1 3,400 5
Stud King®
Stock No. A
Size
B C
Max
RPM
Qty per
Box
TYPE 1 PORTABLE
CHOP SAW WHEELS
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 24035 10 3/32 5/8 6,100 25
UAB 24030 12 3/32 1 5,100 10
UAB 24050 14 3/32 1 4,400 10
• Provides consistent performance with
Iron Worker™ long life
Size METAL: Ferrous metals
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C (steel, angle iron, rebar)
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 24051 14 3/32 1 4,400 10 A30S - Long Life
• Special aluminum oxide METAL: Ferrous metals
grain formula STAINLESS: Stainless steel,
Saitech™ Steel Worker®
• Fast, non-binding cutting high tensile alloys
Size
Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore Size
UAB 24053 14 3/32 1 4,400 10 Max Qty per
Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 23410 12 1/8 1 6,300 10
For Cutting, Grinding, Blending UAB 23420 12 1/8 20mm 6,300 10
UAB 23450 14 1/8 1 5,400 10
And Finishing You Need Only UAB 23455 14 1/8 20mm 5,460 10
A30S - Long Life
Remember Two Names, United Stock No. A
Size
B C
Max Qty per
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
Abrasives and AWISCO UAB 23440 14 1/8 1 5,400 10
UAB 23441 14 1/8 20mm 10

TYPE 1 CUTTING GRINDING CONES

PORTABLE AND PLUGS
CHOP SAW
WHEELS Cones and Plugs
• For grinding and snagging
in hard to reach areas
• Fast stock removal
Big M.A.C.™ (iron, steel, welds, etc.)
Very Long Life
• Special silicon carbide grain
• Superior cutting action C24R - Concrete Type 16 Cone - Grade A16
• 40% longer life than general • Silicon carbide grain Size
Max Qty per
purpose concrete wheels • Long life Stock No. A B C
RPM Box
CONCRETE: Masonry, CONCRETE: Stone, brick, soft Dia. Width Bore
UAB 25006 2 3 5/8-11 18,100 10
Asphalt, Concrete aggregate, masonry, concrete
Big M.A.C.™ Type 17 Cone - Grade A20

Size Size
RPM Box RPM Box
UAB 23464 14 1/8 20mm 5,460 10 UAB 25102 1-1/2 2-1/2 5/8-11 24,100 10
C24R - Concrete Type 18 Plug - Grade A16

Size Size
RPM Box RPM Box
UAB 23423 12 1/8 20mm 6,300 10 UAB 25203 1-1/2 3 5/8-11 24,100 10
UAB 23451 14 1/8 1 5,400 10 UAB 25204 1-1/2 3 3/8-24 24,100 10
Type 18R Plug - Grade A16

GRINDING Stock No. A
Size
B C
Max Qty per
BENCH
RPM Box
Dia. Width Bore
UAB 25304 1-1/2 3 5/8-11 24,100 10
WHEELS UAB 25305 2 3 3/8-24 18,100

Awisco is only showing some of the Grinding Cones & Plugs. For
10
A additional items please contact Awisco or visit the united Abrasives

• Aluminum oxide grain website www.unitedabrasives.com
• General purpose
• For sharpening tools and
light stock removal
TYPE A
(carbon steel, steel, iron,
frogings, etc.)
MOUNTED POINTS
6”, 7” 3/4, 5/8, 1/2
Reduction bushing enclosed 8” 3/4, 5/8
with each wheel 10” 1, 3/4
12”, 14” 1-1/4, 1
A60R - Vitrified
A60 • Aluminum oxide grain
Size • For deburring and finishing
Stock No. A B C Max RPM METAL: Ferrous metals
Dia. Length Bore • Shank length 1-1/2”
UAB 28004 6 1/2 1 4,138
UAB 28024 8 1 1-1/4 2,483
UAB 28041 10 1 1 3,600
A36
Size Size
Stock No. A B C Max RPM Shank 0” = 1/2” Qty per
Stock No. Type
Dia. Length Bore Dia. Length Dia. Max RPM Box
UAB 28023 8 1 1 3,600 UAB 27070 A25 1 Round 1/4 35,620 10
UAB 28040 10 1 1-1/4 2,483
Awisco is only showing 1 Style... For additional information please contact
UAB 28063 12 2 1-1/2 2,069 Awisco or visit the United Abrasives website www.unitedabrasive.com

TYPE 11 BRUSHES
GRINDING
CUP STONES KNOT WIRE WHEELS
• Can be used on portable
A16 - General Purpose power tools
• Aluminum oxide grain • Available in the following
• Coarse grit wheel for tough wire types:
grinding applications - Knot wire for low to
• Excellent for cleaning medium flexibility and
casting, mold marks, aggressive cutting action
removing flashing - Stainless steel wire for
METAL: Ferrous metals use on stainless,
aluminum, and high
strength alloys
• Primary application:
C16 - Concrete Cleaning, deburring, and
• Silicon carbide grain scale removal
• Coarse grit for tough
Size Matl Max Std
grinding applications Stock No.
Dia. Wire Arbor Type RPM Pkg
• Excellent for cleaning UAB 03388 6 .020 5/8-11 Carbon 12,500 1
casting, mold marks, There are many other diameters available...
removing flashing Contact Awisco for info...
CONCRETE: Masonry,
concrete, stone
KNOT & CRIMPED

Z16 - Zirconium
WIRE WHEELS
• Special Zirconium grain
formulation • For use on small grinders
• Coarse grit and hard bond • Available in the following wire
for the toughest grinding types:
applications - Regular twist covers more
• Outlasts standard Aluminum surface area in a single
Oxide cup wheels 2:1 pass
METAL: Use on combination - Stringer bead twist excellent
of ferrous metals for welds, flux removal and
STAINLESS: Stainless steel where a narrow work face is
required
A16 Grit - Crimped carbon steel wire provides flexibilty and a wider work
Size face than knot style
Max Qty per
Stock No. A AI B C - Stainless steel wire for use on stainless, aluminum, and high
RPM Box
Dia. Dia. Width Bore
strength alloys
UAB 26000 4 3 2 5/8-11 9,050 12
UAB 26003* 4 2 5/8-11 9,050 12
- Crimped style is not shown... Contact Awisco for info...
3
UAB 26023* 6 4-3/4 2 5/8-11 6,050 5 • These wheels are available with threaded arbors to fit most of the
*MB = metal backing small grinders on the market... If you do not see what yu want,
Please contact Awisco for assistance.
C16 Grit
Size Regular Twist
Max Qty per
Stock No. A AI B C
RPM Box Size Matl Max Std
Dia. Dia. Width Bore Stock No.
Dia. Wire Arbor Type RPM Pkg
UAB 26014 5 4 2 5/8-11 9,250 6
UAB 03460 4 .020 5/8-11 Carbon 20,000 6
UAB 26024 6 4-3/4 2 5/8-11 6,050 5
Z16 Grit Stringer Bead

Size Size Matl Max Std
Max Qty per Stock No.
Stock No. A AI B C Dia. Wire Arbor Type RPM Pkg
RPM Box
Dia. Dia. Width Bore UAB 03440 4 .020 5/8-11 Carbon 20,000 6
UAB 26050* 5 4 2 5/8-11 7,250 6 UAB 03444 4 .020 1/2-13 Carbon 20,000 6
* This item has a metal backing. UAB 03445 4 .020 5/8-11 Stainless 20,000 6

SMALL CUP ZIRCONIUM

BRUSHES FLAP DISCS
• For use on small grinders Saitlam UK™
• Available in the following wire types: (conical shape)
- Knot wire for low to medium flexibility • Conical shape ideal for working with
and aggressive cutting action large surfaces or complex shapes
- Crimped carbon steel wire for light • Working angle is “built-in”
cleaning and where greater flexibility • For general purpose stock removal
is required and finishing
- Stainless steel knot wire for use on
Fiberglass Backing
stainless, aluminum, and high
• Allows for lighter, quieter operation
strength alloys
• Will not splinter or smear on the workpiece
- Variety of threaded arbors available
• Backing wears with the abrasives cloth
Size
Size Wire Matl Max Std Stock No. Grit Package
Stock No. Dia. Arbor
Dia. Wire Arbor Style Type RPM Pkg
UAB 73685 4-1/2 7/8 40 10 per box
UAB 03419 2-3/4 .014 5/8-11 Knot Stainless 12,500 6
UAB 73687 4-1/2 7/8 60 10 per box
UAB 03501 2-3/4 .020 5/8-11 Knot Carbon 12,500 6
UAB 73688 4-1/2 7/8 80 10 per box
UAB 03511 3-1/2 .020 5/8-11 Knot Carbon 12,500 1
UAB 73689 4-1/2 7/8 120 10 per box
UAB 73714 7 7/8 40 10 per box
LARGE CUP
UAB 73716 7 7/8 60 10 per box
UAB 73717 7 7/8 80 10 per box
BRUSHES
UAB 73718 7 7/8 120 10 per box
• Available in the following wire HIGH

types:
- Knot wire for low to medium PERFORMANCE
flexibility and aggressive
cutting action
FLAP DISCS
- Crimped wire which has higher Saitlam™
flexibility for light cleaning and (flat shape)
removal, especially on irregular • These high performance flap
surfaces discs are also available in 3A
• Primary application: for fast Cleaning of large surfaces Aluminum Oxide with grinding
Size Trim Max Std aid... Contact Awisco for
Stock No. Rows
Dia. Wire Arbor Length RPM Pkg additional information.
UAB 03406 4 .020 5/8-11 1 Stainless 9,000 1
• Provides an even “finish
UAB 03407 4 .020 5/8-11 1 1-3/8” 9,000 1
ready” surface
UAB 03409 6 .020 5/8-11 1 1-3/4” 6,600 1
• Excellent for miter joints, corners, and edges
• Nylon 6/6 backing - a non-scratching, high strength backing
PIPELINE BRUSHES resistant to temperature extremes, common chemicals, and

solvents
2A General Purpose Aluminum Oxide
• Excellent to use in the
Pipeline industry Stock No. Dia. Arbor Grit Package
• Available in the following wire UAB 73420 4-1/2 7/8 120 10 per box with nut
types: UAB 73480 4-1/2 7/8 80 10 per box with nut
- Knot wire provides aggressive
Z Premium Zirconium
action in the removal of bead
scale, weld flash, or splatter Stock No. Dia. Arbor Grit Package
UAB 73140 4 5/8 40 10 per box with nut
- Regular twist and stringer
bead twist for higher impact NOTE: 4” and 4-1/2” Saitlam™ and Saitlam K™
action must be used with nut
- Stainless steel wire available in stringer bead twist for use on Saitlam™ Nuts
stainless, aluminum, and high strength alloys Stock No. Size Uses Nut
• Primary application: Cleaning, deburring, and scale removal UAB 95071 4-1/2” Saitlam™ 5/8 - 11
Size Wire Matl Max Std UAB 95072 4-1/2” Saitlam™ M14 x 2.0
Stock No.
Dia. Wire Arbor Style Type RPM Pkg UAB 95074 4” Saitlam™ M10 x 1.25
UAB 03391 6-1/2 .020 5/8-11 Stringer SB-Carbon 9,000 6
There are other diameters and grades available... Please visit the United
For info on other diameters or wire styles please call Awisco. Abrasives website at www.unitedabrasives.com or call Awisco.

HIGH DISCS
PERFORMANCE ALUMINUM OXIDE
FLAP DISCS FIBER DISCS
Saitlam F™ 2A - General Purpose
(conical shape, • Closed coat structure for more material
fiberglass backing) removal and better finishing
• Available in 2A, 3A aluminum METAL: Ferrous and/or non-ferrous metals
oxide with grinding aid and Z WOOD: Wood, fiberglass, etc.
zirconium (These are not shown
visit the United Abrasives website at Blue Line™
www.unitedabrasives.com or call Awisco) Stock No. Size Grit Package
• Fiberglass backing for lighter, more UAB 50003 4 x 5/8 60 25 per box
silent operation UAB 50004 4 x 5/8 80 25 per box
• Fiberglass backing will not splinter or smear on the workpiece
• Backing wears with the abrasive cloth Stock No. Size Grit Package
• Go from stock removal to finishing with one disc UAB 57024 7 x 7/8 24 20 per box
UAB 57036 7 x 7/8 36 20 per box
Z Premium Zirconium 7 x 7/8 80
UAB 57080 25 per box
Size
Stock No. Grit Package UAB 58120 9-1/8 x 7/8 120 25 per box
Dia. Arbor
UAB 73940 4-1/2 7/8 40 10 per box
ALUMINUM OXIDE
UAB 73960 4-1/2 7/8 60 10 per box
For additional discs please visit the United Abrasives Website at
LAMINATED
www.unitedabrasives.com or call Awisco.
DISCS
ALUMINUM OXIDE
FLAP WHEELS 2A - General Purpose,
2A - Aluminum Oxide Long life
- General Purpose • Aluminum oxide grain
• Premium aluminum oxide • Easy disc changes by twisting
grain to unlock backing pad
• Excellent for cleaning, METAL: Ferrous and/or non-
deburring, polishing, ferrous metals
blending WOOD: Wood, plastic, fiberglass, etc.
• Straight 1/4” mandrels Stock No. Size Grit Package
available for 1/4-20 adapter UAB 52274 2” 60 100 per box
METAL: Ferrous and/or non-ferrous metals
NON-WOVEN
(iron, steel, aluminum, copper, etc.)
WOOD: Wood, plastic, fiberglass, etc.
HAND PADS
Stock No. Dia. Width Grit Package
UAB 70050 2 1 60 5 per pkg
UAB 70071
UAB 70100
2-1/2
3
1
1
80
60
5 per pkg
5 per pkg NON-WOVEN
UAB 70101 3 1 80 5 per pkg
There are other diameters, width or Grit configurations available... Check
with Awisco for additional info...
BROWN
• Heavy duty
1/4” SHANK
• Excellent for removing heavy
rust and cleaning welds
ADAPTOR KIT METAL: Ferrous and/or non-

ferrous metals
FOR FLAT WHEELS
Stock No. UAB 95009 BLACK
• For blending and finishing
• For converting 1” or 5/8” arbors • Excellent for paint removal
to a 1/4” shank STAINLESS: Stainless steel
• 1/4” shank adaptor kit METAL: Ferrous and/or non-ferrous metals

MAROON
• General purpose
• For removing light rust
GRAY
• Ultra fine
• For light finishing
SHOP ROLLS
• Excellent for cleaning and • Excellent for sanding
brightening
METAL: Ferrous and/or non-
before/between finish coats
METAL: Non-ferrous metals HANDY & INDUSTRIAL
ferrous metals
Stock No. Size. Grade
WOOD: Wood
Color Pads per pack
SHOP ROLL
UAB 77440 6x9 Heavy Duty Brown 20
UAB 77446 6x9 Stainless Black 20
UAB 77447 6x9 General Purpose Maroon 20
UAB 77448 6x9 Ultra Fine Gray 20
HANDY ROLLS - DA-F
• High quality DA-F material for
BELTS NON-WOVEN high flexibility
• Medium tensile strength
• Primarily for hand applications
METAL: Ferrous and/or non-ferrous
BROWN materials (iron, aluminum, copper,
• Coarse
normal and high tensile steel)
• Excellent for deburing,
blending WOOD: Wood, Fiberglass, etc.
• For use on mill marks, tool Stock No. Size Width Grit Package
marks, to create a smooth UAB 82420 2” x 50 yards 240 1 per box
transition on surface profiles
MINI & CUSTOM

MAROON
• General Purpose BLUE SHOP ROLLS
• Excellent for blending and • Very Fine
cleaning • Excellent for cleaning and finishing
• Reduce uneven edges on • Reduce surface roughness
adjoining surfaces • Polish welds
• Remove coatings, gaskets, • Use to apply cosmetic grain or DA-F Mini Shop Rolls
and surface discolorations scratch patterns • Aluminum oxide grain
• DA-F material for high flexibility
STAINLESS: Stainless steel • Open coat structure prevents
METAL: Ferrous and/or non-ferrous materials loading
WOOD: Fiberglass and rubber • For hand applications
Very Belts METAL: Ferrous and/or non-ferrous
Coarse Medium
Fine Size per materials
Brown Maroon
Blue pack WOOD: Wood, Fiberglass, etc.
Stock No. UAB 77515 UAB 77516 UAB 77517 1/2” x 24” 10
Stock No. Size Width Grit Package
United Abrasives has these belts available in many other sizes... If you
need help, please contact Awisco. UAB 81207 1-1/2” x 10 yds. 120 1 per box
DISCS Industrivia
NON-WOVEN
The portable electric
MAROON - General Purpose belt sander was Invented
by Art Emmons in 1921
• Excellent for removing surface
coatings and light rust
• Excellent for paint removal
STAINLESS: Stainless steel, high
tensile steel
when he was 21 years old.
METAL: Ferrous and/or non-ferrous materials
WOOD: Fiberglass It was called
the “Take About Sander”.
Stock No. Size. Grade Color Package
UAB 77132 6” Medium Maroon 10 per pack
Other diameters and grades are available...
Please contact Awisco for info...

ACCESSORIES
TYPE 1 CUT-OFF SPANNER WRENCH
ADAPTOR Stock No. UAB 95008
• For use with Type 1 thin high

speed cut-off wheels only • Adjustable wrench for tightening
Stock No. Size and loosening center nuts
UAB 95003 1/4 x 3/8 • Fits all center nuts
TYPE 27 REUSABLE TYPE 1 & TYPE 27

ADAPTOR KIT REUSABLE 5/8-11
Stock No. UAB 95000 ADAPTOR
Stock No. UAB 95055
Reusable 5/8-11 adaptor for use

on type 1 and type 27 reinforced
• For use with Type 27 wheels on wheels with a 7/8 arbor, a max.
7” and 9” 5/8-11 spindle grinders diameter of 5” and a wheel
• Alternative to a throwaway hub thickness of .045 to 1/8”
BACKING PADS FOR RESIN FIBER DISCS

• Spiralcool™ backing pads’ exclusive rubber, fabric, and fiber board construction provide extra
strength and reliability
• Spiral ribs provide contact points and form channels for air flow extending disc life 30% to 50%.
• Each pad is supplied with a nut as indicated
• For the 10mm arbor pad specify nut:
# 95044 for 1.5 nut or # 95043 for 1.25 nut
NOTE: Pad nut must be purchased Stock No. Size Arbor Grade Max. RPM
separately. This backing pad is not UAB 95010 4 5/8-11 Thread Medium 12,000
to be used with SAIT-LOK™ quick UAB 95011 4-1/2 5/8 Medium 11,000
change fiber discs UAB 95018 7 5/8-11 Thread Medium 8,500
Have We Got Catalogs?

Complete line catalogs are available from a number of the
manufacturers that we carry including United Abrasives,
Miller Electric, Hobart Brothers, Mine Safety Appliances,
Victor, Tweco/Arcair, Jet Tool and many more.
Ask customer service to send you a copy of the one you need.

E LECTRODES AND W IRES 259
POSITION
How AWS classifies steel covered 1 Flat, horizontal, vertical, overhead
Electrodes, SMAW process, and low alloy 2 Flat and horizontal only
covered electrodes 4 Flat, horizontal, vertical down, overhead
Suffix C Mn Si Ni Cr Mo Y
E6010 A1
B1
.12
.12
.40-.65*
.90
.40-.80
.60-.80
—
—
—
.40-.65
.40-.65
.40 - .65
—
—
Electrode B2L .05 .90 .80-1.00 — 1.00-1.50 .40 - .65 —
Tensile in ksi B2 .12 .90 .60-.90 — 1.00-1.50 .40-.65 —
Position B3L .05 .90 .80-1.00 — 2.00-2.50 .90-1.20 —
Type of coating and current B3 .12 .90 .60-.80* — 2.00-2.50 .90-1.20 —
TYPES OF COATING AND CURRENT B4L .05 .90 1.00 — 1.75-2.25 .40-.65 —
B5 .07-.15 .40-.70 .30-.60 — .50-.60 1.00-1.25 .05
Digit Type of Coating Welding Current
B6 .05-.10 1.00 .90 .40 4.00-6.00 .45-.65 —
0 cellulose sodium DCEP
B8 .05-.10 1.00 .90 .40 8.00-10.50 .85-1.20 —
1 cellulose potassium AC or DCEP
C1 .12 1.20 .60-.80* 1.00 - 2.75 — — —
2 titania sodium AC or DCEP
C2 .12 1.20 .60-.80* 3.00 - 3.75 — — —
3 titania sodium AC or DCEP or DCEN
C3 .12 .40-1.25 .80 .80 - 1.10 .15 .35 .05
4 iron power titania AC or DCEP or DCEN
D1 .12 1.25-1.75 .60-.80* — — .25-.45 —
5 low hydrogen DCEP
D2 .15 1.65-2.00 .60-.80* — — .25-.45 —
6 low hydrogen potassium AC or DCEP
G — 1.00 Min .80 Min .50 Min .30 Min .20 Min .10 Min
7 iron powder iron oxide AC or DCEP or DCEN
M** .10 .60-2.25* .60-.80* 1.40 - 2.50* .15-1.50* .25-5.50* .05
8 iron powder low hydrogen AC or DCEN
E6020 iron oxide sodium AC or DCEP or DCEN * Amount depends on electrode classification. Single values indicate
maximum, refer to AWS A5.5 for the different electrode classes.
DCEP: Direct Current Electrode Positive ** There are several different M classes. M classifications are
DCEN: Direct Current Electrode Negative intended to conform to military specifications.
AWS Type of Covering Capable of Producing Satisfactory Type of Current CONVERSION TABLE
Class Welds in Positions Shown
E60 Series Electrodes Fractions Decimal Millimeter
E6010 High Cellulose sodium F, V, OH, H DCEP 1/64 .015625 .40
E6011 High Cellulose Potassium F, V, OH, H AC or DCEP 1/32 .03125 .79
E6013 High titania potassium F, V, OH, H AC or DC, either polarity 3/64 .046875 1.2
E6022 High iron oxide F AC or DC, either polarity 1/16 .0625 1.6
E60 Series Electrodes 5/64 .078125 2.0
E7014 Iron powder, titania F, V, OH, H AC or DC, either polarity
3/32 .09375 2.4
E7018 Low Hydrogen potassium, iron powder F, V, OH, H AC or DCEP
1/8 .125 3.2
E7024 Iron powder, titania H- fillets, F AC or DC, either polarity
5/32 .15625 4.0
a. The abbreviations, F, V, V-down, OH, H and H-fillets indicate the welding positions as follows: F - Flat;
H - Horizontal; H-fillets - Horizontal fillets; V-down - Vertical down direction; V-vertical - For electrodes 3/16 .1875 4.8
3/16 in. (4.8mm) and under for classifications E7014, E7015, E7106 and E7018]; OH - overhead. 7/32 .21875 5.6
b. DCEP means direct current, electrode positive; DCEN means direct current, electrode negative. 1/4 .2500 6.4
c. Electrode of the E6022 classification are for single-pass welds.
COVERED ELECTRODES FOR SMAW OF CARBON STEEL PER AWS A5.1

Class Covering Welding Position Current Characteristics and applications
A general purpose electrode for joining of carbon steel. Deep penetrating
forceful arc. Thin slag. Use in all positions, single and multiple pass,
E6010 High Cellulose sodium F, V, O, H DCEP plate and pipe, galvanized and alloy steels, Ships, bridges, buildings,
piping, tanks, pressure-vessels fittings.
E6011 High Cellulose Potassium F, V, O, H AC, DCEP Similar to E6010, but for use with ac. DCEP gives reduced penetration.
Similar to E6012; quieter arc, smoother bead, cleaner weld metal, fewer
E6013 High titania potasium F, V, O, H AC, DCEN, DCEP inclusions. Characteristics vary with supplier. Run at lower current than
for E6012.
Use for single-pass, high current, high speed, welding of groove welds in
E6022 High iron oxide F AC, DCEP, DCEN flat position, horizontal lap joints and fillet welds in sheet metal.
Iron power boosts deposition rate and efficiency. Use at high amperages
E7014 Iron powder, titania F, V, O, H AC, DCEP, DCEN on carbon and low-alloy steels. Low-penetrating arc, use to bridge poor
fitups. Smooth, fine-rippled bead, convex fillets.
Iron-power addition increases deposition rate. Use on carbon, high-
carbon, and low alloy steels. Smooth arc, low spatter. Flat and horizontal
E7018 Low Hydrogen potassium, iron powder F, V, O, H AC, DCEP welds are finely rippled, convex. Other types: E7018-1H16R, E7018-
1H8R, E7018-1H4R.
Iron power for high deposition rate, high travel speed. Flat, smooth fillets,
E7024 Iron powder, titania H- fillets, F AC, DCEP finely rippled. Smooth, quiet arc, low penetration. E7024-1 deposits more-
ductile weld metal of improved Charpy values.

260 E LECTRODES AND W IRES
WELD GAUGE
5G WELD GAUGE WELD FILLET GAUGE
Stock No. ATL 5G Stock No. FIB WFG
For accurate calibration of butt
and fillet type welds. The finest Blades pivot for easy measuring of
welding gauge ever developed. eleven most specified fillet
Enables a welder to meet exact dimensions. Measures concave or
specifications of butt and fillet convex seams. Stainless steel
type welds, and accurately blades, etched blades, etched
checks sizes of convex or increments. 1/8” thru 1” and metric
concave fillets as well as equivalents. Fits in 4-1/2” x 2” case.
permissible tolerance of butt Carry in pocket.
weld reinforcements.
STICK ELECTRODES
AWS E6010 AWS E6011
AWS Class E6011 /
AWS Class E6010, DCEP
AC-DCEP (Electrode
(Electrode Positive), AWS A5.1,
Positive) AWS A5.1, ASME
Class E6010, ABS-AWS A5.1,
SFA 5.1 (A-1, F-3),
CWB-CSA 48.1, E41010
ABS - AWS A5.1,
Military-MIL-6011,
CWB-CSA W48.1, E41011
STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES

Awisco stocks 3/32” & 1/8” in 10 lb. and 50 lb. packages 5/32” & STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES
3/16” in 50 lb. packages. Awisco stocks 3/32”, 1/8” & 5/32” in 10 lb. and 50 lb. packages 3/16”
6010 is a quick-starting, cellulosic mild steel electrode that pro- in 50 lb. packages.
vides you with outstanding arc stability, penetration and wash-in.
It’s ideal for welding in all positions and produces an X-ray quality Stable arc characteristic and good penetration are what you can ex-
weld with light slag that’s easy to remove. pect to get from 6011 electrodes. Designed for use with AC power
Pipes, plates, construction, shipbuilding, and general purpose fab- sources, 6011 has high operator-appeal and produces a fine spray
rications and maintenance welding. transfer that’s ideal for all welding positions. General fabrication, rail-
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES road cars, shipbuilding, structural work, piping.
As Welded
Yield Strength, psi (MPa) 67,100 (463) TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Tensile Strength, psi (MPa) 79,800 (550) As Welded
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 29 Yield Strength, psi (Mpa) 66,800 (460)
Tensile Strength, psi (MPa) 76,100 (525)
WELDING PARAMETERS
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 22
Electrode Range Optimum Deposition
Amperage Amperage % Reduction in Area 56
Dia. In. Rate lbs./hr.
3/32 40-75 75 1.5 WELDING PARAMETERS
80-140 100 2.1 Electrode Range Optimum Deposition
1/8
80-140 130 2.3 Dia. In. Amperage Amperage Rate lbs./hr.
130-175 140 2.8 3/32 60-80 75 1.3
5/32
130-175 170 2.9 1/8 90-130 120 2.3
150-210 160 3.3 5/32 130-160 150 3.7
3/16
150-210 190 3.5 3/16 155-190 180 4.1
AWISCO’s Sales Team has more than 200

years of combined knowledge in the welding, cutting,
joining and finishing industries.
Want to know the right rod or wire to use for your job?
The answer is just a phone call away!

AWS E6013 7014 is a versatile, all-position electrode that you can use with either
AC or DC (electrode negative or electrode positive) power. It has a
rutile base with a iron powder addition that serves to increase welder-
AWS Class E6013 / AC-DCEN appeal with its outstanding deposition rate and speed of travel. 7014
(Electrode Negative), also produces a weld bead that’s excellent in both strength and ap-
AWS A5.1, ASME SFA 5.1 pearance with slag coverage that’s easy to remove.
(A1, F-2), ABS - AWS A5.1, Frames, heavy sheet metal, and machine bases
CWB-CSA W48.1, E41013 STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES
Awisco stocks 3/32”, 1/8” and 5/32” in 10 lb. & 50 lb. packages. 3/
32” is also available in 25 lb. packages.
The fast-freeze characteristics of 6013 makes it the perfect choice TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
for welding applications that have poor fit-up conditions. It pro- As Welded
duces a very stable arc with good weld bead appearance. General Yield Strength, psi (Mpa) 61,000 (421)
purpose fabrication, machine parts, metal buildings and structures, Tensile Strength, psi (MPa) 71,300 (492)
shaft build-up. % Elongation in 2” (51mm) 28
% Reduction in Area 64
Awisco stocks 3/32” & 1/8” in 10 lb. and 50 lb. packages. 5/32” and
WELDING PARAMETERS
3/16” in 50 lb. packages.
Dia. In. Amperage Amperage Rate lbs./hr.
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES 3/32 70-100 85 2.0
As Welded 100-150 120 2.4
1/8
Yield Strength, psi (Mpa) 63,000 (434) 100-150 150 3.1
Tensile Strength, psi (MPa) 71,000 (490) 160-200 160 3.0
5/32
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 24 160-200 200 3.7
% Reduction in Area 49 190-270 230 4.5
3/16
WELDING PARAMETERS 190-270 270 5.5
5/64
3/32
40-60
60-90
50
85
1.4
1.6
AWS 7024
1/8 120-135 125 2.1
145-190 140 2.6 AWS A5.1, ASME SFA 5.1
5/32 145-190 160 3.0 (A-1, F-1), ABS Filler Grade
145-190 180 3.5 2-2Y (non-low hydrogen),
170-230 180 3.2
3/16
Military - AWS A5.1,
170-230 200 3.8
170-230 220 4.1 CWB-CSA W48.1, E41012
AWS E6022 Decking Electrode 7024 is an excellent high-speed electrode for fillet welds. It’s excep-
tionally fast when used down hand in properly designed weld joints or
AWS A5.1, E6022
in horizontal fillet welds where equal leg fillets are desired. When a
6022 is a very fluid electrode that’s designed for welding roof decking drag welding technique is used, the electrode operates well on either
to support beams with burn-through spot welds. It’s also excellent for AC or DC (electrode negative) power. The arc force of 7024 mini-
rapid downhill welding when joining light gauge materials. Roof deck- mizes slag entrapment, and the slag is self-removing in most appli-
ing and sheet metal. cations. Railroad cars, structurals, earthmoving equipment, plate fab-
STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES rication and mining machinery.
1/8 and 5/32 in 50 lbs. cartons. STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES Awisco stocks 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16, 7/32 and 1/4” in 50 lb. boxes.
Transverse tensile strength exceeds 60,000 psi TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
TYPE OF CURRENT As Welded
Yield Strength, psi (Mpa) 72,000 (496)
DCEN or AC
Tensile Strength, psi (MPa) 84,400 (582)
WELDING PARAMETERS % Elongation in 2” (51mm) 24
Electrode Dia. In. Range Amperage % Reduction in Area 62
1/8” 130 - 150 Amps
WELDING PARAMETERS
5/32” 150 - 180 Amps
AWS E7014
130-180 140 4.2
1/8
130-180 180 5.1
180-240 180 5.3
AWS Class E7014 / AC-DC, 5/32 180-240 210 6.3
AWS A5.1, ASME SFA 5.1 180-240 240 7.2
(A-1, F-2), ABS - AWS A5.1 250-290 245 7.5
3/16 250-290 270 8.3
250-290 290 9.1
300-340 320 9.4
7/32
300-340 360 11.6
1/4 350-400 400 12.6

LOW ALLOY ELECTRODES 7018 electrodes have been designed to provide the ultimate in elec-
trode flexibility. With one electrode 7018 provides (1) high impact
values to give you high toughness at very low temperatures (-50° F
AWS 7010 or lower). (2). Low moisture absorption when the electrode is left out,
even in tropical conditions, minimizing cracking and porosity prob-
An excellent all-position, cellulosic mild steel electrode, AWS 7010 is lems. (3). Very low diffusible hydrogen levels in the weld metal to
what you need for a strong, dependable, X-ray quality weld. It deliv- prevent cracking. In addition to this versatility, Quantum Blue 7018
ers the arc stability and drive you need for the best penetration pos- provides the welding characteristics that make it easy to use, like a
sible; plus, it’s ideal for vertical -down welding, single-or multi-pass, smooth, stable arc in all positions, excellent re-strike, low spatter
on 5L, 5LX and X52 through X65 pipes. With AWS 7010, you’ll mprove levels, and a slag system that in many cases is self-peeling, resulting
your welding efficiency because it’s quicks start and quick to clean
in fast and easy clean-up. 7018 Low Alloy Electrode can be used with
up with a light slag that’s easy to remove.
DC and / or AC power sources on applications where a mild steel low
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS hydrogen weld deposit is desired. Alloy and high carbon casting; boiler
Features Benefits and pressure vessels plate and sheet; low alloy structural plate, sheet
• Quick-starting • Easy arc striking and increased welding and tubing; steel structure field erections; mining equipment; heavy
• All-position efficiency equipment fabrication and repair; low temperature weldments; main-
• Excellent vertical down • Welds in flat, horizontal, vertical and tenance applications; shipbuilding and repair; petrochemical and
• Excellent arc stability overhead positions power plants; offshore drilling rigs; general fabrication.
• Superior arc drive • Faster travel speeds
• Excellent wash-in • Welding accuracy and efficiency
Awisco stocks 3/32”, 1/8” and 5/32” in 10 lb. and 50 lb. packages.
• Light slag • Excellent penetration 3/16”, 1/4” and 7/32” in 50 lb packages.
• Maximizes fusion of joints
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
• Quick and easy cleaning of weld bead
Stress Relieved 8 hrs.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS As Welded
@ 1150° F (621° C)
High-yield pipe steels, drill platforms, shipbuilding, storage tanks. Yield Strength, psi (Mpa) 68,000 (469) 57,300 (395)
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (AW) Tensile Strength, psi (MPa) 78,000 (538) 70,600 (487)
AWS Spec (min) % Elongation in 2” (51mm) 30 33
Tensile Strength (psi) % Reduction in Area 75.5 77
87,000 (600 MPa) 70,000
Yield Strength (psi) 71,000 (490 MPa) 60,000 WELDING PARAMETERS
Elongation % in 2” 26% 22% Electrode Range Optimum Deposition
63% Not required Dia. In. Amperage Amperage Rate lbs./hr.
APPROVALS AND CONFORMANCES 3/32 70-100 90 1.7
90-160 120 2.6
• AWS A5.5-96, Class E7010-P1 1/8
• ASME SFA 5.5, F-3, A-1, Class E7010-P1 90-160 140 2.7
• ABS, Grade 3, 3Y WELDING PARAMETERS
• Federal Bureau of Roads Electrode Range Optimum Deposition
• Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, Grade 3, 3YNO Dia. In. Amperage Amperage Rate lbs./hr.
RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES 130-220 140 3.1
5/32
GENERAL Electrode positive, work negative (DCEP) 130-220 170 3.8
ARC Average Lendth (1/8” to 1/4”) 200-300 200 4.9
3/16
FLAT Stay ahead of puddle and use slight whipping motion 200-300 250 5.4
VERTICAL-UP Slight whipping or weaving tecnique 250-350 250 6.5
7/32
Use higher amperage and faster travel, staying ahead 250-350 300 7.2
VERTICAL-DOWN of puddle 300-400 300 7.7
1/4
Use similar tecnique as for vertical-up, multi-pass for 300-400 350 8.7
OVERHEAD build-up
PIPE Use downhill travel
STORAGE
RECONDITIONING
Dry at room temperature
Not recommended LOW ALLOY LOW HYDROGEN
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PARAMETERS
Diameter
Type of
Power
Minimum
Amps
Optimum
Amps
Maximum
Amps
AWS E8018-B2
1/8” DCEP 70 110 140 AWS Class E8018-B2L / AC-DCEP (Electrode Positive),
5/32” DCEP 80 160 190 AWS A5.5, ASME SFA 5.5
3/16” DCEP 120 190 230
8018B2 is an outstanding electrode for welding higher strength steels
Awisco Stocks this item in 1/8” and 5/32”. Check with Awisco for
requiring tensile strengths of 80,000 lbs. or more. Ideal for welding in
other diemeters
conditions of high heat or humidity, it features a specially formulated
MILD STEEL LOW HYDROGEN

coating that’s designed to reduce moisture pick-up and thus help
keep hydrogen cracking and starting porosity to a minimum.
Boilers and associated piping, and steels such as 1¼ Cr½ Mo.
AWS 7018 STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES

Awisco stocks 1/8”, 5/32, and 3/16” in 50 lb. cartons.
AWS A5.1, ASME SFA 5.1, Military - 1 hr. @ 1275° F (691° C)
Stress Relieved
MIL-E-22200/1, MIL 7018, ABS - Yield Strength, psi (Mpa) 78,000 (538)
AWS A5.1, 2Y, Det Norske Veritas - Tensile Strength, psi (Mpa) 93,200 (643)
3YHH, Lloyds - 3-3YH, CWB-CSA % Elongation in 2” (51mm) 25
W48.1, E48018 % Reduction of Area 68

AWS 8018-B2L RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES

GENERAL Electrode positive, work negative (DCEP) or AC
ARC LENGTH Very short arc
FLAT Angle electrode 10-15° from 90°
8018B2L is an outstanding electrode for VERTICAL-UP Use weaving techniques
welding higher strength steels requiring VERTICAL-DOWN Not Recommended
OVERHEAD Use Slight weaving motion within the puddle
tensile strengths of 80,000 lbs. or more.
After opening, store in holding oven (250° F to 400° F)
It offers good arc characteristics and ex STORAGE
until used.
cellent notch toughness. Plus, 8018B2L If exposed to atmosphere for extended periods,
RECONDITIONING
features a specially formulated coating reconditioned for one (1) hour at 600° F.
that reduces moisture pick-up, making RECOMMENDED OPERATING PARAMETERS

it ideal for welding in conditions of high Type of Minimum Optimum Maximum
Diameter
Power Amps Amps Amps
heat and humidity, and helps to DCEP or AC
3/32 70 100 110
minimize hydrogen cracking and 1/8 DCEP or AC 90 135 160
starting porosity. 5/32 DCEP or AC 130 170 220
3/16 DCEP or AC 200 250 300
AWS 9018B3L
Fabrication and maintenance of boilers and associated piping.
Steels such as 1-1/4 Cr-1/2 Mo and 1/2 Cr-1/2 Mo
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AWS 9018B3L is an outstanding welding electrode for welding high
Stress Relieved 1 hrs.
strength piping, where cracking is a problem. AWS 9018B3L pro-
As Welded vides excellent notch toughness, 20 ft•lbs minimum at 100° F. The
@ 1275° F
Tensile Strength, psi 97,700 80,000
coating is specially formulated to resist moisture pick-up under con-
Yield Strength, psi 83,200 67,000
ditions of high heat and humidity. The electrode offers resistance to
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 24% 19%
moisture reabsorption which helps prevent hydrogen cracking and
% Reduction in Area 72.6% —
aids in elimination of starting porosity. Definitely a preferred elec-
trode with high operator appeal.
WELDING PARAMETERS
Diameter Amps Type of Current PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS
3/32” 70-110 Features Benefits
1/8” 90-160 • Lower carbon version of AWS • More resistant to cracking
DECP or AC
5/32” 130-220 9018B3 • Stable, easy to control arc
3/16” 200-300 • Excellent arc characteristics • Improves weld bead appearance,
APPROVALS AND CONFORMANCES • Low spatter level higher deposition
• Quick and easy slag removal • Reduces clean-up time
AWS A5.5-81, E8018-B2L
• Low smoke level • Welder safety and comfort
AWS A5.5-96, E7018-B2L
ASME SFA 5.5, F-4, A-3, E8018-B2L
• Low hydrogen, less than 4 ml/100 g • Resistant to hydrogen-induced cracking
• Low moisture reabsorption • Prevents starting porosity
AWS 9018B3
AWS 9018B3L is used in welding chrome-moly pipes and boiler work.
Stress relieved 1 hour at 1275° F
AWS 9018B3 is an outstanding welding electrode for welding higher AWS Spec
strength piping, castings and forgings. The coating is specially for- Tensile Strength 105,100 psi 90,000 min
mulated to resist moisture pick-up under conditions of high heat and Yield Strength 89,600 psi 77,000 psi
humidity. The electrode offers resistance to moisture reabsorption Elongation % in 2” 21.5% 17%
Reduction in Area 68.7% Not required
which helps prevent hydrogen cracking and aids in elimination of start-
ing porosity. RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS ARC LENGTH Very short arc
Features Benefits FLAT Angle electrode 10-15° from 90°
• Excellent arc characteristics • Stable, easy to control arc VERTICAL-UP Use weaving techniques
• Low spatter level • Improves weld bead apperance, VERTICAL-DOWN Not Recommended
• Quick and easy slag removal higher deposition Use Slight weaving motion within the puddle
OVERHEAD
• Low moisture reabsortion • Reduces clean-up time After opening, store in holding oven (250° F to 400° F)
• Prevents starting porosity STORAGE until used.
• Low smoke level
• Welder safety and comfort If exposed to atmosphere for extended periods,
RECONDITIONING reconditioned for one (1) hour at 600° F.
• Resistant to Hydrogen-induced
cracking RECOMMENDED OPERATING PARAMETERS
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Type of Minimum Optimum Maximum
Diameter
AWS 9018B3 is used in welding chrome-moly pipes and boiler work. Power Amps Amps Amps
3/32 DCEP or AC 70 100 110
1/8 DCEP or AC 90 135 160
Stress relieved 1 hour at 1275° F
5/32 DCEP or AC 130 170 220
AWS Spec
Tensile Strength 107,600 psi 90,000 min
APPROVALS AND CONFORMANCES
Yield Strength AWS A5.5 Class E9018-B3L H4R/E8018-B3L H4R
95,500 psi 77,000 psi
ASME SFA 5.5, Class E9018-B3L
Elongation % in 2” 22% 17%
Reduction in Area Awisco Stocks this item in 3/32” and 1/8” in 10 lb. and 50 lb. cartons
66.1% Not required
and 5/32” in 50 lb. cartons...

AWS 11018
AWS 11018 is an outstanding electrode designed for use in Military TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (AW)
applications which requires weld joints with 100,000 psi minimum
AWS Spec
tensile strength. This electrode provides excellent puddle control with
Tensile Strength 116,500 psi 110,000 psi min
good wetting action and tie in. The electrode offers good arc charac-
Yield Strength 103,800 psi 98,000 to 110,000
teristics and easy slag removal.
Elongation % in 2” 23.4% 20%
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS
RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES
Features Benefits
• Good arc characteristics • Stable, easy to control arc
ARC Very short arc
• Good ductility • High impact resistance After opening, store in holding oven (250° F to 400° F) until used.
STORAGE
• Low spatter level • Improves weld bead appearance, higher If exposed to atmosphere for extended periods, reconditioned
• Quick and easy slag removal deposition RECONDITIONING
for one (1) hour at 600° F.
• Low moisture reabsorption • Reduces clean-up time
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PARAMETERS
• Low smoke level • Prevents starting porosity
Type of Minimum Optimum Maximum
• Low hydrogen less than • Welder safety and comfort Diameter
Power Amps Amps Amps
4 ml/100g • Resistant to hydrogen-induced cracking
3/32 DCEP or AC 70 90 115
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 1/8 DCEP or AC 90 135 160
5/32 DCEP or AC 130 170 220
AWS 11018 is designed for applications requiring at least 100,000 psi tensile
3/16 DCEP or AC 200 250 300
strength, good ductility and crack resistance along with high notch toughness at
1/4 DCEP or AC 300 350 400
temperatures of –60°F. Low alloy steels typically welded with 11018M include
HY-80, HY-90, HY-100 and T-1 steels. Awisco Stocks this item in 3/32”, 1/8”, 5/32” and 3/16”.
STAINLESS STEEL COVERED ELECTRODES

AWS 308L TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As Welded
Tensile Strength 80,000 to 90,000 psi (552 to 621 Mpa)
AWS A5.4, ASME SFA % Elongation in 2” (51mm) 35 to 45
5.4, E308/308L-15&16, HSC - Hermetically Sealed Container
MIL-E-22200/2,
MIL-308L-15&16,
CWB-E308L-16 AWS 310
Developed for welding 304L, this electrode deposits a maximum of AWS A5.4, ASME SFA
.04% carbon in the weld metal. Type 308L is used extensively for 5.4, E310-15 & -16,
welding of chemical plant equipment, and may be used successfully MIL-E-22200/2,
for the welding types 321 and 347 steels providing service tempera- MIL-310-15 & 16
ture is less than 500°F (260°C). Arcaloy 308L minimizes the forma-
tion of chromium carbides in the weld metal.
Developed for the welding of type 310 stainless steel, 310 weld de-
posit exhibits the same chemical analysis and oxidation resistance
Available in 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8”, 5/32” and 3/16” Normally packed in
as the base plate metal. It is considered standard practice to weld
10 lb. containers
types 410, 430, and 502 with 310 or 309 where field welding is done
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES and where it is not possible to preheat or anneal after welding.
As Welded STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES
Tensile Strength 85,000 TO 95,000 psi (586 to 655 Mpa)
Available in 3/32”, 1/8”, and 3/16”. Normally packed in 10 lb. containers
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 40 to 50
HSC - Hermetically Sealed Container TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
As Welded
Tensile Strength 85,000 TO 95,000 psi (586 to 655 Mpa)
AWS 309L % Elongation in 2” (51mm)

HSC - Hermetically Sealed Container
35 to 45
AWS A5.4, ASME SFA 5.4,

E309/309L-15 & 16,
AWS 312
CWB-E309L-16
309L is used primarily in the
overlay of steel where inter-
granular corrosion must be kept
AWS A5.4, ASME SFA
to a minimum and for welding mild or carbon steel to stainless steel
provided the service temperature is less than 600° F (316° C).
5.4, E312-15& -16,
Carbon content 0.04% maximum. MIL-E-22200/2,
MIL-312-15 & 16
Available in 1/16”, 3/32”, 1/8”, 5/32” and 3/16”. Normally packed in
10 lb. containers.

312 electrodes were originally designed for welding of high tensile

alloys to high temperature heat-resisting alloys on turbo-jet engines. AWS 316L
However, based upon performance, these electrodes have found wide AWS A5.4, ASME SFA 5.4,
acceptance for the welding of newly developed high yield steels and E316L-16
abrasion resisting steels and dissimilar steels. The high strength of 316L electrodes deposit type 316
with a maximum of 0.04% carbon
the “all weld metal” deposit is usually reduced by dilution with the
in the weld deposit. This elec-
dissimilar base metal. trode is used for welding type
316L or type 318 steels with maxi-
STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES mum ferrite number below 5. 316L is widely used in the welding of
Available in 3/32”, and 1/8”. Normally packed in 10 lb. containers chemical equipment. Carbon content 0.04% maximum.
Available in 3/32”, 1/8”, 5/32”, and 3/16”. Normally packed in 10
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES lb. containers.
As Welded TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Tensile Strength 110,000 to 120,000 psi (758 to 827 Mpa) As Welded
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 80,000 to 90,000 psi (552 to 621 Mpa) Tensile Strength 85,000 TO 90,000 psi (552 to 621 Mpa)
22 to 25 % Elongation in 2” (51mm) 35 to 45
HSC - Hermetically Sealed Container HSC - Hermetically Sealed Container
NICKEL STEEL ALLOY COVERED ELECTRODES

INCO 182 MONEL 190
Monel 190 is used for welding materials of nickel-copper alloys to
Inco 182 electrodes are used for welding of nickel-chromium-iron al- themselves (such as ASTM, B126, B163, B164, B165-- all of which
have UNS number N4400). They also can be used for overlay weld-
loys to themselves, and for dissimilar welding between nickel-chro-
ing as well as for welding of clad steels where nickel-copper surfac-
mium-iron alloys and steels or stainless steels. The applications in- ing is required. Dissimilar welding applications include joining nickel
clude surfacing as well as clad-side welding. High manganese of this 200 and copper-nickel alloys. This filler metal is widely used in ma-
weld deposit reduces the possibility of micro fissures. High manga- rine applications because of its excellent resistance to the corrosive
nese reduces creep strength, which limits its usage up to 900° F. effects of seawater.
APPROVALS APPROVALS
Manufactured under quality system approved by ASME, ISO9001. Manufactured under quality system approved by ASME, ISO9001.
Meets AWS 5.11 Class ENiCrFe-3 Approved by Canadian Welding Meets AWS 5.11 Class ENiCu-7
Bureau. STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES
Awisco Normally stocks this electrode in 3/32” and 1/8” diameter.
As Welded
Tensile Strength 90,000 psi (621 Mpa) As Welded
Yield Strength 60,000 psi (414 Mpa) Tensile Strength 75,000 psi (517 Mpa)
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 40 Yield Strength 45,000 psi (310 Mpa)
CV @-320° F (-196° C) 90 ft. - lbs. (122J) % Elongation in 2” (51mm) 40
WELDING PARAMETERS WELDING PARAMETERS

Electrode Range Electrode Range
Dia. In. Amperage Dia. In. Amperage
3/32 65-75 3/32 65-75
1/8 90-105 1/8 90-105
Direct Current Electrode + Ve
5/32 120-135 5/32 120-135
3/16 135-155 3/16 135-155
AWS NI12 TYPICAL UNDILUTED WELD METAL ANALYSIS % WT

AWSA5.11, ASME SFA 5.11, Carbon 0.04
ENiCrFe-3 Manganese 6.5
Silicon 0.4
Ni-12 can be used in the same Chromium 15.0
applications as 8N12. It has the ad- Nickel 68.0
vantage of a nickel core wire which Iron 8.0
allows higher welding currents and arc force without overheating. This Columbium 1.8
gives welder appeal and a much better vertical fillet.
PACKAGING INFORMATION
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES Diameter Weight and Container
As Welded 1/8” 10 lbs. HSC
Tensile Strength 90,000 psi (621 Mpa) 5/32” 10 lbs. HSC
Yield Strength 54,000 psi (372 Mpa) 3/16” 10 lbs. HSC
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 40
HSC - Hermetically Sealed Container. This might be a special order item,
CV @-320° F (-196° C) 65 ft. - lbs. (88J) when ordering please specify Alloy No. and diameter.

CUPRO NICKEL TYPICAL UNDILUTED WELD METAL ANALYSIS % WT

Manganese 1.8
AWS A5.6, ASME SFA 5.6, Silicon 0.3
ECuNi, MIL-E-22200/4, Nickel 31.0
MIL-CuNi (70:30) Copper 67.0
Cupro-Nickel electrodes are intended Iron 0.6
to weld cupro-nickel from 70/30 thru PACKAGING INFORMATION
90/10. These are normally used for Diameter Weight and Container
resistance to corrosion by sea water, chlorides and alkalies. 3/32” 8 lbs. HSC
1/8” 10 lbs. HSC
5/32” 10 lbs. HSC
As Welded
3/16” 10 lbs. HSC
Tensile Strength 52,000 psi (357 Mpa)
Yield Strength 35,000 psi (241 Mpa) HSC - Hermetically Sealed Container. This might be a special order item,
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 40 when ordering please specify Alloy No. and diameter.
CAST IRON COVERED ELECTRODES

NI-ROD 55 Machinable NI-ROD 99 Non Machinable
AWS A5.1 5, ENiFe-CI-A, AC/DOEP AWSA5.15, ENiCI-A, AC/DCEP
(Electrode Positive) (Electrode Positive)
Nickel-Arc 99 is designed for welding gray, malleable and nodular
This electrode is made with a 55% nickel and 45% iron core, de- cast iron. The electrode utilizes a pure nickel core wire. This is par-
signed for welding nodular cast iron and cast steel. The deposit is ticularly important when welding on overlay of cast iron where a high
nickel deposit is required. Machining is possible with this electrode.
sound, crack-free and produces good color matching on gray mal- Proper welding procedures should be followed.
leable or nodular cast iron.
69,900 (482 Mpa)
Tensile Strength, psi (Mpa)
Tensile Strength, psi (Mpa) 58,500 (403 Mpa) Broken in cast iron
Hardness in weld 90-100 Rb Hardness in weld 90-100 Rb
Machinability Excellent Machinability Excellent
Color Match Good Color Match Good
PACKAGING INFORMATION PACKAGING INFORMATION
Stock No. Diameter Weight and Container Stock No. Diameter Weight and Container
AWS NI551/8 1/8” 10 lbs. HSC AWS NI991/8 1/8” 10 lbs. HSC
HSC - Hermetically Sealed Container. HSC - Hermetically Sealed Container.
MILD STEEL SOLID WIRES

How AWS classifies Mild Steel solid electrodes,
GMAW, GTAW and PAW
GMAW SHIELDING GASES
Stock
Type Metal Shielding Gas / Advantage
No.
ER70S-6 95-98% Ar/2-5% O 2 — Improves arc

stability; produces a more fluid and
controllable puddle; good coalescence and
bead contour; minimizes undercutting;
AW4
Blend
Carbon
Spray steel permits higher speeds than pure argon.
Electrode or rod
Transfer 90-92% Ar/8-10% O2 — High speed
Tensile in ksi AW6
mechanized welding; Low-cost manual
Solid welding; pulsed welding. Blend
Chemical composition & shielding gas
Low alloy 98% Ar/2% O2 — Minimizes undercutting; AW4
steel provides good toughness. Blend
Need advice on which Carbon
CO2 — Broad penetration; reduces
chances of porosity. CO2
shielding gas to use. steel 75% Ar/25% CO2 — High welding speeds
without burn-through; minimum distortion
75/25
Blend
Just give us a call and Short
Circuiting
60-70% He/25-35% Ar/4-5% CO2 —
Minimum reactivity; excellent toughness; AW27
put us to the test. Transfer excellent arc stability, wetting characteris-

Low Alloy tics, and bead contour; little spatter.
Steel
Blend
We’ve got gas! 75% Ar/25% CO2 — Fair toughness;

excellent arc stability, wetting characteris-
75/25
Blend
tics and bead contour; little spatter.

MIG WELDING ALLOYS APPLICATIONS

Construction equipment, Pipe, Trailers, or any high quality, high Strength
AWS ER70S-6
application. Root pass on open butt weld joints.
SHIELDING GAS
100% CO2, 75% Ar/25% CO2, 90% Ar/10% CO2, 92% Ar/8% CO2
AWS Class ER70S-6, • AWS A5.28, ER80S-D2
AWS A5.18, ASME SFA 5.18, • ASME SFA 5.28, A-2, F-6
• ABS
Military - MIL 70S-6, MlL-E-23765/1,
Check with Awisco for diameters and spool sizes that are available for
ABS - ER70S-6, Lloyds - 3SA, 3YSA, this product.
CWB-CSA W48.4-M, ER40S-6
FLUX CORED WELDING WIRES

70S6 is mild steel, cooper-coated solid wire that’s ideal for gen-
eral fabrication. Designed for use with C0 2 argon-rich shielding
gases, 70S6 is an excellent choice for welding light to moderately
scaled or lightly rusted plates. 70S6 is also used for butt and fillet Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) is frequently referred to as flux
welding of steel and plate of a variety of thickness. Applications cored welding. Flux cored welding is a commonly used high deposi-
include HVAC Duct work, heavy equipment, strutraral and general tion rate welding process that adds the benefits of flus to the welding
carbon steel facrication. In addition, 70S6 has a exceptionally stable simplicity of MIG welding. As in MIG welding, wire is continuously fed
and smooth arc. It also has good wetting action plus good from a spool. Flux cored welding is therefore referred to as a semiau-
feedability. tomatic welding process.
STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES Self shielding flux cored arc welding wires are available or gas
.023”, .030”, .035” and .045” 2 lbs. spools. .023”, .030”, .035” and .045” 11 shielding welding wires may be used. Flux cored welding is generally
lbs. spools. .023”, .030” and .045” 33 lbs. spools. .035” 45 lbs. spools. more forgiving than MIG welding. Less precleaning may be neces-
sary than MIG welding. However, the condition of the base metal can
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES affect weld quality. Excessive contamination must be eliminated.
75% Ar/25% CO2 As Welded CO2 Flux cored welding produces a flux that must be removed. Flux
Yield Strength, psi (Mpa) 72,000 psi (497) 68,000 psi (469) cored welding has good weld appearance (smooth, uniform welds
Tensile Strength, psi (Mpa) 86,000 psi (593) 81,600 psi (563) having good contour).
% Elongation in 2” (51mm) 27 30
FLUX CORED WELDING BENEFITS
Call for additional sizes. When ordering please prefix with HWC, • All position capacity • Low operator skill required
followed by 70S6, diameter and spool size. I.E to order .035 x 2 lb. spool:
HWS70S6035X2S. • Good quality weld metal deposit • Metallurgical benefits that
• Higher deposition rates than SMAW can be gained from a flux
COPPER BASED WELDING TUBULAR WIRES

WIRES FABCO 86R
SILICON BRONZE
AWS E70C-6M H4
Smooth and consistent, this metal-cored gas shielded wire gives you
Recommended uses: welding of silicon bronze, copper, or aluminum the high deposition rates of a flux-cored wire long with the high effi-
bronze of low aluminum content. Silicon Bronze can also be used for ciency of a solid wire. With its metal powered core and spray transfer
brazing malleable iron and light gage steel as in steel cabinets and of FabCOR 86R, deposition rates in excess of 20 pounds per hour
metal furniture. Welds produce high corrosion resistance, strength and deposition efficiencies of 95 percent and greater can be obtained.
and ductility. And you get the minimized spatter, fume and slag that high produc-
Welding Process: GTAW (TIG) GMAW (MIG) tion environments demand.
Standard diameter and packaging
.030”, .035” and .045” x 2 lb. spool. .030”, .035” and .045” x 10 lb. STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES
spool. .030”, .035” and .045” x 30 lb. spool. Awisco stocks .045” and 1/16” diameters on 33 lb spools... Other
diameters are available as a special order...
SPECIFICATIONS AND COMPLIANCES
AWS A5.7 Class ERCuSi-A
Automated or robotic welding
Federal QQ-R-571C Class RCuSi-A
Earthmoving equipment
Military MIL-R-19631B Type MIL-RCuSi-A
Railcars
ASME SFA-5.7 Class ERCuSi-A
Steel structures
PACKAGING INFORMATION Storage Vessels
Stock No. Diameter Weight and Container
AWS NI991/8 1/8” 10 lbs. HSC
Dia. Amps Volts Electrical Strickout
AWS NI995/32 5/32” 10 lbs. HSC
.045” (1.2mm) 75-325 15-35 1/2”-3/4”
AWS NI993/16 3/16” 10 lbs. HSC
.052” (1.4mm) 100-380 16-35 1/2”-1”
When ordering please prefix with HWCSB, followed by diameter and
1/16” (1.6mm) 150-450 17-35 1/2”-1”
spool size. I.E. to order 045 x 30 lb. spool HWC SB045X30S
5/64” (2.0mm) 200-500 22-34 3/4”-1”
3/32” (2.4mm) 350-550 26-37 3/4” - 1-1/4”
AWS 80SD2 SHIELDING GAS

75% Ar/25% CO2 or higher argon gas mixtures
HB-18 is a high-strength, copper-coated mild steel solid wire that
provides X-ray quality welds when used on carbon and low alloy steels.
Ideal for single or multi-pass welding, it can be used with CO2 gas - AWS A5.18, E70C-6M H4
as well as with Ar/CO2 mixtures - to produce a high quality weld that ASME SFA 5.18, E70C-6M
is virtually porosity and slag free. ABS 3SA, 3YSA HH

TM-771 Gas-Shielded Flux-Cored Wire TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (AW)

80% Ar/20% CO2
AWS E7IT-I, E7IT-12J H8 Tensile Strength 82,000
Yield Strength 73,000
TM-771 combines excellent operator appeal with mechanical proper-
Elongation % in 2” 29%
ties superior to most conventional E71T-I wires. The arc is soft and
quiet, with virtually no spatter emission. Fume and particulate gen-
TM 770 Gas-Shielded Flux-Cored Wire

eration are reduced up to 60% when compared to older generation
E71T-I products Diffusible hydrogen levels typically are less than the
5 ml/100 g required by MIL-E-24403/I. Mechanical properties rival AWS E7IT-IM H8, E7IT-12MJ H8
those of E7018 covered electrodes. These features, along with the
high deposition rates obtained in out-of-position welding, make TM- TM-770 combines superior welding performance with outstanding
771 an excellent choice for shipbuilding, pressure vessel fabrication, mechanical properties. TM-770 has exceptional operator appeal for
and structural welding. TM-771 is designed for use with 100% CO2 a wire with such superb physical properties, an arc that is soft and
stable, and low fume levels with virtually no spatter. Even in the ver-
shielding gas.
tical-up position, the welds produced with TM-770 will have a flat
STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES bead profile. This wire is designed for both single- and multiple-pass
Awisco stocks this product in .045 x 33 lb. spools... Other diameters welding in all positions, using a shielding gas of 75-85% Ar/15-25%
are available CO2. Typical applications include shipbuilding, offshore structures,
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS and general fabrication where high impact properties, ease of opera-
Excellent CVN impact values. tion and high productivity are required.
Diffusible hydrogen meets strigent military requirement of 5 ml per STANDARD DIAMETERS AND PACKAGES
100 g of weld metal. Awisco stocks this welding wire in .035”, .045’ and 1/16” on 60 lb.
Extremely low spatter and fume generation. coils.
NOT TO BE USED WITH MIXED GAS.
SPECIFICATIONS PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS
E7IT-1, E7IT-12J H8 per AWS A5.20, ASME SFA 5.20 ABS Grade
Low fume levels with virtually no spatter
3SA, 3YSA. Good CVN toughness at sub-zero temperatures
SHIELDING GAS Meets MIL specifications for mechanical properties and diffusible
hydrogen levels.
100% CO2, 35-50 C.F.H.
NOT TO BE USED WITH 100% CO2
WELDING POSITIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
All positions
E7IT-IM H8, E7IT-12MJ H8 per AWS A5.20, ASME SFA 5.20 ABS
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES Grades 3SA, 3YSA
Tensile Strength 74,500 psi (514 Mpa) Military Spec. MIL-E-24403/I, Class MIL-7IT-IM, MIL-7IT-I-HYM
Yield Strength 65,700 psi (453 Mpa) APPLICATIONS
Elongation 26%
Single and multiple pass welding in all positions, using a shielder
75-85% Ar/15-25% CO2
FORMULA XL®-525
INDUSTRIES
Shipbuilding, offshore structures, and general fabrication.
AWS E7IT-IM, E7IT-12MJ H8 STANDARD DIAMETERS

.035”, .045”, .052”, 1/16”
Formula XL-525 is a tubular, all position wire that is designed for the
welding of mild and carbon steels, especially when good impact tough- SHIELDING GAS
ness at subzero temperatures is required. Ideal for single- and multi- 75-85% Ar/bal CO2, 35-50 C.F.H.
pass applications, it delivers outstanding welding performance and WELDING SPECIFICATIONS
produces a high-quality, X-ray clear weld deposit with a bead contour All positions
that is flat to slightly convex. You can use it over rust, mill scale and TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (AW)
some primers with no pre-cleaning of the steel necessary. Formula Tensile Strength 80,000 psi (522 MPa)
XL-525 has outstanding mechanical properties that resemble those Yield Strength 71,000 psi (490 MPa)
of E7018 SMAW electrodes, plus high-operator appeal with low fume Elongation 29%
levels, low spatter, and easy slag removal.
Awisco stocks this product in .045 x 33 lb. spools... Also available in
TM-RX7 Gas-Shielded Flux-Cored Wire
1/16” diameter. AWS E70T-1
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS TM-RX7 offers excellent arc stability over the complete recommended
Shipbuilding welding range. Spatter losses are very low, the slag removes easily
Storage vessels and cleanly, and bead appearance is excellent. High deoxidization
Offshore structures enables TM-RX7 to weld over mill scale, rust and other contaminants
Earthmoving equipment better than most T-1 wires. However, this level of deoxidization will
Piping also cause increased hardening as multiple layers are welded, and
caution should be exercised in welding thick highly reatrained joints.
TM-RX7 is used for single- and multiple- pass welding in the flat and
Dia. Amps Volts Electrical Strickout
horizontal positions using 100% CO shielding gas.
75-325 24-31 1/2”-1” 2
.045” (1.2mm)
SHIELDING GAS
Awisco stocks this product in .1/16” and 5/64” on 60 lb. coils... Other
75-80% Ar/20-25% CO2 diameters are available.

PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS

Good performance over the entire range of amperage. Features Benefits
More deoxidization than the usual E70T-1 for improved performance • Excellent welder appeal • Reduces welding fatigue for increased
on rusted and scaled plate. • Low diffusible hydrogen productivity
Excellent weld beadconfiguration on horizontal fillets. • High impacts at low • Decreases the risk of underbead cracking;
temperatures requires less preheating; Increased shelf life
An outstanding general purpose E70T-1.
• Better deposition rates than over conventional T-1 type wires
Caution should be exercised on heavy multiple pass weldments. • Ensures that welds stay strong at cold
E8018-C3 electrode
SHIELDING GAS temperatures
100% CO2 • Increases productivity
APPROVALS AND CONFORMANCES TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

AWS A5.20-95, E70T-7 Ships, Storage vessels, Structures, Earthmoving equipment and piping.
ABS
SHIELDING GAS
ASME SFA 5.20
75% Ar/25% CO 2
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (AW)
Tensile Strength (psi) 92,200 APPROVALS AND CONFORMANCES
Yield Strength (psi) 63,200 • AWS A5.29, Class E81T1-Ni1 H8
• ASME SFA 5.29, Class E81T1-Ni1
• ABS 3 YSA H5
EXCEL ARC™ 71 TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (AW)

75% Ar/25% CO2
AWS E70T-1, E70T-9 Tensile Strength (psi) 96,300 (664 MPa)
Yield Strength (psi) 86,500 (597 MPa)
Elongation % in 2” 24.5%
Excel-Arc 71 is a flux-cored wire that is designed for general purpose
Awisco Stocks this item in 5/64” x 33 lb. spools... Check with Awisco
fabrication, welding in all positions. It can be used with either 100% for other diemeters and spool sizes.
CO2 or 75% Ar/25% CO2 Shielding gas, offering a spray type transfer
SELF SHIELDED FLUX

of weld metal. Excel-Arc 71 provides good impact strength at low tem-
peratures. It also has low spatter levels and the slag is easy to remove
Features
• Low fumes and low spatter
Benefits
• Increases welder appeal and
CORED WIRES
• Easy slag removal productivity Self shielded wires require no external shielding gas. The shielding is
• Reduces clean-up generated by the core ingredients, making these wires more suitable
• Bridges poor fit up
for outdoor operation or where it is not feasible to carry a gas cylin-
• Good impact strength • Increases productivity, fewer
rejected parts
der. When used outdoors, you eliminate the threat of the shielding
gas being blown away by the wind. With moderate deposit rates and
• Provides increased toughness at
low temperatures
lower voltage requirements, self shielding flux core is probably the
easiest type of welding to learn to use, and the general purpose self
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS shielded welding wires are a good choice for the smaller wire feed
Mild and low alloy steels. welding machines.
SHIELDING GAS THE FOLLOWING GASLESS, SELF SHIELDING WIRES ARE SOME OF
100% Carbon Dioxide CO2 THE MORE COMMONLY USED. IF YOU HAVE A NEED FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION PLEASE CONTACT AWISCO.
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (Aged 48 hrs @ 220°F)
FABSHIELD® 21B
100% CO2 75% Ar/25% CO2
Tensile Strength (psi) 87,700 (605 MPa) 96,000 (662 MPa)
Yield Strength (psi) 79,100 (546 MPa) 85,800 (592 MPa)
Elongation % in 2” 27.6% 25.6% Fabshield 21B is a general purpose self-shielded flux-cored wire de-
APPROVALS AND CONFORMANCES signed for the single-or multipass welding of thin gage to 3/4” thick
• AWS A5.20, Class E71T-1, E71T-1M, E71T-9, E71T-9M H8 mild or galvanized steels. Great for welding fillet or lap welds, you will
• ASME SFA 5.20, Class E71T-1 find that this all-position wire has high operator appeal, producing a
smooth spray-like arc transfer with low spatter levels, Excellent weld
Awisco Stocks this item in .045 x 33 lb. spools...
bead appearance, and easy to remove slag.
Check with Awisco for other diemeters and spool sizes.
Machine parts, tanks, prefab construction, light structurals, short assembly
FORMULA XL -8Ni1 ® welds, railroads car repairs, and other general fabrication.
Features Benefits
Formula XL-8Ni1 is an all-position tubular wire that is designed for
welding medium carbon and low alloy steels. Specially formulated to • Excellent operator appeal • Reduces welding fatigue for increased
• Versatile productivity
produce a high quality, X-ray clear weld deposit that is flat to slightly
• Self-shielded • Ideal for a variety of applications
convex in contour. Formula XL-8Ni1 provides you with good wet-in
• Excellent bead appearance • No external Shielding gas required
capabilities along with high impact values at low temperatures, and it
• Excellent slag removal • Helps to ensure weld integrity and
allows you to weld over rust, mill scale and some primers without the
eliminate re-work
need for pre-cleaning. Plus, with low spatter levels and easy slag
• Makes clean-up easy an quick
removal, clean-up is kept to a minimum.

SHIELDING GAS TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

None required Shipbuilding, bridge construction, offshore oil rigs, pressure vessels
and structural.
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (AW)
Tensile Strength 91,000 psi (627 MPa)
Features Benefits
Yield Strength 62,000 psi (427 MPa)
Elongation % in 2”
• High impact at low • Ensures that welds stay strong at cold
22%
temperatures temperatures
RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES • Welds well on light rust and • Increases productivity because there is no
CATEGORY Self Shielded Flux Cored Wires Carbon Steel scale need to clean
APPLICATIONS Single or multiple pass applications, no shielding gas required • Low hydrogen weld deposit • Provides increased resistance to cracking,
INDUSTRIES General fabrication, Repair welds, Galvanized steels. • Very versatile promotes X-ray quality welds
• Fast-freezing slag • Welds well with CV equipment
• No Shielding gas required • Allows welding in all positions
• AWS A5.20, Class E71T-11 • Welds well outdoors or in drafty conditions
• ASME SFA 5.20, Class E71T-11
SHIELDING GAS
• ABS
None required
Awisco Stocks this product in .045” & 1/16” in 10 lb. and 33 lb. spools
and 5/64” in 33 lb spools. For additional diameters and spool sizes TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (Aged 48 hr @ 200° F)
contact Awisco.
Yield Strength 75,400 psi (520 MPa)
FABSHIELD® 23 Elongation % in 2”
27%
Fabshield 23 is a general purpose self-shielded tubular wire that is CATEGORY Self Shielded Flux Cored Wires Carbon Steel
designed for welding thin gage mild or galvanized steel. Suitable for For those applications requiring all position capability with low
DESCRIPTION
single-pass applications, especially for fillet and lap welds, you will te impacts. Designed for use outside.
get outstanding welding performance as Fabshield 23 produces a APPLICATIONS Single or multi pass applications, no shielding gas required
smooth spray arc type of transfer with good wetting action. Great for INDUSTRIES structural steel, Shipbuilding, Brdge Construction, Offshore Rig.
welding outdoors or in drafty conditions, this all-position wire also AWS E71T-8J
provides very low spatter levels, resulting in a weld bead that is ex-
cellent in appearance.
• AWS A5.20, Class E71T-8J
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS • ASME SFA 5.20, Class E71T-8J
Prefab building fabrication, tanks, ornamental iron, farm implement repairs and • CWB E4801T-8-CH
general fabrication. Awisco Stocks this product in .068” and 5/64 on 33 lb. spools. For
other diameters and spool sizes contact Awisco.
Features Benefits
• Good side-wall fusion
• Self-shielded
• Requires less metal for a given
joint design FABSHIELD® 7027
• Very versatile • No external shielding gas required
Fabshield 7027 is a high-deposition, self-shielded tubular wire that is
• Easy to weld • Accommodates many applications designed for use on structural weldments where the physical proper-
• Ideal for less skillful welders ties os the weld deposit need to match that of the application. It pro-
SHIELDING GAS vides you with outstanding performance through excellent arc stabil-
None required ity and high deposition efficiency, and can be used for either single-or
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (AW) multi-pass welding. Developed for welding in the flat and horizontal
Transverse Tensile Strength 83,000 psi (572 MPa)
positions, Fabshield 7027 produces a fast-freezing slag that is both
Longitudinal Guided Bend Test Passed, no defects
easy and quick to remove.
(Aged for 48 hrs. at 212° F) TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Bent 180° F over 3/4 R Barges, structural steel fabrications and similar applications.
RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS
CATEGORY Self Shielded Flux Cored Wires Carbon Steel Features Benefits
APPLICATIONS Single pass application, no shielding gas required • Performs best at high • Provides higher deposition and side wall
INDUSTRIES General fabrication, Repair welds, Galvanized steels. amperages and voltages fusion
APPROVALS AND CONFORMANCES • Fast-freezing salg • Eliminates slag interferance problems
• AWS A5.20, Class E71T-GS • Lower spatter levels and • Reduces clean-up and promotes operator
• ASME SFA 5.20, Class E71T-GS easy slag removal appeal
• ABS • Self-shielded • No external shielding gas required
Awisco Stocks this product in .030” & .035” in 2 lb. and 10 lb. spools SHIELDING GAS
and .035” in 33 lb spools. For additional diameters and spool sizes
contact Awisco. None required
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (Aged 48 hr @ 220° F)
FABSHIELD 7018 ® Yield Strength 63,200 psi (436 MPa)

Fabshield 7018 is an outstanding self-shielded, flux-cored that is used
CATEGORY Self Shielded Flux Cored Wires Carbon Steel
for welding mild steel and most structural steels requiring high impact
strength. It produces a stable, deep penetrating arc that is easy for you Straight polarity self-shielded tubular wire. Low spatter and easy
DESCRIPTION
to maintain within a wide voltage range. It is designed for either single-or removal for carbon steels.
multi-pass welding and is excellent for a wide variety of applications APPLICATIONS Single or multiple pass applications, no shielding gas required
including field erections. Fabshield 7018 produces a flat to slightly con- INDUSTRIES Heavy machinery, Large construction components, Barge building.
vex weld bead with a good tie-in and easy slag removal. AWS E70T-7

APPROVALS AND CONFORMANCES SHIELDING GAS

• AWS A5.20, Class E70T-7 100% CO2 or 75% Argon/25% CO2 mixture. Argon /CO2 produces a spray-type
• ASME SFA 5.20, Class E70T-7 transfer that helps control the weld puddle in out-of-position applications.
• ABS TYPICAL WELD METAL CHEMISTRY (WEIGHT %)
Awisco Stocks this product in 7/64 on 50 lb. spools. For other C Mn Si S P
diameters and spool sizes contact Awisco. 100% CO2 0.08 1.22 0.46 0.008 0.013
75% Ar/25% CO2 0.09 1.41 0.55 0.009 0.013
FABSHIELD® 3Ni1 TYPICAL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

100% CO2 75% Ar/25% CO2
Fabshield 3Ni1 is self-shielded, globular transfer wire that is designed Tensile Strength 79,000 psi 92,000 psi
for those applications requiring high impact values at low tempera- Yield Strength 66,000 psi 78,000 psi
tures. This all-position, flux-cored wire can be used for the single-or OPTIMUM WELDING PARAMETERS
multi-pass welding of fillet, lap and deep groove butt welds, providing 75/25 Shielding Gas (horizontal fillet)
you with outstanding performance with its fast-freezing and easy to
.035” .045” .052” .062”
remove slag.
Wire Feed Speed (ipm) 500 450 375 325
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS Current (amps) 193 260 300 405
Storage, piping, transportation, offshore drilling rig, ships, barges, construc- Voltage (v) 29 29.5 29.5 30.5
tion, as well as other types of structural and general fabrication.
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS WIRE DIAMETERS
0.035” (.9mm), 0.045” (1.1mm), 0.052” (1.3mm), 1/16” (1.6mm)
Features Benefits
• Allows welds to remain strong at cold
POLARITY
• Good impacts at low Reverse (Direct Current, Electrode Positive - DCEP)
temperatures
temperatures
• Reduces clean-up time RECOMMENDED WELDING POSITION
• Excellent slag removal
• Increases welding productivity All Positions
• Good operator appeal
• No shielding gas required
• Ideal for outdoor welding and in drafty SPECIFICATION CONFORMANCE
conditions E71T-1; E71T-1M, E71T-1; H4; E71T-1M H4, AWS A5.20, ASME SFA 5.20, ABS
• Good side-wall fusion
• Ensures quality of weld
Awisco stocks the following
SHIELDING GAS
None required
HWCE71T- 1045X33 .045 x 33 lbs pool
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES (Aged 48 hr @ 220° F) .052 x 33 lbs pool
HWCE71T- 1052X33
Tensile Strength 79,700 psi (550 MPa) 1/16 x 33 lbs pool
HWCE71T- 1116X33
Yield Strength 64,100 psi (442MPa)
TEN GAUGE™
CATEGORY Self Shielded Flux Cored Wires Carbon Steel
Used for those applications needing high impact values at low
DESCRIPTION Ten Gauge is a self-shielded carbon steel wire for single pass fillet
temperatures
and lap welds in mild and low carbon steel. It is a an excellent weld-
APPLICATIONS Single or multiple pass applications, no shielding gas required ing wire for home, workshop, and auto body repair! Twenty Gauge’s
Barges,Shipbuilding, Structural Steel, Offshore Rigs innovative composition provides the following welding features:
INDUSTRIES
General Fabrication.
AWS E71T8-K6J • DC straight polarity minimizes burn through on thin sheet metal
• Excellent for plain and galvanized steels.
APPROVALS AND CONFORMANCES • A good choice for 110 volt welding machines - no gas bottle
• AWS A5.29, Class E71T8-K6J required.
• ASME SFA 5.29, Class E71T8-K6J • Wide weld range of steel thickness, 18 gauge, (0.048”) to 1/4”
• ABS Grade 3SA, 3YSA (0.125).
Awisco Stocks this product in 5/64 on 33 lb. spools. For other • All position capacity - excellent on vertical down welding.
diameters and spool sizes contact Awisco. • No shielding gas means reduced welding costs and the ability to
weld in windy conditions.
• Easily removed slag.
PERFECT CIRCLE™ FEATURES
J.W. Harris Perfect Circle™ E71T-1/1M is formulated to deposit x-ray Flux cored small diameter wire for welding for plain and galvanized steel.
quality welds in flat, vertical up, horizontal, or overhead positions. Self-shielding so no external shielding gas is required.
E71T1/1M is designed for welding low carbon and mild steel, struc- Ideal for welds clean, dirty, oily, rusted or galvanized steel.
tural and pressure vessel grades. Slag is easily removed.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS RECOMMENDED WELDING POSITION

Perfect Circle™ E71T-1/1M is ideal for shipyard, automotive, structural and flat, horizontal, or vertical down.
related fabrication. The all-position characteristics make it an excellent re- TYPICAL WELD METAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
placement for E7018 coated electrodes. The E71T-1/1M cored wire provides Transverse Tensile Test: 80,100 PSI, base metal fracture.
a higher deposition rate, easier slag removal and greater efficiency than manual
welding with coated electrodes. This translates to greater welding productiv- SPECIFICATION CONFORMANCE
ity and lower fabrication cost. AWS 5.20, ASME Section II Part C SFA 5.20 Classification E71T-GS
PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS SIZES AND PACKAGES
Perfect Circle™ E71T-1/1M flux-core ingredients produce a fast-freezing slag .030”, 0.035”, & 0.045” diameter x 2 lb. spool
that facilitates out-of-position welds. Bead contour is flat to slightly convex. .030”, 0.035”, & 0.045” diameter x 10 lb. spool
Special deoxidizers are added allowing operators to weld over light mill scale .030”, 0.035”, & 0.045” diameter x 33 lb. spool
and rust. Slag is easy to remove and low spatter provides easy post-weld Awisco stocks
cleaning. .035 x 10 lb. spools and .045 x 10 lb spools

TWENTY GAUGE™ ALCOR™ FLUX CORED

Twenty Gauge is the best single pass wire for welding bare and coated
steel sheet metal. It is ideal for job shop fabrication, auto body repair, ALUMINUM ALLOY
farm and workshop projects. Twenty Gauge’s innovative composition 2mm x 36” coil
provides the following welding features: Stock No. HWC AL200RC
• No burn through on thin sheet metal.
• No slag or spatter. Use Alcor on heat exchangers, air conditioners, aluminum alloy con-
• Excellent wetting with superior weld appearance and good tie-in. densers, other cooling applications and aluminum to aluminum alloy
• Welds a wide range of steel thickness, 28 gauge, piping connections.
(0.015) to 3/16”, (0.188).
• No cold lap. Easily welds in the vertical down position. • Very, very easy to use • Melts at 824° F / 440° C.
• Excellent results with 75 - 90% Ar/CO2 mixtures. Can also be run • Non-corrosive flux inside the • Post-braze cleaning unneces-
with 100% CO2 coverage wire; no external flux required. sary.
FEATURES • Very good fluidity • Beats tin-zinc and aluminum-
Metal cored wire for welding plain and galvanized steel. • Good capillary attraction. silicon alloys for aluminum coil
Designed for single pass welding of thin gauge base metal.
Uses 100% CO2 or Argon/CO2 mixture shielding gas. Use Alcor on heat exchangers, air conditioners, aluminum alloy
Minimum Spatter. condensers, other cooling applications and aluminum to aluminum
RECOMMENDED WELDING POSITION alloy piping connections.
Will weld in all positions but it is most suitable for flat, horizontal, &
vertical down. Easy directions for using ALCOR:
SPECIFICATION CONFORMANCE 1. Clean the surface of the 2. Heat the surface evenly.
AWS A5.18 Class E70C-GS aluminum to be joined, preferably 3. Apply Alcor.
Awisco stocks .030 x 2 lb. spool with a stainless steel brush.
HARDFACING AND BUILD UP ELECTRODES

CRONATRON® 7770 APPLICATION
Use AC or DC Reverse Polarity
Cronatron 7770 is a newly developed high efficiency electrode main- APPLICATIONS
tenance engineered to provide extremely tough deposits for build-up • Manganese steel swing hammers • Liner plates
on all types of steel including manganese and stainless steel. • Crusher mantles & liners • Dozer end plates
• Crusher jaws • Cone Crushers
APPLICATION • Roller crushers (Manganese) • Sheeps-foot tampers
Use AC or DC Reverse Polarity • Clam shell bucket lips • Grizzly bars
APPLICATIONS ADVANTAGES
• Build-up and sandwich technique alloy for coal sizing hammers • Completely moisture resistant coating
• Build up of manganese or carbon steel prior to overlaying with more • Apply directly to manganese steel
abrasion resistant material • Easy to apply all positions
• Welding alloy steel cutting edges or lips to manganese buckets TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Shaft build-up Hardness (On Mild Steel Base Metal)
• Repairing crusher rolls and jaws 1st Pass Rc 51-56
• Repairing gears, spiders, booms, rails, chain links and valves 2nd Pass Rc 56-61
ADVANTAGES SIZES AND PACKAGES

• Versatile and easy to use on all steels Effective Diameters
• All position welding characteristics Electrode Size Amperage Flat Edge Package
• Controlled ferrite to resist cracking 1/4” Dia. 140-300 1/2” Dia. 7/16” Dia. 25 lb. Package
• Work hardens rapidly with a minimum of deformation
• Deposition rates 20-25% greater than ordinary electrodes
• High efficiency yields more weld metal per electrode
CRONATRON® 7355
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Comprehensive Strength To 250,000 PSI, (1724 MPa) A Newly developed, easy to use, all position general purpose hard
Hardness Rc 19 as deposited; Work hardens to Rc 45 overlay to resist high stress grinding and gouging abrasion. 7355
Elongation 35% deposits the ultimate in chromium carbide overlays at unbelievably
SIZES AND PACKAGES low amperage on carbon and manganese steel.
Electrode Size Amperage Package
5/32 155 - 190 5 lb. Package APPLICATION
1/4 250 - 350 5 lb. Package Use AC or DC Reverse Polarity
APPLICATIONS
CRONATRON® 7330
• Hammer mills in place • Auger flights
• Agricultural implements • Shovel buckets
• Mill plow blades • Chutes
Cronatron 7330 is a chromium carbide bearing electrode with out-
• Pan scraper blades • Feed screws
standing results obtained on 11-14% manganese steel that have ex-
• Asphalt mixer paddles • Dozer end bits
ceedingly high wear factors.

ADVANTAGES
• Easy to use in all positions • Versatile all purpose alloy
HARDALLOY 140
• Excellent control for welding on fine edges required in every shop Deposits a high chromium carbide alloy steel. Can be used to over-
• Extremely low heat minimizes base metal • Outstanding wear resistance lay surfaces subjected to high abrasion coupled with some impact.
dilution and distortion Maintains its wear resistance to a temperature of 1200 degrees F
• High recovery rate for increased economy and offers some corrosion resistance.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Hardness (Mild Steel Base Metal) • 3 layers maximum, DCEP or AC
1st Pass Rc 52-58
2nd Pass Rc 58-62 INDUSTRIES
SIZES AND PACKAGES Ammonia Knives, Augers, Bucket Teeth and lips, Bulldozer Blades, Cement
Chutes, Crusher jaws and cones, Crusher Rolls, Cultivator Chisels and
Electrode Size Amperage Package
Sweeps.
1/4” Dia. 75-150 10 lb. Package
SIZES AND PACKAGES
Electrode Size Package
STOODY NICROMANG ® 1/8” Dia.

5/32” Dia. 10 lb. Cans
Stoody Nicromang deposit is an austenitic manganese steel with 3/16” Dia.
excellent impact strength. It has a high deposition rate and work hard-
ens under impact. Deposits can be flame cut. It is designed for build
up and joining of manganese steels and is not recommended for
buildup of carbon steels. There is no limit to deposit thickness. When
HARDALLOY 148
welding the interpass temperature should not exceed 500° F. Deposits a high Carbon-chromium austenitic plus carbide alloy steel
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS suited to overlay surfaces subjected to light abrasion accompanied
• Railroad frogs and crossings
by impact. Excellent for metal-to-metal frictional wear resistance and
• Crusher equipment parts the deposit will retain its hardness at temperature
• Manganese steel castings TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
• Wobbler spindles • 3 layers maximum, DCEP or AC
• Couplings Boxes
INDUSTRIES
OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS / WELDING PARAMETERS
Gyratory Crusher Mantles & Cones, Ingot Tongs, Mill Guides, Pulleys, Slurry
Diameter, In. (mm) 1/8 (3.2) 5/32 (4.0)
Mixer Paddles.
Current, Amp. DCEP 100 - 160 140 - 200
Position Flat / Horizontal Flat / Horizontal
SIZES AND PACKAGES
Rod Length 14” 14” Electrode Size Package
1/8” Dia. 10 lb. Cans
Diameter, In. (mm) 3/16 (4.8) 1/4 (6.4)
Current, Amp. DCEP 170 - 225 230 - 330
Position
Rod Length
Flat
14”
Flat / Horizontal
18” HARDALLOY 32
Diameter, In. (mm) 5/16 (8) A heat treatable alloy steel suited for the build-up of carbon and low
Current, Amp. DCEP 270 - 390 alloy steels only. Makes for an excellent base for hard surfacing.
Position Flat TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Rod Length 14” Single and multiple pass, DCEP or AC
SIZES AND PACKAGES INDUSTRIES
Bucket Teeth and Lips, Couplings Boxes, Crane Wheels, Dragline Buckets
1/8” Dia. and Chain.
5/32” Dia. 10 lb. Package
SIZES AND PACKAGES
3/16” Dia.
1/8” Dia.
10 lb. Cans
STOODY SELF-HARDENING® 5/32” Dia.
Stoody Self-Hardening is a general purpose solid core hardfacing

electrode that offers a good balance of impact and abrasion resis-
tance. It can be used on both metal-to-metal and metal-to-earth ap-
HARDALLOY 118
plications. Self-Hardening can be applied to carbon and low alloy This is a work hardening austenitic manganese steel alloy. Designed
steels. It can be forged at red heat, but it is not readily machinable. for the build-up and joining of austenitic manganese steels only. Pro-
vides wear resistance under heavy impact conditions. Weld deposits
are extremely tough, and work hardens rapidly.
• Churn Drills • Trailer Hitches
• Machine Components • Bearings TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
• Sliding Metal Parts Single and multiple pass, DCEP or AC
OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS / WELDING PARAMETERS INDUSTRIES
Diameter, In. (mm) 1/8 (3.2) 5/32 (4.0)
Crusher jaws & Cones, Crusher mantles and Cones, Dredge Cutter heads &
Current, Amp. DCEP 100 - 150 150 - 200 Teeth, Grizzly Bars and Fingers, Gyratory Crushers Rolls, Hammers Mill
Position Flat Flat Hammers.
Rod Length 14” 14” SIZES AND PACKAGES
SIZES AND PACKAGES Electrode Size Package
Electrode Size Package 1/8” Dia.
1/8” Dia. 5/32” Dia. 10 lb. Cans
10 lb. Cans
5/32” Dia. 3/16” Dia.

STULZ MANGANESE-XL
A high manganese-nickel-chrome for joining and building up parts
subject to extreme shock, impact and abrasion. Stulzmanganese-XL
deposits have extreme resistance to hotcracking where contraction WELDING CURRENT RANGE
strains cannot be relieved. No peening required. AC or DC reverse polarity (electrode positive).
TYPICAL MECHANICAL PROPERTIES For flat, horizontal and vertical position.
Tensile Strength 125,000 lbs. psi. minimum Electrode Size Amperage Range AC or DC
Work-Hardness 500 Brinell maximum 3/16” x 14” 190-220
Hardness as deposited 190 Brinell 1/4” x 14” 225-275
Resistance to shock High PACKAGING INFORMATION
Coefficient of friction (metal to metal) Low Six - 10 lb. tube per 60 lb. carton
MAINTENANCE ALLOYS
HWC 23 HWC 500K
Harris 23 is a versatile, copper-base alloy for buildup and joining. Solder Alloy for Torch or Iron
When used as an overlay, it offers excellent resistance to frictional Joins all solderable Aluminum Alloys to each other and to dissimilar
metals, also for Zinc Die-Cast.
wear. It joins copper, brass, bronze and dissimilar metals. Harris 23
is typically used for the repair of bushings, bearings, gears, propel- ALSOLDER 500 is an exceptionally strong soldering alloy com-
lers, impeller blades, couplings and numerous other applications. posed of tin and zinc. It is versatile in that it will join most ferrous
and non-ferrous metals; also dissimilar metal combinations, par-
SIZES AND PACKAGES ticularly when an aluminum alloy must be joined to other metals or
Sizes Amperage Package alloys (it is not recommended for magnesium). 1/16” in a one ounce
1/8” (8 mm) x 14” (350 mm) 65 - 120 amps
10 lb. Can package with flux.
5/32” (4.0 mm) x 14” (350 mm) 120 - 175 amps
SIZES AND PACKAGES
Sizes Amperage
HWC 26 1/16” (1.6 mm) x 9” (225 mm) 20 - 40 amps
Harris 26 Aluminum Electrode

(DC-Reverse) HWC 52
Harris 26 features a precise combination of core wire and coating,
providing high speed deposition of dense, machinable welds. It is Harris 52 Zinc Alloy for
recommended for fabrication and repair of cast and wrought alu- Torch or GTAW (TIG)
minum. It is excellent for foundry defects, machining errors and all A Premium Virgin Metal Alloy for Zinc Base Metals, Pot Metal
types of salvage work. It is widely used on sheets, tubes and ex- and Aluminum.
trusions in thicknesses of 1/8” or more. Harris 26 is also well-suited Harris 52 is used extensively on aluminum, Zinc base metals and
to torch application. galvanized metal. It is excellent for Kirksite dies, grills, gutters, out-
board motor castings, carburetors, appliances and automobile hard-
SIZES AND PACKAGES
ware. 1/8” in a one pound tube.
Sizes Amperage Package
3/32” (2.4 mm) x 14” (350 mm) 50 - 85 amps
1/8” (3.2 mm) x 14” (350 mm)
5/32” (4.0 mm) x 14” (350 mm)
85 - 135 amps
110 - 165 amps
5 lb. Can
HWC 8388
Harris 83-88
HWC 315
Premium Steel Electrode for mild and Low Alloy Steels (AC-DC)
A high performance, all position, trouble-free, steel electrode - stron-
ger than ordinary mild steel electrodes.
Harris 315 Spot Arc
APPLICATIONS
Mild Steel Electrode (AC - DC)
A Self-Starting, Contact-Type, All involving what are known to be mild or low alloy steels, e.g.
auto and truck bodies, trailer flooring, tanks, frames, guards, non-
Electrode for spot Welding Guns
critical piping, shelving, farm implements, furniture repairs, etc.
Harris 315 Spot Arc is for all spot welding guns, such as “Redi-spot”, While the base metal should be as clean as possible, in mainte-
“Uniweld” and others. For use as an arc welding electrode on car and nance, it is not uncommon to be required to weld in rusty, dirty, oil-
truck bodies, sheet metal fabrication and air conditioning ductwork. soaked conditions, often wihout disassembling. In these circum-
Its need for only low amperage makes it an ideal rod for remote rural stances, the coating formulation of Harris 83-88 assures optimum
areas where voltage drop is noticeable. results.
SIZES AND PACKAGES SIZES AND PACKAGES
Sizes Amperage Package Sizes Amperage Package
1/16” (1.6 mm) x 9” (225 mm) 20 - 40 amps 3/32” (2.4 mm) x 9” (225 mm) 30 - 70 amps
5/64” (2.0 mm) x 9” (225 mm) 40 - 60 amps 5 lb. Can 1/8” (3.2 mm) x 14” (350 mm) 80 - 120 amps 5 lb. Can
3/32” (2.4 mm) x 9” (225 mm) 60 - 85 amps 5/32” (4.0 mm) x 14” (350 mm) 110 - 150 amps

HWC BLOCKCADE BARE ALUMI-PRO MULTIPACK

HWC BLOCKADE FC ALUMINUM TORCH
Harris Silicon Bronze Brazing Alloy WELDING KIT
Flux-coated BLOCKADE brazes copper to brass and brass to brass. Stock No. BAC AP-316
228° F reduced heat makes brazes fast. Brazes are very strong and
ductile. Should extra flux be needed, use white or black silver brazing Excellent corrosion
flux. Use the same fluxes with the bare alloy. Rods are 2mm x 18” resistance. Working
and come 20 sticks per package. thickness from 1/32” up to
3/8”. Low working temperatures (732 degrees). Super strong -
stronger than aluminum. Harder then steel. Low cost - only pennies
HWC CUTROD an inch. Made in USA.

3 sizes of rod available in one kit. 1/8” - 5/32” - 1/4” welding rods.
Kit Conatins:
Approximately 1 lb. of Aluminum-Pro Welding rods. 1/3 lb. of 1/8”
Cut Rod cuts all metals and alloys including stainless steel, cast iron,
rod, 1/3 lb. of 5/32” rod, 1/3 lb. of 1/4” rod, stainless steel brush,
aluminum, copper, brass and bronze. It is used for piercing holes, complete instructions. Welds aluminum, galvanized, pot metal & Zinc-
enlarging openings, trimming metals, removing frozen bolts, based metals with a Propane Torch, MAPP gas or Acetylene. No flux
removing gates and risers, etc. Twenty five pound boxes. or fumes. Do- it-yourself repairs for propellers, engine castings, tools,
SIZES AND PACKAGES carburetor bowls, marine hardware, ornaments and many more items.
Sizes Amperage Package
CRONATRON 510 KIT

1/8” (3.2 mm) x 14” (350 mm) 170 - 300 amps
20 lbs. Box
5/32” (4.0 mm) x 14” (350 mm) 225 - 400 amps
Stock No. CRO 510KIT

HWC SMW This Kit contains everything you need
SUPER MISSILEWELD
to do a quick repair on Aluminum.
All packed in a tool box
• 2 lbs. of Alloy 510 high strength Aluminum Electrode
The Ultimate Electrode for Welding steels with highest strength and
• 1 each 4-1/2” Aluminum grinding wheel
maximum ductility (AC-DC) assures dense, non-cracking welds on
• 1 each stainless steel hand wire scratch brush.
“problem“ steels such as high carbon steels; tool steels; stainless
Available in 3 different diameters 3/32”, 1/8” and 5/32”
steels; spring steels; manganese steels; and dissimilar steels.
Super missileweld is particularly advantageous when the alloy con-
tent of the steel to be welded is unknown. This unique electrode is so
versatile that its applications are virtually too multiple in number to CRONATRON 211
specify. For years it has been a maintenance and repair “standby” in Stock No. CRO 211
every industry throughout the worlds.
“The Cast Iron Problem Solver”
SIZES AND PACKAGES
Sizes Amperage Package Unquestionably the final answer to the most difficult cast iron repair
3/32” (2.4 mm) x 9” (225 mm) 40 - 80 amps welding. This highly sophisticated alloy allows repairs that were pre-
1/8” (3.2 mm) x 14” (350 mm) 70 - 110 amps 10 lb. Can viously impossible.
5/32” (4.0 mm) x 14” (350 mm) 95 - 145 amps APPLICATION
AC or DC Reverse Polarity
UNI PRO COPPER

• Cast Iron to steel • Pump impellers
BRASS STEEL TORCH

• Pump housings • Pulleys
• Bearings housings • Turbines
WELDING KIT
• Transmission cases • Gear teeth
• Cylinder blocks and heads • Hydraulic press rams
Stock No. BAC UN-201 ADVANTAGES

• High tensile weld in every type of cast iron, including grey and meehanite,
• flux and brush. also performs excellent steel to cast iron welds.
• Approximately 1/2 lb. 1/8” • Fully machinable and has a high elongation factor which assures the
(18 - 20) rods. prevention of cracking.
• Low cost - only pennies an inch. • Pass over pass welding without slag removal between passes.
• Complete instructions. • All-position welding can be performed with Cronatron 211 without dis-
mantling any equipment.
• Made in USA.
ELECTRODE USAGE PROCEDURE
Welds cast, copper, brass, steel with a Propane Torch. Allows dis-
Use AC or DC reverse polarity. Generally, where a narrow, thin bead is
similar metals to be joined when using the super flux. Low working
desired, a straight polarity application is suggested.
temperatures (585 degrees F). Meets MIL SPEC51224B Type II com-
position B, does not contain lead. Can be used to fill pin holes in Stock No. Size (In.) Amperage Package
castings, repair cracks and holes, refrigeration work, repair brass fix- CRO CW1033-5/32” 5/32” 120 - 150 1 lb.
tures or ornaments and many other household uses. CRO CW1034-1/8” 1/8” 75 - 110

CRONATRON 510 CRONATRON 338

“The E-Z Alloy Electrode”
“ The All Purpose High
Strength Aluminum Alloy” The maintenance man’s friend. Safe, sure, simple, all position weld-
ing. No preparations, just strike an Arc and the Electrode does all
Definitely the finest, strongest and most versatile aluminum alloy elec- the work.
trode available. Totally adaptable to any maintenance requirement,
APPLICATION
510 fills casting defects, builds up missing or broken sections, rein-
AC or DC Either Polarity.
forces weak joints, repairs cracked castings and joins thick or thin
sheets or bars. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
• Galvanized Steels • Barrels, Pipes and Tubes
APPLICATION • Mild Structural Steels • Tanks and galvanized containers
DC Reverse Polarity • Sheet Metals • Door and Window Frames
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS ADVANTAGES
• Housings and crank cases • Truck and Bus bodies • High physical strength
• Cylinder heads and blocks • Conveyors and ramps • Performs extremely well on low voltage welders
• Transmission housings and • Pipes and tubes • Excellent for sheet and galvanized steels
intake manifolds • Vats, tanks and containers • Slag is almost self removing
• Doors and windows • Fills holes, bridges gaps even on dirty, rusted or painted surfaces
ADVANTAGES • Easy to use in overhead, vertical or horizontal applications
• Weld deposit stronger than most base metals TECHNICAL INFORMATION

• So easy to use, it’s mistake proof Tensile Strength 80,000 PSI (552 MPa)
• Preheating not required except on very heavy sections
• High corrosion resistance
Stock No. Size (In.) Amperage Package
• Stable, quiet Arc, no undercutting
CRO CW1057-5/32” 5/32” 95 - 170
10 lb.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION CRO CW1058-1/8” 1/8” 60 - 140
Tensile Strength 35,000 PSI (241 MPa)
Package
CRONATRON 321
Stock No. Size (In.) Amperage
CRO CW1038-5/32” 5/32” 55 - 80
1 lb.
CRO CW1039-1/8” 1/8” 90 - 140
“HI Performance ‘E-Z Arc’ Alloy”
The only Alloy electrode with a built-in chemical de-oxidizing system
CRONATRON 333 formulated with an exact metallurgical balance of compounds and
elements engineered to “scrub” base metal being welded free of any
The “All in One” Alloy form of contaminant and lift them into an easy-forming slag while
creating a solid, sound, dense weld deposit.
Wherever there is the slightest doubt as to the right electrode to use,
APPLICATION
Cronatron 333 is the “worry free’ solution. Exceptional results on ev-
AC - DC Reverse and Straight Polarity.
ery type of steel.
APPLICATION • Sheets, Plates, Angles, Beams, • Support parts and brackets
AC or DC Reverse Polarity. Channels and joining of all mild steel • Tanks and Tank Units
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS structures. • Machinery and machine parts
• Crane Booms • Worm Drives & Sprockets • Galvanized Sheet • Automotive and truck bodies
• Tool Steels • Chain Links & Draw Bars ADVANTAGES
• Leaf Springs • Difficult & Dissimilar Steels • Revolutionary Turbo Arc drive for deep cleaning action and penetration
• Gear Teeth • Broken Bolt Extraction • Outstanding for poor fit-up joints
ADVANTAGES • Welds through all types of maintenance contaminants producing smooth,
solid, quality welds.
• Excellent high strength, crack free welds on all steels and all combination of
• Low amperage deposition
steels.
• Excellent for thick to thin sections
• Produces stable Arc with open circuit voltage as low as 55 volts. • Exclusive coating provides Bi-Lateral gaseous shield protecting the weld
• Provides tough and corrosive resistant welds with no fumes or spatter deposit while chemically cleaning and removing all contaminants from
• Work hardens in use. base metal.
• High heat resistance.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION Tensile Strength Exceeds 76,000 PSI (524 MPa)
125,000 PSI (862 MPa) Hardness Rc 20 - 25
Stock No. Size (In.) Amperage Package Stock No. Size (In.) Amperage Package
CRO CW1048-1/8” 1/8” 80 - 120 CRO CW1809-5/32” 5/32” 110 - 170
5 lb. 25 lb.
CRO CW1049-3/32” 3/32” 60 - 90 CRO CW1810-1/8” 1/8” 75 - 125
GAS WELDING RODS

AWS A5.2 CLASS RG45 Stock No.
HWCRG451/16X36
Diameter
1/16” x 36” lengths
Packages
AWS Class RG45 (AWS A5.2) HWCRG453/32X36 3/32” x 36” lengths 10 lb.
This is a low carbon, low manganese oxy-fuel designed for improved HWCRG451/8X36 1/8” x 36” lengths
machinability on steel plate, pipe and wrought iron. HWCRG455/32X36 5/32” x 36” lengths

AWS A5.2 80S-D2

CLASS RG60
AWS Class RG45 ER80S-D2 contains 1/2% Mo to provide higher deposit strength on
(AWS A5.2) both the as welded and stress relieved conditions. Used for all posi-
tion welding of high tensile pipe and tubing commonly found in
earthmoving and construction equipment.

As Welded Stress relieved 8 hrs
Testing Temp @ 1150° F (621° C)
98% Ar/2%O2 CO2 98% Ar2% O2
This is an oxy-fuel rod for steel pipe, castings and wrought iron Yield strength,psi (MPa) 95,000 (656) 77,000(531) 75,000(518)
applications. Deposit strengths in excess of 60 ksi (414 MPa) can Tensile strength psi (MPa) 110,000 (759) 92,000(634) 89,000(614)
be achieved. % Elongation in 2” (51mm) 22 23 29
Stock No. Diameter Package Stock No. Diameter Package

HWCRG601/16X36 1/16” x 36” lengths HWC 80SD2045X36 0.45” x 36”
HWCRG603/32X36 3/32” x 36” lengths 10 lb. HWC 80SD21/16X36 1/16” x 36”
10 lb.
HWCRG601/8X36 1/8” x 36” lengths HWC 80SD23/32X36 3/32” x 36”
HWCRG603/16X36 3/16” x 36” lengths HWC 80SD21/8X36 1/8” x 36”

COPPER BASED BRAZING COPPER BASED WELDING

ALLOYS WIRES
LOW FUMING BRONZE SILICON BRONZE
Recommended uses: welding of silicon bronze, copper, or
ASME SFA-5.8 Class RBCuZn-C Recommended uses: repair work
Aluminum bronze of low aluminum content. Silicon bronze can also
on steel, cast iron and other copper base alloys. LFB has excel-
be used for brazing malleable iron and light gage steel as in steel
lent surfacing characteristics when used on iron and steel. Gen-
cabinets and metal furniture. Welds produce high corrosion resis-
eral mechanical and physical characteristics include ductility, ma-
tance, strength and ductility.
chinability, high strength, free flowing with good tinning action and
low melting point. Flux coated form assures proper tining action SPECIFICATIONS AND COMPLIANCES
and complete operator control of the molten puddle. Available ei- AWS A5.7 Class ERCuSi-A
ther bare or flux coated. Federal QQ-R-571C Class RCuSi-A
SPECIFICATIONS AND COMPLIANCES Military MIL-R-19631B Type MIL RCuSi-A
AWS A5.27 Class RCuZn-C ASME SFA-5.7 Class ERCuSi-A
Federal QQ-R-571 C Class RCuZn-C
Military MIL-R-19631B Type MIL RCuZn-C Common Name Low Fuming Bronze
ASME SFA-5.27 Class RCuZn-C AWS Spec. A5.7
AWS A5.8 Class RBCuZn-C AWS Class ERCuSi-A
UNS/CDA No. UNS/CDA 65600
Common Name Low Fuming Bronze Approx. Melting Point Fahrenheit 1866
AWS Spec. A5.7 Average as Welded Brinell Hardness 80-100
AWS Class RCuZn-C Weight and
UNS/CDA No. UNS/CDA 68100. Stock No. Diameter Length
container
Approx. Melting Point Fahrenheit 1598 HWC SB1/16 1/16”
Brazing Temp. Range Fahrenheit 1670-1750 HWC SB3/32 3/32” 36” 50 lbs. carton
Average as Welded Brinell Hardness 80-110 HWC SB1/8 1/8”
Bare Straight Lengths

Stock No. Diameter Length
Weight and
container ALUMINUM TIG WIRES
1100 ALUMINUM
HWC LFB1/16X36 1/16”
HWC LFB3/32X36 3/32” 5 lbs. tube
WELDING WIRE
HWC LFB1/8X36 1/8”
36”
HWC LFB5/32X36 5/32”
HWC LFB3/16X36 3/16” 50 lbs. carton
HWC LFB1/4X36 1/4”
AWS Class ER-1100
ER-1100 aluminum filler wires are commercially pure aluminum. De-
Flux Coated Straight Lengths pending upon the flux and technique employed, tensile ranges from
Weight and
Stock No. Diameter Length 12,000 to 15,000 psi can be attained. Aside from 1100 composition
container
type 3003 can also welded with ER-1100 type.
HWC LFBFC3/32X36 3/32”
5 lbs. tube
HWC LFBFC1/8X36 1/8” 36” PROPERTIES
HWC LFBFC3/16X36 3/16” 10 lbs. carton AI Mg Fe&Si Fe Si Cu Mn Zn Ti Cr Be
bal - 1.0 max - - 0.02 max 0.05 0.10 - - 0.0008
Want to make filler metal Stock No. Diameter Length

Weight and
container
ordering quick and easy? Please ALU 40431/16X36

ALU 40433/32X36
1/16”
3/32” 36” 5 lbs. carton
have the following information ALU 40431/8X36 1/8”
ready when you call:

4043 ALUMINUM WELDING WIRE
• Alloy type and number AWS Class ER-4043
ER-4043 aluminum filler materials are silicon-aluminum types for
(Example-Aluminum 4043) welding of 5052 and 6063 types; in some cases, other aluminums
are also welded with this type. Brazing of 1100 and 3003 can be
• Diameter (Example- 1/16" or .062) accomplished with free flowing 4043 composition.
• 36" cut lengths for Tig or continuous PROPERTIES
spool for Mig AI
bal
Mg
0.05
Fe&Si
-
Fe
0.08
Si
4.5-6.0
Cu
0.30 max
Mn Zn
0.05 0.10 0.20
Ti Cr
-
Be
0.008
• Size of spool for mig (number of Stock No. Diameter Length

Weight and
container
pounds or spool diameter) ALU 40431/16X36 1/16”
ALU 40433/32X36 3/32” 36” 5 lbs. carton
ALU 40431/8X36 1/8”

5356 ALUMINUM WELDING WIRE AWS ER309L

AWS Class ER-5356 The extra low carbon content provides good resistance to carbide
ER-5356 aluminum filler materials are used mainly for welding alumi- precipitation. Used for welding type 309L stainless steel and overlay
num of like composition. This type is also useful if color match is work. Carbon content 0.03% maximum.
important after anodizing, if higher weld strengths are required or Weight and
when extra ductility is helpful. container
SSW 309L 1/16X36 1/16”
PROPERTIES SSW 309L 3/32X36 3/32” 36” 10 lbs. carton
AI Mg Fe&Si Fe Si Cu
SSW 309L 1/8X36 1/8”
bal 4.5-5.5 0.50 max 0.50 max - 0.10 max
We are listing the most common alloys and diameters. If you have a
Mn Zn Ti Cr Be special requirement, please contact us.
0.05-0.20 0.10 0.06-0.20 0.05-0.25 0.0008
AWS ER316L
Weight and
container
ALU 53561/16X36 1/16”
ALU 53563/32X36 3/32” 36” 5 lbs. carton Used principally for welding molybdenum-bearing austenitic alloys
ALU 53561/8X36 1/8” containing 0.03% maximum carbon.
Weight and
container
4047 ALUMINUM BRAZING WIRE SSW 316L 045X36

SSW 316L 1/16X36
.045”
1/16” 36” 10 lbs. tubes
(Formerly Alloy 718) SSW 316L 3/32X36 3/32”
AWS Class BAISi-4 SSW 316L 1/8X36 1/8”
A brazing wire with high silicon content to assure deep penetration
throughout the joint. Designed for torch brazing on commercial grades
of aluminum. No. 4047 has a high silicon content to maintain a low
flow temperature making tough, permanent joints where good fit up
AWS ER347
is provided. Melting range 1070 to 1080. For welding types 304, 321 and 347, when the service temperature is
below 600° F (316° C). Used were service conditions require maxi-
PROPERTIES
mum resistance to corrosion.
AI Mg Fe&Si Fe Si Cu Mn Zn Ti Cr Be
bal .15 — — 9.3-10.7 3.3-4.7 0.15 0.20 — 0.15 — Weight and
Weight and container
Stock No. Diameter Length SSW 3473/32X36 3/32”
container 36” 10 lbs. cartons
ALU 40473/32X36 3/32” SSW 3471/8X36 1/8”
36” 5 lbs. carton We are listing the most common alloys and diameters. If you have a
ALU 40471/8X36 1/8”
special requirement, please contact us.
ULTRA BRITE ALUMINUM CLEANER

BRKSTEEL16
A ready to use cleaner and brightener
providing rapid and effortless cleaning and
removal of aluminum oxides, grease and dirt
from aluminum before welding. Rinse agents
provide a “sheeting” action for film-free Stainless steel Cleaner and polish removes
rinsing. Some heavy accumulations may greasy film and water marks. Preserves the
require some light brushing. Biodegradable. surface against deterioration of any kind. It
polishes and protects stainless steel. 16.5 oz. Aerosol Can
ATL DF 781Q 1 quart size
COPPER BASED MIG

ATL DF 781G 1 gallon size
STAINLESS STEEL TIG WIRES WELDING WIRES

AWS ER308L SILICON BRONZE
For welding types 304, 304L, 308 and 308L. Carton content is 0.03% Recommended uses: welding of silicon bronze, copper or alumi-
max. to avoid carbide precipitation. May be used successfully for num bronze of low aluminum content. Silicon Bronze can also be
welding types 321 and 347 steels, provided the service temperature used for brazing malleable iron and light gauge steel as in steel cabi-
is below 500° F (260° C). nets and metal furniture. Welds produce high corrosion resistance,
Weight and strength and ductility.
container
SSW 308L 035X36 .035” WELDING PROCESS
SSW 308L 045X36 .045” GTAW (TIG) GMAW (MIG)
SSW 308L 1/16X36 1/16” 36” 10 lbs. carton SPECIFICATIONS AND COMPLIANCES
SSW 308L 5/32X36 5/32”
AWS A5.7 Class ERCuSi-A
SSW 308L 3/32X36 3/32”
SSW 308L 1/8X36 1/8” Federal QQ-R-571C Class RCuSi-A
Military MIL-R-19631B Type MIL RCuSi-A
We are listing the most common alloys and diameters. If you have a
special requirement, please contact us. ASME SFA-5.7 Class ERCuSi-A

AWS Spec.
Common Name Low Fuming Bronze
A5.7 STAINLESS STEEL
MIG WELDING WIRES
AWS Class ERCuSi-A
UNS/CDA No. UNS/CDA 65600
Approx. Melting Point Fahrenheit 1866
Average as Welded Brinell Hardness
STANDARD DIAMETER AND PACKAGING
80-100
SSW ER308L
.030”, .035” and .045” x 2 lb. spool. For welding types 304, 304L, 308 and 308L. Carton content is 0.03%
.030”, .035” and .045” x 10 lb. spool. max. to avoid carbide precipitation. May be used successfully for
.030”, .035” and .045” x 30 lb. spool. welding types 321 and 347 steels, provided the service temperature
When ordering please prefix with HWCSB, followed by diameter and is below 500° F (260° C).
spool size. I.E. to order 045 x 30 lb. spool HWC SB045x30S.
STANDARD DIAMETER AND PACKAGING
ALUMINUM MIG WELDING

.030”, .035” and .045” x 2 lb. spool.
.030”, .035” and .045” x 10 lb. spool.
.030”, .035”, .045” and 1/16” x 25 lb. spool.
WIRES We are showing the most common sizes. Other sizes are available.
Please call us for availability. When ordering please prefix with SSW,
followed by Alloy diameter and spool size, i.e. to order 035 x 2 lb. spool
1100 ALUMINUM WELDING WIRE 308L, SSW308L035X2S.
AWS Class ER-1100

ER-1100 Aluminum filler wires are commercially pure aluminum. De-
pending upon the flux and technique employed, tensile ranges from SSW ER309L
12,000 to 15,000 psi can be attained. Aside from 1100 composition The extra low carbon content provides good resistance to carbide
type 3003 can also be welded with ER-1100 type. precipitation. Used for welding type 309L stainless steel and overlay
Stock No. Diameter Weight and container work. Carbon content 0.03% maximum.
ALU 110035X1S 0.35” STANDARD DIAMETER AND PACKAGING
ALU 11003/64X1S 3/64” 1 lb. spool .035” 10 lbs. spools.
ALU 11001/16X1S 1/16” .035”, .045”, 1/16” 25 lbs. spools.
We are showing the most common sizes. Other sizes are available.
Please call us for availability. When ordering please prefix with SSW,
4043 ALUMINUM WELDING WIRE followed by Alloy diameter and spool size, i.e. to order 035 x 2 lb. spool
309L, SSW309L035X2S.
AWS Class ER-4043
ER-4043 Aluminum filler materials are silicon-aluminum types for
welding of 5052 and 6063 types; in some cases, other aluminums
are also welded with this type. Brazing of 1100 and 3003 can be SSW ER316L
accomplished with free flowing 4043 composition. For welding type 316 and 316L. Carbon content 0.03% maximum.
PROPERTIES STANDARD DIAMETER AND PACKAGING
AI Mg Fe&Si Fe Si Cu Mn Zn Ti Cr Be .045” 1 lb. spools.
bal 0.05 — 0.08 4.5-6.0 0.30 max 0.05 0.10 0.20 — 0.008 .035” 10 lbs. spools.
Stock No. Diameter Weight and container .035”, .045” and 1/16” 25 lbs. spools.
ALU 404330X1S 0.30” TYPICAL UNDILUTED WELD METAL ANALYSIS
ALU 404335X1S 0.35” 1 lb. spool Weld Metals % wt.
ALU 40433/64X1S 3/64” Carbon 0.02
ALU 404335X16S 1/16” Manganese 1.8
ALU 404335X16 .035” 16 lb. spool Silicon 0.4
ALU 40433/64X16 3/64” Chromium 19.0
Nickel 13.3
5356 ALUMINUM WELDING WIRE

Molybdenum 2.2
FN 3
AWS Class ER-5356 We are showing the most common sizes. Other sizes are available.
ER-5356 Aluminum filler materials are used mainly for welding alu- Please call us for availability. When ordering please prefix with SSW,
minum of like composition. This type is also useful if color match is followed by Alloy diameter and spool size, i.e. to order 035 x 2 lb. spool
important after anodizing, if higher weld strengths are required or 316L, SSW316L035X2S.
when extra ductility is helpful.
PROPERTIES
AI Mg Fe&Si Fe Si Cu Solder Slang
bal 4.5-5.5 0.50 max 0.50 max — 0.10 max
Mn Zn Ti Cr Be Sweating: Causing Solder to flow around
0.05-0.20 0.10 0.06-0.20 0.05-0.25 0.0008
and into a joint by capillary action.
Stock No. Diameter Weight and container
ALU 535630X1S
ALU 535635X1S
0.30”
0.35”
Cappers: One pound bars of 50/50 solder
1 lb. spool
ALU 53563/64X1S 3/64”
ALU 53561/16X1S 1/16” Tinning: Putting a thin layer of solder on
ALU 535635X16S .035”
ALU 53563/64X16S 3/64” 16 lb. spool in advance to make joining easier
ALU 53561/16X16S 1/16”

S OLDERS AND F LUXES 281
SOLDERS AND FLUXES

CAN 96/4 TIN / SILVER ACTIVATED ROSIN
96/4 Silver / Tin soldering alloys have been
engineered specifically for field repair.
CORED SOLDER
These silver/tin solders have been specially
formulated to make difficult repairs swiftly Quick-acting flux dissolves surface oxides
and confidently. Use 96/4 for fast melting, for good wetting and strong connections.
free flowing jobs. Because of its cadmium Use on brass, copper and clean mild
and lead free composition, 96/4 is an ap-
steel. Ideal for electrical work. Leaves a
proved and widely used alloy for the plumb-
corrosion resistant, fungus-resistant, non-
ing and building industries. Silver/Tin sol-
ders are low temperature, lead- free solders that can be used on conductive residue that is removable with
most ferrous and nonferrous metals, including stainless steel, bronze, flux remover or alcohol. Conforms to MIL
brass and to a very limited extent, aluminum. Use Engelhard Ultra QQS-571 and ASTM specs.
Flux or paste soldering flux when using 96/4.
We Stock this in 40 Tin / 60 Lead & 60 Tin / 40 Lead and 1/16” x 1 lb.,
SPECIFICATIONS 3/32 x 1 lb. and 1/8” x 1 lb. spools. Other diameters and spool sizes
Chemical Composition are available. Please call for more information regarding this item.
Silver (AG %) 4
Tin (Sn %) 96
ACID CORE SOLDER

Melting Ranges
Solidus 430° F
Liquidus 430° F
Highly active for all common metals
Elongation % 48
except aluminum and magnesium. For
Conductivity 100% 16.4
highly oxidized and difficult-to-solder
Plastic Range F —
metals. Residue is corrosive, electrically
Tensile Strength, Copper Sleeve Joint P.S.I. 14,000 conductive and hygroscepic.
Shear Strength P.S.I. 10,000
Color Brigth Silver, non-oxidizing We stock this is 40 Tin / 60 Lead, 50 Tin / 50 Lead & 60 Tin / 40
Stock No. Diameter Weight and container Lead in 1/16” x 1 lb. and 1/8” x 1 lb. spools. Other diameters and
spools sizes are available.
CAN 96/4 1/8” 1 lb. spool
95/5 TIN / ANTIMONY LEAD-FREE SOLDER BAR SOLDER

This solder is used where lead must be avoided. Use soldering tech-
niques similar to 50/50 or 40/60. It has a slightly higher soldering
temperature requirement, better strength, and possesses higher elec-
trical conductivity than the common tin/lead solders.
Chemical Composition Melting Range General purpose solder handles standard tinning and sheet metal work.
Tin Sn% Lead Pb% Antim. Sb% Solidus Liquidus We stock 1 lb. bars of 50/50. Other alloys are available.
95 — 5 452° F 464° F
Stock No.
CAN 95/5
Diameter
1/8”
Weight and container
1 lb. spool TIN LEAD SOLDER
Larger spools and diameter are also available.
40/60
For general use. Good for dipping solder.
CAN 100WSS We stock 1/8” x 1 lb. spools. Other
diameters and spool sizes are available.
The safe Water Solder™ offers the best of both
worlds. No lead and great flow. With unique
characteristics for easier use, 100 WSS works
much better than 95/5 and it’s stronger than
50/50
50/50. 100 WSS is made up of 95-1/2% tin, A general purpose solder. Ideal for
4% copper and 1/2% silver. This composition standard tinning and sheet metal work.
offers a wide melting range for easy use, as We stock 1/8” x 1 lb. spools. Other diameters
well as excellent capillary flow and wetting and spool sizes are available.
action. 100 WSS is an alloy grade E in ASTM
B32 standard specification for solder metal.
Composition Recommended
60/40
Initial Temperature Excellent for dipping solder. Low melting
Tin Copper Silver Temperature Range
point is ideal for delicate work.
95.5% 4% 0.5% 440° F 440° - 500° F
We stock 1/8” x 1 lb. spools. Other diam-
Stock No. Diameter Weight and container eters and spool sizes are available.
CAN 100WSS 1/8” 1 lb. spool

282 S OLDERS AND F LUXES
SILVALOY CADMIUM FREE ALLOYS

SILVALOY A-45 SILVALOY A-56T
This alloy has the lowest brazing
temperature, bet wetting and best flow
A good general purpose alloy of- of all the cadmium-free alloys. Its low
ten used when cadmium must be zinc content minimizes problems due to
avoided. Lowest melting range in longer heating cycles (as furnace
joining ferrous, non-ferrous and brazing), or due to excessive heating (as
dissimilar metals with close joint by less skilled operators) It is often
selected for use with silver or stainless
clearance requirements.
steel due to its excellent color match.
Composition Melting range AWS Composition Melting range AWS
Silvaloy Silver Copper Zinc Tin Ni% Mn Spec. A5.8 Silvaloy Silver Copper Zinc Tin Ni% Mn Spec. A5.8
Solidus Liquidus Class Solidus Liquidus Class
Ag% Cu% Zn% Sn% Ag% Cu% Zn% Sn%
A-45 45 30 25 — — — 1225° F 1370° F Bag 5 A-56T 56 22 17 5 — — 1145° F 1205° F Bag 7
We stock the following sizes: 1/16”, 3/32” and 1/8”, on 5 oz. coils. We stock the following sizes: 1/16”, 3/32” and 1/8”, on 5 oz. coils.
Other sizes are available as special orders. Other sizes are available as special orders.
COPPER /PHOSPHORUS BRAZING ALLOYS

Chemical
Stock No. Silver Content Specifications Temperatures Typical Applications
Composition
• Copper Joints
AWS A5.8 • Heat Exchanges
0% Silver
ASTMB250-52T 1500° liquids • Radiant Heating Systems
ENG 0% 1/8X050X36 0% 7.1% Phosphorus
QQB-650B 1350° Solidus • Electrical connector
Balance Copper
MIL-E-15395A • Moving Joints
• Non moving Joints
5% Silver • T-Joints, Swage Joints, Sleeves
6% Phosphorus AWS/A5.8 Class BCuP-3 1500° F liquids • Coupling On Return Bends and
ENG 5% 1/8X050X36 5%
Balance Copper ASMESFA5.8 Class BCuP-3 1190° F Solidus Condenser Fittings
0.15% all other • Extending copper Tubing and Pipes
• Flexible Pipe connectors
15% Silver AWS A5.8 • Refrigeration Control Valves
1465° F liquids • Air Conditioning Units
ENG 15% 1/8X050X36 15% 5% Phosphorus QQB-650A
1190° F Solidus • Hot and Cold Water Lines
Balance Copper MIL-E-15395A
• Steam Systems
STAY CLEAN LIQUID SAFETY-SILV® 56

SOLDERING FLUID (FLUX COATED)
Recommended for tin/lead, tin/antimony
and any silver bearing solder. Can be used
for soldering virtually any metals other than A ductile, cadmium-free silver brazing alloy with excellent flow
aluminum, magnesium or titanium. Not rec- characteristics. Suitable for use in the food processing industry.
ommended for use in electrical or electronic
Stock No. Size Package
applications. Stay Clean conforms to fed-
eral spec Type 1 Form B. HWC SS561/16X18 1/16”
4 oz. tubes
HWC SS563/32X18 3/32”
Stock No. Packaging
HWC SCLF4 4 oz. Plastic Squeeze Bottle
HWC SCLF4 16 oz. Bottle
HWC SCLF1G 1 Gallon (Shown)
BRAZING
CAST IRON FLUX NO. 2
WELDING FLUX NO. 1 This flux is used for brazing brass, copper, steel, malleable iron etc.
Anti-Borax flux causes the bronze to penetrate deeper into the joint
This flux acts as a cleansing agent removing all impurities in the weld
making a strong union. It is the most efficient and economical bronze
metal. It prevents the formation of oxides and eliminates blow holes,
thus ensuring a more granular and ductile weldment. brazing flux on the market.
ATL SF-AB1-1 1 lb. can ATL SF-AB2-1 1 lb. can

S OLDERS AND F LUXES 283
FLUXES
SOLAR FLUX TYPE B BLACK FLUX
Stock No. GOE B (1 lb. can) This product may be used with silver or other
brazing alloys. Engineered to be used at high Stock No. Description
• Prevents oxide inclusions temperatures and extended or uneven heat-
• Protects the back side from oxidation ing. Performs well at low temperatures as ENG BF-1 1 lb. jar (24)
• Provides support for molten weld metal well. Recommended for stainless steel, heavy work, and wherever
• Prevents burn-through higher temperatures or extended heating cycles are encountered (not
• Aids controlled penetration recommended for aluminum, magnesium or titanium). Meets Fed.
• Eliminates porosity Spec. 0F499, Type-B, AMS 3411, AWS FB 3-C.
For welding all steels, especially stainless, except high nickel alloys 1/2 lb., 5 lb., 30 and 60 lbs. pails available as special order
(those containing over 25% nickel). Used to prevent oxide inclusions
NOKORODE
before tacking and as a backup material, after tacking, on all seams.
Type B is of a gray-black color before and after mixing alcohol
PASTE FLUX
(methanol preferred)
Used in all industries. Works with most

ULTRA FLUX solders, including 95/5 antimony and
97/3 silver. A non-aggressive formula when Stock No. Description
Designed for use with all silver brazing alloys used to sweat copper and brass fittings. WMG 14000 1.7 oz. can
on all metals with the exception of aluminum, Not for electronic use unless so stated. WMG 14030 1 lb. tube
magnesium or titanium. Effective to 1600° F
and above, and manufactured by Engelhard
to our exacting specifications to assure the
highest quality and consistency from batch
NOKORODE FLUID FLUX
to batch. Meets Fed. Spec. 0F499, Type-B, A liquid form of Nokorode soldering paste
AMS 3410, AWS FB 3-A. flux. Contains ZnCI (inorganic salts).
Soluble and washable in water.
ENG UF-1/2 1/2 lb. jar (24) Stock No. Description
ENG UF-1 1 lb. jar (12) WMG 15530 1 pint
ENG UF-5 5 lb. jar WMG 15570 1 gal.
30 and 65 lbs. Pails (Special order). WMG 15580 5 gal.
POLY QUICK
POLY-QUICK STICK™ POLY-QUICK PASTE™
POLY-QUICK METAL™
Stock No. CW 1651
Poly-Quick Paste™ - in smaller packs,
is recommended for emergency repairs
and smaller areas.
3
• Coverage - 1.75 cubic inches (29 cm )
• 3 - 4 minute cure
Stock No. CW 1665
Poly quick Stick is a fast cure epoxy putty that hardens like steel in 20 Poly-Quick Metal™ - Available in small,
minutes. Excellent for general maintenance repairs. So useful it should easy to use 1 oz. syringe. For very small
be in every maintenance tool kit. repairs. Can be reused by sealing the
APPLICATIONS end with the cap supplied in the handle
• Rebuilding or fabricating parts • Pump repairs
of the applicator.
3
• Repair & patch cracks & holes • Shim misaligned machinery
• Coverage - .73 cubic inches (12 cm )
• Patch leaking tanks and vats, • Flange repairs
• 1 hour cure
water lines, valves, etc. APPLICATIONS
Poly-Quick Paste and Poly Quick Metal are engineered to quickly and
ADVANTAGES
effectively repair, rebuild and restore metal surfaces to near steel hardness.
• A & B components in one stick • Non-toxic when cured
They are fully machinable with cutting tools or abrasives. Paintable.
– requires no measuring • Designed to cover emergency
• Easy to use – No mess repairs where downtime is critical ADVANTAGES
• Excellent chemical resistance • Convenient for any tool kit • Easy to apply • No Shrinkage • Non-Toxic when cured
• Can be drilled, tapped, • Acceptable in food handling • Non slumping • Near steel hardness • Machinable
machined and sanded applications • Pre-Measured
• Cures under water
Stock No. Description CRO CW1651 2.4 oz Can
CRO CW1650 8 oz Stick CRO CW1665 1 Fl. oz.

284 S OLDERS AND F LUXES / S POTCHECKERS
CRONABOND RAPID
CURE ADHESIVE
APPLICATIONS
• For optimum shelf life, CAs should be stored in a refrigerator set at about
Cronabond Liquid and Gel are fast
40° F (4.4° C) before refrigerate; store in a moisture-free environment.
curing component cyanoacrylate
FEATURES
(CA) adhesives. The liquid is ideally
• Very fast cure time • The high viscosity gel can be applied
suited for tight joints and the gel is • High shear strength out of position
used for filling gaps and vertical and • Bonds to virtually any substrate • The liquid form is suitable for tight joints
horizontal repairs. These adhesives • Can be applied to oily surfaces • No mixing required
were specially formulated for sur- Stock No. Description
faces that are difficult to bond such as metal, plastic, rubber and CRO CW3683 Liquid .7 oz jar
porous materials like wood, paper and fabric. For cleanup or removal CRO CW3684 Gel .7 oz tube
use CRONABOND RELEASE AGENT. CRO CW3685 Release Agent 2 oz jar
Magnaflux Non Destructive Testing Materials

Awisco stocks the full line of Magnaflux Spotcheck Products in aerosol cans.
Magnaflux offers many other testing compounds and systems. For additional information, Please contact Awisco or visit
the Magnaflux website www.magnaflux.com
SPOTCHECK® MATERIALS
Spotcheck® is a red visible nondestructive test method, which pro- APPLICATIONS
vides for the detection of surface discontinuities (flaws) in ferrous Spotcheck® delivers accurate, reliable crack detection results in the
and non-ferrous test materials. following applications:
Spotcheck® is the most reliable and widely used penetrant inspec- • Automobile parts
tion method that reveals cracks and other surface discontinuities in • Pressure Vessels / Aircraft
• Off-road equipment
maintenance
virtually any non-porous material. • Farm equipment
• Marine construction / maintenance
• Welds
• Ideal for applications where portability is required. • Petroleum pipelines
• Castings
• Available in aerosol or liquid form. • Power plants inspections
• Forgings
• General Metalwork
• The vivid red color permits daylight inspection. • Leak Testing
SPOTCHECK® SOLVENT REMOVABLE

CLEANER PENETRANT
Stock No. MAG SKC-S Stock No. MAG SKL-SP1
SKL-SP1 is a solvent removable (or post
SKC-S is a clear, colorless, fast drying, flam- emulsifiable) red color contrast penetrant.
mable solvent cleaner/remover. SKC-S is used SKL-SP1 exhibits outstanding penetrating
as a precleaner, a post cleaner and a characteristics, which provide for maximum
penetrant remover. reliability in locating surface-open flaws and
discontinuities. SKL-SP1 can be used over
Awisco stocks in 16 oz. aerosol cans. Available
the entire spectrum of industrial applica-
in 1 gallon, 5 gallon or 55 gallon drums
tions, where a visible penetrant inspection
system meets the requirements for surface-
SPOTCHECK®
open flaw detection.
DEVELOPER
APPLICATIONS
Welds, Forgings, Pressure Vessels, Castings, General Metal Work, Leak
Testing, Power Plant Construction.
Stock No. MAG SKD-S2
Spot Check Products now

come in 16 Oz aerosol cans,
Non-contaminated solvent developer
nine cans to the case.
Awisco stocks in 16 oz. aerosol cans. Available
in 1 gallon, 5 gallon or 55 gallon drums

S POTCHECKERS / E LECTRODE O VENS 285
SPOTCHECK® KITS
SK-416 SK-816
Stock No. MAG SK-416 Stock No. MAG SK-816
Includes: Includes:
2 aerosol cans of cleaner, 1 can each of the penetrant and developer 4 aerosol cans of cleaner, 2 can each of the Penetrant and Devel-
packed in a sturdy plastic case complete with scrubs, cloth and in- oper packed in a sturdy plastic case complete with Scrubs, cloth and
struction manual. instruction manual.
WELDING ELECTRODE OVENS

AND STORAGE CONTAINERS
SAFETUBE ROD 20 LB. ADJUSTABLE
STORAGE CONTAINER 120/230 VOLT
Stock No. OKI PP-1205440 DRY ROD OVEN
Stock No. OKI PP-1205510
Holds 10 lbs. of 14” Stick • Up to 20 lbs. of electrodes can be stabilized

Electrodes. Side of container at once. Wire wrap heating elements provide
has a ruler for quick on site evenly distributed constant heat for 100% pro-
measuring. Can also be used tection of electrodes. Rod elevator easily ex-
to protect and store manuals, drill bits, maps, wallet, tracts welding rods from oven.
money or many other items. Octagon shaped to pre- • Durable steel construction
vent rolling. Optional carrying strap OKI PP-1025450 • Tough powder coated finish
• Spring latch safely secures insulated lid
• Adjustable thermostat assures the right tem-
10 LB. 120 VOLT perature between 100 and 300 degrees

• 120/240 selector switch
ROD OVEN • Indicator light signifies power on
Stock No. ORS 380-01910
50 LB. 115/230 VOLT

DRY ROD OVEN
Stock No. OKI PP-1205520
Voltage - Single Phase 120 60/50 hz
Replacement Heating 01926
Element 10 lbs. (4.54kgs.)
Capacity 10” (25.4cm) thru
Size Electrode Handled 18” (45.7cm)
Sealed Heating Element 100 Watts
Wiring 10’ Heavy Duty Cord • Up to 50 lbs. of electrodes can be
Pilot Light yes stabilized at once.
Temp Range 300° F (150° C) Avg. • Wire-wrap heating elements provide
Thermostat None - Constant Input evenly distributed, constant heat for
Insulation 1” Glass Fibre Batt 100% protection of electrodes.
Chamber Size 3-1/8” Dia.(7.9cm) x 19” (48cm) • Chamber holds one 50 lb. can of
Exterior Dim. 8” Dia. (20cm) x 24” (62cm) electrodes plus additional storage
Net Weight 15 lbs. (6.8kgs) area for loose rods.

286 E LECTRODE O VENS / M ETAL F ABRICATION
50 LB. 120 VOLT 300 LB. 120 VOLT

DRY ROD OVEN DRY ROD OVEN
Stock No. ORS 380-01950 Stock No. OKI PP300
• Up to 50 lbs. of electrodes can be Please specify wether ordering

stabilized at once. the 120V - 240 AC model or the
• Wire-wrap heating element provides 240/480V - 240/480V AC models.
evenly-distributed, constant heat for Model 300
100% protection of electrodes. Electrode Capacity 350 lbs. - 18”
• Chamber holds one 50 lb. can of elec- Size Electrode handled 10” to 18” also accommodates wire rolls
trodes plus additional storage area for Heating Element (2) 100 watts total
loose rods. 120V AC only or 240/480V AC
Voltage
(specify single phase 50 or 60 cycles)
10’ three wire cord - 120V model with straight
Grounded Heavy
blade grounding plug - 240/480V model is
Duty Cord
supplied with cord (no plug)
Electrode Capacity 50 lbs. Temperature Range 100° to 550° F (38° to 288° C) + /-25°F (14°C)
Heating Element 300 W and Control Adjustable thermostat control with pilot light
Voltage 120/240V AC Insulation 2” glass fiber batt
Temperature Range 100-300° F Inside Diameter 18” dia. x 16” deep
Thermostat Adjustable Thermostat with High-Limit Switch Shelved Compartments/size 6 (removable for wire rolls)
Chamber Size 8” diameter x 19 3/4” deep Outside Dimensions 29-1/2” x 22-1/2” x 22-1/2”
Extension Dimensions 11-1/2” x 11-1/2” x 22-3/4” Dimensions 26” x 33” x 27”
Net Weight 36 lbs. Net Weight 90 lbs.
CARBON ARC TORCHES

ANGLE-ARC® K4000 HEAVY-DUTY TORCHES
The K4000 torch is made for heavy-duty metal removal applications Stock No. Description
such as weld preparations in the pressure vessel shops and ship- ACR 01-082-000 K4000 torch only
ACR 61-082-000 K4000 torch and 7 ft. cable.
yards. The torch accepts both round and flat electrodes, ranging in
ACR 61-082-001 K4000 torch and 10 ft. cable.
size from 5/32” (3.97 mm) through 1/2” (12.7 mm) round and 3/8”
ACR 70-084-207 K4000 7 ft. cable only.
(9.53 mm) and 5/8” (15.88 mm) flat copperclad electrodes. The K4000 ACR 701-084-210 K4000 10 ft. cable only.
is rated to 1000 amperes. It uses compressed air @ 80 to 100 PSI Awisco stocks this model ACR61-082-000
2 3
(5.6 to 7.0 kg/cm ) and 30 to 35 cfm (0.85 to 0.99 m /min.). The torch ACCESSORIES
and cable weigh 5.4 lbs. (2.4 kg). The K4000 torch can be fitted with Stock No. Description
a heavy-duty cable for heavy gouging operations. If this option meets ACR 70-128-507 7 ft. heavy-duty K4000 cable.
your requirements order the following items: K4000 torch only; heavy- ACR 70-128-510 10 ft. heavy-duty K4000 cable.
duty cable (see accessories on the right side of the page) K4000 ACR 96-013-006 K4000 heavy-duty cable adapter
torch to heavy-duty adaptor. ACR 94-013-100 360° cable/K-3 torch adapter
Arcair has other model Carbon Arc Torches Available...
K2000 Light Duty Model K5000 Extra Heavy Duty Model

K3000 Medium Duty Model Tri-Arc Foundry Model
CURRENT REQUIREMENTS
Electrode
Inch 1/8 5/32 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2
Size
DC 60 90 200 300 350 450 800
DC 90 150 250 400 450 600 1000
M in imum
AC 200 300 325 350
AC 250 400 425 450
Electrical Power for all Arcair Gouging Torches

An ordinary D.C. welding power supply is used to supply the required current. Amperage required to operate the torches depends
upon the diameter of the electrode used. The following are the minimum recommended amperage per electrode diameter.

M ETAL F ABRICATION 287
AIR CARBON ARC GOUGING ELECTRODES

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Electrode Size
Minimum Amperage Maximum Amperage
Inches MM
1/8 3 60 90
5/32 4 90 150
3/16 5 200 250
1/4 6 300 400
5/16 8 350 450
3/8 10 450 600
1/2 13 800 1000
5/8 16 1000 1250
3/4 19 1250 1600
1 25 1600 2200
All electrodes are packed 50 pieces per box.
DC COPPERCLAD DC COPPERCLAD
POINTED ELECTRODES FLAT ELECTRODES
A standard all purpose gouging electrode. Controlled copper coating Specially designed for close tolerance metal removal. Excellent for
improves conductivity providing more efficient , cooler, operation and removing weld crowns, repairing or making dies, removing welded
helps maintain electrode diameter at the point of the arc. dogs and scarfing billets.
Special order Item.
Stock No. Electrode Size
DC PLAIN GOUGING ELECTRODES

ACR 22-023-003 1/8 x 12”
ACR 22-983-003 5/32 x 12”
ACR 22-033-003 3/16 x 12”
ACR 22-043-003 1/4 x 12” General purpose electrodes without the copper coating. Used on
ACR 22-053-003 5/16 x 12” applications where copper is considered detrimental. These electrodes
ACR 22-063-003 3/8 x 12” contain the same high-quality blend of carbon and graphite as other
ACR 22-082-003 1/2 x 14” Arcair electrodes.
All electrodes are packed 50 pieces per box. Special order Item.
DC JETROD® COPPERCLAD DC POINTED COPPERCLAD

JOINTED ELECTRODES ELECTRODES
Eliminates stub loss and provides continuous electrode feed for semi-
automatic Arcair torches. These electrodes are machined at each Designed for use with AC power supplies. Rare earth material is added
end to provide male and female fittings. to stabilize the arc improving the operating characteristics.
Special order Item. Special order Item.
SLICE CUTTING SYSTEMS

ARCAIR SLICE SYSTEM
Unlike any other cutting technology used today, the Arcair Slice loaders for repair or replacement. Even burns through mud or
System can cut, burn or pierce virtually any metallic, non-metallic rust covered machinery frames. There has never been a more
or composite material. Cuts right through hard to cut materials, versatile cutting tool!
such as mild steel, stainless and alloy steels., Cast iron, aluminum,
magnesium and non-ferrous metals., Slag and refactory materials. Fast cutting speed
Punch through nearly anything with the slice system. Handles Because the Arcair Slice System needs no preheat, you can start
hundreds of cutting jobs. cutting sooner to finish every job faster. And compared to oxy/
Use the Arcair Slice System in the shop or in the field to repair and acetylene cutting, the Slice System is three times faster on 3”
maintain heavy equipment and remove headless bolts or frozen mild steel, twice as fast on 1/8” steel. You get similar results with
pins. You can cut insulated pipe or ducting. Make short work of other common metals. And for materials oxy/acetylene can’t cut;
rebar and coated structural steel. Burn through bridge steel and such as aluminum, stainless steel, cast iron and mineral
decking, concrete lined pipe and highway guard rails. Or take aggregates, there is no contest.
hardfacing off buckets and wear surfaces.This unique system is a
natural for plant maintenance, building, renovation, demolition, It works like this...
scrap cleanup and salvage work. It removes cutting edges on The Slice System uses a special Arcair torch that feeds oxygen

288 M ETAL F ABRICATION
and electrical power to a patented Slice exothermic cutting rod. Carry-all convenience
You supply oxygen and a 12 volt battery or a welding machine Because the work cannot always come to you, we have packed
(CC). The battery gives you fast ignition and portability. The welding the awesome cutting power of the Arcair Slice System into several
machine lets you maintain a continuous arc (up to 200 amps) portable Slice packs offering your choice of options. So now there
with conductive materials for cutting temperatures over 10,000° are a variety of ways to take the Slice exothermic torch with you,
F (5,538° C). Either way, you simply turn on the oxygen and touch anywhere in the plant, in your service truck or to the most remote
the cutting rod to the Slice striker or grounded work piece. The job site. These Slice Pack Systems make sure you will get exactly
cutting rod ignites immediately and continues to burn. Even without what you need.
current it produces temperatures hot enough to cut through virtually
any material. The right cutting rod for any job
Arcair lets you choose the Slice cutting rod that is best for your
Comfortable and easy to use cutting job. Economical ¼” x 22” rods. Heavy-duty 3/8” diameter
The Slice torch has a comfort design pistol grip, a tough but light rods for wider cuts through thick materials and those heavy
weight shield to help protect the operator from heat and sparks, piercing jobs. Flux coated rods for more cut per rod inch and
and a squeeze lever on handle for easy oxygen control. An optional good in arc stability when operating with power. There’s even a
collet extension and shield provide additional protection from heat ¼” x 44” uncoated rod for cutting in hard to reach areas. And all
produced from piercing operations. The Arcair Slice torch, Slice cutting rods cut fast because once they are ignited they
complete with cables and cutting rod, weighs less than seven lbs. continue to burn as long as you maintain the oxygen flow.
Advise For Cutting with The Slice Torch

USING THE SLICE TORCH ROD BURNTIME Slice Rod Diameter
Burning Time
Listed are approximate and Length
TIPS FOR CUTTING
Cutting procedures will vary from job to job. Study the cutting burntimes for the 1/4” x 22” 40-45 sec.
rates chart for specific cutting speeds. various Slice rod 1/4” x 44” 80-90 sec.
Normal cutting is done by using a drag technique. Once the Rod diameters and length: 3/8” x 18” 30-35 sec.
is in contact with the piece to be cut, drag the rod in the direction 3/8” x 36” 60-70 sec.
of the cut. If the operator cannot see the kerf, the speed of cut is APPLICATION DATA
too fast. If the rod is being used too rapidly the process of the cut The best techniques for the Slice equipment will change from job
is too slow and the rod is being used without cutting. Remember, to job. The enclosed charts present the results of extensive
the cutting rods consume as long as the oxygen is flowing. Main- testing of Slice Torch. Four things contribute to good cuttings:
tain the proper travel speed at all times. (Use a sawing motion 1) Electrical current
when material to be cut is thicker than 1½ to 2 inches to ensure a 2) Type of material being cut
complete melt through). 3) Environment conditions
4) Experience of the operator(s)
TIPS FOR PIERCING SURFACES These data result from studies of the first two (2) items in this list.
The Slice Torch can be used to pierce solids. Special procedures Since data were collected in a laboratory, actual results obtained
must be used when piercing. When piercing, use a collet exten- will vary because of changes is the environment. Two of these
sion (and shield). This extension adds life to the torch and hand tests were conducted by highly experienced users. The way in
shield, and greatly improves operator safety and comfort. Always which you use the Slice torch will also cause your results to vary.
hold the torch at arm’s length and wear plenty of protective cloth- In any application, some adjustment in operating conditions are
ing, eye and ear protection. Cutting rods can get stuck inside the necessary. The charts are presented only as a guideline. Results
pierced hole. If possible, remove the cutting rod from the hole will vary. You can approximate these results by using the data
before releasing the oxygen lever. presented as a starting point, then adjusting for your job.
With any thermal cutting equipment blowback is most likely to Here is a sample of some cutting rates that can be obtained by
occur when the user is piercing holes. Cutting rods may burn using the Slice equipment. Cutting rates in this chart were ob-
unevenly. Slowly swirl the cutting rod as it enters a pierced hole. tained using 80 psi oxygen pressure, battery ignition (no power
Cutting rods may burn out on the sides. Correct the problem by cutting) and
removing the cutting rod from the pierce point, shut the oxygen ¼” x 22” cutting rods. These cutting rates will vary when using
off, and replace the cutting rod. different rods, when cutting with power or using different oxygen
To pierce follow these steps: pressure. This chart does not represent all materials Slice will cut
1. Strike cutting rod on striker. nor all thicknesses used in fabrication. When cutting composite
2. Hold torch at arm’s length. materials or metals not listed, locate the listed type that most
3. Keep the cutting rod at a 90° angle to the pierce point. closely matches the metal to be cut. This information is only meant
4. Slowly push cutting rod in at pierce point until you are at as a reference to the efficiency and versatility that a user can
proper depth or until you have achieved burn through. realize using the Slice Equipment.
The pierce procedures is also used to cut concrete. By piercing Material Thickness Cut/In Rod Cut Speed
a series of holes where a user wants to cut concrete, the Being cut IN. IN. IN/MIN
concrete becomes easier to fracture. This helps reduce the 1/8 2.25 72
time it would take to actually cut the concrete. 1/4 1.50 52
Carbon
Steel 3/8 1.38 42
OXYGEN USAGE
1/2 1.25 35
This cutting process uses standard industrial grade oxygen to
3/4 0.75 22
support the exothermic reaction and to remove the molten
metal. All slice equipment uses standard oxygen fittings. The Stainless 1/8 2.00 65
Steel 1/4 1.13 36
most commonly recommended operating pressure is 80 psi.
Applications such as cutting material sections 3” and thicker 1/4 1.75 58
might require higher operating pressures. Pressures as low as Aluminum 3/8 1.25 38
40 psi have been used to preform operation such as washing of 3/4 0.75 23
rivet heads and scarfing out small crack for repair. The oxygen This data is the result of averaging lab tests.
consumption rate for the Slice cutting rids at 80 psi is 7 to 7.5 The actual results will vary.

SLICE BATTERY UNIT
The Slice Battery Unit Stock No. Description

now comes in a rugged ACR 63-991-003 Slice Battery Pack 120 VAC/60Hz
metal tool box. As with ACR 63-991-007 Slice Battery Pack 220 VAC/50Hz
the utility pack you get all ACR 43-049-002 1/4” Cutting Rod ( Quantity - 25)
the basic items needed ACR 89-250-857 Literature Pack
to do a cutting job such ACR 96-076-021 Battery Box Assembly
as, torch, striker and ACR 94-134-047 Tool Box
rods. Included in the bat- ACR 72-012-002 Striker Assembly
tery unit is a ignition ACR 03-003-006 Torch Assembly
source in the form of the ACR 94-168-023 Collet Extension Assembly
ACR 94-777-111 Extension Shield
12 volt rechargeable
ACR 96-130-297 Charging Cable, 120 VAC/60Hz
Slice Battery box assem-
ACR 96-130-296 Charging Cable, 220 VAC/50Hz
bly. You also get the
ACR 94-173-016 Coupling
collet extension and
ACR 89-250-845 Instruction Manual
shield for piercing.
SLICE UTILITY PACK
The Slice Utility Pack permits you to use the Stock No. Description
exothermic cutting process to cut virtually any ACR 63-991-026 Slice Utility Pack
metallic, non-metallic or composite material. ACR 94-134-049 Tool Box
ACR 03-003-001 Torch Assembly
This package has the basic items needed to
ACR 72-012-002 Striker Assembly
do a cutting job packed in a rugged tool box. ACR 94-168-023 Collet extension Assembly
Just supply oxygen and an ignition source ACR 94-777-111 Extension Shield
and you are ready to cut. The power cables ACR 96-168-035 Clamp (red)
on the torch and striker assemblies in this ACR 96-168-036 Clamp (black)
ACR 94-173-016 Coupling
pack should be used with a 12 volt battery
ACR 89-250-845 Instruction Manual
only. Also included is the collet extension and
Other models available. Please contact
shield for added protection when piercing. Awisco for additional information
ARCWATER® II TORCH UNDERWATER CUTTING & WELDING

Stock No. ARC 14-050-127
The Arcair Arcwater ® II Torch is designed to gouge or cut steel, stainless steel and other
metals under water safely, easily and efficiently. Arcwater can also be converted to an
under water welding torch by simply changing collets. The unique Arc water torch is oxygen
free, eliminating the risk of hydrogen gas pocket explosions. Test conducted at Arcair and
by diving contractors prove the following:
Arcwater uses current from a DC power source, reverse polarity (DCEP) and a special
Arcair Arcwater electrode. Fresh or sea water must be delivered to the torch at 90 psi
(6.32 kg/cm² or 620 kPa) over the pressure at the depth of use. A minimum water flow rate
of 3.5 gallons (13.25 liters) per minute is required. With the Arcwater process, the metal is
then removed by the high pressure water stream, leaving a clean slag-free gouge ready
for welding.

SEA-JET® CUTTING SEA-WELD® WELDING

ELECTRODES ELECTRODES
Stock No. ARC 42-066-006 Stock No. ARC 42-024-002
Patented underwater exothermic Sea-Jet cutting electrodes will burn Arcair’s improved Sea-Weld electrode is the answer to the need for
ferrous and melt non-ferrous materials such as concrete, rock, structural fabrication and repairs requiring underwater wet welding.
barnacles and other sea growth. The Sea Jet electrode can be used This all position, flux coated SMAW electrode has been developed to
like other oxygen-arc cutting electrodes. A DC constant current welding provide the following features:
power supply on straight polarity (electrodes negative), ground the • Welds with excellent bead contour
workpiece and by touching the workpiece an electric arc ignites the • Fillet welds are flat with good base metal wetting, which helps
electrode. Once ignited the electrode will continue to burn by the keep under-cut to a minimum
means of an exothermic reaction between the steel components of • Easy slag removal which keeps chipping and grinding to a
minimum, allowing faster welding time while providing welds with
the electrode and the oxygen flowing through the electrode.
a lower risk of slag inclusions
Remember, Sea-Jet Electrodes will burn as long as the oxygen is
• The Sea-weld electrode has produced welds which pass bend and
flowing through the electrode. For igniting the electrode only, a 12
x-ray requirements as defined by the AWS D3.6 specification for
VDC battery may be used. This presents an added safety margin
underwater welding
against the possibility of electrical shock. Diameter: 3/8” (9.5mm).
Diameter: 1/8” (3.2mm), 5/32” (4.0 mm), 3/16” (4.8 mm). Length: 14”
Length: 18” (458mm). (355.6 mm).
THE THERMOLANCE
The Thermolance is a steel pipe, with a combination of wire in- Advantages
serts through which oxygen is fed. It burns at an extremely high • Time is saved by the rate at which the Thermolance performs
temperature and will melt almost any material instantly. Only a • It reaches the “inaccessible” areas
minimum of equipment is required for the operation of this very • No noise, no vibration, no dust
effective method. Many industries have found the Thermolance • No dampness problems as with the Power Lance
to be most beneficial to them, either on a daily basis or periodi- • Small amount of portable equipment
cally as problems occur. • Simple to operate by one man
Applications • Unlimited storage life
• Clean out freeze-ups in furnaces and ladles Operating Instructions
• Removing cupola skulls 1. Connect Thermolance holder to a 3/8” hose, which in
• Cutting spills into manageable pieces turn is connected to an oxygen supply.
• Opening tap holes 2. Insert the plain end of the Thermolance into the holder and
• Removing large risers and fused sand on castings hand tighten the cap.
• Cutting and removing refractory materials 3. Set the oxygen pressure at about 70 for metals, 95 for
• Salvaging heavy sections of cast iron and nonferrous metal, concrete and 120 for fused sand and copper (the
such as bronze, copper, aluminum, stainless steel experienced operator may adjust these pressure settings).
• Tuyere repair or removal 4. Open the Thermolance holder just enough to allow a
• Penetrating holes or cutting concrete slight flow of oxygen thru the Thermolance. Ignite the
• Under water cutting applications and many more Thermolance with the flame of an Oxy-Acetylene
torch applied immediately behind swage on the end. In
Reinforced Concrete the case of threaded or plain Thermolances apply the flame
• Cut holes for piping, door, or window openings at the end.
• Cut concrete pilings, slabs, or columns 5. When the end has become incandescent and a sparkling
• Anchor bolt holes action is observed, open the valve completely. The
• Remodel elevator shafts Thermolance will burn vigorously.
• Demolish or modify bridges and buildings The operator should wear protective gloves and use shaded eye
• Use for demolishing jobs where a heavy ball or explosives are protection, when piercing concrete, rock or refractory material.
not feasible He should also wear a protective coat and pants. Apply a slight
pressure with the Thermolance in concrete and move in circular
motion to prevent jamming. Maintain a short gap when cutting
Holder Parts metals. When possible, start at the top and wash the molten metal
Standard Holder downward. The cut must be kept wide enough to prevent jamming.
The Thermolance can be extinguished by closing the valve and
used again when required.
Fitting ½” Oxygen Body Screen Rubber End Cap TML BB3/8 3/8” X 10’ 6” burning bar
Valve Insert TML BH Burning bar holder with 3/8” valve

ROTARY DRAW BENDER

Stock No. BAL RDB-150-AS
• 110V
• Three versions variable.
• Accurate and easy to operate.
• Bends 0 - 180 degrees in one shot.
• Perfect for hand railing, roll cages, chassis, motor cycle frames,
and more.
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS
Mild Steel Pipe (Schedule 40) 2”
Aluminum Pipe (Schedule 40) 2”
Stainless Steel Pipe (Schedule 40) 1.5”
Mild Steel Round Tube (Wall) 2.5” (.125)
Aluminum Round Tube (Wall) 2.5” (.156
Stainless Steel Round Tube (Wall) 2.375” (.125)
Chromolly Round Tube 2” (.125)
Mild Steel Solid Rod 1.25”
Mild Steel Square Rod (Wall) 2” (.125)
Minimum OD .25”
Maximum Speed to 180 Degrees 12/30 Seconds
Maximum Center Line Radius (CLR) *7-8”
Minimum CLR .5”
Power Requirements 110V
Weight (lbs.) 600
Length 44”
Width 28”
Height 42”
* CLR capacity is variable depending on material
ROTARY DRAW BENDER TOOLING DIE SET PACKAGES

ROTARY DRAW TOOLING
Stock No. Bal ST-2B
SQUARE TUBING DIE PACKAGE
Die Set Min Wall CLR
DS-0500S-R300 1/2” Square Tube Die Set 2.5
DS-0750S-R350 3/4” Square Tube Die Set 3.0
DS-1000S-R450 1” Square Tube Die Set 3.0
DS-1250S-R550 1-1/4” Square Tube Die Set 4.0
DS-1500S-R650 1-1/2” Square Tube Die Set 5.0
Stock No. Bal RT-3B

RACING DIE PACKAGE
DS-1000T-R300 1” Round Tube Die Set 0.063 3.0
DS-1250T-R400 1-1/4” Round Tube Die Set 0.083 4.0
DS-1500T-R500 1-1/2” Round Tube Die Set 0.095 5.0
Stock No. Bal RP-2B DS-1625T-R600 1-5/8” Round Tube Die Set 0.083 5.5
ROUND PIPE DIE PACKAGE DS-1750T-R700 1-3/4” Round Tube Die Set 0.083 6.5
DS-0500P-R250 1/2” Pipe Die Set .840 OD 2.5 Stock No. Bal RP-3B
DS-0750P-R300 3/4” Pipe Die Set 1.050 OD 3.0 RACING DIE PACKAGE
DS-1000P-R400 1” Pipe Die Set 1.315 OD 3.0 Die Set Min Wall CLR
DS-1250P-R500 1-1/4” Pipe Die Set 1.660 OD 4.0 DS-1250P-R300 1-1/4” Pipe Die Set 1.660 OD 3.0
DS-1500P-R500 1-1/2” Pipe Die Set 1.900 OD 5.0 DS-1500P-R375 1-1/2” Pipe Die Set 1.900 OD 3.75
Additional individual dies and die packages are available. Please contact Awisco for information.

PROGRAMMABLE ROTARY DRAW BENDER

Stock No. BAL RDB-350
• 220V, 3 phase.
• The ultimate job shop bender
• Quick release counter die system.
• Optional touch screen holds 140 programs.
• Programmable, portable, and easy to operate.
• Optional positioning table for multi-bend / multi-plane parts
• Bends up to 2-1/2” schedule 40 pipe, 3” square, and more
(see capacity chart)
Aluminum Round Tube (Wall) 3.5” (.250)

Stainless Steel Round Tube (Wall) 3” (.125)
Chromolly Round Tube 2.5” (.125)
Mild Steel Solid Rod 1.5”
Mild Steel Square Rod (Wall) 3” (.125)
Minimum OD .25”
Maximum Speed to 180 Degrees 16 Seconds
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS Power Requirements ***220V (3-Phase)
Mild Steel Pipe (Schedule 40) 2.5” Weight (lbs.) 1500
Aluminum Pipe (Schedule 40) 3” Length 69”
Stainless Steel Pipe (Schedule 40) 2” Width 32”
Mild Steel Round Tube (Wall) 3” (.187) Height 46
*** Other Voltages available by special order
WELDING POSITIONER 250 LBS. CAPACITY

Stock No. BAL 1800
• Variable Speed
• Automatic and Manual Modes
• Foot Pedal Control
• 0 - 6 RPMs
• 1/4” min. / 10-3/4” max
• 110V, 15 Amp

• 8” Chuck (3 Jack)
• Up to 10.25” ID
• Min .25” OD • Horizontal at the chuck
• 2.5” Thru-hole • Hand wheel infinitely
• 300 Amp Weld Current positions from vertical to
Capacity horizontal
• Isolated Motor Prevents • 110V
Accidental Shorts • Weight 310
• Variable Speed 0 - 6 RPM • Length 44”
• Weight Capacity is 250 lbs. • Width 28”
Vertical, 200 lbs. • Height 42”

TUBE & PIPE NOTCHER

Stock No. BAL900
• 3/4” - 3 Capacity
• Can use 4” - 6” Wide Belts
• Belts are non-proprietary
• Easy lever feed with stop
• Angles and offsets
• Reversible Motor and rear grinding station
• 220V, single-phase 5HP motor
Aluminum Round Tube 3”

Stainless Steel Round Tube 3”
Chromolly Round Tube 3”
Mild Steel Solid Rod 3”
Mild Steel Square Rod 3”
Minimum OD .75”
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS Power Requirements 220V (1-Phase)
Mild Steel Pipe (Schedule 40) 2.5” Weight (lbs.) 425
Aluminum Pipe (Schedule 40) 2.5” Length 68”
Stainless Steel Pipe (Schedule 40) 2.5” Width 40”
Mild Steel Round Tube 3” Height 43”
TUBE & PIPE NOTCHER

Stock No. BAL TN-800
• No tooling changes up to 3” OD
• Perfect weld joint
• 1/2” min. / 3” max. capacity
• Angles and offsets
• Fast and clean
• 110V

Mild Steel Pipe (Schedule 40) 2.5”
Aluminum Pipe (Schedule 40) 2.5”
Stainless Steel Pipe (Schedule 40) 2.5”
Mild Steel Round Tube 3”
Aluminum Round Tube 3”
Stainless Steel Round Tube 3”
Chromolly Round Tube 3”
Mild Steel Solid Rod 3”
Mild Steel Square Rod 3”
Minimum OD .50”
Power Requirements 110V
Weight (lbs.) 480
Length 44”
Width 28”
Height 42”

ROLL BENDERS
Stock No. BAL R-M30
• Horizontal and vertical positioning

• Foot Pedal control
• 1-1/2” square tubing / 2-1/4” round tubing
• 14 profile variations
• Easy to operate
• 220V, single-phase
Max. size Min. Dia.
3/8” Sch 10 12”
Pipe
1-1/2” Sch 10 24”
1.5” x .75” (.078) 31.5”
Rectangular Tube 2” x 1.2” (.120) 47.25”
1.2” (.078) 31.5”
Square Tube
1.5” (.120) 47.25”
Angle Iron (Leg Out) 1.5” x 1.5” (.197) 24”
1.2” x 1.2” (.157) 15.75”
Angle Iron (Leg In)
1.3” x 1.3” (.197) 24”
.75” x .75” (.120) 15.75”
T-Bar (Leg Out)
2” x 2” x(.314) 24”
.75” x .75” (.120) 15.75”
T-Bar (Leg In)
2” x 2” (.314) 24”
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS Channel (Legs Out)
1.2” x .5” (.157) 15.75”
Max. size Min. Dia. 2” x 1” (.197) 24”
1.2” x .5” (.157) 15.75”
Mild Steel OD/Wall Channel (Legs In)
2” x 1” (.197) 24”
.75” (.250) 12”
Flat Bar (Hard Way) Shaft Diameter 1.2”
2” (.375) 24” Shaft Speed (RPMs) 6
1.2” (.250) 15.75” Upper Rolls Diameter 5.82”
Flat Bar (Easy Way)
3.25” (.50) 27.75” Lower Rolls Diameter 4.64”
.375” 8” 220V, 1-Phase
Solid Square Rod Power Requirements
1.2” 35.5” 30 Amp
Weight (lbs.) 484
.375” 8”
Solid Round Rod Length 25.5”
1.2” 35.5”
Width 20”
1” (.065) 24” Height 55”
Round Tube
2.3” (.065) 39.5” Driven Rolls 2
Financing is available for

“big-ticket items”, systems and packages to all
qualified customers.
Ask your sales representative about leasing options and payment
plans. Get the equipment you need today and spread your
payments out over several months.

H YDRAULIC I RONWORKERS 295
PORTA FAB 45
Stock No. SCO 12300
• 45-ton punch station (1-1/8” in 1/2”)

• Keyed punch ram for safety
• 4-1/4” throat depth
• 2” die holder
• Punch nut with wrench and stripper
• One round punch & die: max. diameter 1”
• adjustable electric stroke control with scale
• Three-in-one combination tool
• Angle shear capacity: 3” x 3” 5/16” at 90° and 2” x 2” x 1/4” at 45°
• Bar shear capacity: 3/8” x 6”
• Rod shear capacity: 3/4” round
• Tool table work area
• Machine stand with punch & die & tooling storage rack
• 110 volt / 1-ph
• All guards necessary to comply with ANSI B 11-5 standards
• One-year warranty
• Made in the USA
Rated on A 36 Mild Steel / 65,000 psi Tensile

Motor 2 hp 1 ph (1.46 kW) 220 V
W-17.63” (45 cm)
Dimensions L-35.75” (91 cm)
H-38.75” (98 cm)
Weight 640 lbs. (290 kg)
FABRICATING PACKAGES AVAILABLE

CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS Stock No. SCO 2505
Include: # 20 Round Punch & Die Package 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8,
Rated on A 36 Mild Steel / 65,000 psi Tensile 11/16, 3/4, 13/16, 7/8, 15/16 & 1”
Punching Capacity 45 ton (36 mt)
1-18” in 1/2” (28 mm in 12 mm) Stock No. SCO 2507
Special Tooling 2-1/4” Max. Dia. (57 mm Max. Dia. Include: Deluxe # 20 Punch & Die Package
Throat Depth 4-1/4” (108 mm) Rounds: 9/32, 11/32, 13/32, 15/32, 17/32, 19/32, 21/32, 23/32, 25/32, 27/
6” Length (150 mm) 32, 29/32, 31/32, 1-1/32, 1-1/8 & 1-1/4
Flat Bar Shear 1/2” x 4” (12 x 100 mm) Squares: 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, & 3/4.
3/8” x 6” (10 x 150 mm) Ovals: 5/16 x 3/4, 7/16 x 3/4, 9/16 x 3/4, 5/16 x 1, 7/16 x 1, 9/16 x 1, 5/16
Angle Shear 90° 3” x 3” x 5/16” (75 x 75 x 8 mm) x 1-1/4, 7/16 x 1-1/4 & 9/16 x 1-1/4
Angle Shear 45° 2” x 2” 1/4” (50 x 50 x 6 mm)
Brake 8” 25 ton (23 mt)
Stock No. SCO 2515
Include: 8” Brake, Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm, Brake Length
3/4”, 1”, (20 mm, 25 mm) Gauge w/Scale, Work Light & Two Slug Receptacles.
Pipe Notcher
1-1/4” (32 mm)
Housing Schedule 40 I.D.
1-1/2”, 2” (38 mm, 5 mm)
Rectangle Notcher 2” x 1-3/4” x 1/4” (50 x 45 x 6 mm) Stock No. SCO 2517
90° V-Notcher 6” x 6” x 1/8” (150 x 150 x 3 mm) Include: 12” Brake, Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm, Brake Length
Rod-Angle Combo Gauge w/Scale, Work Light & Two Slug Receptacles.
Angle Shear 2” x 2” x 1/4” (50 x 50 x 6 mm)
Round Rod (Max.) 3/4” (20 mm) OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE
Square Rod (Max.) 3/4” (20 mm)
1/2” to 1”, 14 gauge
Square Tube Shear SCO 001176 6” Brake w/4-way Lower V Die
(12 x 25 x 1.9 mm max.)
SCO 433003 8” Brake w/2 V Opening Die Std. for 1/4” Material
Picket Tool Housing 1/2”, 3/4” & 1”
SCO 433000 12” Brake w/2 V Opening Die Std. for 1/4” Material
Strokes per minute in 44 spm (1/4” stroke) SCO 026865 12” Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm
light material
SCO 001195 Pipe Notcher Housing
Strokes per minute in 14 spm (3/4” stroke) SCO 440000 Rectangle Notcher
Heavy material
SCO 431028 Rod-Angle Shear (2” x 2” Crop Off Angle Shear)
Hydraulics 1350 psi (93 bar)
SCO 001293- Picket Tool Housing
Motor Standard 2 hp 1 ph (1.46 kW) 110 V 001172-01175 (Separate Dies Required for Each Size)
This machine uses Series 20 Punch & Dies. Awisco maintains stock of most of the common shapes and sizes.

296 H YDRAULIC I RONWORKERS
5014-CM & 5014-TM

Stock No. SCO 5014-CM and SCO 5014-TM (Turret Model)

• One round punch & die: max. diameter 1”
• Adjustable stroke control
• Angle shear capacity: 4” x 4” x 3/8” at 90° and 2” x 2” x 3/8” at 45°
• Electrical box supplied with emergency palm button and lock-out
tag-out accommodations
• 230/460 Volt / 3-ph (must specify voltage)
• Forklift accommodations
• Made in the USA
5014-CM
• 6” throat depth
5014-CM • 2” die holder
5014-TM • Punch nut with wrench & stripper
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS • 14” flat bar shear with 4-way reversible blade
50 ton 5014-TM
Punching Capacity 1-1/4” in 1/2” (32 mm in 12 mm) • 50-ton punch station with 3-station revolving turret (1-1/4” in 1/2”)
13/16” in 3/4” (21 mm in 18 mm) • 4” throat depth
Special Tooling 2-1/4” Max. Dia. (57 mm Max. Dia. • Three 2” die holders, three punch nuts with wrench and three strippers
Throat Depth 6” (150 mm) • 14”, 4-way low rake angle bar shear blade for minimal distortion
14” Length (350 mm) • Rectangular notcher, 2-1/2” x 3 x 5/16”
3/4” x 4” (18 x 100 mm)
1/2” x 6” (12 x 150 mm)
Flat Bar Shear
3/8” x 8’ (10 x 200 mm) FABRICATING PACKAGES AVAILABLE
1/4” x 12” (6 x 300 mm)
3/16” x 14” (5 x 350 mm) Stock No. SCO 2505
1/2” x 10” (12 x 250 mm) Include: # 20 Round Punch & Die Package 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8,
Opt. Saber Blade 11/16, 3/4, 13/16, 7/8, 15/16 & 1”
1/4” x 14” (6 x 350 mm)
Angle Shear 90° 4” x 4” 3/8” (100 x 100 x 10 mm) Stock No. SCO 2507
Angle Shear 45° 2” x 2” 3/8” (50 x 50 x 10 mm) Include: Deluxe # 20 Punch & Die Package
Brake 8” 30 ton (27 mt) Rounds: 9/32, 11/32, 13/32, 15/32, 17/32, 19/32, 21/32, 23/32, 25/32,
Brake 12” 25 ton (23 mt) 27/32, 29/32, 31/32, 1-1/32, 1-1/8 & 1-1/4
3/4”, 1”, (19 mm, 25 mm) Squares: 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, & 3/4.
Pipe Notcher 1-1/4” (32 mm) Ovals: 5/16 x 3/4, 7/16 x 3/4, 9/16 x 3/4, 5/16 x 1, 7/16 x 1, 9/16 x 1, 5/16
Housing Schedule 40 I.D. 1-1/2”, 2” (38 mm, 50 mm) x 1-1/4, 7/16 x 1-1/4 & 9/16 x 1-1/4
Rectangle Notcher 2” x 1-3/4” x 1/4” (50 x 44 x 6 mm)
Stock No. SCO 2525
Rated on A 36 Mild Steel / 65,000 psi Tensile Include: 8” Brake, Brake Length Gauge w/Scale, Work Light, Punch Slug
90° V-Notcher 6” x 6” x 1/8” (150 x 150 x 3 mm) Receptacle, Punch Gauging Table w/Fence & Scale, Shear Table w/Scale
Rod-Angle Combo & Miter Fence & 48” Back Gauge.
Angle Shear 2” x 2” 1/4” (50 x 50 x 6 mm) Stock No. SCO 2527
Round Rod (Max.) 3/4” (20 mm) Include: 12” Brake, Brake Length Gauge w/Scale, Brake Table w/Scale &
Square Rod (Max.) 3/4” (20 mm) Squaring Arm, Work Light, Punch Slug Receptacle, Punch Gauging Table
Square Tube Shear 1/2” to 1”, 14 gauge (12 x 29 x 1.9 mm) w/Fence & Scale, Shear Table w/Scale & Miter Fence & 48” Back Gauge.
Picket Tool Housing 1/2”, 3/4” & 1” (12 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm)
Strokes per minute in
40 spm (1/4” stroke)
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE
light material
Heavy material 17 spm (3/4” stroke)
Hydraulics 1350 psi (93 bar) SCO 026580 Shear Table w/Scale & Miter Fence
3 hp 3 ph (2.24 kW) SCO 400730 Punch Gauging Table w/Fence & Scale (5014-CM Only)
Motor Standard 230/460 SCO 025603 48” Deluxe Back Gauge
208/380/575 SCO 540076 6” Brake w/4-Way Lower V Die (5014-CM Only)
Motor Optional 5 hp 1 ph (4 kW) 220 V SCO 433003 8” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std. for 1/4” Material
Dimensions W-29” (74 cm) 12” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std. for 1/4” Material
SCO 433000
L-47” (119 cm) 12” Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm
SCO 026865
H-59” (150 cm) Pipe Notcher Housing
Weight 1,275 lbs. (580 kg) SCO 001195
(Separate Dies Required for Each Size)
This machine uses Series 20 Punch and Dies. Awisco maintains stock on most of the common shapes and sizes.

6509-24M
Stock No. SCO 6509-24M

• Punch gauging table w/fence and scale
• Die holder complete with 2” die insert
• Punch nut with wrench and stripper
• One round punch & die: max. diameter 1-1/4”
• Punch jog control
• Adjustable electric stroke control with scale
• Electric remote foot pedal
• 24” flat bar shear with 4-way reversible blade
• Angle shear capacity at 90°: 6” x 6” 3/8” and 5” x 5” x 1/2”
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS • Two-stage hydraulic pump
• Electrical box supplied with emergency palm button and lock-out
65 ton (58 mt) tag-out accommodations
Punching Capacity
1-1/16” in 3/4” (27 mm in 18 mm) • 230/460 volt / 3-phase (must specify voltage)
Special Tooling 4” Max. Dia. (100 mm Max. Dia.
Throat Depth 9” (225 mm)
24” Length (600 mm) • Forklift accommodations
1” x 6” (25 x 150 mm) • One year warranty
Flat Bar Shear 3/4” x 10” (18 x 250 mm)
• Made in the USA
3/8” x 16” (10 x 400 mm)
1/4” x 24” (6 x 600 mm)
1” x 8” (25 x 200 mm)
Opt. Saber Blade
1/2” x 16” (12 x 400 mm) FABRICATING PACKAGES AVAILABLE
3/8” x 12” (10 x 300 mm)
1/4” x 14” (6 x 350 mm) Stock No. SCO 2545
Angle Shear 90° 6” x 6” 3/8” (150 x 150 x 10 mm) Include: # 40 & # 82 Round Punch & Die Package Rounds: 11/32, 15/32,
Angle Shear 45° 3” x 3” 3/8” (75 x 75 x 10 mm) 17/32, 19/32, 21/32, 23/32, 25/32, 27/32, 29/32, 31/32, 1-1/32 & 1-3/16
(with bar shear) 4” x 4” 1/2” (100 x 100 x 12 mm)
40 ton (36 mt) Stock No. SCO 2855
Brake 12”
30 ton (27 mt) Include: Deluxe # 40 & # 82 Punch & Die Package
Brake 24”
Rounds: 1/4, 9/32, 5/16, 3/8, 13/32, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4, 13/16,
Max. 1/4” x 6” Flat or (6 x 150 mm
Open End Brake 7/8, 15/16, 1”, 1-1/16, 1-1/8, 1-3/16 & 1-1/4.
Angle Iron
Squares: 1/2, 3/4 & 7/8
Pipe Notcher 3/4”, 1”, (19 mm, 25 mm)
Ovals: 9/32, x 3/4, 5/16 x 3/4, 9/32 x 1, 5/16 x 1, 13/32 x 1, 7/16 x 1, 17/32
Housing Schedule 40 I.D. 1-1/4”, (32 mm) x 1, 9/16 x 1, 9/16 x 1-1/4, 11/16 x 1-1/4 & 13/16 x 1-1/4
Rectangle Notcher 2” x 2-1/2”x 3/8” (50 x 65 x 10 mm)
90° V-Notcher 6” x 6” x 5/16” (150 x 150 x 8 mm)
Stock No. SCO 2547
Channel Shear 2” to 5”adj. (50 to 125 adj.)
Rod Shear
1/4” to 1-1/4”, 9 Cav. (6 mm to 32 mm) Gauge w/Scale, Work Light Punch Slug Receptacle, Shear Table w/Scale &
Round Rod (Max.) 1/4” to 1”, 1 Cav. (6 mm to 25 mm) Miter Fence, 48” Back Gauge & Tool Table Extension
Square Rod (Max.)
Square Tube Shear 1/2” to 2”, 14 gauge (12 mm to 50 mm)
Stock No. SCO 2552
Picket Tool Housing 1/2”, 3/4” & 1” (12 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm)
Strokes per minute in Gauge w/Scale, Work Light, Punch Slug Receptacle, Shear Table w/Scale
light material & Miter Fence, 48” Back Gauge & Tool Table Extension
Heavy material
Hydraulics 2,500 psi (172 bar)
3 hp 3 ph (4 kW) Stock No.
Motor Standard 230/460 SCO 026680 Shear Table w/Scale & Miter Fence
208/380/575 SCO 026300-026211 12” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std.-for 1/4” Material
Motor Optional 5 hp 1 ph (4 kW) 230 V SCO 026303-026211 24” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std.-for 1/4” Material
W-24” (57 cm) SCO 026865 12” Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm
Dimensions L-60” (152 cm) SCO 026880 24” Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm
H-66” (168 cm) SCO 001195 Pipe Notcher Housing
Weight 2,750 lbs. (1,250 kg) SCO 026000 Rectangle Notcher 2 x 2-1/2 x 3/8”

9012-24M
Stock No. SCO 9012-24M
• 90-ton punch station (1-1/8” in 1”)

• Punch gauging table with fence and scale
• Die holder complete with 2” die insert
• Punch nut with wrench & stripper
• One round punch & die: max. diameter 1-1/4”
• Adjustable electric stroke control with scale
• Electric remote foot pedal
• Angle shear capacity: 6” x 6’ x 1/2” at 90°
• 24” flat bar shear with 4-way reversible blade
• Two-stage hydraulic pump
• Electrical box supplied with emergency palm button and lock-
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS out tag-out accommodation
Rated on A 36 Mild Steel / 65,000 psi Tensile • 230/460 volt / 3-phase (must specify voltage)
90 ton (80 mt) • All guards necessary to comply with ANSI B 11-5 standards
Punching Capacity
1-1/8” in 1” (27 mm in 25 mm) • Forklift accommodations
Special Tooling 4” Max. Dia. (100 mm Max. Dia. • One-year warranty
• Made in the USA
24” Length (600 mm)
1” x 8” (25 x 200 mm)
Flat Bar Shear
3/4” x 12” (18 x 300 mm)
1/2” x 16” (12 x 400 mm)
FABRICATING PACKAGES AVAILABLE
1/4” x 24” (6 x 600 mm)
Stock No. SCO 2545
1/2” x 22” (12 x 500 mm) Include: # 40 & # 82 Round Punch & Die Package Rounds: 11/32, 15/32,
Opt. Saber Blade
3/8” x 24” (10 x 600 mm) 17/32, 19/32, 21/32, 23/32, 25/32, 27/32, 29/32, 31/32, 1-1/32 & 1-3/16
Angle Shear 45° 4” x 4” 1/2” (100 x 100 x 12 mm) Stock No. SCO 2855
(with bar shear) 4” x 4” 1/2” (100 x 100 x 12 mm) Include: Deluxe # 40 & # 82 Punch & Die Package
Brake 12” 50 ton (45 mt) Rounds: 1/4, 9/32, 5/16, 3/8, 13/32, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4, 13/16,
Brake 24” 40 ton (36 mt) 7/8, 15/16, 1”, 1-1/16, 1-1/8, 1-3/16 & 1-1/4.
Max. 1/4” x 6” Flat or (6 x 150 mm Squares: 1/2, 3/4 & 7/8
Open End Brake Ovals: 9/32, x 3/4, 5/16 x 3/4, 9/32 x 1, 5/16 x 1, 13/32 x 1, 7/16 x 1,
Angle Iron
17/32 x 1, 9/16 x 1, 9/16 x 1-1/4, 11/16 x 1-1/4 & 13/16 x 1-1/4
Pipe Notcher 3/4”, 1”, (20 mm, 25 mm)
Housing Schedule 40 I.D. 1-1/4”, (32 mm)
Rectangle Notcher 1-1/2”, 2” (38 mm, 50 mm) Stock No. SCO 2555
90° V-Notcher 6” x 6”x 5/16” (150 x 150 x 8 mm) Include: 12” Brake, Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm, Brake Length
Channel Shear 2” to 6”adj. (50 to 150 adj.) Gauge w/Scale, Work Light Punch Slug Receptacle, Shear Table w/Scale &
Miter Fence, 48” Back Gauge & Tool Table Extension
Rod Shear
Round Rod (Max.) 1/4” to 1-1/4”, 9 Cav. (6 mm to 32 mm)
Square Rod (Max.) 1/4” to 1”, 1 Cav. (6 mm to 25 mm) Stock No. SCO 2657
Square Tube Shear Include: 24” Brake, Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm, Brake Length
1/2” to 2”, 14 gauge (12 mm to 50 mm)
Gauge w/Scale, Work Light, Punch Slug Receptacle, Shear Table w/Scale
Picket Tool 1/2”, 3/4” & 1” (12 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm) & Miter Fence, 48” Back Gauge & Tool Table Extension
Offset Die Holder Max. 40 ton (36 mt)
light material
37 spm (1/4” stroke) OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE
24 spm (3/4” stroke) Stock No. Description
Heavy material
Hydraulics 2,500 psi (172 bar) SCO 026680 Shear Table W/Scale & Miter Fence
5 hp 3 ph (4 kW), 230/240 SCO 025603 Tool Table Extension W/Punch & Die Storage Rack
Motor Standard SCO 026300-016211 48” Gauge
208/380/575
Motor Optional 5 hp 1 ph (4 kW) 230 V SCO 026303-016211 12” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std.-for 1/4” Material
W-26” (66 cm) SCO 001195 24” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std.-for 1/4” Material
Dimensions L-76” (193 cm) SCO 026000 Pipe Notcher Housing
H-70” (177 cm) SCO 026372-016576 Channel Shear (2” to 6” Adjustable)
Weight 3,900 lbs. (1,770 kg) SCO 026774-016247 Rod Shear (Up to 1” Square or 1-1/4” Round)

DO 70/110-24M DUAL OPERATOR MODEL

Stock No. SCO DO70/100-24M
• Dual operator allows for two operators to work at the same

time at full capacity
• Die holder complete with 2” and 2” die inserts
• Punch nut with wrench
• Adjustable swing-away stripper
• One round punch & die: maximum diameter 1-1/4”
• Two electric remote foot pedals
• Two adjustable electric stroke controls with scale
• Two 2-stage hydraulic pumps
• Two valves
• Angle shear capacity: 6” x 6” x 1/2” at 90°
• Rectangle notcher 3” x 5” x 3/8”
• Notcher table with guides
• 110-ton, 24” bar shear with sabre blade
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS • Low rake angle for minimal distortion
Rated on A 36 Mild Steel / 65,000 psi Tensile • Shear table with scale and miter fence
• Tool table and work area
Punching Capacity 70 ton (63 mt)
1-1/8” in 3/4” (28 mm in 20 mm) • Slug receptacles
Special Tooling 4” Max. Dia. (100 mm through 5.5 mm • Electrical box supplied with emergency palm button and lock-
Throat Depth 9” (225 mm) out tag-out accommodations
110 ton, 24” Length, (100 mt, 600 mm) • 230/460 volt / 3-ph (must specify voltage)
Flat Bar Shear 1” x 6”, 3/4” x 10”, (25 x 150 mm, 18 x 250 mm) • All guards necessary to comply with ANSI B 11-5 standards
1/2” x 14”, 3/8” x 24 (12 x 350 mm, 10 x 600 mm) • Forklift accommodations
Angle Shear 90° 6” x 6” 1/2” (150 x 150 x 12 mm) • One-year warranty
Angle Shear 45° 4” x 4” 1/2” (100 x 100 x 12 mm) • Made in USA
Max. 1/4” x 6” Flat or (6 x 150 mm) FABRICATING PACKAGES AVAILABLE
Open End Brake
Angle Iron
3/4”, 1”, (19 mm, 25 mm) Stock No. SCO 2545
Pipe Notcher Include: # 40 & # 82 Round Punch & Die Package Rounds: 11/32, 15/32,
1-1/4”, (32 mm)
Housing Schedule 40 I.D. 17/32, 19/32, 21/32, 23/32, 25/32, 27/32, 29/32, 31/32, 1-1/32 & 1-3/16
1-1/2”, 2” (38 mm, 50 mm)
90° V-Notcher 6” x 6” x 5/16” (150 x 150 x 8 mm) Stock No. SCO 2855
Rectangle Notcher 3” x 5” x 3/8” (75 x 125 x 10 mm) Include: Deluxe # 40 & # 82 Punch & Die Package
V-Notcher 3” x 3” x 3/8” (75 x 75 x 10 mm) Rounds: 1/4, 9/32, 5/16, 3/8, 13/32, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4, 13/16,
Notching in leg of 7/8, 15/16, 1”, 1-1/16, 1-1/8, 1-3/16 & 1-1/4.
6” to 10” (150 mm to 250 mm)
Channel Squares: 1/2, 3/4 & 7/8
Channel Shear 2” to 6”adj. (50 mm to 150 mm adj.) Ovals: 9/32, x 3/4, 5/16 x 3/4, 9/32 x 1, 5/16 x 1, 13/32 x 1, 7/16 x 1, 17/32
Rod Shear x 1, 9/16 x 1, 9/16 x 1-1/4, 11/16 x 1-1/4 & 13/16 x 1-1/4
Round Rod (Max.) 1/4” to 1-1/4”, 9 Cav. (6 mm to 32 mm) Stock No. SCO 2582
Square Rod (Max.) 1/4” to 1”, 1 Cav. (6 mm to 25 mm) Include: 12” Brake, Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm, Brake Length
Square Tube Shear Gauge w/Scale, Work Light, 48” Back Gauge & Tool Table Extension
1/2” to 2”, 14 gauge (12 mm to 50 mm)
Picket Tool 1/2”, 3/4” & 1” (12 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm) Stock No. SCO 2585
Offset Die Holder Max. 40 ton (36 mt) Include: 24” Brake, Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm, Brake Length
Strokes per minute in Gauge w/Scale, Work Light, 48” Back Gauge & Tool Table Extension
light material
Strokes per minute in 17 spm (3/4” stroke)
Heavy material Stock No. Description
Hydraulics 2,500 psi (172 bar) SCO 025603 48” Back Gauge
10 hp 3 ph (8 kW), 230/460 SCO 026300-026211 12” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std.-for 1/4” Material
Motor Standard
208/380/575 SCO 026303-026211 24” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std.-for 1/4” Material
Motor Optional 10 hp 1 ph (8 kW) 220 V Pipe Notcher Housing
W-30” (76 cm) SCO 001195 (Separate Dies Required For Each Size)
Dimensions L-65” (165 cm) SCO 016628 90 Degree V Notcher
H-72-1/8” (183 cm) SCO 001293-001163- Picket Tool Housing
Weight 3,790 lbs. (1,720 kg) 080831

DO 120/200-24M DUAL OPERATOR MODEL

Stock No. SCO DO120/200-24M
• Dual operator allows for two operators to work at the same

time at full capacity
• 120-ton punch station (1-1/2” in 1”)
• Die holder complete with 2” and 2-1/2” die inserts
• Punch nut with wrench
• Adjustable swing-away stripper
• One round punch & die: maximum diameter 1-1/4”
• Two electric remote foot pedals
• Two adjustable electric stroke controls with scale
• Two 2-stage hydraulic pumps
• Two valves
• Angle shear capacity: 6” x 6” x 1/2” at 90°
• Rectangle notcher 3” x 5-3/4” x 1/2”
• Notcher table with guides
• 200-ton, 24” flat bar shear with sabre blade
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS • Low rake angle for minimal distortion
• Shear table with scale and miter fence
• Tool table and work area
Punching Capacity 120 ton (108 mt) • Slug receptacles
1-1/2” in 1” (38 mm in 25 mm)
• Electrical box supplied with emergency palm button and lock-
Special Tooling 4” Max. Dia. (100 mm Max. Dia.
out tag-out accommodations
• 230/460 volt / 3-ph (must specify voltage)
24” Length (600 mm)
1” x 12” (25 x 300 mm)
Flat Bar Shear • Forklift accommodations
3/4” x 20” (18 x 500 mm)
1/2” x 24” (12 x 600 mm) • Made in USA
Brake 12” 75 ton (55 mt) FABRICATING PACKAGES AVAILABLE
Brake 24” 55 ton (40 mt) Stock No. SCO 2545
Max. 1/4” x 6” Flat or (6 x 150 mm) Include: # 40 & # 82 Round Punch & Die Package Rounds: 11/32, 15/32,
Open End Brake 17/32, 19/32, 21/32, 23/32, 25/32, 27/32, 29/32, 31/32, 1-1/32 & 1-3/16
Angle Iron
3/4”, 1”, (19 mm, 25 mm) Stock No. SCO 2855
Pipe Notcher
1-1/4”, (32 mm) Include: Deluxe # 40 & # 82 Punch & Die Package
Housing Schedule 40 I.D.
1-1/2”, 2” (38 mm, 50 mm) Rounds: 1/4, 9/32, 5/16, 3/8, 13/32, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 5/8, 11/16, 3/4, 13/16,
90° V-Notcher 6” x 6” x 5/16” (150 x 150 x 8 mm) 7/8, 15/16, 1”, 1-1/16, 1-1/8, 1-3/16 & 1-1/4.
Rectangle Notcher 3” x 5-3/4” x 1/2” (75 x 145 x 12 mm) Squares: 1/2, 3/4 & 7/8
V-Notcher 3” x 3” x 1/2” (75 x 75 x 12 mm) Ovals: 9/32, x 3/4, 5/16 x 3/4, 9/32 x 1, 5/16 x 1, 13/32 x 1, 7/16 x 1, 17/32
Notching in leg of x 1, 9/16 x 1, 9/16 x 1-1/4, 11/16 x 1-1/4 & 13/16 x 1-1/4
6” to 10” (150 mm to 250 mm)
Channel
Stock No. SCO 2582
Channel Shear 2” to 6”adj. (50 mm to 150 mm) Include: 12” Brake, Brake Table w/Scale & Squaring Arm, Brake Length
Rod Shear Gauge w/Scale, Work Light, 48” Back Gauge & Tool Table Extension
Round Rod (Max.) 1/4” to 1-1/4”, 9 Cav. (6 mm to 32 mm)
1/4” to 1”, 1 Cav. (6 mm to 25 mm) Stock No. SCO 2585
Square Rod (Max.)
Square Tube Shear 1/2” to 2”, 14 gauge (12 mm to 50 mm) Gauge w/Scale, Work Light, 48” Back Gauge & Tool Table Extension
Picket Tool 1/2”, 3/4” & 1” (12 mm, 19 mm, 25 mm)
Offset Die Holder Max. 40 ton (36 mt) OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE
Strokes per minute in Stock No. Description
light material SCO 025603 48” Back Gauge
Strokes per minute in SCO 026300-026211 12” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std.-for 1/4” Material
Heavy material SCO 026303-026211 24” Brake w/2” V Opening Dies Std.-for 1/4” Material
Hydraulics 2,500 psi (172 bar) Pipe Notcher Housing
10 hp 3 ph (8 kW), 230/460 SCO 001195 (Separate Dies Required For Each Size)
Motor Standard
208/380/575 SCO 016635 90 Degree V Notcher 6 x 6 x 5/16”
Motor Optional 10 hp 1 ph (8 kW) 230 V SCO 026372-016575 Channel Shear (2” to 6” Adjustable)
W-34” (119 cm) SCO 026774-026247 Rod Shear (Up to 1” Square or 1-1/4” Round)
Dimensions L-77-1/4” (174 cm) SCO 026350-016590 Square Tube Shear (1/2” to 2” 14 Gauge Max.)
H-74-1/4” (187 cm) SCO 001293-081205-
Weight 6,000 lbs. (2,730 kg) Picket Tool Housing
001163
Awisco stocks all of the punches and dies for this Ironworker...

C OLD S AWS 301
CPO 350 SERIES

Stock No. SCO CPO350 & SCO CPO350PKPDVS
CPO 350 Manual Saw

• Manual clamp for material vise
• Operator control trigger switch
CPO 350PKPDVS Semi-Automatic Saw

• Air-Operated clamp for material vise
• Pneumatic power down feed with electric controls
• Separate feed controls for rate and pressure
• Emergency stop button
• Double self-centering vise assures burr-free cuts
• Miter capabilities 135°, 90° left and 45° right.
• Miter Locking device stops at 45° left, 90°, and 45° right
• Capable of slotting
• Two cutting speeds
• Double reduction, hardened and ground worn and wheel
gear box.
• Worm wheel of top quality bronze
• 7 gallon coolant tank with pump
• 30” material length stop
• One 12-1/2” diameter (315 mm) HSS blade
• One blade wrench
• One gallon concentrated coolant
• 230 or 460 volt/3-ph (must specify voltage)
• Made in the USA
CPO 350 & CPO 350PKPDVS SPECIFICATIONS MAXIMUM CAPACITIES (WITH A 14” BLADE)
LT (Low Turn) designed for solid mild steel, solid stainless steel TUBING 90 Degree 45 Degree
& thick wall pipe
Round 4-7/8” 4-3/8”
LT 22/44 rpm Motor Rate: Low rpm 2 hp - High rpm 2.7 hp Square 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” 4” x 4”
LT Variable Speed Drive Rectangle 5-1/2” x 4’ 4” x 4’
12 to 82 rpm Motor Rate: Low rpm 5 hp
SOLID 90 Degree 45 Degree
HT (High Turn) designed for thin wall tube and non-ferrous materials Round 2” 1-3/4”
HT 44/88 rpm Motor Rate: Low rpm 2 hp - High rpm 2.7 hp Square 2” x 2” 1-3/4” x 1-3/4”
HT Variable Speed Drive Motor Rate: Low rpm 5 hp
24 to 208 rpm
SS (Single Speed) designed for 220V 1 ph applications
SS 60 rpm Motor Rate: 1.5 hp CPO 350 NF Manual Saw
Specify 208 3-ph, 230 3-ph, 460 3-ph, or • Manual clamp for material vise
Factory Wired 575 3-ph 60 Hz • Operator control trigger switch
Maximum Diameter Blade 14” (350 mm)
• Double self-centering vise assures burr-free cuts
Arbor Bore 1-9/16” (40 mm)
• Miter capabilities 135°, 90° left and 45° right.
Pin Spacing 4/12/64
• Miter Locking device stops at 45° left, 90°, and 45° right
Width 21-7/8
Depth 43-1/2
• Capable of slotting
(not incl. feed handle) 56-1/4
• Two cutting speeds
Height • Positive cog belt driven
(From floor to vise) 37-7/16
Weight 675 lbs. • One gallon coolant tank with mist lubrication system
• One 13-1/2” diameter (338 mm) carbide-tipped blade
CPO 350NF SPECIFICATIONS • One blade wrench
Non-Ferrous machines designed for aluminum, plastic, copper, etc. • One gallon concentrated coolant
Cutting Speeds 1,500 & 3,000 rpm • 230 or 460 volt/3-ph (must specify voltage)
Motor Rate Low rpm 3 hp - High rpm 3.8 hp • One-year warranty
Specify 208 3-ph, 230 3-ph, 460 3-ph, or • Made in the USA
Factory Wired
575 3-ph 60 Hz MAXIMUM CAPACITIES (WITH A 14” BLADE)
Arbor Bore 1-9/16” (40 mm) TUBING 90 Degree 45 Degree
Pin Spacing 4/12/64 Round 4-1/2” 4-1/2”
Width 21-7/8” Square 4-1/4” x 4-1/4” 4” x 4”
Depth 43-1/2” Rectangle 5-1/2” x 4’ 4” x 4’
Height (Not incl. feed handle) 56-1/4” SOLID 90 Degree 45 Degree
(from floor to vise) 37-7/16” Round 3” 2-1/2”
Weight 675 lbs. Square 3” x 3” 2-1/2” x 2-1/2”
Contact Awisco for a full detailed catalog on the many models available...

302 C OLD S AWS
CLM 350 SA
Stock No. SCO CLM350SA
Ferrous machines designed for solid mild steel, solid

stainless steel & thick wall pipe
Column 14” Semi-Automatic Saw
• Hydraulic-operated power clamp for material vise
• Hydraulic-operated power down feed
• Rigid column design
• Hydraulic-operated vise with anti-burr device
• Hydraulic-operated power down feed
• Head miters 45°
• Two cutting speeds 12 rpm and 25 rpm
• Steel stand
• Five-gallon coolant system with chip collection tray
• Way lubrication system
SPECIFICATIONS • One 14” diameter (350 mm) high speed steel blade
Cutting Speeds 12 and 25 rpm • One blade wrench
Motor Rate Low rpm 2.5 hp - High rpm 3.3 hp • one gallon concentrated coolant
Blade Motor 1.9 kW and 2.5 kW • 230 or 460 Volt /3-ph (must specify voltage)
Hydraulic Motor 1.0 kW • One year warranty
Factory Wired Specify 208 3-ph, 220 3ph, or 440 3-ph 60 Hz
MAXIMUM CAPACITIES (WITH A 14” BLADE)
Arbor Bore 1-9/16” (40 mm) TUBING 90 Degree 45 Degree
Vise Opening 6-3/4” (170 mm) Round 4-1/2” 4”
Pin Spacing 4/12/64 Square 4” x 4” 4” x 4”
Width 36” Rectangle 6” x 4’ 5” x 4’
Depth 42” SOLID 90 Degree 45 Degree
Height 78” Round 4” 3”
Weight 1,100 lbs. Square 4” x 4” 3” x 3”
Awisco has the blades for these machines... We can also have your dull blades resharpened...
MANUAL COLD SAW

Stock No. BAL CS-350M
• Miter 60 degrees left and 90 right

• Centering Vise
• Stop Mechanism
• Heavy Cast Construction
• Cuts ferrous and Non-ferrous metals
• 4-1/2” capacity
• 220V 3-phase
Electrical Requirements 220V, 3-Phase
HP 4
Clamping Manual
Cold Saw Type Manual
Length 30
width 42
Height 60
Weight 748
Profiles
Degrees 90 45
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS Solid Round 2.5” 1.5”
Max. Blade Size 14” Round Tube 4.5” 3”
Blade RPM (Ferrous) 52 L-Shape 4.5” x 4.5” 3” x 3”
Blade RPM (Non-Ferrous) 26 Square Tube 4.5” 3”
Head Swivel (Degrees) 45/0/90 Rectangle 4.5” x 3.5” 3’ x 2.5”

C OLD S AWS / C HOP S AWS 303
BENCH MODEL COLD SAW

Stock No. JET W225
Single phase, 115V, Bench Model Cold Saw 1HP, 1PH

• Miter cuts from 0” to 45” to the left
• Bronze worm gear and hardened ground worm screw in an oil bath.
• Control handle with safety spring loaded trigger switch
• Coolant system
• Manual vise
• Adjustable depth stop
• 2 year limited warranty
SPECIFICATIONS
Motor 1 HP
Blade Speed (RPM) 50
Blade Size 8.8” x 1.25” x 0.078”
Maximum Blade Size 9”
Vise Opening Max. 2-3/4”
Weigth (lbs.) 84
DEGREE ROUND SQUARE

90 2-1/2” 2-5/16”
45 Left 2-1/8” 2”
MULTI-CUTTER CHOP SAW

Stock No. ORS 115-DW872
• Multi-Cutter offers versatility by cutting a wide variety of

materials including ferrous and non-ferrous metals
• Utilizing a carbide tipped blade, the depth of cut remains
constant throughout blade life.
• Multi-Cutter cuts 4 times faster than chop saws and 8 times
faster than portable band saws in 2” x 2” x 14” angle iron.
• 14” 70-tooth carbide tipped blade delivers a lower cost per cut
compared to cutting with abrasive wheels.
• Specially designed carbide teeth deliver fast, precise, virtually
burr-free cuts reducing the need for preparation grinding, and
finished cuts that are cool to the touch.
• Largest capacity in its class with even more capacity than a
deep-cut portable band saw (5-3/16” round & 4-1/2” x 6-1/2”
rectangular) allowing user to cut a wider variety of different
size materials for more applications.
• Amp / 4.0 HP motor provides more overload capacity to
increased performance and durability.
• Quick-lock vise allows for fast clamping on different size
materials to increase productivity.
SPECIFICATIONS
Amps 15.0 AC/DC Amps
No Load Speed 1,300 rpm
Spindle Lock Yes
Quick Lock Vise Yes
Wheels Arbor 1”
Wheels Diameter 14”
Max. Capacity (Round) 5-3/16”
Max. Capacity (Rectangular) 6-1/2” x 4-1/2”
Tool Length 21”
Tool Weight 47.0 lbs.
Includes: 14” Carbide Tipped Blade, Wrench, Vertical Clamp Horsepower 4.0 HP

304 B AND S AWS
BANDSAW BLADE WELDER / GRINDER

Stock No. JET HVBS-7MW
7” x 12” Horizontal / Vertical Bandsaw

Blade Welder / Grinder
• Heavy cast iron bow and bed

• Hydraulic downfeed for ease of cut
• Hardened and ground worn gear
• Roller cabinet with built-in chip tray
• Automatic shut-off after cut
SPECIFICATIONS
Round capacity at 90° (in) 7
Round capacity at 45° (in) 4-1/2
Rectangle capacity at 90° (in./W x H) 2 x 12,7 x 8-1/2
Rectangle capacity at 45° (in./W x H) 7x5
Throat Depth (in.) 7
Vertical worktable (in.) 9-3/8 x 10
Vise Swivels 45°
Blade Size (in.) 3/4 x .035 x 93
Blade Wheel Diameter (in.) 11-3/4
Blade Speeds (SFPM) 80, 130, 180, 285
Bed Height (in.) 23
3/4 HP, 1Ph, 115/230V,
Motor
Prewired 115V
Floor Space Required (in.) 20-1/2 x 49-1/2
Net Weight 318
HORIZONTAL / VERTICAL BANDSAW

Stock No. JET HVBS-56M
5” x 6” Horizontal / Vertical Bandsaw

• Exclusive design heavy duty 14-gauge stand
• Large diameter wheels and built-in handle allows easy movement
• Front legs feature adjustable leveling pads
• Ball bearing supported blade wheel
• Fully adjustable ball bearing blade guides
• Heat-treated and ground steel worm gear with bronze driver gear
SPECIFICATIONS
Throat Depth (in.) 6
Vertical worktable (in.) 9-5/8 x 9-1/2
Vise Swivels 45°
Blade Size (in.) 1/2 x .025 x 64-1/2
Blade Wheel Diameter (in.) 7-3/8
Blade Speeds (SFPM) 80, 120, 200
Bed Height (in.) 25-1/2
1/2 HP, 1Ph, 115/230V,
Motor
Prewired 115V
Floor Space Required (in.) 19 x 44
Net Weight 115

B AND S AWS 305
SH1016 & SH1016SP

Stock No. SCO SH1016 & SCO SH1016SP
• Head swings 45 degrees - No material movement

• 2 HP variable speed blade drive
• Fine adjustment head feed control
• Quick head approach with hold for ease of line-up
• Infinitely adjustable blade speed
• Saw guides, spring loaded, solid carbide inserts for clean
accurate cuts.
• Replaceable steel wear plates on bed
• Inbound roller for material support
• Discharge table for small pieces
• Recirculating coolant system with splash guard
• Wash down hose with hanger for easy cleanup
• Powered blade brush for straight cuts and longer blade life
• Saw blade guard for operator safety
• Instruction and parts manual
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS • Fixed head version available - FH1016
Swing Head 10 x 16 Capacity
Blade Speed Variable, 105 to 275 SFPM
Capacity at 90 degrees 10” High x 16” Wide 10-3/4” Rounds
Blade Specifications 1” x .035” x 159” Bi-Metal
Capacity at 45 degrees 10” High x 10-3/4” Wide 10-3/4” Rounds Blade Tension Spring loaded by handwheel
Blade Drive Motor 2 HP Variable Coolant System Flood Recirculating with 5 Gallon Reservoir
Infinitely Variable,
208, 230, 460, 60 Hz 3 Ph
Feed Control Hydraulic Control, Voltage (Please Specify)
Spring Balanced Head 220 Volt 1 Ph (Optional)
Vise Manual Dimensions (SH) 81” Long x 27” Wide x 63 High
Drive Wheel 14-1/2” Diameter Cast Iron Weight 1,150 lbs.
Available with Pneumatic Head and Vise (Order Model SCO SH1016 SP)
DM8 DOUBLE MITRE BAND SAW

Stock No. HYD DM8
• Carbide guides provide consistent accuracy with less vibration

and extended blade life.
• Heavy-duty cast iron head and wheels
• Conveniently located control panel within safe operator reach
• Cast iron, easy sliding vise allows for 45° miter right.
• Blade tension meter displays blade tension setting which also
serves as a blade breakage switch to shut down the machine
when tension drops below 30 bars.
• Built in limit switches that disable the machine when doors
are open.
CUTTING CAPACITIES
SPECIFICATIONS
Blade Size 6’3” x 3/4” x 0.035”
Blade Speeds LOW: 115 fpm; HIGH: 230 fpm
0° 6.75 6.75 6.75 x 5.90
Weight 225 lbs
45° 4.93 4.53 4.33 x 6.75
Available Voltages
115V - 0.9 HP 230 V Single Phase - 1.0 HP
& Horse Power: 60° 3.14 2.00 4.00 x 2.00

306 B AND S AWS
V SERIES BANDSAW WITH MITER CUTTING

Stock No. HYD VW18
Vertical tilt head frame Bandsaw with miter cutting

• Electrical / Hydraulic System Engineered with high quality,
standard components. Conveniently located at the front of the
machine with a clean layout of enhanced serviceability.
• Control Panel Articulating, telescopic control panel swivels
and locks into desired position. It can be lowered below the
machine table surface allowing for unobstructed loading/unload-
ing of material.
• Blade Drive 5 hp motor controlled by an AC inverter drive is
coupled directly to the Heavy Duty Gear box. Provides a wide
range of blade speeds with minimal maintenance.
• Linear Way Bearings The saw head assembly, hydraulically
positioned, is guided on linear bearings. Contributes to a very
smooth and precise head movement, optimizing blade life.
SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD FEATURES OPTIONS
Vertical (90° cut):
Rectangle: 18” W x 22” H
• 5 Hp Motor • Overhead bunding
Round: 18” Diameter • 1” Blade • 2nd Vise
Capacity 45° tilt: • Full Stroke Hydraulic Vise • Variable Vise Pressure
Rectangle: 18” W x 14” H • Hydraulic Head Advance/Retract • Hydraulic Powered Head
Round: 14” Diameter • Carbide Guides Swing
Maximum Vise Opening: 18” • Powered Blade Brush • Pop-Up Feed Roller
Blade L 16” x W 1” x T .035” • Mechanical Blade Tensioning • Mist Coolant System
Blade Speed 65-385 SFM (variable frequency drive)
• Wash Down Hose • Idler Conveyor
Voltage 230 Volt 3 Phase
• Blade Breakage Switch • Extended Vise Jaw Insert
Weight 2,800 lbs.
• Work Lamp
PRECISION PULLDOWN BAND SAW

Stock No. EVS996
EV 996 Precision Pulldown KAMA Band Saw

• You get accuracy that no other bandsaw in the world comes
close to. In fact, a KAMA Bandsaw gives you accuracy rivaling
a coldsaw, for about half the money and a lot bigger capacity.
• Ease of use. The head of our Bandsaw pivots to miter, not the
vise. You save valuable shop space by setting up your
machine against a wall instead of in the middle of the shop
floor. No other machine gives you this much cutting capacity
in this small a package.
• The machines are built to take constant, heavy, day in and
day out use for years.
SPECIFICATIONS
Blade Size 6’3” x 3/4” x 0.035”
Weight 225 lbs
Available Voltages
& Horse Power:
CUTTING CAPACITIES
0° 6.75 6.75 6.75 x 5.90

45° 4.93 4.53 4.33 x 6.75
60° 3.14 2.00 4.00 x 2.00

B AND S AWS 307
SEMI-AUTOMATIC PRECISION BAND SAW

Stock No. EV97
EV 97 Semi-Automatic Precision KAMA Band Saw

The model EV97 KAMA Bandsaw expands our sawing
capabilities in an important way: We have added a heavy duty,
air over hydraulic power down feed to give the KAMA Bandsaw
production cutting capability. Please take note, this feature is
not simply a gravity feed oil valve. Our air over hydraulic
downfeed system allows you to control the rate of descent
according to the material being cut so that blade life and
productivity are optimized. In addition, we have expanded the
cutting geometry to mitre 60° right and added a quick release
vise to further improve your metal fabrication productivity.
SPECIFICATIONS
Blade Size 6’3” x 3/4” x 0.035”
Weight 225 lbs
Available Voltages
& Horse Power:
CUTTING CAPACITIES
0° 6.75 6.75 6.75 x 5.90

45° 4.93 4.53 4.33 x 6.75
60° 3.14 2.00 4.00 x 2.00
PORTABLE DOUBLE MITER BAND SAW

Stock No. KAM AD105S
4” Capacity Portable Benchtop KAMA Bandsaw

The AD 105S KAMA Bandsaw is a little bench top workhorse ca-
pable of any cutting job up to 4” round or square at 90°. Like it’s
big brother, the EV996 Bandsaw, the heart of this machine is a
heavy duty, precision machines aluminum casting onto which is
mounted a high power motor and double gear reduction drive
train, all working together to provide power and vibration free pre-
cision from the Bandsaw blade to the cutting point. This Bandsaw
is much more than a portable Bandsaw mounted on a base. It’s
accuracy is unrivaled by any small Bandsaw, regardless of price.
There are hundreds and hundreds of these great little saws in
small shops and construction companies all over the U.S., Canada
SPECIFICATIONS
and Mexico. They are just as accurate as the bigger EV 996. The
Blade Size 3’8 7/8” x 1/2” x 0.025 Bi Metal Blade
quality of construction and cutting accuracy are identical to the
Blade Speeds 0-330 fpm, Variable Speed
EV 996 Kama Bandsaw
Dimensions L 27” x W 14.5” x H 19”
Available Voltages 115V
• Heavy Casting Construction
Dimensions L 16” x W 13” x H 12”
• Powerful 1800 W Motor
Weight 42 lbs
• Work Stop Included
• Solid Aluminum Cast Base - not metal sheet
CUTTING CAPACITIES
• Miters to 45°
• Rugged 4” Capacity Vise
• Dry Cutting
• Heavy Duty Blade Guides
90° 4.00 - 4.00 x 4.00
• Automatic Blade Tension and easy change blade system
45° 2.25 - 2.25 x 2.50 • Variable Speed 0-330FPM

308 S ANDERS
HEAVY DUTY BELT AND DISC SANDER

Stock No. KAM 343-12
Two Speed, Heavy Duty Belt and Disc Sander with Base
• Sanding arm swings and locks in any position between vertical

and horizontal
• Extra heavy platen for long life
• This guard is removable so that the contact wheel can be used
• Dust extraction port
• Base & pedestal included
Only one word describes the KAMA Belt and Disc Sanders: Over-
built! Just the way we like our equipment in our shop here at
kooltools.com If your sander is old and tired, or as one customer
of ours once told us, just before he purchased, “My sander vi-
brates so much I have to chase it into a corner so I can use it”
then you are in the right place.
Kama Belt and disc sanders start with HEAVY precision fabri-
cated components that provide a solid chassis for the motor, disc
SPECIFICATIONS and belt pulleys. The belt tension control and tracking movement
Belt Speed Low 2900 feet p / m are incorporated into one, easy to use control located in a safe,
Belt Speed High 5800 feet p / m
user friendly position.
Disc Speed Low 1400 RPM
Disc Speed High 2800 RPM A powerful, 2 speed motor means no compromise on sanding
Motor 2 HP, 220V, 3 Phase speed. And the 220V 3 phase motor gives you a quiet, vibration
Weight 220 lbs.
free drive.

INDEX i
A Baileigh Industrial Machines ................291-294

Abrasives
Accessories ..................................... 258 Ball Valves ................................................188
Carbide Burrs .................................. 163-164
Balloon Regulators ..................................36
Cup Stones ...................................... 254
Cut-Off Wheels ................................247-248, 251
Band Saws ................................................305-307
Flap Wheels ..................................... 255-256
Grinding Wheels ............................. 248-250, 253 Bandanas ..................................................128
Mounted Points ............................... 253
Sanding Belts .................................. 256-257 Band Saw Blades ....................................243-245
Sanding Discs ................................. 256-257
Sanding Pads .................................. 256-257 Band Saw Coolant ...................................247
Shop Rolls ....................................... 257
Wire Wheels ..................................... 254-255 Batteries ....................................................191
Acetylene ..................................................1 Beam Clamps ...........................................201
Acetylene, Cylinders ..............................1 Belts
Adaptors Back Support ..................................126

Leather .............................................126
Cylinder ...........................................4-5
Sanding ............................................257
Hose .................................................31
Adhesives ..................................................284 Bench Grinding Wheels ..........................253
Air, Compressed .......................................3 Bessey Clamps ........................................165-169
Air Cleaners ...............................................102-104 Bevellers, Electric ....................................184
Air Hose Fittings .......................................186-188 Blades
Air Tools ......................................................175, 179-180, Band Saw .........................................243-245

182, 224 Chop Saw .........................................251-253
Portaband Saw ................................157
Airco .............................................................25-26 Reciprocating ..................................245-246
Aircraft Cable .............................................202 Blankets, Welding .....................................118-124

Aluminum
Boxes
Mig Welding Wire .............................280
Gang .................................................148
Tig Welding Wire .............................278-279
Tools .................................................148
Arc Welding Machines ............................49-53
Brazing Flux ..............................................282-283
Arcair Products .........................................286-290
Brazing, Alloys ...........................................276
Arcon Welding Machines ........................53
Brushes
Argon ...........................................................3
Wire Scratch .....................................30
Wire Wheel ......................................254-255
B
Back Support ............................................126 Bulbs, Work Lights ...................................191
Back Out Punches ....................................180-181 Burners Circle Guide ...............................28

ii INDEX
Burning Guides .........................................208-209 Magnetic Ground .............................126

Magnetic Square .............................126
C Pipe ...................................................257
Cable Sliding Bar ........................................166-167
Aircraft ..............................................202 Spring ................................................165
Connectors ......................................106 Super Grip ........................................165
Primary Power .................................193, 198 Vacuum Cup ....................................168
Reels .................................................241
Welding .............................................198
Cleaners
Cans, Gas & Safety ...................................147 Tip ......................................................29

Air ......................................................102-104
Caps Hand .................................................131
Safety ................................................113-114 Lenses ..............................................117
Welders .............................................127 Metal .................................................279
Carbide Burrs ............................................163-164

Clothing, Welding ......................................122-124
Carbon Arc Electrodes ............................287

CO2 .............................................................2
Carbon Arc Torches .................................286-287 Cylinders ..........................................2, 7
Flowmeter ........................................35
Cast Iron Electrodes ................................266 Heater ...............................................36
Regulator .........................................36
Caution Tape ..............................................129, 151
Chain Slings ...............................................201 Cold Saws .................................................301-303
Check Valves .............................................28

Confined Space Equipment ...................141-142
Chipping Hammers, Hand .......................29

Connectors
Chisels Cable ................................................106
Air ......................................................179 Power ................................................193
Demolition ........................................181
Rivet Cutting .....................................180-181
Contour Markers ......................................207-209
Chop Saw ...................................................157, 159, 303

Coolant
Chop Saw Blades ......................................251-253 Bandsaw ...........................................247
Machine .............................................93
Circle Burners Guide ...............................28
Coolers, Machine ......................................93

Clamps
Angle & Jig .......................................168
Beam .................................................201 Cords, Extension ......................................188-189
Bessey ...............................................165-169
C-Clamps ..........................................172 Coveralls, Tyvek ........................................128
Ground..................................................104-105
Hose ...................................................32
Lever ..................................................166 Covers, Machine .......................................96

INDEX iii
Crimping Tool, Hose ................................. 32 Drill Presses .............................................165
Cup Stones ................................................254 Drills

Electric Core ....................................162
Curtains, Welding .....................................119 Electric Corded ...............................158-160
Electric Cordless ............................155-156, 160
Cut-Off Wheels .........................................247-248,251 Hammer ...........................................159-160
Magnetic ...........................................216-217
Cutters
Dust Masks ...............................................132
Cable ................................................169
Hougen ..............................................218-224 E
Tubing ................................................247 Ear
Muff ....................................................118
Cutting Plugs .................................................118
Attachments .....................................20
Machines, Plasma ...........................43-48 Electric Tools .............................................152-162
Machines, Portable .........................27
Systems ............................................97 Electrode
Torches .............................................21, 24-26 Holders ..............................................104-105

Rod ....................................................288 Carbon Arc .......................................287
Cast Iron ...........................................266
Cylinder Hard Facing ......................................272-274
Cradles .............................................8-9 Low Alloy
..............................................262-264
Brackets ...........................................6 Low Hydrogen ..................................262
Cages ................................................8-9 Maintenance ....................................274-276
Caps ..................................................9 Mild Steel ..........................................260-262
Carts ..................................................6-7 Nickel Alloy .......................................265-266
Lifting Sling ......................................9 Ovens ................................................285-286
Wrenches .........................................10 Stainless Steel .................................264-265
Tungsten ...........................................74
D Welding ............................................259-266
Demolition Tools .......................................180
Engine Driven Welders ............................80-87
Detectors, Gas ..........................................135
Epoxy Compounds ...................................283
Discs, Sanding ..........................................256-257 Esab Products ..........................................27, 100-101
Dollies, Pipe ................................................209 Exhaust Systems .....................................102-104
Extension Cords .......................................188-189

Drift Pins .....................................................181
Extinguishers, Fire ....................................148
Drill Bit Sets ................................................162
Eye
Protection ..........................................115-117
Drill Bits
Wash ..................................................130-131
Hammer ............................................162-163
F
Jobber ..............................................161
Mechanics ........................................162 Faceshields ...............................................113-114

iv INDEX
Fall Protection ...........................................135-146 Gloves ........................................................75, 120-122, 124
Fall Protection ...........................................135-146 Goggles .....................................................115-116

Accessories ......................................137, 140-141, 146
Grinders
Fans & Portable Cooling .........................191-192 Angle ................................................152-155
Bench ................................................161
Fibre-Metal ................................................108-109, 111,
Die .....................................................154
113-116, 127-128
Grinding Wheels ......................................248-250, 253
Fire Extinguishers ....................................148
Ground Clamps ........................................104-105
First Aid ......................................................130-131
Ground Fault Interrupters .......................188
Fittings, Air Hose .......................................186-188
H
Flap Wheels ..............................................255-256
Hacksaw Blades ......................................246-247
Flash Arrestors ........................................28
Hammers
Flotation Vests ..........................................129 Ball Pein ...........................................173
Chipping ...........................................29
Flowmeters ...............................................35-36 Sledge ..............................................172
Flux Cored Welding Wire ........................267-272

Hand Cleaners ..........................................131
Flux
Hard Facing Electrodes ..........................272-274
Brazing .............................................282-283
Soldering ..........................................283 Hard Hats ..................................................113-114
Food Processing Gases .........................3 Harnesses, Fall Protection .....................135-137, 139-140
Fume Extractors ......................................102-104 Harris Calorific ..........................................26, 33, 34
G Headgear
Gas Detectors ..........................................135 Faceshields ......................................112
Helmet ...............................................111
Gas Driven Welding Machines ...............80-87
Gas Hearing Protection ..................................118
Can ....................................................147
Heaters
Compressed ....................................1
Electric ..............................................194
Detectors ..........................................135
Portable ............................................194-195
Driven Welding Machines ..............80-87
Propane ............................................194-195
Manifolds ..........................................11
Welding Rod .....................................276-277
Helium .........................................................3
Gauge
Helmets ......................................................107-111
Guards ...............................................37
Weld Filet ..........................................260 Auto Darkening ................................110-111
Generators ................................................80 Hobart Welding Machines ......................54, 81

INDEX v
Hoists John Tillman ..............................................118-123, 126-127

Chain .................................................200
Jumper Cables .........................................193
Lever Cable .....................................200
Lever Chain ......................................200
K
Trolleys ..............................................201
Kits Welding and Cutting ........................12-13
Holders, Electrode ....................................104-105
Knee Pads .................................................12-13
Hole Saws .................................................247
L
Hornel Speedglas .....................................110
Lanyards, Fall Protection ........................137-145
Hose
Acetylene ..........................................30 Laser Gas Mixtures .................................3-4
Adaptors ............................................31
Fittings ...............................................31, 32 Leak Detector Spray ...............................33
Nitrogen LP & HP .............................36
Propane .............................................196 Lenox Saw Products ..............................243-247
Reels ..................................................241-242
Repair Kit ..........................................32 Lense Cleaning Supplies .......................117
Twin ....................................................30
Welding .............................................30
Levels ..........................................................150-152
HougenDrills & Accessories .................216-224

Lift, Contractor ..........................................210
Hougen / Ogura .........................................212-216
Light Bulbs ................................................191
Huntsman Welding Helmets ..................107-108
Hydraulic Lighters & Flints .......................................29
Equipment ........................................225-240
Lighting
Presses .............................................238-239
Torque Wrench .................................240 Emergency .......................................189-191
Temporary ........................................189-191
I
Ice Melt .......................................................195 Liners, Winter ............................................126
Igloo Coolers & Cups ...............................197

Load Binders .............................................202
Impact Wrenches .....................................182

Low Alloy Electrodes ..............................262-264
Iron Workers .............................................295-300
Low Hydrogen Electrodes .....................262
J
Jack M
Garage ..............................................178 Machines
Stands ...............................................204-211 Coolant .............................................93
Jackson Welding Products ...................106-108, 110-111, Covers ...............................................96
Remote Controls .............................95
116
Running Gear ...................................94-95
Jet Tools ....................................................164-165, 172-179, Trailers ..............................................95
303-304 Cutting Plasma ................................43-48

vi INDEX
Cutting Portable ..............................27 Multi-Process

Welding ............................................55-60, 76-87 Welding Machines ...................................76-78
N
Magnaflux .................................................284-285
Netting, Safety ...........................................129-130

Magnetic Drills ..........................................216-217
Nibbler, Electric .........................................184

Maintenance Alloys .................................274-276
Manifolds ...................................................11 Nickel Alloy Electrodes ...........................265-266
MAPP Nitrogen ......................................................2

Cylinders ...........................................1
Gas ....................................................1 Nitrogen, Cylinders ...................................2
Material Handling .....................................200-202

Nylon Slings ...............................................201
Mathey Dearman ......................................203-207 O

Outfits Welding and Cutting ...................12-13
Measuring Tapes ......................................149
Measuring Tools .......................................149 Ovens, Rod .................................................285-286
Metabo Power Tools ................................152-160, 251 Oxygen

Cylinders ...........................................2
Metal Cleaners .........................................279
Regulators ........................................12
Mig
P
Accessories ......................................64 Pads
Consumables ..................................63-64
Torches ..............................................60-62 Abrasive ...........................................256
Welding Machines ...........................54-60 Knee ..................................................125-126
Welding Wires ..................................267-272
Paint Ball Supplies ...................................7
Wire Feeders ....................................88-92
Pigtails .......................................................11
Mild Steel Electrodes ..............................260-262
Pins
Miller Electric ............................................43-44, 48-52, 54- Bull .....................................................181
61, 65-68, 76-79, Drift .....................................................181
82-96, 111
Pull .....................................................181
Mine Safety Appliance ............................113, 116-117, 118, Pipe

132-133, 135-146
Benders .............................................291-292
Cutting & Beveling Machines .........203
Mosa Welding Machine ...........................81
Dollies ...............................................209
Fitting Tools ......................................205-209
Mounted Points .........................................253
Notcher ..............................................293
Multiple Operator Prep Machines .................................204
Welding Machines ...................................77, 79, 101, 102 Wraparounds ....................................207

INDEX vii
Placards ....................................................10 Q
Plasma Quick Connects, Oxy-Fuel ......................28
Accessories ......................................48 R
Machines ...........................................43-48
Raingear ....................................................197
Pliers Ratchet, Air Kit ..........................................175-179
Locking .............................................170-171 Reamers

Sets ....................................................177
Bridge ................................................180
Car .....................................................180
Pneumatic Tools ......................................175, 179-180, Corner ................................................182
182, 224
Rebbar Cutter & Bender .........................199
Porta Power Cylinders Reciprocating Saw Blades ....................245-246

and Pumps ................................................225-240
Reels
Cable .................................................241
Porta-Vise ..................................................171
Hose ..................................................241-242
Positioners ................................................292 Regulators .................................................12, 33-36
Remote Controls, Machine .....................95

Power Connectors ...................................193
Repair Kit, Hose .........................................32
Presses, Hydraulic ...................................238-239 Respirators ................................................131-135

Filters .................................................131-135
Supplied Air ......................................134-135
Propane
Combo Torch Kit ..............................196 Rivet Busters ............................................180
Cylinders ..........................................1
Gas .....................................................1 Rod
Hose ...................................................196
Cutting ...............................................288
Ovens ................................................285-286
Protective, Clothing ..................................122-124

Roll Bender ................................................294
Punch and Chisel Sets ............................177 Roofer Torches .........................................196
Rope
Punches Manilla ...............................................202
Backing Out ......................................180-181 Nylon .................................................202
Hougen / Ogura ...............................212-216
Rotobroach Cutters .................................218-220
Purging, Regulators .................................36 Roustabouts ..............................................210

viii INDEX
Running Gear Shoes, Work ..............................................146-147
Machine .............................................94-95
Signs ...........................................................10
S
Safety Silicon Bronze
Cans ...................................................147 Welding Wire .....................................267, 278
Caps ..................................................113-114 Tig Welding Wire ..............................278
Goggles .............................................115-116
Nets ....................................................129-130 Silver
Spectacles ........................................116-117
Brazing Alloys ..................................282
Vests ...................................................129
Brazing Flux ......................................283
Solder .................................................282
Sanders
Belt and Disc .....................................308 Simplex Hydraulics ..................................225-240
Electric ...............................................178
Sledge Hammers ......................................172
Sanding
Slice Cutting
Belts ...................................................257
Rods ..................................................288
Discs ..................................................256-257
Systems .............................................287-290
Saw Blades
Slings
Bandsaw ...........................................243-245
Chain .................................................201
Hacksaw ............................................246-247
Nylon ..................................................201
Reciprocating ...................................245-246
Wire Rope .........................................201
Saws
Slush Boots ...............................................197
Bandsaw ............................................305-307
Chop ..................................................157, 159
Smith Equipment ......................................12-13, 18-19,
Circular ..............................................157-159
23-25, 35
Compound Miter ..............................157
Cordless ............................................156
Smoke Extractors ....................................102-104
Evolution Metal Cutting ...................158-159
Portaband .........................................157
Snips, Sheet Metal ....................................169
Reciprocating Sawzall ....................156, 158
Scalers Snow Shovels ............................................195
Air .......................................................180
Needle ...............................................180 Soft Solders ...............................................281
Scotchman Industries ............................295-302 Soldering Flux ...........................................283
Screens, Welding .....................................120 Spark Lighters ..........................................29
Shear, Electric ...........................................183-184 Spats, Leather ...........................................126
Shielding Gases ........................................3 Spectacles ................................................116-117

INDEX ix
Splicers Welding Wire ....................................278-279

Hose ..................................................31
Tips
Spot Welding .............................................92 Cleaners ............................................29
Drill Kits .............................................29
Spotcheck Materials ...............................284-285 Nuts ....................................................28
Refacers ............................................29
Stainless
Cutting ...............................................22-27
Mig Welding Wire ............................280 Welding ..............................................15-19
Tig Welding Wire .............................279
Steel Electrodes ..............................264-265 Tone Gun and Sockets ............................182
Strikers ....................................................29
Tool Bags ...................................................127
Stud Welding .............................................98-99

Tool Boxes .................................................148
Submerged Arc Welding ........................100-101
Torch Wear® ...............................................123-124
Sumner Mfg. ..............................................209-211
Torches
Supplied Air Pumps .................................134 Carbon Arc .......................................286-287
Cutting ...............................................21, 24-26
Supplied Air Respirators ........................134-135 Mig ......................................................60-62
Plasma ..............................................47
Sweatbands ...............................................127
Propane .............................................196
Roofing ..............................................196
T
Tig ......................................................69-72
Welding ..............................................14-17, 19
Table, Welding.............................................210
Traffic Safety..............................................129, 190
Tape
Caution ..............................................129, 151 Trailers Machine .......................................95
Measures 149
Trumpf Tools .............................................183-185
Tarps ...........................................................119
Tubing
TC Cutters ...............................................247
Guns ..................................................182 Notcher ..............................................293
Sockets .............................................182
Tungsten Electrodes ...............................74
Teflon Tape ................................................33
Turbo Products .........................................37-38
Tents, Work..................................................125
Tweco .........................................................62-63, 104-106
Test Gauges ...............................................4 Tyvek Suits ................................................128
Thermal Arc ...............................................52, 87, 92 U

United Abrasives ......................................62-63, 104-106
Tig
Gloves ................................................75 V
Torches and Accessories ................69-75
Welding Machines ...........................65-68, 101 .....................................................188
Valves, Ball

x INDEX
.................................................129
Vests, Safety Rope ..................................................201
Rope Fittings .....................................202
Victor Equipment ......................................12-17, 20-21, 23,
Rope Slings ......................................201
27, 33-38
Wheels ...............................................254-255
Vises ............................................................164-165
Wiring Devices ..........................................193, 198
Vise-Grip ...........................................170-171
Porta-Vise .........................................171 Work
Belts ...................................................126
Visors .........................................................113-114
Gloves ................................................120-122
W Shoes .................................................146-147
Water
Wraparounds ............................................207
Circulators .........................................93
Coolers ..............................................197
Wrenches
Cups & Dispensers ..........................197
Adjustable .........................................173
Combination .....................................173
Wedges, Steel ...........................................181
Impact ................................................182, 224
Sockets ..............................................173-176
Weld Filet Gauges .....................................260
Y
Welding
Y Connectors .............................................32
Blankets ............................................118-124
Cable .................................................198
Clothing .............................................122-124
Curtains .............................................119
Electrodes .........................................259-266
Gloves ................................................75, 121, 124
Helmets .............................................107-111
Machine Selection Guide ................39-41
Machine Trouble Shooting .............42
Machines ...........................................49-60, 76-87,
99-102
Positioner...........................................292
Rod Gas ............................................276-277
Screens ..............................................120
Table ..................................................210
Tips .....................................................15-19
Torches ..............................................14-17, 19
Wheels
Cup ....................................................254, 255
Cut-off ................................................247-248
Flap ....................................................255
Grinding ............................................248-250, 253
Winter Liners .............................................126
Wire
Brushes (Scratch) ............................30
Cup Brushes .....................................255

Awisco Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Awisco Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

C OMPRESSED G AS 1

Awisco is a Full Service Industrial Gas Supplier

LOW PRESSURE GASES

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

HIGH PRESSURE GASES

Nitrogen (N2) STORAGE AND SAFE HANDLING OF COMPRESSED GASES

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

Compressed Air Shielding Gas Mixtures

Food Processing Gases

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

CYLINDER PRESSURE TESTING

CGA - 200 to CGA - 300 CGA - 520 TO CGA - 510

CGA - 200 to CGA - 510 CGA - 520 to CGA - 200

CGA - 200 to CGA - 520 CGA - 300 to CGA - 200

CGA - 200 to CGA - 520 CGA - 300 to CGA - 520

CGA - 520 to CGA - 300 CGA - 510 to CGA - 200

CGA - 520 to CGA - 510 CGA - 510 to CGA - 520

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

CGA - 300 to CGA - 510 CGA - 346 to CGA - 540

CGA - 300 to CGA - 510

CGA - 300 to CGA - 510 CGA - 540 to CGA - 580

CGA - 510 to CGA - 300 CGA - 580 to CGA - 320

POL acetylene cylinder to Nitrogen W.P. cylinder to

CGA - 510 to CGA - 300 CGA - 580 to CGA - 346

Awisco Has a Complete Delivery Package to Service All of Your Needs

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

STORAGE AND HANDLING OF COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS

CYLINDER WALL BRACKET & BENCH / TRUCK MOUNTS

ANT WB-100-15 ANT WB-200-15 ANT WB-200-15C

10 CU. FT. *MC* ACETYLENE 75 CU FT. SMALL

200 TO 300 CU. FT.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

SAF E70-14 Low Rail Design LARGE LIQUID

200 TO 300 CU. FT. LARGE 12 oz Aluminum Cylinder

ACETYLENE AND 277 CU. FT. SINGLE LEVER DELUXE

Fill Station Single CO2 for Paint Ball Tanks.

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

ASM CP4FL6HP ASM HP16222SFW

ASM CPHRKIT ASM HP23403D

Double Door American Standard Magnum

ASM FH08202LS ASM FIREWALL

The above Stock No. is for the cage un-as-

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

BOAGRIP™ Stock No. SST BG400 Cylinders

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

WRENCHES VISIBILITY AND DISPLAY OF PLACARDS.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLACARDS.

ACETYLENE DANGER PROPANE

LEG X230 LEG N390 A LEG X779

DANGER NO SMOKING DANGER

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

Gas Manifold System and Accessories

STATION DROPS STAINLESS STEEL

& STATION DROPS

QUADRUPLE STATION DROPS

MANIFOLDS FOR USE

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

REGULATORS Awisco has every brand of Oxy / Acetylene

Toll Free: 800-834-1925 Website: www.awisco.com E-Mail: sales@awisco.net

Stock No. SMI MB-51-300

SUPER RANGE DELUXE

These premium outfits feature quality construction throughout and

HEAVY DUTY CUTTING OUTFIT

10 CU. FT. MC ACETYLENE 75 CU FT. SMALL